UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 40-F

 

 

 

[Check one]

 

x REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

¨ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended _________

 

Commission File Number _________

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

British Columbia, Canada

(Province or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

6770

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number (if applicable))

 

N/A

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number (if applicable))

 

595 Burrard Street
Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre
Vancouver, BC V7X1L3
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7016 8050
(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

CT Corporation System

1015 15th Street N.W., Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20005
(202) 572-3133

 

(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code)
of agent for service in the United States)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Class A Restricted Voting Shares, without par value

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

 

For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this Form:

 

¨ Annual information form   ¨ Audited annual financial statements

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: N/A

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

¨ Yes x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

 

x Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

x Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORWARD-Looking Statements

 

This Registration Statement and the Exhibits incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Registrant”) contain forward-looking statements that reflect our management’s expectations with respect to future events, our financial performance and business prospects. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. The use of the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intends”, “may”, “might”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”, “would”, and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated or implied in such forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, those described in the final long form prospectus dated August 8, 2019 of the Registrant filed as Exhibit 99.19 to this Registration Statement. No assurance can be given that these expectations will prove to be correct and such forward-looking statements in the Exhibits incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement should not be unduly relied upon. The Registrant’s forward-looking statements contained in the Exhibits incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement are made as of the respective dates set forth in such Exhibits. Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs, expectations and opinions of management on the date the statements are made. In preparing this Registration Statement, the Registrant has not updated such forward-looking statements to reflect any change in circumstances or in management’s beliefs, expectations or opinions that may have occurred prior to the date hereof. Nor does the Registrant assume any obligation to update such forward-looking statements in the future. For the reasons set forth above, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

 

DiFFERENCES IN UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN REPORTING PRACTICES

 

The Registrant is permitted, under a multijurisdictional disclosure system adopted by the United States, to prepare this report in accordance with Canadian disclosure requirements, which are different from those of the United States. The Registrant currently prepares its financial statements, which are filed with this report on Form 40-F in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and the audit is subject to Canadian auditing and auditor independence standards. In the future, the Registrant may prepare its financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

PRINCIPAL DOCUMENTS

 

In accordance with General Instruction B.(1) of Form 40-F, the Registrant hereby incorporates by reference Exhibits 99.1 through 99.70, inclusive, as set forth in the Exhibit Index attached hereto.

 

In accordance with General Instruction D.(9) of Form 40-F, the Registrant has filed the written consent of certain experts named in the foregoing Exhibits as Exhibit 99.70, as set forth in the Exhibit Index attached hereto.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

The required disclosure is included under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation” in the Registrant’s Annual Information Form for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, attached hereto as Exhibit 99.46 and Note 8 to the Registrant’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, attached hereto as Exhibit 99.53.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

The Registrant does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Registrant’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

 

 

 

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

The following table lists, as of September 30, 2020, information with respect to the Registrant’s known contractual obligations:

 

    Payments Due by Period  
(in thousands)   Total     < 1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     > 5 years  
Long-Term Debt Obligations   $     $     $     $     $  
Capital (Finance) Lease Obligations   $     $     $     $     $  
Operating Lease Obligations   $ 50     $ 50     $     $     $  
Purchase Obligations   $     $     $     $     $  
Other Long-Term Liabilities   $     $     $     $     $  
Total Contractual Obligations   $ 50     $ 50     $     $     $  

 

UNDERTAKING AND CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

The Registrant undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the SEC staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the SEC staff, information relating to: the securities registered pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in relation to which the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises; or transactions in said securities.

 

The Registrant is concurrently filing an Appointment of Agent for Service of Process and Undertaking on Form F-X with respect to the class of securities in relation to which the obligation to file the Form 40-F arises. Any change to the name or address of the Registrant’s agent for service of process shall be communicated promptly to the SEC by amendment to the Form F-X referencing the file number of the Registrant.

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.
   
   
  By: /s/ Maja Spalevic
  Name: Maja Spalevic
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Date: November 27, 2020

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number   Description
     
99.1   Preliminary Long Form Prospectus dated July 17, 2019
     
99.2   Notice of Articles dated July 8, 2019
     
99.3   Articles dated July 8, 2019
     
99.4   Receipt of the Ontario Securities Commission relating to the Preliminary Long Form Prospectus dated July 17, 2019
     
99.5   News Release dated July 17, 2019
     
99.6   Term Sheet dated July 17, 2019
     
99.7   Investor Presentation dated July 17, 2019
     
99.8   Underwriting Agreement dated August 8, 2019
     
99.9   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.10   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.11   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.12   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.13   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.14   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.15   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.16   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.17   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.18   Non-Issuer Form of Submission to Jurisdiction and Appointment of Agent for Service of Process dated August 8, 2019
     
99.19   Final Long Form Prospectus dated August 8, 2019

 

 

 

 

Exhibit Number   Description
     
99.20   Consent letter of Goodmans LLP relating to the Final Long Form Prospectus dated August 8, 2019
     
99.21   Consent letter of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP relating to the Final Long Form Prospectus dated August 8, 2019
     
99.22   Consent letter of RSM Canada LLP relating to the filing of the Final Long Form Prospectus dated August 8, 2019
     
99.23   Undertaking Regarding Material Contracts dated August 8, 2019
     
99.24   Undertaking Regarding Restricted Securities dated August 8. 2019
     
99.25   Receipt of the Ontario Securities Commission relating to the Final Long Form Prospectus dated August 9, 2019
     
99.26   Term Sheet dated August 9, 2019
     
99.27   News Release dated August 9, 2019
     
99.28   Notice of Articles dated August 14, 2019
     
99.29   Articles dated August 14, 2019
     
99.30   News Release dated August 15, 2019
     
99.31   Warrant Agency Agreement dated August 15, 2019
     
99.32   Relinquishment Agreement dated August 15, 2019
     
99.33   Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking dated August 15, 2019
     
99.34   Exchange Agreement and Undertaking dated August 15, 2019
     
99.35   Escrow Agreement dated August 15, 2019
     
99.36   Early Warning Report dated August 16, 2019
     
99.37   News Release dated September 13, 2019
     
99.38   Early Warning Report dated September 13, 2019
     
99.39   News Release dated September 23, 2019
     
99.40   News Release dated November 14, 2019
     
99.41   Management's Discussion and Analysis for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to September 30, 2019
     
99.42   Certification of Interim Filings by CFO dated November 14, 2019
     
99.43   Certification of Interim Filings by CEO dated November 14, 2019

 

 

 

 

Exhibit Number   Description
     
99.44   Interim Financial Statements for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to September 30, 2019
     
99.45   News Release dated March 30, 2020
     
99.46   Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2019
     
99.47   Management's Discussion and Analysis for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019
     
99.48   Certification of Annual Filings in connection with filing of Annual Information Form by CFO dated March 30, 2020
     
99.49   Certification of Annual Filings in connection with filing of Annual Information Form by CEO dated March 30, 2020
     
99.50   Audited Annual Financial Statements and notes thereto for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019, together with the report of the auditors thereon
     
99.51   Certification of Refiled Annual Filings by CFO dated April 15, 2020
     
99.52   Certification of Refiled Annual Filings by CEO dated April 15, 2020
     
99.53   Amended Audited Annual Financial Statements and notes thereto for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019, together with the report of the auditors thereon
     
99.54   News Release dated May 12, 2020
     
99.55   Management's Discussion and Analysis for the period ended March 31, 2020
     
99.56   Certification of Interim Filings by CFO dated May 12, 2020
     
99.57   Certification of Interim Filings by CEO dated May 12, 2020
     
99.58   Interim Financial Statements for the period ended March 31, 2020
     
99.59   Interim Financial Statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020
     
99.60   Management's Discussion and Analysis for the period ended June 30, 2020
     
99.61   Certification of Interim Filings by CFO dated August 4, 2020
     
99.62   Certification of Interim Filings by CEO dated August 4, 2020
     
99.63   News Release dated August 4, 2020
     
99.64   Alternative Monthly Report dated August 10, 2020
     
99.65   Management's Discussion and Analysis for the period ended September 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

Exhibit Number   Description
     
99.66   Certification of Interim Filings by CFO dated November 13, 2020
     
99.67   Certification of Interim Filings by CEO dated November 13, 2020
     
99.68   Interim Financial Statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020
     
99.69   News Release dated November 13, 2020
     
99.70   Consent of RSM Canada LLP

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

A copy of this preliminary prospectus has been filed with the securities regulatory authority in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec) but has not yet become final for the purpose of the sale of securities. Information contained in this preliminary prospectus may not be complete and may have to be amended. The securities may not be sold until a receipt for the prospectus is obtained from the securities regulatory authorities. No securities regulatory authority has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offence to claim otherwise. This preliminary prospectus constitutes a public offering of the securities only in those jurisdictions where they may be lawfully offered for sale and, in such jurisdictions, only by persons permitted to sell such securities.

 

These securities have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”) or any state securities legislation and may not be offered or sold in the United States except in compliance with the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities legislation or pursuant to an exemption therefrom. This preliminary prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby within the United States. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

Initial Public Offering July 17, 2019

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

U.S.$350,000,000

 

35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation” or “we” or “us” or “our”) is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation (“SPAC”) incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our “qualifying acquisition”.

 

We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. We intend to continue our search for target businesses with a focus on the cannabis industry; however, we are not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for the purposes of completing our qualifying acquisition.

 

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit has an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit and consists of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant. The Class A Restricted Voting Units will separate into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange). On or immediately following completion of our qualifying acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share (unless previously redeemed) will be automatically converted into a Common Share and each Class B Share will be automatically converted on a 100-for-1 basis into new proportionate voting shares of the Corporation, as set forth in the notice of articles and articles of the Corporation (the “Proportionate Voting Shares”). No Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares will be issued prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition. The Warrants will become exercisable, at an exercise price of U.S.$11.50, commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition and will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of our qualifying acquisition or earlier, as described in this prospectus. We have also granted the Underwriters, being Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc., a 30-day non-transferable option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes. See “Plan of Distribution”. All capitalized terms not herein defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the “Glossary of Terms”.

 

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline of 18 months from the Closing Date (or 21 months from the Closing Date if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but have not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period), we will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs (as described herein), each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

 

 

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, we will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account.

 

Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, our sponsor (the “Sponsor”), intends to purchase 12,000,000 share purchase warrants (also referred to as the “Founder’s Warrants” throughout this prospectus) at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$12,000,000) that will occur simultaneously with the Closing. The Founder’s Warrants will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units, except as otherwise disclosed herein. See “Description of Securities – Warrants”.

 

Prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will have also purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares, also referred to as the “Founder’s Shares” throughout this prospectus, for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately U.S.$0.0025 per Founder’s Share, or U.S.$0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised and the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares are relinquished. Our Sponsor will relinquish up to 1,312,000 of the Founder’s Shares, which are referred to throughout this prospectus as the “Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares”, without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. The Founder’s Shares outstanding after giving effect to this Offering and at the conclusion of the Over-Allotment Option period, including any corresponding relinquishment of the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, will represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares). No other Class B Shares are expected to be outstanding on Closing other than the Founder’s Shares.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. Prior to the completion of our qualifying acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would not be entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would, however, be entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all other matters requiring shareholder approval (including the proposed qualifying acquisition, if required under applicable law, and any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a qualifying acquisition by way of a press release.

 

Upon closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Class B Shares will convert on a 100-for-1 basis into Proportionate Voting Shares. Prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares. Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares. See “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares” for further details.

 

ii

 

 

At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking. See “Description of Securities – Founder’s Shares” and “Description of Securities – Warrants”. The Founder’s Shares purchased by our Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants intended to be purchased by our Sponsor pursuant to this prospectus will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

 

     
Price: U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit(1)
     

 

              Underwriting       Net proceeds to  
      Price to public       commission(2)       the Corporation(3)  
Per Class A Restricted Voting Unit     U.S.$10.00       U.S.$0.55       U.S.$9.45  
Total(4)(5)      U.S.$350,000,000       U.S.$19,250,000       U.S.$330,750,000  

 

(1) This prospectus assumes (i) an offering size of U.S.$350,000,000 worth of Class A Restricted Voting Units (U.S.$402,500,000 in the event the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised), (ii) the subscription by our Sponsor for U.S.$12,000,000 worth of Founder’s Warrants and (iii) the prior issuance of 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and thus the relinquishment of the maximum of 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares; the 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares would increase up to a maximum of 10,062,500 to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised). Should those numbers change, proportionate or other changes, as applicable, will be made to reflect such changes to the Offering including the size of the over-allotment and the purchases by our Sponsor of the Founder’s Shares including the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares. This prospectus also qualifies the Founder’s Warrants being offered only to our Sponsor at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant.

 

(2) Subject to the following, an underwriting commission equal to up to U.S.$19,250,000 (or U.S.$22,137,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) or 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units sold under this Offering (inclusive of any gross proceeds raised under the Over-Allotment Option) (the “Gross Proceeds”) will be payable by the Corporation. The table above assumes full payment of 100% of the underwriting commission. U.S.$0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit or U.S.$6,125,000 in the aggregate (or U.S.$7,043,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) will be payable to the Underwriters, in cash, at Closing. U.S.$0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit or U.S.$13,125,000 in the aggregate (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), representing 68.18% of the underwriting commission, will be deposited with the Escrow Agent in an escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, of which (i) U.S.$0.325 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit will be payable and released to the Underwriters upon completion of our qualifying acquisition and (ii) U.S.$0.05 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Discretionary Deferred Portion”) will be payable and released only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as it sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

(3) Before deducting the expenses of this Offering estimated at U.S.$500,000 (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), as described in this prospectus under “Use of Proceeds”, which expenses will be paid by us from the proceeds of this Offering.

 

(4) Including the net proceeds of the sale of the Founder’s Warrants to our Sponsor (and before deducting expenses of this Offering) the “Net Proceeds to the Corporation” would be U.S.$342,750,000 (without the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) and U.S.$392,362,500 (with the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), in both instances, assuming full payment of the deferred underwriting commission.

 

(5) If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full (and before deducting expenses of this Offering), the total “Price to Public”, “Underwriters’ Commission” and “Net Proceeds to the Corporation” would be U.S.$402,500,000, U.S.$22,137,500 (includes deferred amount) and U.S.$380,362,500, respectively. See “Plan of Distribution”. A purchaser who acquires Class A Restricted Voting Units forming part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position acquires those securities under this prospectus, regardless of whether the over-allocation position is ultimately filled through the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option or through secondary market purchases.

 

The offering price of the Class A Restricted Voting Units has been determined by negotiation between us, our Sponsor and the Underwriters.

 

Upon the Closing, an aggregate of U.S.$350,000,000 from the sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and the Founder’s Warrants (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), or U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public, will be held by •, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account in Canada at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. As further described in this prospectus, based on the initial U.S.$350,000,000 placed in escrow (and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) and an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum, if the escrow account remains in place over the next 18 months (and no qualifying acquisition has been completed), the cash held in escrow is expected to grow from the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public to approximately U.S.$10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Share, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions. Subject to applicable law and payment of certain taxes, permitted redemptions and certain expenses, as further described herein, none of the funds held in the escrow account will be released to the Corporation prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition.

 

iii

 

 

Following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, we will use the balance of the non-redeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares’ portion of the escrow account (less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) to pay the Underwriters their deferred underwriting commission. The per share amount we will distribute to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission we will pay to the Underwriters. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Plan of Distribution”.

 

As 100% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offering and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be held by •, as Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the Exchange rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition; (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with NP 11-201.

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. Assuming that our Sponsor does not purchase any Class A Restricted Voting Units in this Offering, our Sponsor will hold a 20% voting interest to vote at any such meeting (other than approval of any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline, where only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote), regardless of whether or not the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. Accordingly, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote at any such meeting. See “Risk Factors”.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a qualifying acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the qualifying acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commission in the amount of U.S.$13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), which (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) will be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition provided that the Discretionary Deferred Portion may be used to pay to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

Consummation of the qualifying acquisition will require approval by a majority of our directors unrelated to the qualifying acquisition. In connection with seeking to complete a qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition by shareholders is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting, as further described under “Qualifying Acquisition – Redemption Rights” and “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc. (“CDS”) may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

iv

 

 

Our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem the Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline or entitled to access the escrow account should a qualifying acquisition not occur within the Permitted Timeline, as further described herein. Our Sponsor will, however, participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire in connection with or following this Offering through possible purchases on the secondary market.

 

The Underwriters, as principals, conditionally offer the Class A Restricted Voting Units, subject to prior sale, if, as and when issued, sold and delivered by us and accepted by the Underwriters in accordance with the conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement referred to under “Plan of Distribution”, and subject to approval of certain legal matters by Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP on our behalf and on behalf of our Sponsor and by Goodmans LLP on behalf of the Underwriters.

 

  Maximum Size or   Exercise Price or  
  Number of Securities Exercise Period or Average Acquisition  
Underwriters’ Position Available Acquisition Date Price  
Over-Allotment Option 5,250,000 Up to 30 days following U.S.$10.00 per Class A  
the Closing Date Restricted Voting Unit  

 

Following completion of the qualifying acquisition, the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible, the Founder’s Warrants and the shares issuable on exercise of each such Warrants may be subject to certain sale or transfer restrictions in accordance with applicable securities laws, and following the qualifying acquisition, the Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares may be subject to the Exchange’s escrow restrictions. Moreover, our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem the Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or entitled to access the escrow account should a qualifying acquisition not occur within the Permitted Timeline, as further described herein.

 

There is currently no market through which the Class A Restricted Voting Units (or the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units) offered under this prospectus may be sold, and purchasers may not be able to re-sell securities purchased under this prospectus. This may affect the pricing of the securities in secondary market purchases, the transparency and availability of trading prices, the liquidity of the securities, and the extent of issuer regulation. See “Risk Factors”. The Class A Restricted Voting Units will separate into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange).

 

An investment in the Class A Restricted Voting Units offered by this prospectus is highly speculative due to the proposed nature of our business and is subject to a number of risks that should be considered by a prospective purchaser. Investors should carefully consider the risk factors described under “Risk Factors” before purchasing the Class A Restricted Voting Units.

 

Subject to applicable laws, in connection with this Offering, the Underwriters may over-allocate or effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units at levels other than those which otherwise might prevail on the open market. The Underwriters propose to offer the Class A Restricted Voting Units initially at the offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus. After the Underwriters have made a reasonable effort to sell all of the Class A Restricted Voting Units offered by this prospectus at that price, the initially stated offering price may be decreased, and further changed from time to time, by the Underwriters to an amount not greater than the initially stated offering price and, in such case, the compensation realized by the Underwriters will be decreased by the amount that the aggregate price paid by the purchasers for the Class A Restricted Voting Units is less than the gross proceeds paid by the Underwriters to us. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

v

 

 

Subscriptions will be received subject to rejection or allocation in whole or in part and the Underwriters reserve the right to close the subscription books at any time without notice. Closing is expected to occur on or about August •, 2019, or such later date as we, our Sponsor and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event no later than September •, 2019. Subject to certain exceptions, registration of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (consisting of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants) and transfers thereof held through CDS, or its nominee will be made electronically through the non-certificated inventory (“NCI”) system of CDS. Class A Restricted Voting Units registered in the name of CDS or its nominee will be deposited electronically with CDS on an NCI basis on the Closing. A purchaser of Class A Restricted Voting Units (subject to certain exceptions) will receive only a customer confirmation from the registered dealer through which the Class A Restricted Voting Units are purchased. Subsequently, once the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange), subject to certain exceptions, registration of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants forming part of the Units, and transfers thereof held through CDS, or its nominee will be made electronically through NCI.

 

Investors should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and are not entitled to rely on parts of information contained in this prospectus to the exclusion of other parts of this prospectus. None of the Corporation, our Sponsor, or the Underwriters has authorized anyone to provide investors with additional or different information. Neither the Corporation nor the Underwriters is offering to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the securities qualified thereunder.

 

Unless otherwise noted herein, all references to “$”, “U.S.$”, “United States dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the currency of the United States and all references to “C$” are to the currency of Canada.

 

The Corporation’s head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL and the registered office is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

This prospectus qualifies the distribution of securities of the Corporation, which may focus its search for target businesses that are involved in the cannabis and related sectors but may effect a qualifying acquisition outside of the cannabis sector. The Corporation does not have an operating business at this time, it may, as a result of its qualifying acquisition, be engaged, directly or indirectly, in the manufacture, importation, possession, use, sale or distribution of cannabis in the medical or adult use cannabis marketplace in the future. There are a number of risks that would be associated with acquiring and operating a cannabis business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws. See “Risk Factors – Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Cannabis Business (If Applicable)”.

 

vi

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS 1
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 6
THE CORPORATION AND ITS BUSINESS 6
THE OFFERING 11
RISKS 21
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA 22
ELIGIBILITY FOR INVESTMENT 23
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION 23
CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 24
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA 27
MARKETING MATERIALS 27
THE CORPORATION 28
OUR BUSINESS 28
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW 34
QUALIFYING ACQUISITION 40
USE OF PROCEEDS 47
DIVIDEND POLICY 51
DILUTION 51
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 52
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES 55
CAPITALIZATION 66
OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES 66
PRIOR SALES 67
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS 67
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 67
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER PAYMENTS 73
RISK FACTORS 74
CERTAIN CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS 95
EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION 100
AUDITORS, TRANSFER AGENT, WARRANT AGENT AND ESCROW AGENT 101
EXPERTS 101
PROMOTER 101
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 101
MATERIAL CONTRACTS 101
EXEMPTIVE RELIEF 102
PURCHASERS’ STATUTORY RIGHTS OF WITHDRAWAL AND RESCISSION 102
APPENDIX A CHARTER OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE OF BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP A-1
APPENDIX B FINANCIAL STATEMENTS B-1
CERTIFICATE OF THE CORPORATION AND THE PROMOTER C-1
CERTIFICATE OF THE UNDERWRITER C-2

 

vii

 

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

allowable capital loss” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Disposition of Securities”;

 

Audit Committee” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Directors and Officers – Audit Committee”;

 

BCBCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as it may be amended from time to time;

 

Bespoke” means Bespoke Capital Partners LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

Cannabis Act” means the Cannabis Act, S.C. 2018, c. 16, as it may be amended from time to time;

 

Cannabis Regulations” means the Cannabis Regulations (Canada), as it may be amended from time to time;

 

CBD” means cannabidiol;

 

CDS” means CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc.;

 

Charter of the Audit Committee” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Directors and Officers – Audit Committee”;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares” means the Class A restricted voting shares forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, which are considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws, and each a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Units” means 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units (or up to a maximum of 40,250,000 Class A restricted voting units to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is exercised) being offered to the public under this prospectus at an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$350,000,000 assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), each comprised of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant, and each a “Class A Restricted Voting Unit”;

 

Class B Shares” means the Class B shares of the Corporation including 10,062,500 Class B shares of the Corporation referred to as the “Founder’s Shares”, and each a “Class B Share”;

 

Closing” means the closing of this Offering;

 

Closing Date” means the date of the Closing, which is expected to occur on or about August •, 2019 or such other date as the Corporation, our Sponsor and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event no later than September •, 2019;

 

Code” has the meaning set out under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

Common Shares” means the common shares in the capital of the Corporation expected to be issued and outstanding at the time of the closing of our qualifying acquisition;

 

Compliance Provisions” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

Corporation” means Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia pursuant to the BCBCA;

 

CRA” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”;

 

CRS” has the meaning set out under the heading “Exchange of Information”;

 

1

 

 

CSA” means the U.S. Controlled Substances Act;

 

Discretionary Deferred Portion” has the meaning set out under the heading “Plan of Distribution – General”;

 

Escrow Agent” means •;

 

Escrow Agreement” means the escrow agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date between the Corporation, the Escrow Agent, and the Underwriters;

 

Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange, or any successor, assign or replacement exchange on which any of the Corporation’s securities are listed from time to time;

 

Exchange Agreement and Undertaking” means the transfer restrictions agreement and undertaking to be dated as of the Closing Date, entered into by our Sponsor in favour of the Exchange;

 

Extraordinary Dividend” means any dividend, together with all other dividends payable in the same calendar year, that has an aggregate absolute dollar value which is greater than U.S.$0.25 per share, with the adjustment to the applicable price (as the context may require) being a reduction equal to the amount of the excess;

 

Founder’s Shares” means the 10,062,500 Class B Shares issued to our Sponsor prior to the Closing (up to 1,312,500 of such Founder’s Shares, referred to as the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares, shall be relinquished by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised);

 

Founder’s Warrants” means the 12,000,000 share purchase warrants issued to our Sponsor at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant at the Closing, with each whole Founder’s Warrant entitling the holder thereof, commencing 65 days following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, one Common Share) at a price of U.S.$11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, and each, a “Founder’s Warrant”;

 

FPI Condition” has the meaning set out under the heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares”;

 

Gross Proceeds” has the meaning set out on the face page of this prospectus;

 

Holder” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”;

 

IEA” has the meaning set out under the heading “Exchange of Information”;

 

Initial Escrow Amount” means, upon the Closing, an aggregate of U.S.$350,000,000 (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), or U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public;

 

Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking” means the make whole agreement and undertaking to be dated as of the Closing Date, entered into by our Sponsor in favour of the Corporation;

 

Marketing Materials” has the meaning set out under the heading “Marketing Materials”;

 

MI 61-101” means Multilateral Instrument 61-101 – Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions;

 

NCI” means the non-certificated inventory system of CDS;

 

NI 41-101” means National Instrument 41-101 – General Prospectus Requirements;

 

NI 52-110” means National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees;

 

2

 

 

Non-Resident Holder” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Holders Not Resident in Canada”;

 

NP 11-201” means National Policy 11-201 – Electronic Delivery of Documents;

 

Odd Lot” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Take-Over Bid Protection”;

 

Offering” means the 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (or 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) that are being offered to the public under this prospectus;

 

Over-Allotment Option” means the non-transferable option granted by the Corporation to the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (being 15% of the aggregate number of Class A Restricted Voting Units issued upon the Closing Date), at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, exercisable for a period of 30 days from the Closing Date, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes;

 

Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares” means up to a maximum of 1,312,500 of the aggregate 10,062,500 Founder’s Shares being purchased by our Sponsor prior to the Closing, which Founder’s Shares shall be relinquished by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised;

 

Owning or Controlling” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

Permitted Investments” means investments in the following: U.S. dollar denominated cash or in book based securities, negotiable instruments, investments or securities which evidence: (i) obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the Government of Canada, the Government of the United States of America or any Province of Canada or State of the United States of America; (ii) demand deposits, term deposits or certificates of deposit of banks listed Schedule I or Schedule III of the Bank Act (Canada), which have an approved credit rating by an approved credit rating organization (as defined under National Instrument 45-106 - Prospectus Exemptions); (iii) commercial paper directly issued by Schedule I or Schedule III Banks which have an approved credit rating by an approved credit rating organization (as defined under National Instrument 45-106 - Prospectus Exemptions); or (iv) call loans to and notes or bankers' acceptances issued or accepted by any depository institution described in (ii) above;

 

Permitted Timeline” means the allowable time period within which the Corporation must consummate its qualifying acquisition, being 18 months from the Closing (or 21 months from the Closing if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but has not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period), as it may be extended or shortened as described in this prospectus;

 

Proportionate Voting Shares” means the proportionate voting shares in the capital of the Corporation expected to be issued and outstanding at the time of the closing of the qualifying acquisition;

 

Proposed Amendments” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”;

 

PVS Offer” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Take-Over Bid Protection”;

 

QA Prospectus” has the meaning set out under the heading “Qualifying Acquisition - Contractual Rights of Action”;

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer” has the meaning ascribed to such term under Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act;

 

qualifying acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which is intended to be consummated by the Corporation within the Permitted Timeline and in accordance with applicable law and as more fully described in this prospectus;

 

3

 

 

RDSP” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

Relinquishment Agreement” means the relinquishment agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, entered into by our Sponsor in favour of the Corporation and the Underwriters;

 

Resident Holder” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Holders Resident in Canada”;

 

RESP” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

RRIF” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

RRSP” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

Securities” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”, and “Security” means any one of them;

 

SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval located at www.sedar.com;

 

Shareholders Meeting” means the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation to be held, if required under applicable law, to vote on our qualifying acquisition;

 

“SPAC” has the meaning set out on the face page of this prospectus;

 

Sponsor” means Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP;

 

Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares” means the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible;

 

Staff Notice 51-352” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Industry Overview – Regulatory Overview”;

 

Tax Act” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”;

 

taxable capital gain” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Disposition of Securities”;

 

TFSA” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

THC” means delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol;

 

Underwriters” means Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.;

 

Underwriting Agreement” means the underwriting agreement dated •, 2019 among the Corporation, our Sponsor and the Underwriters;

 

United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States and the District of Columbia;

 

Units” means the Class A Restricted Voting Units and each a “Unit”;

 

Unsuitable Person” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

4

 

 

U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as such term is defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

Warrant Agent” means ;

 

Warrant Agreement” means the warrant agency agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date between the Corporation and the Warrant Agent;

 

Warrants” means the 17,500,000 share purchase warrants (or 20,125,000 share purchase warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) that the Corporation is selling as a portion of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and the 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants issued to our Sponsor at the Closing, and each a “Warrant”. At the Closing, each whole Warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at an exercise price of U.S.$11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, as described in this prospectus. The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share; and

 

Winding-Up” means the liquidation and cessation of the business of the Corporation, upon which the Corporation shall be permitted to use up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of any interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected costs and expenses in connection with applications to cease to be a reporting issuer and winding-up and dissolution expenses, as determined by the Corporation.

 

5

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following is a summary of the principal features of this Offering and should be read together with the more detailed information and financial data and statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus:

 

  · we”, “us”, “our” or the “Corporation” refer to Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.; and

 

· references to “$”, “U.S.$”, “United States dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the currency of the United States and all references to “C$” are to the currency of Canada.

 

The logos and trademarks included in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

THE CORPORATION AND ITS BUSINESS

 

We are a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation (“SPAC”) incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our “qualifying acquisition”. We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. If we complete more than one qualifying acquisition, each such qualifying acquisition is expected to occur concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

Our objective is to execute a qualifying acquisition, the terms of which are determined by us to be favourable and provided that the target business(es) or assets forming the qualifying acquisition have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

 

We intend to identify and execute on a qualifying acquisition by leveraging our network to find attractive investment opportunities. We will seek to acquire several complementary companies as part of our qualifying acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a “land to brand” strategy and global reach. Our vision is to create a global vertical industry leader in cannabis, replicating the success of industry vertical leaders in spirits, home and personal care, carbonated drinks, cosmetics and other sectors. The key investment criteria which we will consider as we evaluate multiple targets across the value chain in cultivation, extraction, research and development and brands are:

 

· Research and Development (R&D):

 

Pursue targets with a focus on R&D, specifically new product and brand development in connection with a vertical integration strategy, including plant genetics and tissue cultures.

 

· Cultivation:

 

Focus on combination of high quality and low cost facilities built to EU-GMP standards in both Canada and Europe.

 

6

 

 

·  Extraction:

 

Seek solutions for what could be a major bottleneck for supply in the industry, with capabilities in Canada, Europe and the U.S. (with initial focus on hemp for CBD).

 

·  Brands:

 

Seek to build a brand led business across each of the methods of cannabis consumption (edibles, drinks, vapes and flower). There are currently more than 100 licensed producers in Canada and over 1,000 brands of CBD in the United States.

 

· Strong Operating Management:

 

Seek expertise that can be shared across the group post our qualifying acquisition.

 

· Synergistic Benefits:

 

Seek targets which may create synergies and benefit from the oversight and leadership of our management team including Paul Walsh and Peter Caldini.

 

· Willingness to Roll for Equity:

 

Preference to acquire companies with stock rather than cash to, among other things, align interests with all stakeholders.

 

Acquisition for stock will allow us to retain cash to support organic growth of the target companies.

 

· High Standards of Regulatory Compliance:

 

Seek targets that are engaged within all applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign legal frameworks and exhibit high standards of regulatory compliance.

 

We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in the evaluation of acquisition opportunities; however, we may decide to enter into our qualifying acquisition with one or more target businesses that do not meet any or all of these criteria or guidelines. These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive and may not apply in all cases or at all. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular target may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general criteria and/or other considerations, factors and criteria that our management, board of directors and our Sponsor may deem relevant.

 

The Corporation will be led by and will benefit from our experienced management team and group of directors.

 

Paul Walsh

 

Paul Walsh is our Executive Chairman and brings with him a wealth of experience as Chief Executive Officer of a large multinational branded consumer products corporation operating in highly regulated markets. Mr. Walsh was the Chief Executive Officer of Diageo plc (“Diageo”), the world’s largest spirits company, from 2000 to 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Walsh was the Chairman and President of The Pillsbury Company from 1996 to 1999. Under Mr. Walsh’s leadership, Diageo’s precursor, Grand Metropolitan, was transformed from a multi-national conglomerate into a focused, global market leading spirits business via a combination of organic growth and significant acquisitions. Mr. Walsh and his management team created over U.S.$80 billion of shareholder value while in leadership at Diageo.

 

Mr. Walsh brings with him substantial corporate leadership experience, knowledge of consumer-centric companies, international operations expertise, and experience with regulated industries. He has also held executive-level finance positions, including as Chief Financial Officer of Grand Metropolitan Foods and Intercontinental Hotels. Throughout his career, Mr. Walsh has built success and growth at his companies through the deployment of effective brand development and marketing strategies, which brings added perspective to our Board. Notable successes include the creation of the Johnnie Walker family of Scotch Whiskey brands.

 

7

 

 

Mr. Walsh is the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke and also serves as Chairman of Compass Group PLC. He is a non-executive director of McDonald’s Corporation and FedEx Corporation.

 

Peter Caldini

 

Peter Caldini is our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. Mr. Caldini has over 30 years of experience building and restructuring multinational organizations around the world and a strong consumer healthcare background. Mr. Caldini developed extensive commercial management expertise at Pfizer Inc., Bayer AG and Wyeth, LLC. Mr. Caldini was the Regional President North America for Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2017 to 2019. Prior to that role he was the Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2016 to 2017 and led the Northern European cluster from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Caldini was at Bayer from 2009 to 2014, with roles including the head of sub-region Emerging Markets EMEA, the General Manager of Bayer Consumer Care China and the head of the Nutritionals Strategic Business unit, the global leader in nutritional supplements with brands One-A-Day, Berocca, and Supradyn. From 2002 to 2009 Mr. Caldini was at Wyeth LLC where he was responsible for affiliates across LATAM and AsiaPac and also managed the Centrum brand globally. Early in his career Mr. Caldini held various leadership roles in brand management at Unilever in the US and Europe.

 

As President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare North America Mr. Caldini was responsible for managing the 2nd largest OTC consumer healthcare company in the region with over U.S.$2.1 billion in net sales. He drove market share growth for leading brands Advil, Emergen-C, Nexium, Chapstick, and Prep-H and improved the profitability of the business unit. As Regional President, he drove organizational change, brand acceleration, marketing strategy, trade execution, global e-commerce and transitioned the business to a more integrated operating culture. Mr. Caldini simultaneously led the turnaround of the Pfizer Canada affiliate, the 2nd largest OTC company in the market.

 

As Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare he managed a U.S.$580 million P&L with over 850 employees. He was credited for restructuring the region, resulting in above market revenue growth and significantly improved profitability. He led the turnaround of several underperforming affiliates including the UK, Spain, Russia, and the Middle East. He directed the successful brand launches of Nexium across Europe and the Viagra switch in the UK. He also led the successful acquisition of B-Total, a leading vitamin B brand in Italy and the integration of Ferrosan in the Nordics and Russia.

 

Mr. Caldini holds board roles with healthcare companies Kramer Labs, Solvotrin, and PreMark Pharma. He has a Masters of International Economics and Management from Bocconi University in Milan, Italy, an MBA from Northeastern University and a BA, Political Science from Boston University. Mr. Caldini holds US and Italian citizenship.

 

Maja Spalevic

 

Maja Spalevic is our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Spalevic has over 18 years of experience in the financial services and private equity industries including over 13 years with Global Leisure Partners LLP (“GLP”), an affiliate of Bespoke, where she manages finances, oversees the accounting, business support, financial reporting, planning and analysis, treasury, regulatory, human resources, legal, external audit and tax functions for GLP, Bespoke and the affiliated investment entities. Mrs. Spalevic was part of the formation of Bespoke in 2014. Prior to GLP Mrs. Spalevic was a staff accountant at Getty Images. She has a BSc (Hons) in Applied Accounting from Oxford Brookes University, is a Fellow of Chartered Certified Accountants (FCCA) and is an Association of Accounting Technicians full member (MAAT).

 

Ian Starkey

 

Ian Starkey is one of our directors and the Chair of the Audit Committee. Mr. Starkey brings audit, M&A, management consulting and forensic accounting experience which he gained as a partner at KPMG (UK) where he spent over 35 years. At KPMG, Mr. Starkey was one of the most senior audit partners for over 20 years and was associated with companies such as Diageo plc, F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG and BAE Systems plc. He held various senior management roles, primarily as head of the Consumer Goods markets sector for the UK and Europe. He was a member of the boards of KPMG Europe and KPMG UK LLP, where he chaired at various times the Audit & Risk and Remuneration & Nominations Committees.

 

8

 

 

Mr. Starkey is currently a non-executive board member of DAC Beachcroft LLP, an international law firm, a member of Meyler Campbell’s Mastered Programme for executive coaching and is also involved in various finance and non-profit ventures. His career history brings to the company extensive experience of operating at board level in regulated businesses across a variety of sectors.

 

Robert L. Berner III

 

Rob Berner is one of our directors as well as a founder and Joint Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer of Bespoke and Chairman of Bespoke’s Investment Committee. He has been active in the private equity industry for over 30 years. Mr. Berner has sat on numerous boards and is currently Chairman of Johnnie-O LLC (men’s lifestyle brand). Mr. Berner also was a principal investor in, and Chairman of Diversified Distribution Systems, LLC (DDS), the largest specialty retail distribution and services business in the United States, which was recently sold very successfully to Bunzl Plc.

 

Mr. Berner was previously a Partner at CVC Capital Partners (“CVC”), a global private equity firm with over U.S.$50 billion of assets under management and assisted in the opening and development of the firm’s US efforts, including serving as Chairman of CVC US. Prior to CVC, he served as a Managing Director at Ripplewood Holdings and was a member of the firm’s Investment Committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Berner was a Partner and member of the Investment Committee of Charterhouse International. Mr. Berner began his career in the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley where he was a Principal responsible for the consumer products sector. Mr. Berner also serves on the boards of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, Vinventions USA, LLC (“Vinventions”) and 24 Hour Fitness USA, Inc. (“24 Hour Fitness”). In addition, Mr. Berner has acted as a non-executive director on the boards of over 25 private equity portfolio companies during his private equity career and has sat on the board of several charitable and not for profit organizations.

 

Mr. Berner has an MBA from Northwestern University and a BA in Finance from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Mark W.B. Harms

 

Mark Harms is one of our directors and a founder and Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke. Prior to Bespoke, Mr. Harms founded GLP in 2004, where he is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. GLP has advised on over U.S.$60 billion of transactions to date, deploying over U.S.$500 million of capital into a number of investments and developed an industry leading operating executive network with 75+ members. Mr. Harms has completed over 130 advisory and principal transactions in North and South America, Europe and Australia. Mr. Harms has extensive experience with regard to leveraged debt, mezzanine and equity financing techniques in Europe and the U.S. with over U.S.$100 billion in completed transactions.

 

Prior to founding GLP, Mr. Harms worked at Oppenheimer as a Managing Director and at CIBC World Markets as the founder and head of the Consumer Growth Group. Mr. Harms built within Consumer Growth Group strong industry verticals in branded consumer products and services, gaming, health and fitness, specialty retail and travel and tourism. Mr. Harms currently sits on the board of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, 24 Hour Fitness, World Fitness Services Ltd. (“World Fitness Services”) and Vinventions, as well as Olympic Entertainment. Mr. Harms was a Vice Chairman of the World Travel & Tourism Council from 2011 to 2016 and is a member and on the board of the International Association of Gaming Advisors. He was also a non-executive director on a number of other charitable, educational and non for profit boards.

 

Mr. Harms has an MBA from the University of Chicago and a BA from the University of Michigan.

 

9

 

 

Candice Koederitz

 

Candice Koederitz is one of our directors. Ms. Koederitz brings capital markets, due diligence, financial market product development, international and risk management experience which she gained as a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley where she spent over 30 years. At Morgan Stanley, Ms. Koederitz worked with companies and governments globally to raise over $30 billion in capital. Ms. Koederitz held various senior management roles including head of Capital, head of Regulatory Implementation, Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Asia (S) Ltd in Singapore and head of Capital Markets Execution. She co-chaired the Capital Commitment Committee, Equity Underwriting Committees, Americas Franchise Committee and was a member of the Firm and Securities Risk Committees.

 

Ms. Koederitz is currently an independent, non-executive director of ICE Benchmark Administration Ltd, a financial benchmark administrator, and is involved with several non-profit organizations.

 

Ms. Koederitz has an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BS in Civil Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

Bespoke Capital Partners LLC

 

Our Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke, a private equity firm founded in 2014 by experienced private equity veterans, Rob Berner and Mark Harms. Paul Walsh is currently the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke. Since its inception, Bespoke has been involved in transactions with a combined enterprise value of over U.S.$2.5 billion.

 

Bespoke operates with a core team of experienced investment professionals and an extensive network of over 75 highly accomplished operating partners. Bespoke employs a highly tailored approach to investment with a view to strongly align with partners and counterparties while at the same time meeting the needs of the businesses it invests in. Bespoke invests across various types of investments through flexible structures including control and minority positions. Bespoke exhibits proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities from its long-term relationships which it believes is an important factor in identifying a successful target for a SPAC. Bespoke’s sourcing capabilities are further evidenced through its investments which were the result of proprietary “off-market” deals sourced from long term relationships and agreed to through bilateral negotiations, away from auction or competitive processes. Bespoke believes it is viewed as a “partner of choice” given its reputation, its structuring flexibility and its operating expertise. Bespoke’s portfolio currently includes 24 Hour Fitness (privately owned and operated fitness center chain operating 440 clubs across 13 states in the U.S.), Vinventions (provider of over 3 billion closures annually to the global wine industry), World Fitness Services (leading Asian fitness center with 65 clubs in Taiwan) and Olympic Entertainment (European provider of gaming services, operation a portfolio of 115 casinos). Bespoke and its affiliate GLP are regulated in the United States by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and in the United Kingdom by the Financial Conduct Authority. The firm operates its business to the highest regulatory and compliance standards.

 

We believe our competitive strengths which will help us complete a successful qualifying acquisition include:

 

· Outstanding Corporate Management Team and Sponsor Group:

 

The Corporation brings together a team of experienced investment professionals with deep capabilities and an extensive network;

 

Our leadership team has experience navigating regulated markets with strong compliance frameworks;

 

Paul Walsh, former CEO of Diageo, will act as Executive Chairman and provide oversight and guidance; and

 

Peter Caldini, our CEO and one of our directors, brings a strong consumer health background with extensive management experience.

 

· Proprietary Deal Sourcing:

 

Our ability to leverage Bespoke’s and our leadership team’s extensive network including proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities; and

 

Our leadership’s long-term relationships with other market participants and strong reputation as business builders.

 

10

 

 

We intend to structure and execute a qualifying acquisition that will provide the combined business with a capital structure that will support the growth in shareholder value and give it the flexibility to grow organically and/or through strategic acquisitions. In addition, we believe that our status as a public company, expected available cash and benefit from public market currency are each important factors that will allow us to achieve those targets.

 

In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, and inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as review of financial information. We believe that our management’s and our Sponsor’s expertise in M&A and finance, as well as our reputation as active investors has enabled us to build strong relationships with company owners, executives, stakeholders, industry experts, consultants, professionals and financial intermediaries which will help provide us with attractive acquisition opportunities to consider. We will bring a private equity approach to the completion of due diligence and documentation for the qualifying acquisition, and then provide private equity style active oversight to the Corporation once the qualifying acquisition is completed. We believe that understanding the dynamics, competitors, trends, risks, and opportunities of the cannabis segment will enable us to target selected companies and efficiently pursue potential transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, past performance of our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any qualifying acquisition we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial qualifying acquisition. You should not rely on the historical performance record of our management as indicative of our future performance.

 

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered to Public:   35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units offered to the public (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisting of:
     
      ·  one Class A Restricted Voting Share; and
     
      ·  one-half of a Warrant.
     
Price:   U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit.
     
Trading Commencement and Separate Trading of Shares and Warrants:   The Class A Restricted Voting Units are intended to begin trading promptly after the Closing.
    It is anticipated that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange). However, no fractional Warrants will be issued and only whole Warrants will trade.
     
Class A Restricted Voting Units Offered to Public:    
     
Number outstanding before the Closing:   Nil.
     
Number outstanding after the Closing:   35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option).
     
    40,250,000 Class  A Restricted Voting Units (assuming the Over- Allotment Option is fully exercised).

 

11

 

 

Shares:   The multiple share class structure (Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares) has been adopted to seek to provide appropriate treatment for the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares in the event a qualifying acquisition is not completed within the Permitted Timeline.
     
Number outstanding before the Closing:   10,062,500 Class B Shares (the Founder’s Shares), to be held initially by our Sponsor (up to 1,312,500 of which, referred to as the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares, shall be relinquished by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over- Allotment Option is exercised).
     
Number outstanding after the Closing:   35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, but does not include the Class A Restricted Voting Shares issuable on exercise of such associated Warrants) (40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares if the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised).
     
    10,062,500 Class B Shares (net of the 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares which would be relinquished if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised).
     
    On or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share (unless previously redeemed) would be automatically converted into a Common Share.
     
Common Shares:   Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, no Common Shares may be issued prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, except in connection with such closing.
     
    The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at all meetings of, the shareholders of the Corporation (except where solely the holders of one or more other specified classes of shares (other than the Common Shares) shall be entitled to vote at a meeting, in which case, only such holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, and attend and vote at, such meeting). Each Common Share shall confer the right to one vote.
     
Warrants:    
     
Number outstanding before the Closing:   Nil.
     
Number outstanding after the Closing:   29,500,000 Warrants (17,500,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to be sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to our Sponsor).
     
    32,125,000 Warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised (20,125,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to be sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to our Sponsor).
     
Warrant Description:   It is anticipated that the Warrants and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange)

 

12

 

 

    The Warrants will become exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. Each whole Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share. As the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have been automatically converted into Common Shares, after the completion of our qualifying acquisition each whole Warrant outstanding will be exercisable for one Common Share.
     
    Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares to be issued to the Warrant holder.
     
    On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be U.S.$11.50, subject to adjustments as described herein. At the election of the holder, the Warrants may be exercised through a cashless exercise.
     
    The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of our qualifying acquisition or may expire earlier if a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline or if the expiry date is accelerated.
     
    Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the closing price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds U.S.$18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period.
     
    The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.
     
Class A Restricted Voting Shares:    As 100% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offering and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be held by •, as Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the Exchange rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition, (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with NP 11-201.

 

13

 

 

 

 

  The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. With the inclusion of the Founder’s Shares (and assuming that our Sponsor does not purchase any Class A Restricted Voting Units in this Offering), our Sponsor will hold a 20% voting interest to vote at any such meeting (other than approval of any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline where only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote), regardless of whether or not the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. Accordingly, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote at any such meeting. See “Risk Factors”.
   
Class B Shares:

Prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will have purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares (also referred to herein as the “Founder’s Shares”) for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately U.S.$0.0025 per Founder’s Share or $0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised and the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares are relinquished.

 

Up to 1,312,500 of such Founder’s Shares (referred to as the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares) shall be relinquished by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. Other than the Founder’s Shares, no other Class B Shares are expected to be outstanding on Closing.

 

The Founder’s Shares outstanding after giving effect to this Offering and at the conclusion of the Over-Allotment Option period will represent 20% of the shares issued and outstanding of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares).

 

The Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not possess any redemption rights.

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking.

 

 

14

 

 

 

  The Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares would likely be subject to escrow under the Exchange’s rules following the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Founder’s Shares purchased by and the Founder’s Warrants intended to be purchased by our Sponsor pursuant to this prospectus, will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.
   
Proceeds Held in Escrow:

Upon Closing, an aggregate of U.S.$350,000,000 (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), or U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public (the “Initial Escrow Amount”), will be held by •, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. These proceeds include U.S.$13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commission.

 

Subject to applicable law, as further described herein, none of the funds held in the escrow account will be released from the escrow account, until the earliest of: (i) the closing of our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a qualifying acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided herein) of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds (including, if applicable, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and for payment of certain expenses. For greater certainty, the aggregate U.S.$25,000 and approximately U.S.$5,375,000 of initial net proceeds from the issuance of Class B Shares (Founder’s Shares) and Founder’s Warrants, respectively, to our Sponsor prior to the Closing will not be held in escrow and may be used to fund our general ongoing expenses.

 

The proceeds deposited in the escrow account will be required to be invested in Permitted Investments. The Corporation intends to invest the proceeds deposited in the Escrow Account only in instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States of America.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a qualifying acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the qualifying acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses, such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commission in the amount of U.S.$13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), which (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) will be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition provided that the Discretionary Deferred Portion may be used for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing. The per share amount we will distribute to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission we will pay to the Underwriters.

 

 

15

 

 

 

Anticipated Expenses and Funding Sources:

A portion of the U.S.$12,000,000 of the proceeds of the sales of the Founder’s Warrants is expected to be used to pay the expenses of this Offering (in the estimated amount of U.S.$500,000) and the upfront underwriting commission of U.S.$6,125,000 (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option). The remaining net proceeds of the sale of the Founder’s Warrants and Founder’s Shares not placed in escrow (in the estimated amount of U.S.$5,375,000 and U.S.$25,000) are expected to be used towards general ongoing expenses and funding our qualifying acquisition.

 

The Corporation will not have any access to the escrowed funds for funding general ongoing expenses or funding a qualifying acquisition prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition other than for paying taxes on interest or other amounts earned on the escrowed funds, for certain expenses on a redemption or a Winding-Up.

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our qualifying acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

The Corporation may also seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to our shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and the Exchange’s rules, and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the Exchange’s rules and also subject to fulfilling the following condition: the Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith would be at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account), and provided that 100% of the gross proceeds raised in any subsequent rights offering from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units are held in the escrow account.

 

 

16

 

 

 

Conditions to Consummating our Qualifying Acquisition:

Our qualifying acquisition must occur within the Permitted Timeline (being 18 months from the Closing, or 21 months from the Closing if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but have not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period). Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution. We are not limited to only one qualifying acquisition, but to the extent we undertake more than one, they are expected to be completed concurrently within the Permitted Timeline and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

Our qualifying acquisition must be approved by a majority of our directors unrelated to the qualifying acquisition.

 

The business or assets forming our qualifying acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of our combined qualifying acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange, have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). Immediately following this Offering, this amount would be equal to approximately $280,000,000 (or $322,000,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

 

As 100% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offering and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be held by •, as Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the Exchange rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition, (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with NP 11-201.

   
Permitted Purchases of Class A Restricted Voting Shares by our Affiliates: Prior to the qualifying acquisition, our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, our directors, officers and/or their affiliates may purchase Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to this Offering, in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market.

 

 

17

 

 

 

Redemption Rights for Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares: We will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting, as further described under “Qualifying Acquisition – Redemption Rights” and “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.
   
Limitations on Redemption Rights of Shareholders Holding 15% or More: Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing. This limitation will not apply in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline.
   
Release of Funds in Escrow Account on Closing of our Qualifying Acquisition: On the closing of our qualifying acquisition, all remaining amounts held in the escrow account not previously paid out or payable by the Corporation to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including expenses directly related to the redemptions), paid out or payable by the Corporation for tax liabilities of the Corporation, or payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters in satisfaction of its deferred underwriting commission, will be available to the Corporation. Funds released from the escrow account to us can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of the business or businesses we acquire as part of our qualifying acquisition and to pay other expenses associated with our qualifying acquisition. If our qualifying acquisition is paid for using shares or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the escrow account are used for payment of the purchase price in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may apply the cash balance that is not applied to the purchase price and released to us from the escrow account for general corporate purposes, including maintenance or expansion of the operations of the acquired businesses, payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in consummating the qualifying acquisition, funding of subsequent acquisitions, payment of dividends, general ongoing expenses or payment of the cash portion of the Discretionary Deferred Portion of the underwriting commission, which will be payable and released only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as it sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

 

18

 

 

 

Redemption of Class A Restricted Voting Shares if No Qualifying Acquisition:

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation.

 

Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law. See “Make Whole Covenants” below.

 

There will be no redemption rights or distributions with respect to the Warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline.

 

The Class B Shares will not possess any redemption rights. Our Sponsor will, however, participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire pursuant to this Offering, in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market.

 

The Underwriters will not have any entitlement to their deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in the event we do not consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (as it may be extended). The amount in deferred underwriting commission will be included with the escrowed funds that will be available to fund the redemption of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline.

 

 

19

 

 

 

Limited Payments to Insiders:

There will be no finder’s fees, consulting fees, reimbursements or cash payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or to their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, unless expressly approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the Exchange, except for the following payments, which will not be made prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition and will not be paid from the proceeds of the escrow account prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition, but rather from funds on hand, from additional sources of funds at the time of the qualifying acquisition, from the proceeds of the escrow account after their release to the Corporation, or from additional funds as discussed in this prospectus:

 

·      repayment of unsecured loans, and any interest thereon, which may be made by our Sponsor or our Sponsor’s affiliates to finance transaction costs in connection with a prospective qualifying acquisition;

 

·      payment of U.S.$10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month for administrative and related services pursuant to an administrative services agreement entered into with our Sponsor which, if applicable, may include payment for services of related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect our qualifying acquisition; and

 

·       reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the above-noted persons in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying possible business targets and qualifying acquisitions.

 

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the escrow account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate a qualifying acquisition.

 

Our board of directors will review and be required to approve all reimbursements and payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors or our affiliates or associates or their respective affiliates or associates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

   
Audit Committee: The Corporation will have an Audit Committee, except as permitted by applicable securities laws, composed of independent directors. Initially we expect our Audit Committee to be composed of a majority of independent directors. See “Directors and Officers – Audit Committee”.
   
Make Whole Covenants:

Prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor will agree that (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

We believe the likelihood of our Sponsor having to indemnify us is limited because we will endeavor to have all or substantially all vendors and prospective qualifying acquisition targets as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the escrow account. However, we cannot assure investors that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations, and we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality.

 

In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding-Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the escrow account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), our Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein, our Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the escrow account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.

 

Our Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the escrow account in the manner it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise.

 

   

 

RISKS

 

We are a newly formed company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our qualifying acquisition, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making their decision whether to invest in our Class A Restricted Voting Units, investors should factor this, along with the background of our management team, into their investment decision-making. Investors should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risk factors set forth in the section “Risk Factors”.

 

 

21

 

 

 

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. Only the following balance sheet information is presented, as the Corporation has not had any significant operations to date.

 

 

    As at July 9, 2019 prior
to giving effect to the
Offering
    Pro Forma, as at July 9,
2019 after giving effect
to the Offering, and
assuming no exercise of
the Over-Allotment
Option (in thousands of
dollars)
 
Balance Sheet Data:            
Working capital   U.S.$ 10     U.S.$ 5,375  
Held in escrow account   U.S.$ --     U.S.$ 350,000  
Total assets   U.S.$ 10     U.S.$ 355,375  
Deferred underwriting commission(1)   U.S.$ --     U.S.$ 13,125  
Value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that may be redeemed in connection with our initial qualifying acquisition   U.S.$ --     U.S.$ 350,000  
Shareholders’ equity(2)(3)   U.S.$ 10     U.S.$ (7,750 )

 

(1) Represents deferred underwriting commission payable only upon completion of our qualifying acquisition as set out under “Plan of Distribution – General”.

 

(2) Excludes Class A Restricted Voting Units, which are subject to redemption in connection with our qualifying acquisition.

 

(3) Assumes issue costs of $19,750,000. Issue costs include $500,000 of offering expenses and $19,250,000 of underwriting commissions (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), of which $6,125,000 will be paid in cash upon the closing of this Offering and $13,125,000 in deferred underwriting commissions will only become payable upon completion of our qualifying acquisition as set out herein.

 

The post-Offering total assets amount includes the Initial Escrow Amount, which amount, less deferred underwriting commission and taxes payable (but which will not include any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act), and less redemption amounts to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units, will be available to us to complete our initial qualifying acquisition(s) within the Permitted Timeline. The Initial Escrow Amount includes $13,125,000 (or $15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commission. The Underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting commission.

 

 

22

 

 

ELIGIBILITY FOR INVESTMENT

 

In the opinion of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, our counsel and counsel to our Sponsor, and Goodmans LLP, counsel to the Underwriters, based on the current provisions of the Tax Act in force as of the date hereof and the Proposed Amendments, each of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the Warrants, and the Common Shares issuable on the exercise of Warrants or the automatic conversion of Class A Restricted Voting Shares following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, will be qualified investments at the time of the acquisition thereof by a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan (“RRSP”), registered retirement income fund (“RRIF”), deferred profit sharing plan, registered education savings plan (“RESP”), registered disability savings plan (“RDSP”) or tax-free savings account (“TFSA”), provided that:

 

(a) in the case of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares, at such time the Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares are listed on a designated stock exchange in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the Exchange); and

 

(b) in the case of the Warrants, at such time:

 

(i) the Warrants are listed on a designated stock exchange for purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the Exchange); or

 

(ii) the shares to be issued on the exercise of the Warrants are qualified investments as described in (a) above, provided that the Corporation is not, and deals at arm’s length with each person who is, an annuitant, a beneficiary, an employer or a subscriber under or a holder of such registered plan.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder of a TFSA or an RDSP, the annuitant under an RRSP or RRIF, or the subscriber of an RESP will be subject to a penalty tax in respect of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Common Shares or Warrants held in the TFSA, RDSP, RRSP, RRIF or RESP, if such Securities are prohibited investments for the TFSA, RDSP, RRSP, RRIF, or RESP. A Security will generally be a “prohibited investment” for a TFSA, RDSP, RRSP, RRIF, or RESP if the holder of the TFSA or RDSP, the annuitant under the RRSP or RRIF, or the subscriber of the RESP does not deal at arm’s length with the Corporation for the purposes of the Tax Act, or the holder, annuitant or subscriber has a “significant interest” (as defined in subsection 207.01(4) the Tax Act) in the Corporation. Holders of a TFSA or an RDSP, annuitants under an RRSP or RRIF, and subscribers of an RESP should consult their own tax advisors as to whether the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Common Shares, or Warrants will be a prohibited investment in their particular circumstances.

 

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

The Corporation discloses all financial information contained in this prospectus in U.S. dollars. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end indicative rates of exchange for U.S.$1.00, expressed in Canadian dollars, published by the Bank of Canada.

 

    Six months
ended June 30
    Year ended December 31  
    2019(1)     2018(1)     2017(1)     2016(2)  
    ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
Highest rate during the period     1.3600       1.3642       1.3743       1.4589  
Lowest rate during the period     1.3087       1.2288       1.2128       1.2544  
Average rate for the period     1.3336       1.2957       1.2986       1.3248  
Rate at the end of period     1.3087       1.3642       1.2545       1.3427  

 

Notes:

 

(1) 2019, 2018 and 2017 data from the Bank of Canada reflects the daily average exchange rates.

 

(2) 2016 data from the Bank of Canada reflects the noon exchange rates.

 

23

 

 

On July 16, 2019, the daily average rate of exchange posted by the Bank of Canada for conversion of U.S. dollars into Canadian dollars was C$1.00 equals U.S.$1.3052.

 

CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Certain statements contained in this prospectus constitute “forward-looking information” for the purpose of applicable Canadian securities legislation (“forward-looking statements”). These statements reflect our management’s expectations with respect to future events, the Corporation’s financial performance and business prospects. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. The use of the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intends”, “may”, “might”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”, “would”, and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not a forward-looking statement. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated or implied in such forward-looking statements. No assurance can be given that these expectations will prove to be correct and such forward-looking statements included in this prospectus should not be unduly relied upon. Unless otherwise indicated, these statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus.

 

In particular, this prospectus contains forward-looking statements pertaining to the following, among other things:

 

· our ability to complete our qualifying acquisition and its potential success;

 

· our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our directors and officers or key employees, both before and following our qualifying acquisition;

 

· our directors and officers allocating their time to other businesses and having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our qualifying acquisition;

 

· our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition;
     
  · our pool of prospective target businesses for our qualifying acquisition;

 

· the ability of our directors, officers and management team to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;

 

· operation of the business acquired through the qualifying acquisition;
     
  · the potential liquidity and trading of our securities;

 

· the lack of a market for our securities;

 

· the use of proceeds not held in the escrow account;
     
  · potential regulatory changes;

 

· fluctuations in interest rates; and

 

· our financial performance following this Offering.

 

24

 

 

With respect to forward-looking statements contained in the prospectus, assumptions have been made regarding, among other things:

 

· (i) the subscription by our Sponsor for U.S.$12,000,000 worth of Founder’s Warrants, and (ii) the prior issuance of 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and thus the relinquishment of the maximum of 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares subject to relinquishment); the 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares would increase up to a maximum of 10,062,500 to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised;

 

· the ability of the Corporation, our Sponsors and our management team to successfully consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline;

 

· an interest rate of 2.0% per annum, for the Corporation’s projection of an accrual of interest earned in the escrow account over the next 18 months, and the increase of the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public held in the escrow account to approximately U.S.$10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions (and for greater certainty, following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, we will use a portion of the balance of the non-redeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares’ portion of the escrow account (less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) to pay the deferred underwriting commission); and

 

· projected Offering-related expenses and projected operational and qualifying acquisition-related expenses during the Permitted Timeline leading up to our qualifying acquisition, as further described in “Use of Proceeds”.

 

Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of the risk factors set forth below and included elsewhere in this prospectus, including:

 

· the Corporation’s lack of operating history and revenues;

 

· the ability of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash may make our financial condition less attractive to potential qualifying acquisition targets;

 

· the requirement that we complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (unless extended);

 

· multiple prospective targets may give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability;

 

· the net proceeds of this Offering not being held in the escrow account may be insufficient to allow us to operate throughout the Permitted Timeline;

 

· third parties may bring claims against us where we are not indemnified by our Sponsor;

 

· the ability of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which may not allow us to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition or optimize our capital structure;

 

· changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations;

 

· potential adverse tax consequences on holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and on the Corporation in the event the Corporation acquires a United States company or assets of a United States entity in an “inversion” transaction;

 

· the inability to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target’s business operations or sector;

 

· the target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines;

 

25

 

 

· we may not be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person confirming that the price we intend to pay for a target company or target business is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view;

 

· resources could be wasted in pursuing acquisitions that are not consummated;
     
  · the loss of our directors and officers;

 

· the loss of key personnel;

 

· the Corporation may be subject to competition from other companies seeking to execute a business plan similar to that of the Corporation;

 

· the loss of an acquisition target’s key personnel;

 

· our Sponsor, directors and officers may have conflicts of interest with the target company;

 

· our Sponsor, directors, officers and their respective affiliates and associates may have interests that conflict with our interests;

 

· our Sponsor will lose its investment in us if our qualifying acquisition is not completed within the Permitted Timeline and its holdings of Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants may create financial incentives that differ compared to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares;

 

· a qualifying acquisition with a private company may result in a qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all;

 

· the inability to maintain control of a target business after our qualifying acquisition;

 

· a target’s business management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company;

 

· the inability to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition or to fund the operations and/or growth of a target business;

 

· the lack of investment diversification and dependence on a single target business which may have a limited number of products or services if we are only able to complete one qualifying acquisition;

 

· competition from other businesses;

 

· a market for our securities may not develop;

 

· the tax consequences of the qualifying acquisition; and
     
  · other factors discussed under “Risk Factors”.

 

26

 

 

Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of risk factors should not be construed as exhaustive.

 

Note Regarding Financial Outlook and Future-Oriented Financial Information

 

Financial outlook and future-oriented financial information contained in this prospectus about prospective financial performance, financial position or cash flows is based on assumptions about future events, including economic conditions and proposed courses of action, based on our management’s assessment of the relevant information currently available, and to become available in the future. In particular, this prospectus contains projected operational information for the Permitted Timeline leading up to our qualifying acquisition, a projected accrual of interest in the escrow account, and a projected dilution to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares on a per share basis (which includes a projected pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to this Offering). These projections contain forward-looking statements and are based on a number of material assumptions and factors set out above. Actual results may differ significantly from the projections presented herein. These projections may also be considered to contain future-oriented financial information or a financial outlook under applicable securities laws. The actual results of the Corporation’s operations for any period will likely vary from the amounts set forth in these projections, and such variations may be material. See above and under the heading “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks that could cause actual results to vary. The future-oriented financial information and financial outlooks contained in this prospectus have been approved by management as of the date of this prospectus and have been provided for the purpose of describing management’s expectations. Readers are cautioned that any such financial outlook and future-oriented financial information contained herein should not be used for purposes other than those for which it is disclosed herein.

 

The prospective financial information included in this prospectus has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, the Corporation’s directors and management. The Corporation and our management believe that the prospective financial information has been prepared on a reasonable basis, reflecting our management’s best estimates and judgments, and represents, to the best of our management’s knowledge and opinion, upon review by the board of directors, the Corporation’s expected course of action. However, because this information is highly subjective, it should not be relied on as necessarily indicative of future results.

 

Any forward-looking statement included in this prospectus is expressly qualified by this cautionary statement, and except as otherwise indicated, is made as of the date of this prospectus. None of the Corporation, the Sponsor or the Underwriters assume or undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements or departures from them, except as required by applicable law. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all such factors and to assess in advance the impact of each such factor on the business of the Corporation or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding market shares of various companies and markets. We have obtained some of this market share information and industry data from internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications. Such reports generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy or completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Although we believe this information is reliable, neither we nor our Sponsor nor the Underwriters have independently verified or can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of that information and investors should use caution in placing reliance on such information.

 

MARKETING MATERIALS

 

Any template version of any marketing materials (as such term is defined in NI 41-101) that will be filed on SEDAR before the termination of the distribution under this Offering (including any amendments to, or an amended version of, any template version of any marketing materials) will be deemed to be incorporated into the prospectus. Any template version of any marketing materials that are utilized by the Underwriters in connection with this Offering are not part of this prospectus to the extent that the contents of the template version of the marketing materials have been modified or superseded by a statement contained in this prospectus.

 

27

 

 

THE CORPORATION

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. was incorporated under the BCBCA on July 8, 2019. Our head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL and our registered office is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

The Corporation’s articles include, among other provisions, a provision providing for a forum for adjudication of certain disputes, whereby unless the Corporation approves or consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Province of British Columbia and appellate courts therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the BCBCA or the articles of the Corporation (as they may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim otherwise related to the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors and/or officers, but does not include claims related to the business carried on by the Corporation or such affiliates. Any person or entity owning, purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest, including without limitation any registered or beneficial ownership thereof, in the securities of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of the articles.

 

OUR BUSINESS

 

Introduction

 

We are a newly organized SPAC incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our “qualifying acquisition”. We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. If we complete more than one qualifying acquisition, each such qualifying acquisition is expected to occur concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

Our objective is to execute a qualifying acquisition, the terms of which are determined by us to be favourable and provided that the target business(es) or assets forming the qualifying acquisition have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding deferred underwriting commissions and applicable taxes payable on the income accrued in the escrow account). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

 

Business Strategy

 

Our initial qualifying acquisition and value creation strategy will be to identify, acquire and, after our initial qualifying acquisition, assist in the growth of a business in the cannabis industry. However, we are not limited to this industry and we may pursue a qualifying acquisition opportunity in any business or industry we choose and we may pursue a company with operations or opportunities outside of Canada and the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.

 

We intend to identify and execute on a qualifying acquisition by leveraging our network to find attractive investment opportunities. We will seek to acquire several complementary companies as part of our qualifying acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a “land to brand” strategy and global reach. Our vision is to create a global vertical industry leader in cannabis, replicating the success of industry vertical leaders in spirits, home and personal care, carbonated drinks, cosmetics and other sectors. The key investment criteria which we will consider as we evaluate multiple targets across the value chain in cultivation, extraction, research and development and brands are:

 

28

 

 

· Research and Development (R&D):

 

Pursue targets with a focus on R&D, specifically new product and brand development in connection with a vertical integration strategy, including plant genetics and tissue cultures.

 

· Cultivation:

 

Focus on combination of high quality and low cost facilities built to EU-GMP standards in both Canada and Europe.

 

· Extraction:

 

Seek solutions for what could be a major bottleneck for supply in the industry, with capabilities in Canada, Europe and the U.S. (with initial focus on hemp for CBD).

 

· Brands:

 

Seek to build a brand led business across each of the methods of cannabis consumption (edibles, drinks, vapes and flower). There are currently more than 100 licensed producers in Canada and over 1,000 brands of CBD in the United States.

 

· Strong Operating Management:

 

Seek expertise that can be shared across the group post our qualifying acquisition.

 

· Synergistic Benefits:

 

Seek targets which may create synergies and benefit from the oversight and leadership of our management team including Paul Walsh and Peter Caldini.

 

· Willingness to Roll for Equity:

 

Preference to acquire companies with stock rather than cash to, among other things, align interests with all stakeholders.

 

Acquisition for stock will allow us to retain cash to support organic growth of the target companies.

 

· High Standards of Regulatory Compliance:

 

Seek targets that are engaged within all applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign legal frameworks and exhibit high standards of regulatory compliance.

 

We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in the evaluation of acquisition opportunities; however, we may decide to enter into our qualifying acquisition with one or more target businesses that do not meet any or all of these criteria or guidelines. These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive and may not apply in all cases or at all. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular target may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general criteria and/or other considerations, factors and criteria that our management, board of directors and our Sponsor may deem relevant.

 

The Corporation will be led by and will benefit from our experienced management team and group of directors.

 

29

 

 

Paul Walsh

 

Paul Walsh is our Executive Chairman and brings with him a wealth of experience as Chief Executive Officer of a large multinational branded consumer products corporation operating in highly regulated markets. Mr. Walsh was the Chief Executive Officer of Diageo, the world’s largest spirits company, from 2000 to 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Walsh was the Chairman and President of The Pillsbury Company from 1996 to 1999. Under Mr. Walsh’s leadership, Diageo’s precursor, Grand Metropolitan, was transformed from a multi-national conglomerate into a focused, global market leading spirits business via a combination of organic growth and significant acquisitions. Mr. Walsh and his management team created over U.S.$80 billion of shareholder value while in leadership at Diageo.

 

Mr. Walsh brings with him substantial corporate leadership experience, knowledge of consumer-centric companies, international operations expertise, and experience with regulated industries. He has also held executive-level finance positions, including as Chief Financial Officer of Grand Metropolitan Foods and Intercontinental Hotels. Throughout his career, Mr. Walsh has built success and growth at his companies through the deployment of effective brand development and marketing strategies, which brings added perspective to our Board. Notable successes include the creation of the Johnnie Walker family of Scotch Whiskey brands.

 

Mr. Walsh is the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke and also serves as Chairman of Compass Group PLC. He is a non-executive director of McDonald’s Corporation and FedEx Corporation.

 

Peter Caldini

 

Peter Caldini is our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. Mr. Caldini has over 30 years of experience building and restructuring multinational organizations around the world and a strong consumer healthcare background. Mr. Caldini developed extensive commercial management expertise at Pfizer Inc., Bayer AG and Wyeth, LLC. Mr. Caldini was the Regional President North America for Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2017 to 2019. Prior to that role he was the Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2016 to 2017 and led the Northern European cluster from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Caldini was at Bayer from 2009 to 2014, with roles including the head of sub-region Emerging Markets EMEA, the General Manager of Bayer Consumer Care China and the head of the Nutritionals Strategic Business unit, the global leader in nutritional supplements with brands One-A-Day, Berocca, and Supradyn. From 2002 to 2009 Mr. Caldini was at Wyeth LLC where he was responsible for affiliates across LATAM and AsiaPac and also managed the Centrum brand globally. Early in his career Mr. Caldini held various leadership roles in brand management at Unilever in the US and Europe.

 

As President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare North America Mr. Caldini was responsible for managing the 2nd largest OTC consumer healthcare company in the region with over U.S.$2.1 billion in net sales. He drove market share growth for leading brands Advil, Emergen-C, Nexium, Chapstick, and Prep-H and improved the profitability of the business unit. As Regional President, he drove organizational change, brand acceleration, marketing strategy, trade execution, global e-commerce and transitioned the business to a more integrated operating culture. Mr. Caldini simultaneously led the turnaround of the Pfizer Canada affiliate, the 2nd largest OTC company in the market.

 

As Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare he managed a U.S.$580 million P&L with over 850 employees. He was credited for restructuring the region, resulting in above market revenue growth and significantly improved profitability. He led the turnaround of several underperforming affiliates including the UK, Spain, Russia, and the Middle East. He directed the successful brand launches of Nexium across Europe and the Viagra switch in the UK. He also led the successful acquisition of B-Total, a leading vitamin B brand in Italy and the integration of Ferrosan in the Nordics and Russia.

 

Mr. Caldini holds board roles with healthcare companies Kramer Labs, Solvotrin, and PreMark Pharma. He has a Masters of International Economics and Management from Bocconi University in Milan, Italy, an MBA from Northeastern University and a BA, Political Science from Boston University. Mr. Caldini holds US and Italian citizenship.

 

Maja Spalevic

 

Maja Spalevic is our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Spalevic has over 18 years of experience in the financial services and private equity industries including over 13 years with GLP, an affiliate of Bespoke, where she manages finances, oversees the accounting, business support, financial reporting, planning and analysis, treasury, regulatory, human resources, legal, external audit and tax functions for GLP, Bespoke and the affiliated investment entities. Mrs. Spalevic was part of the formation of Bespoke in 2014. Prior to GLP Mrs. Spalevic was a staff accountant at Getty Images.

 

30

 

 

She has a BSc (Hons) in Applied Accounting from Oxford Brookes University, is a Fellow of Chartered Certified Accountants (FCCA) and is an Association of Accounting Technicians full member (MAAT)..

 

Ian Starkey

 

Ian Starkey is one of our directors and the Chair of the Audit Committee. Mr. Starkey brings audit, M&A, management consulting and forensic accounting experience which he gained as a partner at KPMG (UK) where he spent over 35 years. At KPMG, Mr. Starkey was one of the most senior audit partners for over 20 years and was associated with companies such as Diageo plc, F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG and BAE Systems plc. He held various senior management roles, primarily as head of the Consumer Goods markets sector for the UK and Europe. He was a member of the boards of KPMG Europe and KPMG UK LLP, where he chaired at various times the Audit & Risk and Remuneration & Nominations Committees.

 

Mr. Starkey is currently a non-executive board member of DAC Beachcroft LLP, an international law firm, a member of Meyler Campbell’s Mastered Programme for executive coaching and is also involved in various finance and non-profit ventures. His career history brings to the company extensive experience of operating at board level in regulated businesses across a variety of sectors.

 

Robert L. Berner III

 

Rob Berner is one of our directors as well as a founder and Joint Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer of Bespoke and Chairman of Bespoke’s Investment Committee. He has been active in the private equity industry for over 30 years. Mr. Berner has sat on numerous boards and is currently Chairman of Johnnie-O LLC (men’s lifestyle brand). Mr. Berner also was a principal investor in, and Chairman of Diversified Distribution Systems, LLC (DDS), the largest specialty retail distribution and services business in the United States, which was recently sold very successfully to Bunzl Plc.

 

Mr. Berner was previously a Partner at CVC, a global private equity firm with over U.S.$50 billion of assets under management and assisted in the opening and development of the firm’s US efforts, including serving as Chairman of CVC US. Prior to CVC, he served as a Managing Director at Ripplewood Holdings and was a member of the firm’s Investment Committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Berner was a Partner and member of the Investment Committee of Charterhouse International. Mr. Berner began his career in the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley where he was a Principal responsible for the consumer products sector. Mr. Berner also serves on the boards of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, Vinventions and 24 Hour Fitness. In addition, Mr. Berner has acted as a non-executive director on the boards of over 25 private equity portfolio companies during his private equity career and has sat on the board of several charitable and not for profit organizations.

 

Mr. Berner has an MBA from Northwestern University and a BA in Finance from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Mark W.B. Harms

 

Mark Harms is one of our directors and a founder and Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke. Prior to Bespoke, Mr. Harms founded GLP in 2004, where he is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. GLP has advised on over U.S.$60 billion of transactions to date, deploying over U.S.$500 million of capital into a number of investments and developed an industry leading operating executive network with 75+ members. Mr. Harms has completed over 130 advisory and principal transactions in North and South America, Europe and Australia. Mr. Harms has extensive experience with regard to leveraged debt, mezzanine and equity financing techniques in Europe and the U.S. with over U.S.$100 billion in completed transactions.

 

Prior to founding GLP, Mr. Harms worked at Oppenheimer as a Managing Director and at CIBC World Markets as the founder and head of the Consumer Growth Group. Mr. Harms built within Consumer Growth Group strong industry verticals in branded consumer products and services, gaming, health and fitness, specialty retail and travel and tourism. Mr. Harms currently sits on the board of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, 24 Hour Fitness, World Fitness Services and Vinventions, as well as Olympic Entertainment. Mr. Harms was a Vice Chairman of the World Travel & Tourism Council from 2011 to 2016 and is a member and on the board of the International Association of Gaming Advisors. He was also a non-executive director on a number of other charitable, educational and non for profit boards. Mr. Harms has an MBA from the University of Chicago and a BA from the University of Michigan.

 

31

 

 

Candice Koederitz

 

Candice Koederitz is one of our directors. Ms. Koederitz brings capital markets, due diligence, financial market product development, international and risk management experience which she gained as a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley where she spent over 30 years. At Morgan Stanley, Ms. Koederitz worked with companies and governments globally to raise over $30 billion in capital. Ms. Koederitz held various senior management roles including head of Capital, head of Regulatory Implementation, Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Asia (S) Ltd in Singapore and head of Capital Markets Execution. She co-chaired the Capital Commitment Committee, Equity Underwriting Committees, Americas Franchise Committee and was a member of the Firm and Securities Risk Committees.

 

Ms. Koederitz is currently an independent, non-executive director of ICE Benchmark Administration Ltd, a financial benchmark administrator, and is involved with several non-profit organizations.

 

Ms. Koederitz has an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BS in Civil Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

Bespoke Capital Partners LLC

 

Our Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke, a private equity firm founded in 2014 by experienced private equity veterans, Rob Berner and Mark Harms. Paul Walsh is currently the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke. Since its inception, Bespoke has been involved in transactions with a combined enterprise value of over U.S.$2.5 billion.

 

Bespoke operates with a core team of experienced investment professionals and an extensive network of over 75 highly accomplished operating partners. Bespoke employs a highly tailored approach to investment with a view to strongly align with partners and counterparties while at the same time meeting the needs of the businesses it invests in. Bespoke invests across various types of investments through flexible structures including control and minority positions. Bespoke exhibits proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities from its long-term relationships which it believes is an important factor in identifying a successful target for a SPAC. Bespoke’s sourcing capabilities are further evidenced through its investments which were the result of proprietary “off-market” deals sourced from long term relationships and agreed to through bilateral negotiations, away from auction or competitive processes. Bespoke believes it is viewed as a “partner of choice” given its reputation, its structuring flexibility and its operating expertise. Bespoke’s portfolio currently includes 24 Hour Fitness (privately owned and operated fitness center chain operating 440 clubs across 13 states in the U.S.), Vinventions (provider of over 3 billion closures annually to the global wine industry), World Fitness Services (leading Asian fitness center with 65 clubs in Taiwan) and Olympic Entertainment (European provider of gaming services, operation a portfolio of 115 casinos). Bespoke and its affiliate GLP are regulated in the United States by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and in the United Kingdom by the Financial Conduct Authority. The firm operates its business to the highest regulatory and compliance standards.

 

We believe our competitive strengths which will help us complete a successful qualifying acquisition include:

 

· Outstanding Corporate Management Team and Sponsor Group:

 

The Corporation brings together a team of experienced investment professionals with deep capabilities and an extensive network;

 

Our leadership team has experience navigating regulated markets with strong compliance frameworks;

 

Paul Walsh, former CEO of Diageo, will act as Executive Chairman and provide oversight and guidance; and

 

32

 

 

Peter Caldini, our CEO and one of our directors, brings a strong consumer health background with extensive management experience.

 

· Proprietary Deal Sourcing:

 

Our ability to leverage Bespoke’s and our leadership team’s extensive network including proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities; and

 

Our leadership’s long-term relationships with other market participants and strong reputation as business builders.

 

We intend to structure and execute a qualifying acquisition that will provide the combined business with a capital structure that will support the growth in shareholder value and give it the flexibility to grow organically and/or through strategic acquisitions. In addition, we believe that our status as a public company, expected available cash and benefit from public market currency are each important factors that will allow us to achieve those targets.

 

In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, and inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as review of financial information. We believe that our management’s and our Sponsor’s expertise in M&A and finance, as well as our reputation as active investors has enabled us to build strong relationships with company owners, executives, stakeholders, industry experts, consultants, professionals and financial intermediaries which will provide us with attractive acquisition opportunities to consider. We will bring a private equity approach to the completion of due diligence and documentation for the qualifying acquisition, and then provide private equity style active oversight to the Corporation once the qualifying acquisition is completed. We believe that understanding the dynamics, competitors, trends, risks, and opportunities of the segment will enable us to target selected companies and efficiently pursue potential transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, past performance of our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any qualifying acquisition we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial qualifying acquisition. You should not rely on the historical performance record of our management as indicative of our future performance.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

In addition to the factors described above, including our corporate management team and sponsor group, we believe this structure has the following competitive strengths:

 

Status as a public company

 

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares in the target business for our securities or for a combination of our securities and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses might find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, roadshow and public reporting efforts that will likely not be present to the same extent in connection with a qualifying acquisition with us. Furthermore, once the qualifying acquisition is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests than it would have as a privately-held company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

 

Some potential target businesses may view the inherent limitations in our status as a SPAC as a deterrent and may prefer to effect a business combination with a more established entity or with a private company, however we believe that our status as a public company will make us an attractive business partner. These inherent limitations include: limitations on our available financial resources, which may be inferior to those of other entities pursuing the acquisition of similar target businesses; the requirement that we file a prospectus and, where required under applicable law, seek shareholder approval of a qualifying acquisition, which may delay the consummation of a transaction; and the existence of our outstanding warrants, which may represent a source of future dilution.

 

33

 

 

 

Financial position

 

With funds in the escrow account of U.S.$350,000,000 (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) available to use for a qualifying acquisition, we offer a target business a variety of options such as providing the owners of a target business with cash or securities and a public means to sell such shares, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. As we are able to consummate our initial qualifying acquisition using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires.

 

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

 

We intend to identify, evaluate and execute an attractive qualifying acquisition by leveraging our network to find one or more attractive investment opportunities. We intend to focus our search for target businesses that are involved in cannabis industry and/or related sectors; however, we are not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for the purposes of completing our qualifying acquisition.

 

Expanding Legal Global Cannabis Markets

 

Global

 

The growing adoption of cannabis in legal markets is expected to propel revenue growth in the global legal cannabis market from $13.8 billion in 2018 to retail sales of approximately US$200 billion globally over the next 15 years. Increased demand has led to legalization or movement towards legalization of both adult use or medical cannabis in various jurisdictions. Significant public and private investment in research and the development of safer forms of ingestible cannabis products such as tinctures, oils, vaporizers, beverages and edibles are also expected to contribute market growth. The cannabis industry is, however, highly fragmented with over 100 Canadian licensed producers and 1,000 U.S. CBD brands.

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

Source: Grandview Research and Constellation Brands

 

Figure 1: Global Legal Cannabis Market

 

Additionally, the expectation for the total available market for cannabis and CBD globally is expected to climb to over US$300 billion by 2032, with similar shares of market between the U.S., Europe and Asia.

 

34

 

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

Source: Bank of America Merrill Lynch – A Cannabis World … and More People are Living In It (April 17, 2019).

 

Figure 2: Geographic Breakdown of Cannabis Market1

 

Potential Disruption of Traditional Consumer Segments by Cannabis

 

We expect cannabis, particularly CBD, to disrupt, or to become included in consumer markets globally where legal. We expect it to disrupt a variety of industries from packaged food to healthcare. Research estimates predict that cannabis could account for a 10% market share within a variety of consumer health and pet care categories. We believe that pet care in particular represents a significant market opportunity as cannabis and CBD products continue to gain acceptance.

 

Figure 3 below sets out the 2018 retail sales of select disruptable categories.

 

 

 

1 Includes market estimates.

 

35

 

 

(US$ billions)

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

Source: Jefferies International Limited – Initiating on cannabis: Long-term highs expected but not all at the party (February 25, 2019).

 

Figure 3: 2018 Retail Sales of Select Disruptable Categories

 

Evolution of Form Factor Share in Cannabis Markets

 

As the number and sophistication of companies operating in the cannabis market increases, the quantity and variety of products that reach consumers and advances in product development are expected to enhance product adoption among consumers contributing to further market growth.

 

We believe trends in maturing cannabis markets, such as certain state markets in the US, are helpful in providing insight into what we believe could become global trends in the future.

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

Source: BDS Analytics – The Taste Future of Cannabis Edibles – Cannabis Intelligence Briefing (2018).

 

Figure 4: Consumable Cannabis by Categories in the United States

 

36

 

 

Regulation of Cannabis in Global Markets

 

Canada

 

The Cannabis Act came into force on October 17, 2018 and Canada became the first major industrialized nation to legalize adult-use cannabis at the federal level. The Cannabis Act provides an overall framework for the legalization of adult-use cannabis in Canada, including in respect of medical cannabis. The Cannabis Regulations promulgated under the Cannabis Act set out a detailed regime for the licensing of various activities in the industry, including cultivation, industrial hemp, processing, sales, distribution, packaging and labelling, as well as promotional and marketing activities. On June 14, 2019, the Federal Government announced amendments to the Cannabis Regulations, that will come into effect October 17, 2019. A limited selection of products (extracts and topicals) will appear in physical stores mid-December 2019. The new regulation has created three new classes of cannabis products: edibles; cannabis extracts; and cannabis “topicals.” Federal license holders are required to provide 60 days’ notice to Health Canada of their plan to sell these products.

 

While the Cannabis Act provides for the regulation of the commercial production of cannabis for adult use purposes and related matters, it also provides the provinces and territories of Canada with the authority to regulate other aspects of adult use cannabis (similar to what is currently the case for liquor and tobacco products), such as sale and distribution, minimum age requirements, places where cannabis can be consumed and a range of other matters. Provincial and territorial governments have enacted differing legislation and regulations for the distribution and retail of adult-use cannabis. The models differ and range from a government-run model for retail and distribution to a fully private system.

 

United States

 

In the United States, cannabis is largely regulated at the state level. Notwithstanding the permissive regulatory environment of medical cannabis at the state level, cannabis continues to be categorized as a Schedule I controlled substance under the CSA in the United States and as such, elements of its production, distribution and use violate federal law in the United States. As a result of the conflicting views between state legislatures and the federal government regarding cannabis, investments in cannabis businesses in the United States are subject to inconsistent legislation and regulation. The Supremacy Clause of the United States Constitution establishes that the United States Constitution and federal laws made pursuant to it are paramount and in the case of conflict between federal and state law, the federal law must be applied. Notwithstanding the paramountcy of U.S. federal law, enforcement of such laws may be limited by other means or circumstances. Unless and until the United States Congress amends the CSA with respect to cannabis (and as to the timing or scope of any such potential amendments there can be no assurance), there is a risk that federal authorities may enforce current federal law, which may adversely affect the U.S. cannabis sector.

 

United States CBD Market

 

In December 2018, the 2018 Farm Bill was passed by U.S. Congress and signed into law. This legislation removes hemp (as well as hemp-based derivatives) from the definition of “marijuana” (which we refer to herein as “cannabis”) under the CSA as well as from the United States’ Drug Enforcement Administration’s Schedule I list of controlled substances.

 

While the regulatory structure regarding the cultivation and sale of hemp under the 2018 Farm Bill is still underway, this significant shift toward full legalization is expected to drive a new wave of investment in the hemp cultivation and processing industries, with the total U.S. hemp-derived CBD market expected to grow to an addressable market size of $22 billion by 2022.2

 

The forecasted demand is expected to be largely driven by the increased awareness around the potential health and wellness benefits provided by CBD. There are other hemp-based products that generate demand in addition to CBD, such as cooking oil, dairy alternatives, salad dressings and flour. There has been a global regulatory shift within the

 

 

 

2 Green Entrepreneur, citing Brightfield Group, CBD Market Research Report, September 2018.

 

37

 

 

hemp industry and we are aware of approximately 36 countries where hemp is currently grown legally as of 2017, including Canada and the U.S.3

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

Source: Brightfield Group – U.S. CBD Market (2019 Report), Canaccord Genuity research.

 

Figure 5: United States CBD Market4

 

Europe

 

We are aware of at least 12 European countries where cannabis is currently legal for medical purposes. It is estimated that progressive views with regards to cannabis use across certain European countries will result in further legalization of medical cannabis allowing this market to continue to grow. With a total market of over 742 million people, and total healthcare spend of €2.3 trillion, Europe is estimated to become the largest medical cannabis market in the world.

 

 

 

Grand View Research, Industrial Hemp Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report By Product (Seeds, Fiber, Shivs), By Application (Textiles, Personal Care, Animal Care, Construction Materials), By Region, And Segment Forecasts, 2018 – 2025.

 

4 Includes market estimates.

 

38

 

 

Figure 6 below sets out the current views regarding cannabis use across certain European countries.

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

Source: Prohibition Partners – the European Cannabis ReportTM, July 2018.

 

Figure 6: European Countries’ Views Regarding Cannabis Use

 

South America

 

South America is a growing market for cannabis and is expected to become a large global player in the medical cannabis market. Based on various publicly available sources, a number of countries in South America currently have legalized cannabis for medical use in some form, including: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Peru, Paraguay and Uruguay. Additionally, cannabis is legalized for adult use in Uruguay, and the following countries have taken legislative steps towards decriminalizing cannabis use: Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Paraguay.

 

Figure 7 below sets out status of cannabis legalization in various countries in South America.

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

Figure 7: Legalization of Cannabis in South America

 

39

 

 

Asia

 

Asia represents a significant long term market opportunity in the cannabis sector. Today, most foreign governments on this continent enforce strict laws and regulations with respect to cannabis. Recent developments, however, indicate the increasing societal and governmental acceptance of cannabis in Asia, particularly for medical use. This is led in part, by the international community. In early 2019, the World Health Organization proposed that cannabis should be rescheduled within international law. Subsequently, Thailand legalized medical cannabis and the Malaysian Health Ministry indicated that it will consider allowing the use of medical cannabis. China and Singapore are also pursuing research into the healthcare applications of cannabis. Additionally, under the guidance of the UN, countries such as Myanmar are increasingly moving closer to viewing cannabis use as a public health issue rather than one requiring engagement with the criminal justice system. With this increasing acceptance, the legal cannabis market in Asia is expected to reach $8.5bn by 2024. 5

 

Outside of medical and adult-use cannabis, hemp is a key focus in the region. China is the world’s largest producer of hemp, and its crops make up almost half of the global legal hemp market. As a result, China is expected to account for a major share of the global hemp-derived CBD market by 2024.6 Japan, which legalized CBD oil in 2016, also represents a sizable and growing CBD market.

 

Oceania

 

In 2018, the Oceania region had a total estimated cannabis market value of US$5.6 billion which is expected to reach US$8.7 billion by 2028. The two largest growth markets in Oceania are Australia and New Zealand, which legalized medical cannabis in 2016 and 2018, respectively. As of July 2018, 1,059 patients in Australia have received prescriptions and as many as 400,000 medical cannabis patients are expected by 2028. 7

 

QUALIFYING ACQUISITION

 

General

 

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this Offering. We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. We intend to continue our search for target businesses with a focus on the cannabis industry; however, we are not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for the purposes of completing our qualifying acquisition. We intend to effectuate our qualifying acquisition using the cash proceeds from (i) the escrow account after redemptions, taxes and permitted expenses, (ii) the portion of the sales of the Founder’s Warrants and Founder’s Shares not placed in the escrow account (in the estimated amount of U.S.$5,375,000), and (iii) the U.S.$25,000 of initial proceeds to be raised prior to the Closing, or our shares, or debt, or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, investors in this Offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more qualifying acquisitions. A qualifying acquisition may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various applicable securities laws. We may also seek to effect simultaneous qualifying acquisitions with more than one target business. If we complete more than one qualifying acquisition, each such qualifying acquisition is expected to occur concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law. We do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.

 

 

 

5 Prohibition Partners – The Asian Cannabis ReportTM, May 2019.

 

6 Prohibition Partners – The Asian Cannabis ReportTM, May 2019.

 

7 Prohibition Partners – The Oceania Cannabis ReportTM, July 2018.

 

40

 

 

Significant Sources of Target Businesses

 

We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. We believe based on our management’s business knowledge and past experience that there are numerous qualifying acquisition targets. We expect that our principal means of identifying potential target businesses will be through the extensive contacts and relationships of our Sponsor, officers and directors. While our officers and directors are not required to commit any specific amount of time in identifying or performing due diligence on potential target businesses, our officers and directors believe that the relationships they have developed over their careers and their access to our Sponsor’s and its affiliates contacts and resources will generate a number of potential qualifying acquisition opportunities that will warrant further investigation. We also anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our Sponsor, officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. Our officers and directors must present to us all target business opportunities that have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account (excluding deferred underwriting commissions and applicable taxes payable on the income accrued in the escrow account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial qualifying acquisition, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

There will be no finder’s fees, consulting fees, reimbursements or cash payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or to their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, unless expressly approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required from the Exchange, except for the following payments, which will not be made prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition and will not be paid from the proceeds of the escrow account prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition, but rather from funds on hand, from additional sources of funds at the time of the qualifying acquisition, from the proceeds of the escrow account after their release to the Corporation, or from additional funds as discussed in this prospectus:

 

repayment of unsecured loans, and any interest thereon, which may be made by our Sponsor or our Sponsor’s affiliates to finance transaction costs in connection with a prospective qualifying acquisition;

 

payment of U.S.$10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month for administrative and related services pursuant to an administrative services agreement entered into with our Sponsor which, if applicable, may include payment for services of related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect our qualifying acquisition; and

 

reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the above-noted persons in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying possible business targets and qualifying acquisitions.

 

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the escrow account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate a qualifying acquisition.

 

41

 

 

Our board of directors will review and be required to approve all material reimbursements and payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors or our affiliates or associates or their respective affiliates or associates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

 

None of our Sponsor, directors or officers are required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may be susceptible to conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities. In addition, in the course of their other business activities, the Sponsor, directors and/or officers may owe similar or other duties, and may have obligations, to other entities or pursuant to other outside business arrangements, including to seek and present investment and business opportunities to other entities. As more fully discussed in “Directors and Offices — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an initial business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, they may be required to present such initial business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such initial business combination opportunity to us.

 

In addition, if the qualifying acquisition involves a related party, the transaction may be subject to the minority shareholder protections of MI 61-101, which would, in certain circumstances, require approval by minority shareholders and/or an independent valuation. The Exchange may also impose additional requirements in such circumstances. Further, in addition to the requirements of the BCBCA in this respect, officers and directors will be required to recuse themselves from our consideration of a potential acquisition involving a participant in respect of which the director or officer has either a material economic interest or a perceived conflict of interest.

 

The Corporation may, as needed and as may be approved by its board of directors, from time to time, both prior to and following our qualifying acquisition, enter into service agreements with related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effectuate our qualifying acquisition. Although some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the acquired business following our qualifying acquisition, the presence or absence of any such arrangements will not be used as a criteria in our selection process of an acquisition target.

 

Additional Funding for General Ongoing Expenses

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our sourcing of a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

The Corporation may also seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the Exchange’s rules and also subject to fulfilling the following condition: the Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith would be at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account), and provided that 100% of the gross proceeds raised in any subsequent rights offering from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units are held in the escrow account.

 

Permitted Timeline Extension

 

We have 18 months from the Closing to consummate a qualifying acquisition (or 21 months from the Closing if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing).

 

42

 

 

If our management believes that we need an extension of the Permitted Timeline in order to successfully execute a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will hold a meeting of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and seek approval by ordinary resolution of only the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amendment to the articles to facilitate an extension to up to 36 months and an acceleration of such holders’ redemption rights. Assuming a meeting of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares is called and the requisite Class A Restricted Voting Shares approval is obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares would be permitted to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the meeting, and, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the date that an extension to the Permitted Timeline takes effect. See “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting. Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the redemption right. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

Minimum Fair Market Value of Qualifying Acquisition

 

Absent exemptive relief from the Exchange, the business or assets forming our qualifying acquisition (or any number of qualifying acquisitions, all of which must be completed concurrently) must have a minimum fair market value equal to 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value). Where the qualifying acquisition is comprised of more than one acquisition, and multiple acquisitions are required to satisfy the aggregate fair market value of a qualifying acquisition, these acquisitions are expected to close concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

In the event that the amount required to be paid to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed in connection with a shareholder vote on the qualifying acquisition would exceed the additional financing obtained by the Corporation to offset the redemption amount (especially where the proposed qualifying acquisition contains a minimum cash balance condition as a condition to closing), the Corporation may consider offering additional shares to the vendor of the target company, such that the cash that would otherwise be payable to the vendor that is needed to redeem the shares is replaced with additional shares issued to the vendor. In addition, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that would otherwise intend to redeem their shares may (including for tax reasons) prefer to sell their shares in the market, and the Corporation may also pursue debt financing, as further described in this prospectus, all of which may reduce the likelihood of any cash deficiencies at the time of the qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, any such cash deficiencies, including as a result of redemptions, may result in the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition despite shareholder approval thereof.

 

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

 

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our qualifying acquisition with that business, our assessment of the target’s management may not prove to be correct. The future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty but we expect that the current management team of the Corporation will remain with the Corporation following our qualifying acquisition. Nevertheless, some members of our management team may not become a part of the target’s management team, and the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Further, it is also not certain if all or any of our directors will remain associated in any capacity with us following our qualifying acquisition. While we expect that our key personnel will remain with the combined company, the final determination will be made at the time of our qualifying acquisition.

 

Following our qualifying acquisition, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We may not have the ability to recruit additional managers, or such additional managers may not have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

 

43

 

 

Completion of a Qualifying Acquisition

 

As 100% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offering and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be held by •, as Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the Exchange rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition, (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with NP 11-201.

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. Assuming that our Sponsor does not purchase any Class A Restricted Voting Units in this Offering, our Sponsor will hold a 20% voting interest to vote at any such meeting (other than approval of any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline where only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote), regardless of whether or not the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. Accordingly, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote at any such meeting. See “Risk Factors”.

 

Prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will have purchased the Founder’s Shares, being 10,062,500 Class B Shares (up to 1,312,500 of which are Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares and are subject to relinquishment by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised). These Founder’s Shares will be purchased for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately $0.0025 per Founder’s Share, or U.S.$0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised and the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares are relinquished. The number of Founder’s Shares was determined so that the Founder’s Shares would represent 20% of the shares issued and outstanding immediately following completion of this Offering (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares). Other than the Founder’s Shares, no other Class B Shares are expected to be outstanding on Closing. In addition, our Sponsor intends to purchase 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$12,000,000) that will occur simultaneously with the Closing. The Founder’s Warrants will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units, except as otherwise disclosed herein.

 

Our Sponsor will have an economic interest in the qualifying acquisition that may differ as compared to those of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, given that, among other things, prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree to certain transfer restrictions in respect of their Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants, as applicable, as further described under “Description of Securities – Founder’s Shares”.

 

Information regarding the qualifying acquisition and the resulting business following the completion of the qualifying acquisition will be made available to shareholders in a prospectus prepared by our management. Such prospectus will contain disclosure of the resulting issuer assuming completion of the qualifying acquisition and will be filed with applicable securities regulatory authorities and the Exchange. This prospectus would be either a non-offering prospectus or provide for the issuance of securities required in connection with the completion of the qualifying acquisition. Any such financing would not affect amounts held in the escrow account or amounts to be distributed to holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares therefrom. In the event that the Corporation proposes to acquire a target business that operates or has significant businesses in an emerging market jurisdiction, additional securities regulatory requirements may apply, and any such transaction may warrant additional review and scrutiny of the applicable securities regulatory authorities.

 

Initial Listing Requirements

 

Unless exempted by the Exchange, the reporting issuer resulting from our qualifying acquisition must satisfy the initial listing requirements of the designated stock exchange (likely the Exchange), as prescribed under the applicable policies of the Exchange or such designated stock exchange.

 

44

 

 

Exchange’s Escrow Policy

 

Upon completion of the qualifying acquisition, the resulting issuer may be subject to the Exchange’s escrow policy, and that the securities held by the founders of such resulting issuer, which may include the Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying acquisition Shares or securities issued to our Sponsor in connection with the completion of the qualifying acquisition, would be released from an escrow account that would restrict their disposition as follows:

 

On the closing date of the qualifying acquisition 1/10 of the founding securities
6 months after the closing date of the qualifying 1/3 of the remaining founding securities
acquisition  
12 months after the closing date of the qualifying 1/2 of the remaining founding securities
acquisition  
18 months after the closing date of the qualifying the remaining founding securities
acquisition  

 

Redemption Rights

 

In connection with seeking to complete a qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition by shareholders is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

The amount in the escrow account will initially be U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. Based on the initial U.S.$350,000,000 placed in escrow (and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum, if the escrow account remains in place over the next 18 months (and no qualifying acquisition has been completed), the cash held in escrow is expected to grow from the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public to approximately U.S.$10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Share, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions.

 

Following the redemption, each of the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would then be automatically converted on or immediately following the closing of the qualifying acquisition into one Common Share, and the residual escrow account balance would be available to the Corporation to pay tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds, to pay the Underwriters their deferred underwriting commission, and to otherwise use at its discretion, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.

 

45

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing. This limitation will not apply in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. By its election to redeem, each registered holder (other than CDS) and each beneficial holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be required to represent or shall be deemed to have represented to the Corporation that, together with any affiliate of such holder and any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, he, she or it is not redeeming Class A Restricted Voting Shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing.

 

We believe that this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares and subsequently attempting to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed qualifying acquisition as a means to force us or our management to engage in inappropriate transactions. Absent this provision, a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following this Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder is not otherwise satisfied with the qualifying acquisition. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem more than 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following this Offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete a qualifying acquisition that is favoured by our other shareholders, and particularly in connection with a qualifying acquisition with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash available at the time of closing. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares for or against our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our articles (which, among other things, provide for the various redemption rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares) may only be amended by a special resolution, which would require 66 2/3% of votes cast to be voted in favour of the proposed amendment. The Corporation and our Sponsor have each agreed with the Underwriters that they will not proceed with any amendments to the articles prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition which would materially adversely affect the redemption rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares unless it has first amended the Escrow Agreement to provide that the escrow amount per unit will be released to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares upon such redemption, should such amendment of the articles proceed, on terms that are substantially equivalent to the redemption rights that would apply to redemptions on the extension of the Permitted Timeline. In addition, consent of the Exchange to any such amendments would be required. The consent of the Underwriters and the Escrow Agent would also be required. Accordingly, any such amendments are considered extremely unlikely.

 

Automatic Redemption if No Qualifying Acquisition

 

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem, as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares. See “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Such redemption will completely extinguish the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and the Warrants (including the Founder’s Warrants) will be cancelled.

 

Our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem the Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or entitled to access the escrow account upon our Winding-Up. Our Sponsor will, however, be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire pursuant to this Offering, in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market.

 

The Underwriters will have no right to their deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in connection with our Winding-Up.

 

46

 

 

Contractual Rights of Action

 

The Corporation expects that a contractual right of action for rescission or damages against the Corporation (or its successor) and a contractual right for damages against the directors of the Corporation at the time of the deposit redemption deadline and against every person or company, including the Promoter, who signs the prospectus that is required to be prepared by the Corporation at the time of its proposed qualifying acquisition (the “QA Prospectus”) will be required to be granted to original purchasers of Class A Restricted Voting Units from the Underwriters in connection with this Offering in the event that there is a misrepresentation in the QA Prospectus. The contractual rights of action against such persons or companies are expected to be consistent with the rights (and defences) under section 130 of the Securities Act (Ontario). In addition, the Corporation will indemnify the other parties granting such rights.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds of the sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to the public, as well as the net proceeds of the sale of the Founder’s Warrants to our Sponsor or its affiliates, of which U.S.$350,000,000 (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) will be deposited into the escrow account, will be used as set forth in the following table.

 

This prospectus assumes (i) an offering size of U.S.$350,000,000 worth of Class A Restricted Voting Units ($402,500,000 in the event the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised), (ii) the subscription by our Sponsor for U.S.$12,000,000 worth of Founder’s Warrants, and (iii) the prior issuance of 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and thus the relinquishment of the maximum of 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares subject to relinquishment; the 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares would increase up to a maximum of 10,062,500 to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised). Should those numbers change, proportionate or other changes, as applicable, will be made to reflect such changes to the Offering including the size of the over-allotment and the purchases by our Sponsor of the Founder’s Shares including the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares.

 

   

Without Over-

Allotment Option

  With Over-

Allotment Option

 
Gross Proceeds            
             
Gross proceeds from Class A Restricted Voting Units offered to public   U.S.$ 350,000,000     U.S.$ 402,500,000  
             
Gross proceeds from Founder’s Warrants offered to our Sponsor   U.S.$ 12,000,000     U.S.$ 12,000,000  
             
Total gross proceeds   U.S.$ 362,000,000     U.S.$ 414,500,000  
             
Offering Expenses(1)            
             
Offering expenses   U.S.$ 500,000     U.S.$ 500,000  
             
Underwriting commission (1.75% upfront)(2)   U.S.$ 6,125,000     U.S.$ 7,043,750  
             
    U.S.$ 6,625,000     U.S.$ 7,543,750  
             
Total offering expenses (other than deferred underwriting commission)            
             
Net proceeds after offering expenses   U.S.$ 355,375,000     U.S.$ 406,956,250  
             
Held in escrow account   U.S.$ 350,000,000     U.S.$ 402,500,000  
             
% of proceeds of the Offering   100.0 %   100.0 %
             
$ per Class A Restricted Voting Unit   U.S.$ 10.00     U.S.$ 10.00  
             
Not held in Escrow   U.S.$ 5,375,000     U.S.$ 4,456,250  

 

The following table shows the expected use of the approximately U.S.$5,375,000 (in the event that the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised) of net proceeds not held in the escrow account (which, for greater certainty, does not include the U.S.$25,000 of initial proceeds from the Founder’s Shares issued to our Sponsor).

 

47

 

 

    Anticipated Use of Net        
    Proceeds not Held in     Percentage  
    Escrow     (Approximate)  
Legal, accounting, due diligence, travel, and other fees and expenses in connection with any qualifying acquisition   U.S.$ 4,595,000       85.5 %
               
Legal and accounting fees related to public vehicle   U.S.$ 150,000       2.8 %
               
Ongoing listing fees and regulatory fees   U.S.$ 250,000       4.7 %
               
Payment for administrative and support services   U.S.$ 180,000       3.3 %
               
Other miscellaneous expenses   U.S.$ 200,000       3.7 %
               
Total   U.S.$ 5,375,000       100.0 %

 

(1) In the event that offering expenses are less than set forth in this table, any such amounts will be used for post-Closing general ongoing expenses.

 

(2) Subject to the following, an underwriting commission equal to up to U.S.$19,250,000 (or U.S.$22,137,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) or 5.5% of the Gross Proceeds will be payable by the Corporation. U.S.$0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit or U.S.$13,125,000 in the aggregate (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), representing 68.18% of the underwriting commission, will be deposited with the Escrow Agent in the escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, and released only upon completion of our qualifying acquisition. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable and released only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of our qualifying acquisition. Upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition, such U.S.$13,125,000 in deferred underwriting commission (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) will be payable from the funds held in the escrow account. These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our qualifying acquisition based upon the level of complexity of such transaction. In the event we identify an acquisition target that is subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. In the event that our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may re-allocate some of such proceeds within the above described categories. To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may obtain unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, as further described below under “Use of Proceeds – Additional Funding”, or we may conduct a rights offering in respect of shares, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, and also subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the Exchange’s rules or we may obtain additional funding as otherwise permitted by the Exchange. The Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith was at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account).

 

While the Exchange’s rules require that no less than 90% of the Gross Proceeds raised in this Offering, including at least 50% of the Underwriters’ commission, be placed in an escrow account, the Corporation will deposit 100% of the Gross Proceeds raised in this Offering into the escrow account. Upon Closing, the Initial Escrow Amount will be held by •, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. The Initial Escrow Amount includes $13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commission.

 

The Initial Escrow Amount and any other amounts deposited in the escrow account will be required to be invested only in Permitted Investments. The Corporation intends to invest the proceeds deposited in the Escrow Account only in instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States of America.

 

Based on the Initial Escrow Amount of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public, assuming an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum, the Corporation expects the escrow account to generate approximately U.S.$10,500,000 of interest over the next 18 months following the Closing. Based on the same assumptions, the Corporation also expects that the cash held in escrow will grow from the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public to approximately $10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Share, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions. Following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, we will use the balance of the non-redeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares’ portion of the escrow account (less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) to pay the Deferred Amount as set out under “Plan of Distribution – General” (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall may be made up from other sources at our discretion) and otherwise use, in whole or in part, at our discretion.

 

48

 

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a qualifying acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the qualifying acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses, such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commission in the amount of $13,125,000 (or $15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), which (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) will be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition provided that the Discretionary Deferred Portion may be used for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

Subject to applicable law, none of the funds held in the escrow account will be released from the escrow account until the earliest of: (i) the closing of our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a qualifying acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided herein) of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds (including, if applicable, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and for payment of certain expenses. For greater certainty, the aggregate U.S.$25,000 and approximately U.S.$5,375,000 of initial net proceeds from the issuance of the Founder’s Shares and the Founder’s Warrants, respectively, to our Sponsor prior to and simultaneously with the Closing will not be held in escrow and may be used to fund our general ongoing expenses.

 

The net proceeds held in the escrow account may be used as consideration to fund expenses in connection with the qualifying acquisition and to pay the sellers of one or more target businesses with which we ultimately complete our qualifying acquisition. Although we believe that the net proceeds of this Offering will be sufficient to allow us to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we have not yet initiated any substantive discussions or entered into a written or oral binding acquisition agreement with any prospective target business and thus we cannot ascertain the capital requirements, if any, for any particular transaction or the sources of such potential financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent additional financing proves to be unavailable or insufficient when needed to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we would be compelled to either seek additional financing, restructure the transaction or abandon that particular qualifying acquisition and seek an alternative target business candidate. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect our qualifying acquisition, the proceeds held in the escrow account which are not used to consummate our qualifying acquisition will be disbursed to the Corporation and will, along with any other amounts not expended, be used to fund general ongoing expenses. Such funds could be used in a variety of ways, including continuing or expanding the post-qualifying acquisition entity’s operations, for strategic acquisitions by such new entity, for payment of dividends and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products, or for other purposes.

 

The remaining net proceeds from the issuance of the Founder’s Warrants not placed in escrow are expected to be used to pay the expenses of this Offering and be used towards general ongoing expenses and funding the identification and completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

We believe that amounts not held in escrow will be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses to which such proceeds are allocated. This belief is based on the fact that, while we may begin preliminary due diligence of a target business in connection with an indication of interest, we intend to undertake in-depth due diligence, depending on our then resources and the circumstances of the relevant prospective acquisition, only after we have negotiated and signed a letter of intent or other preliminary agreement that addresses the terms of our qualifying acquisition. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial qualifying acquisition is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may be required to raise additional capital, and, if so, we could seek such additional capital through unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, as described in greater detail below. Such persons, however, are not under any obligation to advance funds to the Corporation. To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may also obtain such funding as otherwise permitted by the Exchange or through a rights offering in respect of shares available to our shareholders (in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, the Exchange’s rules, and subject to the consent of the Underwriters), and subject to the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith being at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). See “Use of Proceeds – Additional Funding” below for further details on possible unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates or possible rights offerings in respect of shares.

 

49

 

 

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this Offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the escrow account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the escrow account, permitted expenses or taxes, the per share redemption amount received by holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares upon a redemption would be approximately U.S.$10.00. The proceeds deposited in the escrow account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares. We cannot assure investors that the actual per share redemption amount received by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not be substantially less than U.S.$10.00. See “Description of Securities – Make Whole Covenants”.

 

We will have entered into an administrative services agreement at the Closing pursuant to which we will pay our Sponsor a total of U.S.$10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month, for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for administrative support and related services. Upon completion of our qualifying acquisition, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

 

A holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be entitled to be paid by us from funds we receive from the escrow account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the closing of our qualifying acquisition, and only in connection with those shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) a redemption upon an extension of the Permitted Timeline, (iii) a Winding-Up, or (iv) if we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, the redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline). In no other circumstance will a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have any right or interest of any kind to or in the escrow account.

 

The holder of the Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants have no access to the escrow account prior to or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition in respect of such securities.

 

If we fail to complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline, our Sponsor will be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it is holding as a result of any purchases pursuant to or following this Offering.

 

Additional Funding

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our sourcing of a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

The Corporation may also seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the Exchange’s rules and also subject to fulfilling the following condition: the Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith would be at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account), and provided that 100% of the gross proceeds raised in any subsequent rights offering from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units are held in the escrow account.

 

50

 

 

Other than the foregoing, the Corporation will not be able to obtain any form of debt or equity financing other than in accordance with applicable securities laws and only with the consent of the Exchange.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our shares to date. Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares would be entitled to dividends on an equal per share basis, if, as and when declared by the board of directors of the Corporation. However, we do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends prior to the completion of our qualifying acquisition. The payment of cash dividends in the future following the completion of our qualifying acquisition will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition and will be at the discretion of our existing board of directors at that time.

 

DILUTION

 

The difference between the public offering price per Class A Restricted Voting Share, assuming no value is attributed to the Warrants included in the Class A Restricted Voting Units being offered pursuant to this prospectus, and the projected net tangible book value per Class A Restricted Voting Share after giving effect to this Offering, constitutes the dilution to public investors in this Offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of Warrants, which would cause the actual dilution to our shareholders to be higher. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of outstanding shares, as set forth below.

 

The net tangible book value (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) was calculated as follows:

 

Estimated total assets after the Closing, less   $ 355,375,000  
Estimated liabilities (excluding redemption value of Class A Restricted Voting Units)(1), less   $ 13,125,000  
Redemption value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares   $ 350,000,000  
= Net tangible assets after the Closing   $ (7,750,000 )

 

(1) Represents deferred underwriting commission payable only upon completion of our qualifying acquisition as set out under “Plan of Distribution – General”.

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to our Sponsor and holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (assuming the raising of U.S.$350,000,000 from the offering of our Class A Restricted Voting Units) of the total number and percentage of purchased shares and total consideration paid, as well as the respective average price per share:

 

    Total purchased shares(1)     Total consideration        
    Number     Percentage     Amount     %     Average Price
per share(1)
 
Sponsor     8,750,000       20 %   U.S.$ 25,000       0.01 %   U.S.$ 0.0029  
Public Shareholders     35,000,000       80 %   U.S.$ 350,000,000       99.99 %   U.S.$ 10.00  
Total     43,750,000       100 %   U.S.$ 350,025,000       100 %   U.S.$ 8.00  

 

(1) Assumes that the Over-Allotment Option has not been exercised and thus the 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares owned by our Sponsor have been relinquished. For purposes of this table, all Warrant values have been attributed to the applicable shares.

 

51

 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

General

 

This prospectus assumes (i) the subscription by our Sponsor for U.S.$12,000,000 worth of Founder’s Warrants, and (ii) the prior issuance of 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and thus the relinquishment of the maximum of 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares; the 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares would increase up to a maximum of 10,062,500 to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised). This prospectus qualifies the Class A Restricted Voting Units, including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units. This prospectus also qualifies the Founder’s Warrants being offered to our Sponsor at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant.

 

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement we have entered into with our Sponsor and the Underwriters, we have agreed to sell and the Underwriters have agreed to purchase on the Closing an aggregate of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (consisting of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant) at a purchase price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, payable in cash to us against delivery of the Class A Restricted Voting Units. Closing is expected to take place on or about August •, 2019, or such other date as we, our Sponsor and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event no later than September •, 2019 (subject to any termination right pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement). The obligations under the Underwriting Agreement are conditional and may be terminated at their discretion on the basis of their assessment of the state of the financial markets and may also be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events. The Underwriters are, however, obligated to take up and pay for all of the Class A Restricted Voting Units that they have agreed to purchase if any of the Class A Restricted Voting Units are purchased under the Underwriting Agreement.

 

There is currently no market through which the Class A Restricted Voting Units may be sold. The offering price of the Class A Restricted Voting Units has been determined by negotiation between us, our Sponsor and the Underwriters. The Class A Restricted Voting Units will separate into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange).

 

In consideration for the Underwriters’ services in connection with this Offering, we have agreed to pay a commission equal to up to U.S.$19,250,000 (or U.S.$22,137,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) or 5.5% of the Gross Proceeds, plus applicable taxes (if any) as follows: (i) the Underwriters shall receive on the Closing Date and on the date upon which the Over-Allotment Option, if exercised, closes, a fee equal to 1.75% of the Gross Proceeds realized by the Corporation on that date payable in cash, and (ii) the remaining 3.75% of the Gross Proceeds (the “Deferred Amount”) will be paid only if and when the Corporation consummates a qualifying acquisition, as follows: (A) as to 3.25% of the Gross Proceeds, to the Underwriters, in cash; and (B) as to 0.50% of the Gross Proceeds, at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing (the “Discretionary Deferred Portion”). If no qualifying acquisition is consummated within the Permitted Timeline, no Deferred Amount shall be payable. For greater certainty, the Underwriters will not be excluded from consideration for any portion of the Discretionary Deferred Portion, and the payment of any or all of the Discretionary Deferred Portion is at the Corporation’s complete discretion.

 

The Deferred Amount, representing 68.18% of the Underwriters’ commission, will be deposited with the Escrow Agent in the escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. The per share amount we will distribute to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by any deferred underwriting commissions we may pay to the Underwriters and otherwise use, in whole or in part, at our discretion.

 

Subscriptions for Class A Restricted Voting Units will be received subject to rejection or allocation in whole or in part and the right is reserved to close the subscription books at any time without notice.

 

52

 

 

We have granted to the Underwriters the Over-Allotment Option, which is exercisable in whole or in part and at any time up to 30 days after the Closing, to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units on the same terms as set forth above solely to cover over-allocations, if any. We have agreed to pay a commission equal to up to $22,137,500 or 5.5% of the Gross Proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (assuming full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option). The Underwriters have agreed that approximately 68.18% of the underwriting commission for Class A Restricted Voting Units purchased on exercise of the Over-Allotment Option will be held in the escrow account until the completion of the qualifying acquisition. This prospectus also qualifies the Over-Allotment Option and the distribution of any Class A Restricted Voting Units issued or sold upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. A purchaser who acquires Class A Restricted Voting Units forming part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position acquires those Class A Restricted Voting Units under this prospectus, regardless of whether the over-allocation position is ultimately filled through the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option or secondary market purchases.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters and their affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents against certain liabilities, including, without limitation, civil liabilities under Canadian securities legislation, and to contribute to any payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof where indemnification is unavailable or unenforceable.

 

This Offering is being made in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec). The Class A Restricted Voting Units will be offered in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec) through the Underwriters who are registered to offer the Class A Restricted Voting Units for sale in such provinces and territories and such other registered dealers as may be designated by the Underwriters.

 

Our Class A Restricted Voting Units offered have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any state securities laws. Accordingly, our Class A Restricted Voting Units may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person, except in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Underwriters have agreed that, except as permitted under the Underwriting Agreement, they will not offer, sell, transfer, deliver or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, the Class A Restricted Voting Units at any time within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, any U.S. Person, except pursuant to an exemption from registration under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

The offer and sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to this Offering in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons shall be conducted in compliance with an available exemption from the registration requirements of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the Class A Restricted Voting Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person.

 

The Underwriting Agreement, however, permits the Underwriters, directly or through their United States registered broker-dealer affiliates and sub-agents, to offer and resell the Class A Restricted Voting Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons that are Qualified Institutional Buyers in compliance with Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act and similar exemptions under applicable state securities laws. The Underwriting Agreement also provides that the Underwriters will offer and sell the Class A Restricted Voting Units outside of the United States only in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act. The Class A Restricted Voting Units that are sold in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) of the U.S. Securities Act and will contain a restriction or legend to the effect that such securities have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act and may only be offered, sold or otherwise transferred pursuant to certain exemptions from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act.

 

The offer and sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to this Offering in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons shall be conducted in compliance with an available exemption from the registration requirements of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

The Underwriters propose to offer the Class A Restricted Voting Units initially at the offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus. After the Underwriters have made a reasonable effort to sell all of the Class A Restricted Voting Units offered by this prospectus at that price, the initially stated offering price may be decreased, and further changed from time to time, by the Underwriters to an amount not greater than the initially stated offering price and, in such case, the compensation realized by the Underwriters will be decreased by the amount that the aggregate price paid by the purchasers for the Class A Restricted Voting Units is less than the gross proceeds paid by the Underwriters to us.

 

53

 

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Passive Market Making

 

In connection with this Offering, the Underwriters may over-allocate or effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units at levels other than those which otherwise might prevail on the open market. Such transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units while this Offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our Class A Restricted Voting Units, which involves the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of Class A Restricted Voting Units than they are required to purchase in this Offering. Short sales may be “covered short sales”, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the Over-Allotment Option, or may be “naked short sales”, which are short positions in excess of that amount.

 

The Underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising the Over-Allotment Option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing our Class A Restricted Voting Units in the open market. In making this determination, the Underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units available for purchase in the open market compared with the price at which they may purchase our Class A Restricted Voting Units through the Over-Allotment Option.

 

The Underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Class A Restricted Voting Units in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this Offering.

 

Any naked short sales will form part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position and will constitute a distribution of securities qualified by this prospectus.

 

In addition, in accordance with rules and policy statements of certain Canadian securities regulators, the Underwriters may not, at any time during the period of distribution, bid for or purchase Class A Restricted Voting Units. The foregoing restriction is, however, subject to exceptions where the bid or purchase is not made for the purpose of creating actual or apparent active trading in, or raising the price of, our securities. These exceptions include a bid or purchase permitted under the by-laws and rules of applicable regulatory authorities and the Exchange, including the Universal Market Integrity Rules for Canadian Marketplaces, relating to market stabilization and passive market making activities and a bid or purchase made for and on behalf of a customer where the order was not solicited during the period of distribution.

 

As a result of these activities, the price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the Underwriters at any time. The Underwriters may carry out these transactions on any stock exchange on which our securities are listed, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

 

Restrictions on Shares

 

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Corporation will be, subject to certain exceptions, prohibited from issuing additional securities prior to the qualifying acquisition. Also, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking, except as contemplated in this prospectus, each of the Corporation and our Sponsor will be subject to a lock-up until the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

Additional Transfer Restrictions

 

For a description of the transfer restrictions on the Founder’s Shares (which are Class B Shares) see “Description of Securities – Founder’s Shares”. For a description of the transfer restrictions on the Founder’s Warrants, see “Description of Securities – Warrants”.

 

54

 

 

Book Entry System

 

Subscriptions will be received subject to rejection or allocation in whole or in part and the Underwriters reserve the right to close the subscription books at any time without notice. Other than pursuant to certain exceptions, registration of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (consisting of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants) and transfers thereof held through CDS, or its nominee will be made electronically through NCI. Class A Restricted Voting Units registered in the name of CDS or its nominee will be deposited electronically with CDS on an NCI basis on the Closing. A purchaser of Class A Restricted Voting Units (subject to certain exceptions) will receive only a customer confirmation from the registered dealer through which the Class A Restricted Voting Units are purchased. Following conversion of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into Common Shares and the separation of the Common Shares and the Warrants following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, subject to certain exceptions, registration of Common Shares and Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and transfers thereof held through CDS, or its nominee will be made electronically through NCI. The Founder’s Shares and the Founder’s Warrants will be represented by a physical certificate.

 

Cautionary Note to Investors in the United Kingdom

 

European laws, regulations and their enforcement, particularly those pertaining to anti-money laundering, relating to making and/or holding investments in cannabis-related practices or activities are in flux and vary dramatically from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The enforcement of these laws – some of which carry criminal liability - and their effect on shareholders are uncertain and involve considerable risk. Accordingly, all potential investors located in the United Kingdom should take their own, independent legal advice based on their own circumstances prior to making any investment into the Corporation (whether directly or indirectly, or acting on an agency or principal basis).

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

General

 

Prior to the Closing, we will be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Class B Shares, Common Shares, and Proportionate Voting Shares, each without nominal or par value. Prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares. Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares. Prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will have purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares (representing the Founder’s Shares) and, simultaneously with the Closing, 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants. The Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. The following description summarizes the material terms of our share capital. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a complete description, please refer to our notice of articles, articles and the Warrant Agreement, which will be available for inspection at our offices, during ordinary business hours during this Offering, and will be filed on SEDAR at www.sedar.com following this Offering.

 

Following the closing of the Offering, the Corporation intends to apply for exemptions from the provisions of NI 41-101 relating to restricted securities, Part 10 of National Instrument 51-102 - Continuous Disclosure Obligations, and from the requirements under Part 2 and Part 3 of OSC Rule 56-501 - Restricted Shares, with respect to the issuance of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares on the close of a qualifying acquisition.

 

Units

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consists of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant. Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each whole Warrant would represent the entitlement to purchase one Common Share). The Warrants will become exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. As the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant outstanding will be exercisable for one Common Share, and at no time are the Warrants expected to be exercisable for Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

55

 

 

It is anticipated that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange). However, no fractional Warrants will be issued and only whole Warrants will trade.

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares

 

Prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will have purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares (also referred to herein as the “Founder’s Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$25,000. Upon Closing, and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and a full corresponding relinquishment of 1,312,500 of the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares, the following shares of the Corporation will be issued and outstanding:

 

•       35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units being offered to the public under this Offering (before the exercise of Warrants); and

 

•       8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (which are Class B Shares) post-relinquishment of the 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares since this assumes the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised by the Underwriter. No other Class B Shares are expected to be outstanding on Closing.

 

The Founder’s Shares outstanding after giving effect to this Offering and at the conclusion of the Over-Allotment Option period will represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares). At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking.

 

On or immediately following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share would, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into one Common Share, as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like.

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. Prior to a qualifying acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are not entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a qualifying acquisition by way of a press release.

 

Except for the voting right variations described above on the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition, the voting rights of holders of Class B Shares will, with the exception of statutory class voting rights under the BCBCA, otherwise be identical to those applicable to the publicly held Class A Restricted Voting Shares. In addition, the Class B Shares will have no access to the escrow funds available to redeem the Class A Restricted Voting Units.

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders and on all matters requiring a shareholder vote, with the exception of an extension of the Permitted Timeline, which will only be voted upon by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, as further described in this prospectus. Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, as applicable, the holders of the Common Shares (including those into which any remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares have been converted) and the Proportionate Voting Shares will also be entitled to receive any dividends on an equal per share basis if, as and when declared by our board of directors. See “Dividend Policy”.

 

56

 

 

Only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to have their shares redeemed, as further described below, and receive the escrow proceeds (net of applicable taxes and other permitted deductions) in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, in the event of a qualifying acquisition, and in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. Holders of Class B Shares, being our Sponsor, do not have access to, and cannot benefit from, any proceeds held in the escrow account, and as such, do not have any redemption rights with respect to their Class B Shares. Our Sponsor will, however, be entitled to such redemption rights using proceeds from the escrow account with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire pursuant to or following this Offering. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Consummation of the qualifying acquisition will require approval by a majority of our directors unrelated to the qualifying acquisition. In connection with seeking to complete a qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline), including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Unit held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting, as further described under “Qualifying acquisition – Redemption Rights” and “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

In connection with the shareholders meeting to vote on an extension to the Permitted Timeline, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to deposit for redemption all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before such meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, we will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited for redemption at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Unit held in the escrow account.

 

Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who redeem or sell their Class A Restricted Voting Shares will continue to have the right to exercise any Warrants they may hold if the qualifying acquisition is consummated.

 

Upon Closing, based on the initial U.S.$350,000,000 placed in escrow (and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum, if the escrow account remains in place over the next 18 months (and a qualifying acquisition has not been completed), the cash held in the escrow account is expected to grow from the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share sold to the public to approximately U.S.$10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Share, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions.

 

57

 

 

The remaining unredeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares would then be automatically converted on or immediately following the closing of the qualifying acquisition into one Common Share each (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), and the residual escrow account balance would be available to the Corporation and the Underwriters, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing. This limitation will not apply in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. By its election to redeem, each registered holder (other than CDS) and each beneficial holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be required to represent or shall be deemed to have represented to the Corporation that, together with any affiliate of such holder and any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, he, she or it is not redeeming Class A Restricted Voting Shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing.

 

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem, as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs (as described in the definition of the term “Winding-Up” in this prospectus), each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Holders of Class B Shares, being our Sponsor, do not have any such redemption rights; however, the Sponsor will be entitled to such redemption payments from the escrow account with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire during or following this Offering if we fail to complete our qualifying acquisition or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

Upon such redemption, the rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any). Subject to the prior rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and whether prior to or following the Permitted Timeline, the Class B Shares would be entitled to receive the remaining property and assets of the Corporation available for distribution, after payment of liabilities, upon the Winding-Up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, subject to applicable law.

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, no further Class B Shares or Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be issued commencing on the day following the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

Common Shares

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, no Common Shares may be issued prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, except in connection with such closing.

 

The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at all meetings of, the shareholders of the Corporation (except where solely the holders of one or more other specified classes of shares (other than the Common Shares) shall be entitled to vote at a meeting, in which case, only such holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, and attend and vote at, such meeting). Each Common Share shall confer the right to one vote.

 

Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, as applicable, the holders of the Common Shares (including those into which any remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares have been converted) will also be entitled to receive any dividends on an equal per share basis if, as and when declared by our board of directors. See “Dividend Policy”.

 

58

 

 

Subject to the prior rights of the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (and the underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants) and applicable law, in the event of the Winding-Up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether prior to or following the Permitted Timeline, the holders of the Common Shares (or the holders of the Class B Shares, as applicable) shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation on a pro-rata basis.

 

A holder of Common Shares may at any time, at the option of the holder and with the consent of the Corporation, convert such Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis of 100 Common Shares for one Proportionate Voting Share.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Generally, the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares will have the same rights, will be equal in all respects and will be treated by the Corporation as if they were shares of one class only. No Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares will be issued prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

Conversion Rights and Transfers

 

Issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares, including fractions thereof, may at any time, subject to the FPI Condition, at the option of the holder, be converted into Common Shares at a ratio of 100 Common Shares per Proportionate Voting Share with fractional Proportionate Voting Shares convertible into Common Shares at the same ratio. Further, the board of directors may determine in the future that it is no longer advisable to maintain the Proportionate Voting Shares as a separate class of shares and may cause all of the issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares to be converted into Common Shares at a ratio of 100 Common Shares per Proportionate Voting Share with fractional Proportionate Voting Shares convertible into Common Shares at the same ratio and the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to issue any more Proportionate Voting Shares under the articles of the Corporation thereafter.

 

The Proportionate Voting Shares are not transferrable without approval of the board of directors, except to Permitted Holders and in compliance with U.S. securities laws.

 

Conversion Conditions

 

The right of the Proportionate Voting Shares to convert into Common Shares is subject to certain conditions in order to maintain the Corporation’s status as a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws. Unless otherwise waived by the board of directors of the Corporation, the right to convert the Proportionate Voting Shares is subject to the condition that the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares (calculated as a single class) held of record, directly or indirectly, by residents of the United States (as determined in accordance with Rules 3b-4 and 12g3-2(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) may not exceed forty percent (40%) of the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares issued and outstanding after giving effect to such conversions (calculated as a single class) (the “FPI Condition”).

 

A holder of Common Shares may at any time, at the option of the holder and with the consent of the Corporation, convert such Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis of 100 Common Shares for one Proportionate Voting Share.

 

No fractional Common Shares will be issued on any conversion of any Proportionate Voting Shares and any fractional Common Shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. For the purposes of the foregoing:

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person.

 

Permitted Holders” means (i) the initial holders of Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, on closing of the qualifying acquisition; and (ii) any Affiliate or Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons referred to in clause (i) above.

 

59

 

 

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture or limited liability company. A Person is “controlled” by another Person or other Persons if: (i) in the case of a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated: (A) securities entitled to vote in the election of directors carrying in the aggregate at least a majority of the votes for the election of directors and representing in the aggregate at least a majority of the participating (equity) securities are held, other than by way of security only, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and (B) the votes carried in the aggregate by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of such company or other body corporate; or (ii) in the case of a Person that is not a company or other body corporate, at least a majority of the participating (equity) and voting interests of such Person are held, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and “controls”, “controlling” and “under common control with” shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

Voting Rights

 

All holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Common Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the BCBCA. A quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is present if shareholders who, together, hold not fewer than 25% of the votes attaching to the outstanding voting shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.

 

On all matters upon which holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Common Shares are entitled to vote:

 

•       each Common Share is entitled to one vote per Common Share; and

 

•       each Proportionate Voting Share is entitled to 100 votes per Proportionate Voting Share, and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share is entitled to the number of votes calculated by multiplying the fraction by 100.

 

The number of votes represented by fractional Proportionate Voting Shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Unless a different majority is required by law or the articles of the Corporation, resolutions to be approved by holders of Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares require approval by a simple majority of the total number of votes of all Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares cast at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present based on the voting entitlements of each class of Shares described above.

 

Dividend Rights

 

Holders of Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to receive dividends out of the assets available for the payment or distribution of dividends at such times and in such amount and form as the board of directors may from time to time determine on the following basis, and otherwise without preference or distinction among or between the Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares: each Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to 100 times the amount paid or distributed per Common Share (including by way of share dividends, which holders of Proportionate Voting Shares will receive in Proportionate Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors) and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the applicable fraction thereof. See “Conversion Rights and Transfers” above.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares will be entitled to receive all of the Corporation’s assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities on the basis that each Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to 100 times the amount distributed per Common Share (and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the amount calculated by multiplying the fraction by the amount otherwise payable in respect of a whole Proportionate Voting Share), and otherwise without preference or distinction among or between the Shares. See “Conversion Rights and Transfers” above.

 

60

 

 

Pre-emptive and Redemption Rights

 

Holders of Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares will not have any pre-emptive or redemption rights.

 

Subdivision or Consolidation

 

No subdivision or consolidation of any class of Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares may be carried out unless, at the same time, the Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares, as the case may be, are subdivided or consolidated in the same manner and on the same basis, so as to preserve the relative rights of the holders of each class of shares.

 

Certain Amendments

 

In addition to any other voting right or power to which the holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares shall be entitled by law or regulation or other provisions of the articles of the Corporation from time to time in effect, but subject to the provisions of the articles of the Corporation, holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares shall each be entitled to vote separately as a class, in addition to any other vote of shareholders that may be required, in respect of any alteration, repeal or amendment of our articles which would adversely affect the rights or special rights of the holders of Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares, or which would affect the rights of the holders of the Common Shares and the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares differently, on a per share basis, including an amendment to the terms of the articles that provide that any Proportionate Voting Shares sold or transferred to a Person that is not a Permitted Holder shall be automatically converted into Common Shares.

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares will be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, in certain change of control transactions that require approval of our shareholders under the BCBCA, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of the Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares, each voting separately as a class.

 

Issuance of Additional Proportionate Voting Shares

 

The Corporation may issue additional Proportionate Voting Shares upon the approval of the board of directors. Approval is not required in connection with a subdivision or consolidation on a pro rata basis as between the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

Take-Over Bid Protection

 

If an offer is being made for Proportionate Voting Shares (a “PVS Offer”) where: (i) by reason of applicable securities legislation or stock exchange requirements, the offer must be made to all holders of the class of Proportionate Voting Shares; and (ii) no equivalent offer is made for the Common Shares, the holders of Common Shares have the right, pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, at their option, to convert their Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares for the purpose of allowing the holders of the Common Shares to tender to such PVS Offer, provided that such conversion into Proportionate Voting Shares will be solely for the purpose of tendering the Proportionate Voting Shares to the PVS Offer in question and that any Proportionate Voting Shares that are tendered to the PVS Offer but that are not, for any reason, taken up and paid for by the offeror will automatically be reconverted into the Common Shares that existed prior to such conversion.

 

In the event that holders of Common Shares are entitled to convert their Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares in connection with a PVS Offer pursuant to (ii) above, holders of an aggregate of Common Shares of less than 100 (an “Odd Lot”) will be entitled to convert all but not less than all of such Odd Lot of Common Shares into an applicable fraction of one Proportionate Voting Share, provided that such conversion into a fractional Proportionate Voting Share will be solely for the purpose of tendering the fractional Proportionate Voting Share to the PVS Offer in question and that any fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share that is tendered to the PVS Offer but that is not, for any reason, taken up and paid for by the offeror will automatically be reconverted into the Common Shares that existed prior to such conversion.

 

61

 

 

Compliance Provisions

 

The Corporation’s notice of articles and articles, among other things, facilitate compliance with applicable regulatory and/or licensing regulations. In particular, the articles contain certain provisions (the “Compliance Provisions”), including a combination of certain remedies such as an automatic suspension of voting and/or dividend rights, a discretionary right to force a share transfer to a third party and/or a discretionary redemption right in favour of the Corporation, in each case to seek to ensure that the Corporation and its subsidiaries are able to comply with applicable regulatory and licensing regulations. The purpose of the Compliance Provisions is to provide the Corporation with a means of protecting itself from having a shareholder or a group of shareholders acting jointly or in concert, with an ownership interest of, whether of record or beneficially (or having the power to exercise control or direction over) (“Owning or Controlling”), five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation, or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time, and: (i) who a governmental authority granting licenses to, or otherwise governing the operations of, the Corporation or its subsidiaries has determined to be unsuitable to own Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable; (ii) whose ownership of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, may reasonably result in the loss, suspension or revocation (or similar action) with respect to any licenses or permits relating to the Corporation or its subsidiaries’ conduct of business (being the conduct of any activities relating to the cultivation, manufacturing and dispensing of cannabis and cannabis-derived products in the United States, which include the owning and operating of cannabis licenses) or in the Corporation being unable to obtain any new licenses or permits in the normal course, all as determined by the board of directors; or (iii) who have not been determined by the applicable regulatory authority to be an acceptable person or otherwise have not received the requisite consent of such regulatory authority to own the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, in each case within a reasonable time period acceptable to the board of directors or prior to acquiring any Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable (in each case, an “Unsuitable Person”). The ownership restrictions in the Corporation’s notice of articles and articles are also subject to an exemption for applicable depositaries and clearing houses as well as underwriters (as defined in the Securities Act (Ontario)) in the course of a distribution of securities of the Corporation.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compliance Provisions will provide that any shareholder (or group of shareholders acting jointly or in concert) proposing to Own or Control five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time) will be required to provide not less than 30 days’ advance written notice to the Corporation by mail sent to the Corporation’s registered office to the attention of the Corporate Secretary and to obtain all necessary regulatory approvals. Upon any such shareholder(s) Owning or Controlling five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time), and having not received the requisite approval of any applicable regulatory authority to own the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, the Compliance Provisions will provide: (i) that such shareholder(s) may, in the discretion of the board of directors, be prohibited from exercising any voting rights and/or receiving any dividends from the Corporation, unless and until all requisite regulatory approvals are obtained; and (ii) the Corporation with a right, but not the obligation, at its option, upon notice to the Unsuitable Person, to: (A) redeem any or all Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, directly or indirectly held by an Unsuitable Person; and/or (B) forcibly transfer any or all Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, directly or indirectly held directly or indirectly by an Unsuitable Person to a third party. Such rights are required in order for the Corporation to comply with regulations in various jurisdictions where the Corporation or its subsidiaries may conduct business.

 

62

 

 

Upon receipt by the holder of a notice to redeem or to transfer any or all of its Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, the holder will be entitled to receive, as consideration therefor, no less than 95% of the lesser of: (i) the closing price of the Common Shares on the Exchange (or the then principal exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are quoted for trading) on the trading day immediately prior to the closing of the redemption or transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified date); and (ii) the five-day volume weighted average price of the Common Shares on the Exchange (or the then principal exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are quoted for trading) for the five trading days immediately prior to the closing of the redemption or transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified dates).

 

Further, a holder of the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, will be prohibited from acquiring five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more transactions, without providing 30 days’ advance written notice to the Corporation by mail sent to the Corporation’s registered office to the attention of the Corporate Secretary. The foregoing restriction will not apply to the ownership, acquisition or disposition of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, as a result of: (i) transfer of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, occurring by operation of law including, inter alia, the transfer of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, to a trustee in bankruptcy, (ii) an acquisition or proposed acquisition by one or more underwriters who hold Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, for the purposes of distribution to the public or for the benefit of a third party provided that such third party is in compliance with the foregoing restriction, or (iii) conversion, exchange or exercise of securities issued by the Corporation or a subsidiary into or for Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms. If the board of directors reasonably believes that any such holder of the Common Shares may have failed to comply with the foregoing restrictions, the Corporation may apply to the Supreme Court of British Columbia, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for an order directing that such shareholder disclose the number of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, directly or indirectly held.

 

Notwithstanding the adoption of the proposed Compliance Provisions, the Corporation may not be able to exercise such rights in full or at all, including its redemption rights. Under the BCBCA, a corporation may not make any payment to redeem shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is unable to pay its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business or if making the payment of the redemption price or providing the consideration would cause the company to be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business. Furthermore, the Corporation may become subject to contractual restrictions on its ability to redeem its Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, by, for example, entering into a secured credit facility subject to such restrictions. In the event that restrictions prohibit the Corporation from exercising its redemption rights in part or in full, the Corporation will not be able to exercise its redemption rights absent a waiver of such restrictions, which the Corporation may not be able to obtain on acceptable terms or at all.

 

Advance Notice Provisions

 

The Corporation has included certain advance notice provisions with respect to the election of its directors in its articles (the “Advance Notice Provisions”). The Advance Notice Provisions are intended to: (i) facilitate orderly and efficient annual general meetings or, where the need arises, special meetings; (ii) ensure that all shareholders receive adequate notice of director nominations to the board of directors and sufficient information with respect to all nominees; and (iii) allow shareholders to register an informed vote. Only persons who are nominated by shareholders in accordance with the Advance Notice Provisions will be eligible for election as directors at any annual meeting of shareholders, or at any special meeting of shareholders if one of the purposes for which the special meeting was called was the election of directors.

 

Under the Advance Notice Provisions, a shareholder wishing to nominate a director would be required to provide the Corporation, in the prescribed form, within the prescribed time periods. These time periods include, (i) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders (including annual and special meetings), not fewer than 30 days prior to the date of the annual meeting of shareholders; provided, that if the first public announcement of the date (the “Notice Date”) of the annual meeting of shareholders is less than 50 days before the meeting date, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for any purpose which includes electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date, provided that, in either instance, if notice-and-access (as defined in National Instrument 54-101 – Communication with Beneficial Owners of Securities of a Reporting Issuer) is used for delivery of proxy related materials in respect of a meeting described above, and the Notice Date in respect of the meeting is not fewer than 50 days prior to the date of the applicable meeting, the notice must be received not later than the close of business on the 40th day before the applicable meeting.

 

Warrants

 

No Warrants are currently outstanding. Following the Closing, there will be an aggregate of 29,500,000 Warrants (17,500,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to be sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to our Sponsor). In the event the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, there will be an aggregate of 32,125,000 Warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised (20,125,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to be sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to our Sponsor). Upon Closing, each whole Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each whole Warrant would represent the entitlement to purchase one Common Share). The Warrants will become exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. As the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant outstanding will be exercisable for one Common Share, and at no time are the Warrants expected to be exercisable for Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

63

 

 

The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of our qualifying acquisition or may expire earlier upon our Winding-Up or if the expiry date is accelerated.

 

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the closing price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds U.S.$18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period.

 

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the Warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of acceleration of the expiry date. On and after the acceleration of the expiry date, a record holder of a Warrant will have no further rights.

 

The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their exercise price.

 

Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares to be issued to the Warrant holder.

 

The exercise of the Warrants by any holder in the United States, or that is a U.S. Person, may only be effected in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable State “blue sky” securities laws.

 

In no event would the Warrants be entitled to escrow account proceeds. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares and any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive corresponding shares. After the issuance of corresponding shares upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be U.S.$11.50, subject to adjustments as described herein. At the election of the holder, the Warrants may be exercised through a cashless exercise.

 

The Warrant Agent shall, on receipt of a written request of the Corporation or holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate number of Warrants then outstanding, convene a meeting of holders of Warrants upon at least 21 calendar days’ written notice to holders of Warrants. Every such meeting shall be held in Toronto, Ontario or at such other place as may be approved or determined by the Warrant Agent. A quorum at meetings of holders or Warrants shall be two persons present in person or represented by proxy holding or representing more than 20% of the aggregate number of Warrants then outstanding.

 

From time to time, the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, without the consent of the holders of Warrants, may amend or supplement the Warrant Agreement for certain purposes including curing defects or inconsistencies or making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of Warrants. Any amendment or supplement to the Warrant Agreement that adversely affects the interests of the holders of Warrants may only be made by an “extraordinary resolution”, which is defined in the Warrant Agreement as a resolution either (i) passed at a meeting of the holders of Warrants by the affirmative vote of holders of Warrants representing not less than two-thirds of the aggregate number of the then outstanding Warrants represented at the meeting and voted on such resolution, or (ii) adopted by an instrument in writing signed by the holders of Warrants representing not less than two-thirds of the aggregate number of the then outstanding Warrants.

 

64

 

 

The Founder’s Warrants issued to our Sponsor will be identical to the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units. At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case, other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Make Whole Covenants

 

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our auditors), prospective qualifying business targets or other entities with which we do business, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the escrow account for the benefit of holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or that, even if they execute such agreements, they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Corporation (including amounts held in the escrow account) including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the escrow account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the escrow account for any reason.

 

In order to protect the amounts held in the escrow account, prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor will agree that, (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

We believe the likelihood of our Sponsor having to indemnify us is limited because we will endeavor to have all or substantially all vendors and prospective qualifying acquisition targets as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the escrow account. However, we cannot assure investors that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations, and we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality.

 

In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding-Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the escrow account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), our Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein, our Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the escrow account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.

 

65

 

 

Our Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the escrow account in the matter it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise.

 

In the event that our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors, in exercising their business judgment, may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure investors that due to claims of creditors, the actual value of the per share redemption price will not be substantially less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit.

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization at July 9, 2019 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our Units, and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such Units:

 

    As at July 9, 2019 prior
to giving effect to the
Offering
   

As at July 9, 2019 after
giving effect to this
Offering and issuance
of Founder’s Shares,
and assuming no
exercise of the Over-
Allotment Option (in
thousands of dollars)(1)

 
Deferred underwriting commission   $ --     $ 13,125  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption(2)   $ --     $ 350,000  
Shareholders’ equity(3)(4)   U.S.$  10     $ (7,750 )
Total capitalization   U.S.$  10     $ 355,375  

 

(1) Includes the gross proceeds of $362,000,000 and net proceeds (not including the deferred underwriting commission) of $355,375,000 we will receive from the sale of the Units and the Founder’s Warrants (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option).

 

(2) In connection with the qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares as further described under “Qualifying acquisition – Redemption Rights”.

 

(3) Excludes Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which are subject to redemption in connection with our qualifying acquisition.

 

(4) Assumes issue costs of U.S.$19,750,000. Issue costs include $500,000 of offering expenses and $19,250,000 of underwriting commissions (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), of which $6,125,000 will be paid in cash upon Closing and $13,125,000 in deferred underwriting commissions will only become payable upon completion of our qualifying acquisition.

 

OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES

 

There are no outstanding options to purchase our Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares. We will not issue options or adopt a stock option plan for our officers and directors until our qualifying acquisition has been completed.

 

66

 

 

PRIOR SALES

 

Since the date of incorporation, the Corporation has not issued any shares. In connection with incorporation and initial organization of the Corporation, one Class B Share was issued to our Sponsor on July 8, 2019.

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table shows the names of the persons or companies who, as at the Closing Date, will own of record, or who, to our knowledge, will own beneficially, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any class or series of our voting securities.

 

    Number of Securities   Number of Class B Shares   Percentage of Outstanding  
Name   Owned before this Offering   Owned after the Closing   Securities after the Closing  
Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP   1 Class B Share1   10,062,500   20 %

 

(1) 1 Class B Share is owned by our Sponsor which share was issued in connection with the incorporation of the Corporation. Our Sponsor is controlled by certain officers and directors of the Corporation.

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Name, Address, Occupation and Security Holding

 

The following are the names and municipalities of residence of our directors and officers, their positions and offices with the Corporation and corresponding start dates, and their principal occupations during the last five years:

 

Name and municipality of Office held with the Director and/or Officer Present principal occupation and
residence Corporation Since positions held(1)
Paul Walsh Executive Chairman July 8, 2019 Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke
Peter Caldini Chief Executive Officer and Director July 8, 2019 Consultant
Maja Spalevic Chief Financial Officer July 8, 2019 Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke
Ian Starkey Chair of the Audit Committee and Director July 8, 2019 Corporate Director
Rob Berner Director July 8, 2019 Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke
Mark Harms Director July 8, 2019 Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke
Candice Koederitz Director July 15, 2019 Consultant

 

(1) Each of the persons has held these positions for five years other than as described below.

 

At the date hereof, as a group, our directors and officers do not beneficially own, or control or direct, directly or indirectly, any Class A Restricted Voting Shares or any Class B Shares. As a group, our directors and officers will beneficially own, or control or direct, directly or indirectly, 10,062,500 Class B Shares, which will be issued prior to the Closing to the Sponsor.

 

All directors are elected on an annual basis, and unless re-elected, the term of office of the directors will expire at each annual meeting of shareholders. As of the Closing Date, the board of directors will be comprised of • directors, • of whom are independent. Pursuant to NI 52-110, as amended from time to time, an independent director is one who is free from any direct or indirect relationship which could, in the view of the board of directors, be reasonably expected to interfere with a director’s exercise of independent judgment.

 

67

 

 

The Corporation has taken steps to seek to ensure that adequate structures and processes will be in place following the Closing to permit the board of directors to function independently of our management team. It is contemplated that independent directors will hold in-camera sessions without management present at meetings of the board of directors, if considered necessary.

 

We plan to adopt a majority voting policy consistent with the Exchange requirements prior to the first uncontested meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected.

 

The Corporation recognizes the importance of diversity at the board of directors and executive officer level and intends to engage in an ongoing discussion of the representation of women on the board of directors and in executive officer positions. Written policies and specific targets or quotas for gender or other diversity representation have not been adopted for the board of directors or for executive officer positions in the Corporation due to the small size of these groups and the need to consider a balance of criteria in each individual appointment. It is important that each appointment to the board of directors and as an executive officer be made, and be perceived as being made, on the merits of the individual and the needs of the Corporation at the relevant time. In addition, targets or quotas based on specific criteria could limit the board of director’s ability to ensure that the overall composition of the board of directors and executive officers meets the needs of the Corporation and its shareholders.

 

Currently, as to gender, the board of directors has appointed one women as a director (or approximately 16.67% of the directors) and one woman as an executive officer (or approximately 33.33% of the executive officers).

 

The directors and officers will devote such time and expertise as is required by us. Time actually spent may vary according to our needs.

 

The following are brief biographies of the directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

Paul Walsh

 

Paul Walsh is our Executive Chairman and brings with him a wealth of experience as Chief Executive Officer of a large multinational branded consumer products corporation operating in highly regulated markets. Mr. Walsh was the Chief Executive Officer of Diageo, the world’s largest spirits company, from 2000 to 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Walsh was the Chairman and President of The Pillsbury Company from 1996 to 1999. Under Mr. Walsh’s leadership, Diageo’s precursor, Grand Metropolitan, was transformed from a multi-national conglomerate into a focused, global market leading spirits business via a combination of organic growth and significant acquisitions. Mr. Walsh and his management team created over U.S.$80 billion of shareholder value while in leadership at Diageo.

 

Mr. Walsh brings with him substantial corporate leadership experience, knowledge of consumer-centric companies, international operations expertise, and experience with regulated industries. He has also held executive-level finance positions, including as Chief Financial Officer of Grand Metropolitan Foods and Intercontinental Hotels. Throughout his career, Mr. Walsh has built success and growth at his companies through the deployment of effective brand development and marketing strategies, which brings added perspective to our Board. Notable successes include the creation of the Johnnie Walker family of Scotch Whiskey brands.

 

Mr. Walsh is the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke and also serves as Chairman of Compass Group PLC. He is a non-executive director of McDonald’s Corporation and FedEx Corporation.

 

Peter Caldini

 

Peter Caldini is our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. Mr. Caldini has over 30 years of experience building and restructuring multinational organizations around the world and a strong consumer healthcare background. Mr. Caldini developed extensive commercial management expertise at Pfizer Inc., Bayer AG and Wyeth, LLC. Mr. Caldini was the Regional President North America for Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2017 to 2019. Prior to that role he was the Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2016 to 2017 and led the Northern European cluster from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Caldini was at Bayer from 2009 to 2014, with roles including the head of sub-region Emerging Markets EMEA, the General Manager of Bayer Consumer Care China and the head of the Nutritionals Strategic Business unit, the global leader in nutritional supplements with brands One-A-Day, Berocca, and Supradyn. From 2002 to 2009 Mr. Caldini was at Wyeth LLC where he was responsible for affiliates across LATAM and AsiaPac and also managed the Centrum brand globally. Early in his career Mr. Caldini held various leadership roles in brand management at Unilever in the US and Europe.

 

68

 

 

As President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare North America Mr. Caldini was responsible for managing the 2nd largest OTC consumer healthcare company in the region with over U.S.$2.1 billion in net sales. He drove market share growth for leading brands Advil, Emergen-C, Nexium, Chapstick, and Prep-H and improved the profitability of the business unit. As Regional President, he drove organizational change, brand acceleration, marketing strategy, trade execution, global e-commerce and transitioned the business to a more integrated operating culture. Mr. Caldini simultaneously led the turnaround of the Pfizer Canada affiliate, the 2nd largest OTC company in the market.

 

As Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare he managed a U.S.$580 million P&L with over 850 employees. He was credited for restructuring the region, resulting in above market revenue growth and significantly improved profitability. He led the turnaround of several underperforming affiliates including the UK, Spain, Russia, and the Middle East. He directed the successful brand launches of Nexium across Europe and the Viagra switch in the UK. He also led the successful acquisition of B-Total, a leading vitamin B brand in Italy and the integration of Ferrosan in the Nordics and Russia.

 

Mr. Caldini holds board roles with healthcare companies Kramer Labs, Solvotrin, and PreMark Pharma. He has a Masters of International Economics and Management from Bocconi University in Milan, Italy, an MBA from Northeastern University and a BA, Political Science from Boston University. Mr. Caldini holds US and Italian citizenship.

 

Maja Spalevic

 

Maja Spalevic is our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Spalevic has over 18 years of experience in the financial services and private equity industries including over 13 years with GLP, an affiliate of Bespoke, where she manages finances, oversees the accounting, business support, financial reporting, planning and analysis, treasury, regulatory, human resources, legal, external audit and tax functions for GLP, Bespoke and the affiliated investment entities. Mrs. Spalevic was part of the formation of Bespoke in 2014. Prior to GLP Mrs. Spalevic was a staff accountant at Getty Images. She has a BSc (Hons) in Applied Accounting from Oxford Brookes University, is a Fellow of Chartered Certified Accountants (FCCA) and is an Association of Accounting Technicians full member (MAAT).

 

Ian Starkey

 

Ian Starkey is one of our directors and the Chair of the Audit Committee. Mr. Starkey brings audit, M&A, management consulting and forensic accounting experience which he gained as a partner at KPMG (UK) where he spent over 35 years. At KPMG, Mr. Starkey was one of the most senior audit partners for over 20 years and was associated with companies such as Diageo plc, F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG and BAE Systems plc. He held various senior management roles, primarily as head of the Consumer Goods markets sector for the UK and Europe. He was a member of the boards of KPMG Europe and KPMG UK LLP, where he chaired at various times the Audit & Risk and Remuneration & Nominations Committees.

 

Mr. Starkey is currently a non-executive board member of DAC Beachcroft LLP, an international law firm, a member of Meyler Campbell’s Mastered Programme for executive coaching and is also involved in various finance and non-profit ventures. His career history brings to the company extensive experience of operating at board level in regulated businesses across a variety of sectors.

 

Robert L. Berner III

 

Rob Berner is one of our directors as well as a founder and Joint Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer of Bespoke and Chairman of Bespoke’s Investment Committee. He has been active in the private equity industry for over 30 years. Mr. Berner has sat on numerous boards and is currently Chairman of Johnnie-O LLC (men’s lifestyle brand). Mr. Berner also was a principal investor in, and Chairman of Diversified Distribution Systems, LLC (DDS), the largest specialty retail distribution and services business in the United States, which was recently sold very successfully to Bunzl Plc.

 

69

 

 

Mr. Berner was previously a Partner at CVC, a global private equity firm with over U.S.$50 billion of assets under management and assisted in the opening and development of the firm’s US efforts, including serving as Chairman of CVC US. Prior to CVC, he served as a Managing Director at Ripplewood Holdings and was a member of the firm’s Investment Committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Berner was a Partner and member of the Investment Committee of Charterhouse International. Mr. Berner began his career in the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley where he was a Principal responsible for the consumer products sector. Mr. Berner also serves on the boards of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, Vinventions and 24 Hour Fitness. In addition, Mr. Berner has acted as a non-executive director on the boards of over 25 private equity portfolio companies during his private equity career and has sat on the board of several charitable and not for profit organizations.

 

Mr. Berner has an MBA from Northwestern University and a BA in Finance from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Mark W.B. Harms

 

Mark Harms is one of our directors and a founder and Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke. Prior to Bespoke, Mr. Harms founded GLP in 2004, where he is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. GLP has advised on over U.S.$60 billion of transactions to date, deploying over U.S.$500 million of capital into a number of investments and developed an industry leading operating executive network with 75+ members. Mr. Harms has completed over 130 advisory and principal transactions in North and South America, Europe and Australia. Mr. Harms has extensive experience with regard to leveraged debt, mezzanine and equity financing techniques in Europe and the U.S. with over U.S.$100 billion in completed transactions.

 

Prior to founding GLP, Mr. Harms worked at Oppenheimer as a Managing Director and at CIBC World Markets as the founder and head of the Consumer Growth Group. Mr. Harms built within Consumer Growth Group strong industry verticals in branded consumer products and services, gaming, health and fitness, specialty retail and travel and tourism. Mr. Harms currently sits on the board of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, 24 Hour Fitness, World Fitness Services and Vinventions, as well as Olympic Entertainment. Mr. Harms was a Vice Chairman of the World Travel & Tourism Council from 2011 to 2016 and is a member and on the board of the International Association of Gaming Advisors. He was also a non-executive director on a number of other charitable, educational and non for profit boards.

 

Mr. Harms has an MBA from the University of Chicago and a BA from the University of Michigan.

 

Candice Koederitz

 

Candice Koederitz is one of our directors. Ms. Koederitz brings capital markets, due diligence, financial market product development, international and risk management experience which she gained as a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley where she spent over 30 years. At Morgan Stanley, Ms. Koederitz worked with companies and governments globally to raise over $30 billion in capital. Ms. Koederitz held various senior management roles including head of Capital, head of Regulatory Implementation, Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Asia (S) Ltd in Singapore and head of Capital Markets Execution. She co-chaired the Capital Commitment Committee, Equity Underwriting Committees, Americas Franchise Committee and was a member of the Firm and Securities Risk Committees.

 

Ms. Koederitz is currently an independent, non-executive director of ICE Benchmark Administration Ltd, a financial benchmark administrator, and is involved with several non-profit organizations.

 

Ms. Koederitz has an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BS in Civil Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Corporation’s audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) is composed of a minimum of three directors, each of whom is and must at all times be financially literate and, by one year following the date of the receipt for the final prospectus, each of whom must be independent within the meaning of NI 52-110. As of the Closing Date, the Audit Committee will be composed of Ian Starkey and •, each of whom is independent, and Candice Koederitz. The relevant education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee is described as part of their respective biographies above under the “Directors and Officers – Name, Address, Occupation and Security Holding” sub-heading. The board of directors of the Corporation has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee (the “Charter of the Audit Committee”), which sets out the Audit Committee’s responsibility in reviewing and approving the financial statements of the Corporation and public disclosure documents containing financial information and reporting on such review to the board of directors of the Corporation, ensuring that adequate procedures are in place for the reviewing of the Corporation’s public disclosure documents that contain financial information, overseeing the work and reviewing the independence of the external auditors. The text of the Charter of the Audit Committee that has been adopted is attached to this prospectus as Appendix A.

 

70

 

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest, among others, to which some of our directors and officers will or may be subject in connection with our operations:

 

•      None of our directors or officers are required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may be susceptible to conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

 

•      Our officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with other companies. In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from such other corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has contractually agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, until the earliest of our execution of a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition, our liquidation or such time as he or she ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have. We do not believe, however, that any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our executive officers would materially undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination.

 

•      Unless and until we consummate our qualifying acquisition, our Sponsor and officers, or their respective affiliates or our affiliates, will not receive reimbursement for any out of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of proceeds not deposited in the escrow account.

 

•      Affiliates of our Sponsor may act as underwriters in connection with offerings by one or more SPACs from time to time.

 

In no event will our Sponsor or any of our officers or directors be paid any fees or other compensation (for greater certainty, excluding reimbursement of expenses), including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other compensation on the closing of our qualifying acquisition for services rendered in order to effectuate a qualifying acquisition, unless expressly approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the Exchange.

 

We are not prohibited from pursuing a qualifying acquisition with a company that is affiliated with any of our Sponsor, or our directors or officers. In the event we seek to complete our qualifying acquisition with a company that is affiliated with any of our Sponsor or a director or officer, in accordance with applicable laws, any negotiations would be undertaken on behalf of the Corporation by a committee of unconflicted directors. In addition we may be required to seek shareholder approval of such qualifying acquisition and in connection therewith the committee of unconflicted directors may be required to seek shareholder approval of such qualifying acquisition and in connection therewith, we, or a committee of independent directors, may be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person concluding that our qualifying acquisition is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view. In addition, if the qualifying acquisition involves a related party, the transaction may be subject to the minority shareholder protections of MI 61-101, which would, in certain circumstances, require approval by minority shareholders and/or an independent valuation. The Exchange may also impose additional requirements in such circumstances.

 

71

 

 

In order to protect the amounts held in the escrow account, prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor will agree that, (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding-Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the escrow account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), our Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein, our Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the escrow account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.

 

Our Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the escrow account in the manner it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise. See “Description of Securities – Make Whole Covenants”.

 

Conflicts, if any, will be subject to the procedures as provided under the BCBCA and applicable securities laws.

 

Indemnification and Insurance

 

Upon completion of the Offering the Corporation will maintain a director and officer insurance program to limit the Corporation’s exposure to claims against, and to protect, its directors and officers. In addition, following the completion of this Offering, the Corporation will enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers. The indemnification agreements will generally require that the Corporation indemnify and hold the indemnitees harmless to the greatest extent permitted by law for liabilities arising out of the indemnitees’ service to the Corporation as directors and officers, provided that the indemnitees acted honestly and in good faith and in a manner the indemnitees reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the Corporation’s best interests and, with respect to criminal and administrative actions or proceedings that are enforced by monetary penalty, the indemnitees had no reasonable grounds to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The indemnification agreements also provide for the advancement of defence expenses to the indemnitees by the Corporation. Statutory indemnification rights also apply. The escrowed proceeds will not be accessible to cover any of the foregoing indemnities.

 

Corporate Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions

 

None of our directors and officers is, or within 10 years prior to the date hereof has been, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company (including the Corporation) that (i) was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order, or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation, that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days, that was issued while the director or officer was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer, or (ii) was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order, or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation, that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days, that was issued after the director or officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer.

 

72

 

 

None of our directors and officers (i) is, or within 10 years prior to the date hereof has been, a director or executive officer of any company (including the Corporation) that, while that person was acting in that capacity, or within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets, or (ii) has, within ten years prior to the date hereof, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the director or executive officer.

 

None of our directors and officers has been subject to (i) any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority, or (ii) any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable securityholder in deciding whether to invest in the Corporation.

 

Agent for Service of Process

 

Each of Paul Walsh, Peter Caldini, Ian Starkey, Rob Berner, Mark Harms and Candice Koederitz, who are directors of the Corporation, as well as our Sponsor, Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, reside or is otherwise organized outside of Canada. Each of the foregoing have appointed •, as agent for service of process. Investors are advised that it may not be possible to enforce judgments obtained in Canada against any person that resides or is otherwise organized outside of Canada even if the party has appointed an agent for service of process.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER PAYMENTS

 

Except as otherwise stated in this prospectus, there will be no salaries, consulting fees, management contract fees or directors’ fees, finder’s fees, loans, bonuses, deposits or similar payments to our officers or directors, directly or indirectly, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial qualifying acquisition, or other payments to insiders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial qualifying acquisition, other than (i) repayment of unsecured loans, and any interest thereon, which may be made by our Sponsor, (ii) the payment of $10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month for administrative and related services pursuant to an administrative services agreement entered into with our Sponsor which, if applicable, may include payment for services of related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect our qualifying acquisition, reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the above-noted persons in connection with certain activities performed on our behalf, such as identifying possible business targets and qualifying acquisitions, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and qualifying acquisitions as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations, and (iii) if approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the Exchange, payment of a customary finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation to our Sponsor, officers, or directors, or to their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this Offering held in the escrow account prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition.

 

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the escrow account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate a qualifying acquisition.

 

Our board of directors will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or our affiliates or associates or their respective affiliates or associates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

 

73

 

 

Following completion of the qualifying acquisition, it is anticipated that we will pay compensation to our officers. Members of our management team who remain with the Corporation following our qualifying acquisition may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the resulting issuer of the qualifying acquisition with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the prospectus prepared by our management in connection with the qualifying acquisition.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our Class A Restricted Voting Units. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

The risk factors outlined below are not a definitive list of all risk factors associated with an investment in the securities offered hereunder. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or which we currently deem not to be material, may also have a material adverse effect. Prospective investors should consider carefully all of the information set out in this prospectus and the risks attaching to an investment in us before making any investment decision and consult with their own professional advisors where necessary.

 

We are a newly incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

 

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through this Offering. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our qualifying acquisition with one or more target businesses. We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. We intend to continue our search for target businesses with a focus on the cannabis industry. We may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline. If we fail to complete our qualifying acquisition, we will never generate any operating revenues.

 

The ability of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential qualifying acquisition targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target.

 

We may enter into a transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares exercise their redemption rights, we may not be able to meet such closing condition, and as a result, would not be able to proceed with the qualifying acquisition. If accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net cash or net tangible assets to be less than the amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not be able to proceed with such redemption and the related qualifying acquisition and may instead search for an alternate qualifying acquisition. Prospective targets would be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into our qualifying acquisition with us.

 

The requirement that we complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our qualifying acquisition and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential acquisition targets as we approach the end of the Permitted Timeline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our qualifying acquisition on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

 

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning our qualifying acquisition will be aware that we must consummate our qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing (or 21 months from the Closing if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but have not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period). Consequently, such target businesses  may obtain leverage over us in negotiating our qualifying acquisition, knowing that if we do not complete our qualifying acquisition with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our qualifying acquisition on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

  

74

 

 

We may not be able to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, in which case we would redeem our Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

We must complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline; however, we may not be able to find a suitable target business and consummate our qualifying acquisition within such time period. If we are unable to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem 100% of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, as described herein.

 

Potential targets may be unwilling to effect a qualifying acquisition with us.

 

While we believe that our status as a public company will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view the inherent limitations in our status as a SPAC and may prefer to effect a qualifying acquisition with a more established entity or with a private company, undertake a transaction with an entity offering operating synergies or effect a traditional initial public offering.

 

We may attempt to contemporaneously consummate qualifying acquisitions with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to consummate our qualifying acquisition and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

 

If we determine to contemporaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we may need each or some of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the contemporaneous closings of the other qualifying acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the qualifying acquisition. With multiple qualifying acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent integration of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

 

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for acquisition opportunities of target businesses, it may be difficult for us to complete our qualifying acquisition. If we are unable to complete our qualifying acquisition, our Warrants will expire worthless.

 

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors, pension funds and private equity firms, other prospective SPACs and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have significant experience identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Some of these competitors may possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of this Offering, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizeable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. If we are unable to complete our qualifying acquisition, our Warrants will expire worthless.

 

Our ability to consummate an attractive qualifying acquisition may be impacted by the market for initial public offerings.

 

It is very likely that our target will want to be a public reporting company. If the market for initial public offerings is limited, we believe that there will be a greater number of attractive target businesses open to being acquired by us as a means to achieve public company status. Alternatively, if the market for initial public offerings is robust, we believe  that there will be fewer attractive target businesses amenable to being acquired by us to become a public reporting company. Accordingly, during periods with strong public offering markets, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial qualifying acquisition.

 

75

 

 

If the net proceeds of this Offering not being held in the escrow account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the period preceding the end of the Permitted Timeline, we may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition.

 

The funds available to us outside of the escrow account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for the next 18 to 21 months from the Closing and to fund the consummation of our qualifying acquisition. If we are unable to borrow funds from our Sponsor or its affiliates, our Class A Restricted Voting Shares would be redeemed. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment with respect to a particular proposed qualifying acquisition, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we are unable to fund such down payments, our ability to close a contemplated transaction could be impaired.

 

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the escrow account could be reduced and the per unit redemption amount received by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be less than U.S.$10.00 per unit.

 

Our placing of funds in the escrow account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Given that we will not have access to the escrowed funds except under certain permitted circumstances with respect to payment of taxes and of redemptions, and that the funds we hold which are not placed in escrow are intended to be used in accordance with our estimates in the “Use of Proceeds” section, we may not have the financial resources to defend a potential claim, nor may we have the ability to sue to enforce a potential claim. Although we will seek, where practicable, to have material vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the escrow account, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the escrow account.

 

Prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor will agree that (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

 

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the escrow account available for distribution to holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

In the event that the proceeds in the escrow account are reduced below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the escrow account as of the date of the liquidation of the escrow account due to reductions in the value of the escrow assets, in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to claims by a third party who executed a waiver, or by our auditors or the Underwriter, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors, in exercising their business judgment, may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the escrow account available for distribution to holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be reduced below U.S.$10.00 per share.

 

76

 

 

Our Sponsor will have significant influence in determining the outcome of the Shareholders Meeting (if required under applicable law), at which shareholder approval of the qualifying acquisition would be sought, and accordingly, which transaction would ultimately be completed as our qualifying acquisition.

 

Upon the Closing, it is intended that our Founder’s Shares, which will be held by our Sponsor, will represent 20% of our issued and outstanding shares (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares). Accordingly, with the inclusion of the Founder’s Shares (and assuming that our Sponsor does not purchase any Class A Restricted Voting Units in this Offering), our Sponsor will hold approximately a 20% voting interest to vote on the qualifying acquisition whether or not the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full. Further, given the forfeiture and transfer restrictions placed on the shares held by our Sponsor until the completion of our qualifying acquisition and its ownership of the Founder’s Warrants, our Sponsor may be incentivized to support and vote for a transaction even if not the most commercially beneficial to the Corporation. Our Sponsor has agreed, if a vote is required, to vote its Founder’s Shares and any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased pursuant to or following this Offering in favour of the proposed qualifying acquisition. For the foregoing reasons, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote on the qualifying acquisition, which they may be inclined to do given the difference in economic interests of our Sponsor as compared to the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

Our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates may elect to purchase Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which may influence a vote on a proposed qualifying acquisition.

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares acquired by our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates, for investment or other purposes, may be entitled to be voted at the Shareholders Meeting, if required, and could therefore increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the qualifying acquisition or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at closing. This may result in the completion of a qualifying acquisition that may not otherwise have been possible.

 

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a qualifying acquisition. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our qualifying acquisition and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular qualifying acquisition is the most advantageous.

 

Our key personnel may choose to, or be asked to, remain with the company after the completion of our qualifying acquisition, and if so, they may negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the transaction. Such negotiations may take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the qualifying acquisition and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

 

Since our Sponsor will lose its investment in us if our qualifying acquisition is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a qualifying acquisition target is appropriate.

 

Our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem its Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or entitled to access to the escrow account in respect thereof upon our Winding-Up. Simultaneously with the Closing, our Sponsor intends to also purchase 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$12,000,000). As a result, the personal and financial interests of our Sponsor may influence the identification and selection of a qualifying acquisition, the voting on the qualifying acquisition, if required, and the operation of the business following our qualifying acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares can elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition.

 

77

 

 

Because there are other companies with a business plan similar to ours seeking to effectuate a qualifying acquisition, it may be more difficult for us to complete a qualifying acquisition.

 

Based upon publicly available information, there are three Canadian SPACs and numerous U.S. SPACs who are currently pursuing qualifying acquisitions. The Canadian SPACs may consummate a qualifying acquisition in any industry they choose, and so we may be subject to competition from these and other companies seeking to execute a business plan similar to ours.

 

Accordingly, we cannot assure investors that we will be able to successfully compete for an attractive qualifying acquisition and, because of this competition, we cannot assure investors that we will be able to complete a qualifying acquisition within the required time period.

 

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

 

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain Canadian securities law, income tax law and the Exchange and other legal and regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application also may change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations.

 

Our directors and officers and our Sponsor live or are organized outside of Canada; therefore investors may not be able to enforce applicable securities laws or their other legal rights against such parties.

 

Our directors and officers and our Sponsor reside or is organized outside of Canada. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors to enforce their legal rights or to enforce judgments of Canadian courts predicated upon civil liabilities under securities laws and/or criminal penalties against any person that resides or is otherwise organized outside of Canada even if the party has appointed an agent for service of process.

 

In the event the Corporation acquires a United States entity or assets of a United States entity, it may have adverse tax consequences on holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and on the Corporation.

 

In the event the Corporation acquires a United States entity or assets of a United States entity, under certain circumstances, the Corporation will be treated under section 7874 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) as a United States corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. While the Corporation does not have any current plans to engage in an acquisition which will be subject to section 7874 of the Code, there can be no assurances provided by the Corporation that it will not engage in such an “inversion” transaction at the time of the qualifying acquisition.

 

If the Corporation engages in such an inversion transaction and the Corporation is treated as a United States corporation, the Corporation generally would be subject to United States federal income tax and the United States and Canadian federal income tax consequences to United States, Canadian and other non-United States holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (which, on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, would, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into Common Shares) may materially differ. Any such United States federal corporate tax liability could have a material adverse effect on the results of the Corporation’s operations. If the Corporation engages in such an inversion transaction, any dividends paid by the Corporation to non-United States holders may be subject to United States federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate or such lower rate as provided in an applicable treaty. Because the Common Shares would be treated as shares of a United States domestic corporation, the United States gift, estate and generation-skipping transfer tax rules generally would apply to a non-United States holder of Common Shares.

 

78

 

 

You will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any prospective qualifying acquisition target or any particular target business’ operations.

 

Because we have not yet initiated any substantive discussions or entered into a written or oral binding acquisition agreement with any prospective target business, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of that or any other particular target business’ operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, tax considerations, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we consummate our qualifying acquisition, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. An investment in our Class A Restricted Voting Units may not ultimately prove to be more favourable to investors than a direct investment in an acquisition target, if such opportunity were available.

 

We may seek acquisition opportunities outside of our management’s area of expertise and our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all significant risks associated with the target company.

 

Even though we intend to focus on the cannabis sector, we may be presented with a qualifying acquisition target in a sector unfamiliar to our management team, but determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for the Corporation. In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of our management’s expertise, our management’s experience may not be directly applicable to the target business or their evaluation of its operations.

 

Although we identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

 

Although we have identified specific investment criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition will not have all of these positive attributes. If we consummate our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such acquisition may not be as successful as an acquisition with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval, which is a prerequisite to the closing of our qualifying acquisition if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines.

 

We are not required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person, and consequently, an independent source may not confirm that the price we are paying for the business is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

Unless we consummate our qualifying acquisition with a related party (within the meaning of applicable securities law), we may not be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person that the price we are paying is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view. Accordingly, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our management and board of directors.

 

79

 

 

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

 

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, legal counsel and other experts. If we decide not to complete a specific qualifying acquisition, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to consummate our qualifying acquisition for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

 

After our qualifying acquisition, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside of Canada and all or the majority of our assets will be located outside of Canada; therefore investors may not be able to enforce applicable securities laws or their other legal rights.

 

It is possible that after our qualifying acquisition, a number of our directors and officers will reside outside of Canada and all or the majority of our assets will be located outside of Canada. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in Canada to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of Canadian courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under Canadian laws.

 

We are highly dependent upon our directors and officers and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate and effect our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our directors and officers. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our directors and officers, at least until we have consummated our qualifying acquisition and possibly thereafter. In addition, our directors and officers are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential qualifying acquisitions and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors and officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors and officers could have a detrimental effect on us, our operations and our ability to effect our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our ability to successfully effect our qualifying acquisition and to be successful thereafter will be largely dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our qualifying acquisition. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-qualifying acquisition business.

 

Our ability to successfully effect our qualifying acquisition is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel will remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our qualifying acquisition, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our qualifying acquisition, our assessment of these individuals may not prove to be correct. As well, these individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated as a reporting issuer under applicable Canadian securities laws, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

 

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our qualifying acquisition with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

 

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our qualifying acquisition with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’ management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’ management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we expected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-qualifying acquisition business may be negatively impacted.

 

80

 

 

The officers and directors of an acquisition target may resign upon or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition. The loss of an acquisition target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-qualifying acquisition business.

 

The role of an acquisition target’s key personnel upon or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition target’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition target following our qualifying acquisition, it is possible that some members of the management team of an acquisition target will not wish to remain in place, which could negatively affect the business.

 

Our Sponsor, directors and officers may now be, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

 

Following the completion of this Offering and until we consummate our qualifying acquisition, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor, directors and officers may now be, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business, including one or more SPACs that may seek to acquire businesses similar to the businesses that the Corporation is seeking to acquire as part of its qualifying acquisition.

 

Our Sponsor, directors and officers also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe duties. In the course of their other business activities, our Sponsor, directors and/or officers may owe similar or other duties, and may have obligations, to other entities or pursuant to other outside business arrangements, including to seek and present investment and business opportunities to other entities. Additionally, our directors and officers are not required to present investment and business opportunities to the Corporation in priority to other entities with which they are affiliated or to which they owe duties.

 

Our directors, officers, security holders and their respective affiliates and associates may have interests that conflict with our interests.

 

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders, affiliates or associates from having a direct or indirect financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. We are not prohibited from entering into our qualifying acquisition with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, or our directors or officers. In the event that we did wish to enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target business affiliated with our Sponsor, however, we would be required to obtain a fairness opinion from a qualified person, concluding that our qualifying acquisition is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

We may attempt to consummate our qualifying acquisition with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

 

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our qualifying acquisition with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential qualifying acquisition on the basis of limited information, which may result in our qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

 

The Corporation may lose “foreign private issuer status” in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

 

Following our qualifying acquisition, we expect to employ Proportionate Voting Shares to meet the definition of “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the U.S. Securities Act. As a result,  the Corporation will be a “foreign private issuer,” and will not be subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. The Corporation may in the future lose its foreign private issuer status if a majority of its Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares are held in the U.S. and it fails to meet the additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status, such as if: (1) a majority of its directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) a majority of its assets are located in the U.S.; or (3) its business is administered principally in the U.S.

 

81

 

 

If the Corporation loses its foreign private issuer status and decides, or is required, to register as a U.S. domestic issuer, the regulatory and compliance costs will be significantly more than the costs incurred as a Canadian foreign private issuer. In such event, the Corporation would not be eligible to use foreign issuer forms and would be required to file periodic and current reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are generally more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks related to the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights subsequent to its qualifying acquisition, and may become subject to allegations that the Corporation is in violation of intellectual property rights of third parties.

 

The ownership and protection of intellectual property rights may be a significant aspect of the Corporation’s future success. We may rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information that are not protected by patents to maintain our competitive position. We will try to protect such intellectual property by entering into confidentiality agreements with parties that have access to it, such as our partners, collaborators, employees and consultants. Any of these parties may breach these agreements and we may not have adequate remedies for any specific breach. In addition, trade secrets and technical know-how, which are not protected by patents, may otherwise become known to or be independently developed by competitors, in which event we could be materially adversely affected.

 

Unauthorized parties may attempt to replicate or otherwise obtain and use products, trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information of other parties. Policing the unauthorized use of intellectual property rights could be difficult, expensive, time-consuming and unpredictable, as may be enforcing these rights against unauthorized use by others. Identifying unauthorized use of intellectual property rights is difficult as the owner may be unable to effectively monitor and evaluate the products being distributed by its competitors, including parties such as unlicensed dispensaries, and the processes used to produce such products. In addition, in any infringement proceeding, some or all trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights or other proprietary know-how, or arrangements or agreements seeking to protect the same for the benefit of an issuer, may be found invalid, unenforceable, anti-competitive or not infringed. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Any or all of these events could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

In addition, other parties may claim that the Corporation’s products infringe on their proprietary and perhaps patent protected rights. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, legal fees, result in injunctions, temporary restraining orders and/or require the payment of damages. As well, the Corporation may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that the Corporation has infringed on their lawful rights. However, such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to the Corporation or at all. In addition, the Corporation may not be able to obtain or utilize on terms that are favorable to it, or at all, licenses or other rights with respect to intellectual property that it does not own.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks related to information technology systems, including cyber-attacks.

 

An issuer’s operations may depend, in part, on how well it and its suppliers protect networks, equipment, information technology (“IT”) systems and software against damage from a number of threats, including, but not limited to, cable cuts, damage to physical plants, natural disasters, intentional damage and destruction, fire, power loss, hacking, computer viruses, vandalism and theft. Following its qualifying acquisition, the Corporation’s operations may also depend on the timely maintenance, upgrade and replacement of networks, equipment, IT systems and software, as well as pre-emptive expenses to mitigate the risks of failures. Any of these and other events could result in information system failures, delays and/or increase in capital expenses. The failure of information systems or a component of information systems could, depending on the nature of any such failure, adversely impact the Corporation’s reputation  and results of operations. The Corporation’s risk and exposure to these matters cannot be fully mitigated because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats. As a result, cyber security and the continued development and enhancement of controls, processes and practices designed to protect systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access may become a priority to ensure the ongoing success and security of the business. As cyber threats continue to evolve, an issuer may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance protective measures or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities.

 

82

 

 

Management of growth may prove to be difficult.

 

The Corporation’s business may be subject to growth-related risks including capacity constraints and pressure on its internal systems and controls. The ability of an issuer to manage growth effectively requires it to continue to implement and improve its operational and financial systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base. The inability of the Corporation to deal with this growth may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

We may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our qualifying acquisition.

 

We may structure our qualifying acquisition to acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business. Even though we may own a majority interest in the target, our shareholders prior to the qualifying acquisition may collectively own a minority interest in the post-qualifying acquisition company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the qualifying acquisition. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, even if we were to acquire a 100% interest in the target, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the target company’s shareholdings than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that we will not be able to maintain control of the target business. In the event that we structure our qualifying acquisition to acquire less than 100% of the equity interest or assets of the target business, specific securities regulatory requirements may apply to the qualifying acquisition, including pursuant to National Policy 41-201 – Income Trusts and Other Indirect Offerings.

 

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition or to fund the operations and/or growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular qualifying acquisition.

 

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this Offering, and the net proceeds of any loans we may incur from our Sponsor, as further described in this prospectus, will be sufficient to allow us to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we have not yet initiated any substantive discussions or entered into a written or oral binding acquisition agreement with any prospective target business and thus we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this Offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our qualifying acquisition, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who elect redemption in connection with our qualifying acquisition, or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed qualifying acquisition. Additional financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular qualifying acquisition and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we may require such financing to fund the operations and/or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our Sponsor, officers, directors or shareholders are required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our qualifying acquisition.

 

83

 

 

We may only be able to complete one qualifying acquisition with the proceeds of this Offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single target business which may have a limited number of products or services.

 

If we complete a qualifying acquisition with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the industry in which we operate. Further, we will not be able to immediately diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several acquisitions or business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, in such case, the prospects for our success may be solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

 

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

 

There is currently no market for our securities. Prospective investors therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this Offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential qualifying acquisitions and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, may not be sustained. Investors may be unable to sell their securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

 

There may be tax consequences to our qualifying acquisition that may adversely affect us.

 

While we expect to undertake any merger or acquisition so as to minimize taxes both to the acquired business and/or assets and us, such qualifying acquisition might not meet the statutory requirements of a tax-deferred rollover for the Corporation or for shareholders. A qualifying acquisition that does not qualify for a tax-deferred rollover could result in the imposition of substantial taxes, and may have other adverse tax consequences to us, the acquired business or assets and/or our shareholders.

 

Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed qualifying acquisition, which means we may complete our qualifying acquisition even though a majority of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares do not support such a transaction.

 

We do not intend to hold a shareholder vote to approve our qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, we may consummate a qualifying acquisition even if holders of a majority of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares do not approve of the qualifying acquisition we consummate.

 

The only opportunity for holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to the exercise of their right to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash.

 

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors intends to complete a qualifying acquisition without seeking approval from holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, this means that the only opportunity for holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to exercising your redemption rights.

 

The ability of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition or optimize our capital structure.

 

At the time we enter into an agreement for our qualifying acquisition, we will not know how many holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectation as to the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that will be submitted for redemption. This consideration may limit our ability to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition available to us or optimize our capital structure.

 

84

 

 

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Cannabis Business (If Applicable)

 

Cannabis businesses may be highly regulated entities and, subject to identifying an appropriate target business or businesses for our qualifying acquisition, we may be subject to significant regulatory risks.

 

Successful execution of a qualifying acquisition and the Corporation’s strategy within the cannabis sector is contingent, in part, upon compliance with regulatory requirements enacted by governmental authorities and obtaining all regulatory approvals, where necessary, for the sale of its products, including maintaining and renewing all applicable licenses. The commercial cannabis industry is still a nascent industry and the Corporation cannot predict the impact of the compliance regime to which it may be subject following completion of a qualifying acquisition in the sector. Similarly, the Corporation cannot predict the time required to secure all appropriate regulatory approvals for any of the products, or the extent of testing and documentation that may be required by governmental authorities. Any delays in obtaining, or failure to obtain regulatory approvals may significantly delay or impact the development of markets, products and sales initiatives and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Corporation. Without limiting the foregoing, failure to comply with the requirements of any underlying licenses or any failure to maintain any underlying licenses would have a material adverse impact on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Corporation. There can be no guarantees that any required licenses for the operation of our business will be extended or renewed in a timely manner, if at all, or that if they are extended or renewed, that the licenses will be extended or renewed on the same or similar terms.

 

If we complete a qualifying acquisition within the cannabis sector, the Corporation will incur ongoing costs and obligations related to regulatory compliance, and such costs may prove to be material. Failure to comply with regulations may result in additional costs for corrective measures, penalties or in restrictions on the Corporation’s operations. In addition, changes in regulations, more vigorous enforcement thereof or other unanticipated events could require extensive changes to the Corporation’s operations, increased compliance costs or give rise to material liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

The cannabis sector will be subject to a variety of changes in laws, regulations and guidelines, the full effect of which cannot yet be fully determined or assessed.

 

The Corporation may target businesses that are involved in the cannabis industry and/or related sectors which are subject to various laws, regulations and guidelines relating to the manufacture, management, packaging/labelling, advertising, sale, transportation, storage and disposal of cannabis but also including laws and regulations relating to drug, controlled substances, health and safety, the conduct of operations and the protection of the environment. These laws also differ internationally and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Changes to such laws, regulations and guidelines due to matters beyond the control of the Corporation could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

Following the Cannabis Act coming into force in Canada on October, 17, 2018, uncertainty remains with respect to the implementation of the Cannabis Act, federal regulations thereunder, as well as the various provincial and territorial legislation regulating the distribution and sale of cannabis for adult use purposes including edibles. There can be no assurance that the legalization of adult-use cannabis by the federal, provincial and territorial governments will be carried out on the terms currently anticipated or announced, or create the opportunities for growth anticipated by the Corporation, and the impact of the implementation of the varied legislative framework pertaining to the Canadian adult-use cannabis market remains uncertain. The impact of these new laws, regulations and guidelines on the business of the Corporation, including increased costs of compliance and other potential risks cannot be predicted, and accordingly, the Corporation may experience adverse effects.

 

Scientific research related to the benefits of cannabis remains in early stages, is subject to a number of important assumptions and may prove to be inaccurate.

 

Research in Canada, the United States and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids remains in early stages. To the Corporation’s knowledge, there have been relatively few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids.

  

85

 

 

Although the Corporation believes that the articles and reports, and details of research studies and clinical trials that are publicly available reasonably support the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis, future research and clinical trials may prove such statements to be incorrect, or could raise concerns regarding and perceptions relating to cannabis. Future research studies and clinical trials may reach negative conclusions regarding the viability, safety, efficacy, dosing, social acceptance or other facts and perceptions related to medical cannabis, that could materially impact issuers in this sector.

 

Competition in the cannabis industry is intense and includes increased competition by larger and better-financed competitors.

 

The Corporation expects intense competition in the cannabis industry, some of which can be expected to come from companies with long operating histories and significant financial resources and manufacturing and marketing experience. In addition, there is potential that the cannabis industry will undergo consolidation, creating larger companies with financial resources, manufacturing and marketing capabilities, and products that will be greater than those achievable by the Corporation. As a result of this competition, we may be unable to identify a target or after our qualifying acquisition maintain our operations or develop them on terms we consider to be acceptable or at all. Increased competition by larger, better-financed competitors with geographic advantages could materially and adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Negative publicity or consumer perception may affect the success of the cannabis industry.

 

The success of the cannabis industry may be significantly influenced by the public’s perception of cannabis. Both the medical and adult use of cannabis are controversial topics, and there is no guarantee that future scientific research, publicity, regulations, medical opinion and public opinion relating to cannabis will be favourable. The cannabis industry is an early-stage business that is constantly evolving with no guarantee of viability. The market for medical and adult use cannabis is uncertain, and any adverse or negative publicity, scientific research, limiting regulations, medical opinion and public opinion (whether or not accurate or with merit) relating to the consumption of cannabis, whether in Canada, or internationally, may have a material adverse effect on our opportunities and in the future operational results, consumer base and financial results. Among other things, such a shift in public opinion could cause jurisdictions in the United States to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical cannabis, thereby limiting the number of new state jurisdictions into which the Corporation could identify potential acquisition opportunities.

 

Certain events or developments in the cannabis industry more generally may impact the Corporation’s reputation.

 

Damage to an issuer’s reputation can be the result of the actual or perceived occurrence of any number of events, and could include any negative publicity, whether true or not. Cannabis has often been associated with various other narcotics, violence and criminal activities, the risk of which is that the business might attract negative publicity. There is also risk that the action(s) of other participants, companies and service providers in the cannabis industry may negatively affect the reputation of the industry as a whole and thereby negatively impact the reputation of an issuer. The increased usage of social media and other web-based tools used to generate, publish and discuss user-generated content and to connect with other users has made it increasingly easier for individuals and groups to communicate and share opinions and views in regards to an issuer and its activities, whether true or not and the cannabis industry in general, whether true or not. The Corporation does not ultimately have direct control over how it or the cannabis industry is perceived by others. Reputational loss may result in decreased investor confidence, increased challenges in developing and maintaining community relations and an impediment to the Corporation’s overall ability to advance its business strategy and realize on its growth prospects.

 

Third parties with whom an issuer may do business may perceive themselves as being exposed to reputational risk as a result of their relationship with the issuer.

 

The parties with which the Corporation may do business may perceive that they are exposed to reputational risk as a result of the Corporation’s cannabis-related business activities. Failure to establish or maintain business relationships due to reputational risk arising in connection with the nature of the Corporation’s business could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

86

 

 

An issuer may be subject to advertising and promotional risk in the event the issuer cannot effectively implement a successful branding strategy.

 

If we successfully execute a qualifying acquisition with a cannabis-related businesses, our future growth and profitability may depend on the effectiveness and efficiency of advertising and promotional costs, including our ability to (i) create brand recognition for any products we may develop or sell; (ii) determine appropriate advertising strategies, messages and media; and (iii) maintain acceptable operating margins on such costs. There can be no assurance that advertising and promotional costs will result in revenues for the Corporation’s business in the future, or will generate awareness for any of the Corporation’s product. In addition, no assurance can be given that we will be able to manage our advertising and promotional costs on a cost-effective basis.

 

In Canada, the Cannabis Act prohibits the promotion of cannabis, cannabis accessories and services related to cannabis, except in very limited circumstances. It also establishes plain packaging and labelling requirements of cannabis and cannabis accessories. The Cannabis Act contains specific prohibitions on several types of promotional activities or packaging or labelling, including in relation to promotion, packaging or labelling: (i) that there are reasonable grounds to believe could be appealing to young persons; (ii) that sets out a testimonial or endorsement; (iii) that sets out the depiction of a person, character or animal, whether real or fictional; (iv) that associates cannabis, the cannabis accessory or service or any of its brand elements, or evokes a positive or negative emotion about or image of, a way of life such as one that includes glamour, recreation, excitement, vitality, risk or daring. Provincial and territorial governments will also regulate the distribution and sale of cannabis in their respective jurisdictions and may impose additional restrictions and regulations that may affect the promotion, sale or marketing of cannabis. The restriction on the use of logos and brand names on cannabis products, and any other restrictions or regulations on the promotion, sale or marketing of cannabis, could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operation. In addition, the cannabis industry in Canada, including both the medical and adult use cannabis markets, is in its early development stage and restrictions on advertising, marketing and branding of cannabis companies and products by Health Canada, various medical associations, other governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or voluntary industry associations may adversely affect an issuer’s ability to conduct sales and marketing activities and to create brand recognition, and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.

 

The businesses we acquire may be subject to product liability regimes and strict product recall requirements.

 

If we were to acquire a distributor of products designed to be ingested, the Corporation may face the risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if any of its businesses’ products are alleged to have or have caused significant loss or injury. In addition, the sale of cannabis products involves the risk of injury to consumers due to tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from consumption of cannabis products alone or in combination with other medications or substances could occur. An issuer may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that specific cannabis products caused injury or illness, or include inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. A product liability claim or regulatory action against the Corporation could result in increased costs, could adversely affect our reputation with our clients and consumers generally, and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

In addition, manufacturers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall or return of their products for a variety of reasons, including product defects, such as contamination, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labelling disclosure. To the extent any products are recalled due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, we could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall. We may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all. In addition, a product recall may require significant management attention. Moreover, a recall for any of the foregoing reasons could lead to decreased demand and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation. Product recalls may lead to increased scrutiny of operations by applicable regulatory agencies, requiring further management attention and potential legal fees and other expenses.

 

87

 

 

An issuer may not be able to successfully develop new products or find a market for their sale.

 

The cannabis industry is in its early stages of development and the sector participants may seek to introduce new products in the future. In attempting to keep pace with any new market developments, an issuer may need to expend significant amounts of capital in order to successfully develop and generate revenues from new products introduced by it. An issuer may also be required to obtain additional regulatory approvals from Health Canada and any other applicable regulatory authorities, which may take significant amounts of time. An issuer may not be successful in developing effective and safe new products, bringing such products to market in time to be effectively commercialized, or obtaining any required regulatory approvals, which, together with any capital expenditures made in the course of such product development and regulatory approval processes, may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

Insurance risks in the cannabis industry are not insignificant.

 

While the Corporation believes adequate insurance coverage is available in the cannabis industry, such insurance is subject to coverage limits and exclusions and may not be available for all risks and hazards to which an issuer may be exposed in this industry. No assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover the Corporation’s liabilities or will be generally available in the future or, if available, that premiums will be commercially justifiable and may be much higher compared to insurance for businesses in other sectors. If the Corporation were to incur substantial liability and such damages were not covered by insurance or were in excess of policy limits, or if the Corporation were to incur such liability at a time when it is not able to obtain liability insurance, we could be materially adversely affected.

 

There can be also no assurances that an issuer will be able to obtain or maintain product liability insurance on acceptable terms or with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Such insurance is expensive and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. The inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage on reasonable terms or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of any of the Corporation’s potential products.

 

The Corporation may be subject to transportation risks.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the production, sale and distribution of cannabis products. Due to the perishable nature of such products, the Corporation may depend on fast and efficient third party transportation services to distribute its product. Any prolonged disruption of third party transportation services could have an adverse effect on the Corporation. Rising costs associated with the third party transportation services which may be used to ship products may also adversely impact the business of the Corporation.

 

The Corporation may be vulnerable to rising energy costs.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the production of cannabis products which will consume considerable energy, making the Corporation vulnerable to rising energy costs. Rising or volatile energy costs may adversely impact the business of the Corporation and its ability to operate profitably.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks inherent in an agricultural business.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the growing of cannabis, which is an agricultural product. As such, the business may be subject to the risks inherent in the agricultural business, such as insects, plant diseases and similar agricultural risks. Even when grown indoors under climate-controlled conditions monitored by trained personnel, there can be no assurance that natural elements, such as insects and plant diseases, will not have a material adverse effect on the production of cannabis products and on the Corporation.

 

The Corporation may be subject to significant environmental regulations and risks.

 

Participants in the cannabis industry are subject to environmental regulation in the various jurisdictions in which they operate. These regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land reclamation. They also set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner which will require stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessments of proposed projects and a heightened degree of responsibility for companies and their officers, directors and employees. There is no assurance that future changes in environmental regulation, if any, will not adversely affect the Corporation.

 

88

 

 

Government approvals and permits are currently, and may in the future be required in connection with operations in the cannabis sector. To the extent such approvals are required and not obtained, a business may be curtailed or prohibited from producing cannabis or from proceeding with the development of its operations.

 

Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permitting requirements may result in enforcement actions thereunder, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment, or remedial actions. An issuer may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of its operations and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of applicable laws or regulations.

 

A limited number of licenses have been issued to date in Canada.

 

The Canadian government has, to date, only issued a limited number of licenses under the Cannabis Regulations and the Cannabis Act to produce and sell cannabis. There are, however, several hundred applicants for licenses. The number of licenses granted could have an impact on the operations of an issuer in this sector. Because of the early stage of the industry, issuers also expect to face additional competition from new entrants. If the number of users of cannabis in Canada increases, the demand for products will increase and the Corporation expects that competition will become more intense, as current and future competitors begin to offer an increasing number of diversified products. To remain competitive, an issuer will require a continued level of investment in research and development, marketing, sales and client support. Some participants may not have sufficient resources to maintain research and development, marketing, sales and client support efforts on a competitive basis which could materially and adversely affect the Corporation.

 

While cannabis is legal in many U.S. state jurisdictions, it continues to be a controlled substance under the United States federal CSA.

 

Unlike in Canada, which has federal legislation uniformly governing the cultivation, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis under the Cannabis Regulations and the Cannabis Act, cannabis is largely regulated at the state level in the United States. To the Corporation’s knowledge, there are to date a total of 47 states, plus the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam that have legalized cannabis in some form. Notwithstanding the permissive regulatory environment of medical cannabis at the state level, cannabis continues to be categorized as a controlled substance under the CSA and as such, violates federal law in the United States, and we do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.

 

The United States Congress has passed appropriations bills each of the last three years that have not appropriated funds for prosecution of cannabis offenses of individuals who are in compliance with state medical cannabis laws. American courts have construed these appropriations bills to prevent the U.S. federal government from prosecuting individuals when those individuals comply with state law. However, because this conduct continues to violate U.S. federal law, American courts have observed that should Congress at any time choose to appropriate funds to fully prosecute the CSA, any individual or business - even those that have fully complied with state law - could be prosecuted for violations of U.S. federal law. And if Congress restores funding, the government will have the authority to prosecute individuals for violations of the law before it lacked funding under the CSA’s five-year statute of limitations.

 

Violations of any U.S. federal laws and regulations could result in significant fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements arising from civil proceedings conducted by either the U.S. federal government or private citizens, or criminal charges, including, but not limited to, disgorgement of profits, cessation of business activities or divestiture. This could have a material adverse effect on an issuer, including its reputation and ability to conduct business, its holding of medical cannabis licenses in the United States, the listing of its securities on various stock exchanges, its financial position, operating results, profitability or liquidity or the market price of its publicly traded securities. In addition, it is difficult to estimate the time or resources that would be needed for the investigation of any such matters or its final resolution because, in part, the time and resources that may be needed are dependent on the nature and extent of any information requested by the applicable authorities involved, and such time or resources could be substantial.

 

89

 

 

The differing regulatory requirements across state jurisdictions may hinder or otherwise prevent the Corporation from achieving economies of scale.

 

Traditional rules of investing may prove to be imperfect in the cannabis industry. For example, while it would be common for investment managers to purchase equity in companies in different states to reach economies of scale and to conduct business across state lines, such an investment thesis may not be feasible in the U.S. cannabis industry because of varying state-by-state legislation. As no two regulated markets in the cannabis industry are exactly the same, doing business across state lines may not be possible or commercially practicable.

 

The approach to the enforcement of cannabis laws may be subject to change or may not proceed as previously outlined.

 

As a result of the conflicting views between state legislatures and the federal government regarding cannabis in the United States, investments in cannabis or cannabis related businesses in the United States are subject to inconsistent legislation and regulation. The response to this inconsistency was addressed in August 2013 when then Deputy Attorney General, James Cole, authored a memorandum (the “Cole Memorandum”) addressed to all United States district attorneys acknowledging that notwithstanding the designation of cannabis as a controlled substance at the federal level in the United States, several U.S. states have enacted laws relating to cannabis for medical purposes.

 

The Cole Memorandum outlined certain priorities for the Department of Justice relating to the prosecution of cannabis offenses. In particular, the Cole Memorandum noted that in jurisdictions that have enacted laws legalizing cannabis in some form and that have also implemented strong and effective regulatory and enforcement systems to control the cultivation, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis, conduct in compliance with those laws and regulations is less likely to be a priority at the federal level. Notably, however, the Department of Justice has never provided specific guidelines for what regulatory and enforcement systems it deems sufficient under the Cole Memorandum standard.

 

In light of limited investigative and prosecutorial resources, the Cole Memorandum concluded that the Department of Justice should be focused on addressing only the most significant threats related to cannabis. States where medical cannabis had been legalized were not characterized as a high priority. In March 2017, newly appointed Attorney General Jeff Sessions again noted limited federal resources and acknowledged that much of the Cole Memorandum had merit; however, he disagreed that it had been implemented effectively and, on January 4, 2018, Attorney General Jeff Sessions authored a memorandum (the “Sessions Memorandum”), which rescinded the Cole Memorandum. The Sessions Memorandum rescinded previous nationwide guidance specific to the prosecutorial authority of United States attorneys relative to cannabis enforcement on the basis that they are unnecessary, given the well-established principles governing federal prosecution that are already in place. Those principals are included in chapter 9.27.000 of the United States Attorneys’ Manual and require federal prosecutors deciding which cases to prosecute to weigh all relevant considerations, including federal law enforcement priorities set by the Attorney General, the seriousness of the crime, the deterrent effect of criminal prosecution, and the cumulative impact of particular crimes on the community.

 

As a result of the Sessions Memorandum, federal prosecutors will now be free to utilize their prosecutorial discretion to decide whether to prosecute cannabis activities despite the existence of state-level laws that may be inconsistent with federal prohibitions. No direction was given to federal prosecutors in the Sessions Memorandum as to the priority they should ascribe to such cannabis activities, and resultantly it is uncertain how actively federal prosecutors will be in relation to such activities. Furthermore, the Sessions Memorandum did not discuss the treatment of medical cannabis by federal prosecutors.

 

Former U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions resigned on November 7, 2018 and was replaced by Matthew Whitaker as interim Attorney General. On February 14, 2019, William Barr was sworn in as Attorney General. It is unclear what position the new Attorney General will take on the enforcement of federal laws with regard to the U.S. cannabis industry. However, in a written response to questions from U.S. Senator Cory Booker made as a nominee, Attorney General Barr stated “I do not intend to go after parties who have complied with state law in reliance on the Cole Memorandum.”

 

90

 

 

Additionally, the Rohrbacher-Farr Amendment has been adopted by Congress in successive budgets since 2015. The Amendment prohibits the Department of Justice from spending funds appropriated by Congress to enforce the tenets of the CSA against the medical cannabis industry in U.S. states that have legalized such activity. This Amendment has historically been passed as an amendment to omnibus appropriations bills, which by their nature expire at the end of a fiscal year or other defined term. The Rohrbacher-Farr Amendment (now known colloquially as the “Joyce-Leahy Amendment” after its most recent sponsors) was included in the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2019, which was signed by President Trump on February 14, 2019 and funds the departments of the federal government through the fiscal year ending September 30, 2019. In signing the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2019, President Trump issued a signing statement noting that the act “provides that the Department of Justice may not use any funds to prevent implementation of medical marijuana laws by various States and territories,” and further stating “I will treat this provision consistent with the President’s constitutional responsibility to faithfully execute the laws of the United States.” While the signing statement can fairly be read to mean that the executive branch intends to enforce the CSA and other federal laws prohibiting the sale and possession of medical marijuana, the President did issue a similar signing statement in 2017 and no federal enforcement actions followed.

 

Any such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on an issuer’s business, revenues, operating results and financial condition as well as companies which provide services to such issuers. In the extreme case, such proceedings could ultimately involve the prosecution of key executives of the issuer or the seizure of corporate assets.

 

Any investments or acquisitions by the Corporation may be subject to applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

 

If the Corporation were to acquire or invest in a cannabis related business, the Corporation may be subject to a variety of applicable laws and regulations domestically, in Canada, and in the United States, the United Kingdom, or elsewhere, that involve money laundering, financial recordkeeping and proceeds of crime, including the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act), as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (United Kingdom), the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), as amended and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Criminal Code (Canada) and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by applicable governmental authorities.

 

In the United States, in February 2014, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Treasury Department issued a memorandum providing instructions to banks seeking to provide services to cannabis-related businesses (the “FCEN Memorandum”). The FCEN Memorandum states that in some circumstances, it is permissible for banks to provide services to cannabis related businesses without risking prosecution for violation of U.S. federal money laundering laws. It refers to supplementary guidance that Deputy Attorney General Cole issued to U.S. federal prosecutors relating to the prosecution of U.S. money laundering offenses predicated on cannabis-related violations of the CSA. It is unclear at this time whether the current administration will follow the guidelines of the FCEN Memorandum.

 

In the United Kingdom, in the event that we consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business whose business, despite being in compliance with local laws, would not be, if operated in the U.K., in compliance with U.K. laws, the sale of their securities of the Corporation or the receipt of dividends therefrom following the consummation of the qualifying acquisition may be in violation of U.K. domestic anti-money laundering legislation.

 

In the event that the Corporation’s investments, or any proceeds thereof, any dividends or distributions therefrom, or any profits or revenues accruing from such investments were found to be in violation of money laundering legislation or otherwise, such transactions may be viewed as proceeds of crime under one or more of the statutes noted above or any other applicable legislation. This could restrict or otherwise jeopardize the ability of the Corporation to declare or pay dividends, effect other distributions or subsequently repatriate such funds back to Canada, among other things.

 

Any investments or acquisitions by the Corporation in the United States may be subject to heightened scrutiny.

 

Any future investments or acquisitions by the Corporation in the United States may become the subject of heightened scrutiny by regulators, stock exchanges and other authorities in Canada. As a result, the Corporation may be subject to significant direct and indirect interaction with public officials. There can be no assurance that this heightened scrutiny will not in turn lead to the imposition of certain restrictions on the Corporation’s ability to invest in the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

91

 

 

To the extent we acquire related cannabis businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, U.S. border officials could deny entry into the U.S. to employees of, or investors in companies with cannabis operations in the United States.

 

Since medical cannabis remains illegal under U.S. federal law, those employed at or investing in legal and licensed medical and adult use cannabis companies or providing services to such companies could face detention, denial of entry or lifetime bans from the U.S. for their business associations with U.S. cannabis businesses. Entry happens at the sole discretion of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers on duty, and these officers have wide latitude to ask questions to determine the admissibility of a foreign national. The Government of Canada has started warning travelers on its website that previous use of cannabis, or any substance prohibited by U.S. federal laws, could mean denial of entry to the U.S. In addition, business or financial involvement in the legal cannabis industry in the United States could also be reason enough for U.S. border guards to deny entry. On September 21, 2018, U.S. Customs and Border Protection released a statement outlining its current position with respect to enforcement of the laws of the United States. It stated that U.S. Customs and Border Protection enforcement of United States laws regarding controlled substances has not changed and because cannabis continues to be a controlled substance under United States law, working in or facilitating the proliferation of the legal cannabis industry in U.S. states where it is deemed legal may affect admissibility to the U.S. As a result, U.S. Customs and Border Protection has affirmed that, a Canadian citizen working in or facilitating the proliferation of the legal cannabis industry in Canada, coming to the U.S. for reasons unrelated to the cannabis industry, will generally be admissible to the U.S. however, if a traveler is found to be coming to the U.S. for reasons related to the cannabis industry, they may be deemed inadmissible.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be difficulty accessing the services of banks, which may make it difficult for us to operate our business.

 

Financial transactions involving proceeds generated by cannabis-related conduct can form the basis for prosecution under the federal money laundering statutes, unlicensed money transmitter statute and the Bank Secrecy Act. Previous guidance issued by the FinCEN, a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, clarifies how financial institutions can provide services to cannabis-related businesses consistent with their obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act. Prior to the DOJ’s announcement in January 2018 of the rescission of the Cole Memorandum and related memoranda, supplemental guidance from the DOJ directed federal prosecutors to consider the federal enforcement priorities enumerated in the Cole Memorandum when determining whether to charge institutions or individuals with any of the financial crimes described above based upon cannabis-related activity. It is unclear what impact the rescission of the Cole Memorandum will have, but federal prosecutors may increase enforcement activities against institutions or individuals that are conducting financial transactions related to cannabis activities. The increased uncertainty surrounding financial transactions related to cannabis activities may also result in financial institutions discontinuing services to the cannabis industry.

 

Consequently, those businesses involved in the regulated medical-use cannabis industry continue to encounter difficulty establishing banking relationships, which may increase over time. The inability to maintain bank accounts would make it difficult for any company to operate its business, increase its operating costs, and pose additional operational, logistical and security challenges and could result in an inability to implement its business plan.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be a restriction on the deduction of certain expenses.

 

Section 280E of the Code generally prohibits businesses from deducting or claiming tax credits with respect to expenses paid or incurred in carrying on any trade or business if such trade or business (or the activities which comprise such trade or business) consists of trafficking in controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedule I and II of the CSA) which is prohibited by U.S. federal law or the law of any state in which such trade or business is conducted. Section 280E currently applies to businesses operating in the cannabis industry, irrespective of whether such businesses that are licensed and operating in accordance with applicable state laws. The application of Code Section 280E generally causes such businesses to pay higher effective U.S. federal tax rates than similar businesses in other industries. The impact of Code Section 280E on the effective tax rate of a cannabis business generally depends on how large the ratio of non-deductible expenses is to the business’ total revenues. The application of Code Section 280E to any business that we may acquire as part of our qualifying acquisition may adversely affect our profitability and, in fact, may cause us to operate at a loss. While recent legislative proposals, if enacted into law, could eliminate or diminish the application of Code Section 280E to cannabis businesses, the enactment of any such law is uncertain.

 

92

 

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be a lack of access to U.S. bankruptcy protections.

 

Because the use of medical cannabis is illegal under federal law, many courts have denied cannabis businesses bankruptcy protections, thus making it very difficult for lenders to recoup their investments in the cannabis industry in the event of a bankruptcy. If a company we acquire as part of a qualifying acquisition were to experience a bankruptcy, there is no guarantee that U.S. federal bankruptcy protections would be available, which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and prospects of such business and on the rights of lenders to and securityholders.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be difficulty with the enforceability of contracts.

 

It is a fundamental principle of law that a contract will not be enforced if it involves a violation of law or public policy. Because cannabis remains illegal in the United States at a federal level, judges in multiple U.S. states have on a number of occasions refused to enforce contracts for the repayment of money when the loan was used in connection with activities that violate federal law, even if there is no violation of state law. There could thus be doubt and uncertainty that any company we acquire as part of a qualifying acquisition will be able to legally enforce contracts it enters into with such companies if necessary, which means there can be no assurance that there will be a remedy for breach of contract, which would have a material adverse effect on the business, revenues, operating results, financial condition and prospects of such entity.

 

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of Canada

 

If we effect our qualifying acquisition with a company located outside of North America, we could be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

 

We may pursue acquisition opportunities in any industry or geographic region. If we effect our qualifying acquisition with a company located or operated outside of Canada, we could be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ home jurisdiction, including any of the following:

 

•     rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

 

•     complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

 

•     laws governing the manner in which future transactions may be effected;

 

•     exchange listing and/or delisting requirements; 

 

•     tariffs and trade barriers;

 

•     regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

 

•     longer payment cycles;

 

•     tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to Canada;

 

•     currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

 

93

 

 

 

•       rates of inflation;

 

•       challenges in collecting accounts receivable; cultural and language differences;

 

•       employment regulations;

 

•       crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars; and

 

•       deterioration of political relations with Canada or other governments or sanctions imposed by Canada or other governments.

 

We may also be subject to currency exchange risks in connection with any qualifying acquisition. We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations of the continued business could be compromised.

 

Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted.

 

Managing a business, operations, personnel or assets in another country is challenging and costly. Any management that we may have (whether based abroad or in Canada) may be inexperienced in cross-border business practices and unaware of significant differences in accounting rules, legal regimes and labour practices. Even with a seasoned and experienced management team, the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, personnel and assets can be significant (and much higher than in a purely domestic business) and may negatively impact the Corporation.

 

If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our qualifying acquisition, it may result in a negative impact on our business.

 

Political events in another country may significantly affect our business, assets or operations. Social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, and policy changes or enactments could negatively impact our business in a particular country.

 

Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our ability to seek and enforce legal protections, including with respect to intellectual property and other property rights, or to defend ourselves with regard to legal actions taken against us in a given country, may be difficult or impossible, which could adversely impact us.

 

Rules and regulations in many countries are often ambiguous or open to differing interpretations by responsible individuals and agencies at the municipal, state, provincial, regional and federal levels. The attitudes and actions of such individuals and agencies are often difficult to predict and can be inconsistent. Delay with respect to the enforcement of particular rules and regulations, including those relating to customs, tax, environment and labour, could cause serious disruptions to operations abroad and negatively impact us.

 

After our qualifying acquisition, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions and the tax laws in the country in which we operate.

 

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies and tax laws, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our qualifying acquisition and if we effect our qualifying acquisition, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

 

94

 

 

In the event we acquire a non-Canadian target, or a Canadian target with material non-Canadian operations, some or all of our net income (including gain realized on a sale of the acquired target) may be subject to taxation (including income and withholding taxation) in the target business’ home jurisdiction. The resulting rate of taxation on such income may be materially higher than would have been applicable if such income had been earned by the Corporation in Canada from Canadian operations or assets.

 

Currency policies may cause a business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

 

In the event we acquire a non-Canadian target, or a Canadian target with material non-Canadian operations, some or all of our revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the Canadian dollar prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

 

The opportunity of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to their exercise of the right to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Units for cash.

 

At the time of the closing of this Offering, investors will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors will not be seeking shareholder approval in connection with a qualifying acquisition, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not have the right or opportunity to vote on the qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management and board of directors and your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to exercising the redemption rights attaching to the Class A Restricted Voting Units.

 

Risks associated with the contractual right of action.

 

The contractual right of action expected to be provided at the time of a qualifying acquisition (see “Qualifying acquisition - Contractual Rights of Action”) could expose the Corporation to one or more actions for rescission or damages, and costs, following a qualifying acquisition if the applicable prospectus contains or is alleged to have contained a misrepresentation. In addition, as the Corporation will indemnify the other parties granting such rights, it could suffer additional expenses. The Corporation may seek to mitigate its exposure through insurance. These contractual rights could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

CERTAIN CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

In the opinion of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, counsel to the Corporation, and Goodmans LLP, counsel to the Underwriters, the following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder, as amended (the “Tax Act”), as of the date hereof, generally applicable to a holder who acquires Class A Restricted Voting Units as beneficial owner pursuant to this prospectus and who, at all relevant times, for the purposes of the Tax Act, holds its Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants, and will hold its Common Shares issued on the exercise of Warrants or the automatic conversion of Class A Restricted Voting Shares following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, (collectively, the “Securities”) as capital property, deals at arm’s length with the Corporation and the Underwriters, and is not affiliated with the Corporation or the Underwriters (a “Holder”). This summary does not apply to (i) the Sponsor, or (ii) a Holder who has entered or will enter into a “derivative forward agreement” as that term is defined in the Tax Act with respect to any of the Securities.

 

95

 

 

A Security will generally be considered to be capital property to a Holder unless either (i) the Holder holds the Security in the course of carrying on a business of buying and selling securities or (ii) the Holder has acquired the Security in a transaction or transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade.

 

This summary is based on the facts set out in this prospectus, the current provisions of the Tax Act in force as of the date hereof, counsel’s understanding of the current administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”) made publicly available prior to the date hereof, all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (the “Proposed Amendments”) and a certificate of the Corporation relating to factual matters. No assurances can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted or will be enacted as proposed. Other than the Proposed Amendments, this summary does not take into account or anticipate any changes in law or the administrative policies or assessing practices of the CRA, whether by judicial, legislative, governmental or administrative decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign tax legislation or considerations, which may differ significantly from those discussed herein.

 

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular holder and no representations with respect to the income tax consequences to any particular holder are made. This summary is not exhaustive of all Canadian federal income tax considerations and does not describe the income tax considerations relating to the deductibility of interest on money borrowed to acquire Class A Restricted Voting Units or to exercise Warrants. Accordingly, prospective investors in Class A Restricted Voting Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their own particular circumstances.

 

Currency Conversion

 

In general, for purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the Securities must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the applicable exchange rate quoted by the Bank of Canada for the relevant day or such other rate of exchange that is acceptable to the CRA. Holders of Securities may, as a consequence, realize capital gains or capital losses, or be deemed to receive dividends, by virtue of changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar.

 

Allocation of Cost

 

A Holder who acquires Class A Restricted Voting Units will be required to allocate the purchase price paid for each Class A Restricted Voting Unit on a reasonable basis between the Class A Restricted Voting Share and the one-half of a Warrant comprising each Class A Restricted Voting Unit in order to determine their respective costs to such Holder for the purposes of the Tax Act. For its purposes, the Corporation intends to allocate U.S.$9.90 of the offering price as consideration for the issue of each Class A Restricted Voting Share and U.S.$0.10 of the offering price as consideration for the issue of each one-half of a Warrant. Although the Corporation believes that its allocation is reasonable, it is not binding on the CRA or the Holders.

 

A Holder who disposes or is deemed to dispose of Class A Restricted Voting Units will be required to allocate the amount received or deemed to be received for each Class A Restricted Voting Unit on a reasonable basis between the Class A Restricted Voting Share and the one-half of a Warrant forming part of each Class A Restricted Voting Unit in order to determine their respective proceeds of disposition to such Holder for the purposes of the Tax Act.

 

Holders Resident in Canada

 

This section of the summary applies to a Holder who, at all relevant times, is, or is deemed to be, resident in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act and any applicable income tax treaty or convention (a “Resident Holder”). This summary is not applicable to a Resident Holder: (i) that is a “financial institution” for purposes of the mark-to-market rules in the Tax Act, (ii) that is a “specified financial institution” as defined in the Tax Act, (iii) that reports its “Canadian tax results” within the meaning of the Tax Act in a currency other than Canadian currency or (iv) an interest in which is a “tax shelter investment” for the purposes of the Tax Act. Such Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

96

 

 

A Resident Holder whose Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares might not otherwise qualify as capital property may be entitled to make the irrevocable election provided by subsection 39(4) of the Tax Act to have the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Common Shares and every other “Canadian security” (as defined in the Tax Act) owned by such Resident Holder in the taxation year of the election and in all subsequent taxation years deemed to be capital property. Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors for advice as to whether an election under subsection 39(4) of the Tax Act is available and/or advisable in their particular circumstances. Such election will not apply in respect of Warrants. See “– Disposition of Securities” below.

 

Exercise or Expiry of Warrants

 

No gain or loss will be realized by a Resident Holder of a Warrant upon the exercise of such Warrant. When a Warrant is exercised, the Resident Holder’s cost of the Common Share acquired thereby will be equal to the adjusted cost base of the Warrant to such Resident Holder, plus the amount paid by such Resident Holder on the exercise of the Warrant. For the purpose of computing the adjusted cost base to a Resident Holder of each Common Share acquired on the exercise of a Warrant, the cost of such Common Share must be averaged with the adjusted cost base to such Resident Holder of all other Common Shares (if any) held by the Resident Holder as capital property immediately prior to the exercise of such Warrant.

 

Generally, the expiry of an unexercised Warrant will give rise to a capital loss equal to the adjusted cost base to the Resident Holder of such expired Warrant. See “– Disposition of Securities” below.

 

Dividends

 

A Resident Holder will be required to include in computing its income for a taxation year dividends (including deemed dividends) received or deemed to be received on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares. In the case of a Resident Holder that is an individual (other than certain trusts), such dividends will be subject to the gross-up and dividend tax credit rules applicable to taxable dividends received from taxable Canadian corporations. Taxable dividends received from a taxable Canadian corporation which are designated by such corporation as “eligible dividends” will be subject to an enhanced gross-up and dividend tax credit regime in accordance with the rules in the Tax Act. Following a qualifying acquisition, there may be limitations on the ability of the Corporation to designate dividends as eligible dividends.

 

In the case of a Resident Holder that is a corporation, the amount of any such taxable dividend that is included in its income for a taxation year will generally be deductible in computing its taxable income for that taxation year. In certain circumstances, subsection 55(2) of the Tax Act will treat a taxable dividend received by a Resident Holder that is a corporation as proceeds of disposition or a capital gain. Resident Holders that are corporations are urged to consult their own tax advisors having regard to their own circumstances.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be “short-term preferred shares” and “taxable preferred shares”, each as defined in the Tax Act. As a result, Resident Holders will not be subject to tax under Part IV.1 of the Tax Act on dividends received (or deemed to be received) on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

A Resident Holder that is a “private corporation” or a “subject corporation”, each as defined in the Tax Act, will generally be liable to pay a refundable tax under Part IV of the Tax Act on dividends received on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares to the extent such dividends are deductible in computing the Resident Holder’s taxable income for the year. A “subject corporation” is generally a corporation (other than a private corporation) controlled, whether because of a beneficial interest in one or more trusts or otherwise, by or for the benefit of an individual (other than a trust) or a related group of individuals (other than trusts).

 

Redemptions

 

If the Corporation redeems, acquires or cancels Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares (other than by a purchase by the Corporation of the shares in the open market in the manner in which shares are normally purchased by any member of the public in the open market), the Resident Holder will be deemed to have received a dividend equal to the amount, if any, paid by the Corporation on the redemption, acquisition or cancellation of such shares in excess of the paid-up capital (as determined for purposes of the Tax Act) of such shares immediately before such time.

 

97

 

 

The amount of any deemed dividend will not be included in computing the Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition for purposes of computing the capital gain or capital loss arising on the disposition of such shares. See “– Dividends” above and “– Disposition of Securities” below. In the case of a corporate Resident Holder, it is possible that in certain circumstances all or part of any such deemed dividend may be treated as proceeds of disposition and not as a dividend. Such corporate Resident Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors having regard to their own circumstances.

 

Conversion

 

The automatic conversion of Class A Restricted Voting Shares into Common Shares will be deemed not to constitute a disposition of property for purposes of the Tax Act and, accordingly, will not give rise to a capital gain or capital loss.

 

The cost to a Resident Holder of the Common Shares received on the conversion of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be deemed to be equal to the Resident Holder’s adjusted cost base of the converted Class A Restricted Voting Shares immediately before the conversion. For the purpose of computing the adjusted cost base to a Resident Holder of each Common Share acquired on the conversion of a Class A Restricted Voting Share, the cost of such Common Share must be averaged with the adjusted cost base to such Resident Holder of all other Common Shares (if any) held by the Resident Holder as capital property immediately prior to the conversion.

 

Disposition of Securities

 

Upon the redemption, retraction, or other disposition of a Security (including the redemption of a Class A Restricted Voting Share, but not upon the exercise of a Warrant by a Resident Holder), a Resident Holder will realize a capital gain (or capital loss) in the taxation year of the disposition equal to the amount by which the Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition, net of any reasonable costs of disposition, exceed (or are exceeded by) the adjusted cost base to the Resident Holder of the particular Security immediately before the disposition or deemed disposition. The amount of any deemed dividend arising on the redemption by the Corporation of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not be included in computing the Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition for purposes of computing the capital gain (or capital loss) arising on the disposition of such shares. See “– Redemptions” above.

 

A Resident Holder will be required to include in computing its income for the taxation year of disposition one-half of the amount of any capital gain (a “taxable capital gain”) realized in such taxation year. Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Act, a Resident Holder will be required to deduct one-half of the amount of any capital loss realized in a particular taxation year (an “allowable capital loss”) against taxable capital gains realized in the taxation year. Allowable capital losses in excess of taxable capital gains for a taxation year may be carried back and deducted in any of the three preceding taxation years or carried forward and deducted in any subsequent taxation year against net taxable capital gains realized in such taxation years, to the extent and under the circumstances specified in the Tax Act.

 

The amount of any capital loss realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of a Class A Restricted Voting Share (including upon the redemption of a Class A Restricted Voting Share) or Common Share by a Resident Holder that is a corporation may, in certain circumstances, be reduced by the amount of dividends received or deemed to have been received by it on such share to the extent and under the circumstances specified in the Tax Act. Analogous rules apply to a partnership or trust of which a corporation, partnership or trust is a member or beneficiary.

 

A Resident Holder that is throughout the relevant taxation year a “Canadian-controlled private corporation” (as defined in the Tax Act) may be liable to pay a refundable tax on its “aggregate investment income” (as defined in the Tax Act) for the year, including taxable capital gains.

 

Alternative Minimum Tax

 

In general terms, a Resident Holder who is an individual (other than certain trusts) that receives or is deemed to have received taxable dividends on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares, or realizes a capital gain on the disposition or deemed disposition of Securities, may be liable for alternative minimum tax under the Tax Act. Resident Holders that are individuals should consult their own tax advisors in this regard.

 

98

 

 

Holders Not Resident in Canada

 

This portion of the summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the Tax Act: (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act or any applicable income tax treaty or convention, and (ii) does not and will not use or hold, and is not and will not be deemed to use or hold, any of the Securities in connection with carrying on a business in Canada (a “Non-Resident Holder”). This summary does not apply to a Non-Resident Holder that carries on, or is deemed to carry on, an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere. Such Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

Exercise or Expiry of Warrants

 

The tax consequences of the exercise and expiry of a Warrant held by a Non-Resident Holder are the same as those described above under “Holders Resident in Canada – Exercise or Expiry of Warrants”.

 

Dividends

 

Under the Tax Act, dividends on Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to a Non-Resident Holder will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25% of the gross amount of the dividends, subject to any reduction in the rate of withholding to which the Non-Resident Holder is entitled under any applicable income tax treaty or convention between Canada and the country in which the Non-Resident Holder is resident. For example, where a Non-Resident Holder is a resident of the United States, is fully entitled to the benefits under the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended, and is the beneficial owner of the dividend, the applicable rate of Canadian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15% of the amount of such dividend.

 

Redemptions

 

If the Corporation redeems, acquires or cancels Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares (other than by a purchase by the Corporation of the shares in the open market in the manner in which shares are normally purchased by any member of the public in the open market), the Non-Resident Holder will be deemed to have received a dividend equal to the amount, if any, paid by the Corporation on the redemption, acquisition or cancellation of such shares in excess of the paid-up capital (as determined for purposes of the Tax Act) of such shares immediately before such time. The amount of any deemed dividend will not be included in computing the Non-Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition for purposes of computing the capital gain or capital loss arising on the disposition of such shares. See “– Dividends” above and “– Disposition of Securities” below.

 

Conversion

 

The tax consequences of the automatic conversion of a Class A Restricted Voting Share held by a Non-Resident Holder to a Common Share are the same as those described above under “Holders Resident in Canada – Conversion”.

 

Disposition of Securities

 

Upon the redemption, retraction, or other disposition of a Security (including the redemption of a Class A Restricted Voting Share, but not upon the exercise of a Warrant), a Non-Resident Holder will realize a capital gain (or capital loss) in the taxation year of the disposition equal to the amount by which the Non-Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition, net of any reasonable costs of disposition, exceed (or are exceeded by) the adjusted cost base to the Non-Resident Holder of the particular Security immediately before the disposition or deemed disposition. The amount of any deemed dividend arising on the redemption by the Corporation of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not be included in computing the Non-Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition for purposes of computing the capital gain (or capital loss) arising on the disposition of such shares. See “– Redemptions” above.

 

A Non-Resident Holder will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized by such Non-Resident Holder on a disposition of Securities (including upon the redemption of a Class A Restricted Voting Share), unless such Securities constitute “taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the Tax Act) of the Non-Resident Holder at the time of disposition and the Non-Resident Holder is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax treaty or convention.

 

99

 

 

Provided that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares, as applicable, are listed on a designated stock exchange for purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the Exchange) at the time of the disposition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants or the Common Shares and Warrants, as applicable, generally will not constitute taxable Canadian property of a Non-Resident Holder, unless (a) at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition or deemed disposition of the Security (as applicable): (i) 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the share capital of the Corporation were owned by, or belonged to, one or any combination of (x) the Non-Resident Holder, (y) persons with whom the Non-Resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act), and (z) partnerships in which the Non-Resident Holder or a person referred to in (y) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Class A Restricted Voting Share or Common Share, as applicable, was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of: (A) real or immovable property situated in Canada, (B) Canadian resource property (as defined in the Tax Act), (C) timber resource property (as defined in the Tax Act), and (D) options in respect of, or interests in, or for civil law rights in, property described in any of (A) through (C) above, whether or not such property exists; or (b) the Security (as applicable) is deemed under the Tax Act to be taxable Canadian property.

 

If a Security is taxable Canadian property to a Non-Resident Holder, any capital gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of such Security may not be subject to Canadian federal income tax pursuant to the terms of an applicable income tax treaty or convention between Canada and the country of residence of a Non-Resident Holder. Non-Resident Holders whose Securities are taxable Canadian property should consult their own tax advisors.

 

EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION

 

There are due diligence and reporting obligations in the Tax Act which were enacted to implement the Canada-United States Enhanced Tax Information Exchange Agreement (the “IEA”). By reference to the IEA, as long as Class A Restricted Voting Shares or the Warrants (or Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of such shares or warrants, respectively) are listed and continue to be listed on the Exchange, such shares or warrants should not be United States reportable accounts and, as a result, the Corporation should not be required to provide information to the CRA in respect of holders of such shares or warrants. However, the dealers through which such holders hold their shares or warrants may be subject to due diligence and reporting obligations with respect to financial accounts that they maintain for their clients, and accordingly, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Warrants (or Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of such shares or warrants, respectively) may be requested to provide information to their dealers to allow the dealers to identify holders that are United States persons, or that are “controlling persons” who are United States persons of holders that are non-U.S. entities. If a holder or a “controlling person” is a United States person (including, for example, a United States citizen who is resident in Canada), or if the holder does not provide the requested information, Part XVIII of the Tax Act will generally require information about the holder’s investment in the Corporation, including certain personal identifying details as specified in the IEA, to be reported to the CRA, unless the investment is held within a registered plan. The CRA will automatically provide this information to the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

In addition, Canada has implemented the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement and Common Reporting Standard (“CRS”). The CRS is a global model for the automatic exchange of information on certain financial account information applicable to residents of jurisdictions other than Canada or the United States that have signed the CRS. As long as Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants (or Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of such shares or warrants, respectively) are registered in the name of CDS and/or held in a dealer’s name, the Corporation should not have any reportable accounts and should not be required to provide information to the CRA in respect of its holders. However, the dealers through which holders hold their Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants (or Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of such shares or warrants, respectively) are required, under new Part XIX of the Tax Act, to have procedures in place to identify holders that are residents of foreign countries that have signed the CRS or certain entities the “controlling persons” of which are resident in such foreign countries and to report required information to the CRA. Such information is exchanged on a reciprocal, bilateral basis with the foreign jurisdictions in which such holders, or controlling persons, as the case may be, are resident, if Canada and such country have agreed to such exchange, unless the investment is held within a registered plan.

 

100

 

 

AUDITORS, TRANSFER AGENT, WARRANT AGENT AND ESCROW AGENT

 

Our auditors are •, having an address of •. • is independent of the Corporation within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario.

 

•, at its principal offices in •, is the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A Restricted Voting Units and Class A Restricted Voting Shares and is the Warrant Agent for our Warrants under the Warrant Agreement.

 

•, at its principal offices in Toronto, Ontario, is the Escrow Agent.

 

EXPERTS

 

Certain legal and tax matters relating to this Offering will be passed upon at the date of this Offering by Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP on our behalf and on behalf of our Sponsor, and by Goodmans LLP on behalf of the Underwriters.

 

As at the date hereof, the partners and associates of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, as a group, and Goodmans LLP, as a group, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, none of our securities, but may subscribe for Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to this Offering.

 

PROMOTER

 

Our Sponsor is considered a promoter of the Corporation within the meaning of applicable securities legislation.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our Sponsor holds, of record and beneficially, 100% of our outstanding shares. Following the Closing (and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), our Sponsor will own, of record and beneficially, approximately 8,750,000 Class B Shares, representing 20% of our issued and outstanding shares (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of our Class A Restricted Voting Units and assuming no exercise of our Warrants). At the Closing Date, our Sponsor will not own any of our Class A Restricted Voting Units. If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, our Sponsor will own, of record and beneficially, approximately 10,062,500 Class B Shares, representing 20% of our issued and outstanding shares (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of our Class A Restricted Voting Units and assuming no exercise of our Warrants).

 

Our Sponsor will also purchase 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants under this Offering.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are not party to any legal proceedings nor, to our knowledge, are any such proceedings contemplated by or against us.

 

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

We have not entered into any contracts material to investors in Units, other than:

 

(a) the Underwriting Agreement;

 

(b) the Relinquishment Agreement;

 

(c) the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking;

 

(d) the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking;

 

(e) the Escrow Agreement; and

 

(f) the Warrant Agreement.

 

101

 

 

Copies of these agreements will be available for inspection at our offices, during ordinary business hours and will be available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

EXEMPTIVE RELIEF

 

Following the closing of the Offering, the Corporation intends to apply for exemptions from the requirements of NI 41-101, Part 10 of National Instrument 51-102 - Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”), and from the requirements under Part 2 of OSC Rule 56-501 - Restricted Shares (“OSC Rule 56-501”) relating to the use of, as applicable, restricted security and restricted share terms and disclosure with respect to the Common Shares to be issued upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition. Upon completion of the qualifying acquisition, the Common Shares will be “restricted securities” (as defined in NI 41-101 and NI 51-102) and “restricted shares” (as defined in OSC Rule 56-501) and absent the exemptive relief, the Corporation would be unable to use the word “common” to refer to the Common Shares in prospectuses, continuous disclosure documents, dealer and adviser documentation, rights offering circulars and offering memorandum. The Corporation also intends to apply for exemptions from the requirements of section 12.3 of NI 41-101 and Part 3 of OSC Rule 56-501, without which the Corporation would be required to obtain minority shareholder approval prior to making distributions of Proportionate Voting Shares, Common Shares, or securities that are, directly or indirectly, convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Proportionate Voting Shares or Common Shares. The Corporation expects to obtain such relief but there can be no assurance that such exemptions will be granted.

 

PURCHASERS’ STATUTORY RIGHTS OF WITHDRAWAL AND RESCISSION

 

Securities legislation in certain of the provinces and territories of Canada provides purchasers with the right to withdraw from an agreement to purchase securities. This right may be exercised within two business days after receipt or deemed receipt of a prospectus and any amendment. In several of the provinces and territories, securities legislation further provides a purchaser with remedies for rescission or, in some jurisdictions, damages where the prospectus and any amendment contains a misrepresentation or is not delivered to the purchaser, provided that such remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for the particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

In an offering of the Warrants forming part of the Units, investors are cautioned that the statutory right of action for damages for a misrepresentation contained in the prospectus is limited, in certain provincial and territorial securities legislation, to the price at which the Warrants forming part of the Units is offered to the public under this Offering. This means that, under the securities legislation of certain provinces and territories, if the purchaser pays additional amounts upon exercise of the Warrants, those amounts may not be recoverable under the statutory right of action for damages that applies in such provinces and territories. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for the particulars of this right of action for damages or consult with a legal adviser.

 

102

 

 

APPENDIX A

CHARTER OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

OF BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

Section 1      PURPOSE

 

The audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) is a committee of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”). The primary function of the Audit Committee is to assist the directors of the Corporation in fulfilling their applicable roles by:

 

(a) recommending to the Board the appointment and compensation of the Corporation’s external auditor;

 

(b) overseeing the work of the external auditor, including the resolution of disagreements between the external auditor and management;

 

(c) pre-approving all non-audit services (or delegating such pre-approval if and to the extent permitted by law) to be provided to the Corporation by the Corporation’s external auditor;

 

(d) satisfying themselves that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Corporation’s public disclosure of financial information, other than those described in (g) below, extracted or derived from its financial statements, including periodically assessing the adequacy of such procedures;

 

(e) establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Corporation of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

(f) reviewing and approving any proposed hiring of current or former partner or employee of the current and former auditor of the Corporation; and

 

(g) reviewing and approving the annual and interim financial statements, related Management Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and other financial information provided by the Corporation to any governmental body or the public.

 

The Audit Committee should primarily fulfill these roles by carrying out the activities enumerated in this Charter. However, it is not the duty of the Audit Committee to prepare financial statements, to plan or conduct internal or external audits, to determine that the financial statements are complete and accurate and are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, to conduct investigations, or to assure compliance with laws and regulations or the Corporation’s internal policies, procedures and controls, as these are the responsibility of management, and in certain cases, the external auditor.

 

Section 2      LIMITATIONS ON AUDIT COMMITTEE’S DUTIES

 

In contributing to the Audit Committee’s discharge of its duties under this Charter, each member of the Audit Committee shall be obliged only to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Nothing in this Charter is intended to be, or may be construed as, imposing on any members of the Audit Committee a standard of care or diligence that is in any way more onerous or extensive than the standard to which the directors are subject.

 

Members of the Audit Committee are entitled to rely, absent actual knowledge to the contrary, on (i) the integrity of the persons and organizations from whom they receive information, (ii) the accuracy and completeness of the information provided, (iii) representations made by management as to the non-audit services provided to the Corporation by the external auditor, (iv) financial statements of the Corporation represented to them by a member of management or in a written report of the external auditors to present fairly the financial position of the Corporation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (v) any report of a lawyer, accountant, engineer, appraiser or other person whose profession lends credibility to a statement made by any such person.

 

A-1

 

 

Section 3      COMPOSITION AND MEETINGS

 

The Audit Committee should be comprised of not less than three directors as determined by the Board, all of whom shall be independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees (“52-110”) of the Canadian Securities Administrators (or exempt therefrom), and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment as a member of the Audit Committee. All members of the Audit Committee should have (or should gain within a reasonable period of time after appointment) a working familiarity with basic finance and accounting practices. At least one member of the Audit Committee should have accounting or related financial management expertise and be considered a financial expert. Each member should be “financially literate” within the meaning of 52-110. The Audit Committee members may enhance their familiarity with finance and accounting by participating in educational programs conducted by the Corporation or an outside consultant.

 

The members of the Audit Committee shall be elected by the Board on an annual basis or until their successors shall be duly appointed. Unless a Chair of the Audit Committee (the “Chair”) is elected by the full Board, the members of the Audit Committee may designate a Chair by majority vote of the full Audit Committee membership.

 

In addition, the Audit Committee members should meet all of the requirements for members of audit committees as defined from time to time under applicable legislation and the rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or traded.

 

The Audit Committee should meet at least four times annually, or more frequently as circumstances require. The Audit Committee should meet within 45 days following the end of the first three financial quarters to review and discuss the unaudited financial results for the preceding quarter and the related MD&A, and should meet within 90 days following the end of the fiscal year end to review and discuss the audited financial results for the preceding quarter and year and the related MD&A.

 

The Audit Committee may ask members of management or others to attend meetings and provide pertinent information as necessary. For purposes of performing their duties, members of the Audit Committee shall have full access to all corporate information and any other information deemed appropriate by them, and shall be permitted to discuss such information and any other matters relating to the financial position of the Corporation with senior employees, officers and the external auditor of the Corporation, and others as they consider appropriate.

 

For greater certainty, management is indirectly accountable to the Audit Committee and is responsible for the timeliness and integrity of the financial reporting and information presented to the Board.

 

In order to foster open communication, the Audit Committee or its Chair should meet at least annually with management and the external auditor in separate sessions to discuss any matters that the Audit Committee or each of these groups believes should be discussed privately. In addition, the Audit Committee or its Chair should meet with management quarterly in connection with the Corporation’s interim financial statements.

 

A quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Audit Committee shall be a majority of the number of members of the Audit Committee or such greater number as the Audit Committee shall by resolution determine.

 

Meetings of the Audit Committee shall be held from time to time and at such place as any member of the Audit Committee shall determine upon 48 hours’ notice to each of its members. The notice period may be waived by all members of the Audit Committee. Each of the Chair of the Board, the external auditor, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary shall be entitled to request that any member of the Audit Committee call a meeting.

 

This Charter is subject in all respects to the Corporation’s notice of articles and articles from time to time.

 

A-2

 

 

Section 4      ROLE

 

As part of its function in assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight role (and without limiting the generality of the Audit Committee’s role), the Audit Committee should:

 

(1) Determine any desired agenda items;

 

(2) Review and recommend to the Board changes to this Charter, as considered appropriate from time to time;

 

(3) Review the public disclosure regarding the Audit Committee required by 52-110;

 

(4) Review and seek to ensure that disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting frameworks are operational and functional;

 

(5) Summarize in the Corporation’s annual information form the Audit Committee’s composition and activities, as required; and

 

(6) Submit the minutes of all meetings of the Audit Committee to the Board upon request.

 

Documents / Reports Review

 

(7) Review and recommend to the Board for approval the Corporation’s annual and interim financial statements, including any certification, report, opinion, undertaking or review rendered by the external auditor and the related MD&A, as well as such other financial information of the Corporation provided to the public or any governmental body as the Audit Committee or the Board require.

 

(8) Review other financial information provided to any governmental body or the public as they see fit.

 

(9) Review, recommend and approve any of the Corporation’s press releases that contain financial information.

 

(10) Seek to satisfy itself and ensure that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Corporation’s public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the Corporation’s financial statements and related MD&A and periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures.

 

External Auditor

 

(11) Recommend to the Board the selection of the external auditor, considering independence and effectiveness, and review the fees and other compensation to be paid to the external auditor.

 

(12) Review and seek to ensure that all financial information provided to the public or any governmental body, as required, provides for the fair presentation of the Corporation’s financial condition, financial performance and cash flow.

 

(13) Instruct the external auditor that its ultimate client is not management and that it is required to report directly to the Audit Committee, and not management.

 

(14) Monitor the relationship between management and the external auditor including reviewing any management letters or other reports of the external auditor and discussing any material differences of opinion between management and the external auditor.

 

(15) Review and discuss, on an annual basis, with the external auditor all significant relationships it has with the Corporation to determine the external auditor’s independence.

 

(16) Pre-approve all non-audit services (or delegate such pre-approval as the Audit Committee may determine and as permitted by applicable Canadian securities laws) to be provided by the external auditor.

 

A-3

 

 

(17) Review the performance of the external auditor and any proposed discharge of the external auditor when circumstances warrant.

 

(18) Periodically consult with the external auditor out of the presence of management about significant risks or exposures, internal controls and other steps that management has taken to control such risks, and the fullness and accuracy of the financial statements, including the adequacy of internal controls to expose any payments, transactions or procedures that might be deemed illegal or otherwise improper.

 

(19) Communicate directly with the external auditor and arrange for the external auditor to be available to the Audit Committee and the full Board as needed.

 

(20) Review and approve any proposed hiring by the Corporation of current or former partners or employees of the current (and any former) external auditor of the Corporation.

 

Audit Process

 

(21) Review the scope, plan and results of the external auditor’s audit and reviews, including the auditor’s engagement letter, the post-audit management letter, if any, and the form of the audit report. The Audit Committee may authorize the external auditor to perform supplemental reviews, audits or other work as deemed desirable.

 

(22) Following completion of the annual audit and quarterly reviews, review separately with each of management and the external auditor any significant changes to planned procedures, any difficulties encountered during the course of the audit and, if applicable, reviews, including any restrictions on the scope of work or access to required information and the cooperation that the external auditor received during the course of the audit and, if applicable, reviews.

 

(23) Review any significant disagreements among management and the external auditor in connection with the preparation of the financial statements.

 

(24) Where there are significant unsettled issues between management and the external auditor that do not affect the audited financial statements, the Audit Committee shall seek to ensure that there is an agreed course of action leading to the resolution of such matters.

 

Financial Reporting Processes

 

(25) Review the integrity of the financial reporting processes, both internal and external, in consultation with the external auditor as they see fit.

 

(26) Consider the external auditor’s judgments about the quality, transparency and appropriateness, not just the acceptability, of the Corporation’s accounting principles and financial disclosure practices, as applied in its financial reporting, including the degree of aggressiveness or conservatism of its accounting principles and underlying estimates, and whether those principles are common practices or are minority practices.

 

(27) Review all material balance sheet issues, material contingent obligations (including those associated with material acquisitions or dispositions) and material related party transactions.

 

(28) Review with management and the external auditor the Corporation’s accounting policies and any changes that are proposed to be made thereto, including all critical accounting policies and practices used, any alternative treatments of financial information that have been discussed with management, the ramification of their use and the external auditor’s preferred treatment and any other material communications with management with respect thereto.

 

(29) Review the disclosure and impact of contingencies and the reasonableness of the provisions, reserves and estimates that may have a material impact on financial reporting.

 

A-4

 

 

(30) If considered appropriate, establish separate systems of reporting to the Audit Committee by each of management and the external auditor.

 

(31) Periodically consider the need for an internal audit function, if not present.

 

Risk Management

 

(32) Review program of risk assessment and steps taken to address significant risks or exposures of all types, including insurance coverage and tax compliance.

 

General

 

(33) With prior Board approval, the Audit Committee may at its discretion retain independent counsel, accountants and other professionals to assist it in the conduct of its activities and to set and pay (as an expense of the Corporation) the compensation for any such advisors.

 

(34) Respond to requests by the Board with respect to the functions and activities that the Board requests the Audit Committee to perform.

 

(35) Periodically review this Charter and, if the Audit Committee deems appropriate, recommend to the Board changes to this Charter.

 

(36) Review the public disclosure regarding the Audit Committee required from time to time by applicable Canadian securities laws, including:

 

(i) the Charter of the Audit Committee;

 

(ii) the composition of the Audit Committee;

 

(iii) the relevant education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee;

 

(iv) the external auditor services and fees; and

 

(v) such other matters as the Corporation is required to disclose concerning the Audit Committee.

 

(37) Review in advance, and approve, the hiring and appointment of the Corporation’s senior financial executives by the Corporation, if any.

 

(38) Perform any other activities as the Audit Committee deems necessary or appropriate including ensuring all regulatory documents are compiled to meet Committee reporting obligations under 52-110.

 

Section 5      AUDIT COMMITTEE COMPLAINT PROCEDURES

 

Submitting a Complaint

 

(1) Anyone may submit a complaint regarding conduct by the Corporation or its employees or agents (including its independent auditors) reasonably believed to involve questionable accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters. The Chair should oversee treatment of such complaints.

 

Procedures

 

(2) The Chair will be responsible for the receipt and administration of employee complaints.

 

(3) In order to preserve anonymity when submitting a complaint regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, the employee may submit a complaint confidentially.

 

A-5

 

 

Investigation

 

(4) The Chair should review and investigate the complaint. Corrective action will be taken when and as warranted in the Chair’s discretion.

 

Confidentiality

 

(5) The identity of the complainant and the details of the investigation should be kept confidential throughout the investigatory process.

 

Records and Report

 

(6) The Chair should maintain a log of complaints, tracking their receipt, investigation, findings and resolution, and should prepare a summary report for the Audit Committee.

 

The Audit Committee is a committee of the Board and is not and shall not be deemed to be an agent of the Corporation’s securityholders for any purpose whatsoever. The Board may, from time to time, permit departures from the terms hereof, either prospectively or retrospectively, and no provision contained herein is intended to give rise to civil liability to securityholders of the Corporation or other liability whatsoever.

 

 

 

 

A-6

 

 

APPENDIX B

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(See attached)

 

B-1

 

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISTION CORP.

 

BALANCE SHEET

 

(expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

    As at  
    July 9, 2019  
    U.S.$  
ASSETS        
Current        
Cash     10  
      10  
SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY        
Share capital [note 3]     10  
      10  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

Approved by the Board:

 

BY: (SIGNED) MARK HARMS BY: (SIGNED) ROB BERNER
DIRECTOR DIRECTOR

 

B-2

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISTION CORP.

 

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

(expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

      For the period from  
      July 8, 2019, to July  
      9, 2019  
      U.S.$  
REVENUE        
Revenue      
       
         
EXPENSES        
Expenses      
       
Income before income taxes      
Provision for income taxes      
Net income and comprehensive income for the period      
         
EARNINGS PER SHARE        
Basic      
Diluted      

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

B-3

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

For the period from July 8, 2019 to July 9, 2019

(expressed in U.S. dollars, except for number of shares outstanding amounts)

 

    Number of        
    Shares     U.S.$  
SHARE CAPITAL                
Outstanding, beginning of period            
Issuance of Class B Share [note 3]     1       10  
Outstanding, end of period     1       10  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

B-4

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW

 

(expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

    For the period from  
    July 8, 2019 to July 9,  
    2019  
      U.S.$  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES        
Net income for the period      
Cash provided by operating activities      
         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES        
Issuance of Class B Share [note 3]     10  
Cash provided by financing activities     10  
         
Net increase in cash during the period     10  
Cash, beginning of period      
Cash, end of period     10  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

B-5

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As at July 9, 2019 and for the period from July 8, 2019 (the date of incorporation) to July 9, 2019

 

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying acquisition”).

 

The Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and is domiciled in Canada. The registered office of the company is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

The financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on •, 2019.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of preparation

 

These financial statements of the Corporation as at July 9, 2019 and for the period from July 8, 2019 (the date of incorporation) to July 9, 2019 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

The financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared on a historical cost basis. The Corporation’s functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

Cash

 

Cash is comprised of amounts held in trust.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

3. SHARE CAPITAL

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares.

 

On July 8, 2019, the Corporation issued 1 Class B Share to Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, the sponsor of the Corporation, in exchange for proceeds of U.S.$10.00.

 

B-6

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF THE CORPORATION AND THE PROMOTER

 

July 17, 2019

 

This prospectus constitutes full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered by this prospectus as required by the securities legislation of each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec).

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

 

BY: (SIGNED) “PETER CALDINI BY: (SIGNED) “MAJA SPALEVIC
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

on behalf of the board of directors

 

 

BY: (SIGNED) “MARK HARMS” BY: (SIGNED) “PAUL WALSH”
DIRECTOR DIRECTOR

 

BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP, AS PROMOTER,
by its general partner

BESPOKE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

BY: (SIGNED) “MARK HARMS”

 

MANAGING MEMBER

 

C-1

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF THE UNDERWRITER

 

July 17, 2019

 

To the best of our knowledge, information and belief, this prospectus constitutes full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered by this prospectus as required by the securities legislation of each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec).

 

 

CANACCORD GENUITY CORP. CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS CANADA INC.
   
BY: (SIGNED) “MICHAEL SHUH BY: (SIGNED) “CARL A. STICKEL”
   
MANAGING DIRECTOR & HEAD OF FINANCIAL  
INSTITUTIONS GROUP BANKING, CANADA AND MANAGING DIRECTOR, GLOBAL CO-HEAD
INVESTMENT BANKING CONSUMER PRODUCTS

 

C-2

Exhibit 99.2

 

  Mailing Address: Location:
PO Box 9431 Stn Prov Govt 2nd Floor - 940 Blanshard Street
Victoria BC V8W 9V3 Victoria BC
   
www.corporateonline.gov.bc.ca 1 877 526-1526

 

 

CERTIFIED COPY

 Of a Document filed with the Province of
British Columbia Registrar of Companies

 
 

 

  Notice of Articles  
     
  BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT CAROL PREST

 

 

 

 
This Notice of Articles was issued by the Registrar on: July 8, 2019 02:07 PM Pacific Time
   
Incorporation Number: BC1215533
   
Recognition Date and Time: Incorporated on July 8, 2019 02:07 PM Pacific Time
   

 

 

 

NOTICE OF ARTICLES

 

Name of Company:

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

 

 

REGISTERED OFFICE INFORMATION

   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
   
SUITE 2600, THREE BENTALL CENTRE SUITE 2600, THREE BENTALL CENTRE 
595 BURRARD STREET, P.O. BOX 49314 595 BURRARD STREET, P.O. BOX 49314
VANCOUVER BC V7X 1L3 VANCOUVER BC V7X 1L3
CANADA CANADA

 

 

 

RECORDS OFFICE INFORMATION

   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
   
SUITE 2600, THREE BENTALL CENTRE SUITE 2600, THREE BENTALL CENTRE
595 BURRARD STREET, P.O. BOX 49314 595 BURRARD STREET, P.O. BOX 49314
VANCOUVER BC V7X 1L3  VANCOUVER BC V7X 1L3
CANADA CANADA

 

    Page: 1 of 2

 

 

 

 

DIRECTOR INFORMATION  
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Caldini, Peter  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
   
   
   
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Berner, Rob  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
   
   
   
   
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Starkey, Ian  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
   
   
   
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Harms, Mark  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
   
   
   
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Walsh, Paul  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
   
   
   
   

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SHARE STRUCTURE  
   
1.    No Maximum Class B Shares Without Par Value
     
    Without Special Rights or
Restrictions attached
     
     

 

 

 

  Page: 2 of 2

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

ARTICLES

 

of

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

 

Page
 
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
     
1.1 Definitions      1
1.2 Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable      1
     
ARTICLE 2
SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES
     
2.1 Authorized Share Structure      1
2.2 Form of Share Certificate      1
2.3 Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgement      2
2.4 Delivery by Mail      2
2.5 Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement      2
2.6 Replacement of Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificate or Acknowledgement      2
2.7 Splitting Share Certificates      2
2.8 Certificate Fee      2
2.9 Recognition of Trusts      2
     
ARTICLE 3
ISSUE OF SHARES
     
3.1 Directors Authorized      3
3.2 Commissions and Discounts      3
3.3 Brokerage      3
3.4 Conditions of Issue      3
3.5 Share Purchase Warrants and Rights      3
     
ARTICLE 4
SHARE REGISTERS
     
4.1 Central Securities Register      3
4.2 Closing Register      4
     
ARTICLE 5
SHARE TRANSFERS
     
5.1 Registering Transfers      4
5.2 Form of Instrument of Transfer      4

 

 

 

     
- ii -
     
5.3 Transferor Remains Shareholder      4
5.4 Signing of Instrument of Transfer      4
5.5 Enquiry as to Title Not Required      4
5.6 Transfer Fee      5
     
ARTICLE 6
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
 
6.1 Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death      5
6.2 Rights of Legal Personal Representative      5
     
ARTICLE 7
PURCHASE OF SHARES
     
7.1 Company Authorized to Purchase Shares      5
7.2 Purchase When Insolvent      5
7.3 Sale and Voting of Purchased Shares      5
     
ARTICLE 8
BORROWING POWERS
     
8.1 Borrowing Powers      6
     
ARTICLE 9
ALTERATIONS
     
9.1 Alteration of Authorized Share Structure      6
9.2 Special Rights and Restrictions      7
9.3 Change of Name      7
9.4 Other Alterations      7
     
ARTICLE 10
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
     
10.1 Annual General Meetings      7
10.2 Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting      7
10.3 Calling of Meetings of Shareholders      7
10.4 Notice for Meetings of Shareholders      7
10.5 Record Date for Notice      8
10.6 Record Date for Voting      8
10.7 Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice      8
10.8 Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders      8
10.9 Location of Meetings of Shareholders.      8
     
ARTICLE 11
PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
     
11.1 Special Business      8
11.2 Special Majority      9
11.3 Quorum      9

 

 

 

- iii -
     
11.4 One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum      9
11.5 Other Persons May Attend      9
11.6 Requirement of Quorum      10
11.7 Lack of Quorum      10
11.8 Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting      10
11.9 Chair      10
11.10 Selection of Alternate Chair      10
11.11 Adjournments      10
11.12 Notice of Adjourned Meeting      10
11.13 Decision by Show of Hands or Poll      10
11.14 Declaration of Result      11
11.15 Motion Need Not be Seconded      11
11.16 Casting Vote      11
11.17 Manner of Taking Poll      11
11.18  Demand for Poll on Adjournment      11
11.19 Chair Must Resolve Dispute      11
11.20 Casting of Votes      11
11.21 Demand for Poll      11
11.22 Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting      11
11.23 Retention of Ballots and Proxies      12
11.24 Meeting by Telephone or Other Communications Medium      12
     
ARTICLE 12
VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS
     
12.1 Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares      12
12.2 Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity      12
12.3 Votes by Joint Holders      12
12.4 Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders      13
12.5 Representative of a Corporate Shareholder      13
12.6 Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to All Companies      13
12.7 Appointment of Proxy Holders      13
12.8 Alternate Proxy Holders      13
12.9 When Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder      14
12.10 Deposit of Proxy      14
12.11 Validity of Proxy Vote      14
12.12 Form of Proxy      14
12.13 Revocation of Proxy      15
12.14 Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed      15

 

 

 

- iv -
 
12.15 Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote      15
     
ARTICLE 13
DIRECTORS
     
13.1 First Directors; Number of Directors      15
13.2 Change in Number of Directors      16
13.3 Directors’ Acts Valid Despite Vacancy      16
13.4 Qualifications of Directors      16
13.5 Remuneration of Directors      16
13.6 Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors      16
13.7 Special Remuneration for Directors      16
13.8 Gratuity, Pension or Allowance on Retirement of Director      16
     
ARTICLE 14
ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
     
14.1 Election at Annual General Meeting      17
14.2 Consent to be a Director      17
14.3 Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors      17
14.4 Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled      17
14.5 Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies      18
14.6 Remaining Directors Power to Act      18
14.7 Shareholders May Fill Vacancies      18
14.8 Additional Directors      18
14.9 Ceasing to be a Director      18
14.10 Removal of Director by Shareholders      18
14.11 Removal of Director by Directors      19
     
ARTICLE 15
POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS
     
15.1 Powers of Management      19
15.2 Appointment of Attorney of Company      19
     
ARTICLE 16
DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS
     
16.1 Obligation to Account for Profits      19
16.2 Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest      19
16.3 Interested Director Counted in Quorum      19
16.4 Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property      19
16.5 Director Holding Other Office in the Company      20
16.6 No Disqualification      20
16.7 Professional Services by Director or Officer      20
16.8 Director or Officer in Other Corporations      20

 

 

 

- v -
     
ARTICLE 17
PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS
     
17.1 Meetings of Directors      20
17.2 Voting at Meetings      20
17.3 Chair of Meetings      20
17.4 Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium      21
17.5 Calling of Meetings      21
17.6 Notice of Meetings      21
17.7 When Notice Not Required      21
17.8 Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice      21
17.9 Waiver of Notice of Meetings      21
17.10 Quorum      21
17.11 Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective      22
17.12 Consent Resolutions in Writing      22
     
ARTICLE 18
EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES
     
18.1 Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee      22
18.2 Appointment and Powers of Other Committees      22
18.3 Obligations of Committees      23
18.4 Powers of Board      23
18.5 Committee Meetings      23
     
ARTICLE 19
OFFICERS
     
19.1 Directors May Appoint Officers      23
19.2 Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers      24
19.3 Qualifications      24
19.4 Remuneration and Terms of Appointment      24
     
ARTICLE 20
INDEMNIFICATION
     
20.1 Definitions      24
20.2 Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and Former Directors      24
20.3 Indemnification of Other Persons      25
20.4 Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act      25
20.5 Company May Purchase Insurance      25
     
ARTICLE 21
DIVIDENDS
     
21.1 Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights      25
21.2 Declaration of Dividends      25

 

 

 

- vi -
     
21.3 No Notice Required      25
21.4 Record Date      25
21.5 Manner of Paying Dividend      25
21.6 Settlement of Difficulties      26
21.7 When Dividend Payable 26
21.8 Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares      26
21.9 Receipt by Joint Shareholders      26
21.10 Dividend Bears No Interest      26
21.11 Fractional Dividends      26
21.12 Payment of Dividends      26
21.13 Capitalization of Surplus      26
     
ARTICLE 22
DOCUMENTS, RECORDS AND REPORTS
     
22.1 Recording of Financial Affairs      26
22.2 Inspection of Accounting Records      27
     
ARTICLE 23
NOTICES
     
23.1 Method of Giving Notice      27
23.2 Deemed Receipt of Mailing      28
23.3 Certificate of Sending      28
23.4 Notice to Joint Shareholders      28
23.5 Notice to Trustees      28
     
ARTICLE 24
SEAL AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS
     
24.1 Who May Attest Seal      28
24.2 Sealing Copies      28
24.3 Mechanical Reproduction of Seal      29
24.4 Execution of Documents Generally      29
     
ARTICLE 25
PROHIBITIONS
     
25.1 Definitions      29

 

 

 

Certificate of Incorporation No. BC1215533

 

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

ARTICLES

 

of

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

ARTICLE 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions. In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

board of directors”, “directors” and “board” mean the directors or sole director of the Company for the time being;

 

Business Corporations Act” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act;

 

legal personal representative” means the personal or other legal representative of the shareholder;

 

registered address” of a shareholder means the shareholder’s address as recorded in the central securities register;

 

seal” means the seal of the Company, if any.

 

1.2                         Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable. The definitions in the Business Corporations Act and the definitions and rules of construction in the Interpretation Act, with the necessary changes, so far as applicable, and unless the context requires otherwise, apply to these Articles as if they were an enactment. If there is a conflict between a definition in the Business Corporations Act and a definition or rule in the Interpretation Act relating to a term used in these Articles, the definition in the Business Corporations Act will prevail in relation to the use of the term in these Articles. If there is a conflict between these Articles and the Business Corporations Act, the Business Corporations Act will prevail.

 

ARTICLE 2

SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

2.1                         Authorized Share Structure. The authorized share structure of the Company consists of shares of the class or classes and series, if any, described in the Notice of Articles of the Company.

 

2.2                          Form of Share Certificate. Each share certificate issued by the Company must comply with, and be signed as required by, the Business Corporations Act.

 

 

 

- 2 -

 

2.3                        Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgement. Each shareholder is entitled, without charge, to (a) one share certificate representing the shares of each class or series of shares registered in the shareholder’s name or (b) a non-transferable written acknowledgement of the shareholder’s right to obtain such a share certificate, provided that in respect of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company is not bound to issue more than one share certificate and delivery of a share certificate for a share to one of several joint shareholders or to one of the shareholders’ duly authorized agents will be sufficient delivery to all.

 

2.4                        Delivery by Mail. Any share certificate or non -transferable written acknowledgement of a shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate may be sent to the shareholder by mail at the shareholder’s registered address and neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is liable for any loss to the shareholder because the share certificate or acknowledgement is lost in the mail or stolen.

 

2.5                        Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement. If the directors are satisfied that a share certificate or a non -transferable written acknowledgement of the shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate is worn out or defaced, they must, on production to them of the share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, and on such other terms, if any, as they think fit:

 

(a) order the share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, to be cancelled; and

 

(b) issue a replacement share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be.

 

2.6                       Replacement of Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificate or Acknowledgement. If a share certificate or a non-transferable written acknowledgement of a shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate is lost, stolen or destroyed, a replacement share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, must be issued to the person entitled to that share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, if the directors receive:

 

(a) proof satisfactory to them that the share certificate or acknowledgement is lost, stolen or destroyed; and

 

(b) any indemnity the directors consider adequate.

 

2.7                        Splitting Share Certificates. If a shareholder surrenders a share certificate to the Company with a written request that the Company issue in the shareholder’s name two or more share certificates, each representing a specified number of shares and in the aggregate representing the same number of shares as the share certificate so surrendered, the Company must cancel the surrendered share certificate and issue replacement share certificates in accordance with that request.

 

2.8                        Certificate Fee. There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the issue of any share certificate under Articles 2.5, 2.6 or 2.7, the amount, if any and which must not exceed the amount prescribed under the Business Corporations Act, determined by the directors.

 

2.9                        Recognition of Trusts. Except as required by law or statute or these Articles, no person will be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company is not bound by or compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or fraction of a share or (except as by law or statute or these Articles provided or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the shareholder.

 

 

 

- 3 -

 

ARTICLE 3

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

3.1                        Directors Authorized. Subject to the Business Corporations Act and the rights of the holders of issued shares of the Company, the Company may issue, allot, sell or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares, and issued shares held by the Company, at the times, to the persons, including directors, in the manner, on the terms and conditions and for the issue prices (including any premium at which shares with par value may be issued) that the directors may determine. The issue price for a share with par value must be equal to or greater than the par value of the share.

 

3.2                        Commissions and Discounts. The Company may at any time, pay a reasonable commission or allow a reasonable discount to any person in consideration of that person purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Company from the Company or any other person or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for shares of the Company.

 

3.3                        Brokerage. The Company may pay such brokerage fee or other consideration as may be lawful for or in connection with the sale or placement of its securities.

 

3.4                        Conditions of Issue. Except as provided for by the Business Corporations Act, no share may be issued until it is fully paid. A share is fully paid when:

 

(a) consideration is provided to the Company for the issue of the share by one or more of the following:

 

(i) past services performed for the Company;

 

(ii) property;

 

(iii) money; and

 

(b) the value of the consideration received by the Company equals or exceeds the issue price set for the share under Article 3.1.

 

3.5                        Share Purchase Warrants and Rights. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may issue share purchase warrants, options and rights upon such terms and conditions as the directors determine, which share purchase warrants, options and rights may be issued alone or in conjunction with debentures, debenture stock, bonds, shares or any other securities issued or created by the Company from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 4

SHARE REGISTERS

 

4.1                        Central Securities Register. As required by and subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must maintain in British Columbia a central securities register. The directors may, subject to the Business Corporations Act, appoint an agent to maintain the central securities register. The directors may also appoint one or more agents, including the agent which keeps the central securities register, as transfer agent for its shares or any class or series of its shares, as the case may be, and the same or another agent as registrar for its shares or such class or series of its shares, as the case may be. The directors may terminate such appointment of any agent at any time and may appoint another agent in its place.

 

 

 

- 4 -

 

4.2                        Closing Register. The Company must not at any time close its central securities register.

 

ARTICLE 5

SHARE TRANSFERS

 

5.1                        Registering Transfers. A transfer of a share of the Company must not be registered unless:

 

(a) a duly signed instrument of transfer in respect of the share has been received by the Company;

 

(b) if a share certificate has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, that share certificate has been surrendered to the Company; and

 

(c) if a non-transferable written acknowledgement of the shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, that acknowledgement has been surrendered to the Company.

 

5.2                        Form of Instrument of Transfer. The instrument of transfer in respect of any share of the Company must be either in the form, if any, on the back of the Company’s share certificates or in any other form that may be approved by the directors from time to time.

 

5.3                        Transferor Remains Shareholder. Except to the extent that the Business Corporations Act otherwise provides, the transferor of shares is deemed to remain the holder of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in a securities register of the Company in respect of the transfer.

 

5.4                        Signing of Instrument of Transfer. If a shareholder, or his or her duly authorized attorney, signs an instrument of transfer in respect of shares registered in the name of the shareholder, the signed instrument of transfer constitutes a complete and sufficient authority to the Company and its directors, officers and agents to register the number of shares specified in the instrument of transfer or specified in any other manner, or, if no number is specified, all the shares represented by the share certificates or set out in the written acknowledgements deposited with the instrument of transfer:

 

(a) in the name of the person named as transferee in that instrument of transfer; or

 

(b) if no person is named as transferee in that instrument of transfer, in the name of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered.

 

5.5                        Enquiry as to Title Not Required. Neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is bound to inquire into the title of the person named in the instrument of transfer as transferee or, if no person is named as transferee in the instrument of transfer, of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered or is liable for any claim related to registering the transfer by the shareholder or by any intermediate owner or holder of the shares, of any interest in the shares, of any share certificate representing such shares or of any written acknowledgement of a right to obtain a share certificate for such shares.

 

 

 

- 5 -

 

5.6                        Transfer Fee. There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the registration of any transfer, the amount, if any, determined by the directors.

 

ARTICLE 6

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

6.1                        Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death. In case of the death of a shareholder, the legal personal representative, or if the shareholder was a joint holder, the surviving joint holder, will be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the shareholder’s interest in the shares. Before recognizing a person as a legal personal representative, the directors may require proof of appointment by a court of competent jurisdiction, a grant of letters probate, letters of administration or such other evidence or documents as the directors consider appropriate.

 

6.2                        Rights of Legal Personal Representative. The legal personal representative has the same rights, privileges and obligations that attach to the shares held by the shareholder, including the right to transfer the shares in accordance with these Articles, provided the documents required by the Business Corporations Act and the directors have been deposited with the Company.

 

ARTICLE 7

PURCHASE OF SHARES

 

7.1                        Company Authorized to Purchase Shares. Subject to Article 7.2, the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may, if authorized by the directors, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares at the price and upon the terms specified in such resolution.

 

7.2                        Purchase When Insolvent. The Company must not make a payment or provide any other consideration to purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that:

 

(a) the Company is insolvent; or

 

(b) making the payment or providing the consideration would render the Company insolvent.

 

7.3                        Sale and Voting of Purchased Shares. If the Company retains a share redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by it, the Company may sell, gift or otherwise dispose of the share, but, while such share is held by the Company, it:

 

(a) is not entitled to vote the share at a meeting of its shareholders;

 

(b) must not pay a dividend in respect of the share; and

 

(c) must not make any other distribution in respect of the share.

 

 

 

- 6 -

 

ARTICLE 8

BORROWING POWERS

 

8.1 Borrowing Powers. The Company, if authorized by the directors, may:

 

(a) borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that they consider appropriate;

 

(b) issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of the Company or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other terms as they consider appropriate;

 

(c) guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and

 

(d) mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give other security on, the whole or any part of the present and future assets and undertaking of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 9

ALTERATIONS

 

9.1                         Alteration of Authorized Share Structure. Subject to Article 9.2 and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may by special resolution:

 

(a) create one or more classes or series of shares or, if none of the shares of a class or series of shares are allotted or issued, eliminate that class or series of shares;

 

(b) increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares or establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established;

 

(c) subdivide or consolidate all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares;

 

(d) if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value:

 

(i) decrease the par value of those shares; or

 

(ii) if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued, increase the par value of those shares;

 

(e) change all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares without par value or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value;

 

(f) alter the identifying name of any of its shares; or

 

(g) otherwise alter its shares or authorized share structure when required or permitted to do so by the Business Corporations Act.

 

 

 

- 7 -

 

9.2                        Special Rights and Restrictions. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may by special resolution:

 

(a) create special rights or restrictions for, and attach those special rights or restrictions to, the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; or

 

(b) vary or delete any special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued.

 

9.3                        Change of Name. The Company may by either a director or ordinary resolution authorize an alteration of its Notice of Articles in order to change its name.

 

9.4                        Other Alterations. If the Business Corporations Act does not specify the type of resolution and these Articles do not specify another type of resolution, the Company may by special resolution alter these Articles.

 

ARTICLE 10

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

10.1                      Annual General Meetings. Unless an annual general meeting is deferred or waived in accordance with the Business Corporations Act, the Company must hold its first annual general meeting within 18 months after the date on which it was incorporated or otherwise recognized, and after that must hold an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year and not more than 15 months after the last annual reference date at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.

 

10.2                      Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting. If all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting consent by a unanimous resolution under the Business Corporations Act to all of the business that is required to be transacted at that annual general meeting, the annual general meeting is deemed to have been held on the date of the unanimous resolution. The shareholders must, in any unanimous resolution passed under this Article 10.2, select as the Company’s annual reference date a date that would be appropriate for the holding of the applicable annual general meeting.

 

10.3                      Calling of Meetings of Shareholders. The directors may, whenever they think fit, call a meeting of shareholders.

 

10.4                      Notice for Meetings of Shareholders. The Company must send notice of the date, time and location of any meeting of shareholders, in the manner provided in these Articles, or in such other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by ordinary resolution (whether previous notice of the resolution has been given or not), to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of the Company, unless these Articles otherwise provide, at least the following number of days before the meeting:

 

(a) if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days;

 

(b) otherwise, 10 days.

 

 

 

- 8 -

 

10.5                      Record Date for Notice. The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is held by fewer than:

 

(a) if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days;

 

(b) otherwise, 10 days.

 

If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.

 

10.6                      Record Date for Voting. The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.

 

10.7                      Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice. The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any of the persons entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting. Any person entitled to notice of a meeting of shareholders may, in writing or otherwise, waive or reduce the period of notice of such meeting.

 

10.8                      Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders. If a meeting of shareholders is to consider special business within the meaning of Article 11.1, the notice of meeting must:

 

(a) state the general nature of the special business; and

 

(b) if the special business includes considering, approving, ratifying, adopting or authorizing any document or the signing of or giving of effect to any document, have attached to it a copy of the document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders:

 

(i) at the Company’s records office, or at such other reasonably accessible location in British Columbia as is specified in the notice; and

 

(ii) during statutory business hours on any one or more specified days before the day set for the holding of the meeting.

 

10.9                       Location of Meetings of Shareholders. Meetings of shareholders of the Company may be held outside British Columbia, anywhere within Canada, including Toronto, Ontario.

 

ARTICLE 11

PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

11.1                      Special Business. At a meeting of shareholders, the following business is special business:

 

 

 

- 9 -

 

(a) at a meeting of shareholders that is not an annual general meeting, all business is special business except business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting;

 

(b) at an annual general meeting, all business is special business except for the following:

 

(i) business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting;

 

(ii) consideration of any financial statements of the Company presented to the meeting;

 

(iii) consideration of any reports of the directors or auditor;

 

(iv) the setting or changing of the number of directors;

 

(v) the election or appointment of directors;

 

(vi) the appointment of an auditor;

 

(vii) the setting of the remuneration of an auditor;

 

(viii) business arising out of a report of the directors not requiring the passing of a special resolution or an exceptional resolution;

 

(ix) any other business which, under these Articles or the Business Corporations Act, may be transacted at a meeting of shareholders without prior notice of the business being given to the shareholders.

 

11.2                      Special Majority. The majority of votes required for the Company to pass a special resolution at a meeting of shareholders is two-thirds of the votes cast on the resolution.

 

11.3                      Quorum. Subject to the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is two persons who are, or who represent by proxy, shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold at least 5% of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

11.4                      One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum. If there is only one shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders:

 

(a) the quorum is one person who is, or who represents by proxy, that shareholder, and

 

(b) that shareholder, present in person or by proxy, may constitute the meeting.

 

11.5                      Other Persons May Attend. The directors, the president (if any), the secretary (if any), the assistant secretary (if any), any lawyer for the Company, the auditor of the Company and any other persons invited by the directors are entitled to attend any meeting of shareholders, but if any of those persons does attend a meeting of shareholders, that person is not to be counted in the quorum and is not entitled to vote at the meeting unless that person is a shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

 

 

- 10 -

 

11.6                      Requirement of Quorum. No business, other than the election of a chair of the meeting and the adjournment of the meeting, may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum of shareholders entitled to vote is present at the commencement of the meeting, but such quorum need not be present throughout the meeting.

 

11.7                      Lack of Quorum. If, within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present:

 

(a) in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders, the meeting is dissolved, and

 

(b) in the case of any other meeting of shareholders, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place.

 

11.8                      Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting. If, at the meeting to which the meeting referred to in Article 11.7(b) was adjourned, a quorum is not present within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of the meeting, the person or persons present and being, or representing by proxy, one or more shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting constitute a quorum.

 

11.9                      Chair. The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders:

 

(a) the chair of the board, if any; or

 

(b) if the chair of the board is absent or unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the president, if any.

 

11.10                    Selection of Alternate Chair. If, at any meeting of shareholders, there is no chair of the board or president present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president are unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president have advised the secretary, if any, or any director present at the meeting, that they will not be present at the meeting, the directors present must choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting or if all of the directors present decline to take the chair or fail to so choose or if no director is present, the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present in person or by proxy may choose any person present at the meeting to chair the meeting.

 

11.11                    Adjournments. The chair of a meeting of shareholders may, and if so directed by the meeting must, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

11.12                   Notice of Adjourned Meeting. It is not necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting of shareholders except that, when a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as in the case of the original meeting.

 

11.13                    Decision by Show of Hands or Poll. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, every motion put to a vote at a meeting of shareholders will be decided on a show of hands unless a poll, before or on the declaration of the result of the vote by show of hands, is directed by the chair or demanded by at least one shareholder entitled to vote who is present in person or by proxy.

 

 

 

- 11 -

 

11.14                    Declaration of Result. The chair of a meeting of shareholders must declare to the meeting the decision on every question in accordance with the result of the show of hands or the poll, as the case may be, and that decision must be entered in the minutes of the meeting. A declaration of the chair that a resolution is carried by the necessary majority or is defeated is, unless a poll is directed by the chair or demanded under Article 11.13, conclusive evidence without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

11.15                    Motion Need Not be Seconded. No motion proposed at a meeting of shareholders need be seconded unless the chair of the meeting rules otherwise, and the chair of any meeting of shareholders is entitled to propose or second a motion.

 

11.16                    Casting Vote. In case of an equality of votes, the chair of a meeting of shareholders does not, either on a show of hands or on a poll, have a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the chair may be entitled as a shareholder.

 

11.17                    Manner of Taking Poll. Subject to Article 11.18, if a poll is duly demanded at a meeting of shareholders:

 

(a) the poll must be taken:

 

(i) at the meeting, or within seven days after the date of the meeting, as the chair of the meeting directs; and

 

(ii) in the manner, at the time and at the place that the chair of the meeting directs;

 

(b) the result of the poll is deemed to be the decision of the meeting at which the poll is demanded; and

 

(c) the demand for the poll may be withdrawn by the person who demanded it.

 

11.18                    Demand for Poll on Adjournment. A poll demanded at a meeting of shareholders on a question of adjournment must be taken immediately at the meeting.

 

11.19                    Chair Must Resolve Dispute. In the case of any dispute as to the admission or rejection of a vote given on a poll, the chair of the meeting must determine the dispute, and his or her determination made in good faith is final and conclusive.

 

11.20                    Casting of Votes. On a poll, a shareholder entitled to more than one vote need not cast all the votes in the same way.

 

11.21                    Demand for Poll. No poll may be demanded in respect of the vote by which a chair of a meeting of shareholders is elected.

 

11.22                    Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting. The demand for a poll at a meeting of shareholders does not, unless the chair of the meeting so rules, prevent the continuation of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which a poll has been demanded.

 

 

 

- 12 -

 

11.23                    Retention of Ballots and Proxies. The Company must, for at least three months after a meeting of shareholders, keep each ballot cast on a poll and each proxy voted at the meeting, and, during that period, make them available for inspection during normal business hours by any shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting. At the end of such three month period, the Company may destroy such ballots and proxies.

 

11.24                    Meeting by Telephone or Other Communications Medium. A shareholder or proxy holder may participate in a meeting of the shareholders in person or by telephone if all shareholders or proxy holders participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other. A shareholder or proxy holder may participate in a meeting of the shareholders by a communications medium other than telephone if all shareholders or proxy holders participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other and if all shareholders or proxy holders who wish to participate in the meeting agree to such participation. A shareholder or proxy holder who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this Article 11.24 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner.

 

ARTICLE 12

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

12.1                       Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares. Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to any shares and to the restrictions imposed on joint shareholders under Article 12.3:

 

(a) on a vote by show of hands, every person present who is a shareholder or proxy holder and entitled to vote on the matter has one vote; and

 

(b) on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote on the matter has one vote in respect of each share entitled to be voted on the matter and held by that shareholder and may exercise that vote either in person or by proxy.

 

12.2                      Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity. A person who is not a shareholder may vote at a meeting of shareholders, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and may appoint a proxy holder to act at the meeting, if, before doing so, the person satisfies the chair of the meeting, or the directors, that the person is a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy for a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

12.3                      Votes by Joint Holders. If there are joint shareholders registered in respect of any share:

 

(a) any one of the joint shareholders may vote at any meeting, either personally or by proxy, in respect of the share as if that joint shareholder were solely entitled to it; or

 

(b) if more than one of the joint shareholders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, and more than one of them votes in respect of that share, then only the vote of the joint shareholder present whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share will be counted.

 

 

 

- 13 -

 

12.4                      Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders. Two or more legal personal representatives of a shareholder in whose sole name any share is registered are, for the purposes of Article 12.3, deemed to be joint shareholders.

 

12.5                      Representative of a Corporate Shareholder. If a corporation, that is not a subsidiary of the Company, is a shareholder, that corporation may appoint a person to act as its representative at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, and:

 

(a) for that purpose, the instrument appointing a representative must:

 

(i) be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice for the receipt of proxies, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or

 

(ii) be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting or to a person designated by the chair of the meeting;

 

(b) if a representative is appointed under this Article 12.5:

 

(i) the representative is entitled to exercise in respect of and at that meeting the same rights on behalf of the corporation that the representative represents as that corporation could exercise if it were a shareholder who is an individual, including, without limitation, the right to appoint a proxy holder; and

 

(ii) the representative, if present at the meeting, is to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum and is deemed to be a shareholder present in person at the meeting.

 

Evidence of the appointment of any such representative may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.

 

12.6                      Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to All Companies. Articles 12.7 to 12.15 do not apply to the Company if and for so long as it is a public company or a pre-existing reporting company which has the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions as part of its Articles or to which the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions apply.

 

12.7                      Appointment of Proxy Holders. Every shareholder of the Company, including a corporation that is a shareholder but not a subsidiary of the Company, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Company may, by proxy, appoint one or more (but not more than five) proxy holders to attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the powers conferred by the proxy.

 

12.8                      Alternate Proxy Holders. A shareholder may appoint one or more alternate proxy holders to act in the place of an absent proxy holder.

 

 

 

- 14 -

 

12.9                      When Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder. A person must not be appointed as a proxy holder unless the person is a shareholder, although a person who is not a shareholder may be appointed as a proxy holder if:

 

(a) the person appointing the proxy holder is a corporation or a representative of a corporation appointed under Article 12.5;

 

(b) the Company has at the time of the meeting for which the proxy holder is to be appointed only one shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting; or

 

(c) the shareholders present in person or by proxy at and entitled to vote at the meeting for which the proxy holder is to be appointed, by a resolution on which the proxy holder is not entitled to vote but in respect of which the proxy holder is to be counted in the quorum, permit the proxy holder to attend and vote at the meeting.

 

12.10                    Deposit of Proxy. A proxy for a meeting of shareholders must:

 

(a) be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or

 

(b) unless the notice provides otherwise, be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting or to a person designated by the chair of the meeting.

 

A proxy may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.

 

12.11                    Validity of Proxy Vote. A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy is valid notwithstanding the death or incapacity of the shareholder giving the proxy and despite the revocation of the proxy or the revocation of the authority under which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of that death, incapacity or revocation is received:

 

(a) at the registered office of the Company, at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

 

(b) by the chair of the meeting, before the vote is taken.

 

12.12                    Form of Proxy. A proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, must be either in the following form or in any other form approved by the directors or the chair of the meeting:

 

[Name of Company]

(the “Company”)

 

The undersigned, being a shareholder of the Company, hereby appoints [name] or, failing that person, [name], as proxy holder for the undersigned to attend, act and vote for and on behalf of the undersigned at the meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held on [month, day, year] and at any adjournment of that meeting.

 

 

 

- 15 -

 

Number of shares in respect of which this proxy is given (if no number is specified, then this proxy if given in respect of all shares registered in the name of the shareholder):

_______________.

 

Signed this ______ day of __________, _____.

 

   
  (Signature of shareholder)
   
   
  (Name of shareholder - printed)

 

12.13                    Revocation of Proxy. Subject to Article 12.14, every proxy may be revoked by an instrument in writing that is:

 

(a) received at the registered office of the Company at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

 

(b) provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting.

 

12.14                    Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed. An instrument referred to in Article 12.13 must be signed as follows:

 

(a) if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is an individual, the instrument must be signed by the shareholder or his or her legal personal representative or trustee in bankruptcy;

 

(b) if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is a corporation, the instrument must be signed by the corporation or by a representative appointed for the corporation under Article 12.5.

 

12.15                    Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote. The chair of any meeting of shareholders may, but need not, inquire into the authority of any person to vote at the meeting and may, but need not, demand from that person production of evidence as to the existence of the authority to vote.

 

ARTICLE 13

DIRECTORS

 

13.1                      First Directors; Number of Directors. The first directors are the persons designated as directors of the Company in the Notice of Articles that applies to the Company when it is recognized under the Business Corporations Act. The number of directors, excluding additional directors appointed under Article 14.8, is set at:

 

(a) subject to paragraphs (b) and (c), the number of directors that is equal to the number of the Company’s first directors;

 

(b) if the Company is a public company, the greater of three and the most recently set of:

 

 

 

- 16 -

 

(i) the number of directors set by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given); and

 

(ii) the number of directors set under Article 14.4;

 

(c) if the Company is not a public company, the most recently set of:

 

(i) the number of directors set by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given); and

 

(ii) the number of directors set under Article 14.4.

 

13.2                      Change in Number of Directors. If the number of directors is set under Articles 13.1(b)(i) or 13.1(c)(i):

 

(a) the shareholders may elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number;

 

(b) if the shareholders do not elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number contemporaneously with the setting of that number, then the directors may appoint, or the shareholders may elect or appoint, directors to fill those vacancies.

 

13.3                      Directors’ Acts Valid Despite Vacancy. An act or proceeding of the directors is not invalid merely because fewer than the number of directors set or otherwise required under these Articles is in office.

 

13.4                      Qualifications of Directors. A director is not required to hold a share in the capital of the Company as qualification for his or her office but must be qualified as required by the Business Corporations Act to become, act or continue to act as a director.

 

13.5                      Remuneration of Directors. The directors are entitled to the remuneration for acting as directors, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine. If the directors so decide, the remuneration of the directors, if any, will be determined by the shareholders. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any officer or employee of the Company as such, who is also a director.

 

13.6                      Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors. The Company must reimburse each director for the reasonable expenses that he or she may incur in and about the business of the Company.

 

13.7                      Special Remuneration for Directors. If any director performs any professional or other services for the Company that in the opinion of the directors are outside the ordinary duties of a director, or if any director is otherwise specially occupied in or about the Company’s business, he or she may be paid remuneration fixed by the directors, or, at the option of that director, fixed by ordinary resolution, and such remuneration may be either in addition to, or in substitution for, any other remuneration that he or she may be entitled to receive.

 

13.8                      Gratuity, Pension or Allowance on Retirement of Director. Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any director who has held any salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his or her spouse or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

 

 

- 17 -

 

ARTICLE 14

ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

14.1                      Election at Annual General Meeting. At every annual general meeting and in every unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2:

 

(a) the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election of directors must elect, or in the unanimous resolution appoint, a board of directors consisting of the number of directors for the time being set under these Articles; and

 

(b) all the directors cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors under paragraph (a), but are eligible for re-election or re-appointment.

 

14.2                      Consent to be a Director. No election, appointment or designation of an individual as a director is valid unless:

 

(a) that individual consents to be a director in the manner provided for in the Business Corporations Act;

 

(b) that individual is elected or appointed at a meeting at which the individual is present and the individual does not refuse, at the meeting, to be a director; or

 

(c) with respect to first directors, the designation is otherwise valid under the Business Corporations Act.

 

14.3                      Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors. If:

 

(a) the Company fails to hold an annual general meeting, and all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting fail to pass the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, on or before the date by which the annual general meeting is required to be held under the Business Corporations Act; or

 

(b) the shareholders fail, at the annual general meeting or in the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, to elect or appoint any directors;

 

then each director then in office continues to hold office until the earlier of:

 

(c) the date on which his or her successor is elected or appointed; and

 

(d) the date on which he or she otherwise ceases to hold office under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles.

 

14.4                      Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled. If, at any meeting of shareholders at which there should be an election of directors, the places of any of the retiring directors are not filled by that election, those retiring directors who are not re-elected and who are asked by the newly elected directors to continue in office will, if willing to do so, continue in office to complete the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles until further new directors are elected at a meeting of shareholders convened for that purpose. If any such election or continuance of directors does not result in the election or continuance of the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles, the number of directors of the Company is deemed to be set at the number of directors actually elected or continued in office.

 

 

 

- 18 -

 

14.5                      Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies. Any casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the directors.

 

14.6                      Remaining Directors Power to Act. The directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the board of directors, but if the Company has fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the directors may only act for the purpose of appointing directors up to that number or of summoning a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of filling any vacancies on the board of directors or, subject to the Business Corporations Act, for any other purpose.

 

14.7                      Shareholders May Fill Vacancies. If the Company has no directors or fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the shareholders may elect or appoint directors to fill any vacancies on the board of directors.

 

14.8                      Additional Directors. Notwithstanding Articles 13.1 and 13.2, between annual general meetings or unanimous resolutions contemplated by Article 10.2, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors appointed under this Article 14.8 must not at any time exceed:

 

(a) one-third of the number of first directors, if, at the time of the appointments, one or more of the first directors have not yet completed their first term of office; or

 

(b) in any other case, one-third of the number of the current directors who were elected or appointed as directors other than under this Article 14.8.

 

Any director so appointed ceases to hold office immediately before the next election or appointment of directors under Article 14.1(a), but is eligible for re-election or re-appointment

 

14.9                      Ceasing to be a Director. A director ceases to be a director when:

 

(a) the term of office of the director expires;

 

(b) the director dies;

 

(c) the director resigns as a director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the Company; or

 

(d) the director is removed from office pursuant to Articles 14.10 or 14.11.

 

14.10                    Removal of Director by Shareholders. The Company may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office by special resolution. In that event, the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill the resulting vacancy. If the shareholders do not elect or appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy contemporaneously with the removal, then the directors may appoint or the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill that vacancy.

 

 

 

- 19 -

 

14.11                     Removal of Director by Directors. The directors may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office if the director is convicted of an indictable offence, or if the director ceases to be qualified to act as a director of a company and does not promptly resign, and the directors may appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy.

 

ARTICLE 15

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

15.1                       Powers of Management. The directors must, subject to the Business Corporations Act and these Articles, manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Company and have the authority to exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Business Corporations Act or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the shareholders of the Company.

 

15.2                       Appointment of Attorney of Company. The directors may from time to time, by power of attorney or other instrument, under seal if so required by law, appoint any person to be the attorney of the Company for such purposes, and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under these Articles and excepting the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors, to remove a director, to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors, to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors and to declare dividends) and for such period, and with such remuneration and subject to such conditions as the directors may think fit. Any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection or convenience of persons dealing with such attorney as the directors think fit. Any such attorney may be authorized by the directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in him or her.

 

ARTICLE 16

DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS

 

16.1                      Obligation to Account for Profits. A director or senior officer who holds a disclosable interest (as that term is used in the Business Corporations Act) in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is liable to account to the Company for any profit that accrues to the director or senior officer under or as a result of the contract or transaction only if and to the extent provided in the Business Corporations Act.

 

16.2                       Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest. A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of those directors may vote on such resolution.

 

16.3                       Interested Director Counted in Quorum. A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter and who is present at the meeting of directors at which the contract or transaction is considered for approval may be counted in the quorum at the meeting whether or not the director votes on any or all of the resolutions considered at the meeting.

 

16.4                       Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property. A director or senior officer who holds any office or possesses any property, right or interest that could result, directly or indirectly, in the creation of a duty or interest that materially conflicts with that individual’s duty or interest as a director or senior officer, must disclose the nature and extent of the conflict as required by the Business Corporations Act.

 

 

 

- 20 -

 

16.5                      Director Holding Other Office in the Company. A director may hold any office or place of profit with the Company, other than the office of auditor of the Company, in addition to his or her office of director for the period and on the terms (as to remuneration or otherwise) that the directors may determine.

 

16.6                      No Disqualification. No director or intended director is disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company either with regard to the holding of any office or place of profit the director holds with the Company or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, and no contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which a director is in any way interested is liable to be voided for that reason.

 

16.7                      Professional Services by Director or Officer. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, a director or officer, or any person in which a director or officer has an interest, may act in a professional capacity for the Company, except as auditor of the Company, and the director or officer or such person is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if that director or officer were not a director or officer.

 

16.8                      Director or Officer in Other Corporations. A director or officer may be or become a director, officer or employee of, or otherwise interested in, any person in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, and, subject to the Business Corporations Act, the director or officer is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him or her as director, officer or employee of, or from his or her interest in, such other person.

 

ARTICLE 17

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

17.1                      Meetings of Directors. The directors may meet together for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit, and meetings of the directors held at regular intervals may be held at the place, at the time and on the notice, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine.

 

17.2                      Voting at Meetings. Questions arising at any meeting of directors are to be decided by a majority of votes and, in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.

 

17.3                      Chair of Meetings. The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of directors:

 

(a) the chair of the board, if any;

 

(b) in the absence of the chair of the board, the president, if any, if the president is a director; or

 

(c) any other director chosen by the directors if:

 

(i) neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting;

 

 

 

- 21 -

 

(ii) neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is willing to chair the meeting; or

 

(iii) the chair of the board and the president, if a director, have advised the secretary, if any, or any other director, that they will not be present at the meeting.

 

17.4                       Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium. A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors in person or by telephone if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other. A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors by a communications medium other than telephone if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other and if all directors who wish to participate in the meeting agree to such participation. A director who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this Article 17.4 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner.

 

17.5                       Calling of Meetings. A director may, and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company, if any, on the request of a director must, call a meeting of the directors at any time.

 

17.6                       Notice of Meetings. Other than for meetings held at regular intervals as determined by the directors pursuant to Article 17.1, reasonable notice of each meeting of the directors, specifying the place, day and time of that meeting must be given to each of the directors by any method set out in Article 23.1 or orally or by telephone.

 

17.7                       When Notice Not Required. It is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of the directors to a director if:

 

(a) the meeting is to be held immediately following a meeting of shareholders at which that director was elected or appointed, or is the meeting of the directors at which that director is appointed; or

 

(b) the director has waived notice of the meeting.

 

17.8                       Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice. The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting of directors to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any director does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.

 

17.9                       Waiver of Notice of Meetings. Any director may send to the Company a document signed by him or her waiving notice of any past, present or future meeting or meetings of the directors and may at any time withdraw that waiver with respect to meetings held after that withdrawal. After sending a waiver with respect to all future meetings and until that waiver is withdrawn, no notice of any meeting of the directors need be given to such director and all meetings of the directors so held are deemed not to be improperly called or constituted by reason of notice not having been given to such director.

 

17.10                     Quorum. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be set by the directors and, if not so set, is deemed to be set at two directors or, if the number of directors is set at one, is deemed to be set at one director, and that director may constitute a meeting.

 

 

 

- 22 -

 

17.11                     Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, an act of a director or officer is not invalid merely because of an irregularity in the election or appointment or a defect in the qualification of that director or officer.

 

17.12                     Consent Resolutions in Writing. A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors consented to in writing by all of the directors entitled to vote on it, whether by signed document, fax, email or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages, is as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors duly called and held. Such resolution may be in two or more counterparts which together are deemed to constitute one resolution in writing. A resolution passed in that manner is effective on the date stated in the resolution or on the latest date stated on any counterpart. A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors passed in accordance with this Article 17.12 is deemed to be a proceeding at a meeting of directors or of the committee of the directors and to be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors that satisfies all the requirements of the Business Corporations Act and all the requirements of these Articles relating to meetings of the directors or of a committee of the directors.

 

ARTICLE 18

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

 

18.1                       Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee. The directors may, by resolution, appoint an executive committee consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate, and this committee has, during the intervals between meetings of the board of directors, all of the directors’ powers, except:

 

(a) the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors;

 

(b) the power to remove a director;

 

(c) the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and

 

(d) such other powers, if any, as may be set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors’ resolution.

 

18.2                       Appointment and Powers of Other Committees. The directors may, by resolution:

 

(a) appoint one or more committees (other than the executive committee) consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate;

 

(b) delegate to a committee appointed under paragraph (a) any of the directors’ powers, except:

 

(i) the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors;

 

(ii) the power to remove a director;

 

 

 

- 23 -

 

(iii) the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and

 

(iv) the power to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors; and

 

(c) make any delegation referred to in paragraph (b) subject to the conditions set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors’ resolution.

 

18.3                      Obligations of Committees. Any committee appointed under Articles 18.1 or 18.2, in the exercise of the powers delegated to it, must:

 

(a) conform to any rules that may from time to time be imposed on it by the directors; and

 

(b) report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers at such times as the directors may require.

 

18.4                      Powers of Board. The directors may, at any time, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 18.1 or 18.2:

 

(a) revoke or alter the authority given to the committee, or override a decision made by the committee, except as to acts done before such revocation, alteration or overriding;

 

(b) terminate the appointment of, or change the membership of, the committee; and

 

(c) fill vacancies in the committee.

 

18.5                      Committee Meetings. Subject to Article 18.3(a) and unless the directors otherwise provide in the resolution appointing the committee or in any subsequent resolution, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 18.1 or 18.2:

 

(a) the committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper;

 

(b) the committee may elect a chair of its meetings but, if no chair of a meeting is elected, or if at a meeting the chair of the meeting is not present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, the directors present who are members of the committee may choose one of their number to chair the meeting;

 

(c) a majority of the members of the committee constitutes a quorum of the committee; and

 

(d) questions arising at any meeting of the committee are determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.

 

ARTICLE 19

OFFICERS

 

19.1                      Directors May Appoint Officers. The directors may, from time to time, appoint such officers, if any, as the directors determine and the directors may, at any time, terminate any such appointment.

 

 

 

- 24 -

 

19.2                       Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers. The directors may, for each officer:

 

(a) determine the functions and duties of the officer;

 

(b) entrust to and confer on the officer any of the powers exercisable by the directors on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as the directors think fit; and

 

(c) revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of the functions, duties and powers of the officer.

 

19.3                      Qualifications. No officer may be appointed unless that officer is qualified in accordance with the Business Corporations Act. One person may hold more than one position as an officer of the Company. Any person appointed as the chair of the board or as the managing director must be a director. Any other officer need not be a director.

 

19.4                      Remuneration and Terms of Appointment. All appointments of officers are to be made on the terms and conditions and at the remuneration (whether by way of salary, fee, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) that the directors thinks fit and are subject to termination at the pleasure of the directors, and an officer may in addition to such remuneration be entitled to receive, after he or she ceases to hold such office or leaves the employment of the Company, a pension or gratuity.

 

ARTICLE 20

INDEMNIFICATION

 

20.1                       Definitions. In this Article 20:

 

(a) eligible penalty” means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an eligible proceeding;

 

(b) eligible proceeding” means a legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, threatened, pending or completed, in which a director or former director of the Company (an “eligible party”) or any of the heirs and legal personal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director of the Company:

 

(i) is or may be joined as a party; or

 

(ii) is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding;

 

(c) expenses” has the meaning set out in the Business Corporations Act.

 

20.2                       Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and Former Directors. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must indemnify a director or former director of the Company and his or her heirs and legal personal representatives against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and the Company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of the indemnity contained in this Article 20.2.

 

 

 

- 25 -

 

20.3                      Indemnification of Other Persons. Subject to any restrictions in the Business Corporations Act, the Company may indemnify any person.

 

20.4                      Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act. The failure of a director or officer of the Company to comply with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles does not invalidate any indemnity to which he or she is entitled under this Article 20.

 

20.5                      Company May Purchase Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person (or his or her heirs or legal personal representatives) who:

 

(a) is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company;

 

(b) is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation at a time when the corporation is or was an affiliate of the Company;

 

(c) at the request of the Company, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity;

 

(d) at the request of the Company, holds or held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity;

 

against any liability incurred by him or her as such director, officer, employee or agent or person who holds or held such equivalent position.

 

ARTICLE 21

DIVIDENDS

 

21.1                      Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights. The provisions of this Article 21 are subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special rights as to dividends.

 

21.2                      Declaration of Dividends. Subject to the Business Corporations Act and the rights of the holders of issued shares of the Company, the directors may from time to time declare and authorize payment of such dividends as they may deem advisable.

 

21.3                      No Notice Required. The directors need not give notice to any shareholder of any declaration under Article 21.2.

 

21.4                      Record Date. The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend. The record date must not precede the date on which the dividend is to be paid by more than two months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the date on which the directors pass the resolution declaring the dividend.

 

21.5                      Manner of Paying Dividend. A resolution declaring a dividend may direct payment of the dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets or of fully paid shares or of bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, or in any one or more of those ways.

 

 

 

- 26 -

 

21.6                      Settlement of Difficulties. If any difficulty arises in regard to a distribution under Article 21.5, the directors may settle the difficulty as they deem advisable, and, in particular, may:

 

(a) set the value for distribution of specific assets;

 

(b) determine that cash payments in substitution for all or any part of the specific assets to which any shareholders are entitled may be made to any shareholders on the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties; and

 

(c) vest any such specific assets in trustees for the persons entitled to the dividend.

 

21.7                      When Dividend Payable. Any dividend may be made payable on such date as is fixed by the directors.

 

21.8                      Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares. All dividends on shares of any class or series of shares must be declared and paid according to the number of such shares held.

 

21.9                      Receipt by Joint Shareholders. If several persons are joint shareholders of any share, any one of them may give an effective receipt for any dividend, bonus or other money payable in respect of the share.

 

21.10                    Dividend Bears No Interest. No dividend bears interest against the Company.

 

21.11                    Fractional Dividends. If a dividend to which a shareholder is entitled includes a fraction of the smallest monetary unit of the currency of the dividend, that fraction may be disregarded in making payment of the dividend and that payment represents full payment of the dividend.

 

21.12                    Payment of Dividends. Any dividend or other distribution payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque, made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent, and mailed to the address of the shareholder, or in the case of joint shareholders, to the address of the joint shareholder who is first named on the central securities register, or to the person and to the address the shareholder or joint shareholders may direct in writing. The mailing of such cheque will, to the extent of the sum represented by the cheque (plus the amount of the tax required by law to be deducted), discharge all liability for the dividend unless such cheque is not paid on presentation or the amount of tax so deducted is not paid to the appropriate taxing authority.

 

21.13                    Capitalization of Surplus. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the directors may from time to time capitalize any surplus of the Company and may from time to time issue, as fully paid, shares or any bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as a dividend representing the surplus or any part of the surplus.

 

ARTICLE 22

DOCUMENTS, RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

22.1                      Recording of Financial Affairs. The directors must cause adequate accounting records to be kept to record properly the financial affairs and condition of the Company and to comply with the Business Corporations Act.

 

 

 

- 27 -

 

22.2                       Inspection of Accounting Records. Unless the directors determine otherwise, or unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, no shareholder of the Company is entitled to inspect or obtain a copy of any accounting records of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 23

NOTICES

 

23.1                       Method of Giving Notice. Unless the Business Corporations Act or these Articles provides otherwise, a notice, statement, report or other record required or permitted by the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be sent by or to a person may be sent by any one of the following methods:

 

(a) mail addressed to the person at the applicable address for that person as follows:

 

(i) for a record mailed to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address;

 

(ii) for a record mailed to a director or officer, the prescribed address for mailing shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the mailing address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(iii) in any other case, the mailing address of the intended recipient;

 

(b) delivery at the applicable address for that person as follows, addressed to the person:

 

(i) for a record delivered to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address;

 

(ii) for a record delivered to a director or officer, the prescribed address for delivery shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the delivery address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(iii) in any other case, the delivery address of the intended recipient;

 

(c) sending the record by fax to the fax number provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(d) sending the record by email to the email address provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(e) physical delivery to the intended recipient;

 

(f) as otherwise permitted by any securities legislation (together with all regulations and rules made and promulgated thereunder and all administrative policy statements, blanket orders, and rulings, notices, and other administrative directions issued by securities commissions or similar authorities appointed thereunder) in any province or territory of Canada or in the federal jurisdiction of the United States or in any state of the United States that is applicable to the Company.

 

 

 

- 28 -

 

23.2                      Deemed Receipt of Mailing. A record that is mailed to a person by ordinary mail to the applicable address for that person referred to in Article 23.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was mailed on the day, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted, following the date of mailing.

 

23.3                      Certificate of Sending. A certificate signed by the secretary, if any, or other officer of the Company or of any other corporation acting in that behalf for the Company stating that a notice, statement, report or other record was addressed as required by Article 23.1, prepaid and mailed or otherwise sent as permitted by Article 23.1 is conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

23.4                      Notice to Joint Shareholders. A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the joint shareholders of a share by providing the notice to the joint shareholder first named in the central securities register in respect of the share.

 

23.5                      Notice to Trustees. A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a shareholder by:

 

(a) mailing the record, addressed to them:

 

(i) by name, by the title of the legal personal representative of the deceased or incapacitated shareholder, by the title of trustee of the bankrupt shareholder or by any similar description; and

 

(ii) at the address, if any, supplied to the Company for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled; or

 

(b) if an address referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) has not been supplied to the Company, by giving the notice in a manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred.

 

ARTICLE 24

SEAL AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

24.1                      Who May Attest Seal. Except as provided in Articles 24.2 and 24.3, the Company’s seal, if any, must not be impressed on any record except when that impression is attested by the signatures of:

 

(a) any two directors;

 

(b) any officer, together with any director;

 

(c) if the Company only has one director, that director; or

 

(d) any one or more directors or officers or persons as may be determined by the directors.

 

24.2                      Sealing Copies. For the purpose of certifying under seal a certificate of incumbency of the directors or officers of the Company or a true copy of any resolution or other document, despite Article 24.1, the impression of the seal may be attested by the signature of any director or officer.

 

 

 

- 29 -

 

24.3                       Mechanical Reproduction of Seal. The directors may authorize the seal to be impressed by third parties on share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as they may determine appropriate from time to time. To enable the seal to be impressed on any share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, whether in definitive or interim form, on which facsimiles of any of the signatures of the directors or officers of the Company are, in accordance with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles, printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced, there may be delivered to the person employed to engrave, lithograph or print such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities one or more unmounted dies reproducing the seal and the chair of the board or any senior officer together with the secretary, treasurer, secretary-treasurer, an assistant secretary, an assistant treasurer or an assistant secretary-treasurer may in writing authorize such person to cause the seal to be impressed on such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities by the use of such dies. Share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities to which the seal has been so impressed are for all purposes deemed to be under and to bear the seal impressed on them.

 

24.4                       Execution of Documents Generally. The directors may from time to time by resolution appoint any one or more persons, officers or directors for the purpose of executing any instrument, document or agreement in the name of and on behalf of the Company for which the seal need not be affixed, and if no such person, officer or director is appointed, then any one officer or director of the Company may execute such instrument, document or agreement.

 

ARTICLE 25

PROHIBITIONS

 

25.1                       Definitions. In this Article 25:

 

(a) designated security” means:

 

(i) a voting security of the Company;

 

(ii) a security of the Company that is not a debt security and that carries a residual right to participate in the earnings of the Company or, on the liquidation or winding up of the Company, in its assets; or

 

(iii) a security of the Company convertible, directly or indirectly, into a security described in paragraph (i) or (ii);

 

(b) security” has the meaning assigned in the Securities Act (British Columbia);

 

(c) voting security” means a security of the Company that:

 

(i) is not a debt security, and

 

(ii) carries a voting right either under all circumstances or under some circumstances that have occurred and are continuing.

 

 

 

- 30 -

 

DATED: July 8th, 2019.

 

BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP, by its

General Partner Bespoke Capital Partners,

LLC

 

By: (signed) “Mark Harms  
  Authorized Signatory  

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

Ontario
Securities
Commission 
Commission des valeurs mobilières de
l’Ontario
22nd Floor
20 Queen Street West 
Toronto ON M5H 3S8 
22e étage
20, rue Queen ouest 
Toronto ON M5H 3S8

 

 

 

RECEIPT

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

This is the receipt of the Ontario Securities Commission for the Preliminary Long Form Prospectus of the above Issuer dated July 17, 2019 (the preliminary prospectus).

 

The preliminary prospectus has been filed under Multilateral Instrument 11-102 Passport System in British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, Newfoundland and Labrador, Northwest Territories, Yukon and Nunavut. A receipt for the preliminary prospectus is deemed to be issued by the regulator in each of those jurisdictions, if the conditions of the Instrument have been satisfied.

 

July 17, 2019

 

 

  Sonny Randhawa
   
  Sonny Randhawa
  Director, Corporate Finance Branch
   
  SEDAR Project #    2941116

 

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

FILES PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS FOR U.S.$350,000,000 INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

 

Will seek to pursue a qualifying acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company

 

Intends to pursue a “land to brand” strategy

 

Led by an experienced management team and board of directors

 

Toronto, Ontario – July 17, 2019 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (“BCAC”) has filed a preliminary prospectus for an initial public offering (the “Offering”) as a newly-organized special purpose acquisition corporation formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified period of time.

 

BCAC intends to focus its search for target businesses in the cannabis industry; however, it is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of completing its qualifying acquisition. BCAC intends to identify and execute on a qualifying acquisition by leveraging its network to find attractive investment opportunities. It will seek to acquire several complementary companies as part of its qualifying acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a "land to brand" strategy and global reach.

 

The BCAC management team and board of directors include:

 

Paul Walsh – Executive Chairman

o Former Chief Executive Officer at Diageo plc and Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke Capital Partners LLC (“Bespoke”);

 

Peter Caldini – Chief Executive Officer and Director

o Former Regional President of Pfizer Consumer Health North America;

 

Maja Spalevic – Chief Financial Officer

o Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke;

 

Ian Starkey – Director

o Board Member of DAC Beachcroft LLP and former Partner at KPMG UK LLP;

 

Robert L. Berner III – Director

o Founder and Joint Managing Partner at Bespoke and Former Partner at CVC Capital Partners;

 

Mark W.B. Harms – Director

o Founder and Joint Managing Partner at Bespoke and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Global Leisure Partners LLP; and

 

Candice Koederitz – Director

o Former Managing Director at Morgan Stanley.

 

 

 

 

The preliminary prospectus has been filed with the securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces and territories of Canada other than Québec. The Offering is for class A restricted voting units of BCAC (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”) at an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, the aggregate proceeds of which will be placed in escrow pending completion of a qualifying acquisition by BCAC and will only be released upon certain prescribed conditions. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a class A restricted voting share of BCAC (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant of BCAC (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of U.S.$11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the qualifying acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the qualifying acquisition or earlier.

 

The Offering is being distributed by Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. (the “Underwriters”).

 

BCAC has granted the Underwriters a non-transferable over-allotment option (the “Over-Allotment Option”) to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units on the same terms and conditions, exercisable in whole or in part, by the Underwriters up to 30 days following closing of the Offering. If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, the gross proceeds of the Offering would be U.S.$402,500,000.

 

Prior to the qualifying acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke, a private equity firm founded by certain of our directors. The Sponsor intends to purchase 12,000,000 share purchase warrants (“Founder’s Warrants”) at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$12,000,000) and 10,062,500 class B shares of BCAC (“Founder’s Shares”) for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately U.S.$ 0.0025 per Founder’s Share (or U.S.$0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised) concurrently with the closing of the Offering. Up to a maximum of 1,312,000 of the aggregate 10,062,500 Founder’s Shares being purchased by the Sponsor prior to closing shall be relinquished by the Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised.

 

Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP is acting as legal counsel to BCAC and the Sponsor. Goodmans LLP is acting as legal counsel to the Underwriters.

 

A preliminary prospectus containing important information relating to these securities has been filed with securities commissions or similar authorities in each of the provinces and territories of Canada other than Quebec. The preliminary prospectus is still subject to completion or amendment. Copies of the preliminary prospectus may be obtained from the underwriter listed above. There will not be any sale or any acceptance of an offer to buy the securities until a receipt for the final prospectus has been issued.

 

The preliminary prospectus has not yet become final for the purpose of a distribution of securities to the public. This press release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale or acceptance of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to the time a receipt for the final prospectus or other authorization is obtained from the securities commission or similar authority in such jurisdiction. This press release is not an offer of securities for sale in the United States, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration. The securities have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933. Copies of the preliminary prospectus will be available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

 

 

 

Completion of the Offering is subject to the receipt of customary approvals, including regulatory approvals.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This press release may contain forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities legislation, which reflects the Sponsor’s and BCAC’s current expectations regarding future events. Forward looking information is based on a number of assumptions and is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Sponsor’s or BCAC’s control, which could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those that are disclosed in or implied by such forward looking information. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, failure to complete the Offering, intentions related to BCAC’s qualifying acquisition and related transactions, and the factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in the preliminary prospectus of BCAC dated July 17, 2019. Neither the Sponsor nor BCAC undertake any obligation to update such forward looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as expressly required by applicable law.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Mark Harms

Director

information@bespokecp.com

 

Exhibit 99.6

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF CLASS A RESTRICTED VOTING UNITS

JULY 17, 2019

 

 

A copy of the preliminary prospectus (the “preliminary prospectus”) dated July 17, 2019, containing important information relating to the securities described in this document has been filed with the securities regulatory authority in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec) but has not yet become final for the purpose of the sale of securities. Information contained in the preliminary prospectus may not be complete and may have to be amended. The securities may not be sold until a receipt for the final prospectus is obtained from the securities regulatory authorities. No securities regulatory authority has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offence to claim otherwise.

 

A copy of the preliminary prospectus and any amendment(s) thereto is required to be delivered with this document. The preliminary prospectus is still subject to completion. This document does not provide full disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered. Investors should read the preliminary prospectus, the final prospectus and any amendment for disclosure of those facts, especially risk factors relating to the securities offered, before making an investment decision.

 

The securities of the Corporation (as defined below) have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”) or any state securities legislation and may not be offered or sold in the United States, or to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, except in compliance with the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities legislation or pursuant to an exemption therefrom. The preliminary prospectus and this document each do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby within the United States.

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Issuer: Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”).  The Corporation is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, arrangement, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (the “Qualifying Acquisition”).
   
Sponsor: Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”).
   
Offering: 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units (each, a “Class A Restricted Voting Unit”).
   
Offering Amount: U.S.$350,000,000.
   
Offering Price: U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit.
   
   
Class A Restricted Voting Units: Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consists of one Class A restricted voting share of the Corporation (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”).
   
  Upon the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share will, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into one common share of the Corporation (the “Common Shares”).
   
Over-Allotment Option: Canaccord Genuity Corp.  and  Citigroup  Global  Markets  Canada  Inc.  (the “Underwriters”) will have an option to purchase up to an additional 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Units issued at the closing of the Offering (the “Closing”) at the Offering Price, exercisable in whole or in part at any time until 30 days from date of the Closing to cover any over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes.

 

   

 

 

 

 

Warrants: The Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition. Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and following the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, one Common Share) at an exercise price of U.S.$11.50 per share,  subject  to  anti-dilution  adjustments  as  described  in  the  Corporation’s prospectus. The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition or may expire earlier if a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline (described below) or, if the expiry date is accelerated.
   
  Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants (as defined below) but only to the extent still held by the Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by the Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the closing price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds U.S.$18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends (as defined in the Corporation’s prospectus), reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period.
   
Sponsor and Founders Placement: The Sponsor intends to purchase 12,000,000 Warrants (referred to as “Founder’s Warrants”) for aggregate proceeds equal to U.S.$12,000,000. The purchase of the Founder’s Warrants by the Sponsor will occur simultaneously with the Closing.
   
  Prior to Closing, the Sponsor intend to purchase 10,062,500 Class B Shares (the “Founders’ Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$25,000 (the “Founders Placement”), or ~U.S.$0.0025 per Founders’ Share (or ~U.S.$0.0029 per Founders’ Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised).
   
  The Sponsor will relinquish up to 1,312,500 of the Founders’ Shares (referred to as the  “Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founders’ Shares”),  without  compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised.
   
  The Founder’s Shares outstanding after giving effect to this Offering and at the conclusion of the Over-Allotment Option period, including any corresponding forfeiture of the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founders’ Shares depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, will represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares).
   
Shares Outstanding: There will be 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares outstanding following Closing (40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full).
   
  There will be 10,062,500 Class B Shares outstanding following Closing, assuming the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
   
  Upon closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share (unless previously redeemed), will be automatically converted into a Common Share and each Class B Share automatically converted on a 100-for-1 basis into new Proportionate Voting Shares of the Corporation (“Proportionate Voting Shares”).

 

   

 

 

 

 

Warrants Outstanding: There will be 32,125,000 Warrants outstanding following Closing (20,125,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to the Sponsor), assuming the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
   
Target Acquisition: Our initial Qualifying Acquisition and value creation strategy will be to identify, acquire and, after our initial Qualifying Acquisition, assist in the growth of a business in the cannabis industry. However, we are not limited to this industry and we may pursue a Qualifying Acquisition opportunity in any business or industry we choose and we may pursue a company with operations or opportunities outside of Canada and the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation does not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.
   
Permitted Timeline: The Corporation must consummate its Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the Closing (or 21 months from the Closing if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 21 months from Closing but has not completed the Qualifying Acquisition within such 21-month period) (the “Permitted Timeline”).
   
  Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, and with the consent of the board of directors of the Corporation. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption before the second business day prior to the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Immediately prior to the extension of the Permitted Timeline taking effect, the Corporation will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account (as defined below) at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest or other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account.
   
  The Corporation is not limited to only one Qualifying Acquisition, but to the extent the Corporation undertakes more than one, it is expected that the acquisitions will be completed concurrently.
   
Qualifying Acquisition Value: The fair market value of the target businesses or assets forming the Qualifying Acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of the target businesses or assets forming the Corporation's combined Qualifying Acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange (as defined below), not be less than 80% of the assets held in the Escrow Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account).

 

   

 

 

 

 

Use of Proceeds: The proceeds from the Offering (net of redemptions and underwriting fees) and the gross proceeds of the Sponsor and Founders Placement (described above) will be used to finance the Qualifying Acquisition and to pay other expenses associated with the Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation may also use share capital and/or debt, in whole or in part, as consideration to finance the Qualifying Acquisition.
   
  If the Qualifying Acquisition is paid for using shares or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Escrow Account are used for payment of the purchase price in connection with the Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may apply the cash balance that is not applied to the purchase price and released to the Corporation from the Escrow Account for general corporate purposes, including maintenance or expansion of the operations of the acquired businesses, payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in consummating the Qualifying Acquisition, funding of subsequent acquisitions, and/or general ongoing expenses, or payment of the cash portion of the Deferred Amount (as defined below) of the underwriting commission.
   
Proceeds Held in Escrow:  Upon Closing, the gross proceeds of the issue of Class A Restricted Voting Units will be held, with an escrow agent, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”). 100% of the Offering proceeds will be held in escrow until the earliest of: (i) the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided herein) of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; and (iii) a liquidation or cessation of the business of the Corporation (“Winding-Up”). Proceeds held in the Escrow Account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds (including, if applicable, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and for payment of certain expenses.
   
  The proceeds deposited in the escrow account will be required to be invested in Permitted Investments. The Corporation intends to invest the proceeds deposited in the Escrow Account only in instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States of America.
   
Release of Funds in Escrow: QUALIFYING ACQUISITION:
  On the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, all remaining amounts held in the Escrow Account not previously paid out or payable by the Corporation to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including expenses directly related to the redemptions), paid out or payable by the Corporation for tax liabilities of the Corporation, or payable by the Corporation to the Underwriter in satisfaction of its deferred underwriting commission will be available to the Corporation.

 

   

 

 

 

 

  NO QUALIFYING ACQUISITION:
  If the Qualifying Acquisition is not completed within the Permitted Timeline, the Corporation will be required to redeem within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline, each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion of the: (A) escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. There will be no redemption rights or distributions with respect to the Warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to consummate our Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline.
   
  CLASS B RIGHTS:
  The Class B Shares will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the Escrow Account.

 

   

 

 

 

 

Make Whole: Prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking (as defined in the Corporation’s prospectus), the Sponsor will agree that (A) in the event of the liquidation of the Escrow Account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding- Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, it will be liable to the Corporation if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than the auditors) for services rendered or products sold to the Corporation, or a prospective Qualifying Acquisition target with which the Corporation has entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Escrow Account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the Escrow Account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Escrow Account, and except as to any claims under the indemnity of the Underwriter against certain liabilities. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.
   
  We believe the likelihood of the Sponsor having to indemnify us as a result of third-party claims is limited because we will endeavour to have all vendors and prospective qualifying acquisition targets as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the escrow account. However, we cannot assure investors that the Sponsor would be able to satisfy these obligations, and we have not asked the Sponsor to reserve funds for such an eventuality.
   
  In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding -Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the Escrow Account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), the Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein, the Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the Escrow Account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.
   
  The Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the Escrow Account in the manner it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise.

 

   

 

 

 

 

Redemption Rights: Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares can elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the Qualifying Acquisition and prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, of which prior notice will have been provided to holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline), in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations as described in the Corporation’s prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow.
   
  Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption right, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing. This limitation will not apply in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline.
   
  The Class B Shares will not have any redemption rights.
   
Voting Rights: All holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Common Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). A quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is present if shareholders who, together, hold not fewer than 25% of the votes attaching to the outstanding voting shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.
   
Lock-Up: The Corporation will be, subject to certain exceptions, prohibited from issuing additional securities prior to the Qualifying Acquisition. Also, except as contemplated in the Corporation’s prospectus, each of the Corporation and the Sponsor will be subject to a lock-up until the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition.
   
Founders’ Transfer Restrictions: Our Sponsor will have economic interests in the Qualifying Acquisition that may differ as compared to those of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, given that, among other things, prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree to certain transfer restrictions in respect of its Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants.
   
Form of Offering: Initial public offering by way of a long form prospectus filed in all provinces and territories of Canada, other than Quebec. Private placement in the United States to “qualified institutional buyers” pursuant to Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act and similar exemptions under applicable state securities laws, and internationally, as permitted.

 

   

 

 

 

 

Trading: It is intended that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will initially trade as a unit. It is anticipated that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will begin trading separately on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) 40 days following the Closing (or, if such date is not a trading day on the exchange, the next trading day on the exchange). However, no fractional Warrants will be issued and only whole Warrants will trade.
   
Eligibility: Eligible for RRSPs, RRIFs, RESPs, TFSAs, and RDSPs.
   
Underwriter: Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.
   
Underwriting Fee: 5.5% of Gross Proceeds.
   
  1.75% payable in cash at the Closing and the remaining 3.75% (the “Deferred Amount”) paid upon closing of the Qualifying Acquisition (of which (i) 3.25% would be payable in cash, and (ii) 0.5% would be payable at the complete discretion of the Corporation and, if so paid, paid to parties of the Corporation’s choosing including any party that assists the Corporation in the consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition).
   
Pricing Date: Expected Week of August •, 2019.
   
Closing Date: Expected Week of August •, 2019.

 

   

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.7

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_01.JPG  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. IPO Investor Presentation July 17, 2019 This document is for information purposes only and should not be considered a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security. This document does not constitute an offering memorandum or an offer or solicitation in any province or territory in Canada or other jurisdiction in which an offer or solicitation is not authorized. A copy of the preliminary prospectus dated July 17, 2019 containing important information relating to the securities described in this document has been filed with the securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces and territories of Canada, except Québec. A copy of the preliminary prospectus, and any amendment, is required to be delivered with this document. The preliminary prospectus is still subject to completion. Copies of the preliminary prospectus may be obtained from ecm@cgf.com. There will not be any sale or any acceptance of an offer to buy the securities until a receipt for the final prospectus has been issued. No securities regulatory authority has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offence to claim otherwise. The preliminary prospectus constitutes a public offering of the securities only in those jurisdictions where they may be lawfully offered for sale and, in such jurisdictions, only by persons permitted to sell such securities. This document does not provide full disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered. Investors should read the preliminary prospectus, the final prospectus and any amendment for disclosure of those facts, especially risk factors relating to the securities offered, before making an investment decision. This presentation has been prepared in connection with an offering of Class A Restricted Voting Units (the “Securities”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (“Bespoke” or the “Corporation”).

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_02.JPG  Non-IFRS Financial Measures This presentation refers to certain financial measures, such as EBITDA and Total Enterprise Value, which are not measures recognized under IFRS and do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS. As a result, these measures may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other corporations. These measures are intended to provide additional information to the user and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures prepared in accordance with IFRS. “EBITDA” is defined as net income adjusted to exclude interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. “Total Enterprise Value” is defined as market capitalization plus total debt outstanding less cash on hand. Forward-Looking Statements Certain information in this presentation may constitute “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. Forward-looking information may relate to Bespoke’s future outlook and anticipated events or results and may include statements regarding the financial position, business strategy, growth strategy, budgets, operations, financial results, taxes, dividends, plans and objectives of Bespoke, as the case may be. Particularly, statements regarding future results, performance, achievements, prospects or opportunities of Bespoke are forward-looking statements. The forward-looking information in this presentation is based on certain assumptions, including, without limitation, the closing of Bespoke’s initial public offering, the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, and the expected timing related thereto, Bespoke’s future objectives and strategies to achieve those objectives, including the completion of a qualifying acquisition, as well as other statements with respect to management’s beliefs, plans, estimates and intentions, and similar statements concerning anticipated future events, results, circumstances, performance or expectations that are not historical facts. Generally, forward-looking information can be identified by use of words such as “outlook”, “objective”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “will”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “forecasts”, “project”, “seek”, “anticipate”, “believes”, “should”, “plans” or “continue”, and other similar terminology. Forward-looking statements are based on the opinions and estimates of management of Bespoke, as of the date such statements are made, and they are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that may cause the actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements of Bespoke to be materially different from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Although management of Bespoke believes the assumptions and analysis underlying such statements are reasonable as of the date hereof, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these statements. Although management the has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements, there may be other factors that cause results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended. There can be no assurance that such statements will prove to be accurate, as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Sponsor does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements that are contained herein, except as required by applicable securities laws. See “Risk Factors” attached as Schedule “A” hereto for a description of the risk factors faced by Bespoke. Disclaimer Cautionary Note Regarding United States Securities Laws This presentation does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale of the securities of Bespoke, in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of such jurisdiction. The securities of Bespoke have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, “U.S. persons,” as such term is defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, unless an exemption from such registration is available. Cautionary Note to Investors in the United Kingdom European laws, regulations and their enforcement, particularly those pertaining to anti-money laundering, relating to making and/or holding investments in cannabis-related practices or activities are in flux and vary dramatically from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The enforcement of these laws – some of which carry criminal liability - and their effect on shareholders are uncertain and involve considerable risk. Accordingly, all potential investors located in the United Kingdom should take their own, independent legal advice based on their own circumstances prior to making any investment into the Corporation (whether directly or indirectly, or acting on an agency or principal basis). Risk Factor Risk Factors Relating to the Legality of Cannabis United Kingdom Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Regulation In the United Kingdom, in the event that we consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business whose business, despite being in compliance with local laws, would not be, if operated in the U.K., in compliance with U.K. laws, the sale of their securities of the Corporation or the receipt of dividends therefrom following the consummation of the qualifying acquisition may be in violation of U.K. domestic anti-money laundering legislation.

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_03.JPG  Paul Walsh – Executive Chairman ⚫Previously held positions include: CEO of Diageo (where under his leadership, the company created approximately US$80 billion of shareholder value), Operating Partner of TPG, Chairman and President of Pillsbury and CFO and Chief Development Officer of InterContinental Hotels Corp. ⚫Over 40 years of experience across a variety of industries, including CPG, restaurants, freight and logistics, universities and banks ⚫Paul is currently on several high profile boards, including Chairman of Compass Plc and NED of FedEx and McDonalds Peter Caldini – CEO ⚫Over 20 years of experience building and restructuring multinational organizations ⚫Peter was the Regional President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare North America and prior thereto President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare EMEA ⚫Previously was Head of Sub-Region Emerging Markets EMEA at Bayer Ian Starkey – Chair of Audit Committee ⚫Over 35 years of experience with audit, M&A, management consulting and forensic accounting ⚫Currently a Non-Executive Board Member of DAC Beachcroft LLP, a Member of Meyler Campbell’s Mastered Programme for executive coaching and also involved in various finance and non-profit ventures ⚫Previously, spent over 35 years, and was a Partner at KPMG (UK) Rob Berner – Board Member ⚫Over 30 years of experience working in and along-side some of the largest PE firms globally ⚫Rob is a Founder and Joint Managing Partner at BCP ⚫Previous positions include: Partner and Chairman of CVC Capital Partners USA, MD and Member of the Investment Committee at Ripplewood Holdings, MD and member of the Investment Committee at Charterhouse Int’l and Principal at Morgan Stanley Mark Harms – Board Member ⚫Over 30 years of experience in international finance and private equity, with over US$100 billion in transaction value ⚫Mark is a Founder and Joint Managing Partner at BCP and is the Founder, Chairman and CEO at Global Leisure Partners ⚫Previously was Global Head of Gaming, Lodging and Leisure and Consumer Growth Groups at CIBC World Markets and Head of Consum er Growth Group at Oppenheimer Candice Koederitz – Board Member ⚫Over 30 years of capital markets, due diligence, financial market product development, international and risk management experience ⚫Previously, she was a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley where she helped companies and governments globally raise over US$30 billion in capital ⚫Currently serves as an independent, Non-Executive Director of ICE Benchmark Administration Ltd, a financial benchmark administrator, and is involved with several non-profit organizations

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_04.JPG  Paul Walsh – Executive Chairman ⚫ Previously held positions include: CEO of Diageo (where under his leadership, the company created approximately US$80 billion of shareholder value), Operating Partner of TPG, Chairman and President of Pillsbury and CFO and Chief Development Officer of InterContinental Hotels Corp. ⚫ Over 40 years of experience across a variety of industries, including CPG, restaurants, freight and logistics, universities and banks ⚫ Paul is currently on several high profile boards, including Chairman of Compass Plc and NED of FedEx and McDonalds Diageo Shareholder Value Creation Under Paul Walsh’s Leadership US$108 bn Market cap plus buybacks and dividends during tenure Market Cap: US$29 bn Sept 1, 2000 May 7, 2013

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_05.JPG  Founded by Entrepreneurs and Business Builders ⚫ Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC (“BCP”) was founded in 2014 by experienced private equity veterans Rob Berner and Mark Harms ⚫ Paul Walsh, former CEO of Diageo, is BCP’s lead Operating Partner ⚫ Since inception, BCP has invested in deals with a combined EV of over US$2.5bn ⚫ A tailored approach to investment structure to strongly align with partners and counterparties BCP Solutions ⚫ Flexibility in control or minority positions and type of investment ⚫ Large stable of accomplished operating partners Proprietary Deal Sourcing ⚫ Proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities from long term relationships ⚫ All BCP investments have been proprietary bilateral negotiations, away from auction processes ⚫ Tend to be partner of choice given reputation as a “good partner” and our structuring flexibility Portfolio Overview ⚫ Privately owned and operated fitness center chain operating 440 clubs across 13 U.S. states ⚫ Provider of over 3 billion closures annually to the global wine industry ⚫ Leading Asian fitness center with 65 clubs in Taiwan ⚫ European provider of gaming services, operating a portfolio of 115 casinos

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_06.JPG  Attractive Industry Rapid Growth Category Global Legal Marijuana Market $13.8 bn 2018 Highly Fragmented >$200 bn in retail sales Gaining Global Acceptance Adult-Use Legalized Medical at Least Partially Legalized Some States Have Legalized Either Canadian Licensed Producers 100+ Companies CultivationExtractionBrands U.S. CBD 1,000+ Brands DevicesFormulationDistribution

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_07.JPG  Highly Differentiated Structure Creates Strong Shareholder Alignment ⚫ Structure is intended to allow us to rapidly create an industry-leading, vertically-integrated operator with capital to accelerate growth plans ⚫ Target of US$400m+ in cash for growth, including capex, marketing and brand development Outstanding Corporate Management Team & Sponsor Group ⚫ Brings together a team of experienced investment professionals with deep capabilities and an extensive network ⚫ Paul Walsh, former CEO of Diageo, to provide best-in-class oversight and guidance as Executive Chairman ⚫ CEO, Peter Caldini, brings a strong consumer health background with extensive management experience at Pfizer, Bayer and Wyeth Excellent Operating Team ⚫ Aim to bring together founder-led businesses with expertise across the cannabis spectrum ⚫ Focused on teams that have a shared vision, underpinned by strong R&D and new product development Global Reach ⚫ Plan to become one of the only truly global legalized branded cannabis businesses, with established presence in Europe and North America, and the objective to enter other international markets in the near-term Full Value Chain Solution from “Land-to-Brand” ⚫ Vertical integration will allow for synergistic benefits and scale economies ⚫ Focus on a global brand strategy enabled by plant genetics, high quality low-cost cultivation and extraction Best-in-Class Practices ⚫ Highest regulatory and compliance standards; only doing business in federally legal frameworks ⚫ Combines large cap institutional and private equity disciplines and support frameworks

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_08.JPG  ⚫ Consider and evaluate multiple targets across the value chain in cultivation, extraction, R&D and brands Research & Development Strong Operating Management ⚫ Underpins the vertical integration strategy with a focus on new product and brand development ⚫ To bring expertise that can be shared across the group Cultivation Synergistic Benefits ⚫ Focus on combination of highest quality and lowest cost built to EU-GMP standards in both Canada and Europe ⚫ Aim to create synergies between targets and seek companies that will benefit from the oversight from Paul Walsh, Peter Caldini, BCP and the group infrastructure Extraction ⚫ Seek solutions for a major bottleneck with capabilities in multiple jurisdictions, developed where the opportunity is right Willingness to Roll for Equity ⚫ Preference to acquire companies with stock rather than cash to better align interests with all stakeholders ⚫ SPAC IPO cash to support organic growth of the target companies Brands High Standards of Regulatory Compliance ⚫ Build a brand led business across each of the methods of cannabis consumption (edibles, drinks, vapes, flower, topicals) ⚫ Target companies that are doing business in federally legal frameworks and exhibit high standards of regulatory compliance (which will be monitored and enforced at group level)

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_09.JPG [LOGO]

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_10.JPG [LOGO]

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_11.JPG  Timeframe: Up to 18 Months (21 with a definitive agreement)1 (Investors can sell units daily in the open market) Time + 0 mos Time < 18 mos1 IPO Closes `Identify QA Target(s) Redemption Decision Investor Can Choose Scenario A: Qualifying Acquisition Warrants Scenario`B: Keep Shares and Warrants Time < 21 mos1 Shareholder Redemption Option ⚫ Cash available to fund qualifying acquisition Shares and Warrants begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date 1. Permitted timeline may be shortened or extended

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_12.JPG  In accordance with Section 13.7(4)(b) of National Instrument 41-101 - General Prospectus Requirements, all the information relating to comparables and any disclosure relating to the comparables, which is contained in the presentation to be provided to potential investors, has been removed from this template version for purposes of filing on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR).

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_13.JPG  In accordance with Section 13.7(4)(b) of National Instrument 41-101 - General Prospectus Requirements, all the information relating to comparables and any disclosure relating to the comparables, which is contained in the presentation to be provided to potential investors, has been removed from this template version for purposes of filing on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR).

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_14.JPG Schedule “A” Risk Factors •We are a newly incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective. •The ability of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential qualifying acquisition targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target. •The requirement that we complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our qualifying acquisition and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential acquisition targets as we approach the end of the Permitted Timeline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our qualifying acquisition on terms that would produce value for our shareholders. •We may not be able to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, in which case we would redeem our Class A Restricted Voting Shares. •Potential targets may be unwilling to effect a qualifying acquisition with us. •We may attempt to contemporaneously consummate qualifying acquisitions with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to consummate our qualifying acquisition and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability. •Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for acquisition opportunities of target businesses, it may be difficult for us to complete our qualifying acquisition. If we are unable to complete our qualifying acquisition, our Warrants will expire worthless. •Our ability to consummate an attractive qualifying acquisition may be impacted by the market for initial public offerings. •If the net proceeds of this Offering not being held in the escrow account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the period preceding the end of the Permitted Timeline, we may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition. •If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the escrow account could be reduced and the per unit redemption amount received by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be less than U.S.$10.00 per unit. •Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the escrow account available for distribution to holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares. •Our Sponsor will have significant influence in determining the outcome of the Shareholders Meeting (if required under applicable law), at which shareholder approval of the qualifying acquisition would be sought, and accordingly, which transaction would ultimately be completed as our qualifying acquisition. •Our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates may elect to purchase Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which may influence a vote on a proposed qualifying acquisition. •Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a qualifying acquisition. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our qualifying acquisition and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular qualifying acquisition is the most advantageous. •Since our Sponsor will lose its investment in us if our qualifying acquisition is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a qualifying acquisition target is appropriate. •Because there are other companies with a business plan similar to ours seeking to effectuate a qualifying acquisition, it may be more difficult for us to complete a qualifying acquisition. •Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations. •Our directors and officers and our Sponsor live or are organized outside of Canada; therefore investors may not be able to enforce applicable securities laws or their other legal rights against such parties. •In the event the Corporation acquires a United States entity or assets of a United States entity, it may have adverse tax consequences on holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and on the Corporation. •You will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any prospective qualifying acquisition target or any particular target business’ operations. •We may seek acquisition opportunities outside of our management’s area of expertise and our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all significant risks associated with the target company. •Although we identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_15.JPG  Risk Factors (cont’d) •We are not required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person, and consequently, an independent source may not confirm that the price we are paying for the business is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view. •Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. •After our qualifying acquisition, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside of Canada and all or the majority of our assets will be located outside of Canada; therefore investors may not be able to enforce applicable securities laws or their other legal rights. •We are highly dependent upon our directors and officers and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate and effect our qualifying acquisition. •Our ability to successfully effect our qualifying acquisition and to be successful thereafter will be largely dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our qualifying acquisition. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-qualifying acquisition business. •We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our qualifying acquisition with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. •The officers and directors of an acquisition target may resign upon or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition. The loss of an acquisition target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-qualifying acquisition business. •Our Sponsor, directors and officers may now be, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. •Our directors, officers, security holders and their respective affiliates and associates may have interests that conflict with our interests. •We may attempt to consummate our qualifying acquisition with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all. •The Corporation may lose “foreign private issuer status” in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses. •The Corporation may be subject to risks related to the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights subsequent to its qualifying acquisition, and may become subject to allegations that the Corporation is in violation of intellectual property rights of third parties. •The Corporation may be subject to risks related to information technology systems, including cyber-attacks. •Management of growth may prove to be difficult. •We may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our qualifying acquisition. •We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition or to fund the operations and/or growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular qualifying acquisition. •We may only be able to complete one qualifying acquisition with the proceeds of this Offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single target business which may have a limited number of products or services. •There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities. •There may be tax consequences to our qualifying acquisition that may adversely affect us. •Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed qualifying acquisition, which means we may complete our qualifying acquisition even though a majority of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares do not support such a transaction. •The only opportunity for holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to the exercise of their right to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash. •The ability of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition or optimize our capital structure. •Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Cannabis Business (If Applicable) •Cannabis businesses may be highly regulated entities and, subject to identifying an appropriate target business or businesses for our qualifying acquisition, we may be subject to significant regulatory risks. •The cannabis sector will be subject to a variety of changes in laws, regulations and guidelines, the full effect of which cannot yet be fully determined or assessed. •Scientific research related to the benefits of cannabis remains in early stages, is subject to a number of important assumptions and may prove to be inaccurate.

 

 

 

 

EX7_7_ INVESTOR PRESENTATION DATED JULY 17 2019_PAGE_16.JPG  Risk Factors (cont’d) •Competition in the cannabis industry is intense and includes increased competition by larger and better-financed competitors. •Negative publicity or consumer perception may affect the success of the cannabis industry. •Certain events or developments in the cannabis industry more generally may impact the Corporation’s reputation. •Third parties with whom an issuer may do business may perceive themselves as being exposed to reputational risk as a result of their relationship with the issuer. •An issuer may be subject to advertising and promotional risk in the event the issuer cannot effectively implement a successful branding strategy. •The businesses we acquire may be subject to product liability regimes and strict product recall requirements. •An issuer may not be able to successfully develop new products or find a market for their sale. •Insurance risks in the cannabis industry are not insignificant. •The Corporation may be subject to transportation risks. •The Corporation may be vulnerable to rising energy costs. •The Corporation may be subject to risks inherent in an agricultural business. •The Corporation may be subject to significant environmental regulations and risks. •A limited number of licenses have been issued to date in Canada. •While cannabis is legal in many U.S. state jurisdictions, it continues to be a controlled substance under the United States federal CSA. •European laws, regulations and their enforcement, particularly those pertaining to anti-money laundering, relating to making and/or holding investments in cannabis-related practices or activities are in flux and vary dramatically from jurisdiction to jurisdiction across Europe (including without limitation, the United Kingdom). •The differing regulatory requirements across state jurisdictions may hinder or otherwise prevent the Corporation from achieving economies of scale. •The approach to the enforcement of cannabis laws may be subject to change or may not proceed as previously outlined. •Any investments or acquisitions by the Corporation may be subject to applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations. •Any investments or acquisitions by the Corporation in the United States may be subject to heightened scrutiny. •To the extent we acquire related cannabis businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, U.S. border officials could deny entry into the U.S. to employees of, or investors in companies with cannabis operations in the United States. •To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be difficulty accessing the services of banks, which may make it difficult for us to operate our business. •To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be a restriction on the deduction of certain expenses. •To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be a lack of access to U.S. bankruptcy protections. •To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be difficulty with the enforceability of contracts. •If we effect our qualifying acquisition with a company located outside of North America, we could be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations. •Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted. •If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our qualifying acquisition, it may result in a negative impact on our business. •Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. •After our qualifying acquisition, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions and the tax laws in the country in which we operate. •Currency policies may cause a business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished. •The opportunity of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to their exercise of the right to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Units for cash. •Risks associated with the contractual right of action.

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.8

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

August 8, 2019

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.
20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor
London, United Kingdom
W1K 6Tl

 

- and -

 

Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP
20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor
London, United Kingdom
W1K 6Tl

 

Dear Sirs/Mesdames:

 

The undersigned, Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. (the “Underwriters”, and each individually, an “Underwriter”), understand that Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting units of the Corporation (the “ Class A Restricted Voting Units” or the “Treasury Units”). Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit has an offering price of $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Purchase Price”) and consists of one Class A Restricted Voting share of the Corporation (each, a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant of the Corporation (each full share purchase warrant, a “Warrant”). Upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition (as defined herein), each Class A Restricted Voting Share is expected to, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into one Common Share (as defined herein), subject to anti-dilution adjustments. The Warrants will become exercisable, at an exercise price of $11.50, only commencing 65 days after the completion of the qualifying acquisition and will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of the qualifying acquisition or earlier, as described in the Final Prospectus (as defined herein). The Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants shall have the material attributes as described in and contemplated by the Final Prospectus.

 

The Underwriters propose to distribute the Treasury Units and the Option Units (as defined herein), if any, in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec) (the “Qualifying Jurisdictions”) pursuant to the Final Prospectus, and in the United States (as defined herein) on a private placement basis in accordance with applicable exemptions from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act (as defined herein) and in each case, as permitted by Canadian Securities Laws (as defined herein). Offers and sales of Offered Units (as defined herein) in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons (as defined herein), may be made by the Underwriters, directly, or acting through a U.S. Affiliate (as defined herein), in compliance with Schedule A hereto to Qualified Institutional Buyers (as defined herein) in accordance with Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act and in compliance with similar exemptions under applicable state securities laws. With respect to the Offered Units to be sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in compliance with Rule 144A, the Underwriters or their U.S. Affiliates, shall purchase such Offered Units from the Corporation for resale in compliance with Rule 144A. The Underwriters will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or deliver any Offered Units or deliver the Prospectus (as defined herein) or the U.S. Placement Memorandum (as defined herein) to any person in any jurisdiction other than in the Qualifying Jurisdictions and, in the case of the U.S. Placement Memorandum, in the United States, except in a manner which will not require the Corporation to comply with the registration, prospectus, continuous disclosure, filing or other similar requirements under the applicable securities laws of such other jurisdictions.

 

- 2 -

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement, the Corporation hereby offers to sell to the Underwriters and the Underwriters hereby agree, severally in respect of the percentages set out in Section 2.2, and not jointly and severally, to purchase from the Corporation, at the Closing Time (as defined below) all, but not less than all, of the Treasury Units at the Purchase Price.

 

Subject to applicable laws and without affecting the firm obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Treasury Units from the Corporation at the Purchase Price in accordance with this Agreement, after the Underwriters have made a reasonable effort to sell all of the Treasury Units at the Purchase Price specified herein, the offering price to the public may be decreased and further changed from time to time to an amount not greater than the Purchase Price. Such decrease or further change in the offering price to the public will not affect the Purchase Price received by the Corporation or the amount of the Underwriters’ Fee (as defined herein) payable by the Corporation.

 

In addition, the Corporation grants to the Underwriters an over-allotment option (the “Over-Allotment Option”) to purchase, severally and not jointly and severally, up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (the “Option Units”) for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Over-Allotment Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time, and from time to time, during the period of 30 days following the Closing (as defined herein) on written notice by the Underwriters to the Corporation not later than two Business Days (as defined below) prior to exercise, specifying the number of Option Units to be purchased and the date of the closing of the purchase of the Option Units. Pursuant to such notice, the Underwriters shall purchase, and the Corporation shall sell, the number of Option Units indicated in such notice, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 hereof. The Option Units shall have attributes identical to the Treasury Units. The Underwriters shall be under no obligation whatsoever to exercise the Over-Allotment Option in whole or in part.

 

Provided that the Corporation consummates a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (as defined herein), the Corporation shall pay a total fee equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the offering of Offered Units (as defined herein) (the “Offering”), or $19,250,000 (or $22,137,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) pursuant to this Agreement (the “Underwriters’ Fee”) as follows: (i) to the Underwriters on the Closing a fee equal to $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit or $6,125,000 (or $7,043,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), payable in cash, and (ii) the remaining fee equal to $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit or $13,125,000 (or $15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) (the “Deferred Amount”) shall be deposited with the Escrow Agent (as defined herein) pursuant to the Escrow Agreement (as defined herein) and will be released and paid only if and when the Corporation consummates a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, plus, in each case, applicable taxes, if any. Of the Deferred Amount, the Corporation hereby agrees to pay only if and when the Corporation consummates a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (i) to the Underwriters (A ) $0.325 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, or $11,375,000 (or $13,081,250 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) in cash, and (ii) at the Corporation’s complete discretion, and if so paid, $0.05 per Offered Unit, or $1,750,000 (or $2,012,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) (the “Discretionary Deferred Portion”) to parties of the Corporation’s choosing. For greater certainty, the Underwriters will not be excluded from consideration for any portion of the Discretionary Deferred Portion and the payment of the Discretionary Deferred Portion is at the Corporation’s complete discretion. The Underwriters hereby agree that if no qualifying acquisition is consummated within the Permitted Timeline (as it may be extended), the Underwriters will not be paid the Deferred Amount.

 

- 3 -

 

Unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise specifically stated, all references in this Agreement to “Offered Units” shall mean collectively, the Treasury Units and the Option Units.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.            DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1           As used in this Agreement:

 

Administrative Services Agreement” means the administrative services agreement dated on or before the Closing Date between the Corporation and the Sponsor;

 

Agreement ” means this underwriting agreement dated August 8, 2019 among the Corporation, the Sponsor and the Underwriters;

 

associate”, “misrepresentation”, “material fact” and “material change” have the respective meanings attributed thereto in the Securities Act (Ontario);

 

Auditor” means the firm of RSM Canada LLP;

 

Business Day” means any day on which the Exchange is open for trading;

 

Canadian Securities Laws” means all applicable securities laws in each of the Qualifying Jurisdictions and the respective regulations, instruments and rules under such laws together with applicable published policy statements, notices and blanket orders of the securities regulatory authorities in the Qualifying Jurisdictions and the rules of the Exchange;

 

Canadian Securities Regulators” means the applicable securities commission or securities regulatory authority in each of the Qualifying Jurisdictions;

 

CDS” means CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.;

 

Claim” has the meaning given to such term in Section 15.1;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Share” has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Units” has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement;

  

- 4 -

 

Class B Shares” means the Class B shares of the Corporation including the Founder’s Shares;

 

Closing” means the completion of the issue and sale by the Corporation of the Treasury Units pursuant to this Agreement;

 

Closing Date” means the date of the Closing, which is expected to occur on or about August 15, 2019 or such other date as the Corporation, the Sponsor and the Underwriters may agree upon in writing, but in any event no later than August 30, 2019;

 

Closing Time” means 8:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the Closing Date or such other time on the Closing Date as the Corporation and the Underwriters may agree;

 

Common Shares” means the common shares of the Corporation, into which each Class A Restricted Voting Share is expected to, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted on a 1-for-1 basis, upon the closing of the Corporation’s qualifying acquisition, in accordance with the Corporation’s articles unless amended in accordance with applicable laws;

 

Corporation” has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Corporation Marketing Materials” means, collectively, the term sheet dated July 17, 2019 and the investor presentation dated July 17, 2019, each in the English language, and each as filed with the Canadian Securities Regulators;

 

Deferred Amount” has the meaning given to such term in the sixth paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Discretionary Deferred Portion” has the meaning given to such term in the sixth paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Distribution” means “distribution” or “distribution to the public” as those terms are defined under Canadian Securities Laws;

 

Escrow Account” means the escrow account containing the Escrow Funds to be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement;

 

Escrow Agent” means TSX Trust Company;

 

Escrow Agreement” means an escrow agreement dated on or before the Closing Date among the Corporation, the Escrow Agent and the Underwriters;

 

Escrow Funds” means collectively, the Initial Escrow Amount, together with any interest or other amounts subsequently earned thereon, and any other amounts subsequently raised and placed in escrow pursuant to permitted future issuance(s) by the Corporation of additional Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any interest or other amounts subsequently earned thereon, and including any additional contributions made to the Escrow Account by the Sponsor, in its sole discretion, from time to time, and notwithstanding the foregoing, any additional Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not be issued prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition unless the amount per-share deposited into the Escrow Account in connection therewith is not less than the Minimum Amount;

 

- 5 -

 

Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange;

 

Exchange Agreement and Undertaking” means the transfer restrictions agreement and undertaking to be dated as of the Closing Date, entered into by the Sponsor in favour of the Exchange;

 

Extension Redemption Price” has the meaning given to such term in Section 9.1(m);

 

Final Prospectus” means the final prospectus of the Corporation (including, for greater certainty, all the documents incorporated by reference therein) dated August 8, 2019 relating to the Distribution of the Offered Units;

 

Final Receipt” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1;

 

Final U.S. Placement Memorandum” means the final U.S. private placement memorandum (which shall include the Final Prospectus), in the form agreed by the Corporation and the Underwriters, prepared for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons on a private placement basis;

 

Founder’s Shares” means the 10,062,500 Class B Shares to be issued to the Sponsor prior to the Closing (up to 1,312,500 of which are subject to relinquishment by the Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised);

 

Founder’s Warrants” means the 12,000,000 Warrants to be issued to the Sponsor at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrant at the Closing, with each Founder’s Warrant entitling the holder thereof, commencing 65 days following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at a price of $11.50 per share (which, following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, is expected to become one Common Share), subject to adjustment;

 

Indemnified Party” and “Indemnified Parties” have the meanings given to such terms in Section 15.1;

 

Indemnifier” has the meaning given to such term in Section 15.6;

 

Initial Escrow Amount” means, upon the Closing, an aggregate of $350,000,000 (or $402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full);

 

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

Liquidation ” means the distribution of the Escrow Funds, directly or indirectly, to the holders of Offered Units sold pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the redemption of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Units, if the Corporation (i) fails to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or (ii) otherwise completes a Winding-Up prior to the termination of the Permitted Timeline;

 

Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking” means the make whole agreement and undertaking dated on or before the Closing Date entered into by the Sponsor in favour of the Corporation;

 

- 6 -

 

Marketing Materials” has the meaning given to such term in NI 41-101;

 

Material Adverse Effect” means (i) any effect, change, event or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, is, or could reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the business, affairs, property, liabilities (contingent or otherwise), operating results, condition (financial or otherwise), capital, cash flow, income or prospects of the Corporation, or (ii) any fact, event, change or occurrence that would result in the Prospectus or any Supplementary Material containing a misrepresentation;

 

Material Contracts” means the Escrow Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking, the Warrant Agency Agreement, the Relinquishment Agreement and the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking;

 

Minimum Amount” means the amount of the Escrow Funds then on deposit in the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, as reasonably determined by the Corporation and certified by the Corporation) (and in any event, no less than 100% of the gross proceeds raised in the Offering and in any subsequent rights offering of the Corporation), divided by the number of then outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares;

 

Money Laundering Laws” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.1(cc);

 

NI 41-101” means National Instrument 41-101 – General Prospectus Requirements of the Canadian Securities Administrators;

 

Offered Units” has the meaning give to such term in the seventh paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Offering” has the meaning given to such term in the sixth paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Offering Period” means the period from the date of the Final Receipt issued under the Passport System for the Final Prospectus until completion of the distribution of the Offered Units;

 

Option Units” has the meaning given to such term in the fifth paragraph of this Agreement;

 

OSC” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1;

 

Over-Allotment Closing Date” means the date, which shall be a Business Day, as set out in the Over-Allotment Notice or such other date as the Corporation and the Underwriters may agree upon in writing;

 

Over-Allotment Closing Time” means 8:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the Over-Allotment Closing Date or such other time on the Over-Allotment Closing Date as the Corporation and the Underwriters may agree upon in writing;

 

Over-Allotment Notice” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.1;

 

Over-Allotment Option” has the meaning given to such term in the fifth paragraph of this Agreement;

 

- 7 -

 

Passport System” means the passport system procedures provided for under Multilateral Instrument 11-102 – Passport System and National Policy 11-202 – Process for Prospectus Reviews in Multiple Jurisdictions of the Canadian Securities Administrators;

 

Permitted Timeline” means the allowable time period within which the Corporation must consummate its qualifying acquisition, being 18 months from the Closing (or 21 months from the Closing if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but has not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period), as it may be extended as described in the Final Prospectus;

 

Preliminary Prospectus” means the preliminary prospectus of the Corporation dated July 17, 2019 relating to the Distribution of the Offered Units;

 

Preliminary U.S. Placement Memorandum” means the preliminary U.S. private placement memorandum (which includes the Preliminary Prospectus), in the form agreed by the Corporation and the Underwriters, prepared for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons on a private placement basis;

 

Proportionate Voting Shares” the proportionate voting shares of the Corporation, into which each Class B Share is expected to be automatically converted on a 100-for-1 basis, upon the closing of the Corporation’s qualifying acquisition, in accordance with the Corporation’s articles unless amended in accordance with applicable laws;

 

Prospectus” means collectively, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Final Prospectus;

 

Purchase Price” has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer” has the meaning ascribed to such term under Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act;

 

qualifying acquisition” means the direct or indirect acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, and which is intended to be consummated by the Corporation within the Permitted Timeline and in accordance with applicable law (including the rules of the Exchange) and as more fully described in the Final Prospectus;

 

Qualifying Jurisdictions” has the meaning given to such term in the second paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Redemption Price” has the meaning given to such term in Section 9.1(k); “Registrar and Transfer Agent” means TSX Trust Company;

 

Relinquishment Agreement” means the relinquishment agreement dated on or before the Closing Date entered into by the Sponsor in favour of the Corporation and the Underwriters;

 

Sanctioned Country” and “Sanctioned Countries” have the meanings given to such terms in Section 8.1(dd);

  

- 8 -

 

Sanctioned Person” and “Sanctioned Persons” have the meanings given to such terms in Section 8.1(dd);

 

Sanctions” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.1(dd);

 

selling group” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4;

 

Shares” means collectively, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the Class B Shares, the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares;

 

Sponsor” means Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

Supplementary Material” means any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus and/or the U.S. Placement Memorandum or to any documentation supplemental thereto or any amending or supplemental prospectus or other supplemental documentation or any similar document required to be filed by the Corporation under any of the Canadian Securities Laws or U.S. securities laws during the Offering Period in connection with the distribution of the Offered Units;

 

Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder, as amended;

 

template version” has the meaning given to such term in NI 41-101;

 

Treasury Units” has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Underwriters” has the meanings given to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Underwriters’ Fee” has the meaning given to such term in the sixth paragraph of this Agreement;

 

United States” or “U.S. ” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States and the District of Columbia;

 

U.S. Affiliate” means the U.S. registered broker-dealer affiliate of the Underwriters;

 

U.S. Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as that term is defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

U.S. Placement Memorandum” means, collectively, the Preliminary U.S. Placement Memorandum and the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum;

 

U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

Warrant Agency Agreement” means the warrant agency agreement dated on or before the Closing Date between the Corporation and the Warrant Agent with respect to the Warrants;

 

Warrant Agent” means TSX Trust Company;

 

- 9 -

 

Warrants” means the 29,500,000 share purchase warrants (or 32,125,000 share purchase warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) that the Corporation is selling as a portion of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, and the Founder’s Warrants issued to the Sponsor at the Closing, and each a “Warrant”. At the Closing, each whole Warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each Warrant is expected to represent the entitlement to purchase one Common Share) at an exercise price of $11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, as described in the Final Prospectus. The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of the qualifying acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share; and

 

Winding-Up” means the liquidation and cessation of the business of the Corporation.

 

All defined terms herein denoted by initial capital letters and not otherwise defined have the meanings attributed thereto in the Final Prospectus.

 

1.2 Words im porting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa, and words importing the use of any gender shall include all genders.

 

1.3           References to currency are to United States dollars.

 

1.4          The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or meaning of this Agreement.

 

2.            PURCHASE AND SALE OF UNITS

 

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, the Corporation hereby agrees to sell to the Underwriters and the Underwriters hereby agree, severally in respect of the percentages set out in Section 2.2, and not jointly or jointly and severally, to purchase from the Corporation, at the Closing Time, all, but not less than all, of the Treasury Units at the Purchase Price per Treasury Unit. Each purchaser who is resident in a Qualifying Jurisdiction shall purchase the Treasury Units pursuant to the Final Prospectus.

 

2.2 The Obligations of the Underwriters set out herein are several and not joint, nor joint and several or joint or several, and shall be limited to the respective percentages of the aggregate number of Treasury Units (or the extent the Over-Allotment Options is exercised, the Option Units at the Over-Allotment Closing Time) set out opposite the names of each of the Underwriters below:

 

Canaccord Genuity Corp.     65 %
Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.     35 %

 

2.3 Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Corporation to sell less than all of the Treasury Units or shall relieve the Underwriters from liability to the Corporation. In the event of a termination by the Corporation of its respective obligations under this Agreement, there shall be no further liability on the part of the Corporation to the Underwriters except in respect of any liability which may have already arisen or may thereafter arise under Sections 13, 14 and 15, as applicable.

 

- 10 -

 

2.4 The Underwriters severally (and not jointly nor jointly and severally) will be permitted to appoint, at their sole expense, other duly registered investment dealers and brokers as their agents to assist in the distribution of the Offered Units. The Underwriters shall, and shall require each such dealer, other than the Underwriters, with which the Underwriters have a contractual relationship in respect of the Distribution of the Offered Units (the “selling group”), to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For greater certainty, the Underwriters shall deliver copies of the Final Prospectus and any Supplementary Material to purchasers in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws.

 

2.5 The Underwriters covenant and agree with the Corporation that they and any selling group member appointed by them shall distribute the Offered Units in a manner that complies with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, Canadian Securities Laws and, in connection with offers and sales in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons, the U.S. Securities Act, U.S. Exchange Act and applicable state securities laws, in each jurisdiction into and from which they may offer to sell the Offered Units, distribute the Prospectus or the U.S. Placement Memorandum, or distribute or disseminate the Corporation Marketing Materials in connection with the distribution of the Offered Units.

 

3.            QUALIFICATION OF SECURITIES

 

3.1 The Corporation and the Sponsor shall fulfil and comply with, to the satisfaction of the Underwriters, acting reasonably, the Canadian Securities Laws required to be fulfilled or complied with by the Corporation and the Sponsor in connection with the Offering, including, without limitation, to qualify the Offered Units for Distribution in the Qualifying Jurisdictions through the Underwriters. All legal requirements to enable the Distribution of the Offered Units shall be fulfilled as soon as practicable but in any event no later than the times specified in this Section 3.1 and in Section 12. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation shall, as soon as reasonably possible after any regulatory deficiencies have been satisfied with respect to the Preliminary Prospectus on a basis acceptable to the Underwriters, acting reasonably, use its reasonable best efforts to file the Final Prospectus in each of the Qualifying Jurisdictions and obtain a final receipt issued by the Ontario Securities Commission (the “OSC”) (including the deemed receipt from the other Qualifying Jurisdictions pursuant to the Passport System) (the “Final Receipt”) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on August 9, 2019 (or such later date or time as may be agreed to in writing by the Corporation and the Underwriters) for the Final Prospectus.

 

3.2 Each of the Corporation and the Underwriters confirm to the other parties hereto that it has approved in writing a template version of each of the Corporation Marketing Materials before such Corporation Marketing Materials were first provided to potential investors of the Offered Units, and the Corporation confirms to the Underwriters that it has filed an English language version of a template version of each of the Corporation Marketing Materials with the Canadian Securities Regulators, with any comparables (as defined in NI 41-101) removed as permitted by Section 13.7(4) of NI 41-101.

 

- 11 -

 

3.3 During the Distribution of the Offered Units, the Corporation agrees with the Underwriters and the Underwriters severally (not jointly nor jointly and severally) covenant and agree with the Corporation:

 

(a) not to provide any potential investor of Offered Units with any Marketing Materials other than the Corporation Marketing Materials unless a template version of such Marketing Materials has been approved in writing by the Corporation and the Underwriters and filed by the Corporation with the Canadian Securities Regulators, in each case on or before the day such Marketing Materials are first provided to any potential investor of Offered Units; and

 

(b) not to provide any potential investor of Offered Units with any materials or information in relation to the distribution of the Offered Units or the Corporation other than: (1) the Corporation Marketing Materials and such other Marketing Materials that have been approved and filed in accordance with this Section 3.3; and (2) the Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus and any Supplementary Material, as applicable.

 

4.            DOCUMENTS DELIVERED CONCURRENTLY WITH THIS AGREEMENT

 

4.1 On or prior to the time of filing of the Final Prospectus, the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Underwriters:

 

(a) a copy of each of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Final Prospectus in the English language and any documentation supplemental thereto required to be filed under Canadian Securities Laws, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, acting reasonably, approved, signed and certified as may be required by Canadian Securities Laws;

 

(b) a copy of each of the Preliminary U.S. Placement Memorandum and the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum;

 

(c) a “long-form” comfort letter from the Auditor, dated the date of the Final Prospectus, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, acting reasonably, addressed to the Underwriters, the Corporation and the directors of the Corporation, and based on a review completed not more than two Business Days prior to the date of such letter, relating to the audited financial statements contained in the Final Prospectus;

 

(d) evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters of the approval of the listing on the Exchange of the Offered Units and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Offered Units (with the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Offered Units intended to begin separate trading approximately 40 days following the Closing Date) subject only to satisfaction by the Corporation of the conditions imposed by the Exchange in its letter granting conditional listing approval; and

 

(e) copies of all other documents resulting from or related to the Corporation taking all other steps and proceedings that may be necessary in order to qualify the Offered Units for distribution in each of the Qualifying Jurisdictions by the Underwriters and other persons who are registered in a category permitting them to distribute the Offered Units under applicable Canadian Securities Laws.

 

- 12 -

 

4.2 In the event that the Corporation is required under Canadian Securities Laws to prepare and file Supplementary Material, the Corporation shall prepare and deliver promptly to the Underwriters signed and certified copies of such Supplementary Material in the English language. Any Supplementary Material shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, acting reasonably. Concurrently with the delivery of any Supplementary Material, the Corporation shall deliver to the Underwriters, with respect to such Supplementary Material, documents similar to those referred to in Sections 4.1(b), 4.1(c) and 4.1(e). The provisions of Section 5.1 shall apply, with any changes required by the context, to any Supplementary Material, copies of which are required by Canadian Securities Laws to be delivered on request or otherwise to any purchaser of Offered Units.

 

4.3 Delivery of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, the U.S. Placement Memorandum and any Supplementary Material to the Underwriters shall constitute the Corporation’s and the Sponsor’s joint and several representation and warranty to the Underwriters that, as at their respective dates: (i) all information and statements (except information and statements relating solely to and provided by the Underwriters in writing specifically for use in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, the U.S. Placement Memorandum or any Supplementary Material) contained in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, the U.S. Placement Memorandum and any Supplementary Material are true and correct in all material respects and contain no misrepresentation and constitute full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the Corporation, the Sponsor and the Offered Units; (ii) no material fact or information has been omitted from such disclosure (except for omissions in respect of facts or information relating solely to the Underwriters) which is required to be stated in such disclosure or is necessary to make the information contained in such disclosure not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made; (iii) such documents comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Canadian Securities Laws; and (iv) the U.S. Placement Memorandum (except information and statements relating solely to and/or provided by the Underwriters in writing specifically for use in the U.S. Placement Memorandum) does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, within the meaning of the U.S. Exchange Act. Such deliveries shall also constitute the Corporation’s consent to the use by the Underwriters and the selling group of the Final Prospectus, the U.S. Placement Memorandum and any Supplementary Material in connection with the Distribution of the Offered Units in the Qualifying Jurisdictions in compliance with this Agreement and the Canadian Securities Laws and the use by the Underwriters and their U.S. Affiliate of the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum for offer and sales of the Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons in compliance with this Agreement.

 

- 13 -

 

5.            COMMERCIAL COPIES

 

5.1 The Corporation shall cause commercial copies of the Final Prospectus in the English language and the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum to be delivered to the Underwriters without charge, in such numbers and in such cities as the Underwriters may reasonably request by written or oral instructions. Such delivery shall be effected as soon as reasonably possible and, in any event, with respect to the Final Prospectus and the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum on or before the date which is two Business Days (or such later day as the Underwriters and the Corporation may agree upon) after the Final Receipt has been issued by the OSC, as provided for in Section 3. The commercial copies of the Final Prospectus shall be identical in content to the electronically transmitted versions thereof filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities pursuant to the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval established pursuant to National Instrument 13-101- System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR) of the Canadian Securities Administrators. The Corporation shall similarly cause to be delivered commercial copies of any Supplementary Material.

  

6.            DISTRIBUTION OF UNITS

 

6.1 The Underwriters shall sell the Offered Units to the public, directly and through other members of the selling group, in compliance with applicable Canadian Securities Laws and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Final Prospectus, any Supplementary Material and this Agreement. The Underwriters shall be entitled to assume that the Offered Units are qualified for distribution in any Qualifying Jurisdictions where a Final Receipt or similar document has been issued or deemed issued under the Passport System for the Final Prospectus, unless the Underwriters receive notice to the contrary from the Corporation or the OSC, as principal regulator.

 

6.2 The Underwriters will notify the Corporation if and when, in their opinion, the distribution of the Offered Units has been completed, and shall, as soon as practicable thereafter (and in any event within the time periods necessary to obtain a refund of filing fees), provide the Corporation with a breakdown of the number of Offered Units distributed in each of the Qualifying Jurisdictions where such breakdown is required for the purpose of calculating fees payable to the applicable Canadian Securities Regulator.

 

7.            MATERIAL CHANGES

 

7.1 During the Offering Period, the Corporation and the Sponsor, as applicable, shall promptly notify the Underwriters in writing of:

 

(a) any change (actual, anticipated, contemplated, proposed or threatened, financial or otherwise) in the business, financial condition, affairs, operations, assets, liabilities or obligations (contingent or otherwise), prospects, capital or ownership of the Corporation, or the Sponsor, as applicable;

 

(b) any previously undisclosed fact (other than a material fact relating solely to the Underwriters) required to be disclosed in the Final Prospectus, the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum or any Supplementary Material, or any fact that has arisen or has been discovered which would have been required to have been stated in the Final Prospectus, the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum or any Supplementary Material had the fact arisen or been discovered on, or prior to, the date of the Final Prospectus, the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum or any Supplementary Material; and

 

- 14 -

 

(c) any change in any fact or matter covered by a statement contained in the Final Prospectus, the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum or any Supplementary Material;

 

which change or fact is, or may be, of such a nature as to render any statement in the Final Prospectus, the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum or any Supplementary Material misleading or untrue in any material respect or which would result in a misrepresentation in the Final Prospectus or any Supplementary Material or which would result in the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum containing any untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or which would result in the Final Prospectus or any Supplementary Material not complying with Canadian Securities Laws or which change would reasonably be expected to have a significant effect on the market price or value of the Offered Units.

 

7.2 During the Offering Period, the Corporation shall promptly, and in any event within any applicable statutory time limitation, comply, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Underwriters, with all applicable filings and other requirements under the Canadian Securities Laws as a result of such material fact or change; provided that the Corporation shall not, subject to the Corporation complying with the requirements of applicable Canadian Securities Laws, file any Supplementary Material or other document without first obtaining the approval of the Underwriters (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Corporation shall in good faith discuss with the Underwriters any fact or change in circumstances (actual, anticipated, contemplated, proposed or threatened, financial or otherwise) which is of such a nature that there is reasonable doubt whether written notice need be given under this Section as soon as practicable, and in any event, prior to making any filing.

 

7.3 During the Offering Period, the Corporation shall advise the Underwriters promptly, and forthwith provide the Underwriters with copies, of any written communications issued by any securities regulatory authority or by the Exchange, and received by the Corporation:

 

(a) suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus, any Supplementary Material or the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum or imposing any cease-trading or stop order or any halt in trading relating to the Offered Units or the institution or threat of any proceedings for that purpose; or

 

(b) otherwise relating to the Prospectus or the Offering.

 

The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such cease-trading or stop order and, if issued, shall forthwith take all reasonable steps which it is able to take and which may be necessary or desirable in order to obtain the withdrawal thereof as soon as possible.

 

- 15 -

 

8.             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

8.1 The Corporation and the Sponsor hereby covenant, represent and warrant jointly and severally to the Underwriters and acknowledge that the Underwriters are relying upon such representations, warranties and covenants in connection with their execution and delivery of this Agreement and the sale by the Underwriters of the Offered Units as provided herein:

 

(a) the Corporation is, and will be at the Closing Time, a validly existing corporation under the laws of the Province of British Columbia and is registered to carry on business under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it carries on its business;

 

(b) the Sponsor is, and will be at the Closing Time, a validly existing company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and is registered to carry on business under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it carries on its business;

 

(c) the Corporation is current with all filings required to be made by it under all other jurisdictions in which it exists or carries on any material business and has all necessary certificates, licences, authorizations and other approvals necessary to permit it to conduct its proposed activities, except where the failure to make any filing or obtain any certificate, licence, authorization or other approval would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and all such certificates, licences, authorizations and other approvals are in full force and effect in accordance with their terms except where the failure to so maintain such certificates, licences, authorizations or other approvals would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d) the Treasury Units to be issued at Closing and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants underlying the Treasury Units shall have the attributes and characteristics and conform in all material respects with the description thereof contained in the Final Prospectus and, if applicable, any Supplementary Material;

 

(e) the Founder’s Shares and the Founder’s Warrants to be issued at or prior to Closing shall have the attributes and characteristics and conform in all material respects with the description thereof contained in the Final Prospectus and, if applicable, any Supplementary Material;

 

(f) if the Common Shares are issued upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition pursuant to the automatic conversion (unless previously redeemed) of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and if the Proportionate Voting Shares are issued upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition pursuant to the automatic conversion of the Class B Shares, such Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares shall, unless such attributes are amended in accordance with applicable laws, have the attributes and characteristics and conform in all material respects with the description thereof contained in the Final Prospectus and, if applicable, any Supplementary Material;

 

(g) the Option Units which may be issued at the Over-Allotment Closing Date and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Option Units shall have the attributes and characteristics and conform in all material respects with the description thereof contained in the Final Prospectus and, if applicable, any Supplementary Material;

 

- 16 -

 

(h) except with respect to (i) the Founder’s Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible); and (ii) the Class B Shares (including the Proportionate Voting Shares into which such Class B Shares are expected to be convertible), no person, firm or corporation (except for securities purchased by investors under the Final Prospectus and as otherwise disclosed in the Final Prospectus, including the Common Shares into which the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible) has, as of the date hereof, or will have as at the Closing Time, any agreement, option, right or privilege (whether pre-emptive, contractual or otherwise) capable of becoming an agreement for the purchase, subscription or issuance of any securities of the Corporation and no rights, warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any securities of the Corporation;

 

(i) the Corporation has all requisite power and authority and has taken all actions required, to: (i) enter into this Agreement and the Material Contracts; (ii) carry out all the terms and provisions hereof and under the Material Contracts; and (iii) issue, sell and deliver (A) the Offered Units (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Offered Units, and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (B) the Founder’s Shares (and the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are expected to be convertible), and (C) the Founder’s Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible), in each case as set out in the Prospectus;

 

(j) the terms and conditions of the Offering comply in all material respects with Canadian Securities Laws;

 

(k) no consents, approvals, authorizations or orders under Canadian Securities Laws or any other jurisdiction or of any court or governmental agency or body or any stock exchange (except those that will have been obtained by the Closing Time in respect of the Offered Units) is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or in the Final Prospectus;
   
(l) at the Closing, the authorized capital of the Corporation will consist of an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Class B Shares, Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares, each without nominal or par value, of which there are 10,062,500 Class B Shares issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Corporation on the date hereof, and at the Closing, assuming no concurrent exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, there will be: (i) 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units issued and outstanding, consisting of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares and 17,500,000 Warrants; (ii) 10,062,500 Class B Shares issued and outstanding (being the Founder’s Shares); and (iii) 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants;

  

- 17 -

 

(m) (i) the Treasury Units to be issued at Closing and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) and the Warrants underlying such Treasury Units (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible), (ii) the Founder’s Shares to be issued prior to Closing (and ultimately, the Proportionate Voting Shares), and (iii) the Founder’s Warrants to be issued at Closing and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) into which the Founder’s Warrants are expected to be exercisable, have all been authorized for issuance and, when issued, the Treasury Units and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) and the Warrants underlying such Treasury Units (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible), the Founder’s Shares (and ultimately, the Proportionate Voting Shares), the Founder’s Warrants and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) into which the Founder’s Warrants are expected to be exercisable will all be validly issued (and in the case of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the Founder’s Shares, the Class B Shares, the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares, as fully paid and non-assessable);

 

(n) the Option Units and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) and the Warrants underlying the Option Units (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible) have been authorized for issuance and, when issued, the Option Units and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) and the Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible) underlying the Option Units will be validly issued (in the case of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares, as fully paid and non-assessable);

 

(o) neither the Corporation nor the Sponsor is in, or at the Closing Time will be in, breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or in default under (whether after notice or lapse of time or both): (i) this Agreement and any of the Material Contracts to which it is a party; (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement (written or oral) or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property or assets is subject where such breach, violation or default could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) its constating documents; or (iv) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it or any of its properties where such breach, violation or default could have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

- 18 -

 

(p) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of the Corporation and the Sponsor, the issue, sale and delivery of the Offered Units (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) and the Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible) underlying such Offered Units) by the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement, the issue, sale and delivery of the Founder’s Shares (and ultimately, the Proportionate Voting Shares), and the Founder’s Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) into which the Founder’s Warrants are expected to be exercisable) by the Corporation, as set out in the Final Prospectus, and the performance or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a material default under (whether after notice or lapse of time or both), any of the Material Contracts to which it is a party or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement (written or oral) or instrument to which the Corporation or the Sponsor is a party or by which either of them is bound or to which any of their property or assets is subject, nor will such action conflict with or result in any violation of the provisions of the constating documents or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over them or any of their properties;

 

(q) there are no legal or governmental actions, proceedings or investigations in existence to which the Corporation or the Sponsor is a party or to which the property of the Corporation or the Sponsor is subject or, to the best of the Corporation’s knowledge, contemplated or threatened against the Corporation or the Sponsor, at law or in equity or before or by any federal, provincial, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board or agency, domestic or foreign, which (i) could have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) questions the validity of the issuance, sale or delivery of the Offered Units or the validity of any action taken or to be taken by the Corporation or the Sponsor pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement;

 

(r) all necessary organizational or corporate action has been taken by the Corporation and the Sponsor to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Corporation and the Sponsor of this Agreement and the Material Contracts to which it is a party, and in the case of the Corporation only, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Offered Units (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including the Common Shares into which they are expected to be convertible) and the Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable, including the Common Shares into which such underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to be convertible) underlying such Offered Units), the Founder’s Shares (including the Proportionate Voting Shares into which they are expected to be convertible), and the Founder’s Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including the Common Shares into which they are expected to be convertible) into which the Founder’s Warrants are expected to be exercisable);

 

- 19 -

 

(s) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Corporation and the Sponsor;

 

(t) the Material Contracts are and/or will be at the Closing Time in full force and effect, unamended as of the date hereof or thereof, as applicable, and each Material Contract to which it is a party constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Corporation and the Sponsor enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and except as limited by the application of equitable principles when equitable remedies are sought and by the fact that rights to indemnity, contribution and waiver, and the ability to sever unenforceable terms, may be limited by applicable law;

 

(u) neither the Corporation nor the Sponsor has received notice from any governmental or regulatory authority of any jurisdiction in which it carries on a material part of its business, or owns or leases any material property, of any restriction on the ability of the Corporation or the Sponsor to, or of a requirement for the Corporation or the Sponsor to qualify to, nor is the Corporation or the Sponsor otherwise aware of any restriction on the ability of the Corporation or the Sponsor to, or of a requirement for them to qualify to, conduct their business or activities, as the case may be, as described in the Final Prospectus in such jurisdiction, except such qualifications as have been or will on or before the Closing Date be satisfied;

 

(v) TSX Trust Company at its principal offices in Toronto, Ontario has been duly appointed as the Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Offered Units and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares underlying the Offered Units;

 

(w) TSX Trust Company at its principal offices in Toronto, Ontario has been duly appointed as the Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agency Agreement;

 

(x) there are no outstanding claims, actions, suits, litigation, arbitration, investigations or proceedings, whether or not purportedly on behalf of the Corporation or, to the best of the Corporation’s knowledge, proposed or threatened against the Corporation which, if determined adversely to the Corporation could result in the revocation, cancellation or suspension of any of the Corporation’s licences or qualifications to carry on its activities or could have a Material Adverse Effect or which may restrict or prohibit the ability of the Corporation to perform its obligations hereunder, under any of the Material Contracts or as contemplated by the Prospectus;

 

(y) other than as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Corporation has not incurred any material liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise);

 

(z) the Corporation is current and up-to-date with all material filings required or desirable to be made by it under the laws of Canada and the Qualifying Jurisdictions thereof, including all Canadian Securities Laws;

 

- 20 -

 

(aa) no order, ruling or determination having the effect of suspending the sale or ceasing the trading of the securities of the Corporation has been issued or made by any Canadian Securities Regulator or stock exchange or any other regulatory authority and is continuing in effect and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge (without having made any inquiries of any Canadian Securities Regulator or other regulatory authority), contemplated or threatened by any such authority or under any Canadian Securities Laws;

 

(bb) the Corporation nor, to the knowledge of the Corporation, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Corporation is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that could result in a violation or a sanction for violation by such persons of the bribery provisions of the Criminal Code (Canada), the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada), the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, each as may be amended, or similar law of any other relevant jurisdiction, or the rules or regulations thereunder; and the Corporation has instituted and maintains policies and procedures to ensure compliance therewith. No part of the proceeds of the Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, in violation of the bribery provisions of the Criminal Code (Canada), the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada), the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, each as may be amended, or similar law of any other relevant jurisdiction, or the rules or regulations thereunder;

  

(cc) the Corporation has complied with the money laundering statutes and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Corporation with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Corporation, threatened;

 

(dd) neither the Corporation nor, to the knowledge of the Corporation, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Corporation (i) is, or is controlled or 50% or more owned in the aggregate by or is acting on behalf of, one or more individuals or entities that are currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States (including any administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State or the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, a member state of the European Union (including sanctions administered or enforced by Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom), the federal government of Canada or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions” and such persons, “Sanctioned Persons” and each such person, a “Sanctioned Person”), (ii) is located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions that broadly prohibit dealings with that country or territory (collectively, “Sanctioned Countries” and each, a “Sanctioned Country”) or (iii) will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by, or could result in the imposition of Sanctions against, any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise);

 

- 21 -

 

(ee) the Corporation has not engaged in any dealings or transactions with or for the benefit of a Sanctioned Person, or with or in a Sanctioned Country, in the preceding three years, nor does the Corporation have any plans to engage in dealings or transactions with or for the benefit of a Sanctioned Person, or with or in a Sanctioned Country;

 

(ff) the financial statements of the Corporation and the notes thereto contained in the Final Prospectus fairly represent the financial position and results of operations of the Corporation as of the date indicated thereon and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards applied on a consistent basis;

 

(gg) except for the Underwriters and except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there is no person, firm, or corporation acting or purporting to act for the Corporation entitled to any brokerage or finder’s fee in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereunder;

 

(hh) with the exception of this Agreement and the Material Contracts, to the best of the Corporation’s knowledge, there are or will be no other material contracts of or pertaining to the Corporation as of the date hereof and as on the Closing Date;

 

(ii) the Offered Units and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Offered Units and the Founder’s Warrants have been conditionally approved for listing on the Exchange pursuant to the Prospectus (and for greater certainty, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will initially trade as a unit with the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Offered Units intended to begin trading separately approximately 40 days following the Closing Date); and

 

(jj) the Corporation has not, nor, to its knowledge, has anyone on its behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition.

 

9.            COVENANTS OF THE CORPORATION AND THE SPONSOR

 

9.1 The Corporation and the Sponsor hereby covenant and agree as follows with the Underwriters and acknowledge that the Underwriters are relying upon such covenants in connection with their execution and delivery of this Agreement and the sale by the Underwriters of the Offered Units as provided herein:

 

(a) for a period commencing on the date hereof and ending at least five (5) years from the date of the consummation of the qualifying acquisition or until such earlier time at which the Liquidation occurs, the Corporation will use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the listing of the Corporation’s shares on the Exchange (or another similar stock exchange), except as a result of changes to the Corporation’s corporate structure or after giving effect to a going private transaction after the completion of a qualifying acquisition;

 

- 22 -

 

(b) other than payments made pursuant to the terms of the Administrative Services Agreement and except as set forth in the Prospectus (including the Discretionary Deferred Portion), the Corporation shall not pay the Sponsor or any of its affiliates a finder’s fee in connection with the qualifying acquisition and there will be no finder’s fees, consulting fees, reimbursements or cash payments made to the Sponsor, any of the Corporation’s officers or directors or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered to the Corporation prior to, or in connection with, the completion of a qualifying acquisition; unless expressly approved by a majority of the Corporation’s unconflicted directors and subject to any consent required by the Exchange; provided, however, that such officers, directors and affiliates may receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on the Corporation’s behalf to the extent that such expenses do not exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the Escrow Account;

 

(c) the amounts payable by the Corporation under the Administrative Services Agreement shall be no more than $10,000 per month in the aggregate (plus applicable taxes) for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services until the earlier of the date of the consummation of the qualifying acquisition or the Liquidation;

 

(d) the Corporation will apply the net proceeds from the Offering as outlined under the “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus (recognizing that, as described therein, the actual amounts may vary);

 

(e) the Corporation shall cause the proceeds of the Offering to be held in the Escrow Account to be invested only in U.S. dollar denominated cash or book-based securities, negotiable instruments, investments or securities which evidence: (i) obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the Government of Canada, the Government of the United States or any Province of Canada or State of the United States of America; (ii) demand deposits, term deposits or certificates of deposit of banks listed Schedule I or Schedule III of the Bank Act (Canada), which have an approved credit rating by an approved credit rating organization (as defined under National Instrument 45-1Prospectus Exemptions); (iii) commercial paper directly issued by Schedule I or Schedule III Banks which have an approved credit rating by an approved credit rating organization (as defined under National Instrument 45-1Prospectus Exemptions); or (iv) call loans to and notes or bankers' acceptances issued or accepted by any depository institution described in (ii) above;

 

 

(f) during the period prior to the earlier of the Corporation’s qualifying acquisition or Liquidation, the Corporation may only instruct the Escrow Agent to release funds from the Escrow Account in accordance with the Escrow Agreement; provided, however, that in the event of the Liquidation, up to $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the Escrow Amount may be released to the Corporation to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs (as described in the Final Prospectus);

 

- 23 -

 

(g) the Corporation will reserve and keep available for issuance that maximum number of its authorized but unissued Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares that are issuable upon exercise of any of the Warrants outstanding from time to time, and the automatic conversion of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition;

 

(h) the Corporation will reserve and keep available for issuance that maximum number of its authorized but unissued Proportionate Voting Shares that are issuable upon the automatic conversion of the Class B Shares upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition;

 

(i) prior to the earlier of the consummation of the qualifying acquisition or the Liquidation, the Corporation shall cause its board or audit committee to review and approve all material payments made to the Sponsor, any of the Corporation’s directors or officers or any of the Corporation’s or their respective affiliates as set out in the Prospectus;

 

(j) the Corporation will seek, where practicable, to have all material vendors, service providers (other than its Auditor and the Underwriters), prospective target businesses or other entities with which it does business, enter into agreements waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Escrow Account;

 

(k) if the Corporation proceeds with a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will offer to each holder of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares the right to deposit for redemption, prior to a deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect immediately prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, all or a portion of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares for a redemption price per share, payable in cash (the “Redemption Price”), equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the Escrow Funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline), including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in the Final Prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the Deferred Amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account. The Corporation may proceed with a qualifying acquisition (subject to any applicable corporate law requirements) only if it is approved by a majority of the directors unrelated to the qualifying acquisition. If, after seeking and receiving such approval, the Corporation elects to so proceed, it will pay the Redemption Price to all redeeming holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares deposited for redemption. Only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly exercise their redemption rights pursuant to the Final Prospectus shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Escrow Account in connection with a qualifying acquisition, and the Corporation shall pay no distributions with respect to any other holders of Shares of the Corporation in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing; however, this limitation will not apply in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline;

 

- 24 -

 

(l) in the event that the Corporation does not effect a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, the Corporation will (i) cease all operations except in connection with the Liquidation, and (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible (such date to be within ten (10) days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), redeem 100% of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the Escrow Funds available in the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the Escrow Account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs (as described in the Final Prospectus), each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, which redemption will completely extinguish such rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law. Only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive such redemption amounts referred to in (ii) above, and the Corporation shall pay no such redemption amounts with respect to any other Shares of the Corporation;

 

(m) if the Corporation seeks approval of the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares to extend the Permitted Timeline, the Corporation will offer to each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares the right to deposit for redemption all or a portion of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares at a redemption price, payable in cash (the “Extension Redemption Price”), equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the Escrow Funds available in the Escrow Account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the Deferred Amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account. If, after seeking and receiving such approval, the Corporation elects to so proceed, it will pay the Extension Redemption Price to all redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares deposited for redemption. Only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly exercise their redemption rights pursuant to the Final Prospectus shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Escrow Account in connection with an extension to the Permitted Timeline, and the Corporation shall pay no distributions from the Escrow Agent to any other holders of Shares of the Corporation in connection therewith;

 

- 25 -

 

(n) promptly upon such materials being filed, the Corporation shall provide the Underwriters with all documents required to be filed by the Corporation in connection with a qualifying acquisition pursuant to Canadian Securities Laws; and

 

(o) the Corporation will not propose any amendment to the Corporation’s articles, as amended by the Corporation’s articles of amendment entered into prior to the closing of the Offering, prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition that would materially adversely affect the redemption rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, unless the Escrow Agreement has been amended to provide holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares with redemption rights, should such amendment of the articles proceed, that are substantially equivalent to the redemption rights that would apply to redemptions on the extension of the Permitted Timeline.

 

9.2 Upon the consummation of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation hereby agrees to pay (i) to the Underwriters (A) $0.325 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, or $11,375,000 (or $13,081,250 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) in cash, and (ii) at the Corporation’s complete discretion, the Discretionary Deferred Portion (in the amount of $0.05 per Offered Unit, or $1,750,000 (or $2,012,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full)) to parties of the Corporation’s choosing, including any party that assists the Corporation in the consummation of the qualifying acquisition. For greater certainty, the Underwriters will not be excluded from consideration for any portion of the Discretionary Deferred Portion and the payment of the Discretionary Deferred Portion is at the Corporation’s complete discretion. Payment of the aggregate Deferred Amount will (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) be made out of the proceeds of the Offering held in the Escrow Account or otherwise by the Corporation. The Underwriters shall have no claim to payment of any interest earned on the portion of the proceeds held in the Escrow Account representing the Deferred Amount. If the Corporation fails to consummate its qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (including any extension thereof), the Deferred Amount will not be paid and will, instead, be included in the Liquidation distribution of the proceeds held in the Escrow Account made to the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares. For greater certainty, the Deferred Amount will only be paid out of the Escrow Account to the extent there are funds available after payment of all taxes, redemption amounts and permitted expenses, and any shortfall will be paid directly by the Corporation. In connection with any such Liquidation, the Underwriters will not be paid the Deferred Amount.

 

- 26 -

 

10. CLOSING

 

10.1 Subject as hereinafter provided, the Closing shall be completed at the Closing Time on the Closing Date at the offices of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, in the City of Toronto.

 

10.2 At the Closing Time, and provided that all conditions precedent to the completion of the Offering as stipulated in this Agreement have been satisfied:

 

(a) the Corporation shall duly issue, register and deliver the Treasury Units (and if applicable, the Option Units) which the Underwriters have purchased to the Underwriters in the form of an electronic deposit pursuant to the non-certificated issue system maintained by CDS representing the Treasury Units to such CDS instant deposit number(s) as the Underwriters may advise; and

 

(b) the Underwriters shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, on behalf of the Corporation, the aggregate purchase price for the Treasury Units, net of the amount of $0.175 per Treasury Unit and net of any amounts payable in respect of the Underwriters’ expenses reasonably incurred as provided for in Section 14.1 by way of an electronic funds transfer.

 

11.          OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

 

11.1 The Corporation has granted to the Underwriters the Over-Allotment Option to purchase, severally and not jointly and severally, in accordance with the percentages set forth in Section 2.2, the Option Units on the same terms as the Class A Restricted Voting Units as described herein. The Over-Allotment Option is exercisable in whole or in part at any time, and from time to time, on or before 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the date that is 30 days following the Closing Date. The Underwriters may exercise the Over-Allotment Option from time to time, in whole or in part, during the currency thereof by delivering written notice to the Corporation (the “Over-Allotment Notice”) not later than two Business Days prior to exercise, specifying the number of Option Units which the Underwriters wish to purchase and the Over-Allotment Closing Date (which date may be the same as the Closing Date but not earlier than the Closing Date). If the Underwriters exercise the Over-Allotment Option, the Underwriters shall, on the Over-Allotment Closing Date, pay to the Corporation the aggregate purchase price for the Option Units so purchased net of the amount of $0.175 per Option Unit by way of an electronic funds transfer, and the Corporation shall duly issue, register and deliver the Option Units which the Underwriters have purchased to the Underwriters in the form of an electronic deposit pursuant to the non-certificated issue system maintained by CDS representing the Option Units to such CDS instant deposit number(s) as the Underwriters may advise. The applicable terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to the issuance of any Option Units pursuant to any exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, including the delivery to the Underwriters of the documents referred to in Sections 12.1(d), 12.1(f) and 12.1(g) dated the Over-Allotment Closing Date and such other customary closing certificates and documents as the Underwriters may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Corporation and other matters related to the sale and issuance of the Option Units, except as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and the Underwriters.

  

- 27 -

 

11.2 In the event the Corporation shall subdivide, consolidate or otherwise change its Class A Restricted Voting Units or Class A Restricted Voting Shares prior to the Over-Allotment Closing Time, the number of Option Units into which the Over-Allotment Option is exercisable shall be similarly subdivided, consolidated or changed such that the Underwriters would be entitled to receive the equivalent of the number and type of securities that it would have otherwise been entitled to receive had it exercised the Over-Allotment Option prior to such subdivision, consolidation or change. The subscription price shall be adjusted accordingly and notice shall be given to the Underwriters of such adjustment. In the event that the Underwriters shall disagree with the foregoing adjustment, such adjustment shall be determined conclusively by the Corporation’s Auditor at the Corporation’s expense.

 

12.          CONDITIONS

 

12.1 The Underwriters’ obligations hereunder shall be subject to the accuracy of the covenants, representations and warranties of the Corporation and the Sponsor contained in this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, the performance by the Corporation and the Sponsor of their respective obligations under this Agreement and the following conditions:

 

(a) The Underwriters shall have received at the Closing Time a legal opinion dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel to the Underwriters, acting reasonably, addressed to the Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters from Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, as to the laws of Canada and the Qualifying Jurisdictions which counsel in turn may rely upon the opinions of local counsel where they deem such reliance proper as to the laws other than those of Canada and Ontario, and as to matters of fact, on certificates of the Auditor of the Corporation, public officials and officers of the Corporation and the Sponsor and correspondence between or from public officials and stock exchange officials with respect to the following matters, including, without limitation:

 

(i) as to the incorporation of the Corporation under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, the corporate power and capacity of the Corporation to carry on its businesses or activities as described in the Final Prospectus, to enter into and to carry out its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Material Contracts to which it is a party and, the requisite corporate power and authority to issue the Offered Units, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the Warrants, the Common Shares, the Class B Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares as contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(ii) that the Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Class B Shares, Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares;

 

(iii) the number of issued and outstanding securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the Closing Time;

 

(iv) that all necessary action has been taken by the Corporation to authorize the execution and delivery of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus and, if applicable, any Supplementary Material and the filing of such documents under the Canadian Securities Laws in each of the Qualifying Jurisdictions and to authorize the use and delivery of the U.S. Placement Memorandum including any amendments or supplements thereto;

 

- 28 -

 

(v) that all necessary action has been taken by the Corporation to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Material Contracts to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder;

 

(vi) that all necessary action has been taken by the Corporation to authorize the creation and issuance of the (A) Offered Units (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying such Offered Units), (B) the Founder’s Shares, (C) the Warrants, including for greater certainty, the Founder’s Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and ultimately, the Common Shares) into which they are intended to be exercisable, and (D) the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares issuable upon conversion of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Class B Shares, respectively;

 

(vii) that the attributes and characteristics of the (A) Offered Units (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying such Offered Units), (B) the Founder’s Shares (and the Proportionate Voting Shares into which they are intended to be convertible), (C) the Warrants, including for greater certainty, the Founder’s Warrants (and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and ultimately, the Common Shares) into which they are intended to be exercisable, (D) the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares issuable upon conversion of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Class B Shares, respectively, are consistent in all material respects with the descriptions in the Final Prospectus and, if applicable, any Supplementary Material;

 

(viii) that the form and terms of the certificates representing the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the Class B Shares, the Warrants, the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares, if any, have been duly approved by the Corporation and comply with the provisions of the constating documents of the Corporation and, in the case of the Shares, the requirements of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and in the case of the Warrants, the requirements of the Exchange;

 

(ix) that upon the receipt by the Corporation of the subscription price for the Treasury Units, the Treasury Units will be duly and validly created, issued and outstanding (in the case of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, as fully paid and non-assessable);

 

(x) the Founder’s Shares have been duly and validly created, issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable;

 

 

- 29 -

 

(xi) that upon the receipt by the Corporation of the subscription price for the Founder’s Warrants, the Founder’s Warrants will be duly and validly created, issued and outstanding;

 

(xii) that the Over-Allotment Option has been validly created, and upon the receipt by the Corporation of the subscription price for the Option Units, the Option Units will be duly and validly created, issued and outstanding (in the case of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, as fully paid and non- assessable);

 

(xiii) that a sufficient number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and of Common Shares issuable upon the expected automatic conversion of such Class A Restricted Voting Shares upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition) have been reserved for issuance on exercise of the Warrants, and upon the receipt by the Corporation of the exercise price for the Warrants upon due exercise of the Warrants, will be validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(xiv) that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Material Contracts and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the entering into of the Material Contracts) by the Corporation and the issue and sale of the Treasury Units and the issue and sale of the Option Units by the Corporation, do not and will not result in a breach (whether after notice or lapse of time or both) of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the constating documents or resolutions of the Corporation or any applicable laws of the Province of British Columbia or the laws of Canada applicable therein;

 

(xv) that this Agreement and the other Material Contracts to which it is a party have been duly authorized and executed by the Corporation, and constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Corporation enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement of such agreements may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and except as limited by the application of equitable principles when equitable remedies are sought and by the fact that rights to indemnity, contribution and waiver, and the ability to sever unenforceable terms, may be limited by applicable law;

 

(xvi) that TSX Trust Company, at its principal offices in the city of Toronto, Ontario has been duly appointed as the Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares;

 

(xvii) that TSX Trust Company, at its principal offices in the city of Toronto, Ontario has been duly appointed as warrant agent for the Warrants;

 

(xviii) that the Offered Units and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Offered Units and the Founder’s Warrants have been conditionally approved for listing by the Exchange;

 

- 30 -

 

(xix) a first trade by a holder of Common Shares received upon the exercise of the Warrants will not be subject to the prospectus requirements of Canadian Securities Laws and no filing, proceeding, approval, consent or authorization under Canadian Securities Laws will be required to permit the trading of such Common Shares in the Qualifying Jurisdictions, provided that the trade is not a “control distribution” as such term is defined in National Instrument 45-102 – Resale of Securities and the Corporation is a reporting issuer in one or more of the Qualifying Jurisdiction at the time of the trade;

  

(xx) that the statements under the heading “Eligibility for Investment” in the Final Prospectus are accurate as of the Closing Date, subject to the qualifications, assumptions, limitations and understandings set out therein;

 

(xxi) that the summary under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the Final Prospectus is, as of the Closing Date, a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a holder described in the summary who acquires Offered Units as beneficial holder pursuant to the Prospectus, subject to the qualifications, assumptions, limitations and understandings set out in such summary; and

 

(xxii) that all necessary documents have been filed and all requisite proceedings have been taken and all necessary approvals, permits, consents and authorizations of the appropriate regulatory authorities under the Canadian Securities Laws have been obtained by the Corporation to qualify the Offered Units for Distribution in each of the Qualifying Jurisdictions through investment dealers or brokers duly registered in the appropriate category under the applicable laws of the Qualifying Jurisdictions who have complied with the relevant provisions of such applicable legislation.

 

(b) The Underwriters shall have received at the Closing Time a legal opinion dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters from U.S. counsel to the Corporation, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters:

 

(i) to the effect that: (A) it is not necessary in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Units to the Underwriters under the Underwriting Agreement or in connection with the initial resale of the Offered Units by the Underwriters, solely in the manner contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the Preliminary U.S. Placement Memorandum and the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum, to register the Offered Units under the U.S. Securities Act, it being understood that no opinion is hereby expressed as to when or under what circumstances any Offered Units initially resold by the Underwriters may be reoffered or resold and (B) the Corporation is not required to register as an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act; and

  

- 31 -

 

(c) The Underwriters shall have received at the Closing Time a legal opinion dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters from Maples Group, Cayman Island counsel to the Sponsor, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters:

  

(A) as to the formation and existence of the Sponsor under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the power and capacity of the Sponsor to carry on its businesses or activities as described in the Final Prospectus, to enter into and to carry out its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Material Contracts to which it is a party;

 

(B) that all necessary action has been taken by the Sponsor to authorize the execution and delivery of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, if applicable, any Supplementary Material, this Agreement and each of the Material Contracts to which it is a party;

 

(C) that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Material Contracts and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the entering into of the Material Contracts) by the Sponsor, do not and will not violate (whether after notice or lapse of time or both) of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the organizational documents of the Sponsor or the Exempted Limited Partnership Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands; and

 

(D) that this Agreement and the other Material Contracts to which the Sponsor is a party have been duly authorized and executed by the Sponsor, and constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sponsor, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement of such agreements may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and except as limited by the application of equitable principles when equitable remedies are sought and by the fact that rights to indemnity, contribution and waiver, and the ability to sever unenforceable terms, may be limited by applicable law.

 

(d) The Underwriters shall have received at the Closing Time a letter dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters addressed to the Underwriters from the Auditor of the Corporation, confirming the continued accuracy of the comfort letter to be delivered to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 4.1(c), with such changes as may be necessary to bring the information in such letter forward to a date not more than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, which changes shall be acceptable to the Underwriters;

 

(e) The Underwriters shall have received at the Closing Time certificates dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters and signed by the Corporation with respect to the constating documents of the Corporation, all resolutions of the directors of the Corporation relating to the Offering, the incumbency and specimen signatures of signing officers of the Corporation and with respect to such other matters as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

  

- 32 -

 

(f) The Underwriters shall have received at the Closing Time a certificate or certificates dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters from the Corporation and signed by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation or other officers of the Corporation acceptable to the Underwriters, certifying, after having made due enquiry and after having carefully examined the Final Prospectus and any Supplementary Material, that:

 

(i) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Final Prospectus, as amended by any Supplementary Material (A) there has been no material change (actual, anticipated, contemplated, proposed or threatened, whether financial or otherwise) in the business, financial condition, affairs, operations, assets, liabilities or obligations (contingent or otherwise) or capital of the Corporation, and (B) no transaction has been entered into by the Corporation which is material to the Corporation, other than as disclosed in the Final Prospectus or any Supplementary Material, as the case may be;

 

(ii) that the Prospectus does not contain a misrepresentation and contains full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the Offered Units and that the Final U.S. Placement Memorandum, as of its date and as of the Closing Date, did not and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, within the meaning of the U.S. Exchange Act;

 

(iii) there are no contingent liabilities affecting the Corporation which are material to the Corporation, other than as disclosed in the Final Prospectus or any Supplementary Material as the case may be;

 

(iv) no order, ruling or determination having the effect of suspending the sale or ceasing the trading of the Offered Units or any other securities of the Corporation has been issued by any regulatory authority and is continuing in effect and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of such officers, contemplated or threatened under any of the Canadian Securities Laws or by any other regulatory authority;

 

(v) the Corporation has complied with and satisfied the covenants, terms and conditions of this Agreement on its part to be complied with and satisfied up to the Closing Time; and

 

(vi) the representations and warranties of the Corporation contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made at and as of the Closing Time after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

- 33 -

 

(g) The Underwriters shall have received at the Closing Time a certificate or certificates dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters from the Sponsor and signed by the Chief Executive Officer and by the Chief Financial Officer of the Sponsor or other officers of the Sponsor reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters, certifying on behalf of the Sponsor after having made due enquiry and after having carefully examined the Final Prospectus and any Supplementary Material, that:

 

(i) the representations and warranties of the Sponsor contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made at and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

(ii) the Sponsor has complied with and satisfied the covenants, terms and conditions of this Agreement to be complied with and satisfied up to the Closing Time.

 

(h) The Underwriters shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters that each of the Material Contracts has been entered into and is in full force and effect.

 

(i) The Underwriters shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters that the Sponsor has executed and delivered the Relinquishment Agreement.

 

(j) The Sponsor will have acquired as of or prior to the Closing Date an aggregate of 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $12,000,000.

 

(k) The Sponsor will have acquired as of or prior to the Closing Date an aggregate of 10,062,500 Founder’s Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 and will have agreed to relinquish up to 1,312,500 Founder’s Shares to the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised in full.

 

(l) The Corporation shall have received the conditional approval of the Exchange to the listing of the Offered Units on the Exchange at the Closing Time and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants underlying the Offered Units to be separated and traded separately approximately 40 days following the Closing Date.

 

(m) The Underwriters shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters that the Sponsor has waived any right of action or right of rescission that it may have against the Underwriters in connection with the acquisition by the Sponsor of any Founder’s Shares, and Founder’s Warrants (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable), as applicable, which may arise from Section 130(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario) and the corresponding provisions of the Canadian Securities Laws of the other Qualifying Jurisdictions.

 

- 34 -

 

13. TERMINATION

 

13.1 The Underwriters shall have the right to terminate its obligations hereunder by written notice to the Corporation if, after the date hereof and prior to the Closing Time:

 

(a) there should occur or there should be announced or discovered any material change or any change in a material fact or new material fact in relation to the Corporation which, in the opinion of the Underwriters, acting reasonably, would be expected to have a significant adverse effect on the market price or value of the Offered Units;

 

(b) (1) there should develop, occur or come into effect or existence any event, action, state, condition or major financial occurrence of national or international consequence which, in the opinion of the Underwriters, acting reasonably, seriously adversely affects, or involves, or will seriously adversely affect, or involve, the financial markets or the business, operations or affairs of the Corporation; or (2) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by Canada or the United States of a national emergency or war, or other calamity or crisis, which, in the opinion of the Underwriters, acting reasonably, seriously adversely affects, or involves, or will seriously adversely affect, or involve, the financial markets or the business, operations or affairs of Corporation;

 

(c) any inquiry, action, suit, investigation or other proceeding, whether formal or informal, is instituted, announced or threatened or any order is made by any federal, provincial, state, municipal or other governmental authority in relation to the Corporation or the Sponsor which, in the opinion of the Underwriters, acting reasonably, operates to prevent or restrict the distribution or trading of the Offered Units;

 

(d) any order to cease or suspend trading in the Corporation’s securities or to prohibit or restrict the distribution of the Offered Units is made, or proceedings are announced, commenced or threatened for the making of any such order, by any of the Canadian Securities Regulators or the Exchange and has not been rescinded, revoked or withdrawn;

 

(e) there is announced any change or proposed change in law, regulation or policy or the interpretation or administration thereof, if, in the opinion of the Underwriters, acting reasonably, the change, announcement, commencement or threatening thereof materially adversely affects, or may materially adversely affect, the trading or distribution of the Offered Units or the trading of any other securities of the Corporation; or

 

(f) the state of the financial markets in Canada or the United States is such that, in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriters, the Offered Units cannot be marketed profitably.

 

- 35 -

 

13.2 The Corporation and the Sponsor, each agrees that all terms and conditions in this Agreement shall be construed as conditions and complied with so far as they relate to acts to be performed or caused to be performed by it, that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with such conditions, and that any breach or failure by the Corporation or the Sponsor to comply with any such conditions shall entitle any of the Underwriters to terminate their obligations to purchase the Offered Units by notice to that effect given to the Corporation at any time at or prior to the Closing Time, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. The Underwriters may waive, in whole or in part, or extend the time for compliance with, any terms and conditions without prejudice to its rights in respect of any other terms and conditions or any other or subsequent breach or non-compliance, provided that any such waiver or extension shall be binding upon the Underwriters only if such waiver or extension is in writing and signed by the Underwriters.

 

13.3 The rights of termination contained in this Section 13 are in addition to any other rights or remedies the Underwriters may have in respect of any default, act or failure to act or non-compliance by the Corporation or the Sponsor in respect of any of the matters contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise. In the event of any such termination, there shall be no further liability on the part of the Underwriters or the Corporation to each other, except in respect of any liability which may have arisen prior to or arise after such termination under Sections 14.1 or 15. The Underwriters may waive, in whole or in part, or extend the time for compliance with, any terms and conditions without prejudice to their rights in respect of any other terms and conditions or any other or subsequent breach or non-compliance provided however, that any waiver or extension must be in writing and signed by the Underwriters in order to be binding upon them.

 

14. EXPENSES OF OFFERING AND UNDERWRITERS’ EXPENSES

 

14.1 If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not completed, the Corporation and the Sponsor agree, jointly and severally, to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriters incurred in connection with the Offering (whether incurred before or after the date hereof) including, but not limited to reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriters’ legal counsel, technical consultants and other applicable experts, all costs and expenses related to roadshows and marketing activities, printing, filing, distribution, stock exchange approval and other regulatory compliance, other out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriters and all taxes payable in respect of any of the foregoing, up to the aggregate maximum set forth in Section 14 of the engagement letter dated July 2, 2019 between Canaccord Genuity Corp. and the Corporation (the “Engagement Letter”). In all other cases, each party shall be responsible for its own fees and disbursements incurred in connection with the Offering.

 

14.2 Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are completed, the Corporation and the Sponsor agree, jointly and severally, to pay all other costs and expenses of or incidental to the creation, offering, issue, sale and delivery of the Offered Units comprising the Offering, including, but not limited to, the cost of printing the Prospectus, any Supplementary Material and the U.S. Placement Memorandum, the cost of qualifying the Offered Units for sale to the public in the respective Qualifying Jurisdictions, the fees and expenses payable in respect of the listing of the Offered Units on the Exchange and the fees and expenses of the Auditor, counsel to the Corporation and all local counsel of the Corporation (including, for greater certainty, any U.S. counsel and foreign counsel), including all legal and accounting fees and expenses (other than legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters, which shall be subject to Section 14.1) relating to preparing the Prospectus for the Offering.

 

- 36 -

 

15. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

 

15.1 The Corporation and the Sponsor jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, members, control persons, agents and legal counsel (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” and individually, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all liabilities, claims, actions, losses (excluding loss of profits), costs, damages, disbursements, obligations, assessments, penalties, interest, judgments, dues, fines, fees, goods and services tax, harmonized sales tax, value added tax, sales tax, settlements, awards and expenses, including interest, penalty, investigation, the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or claim and the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel that may be incurred in advising with respect to and/or defending any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or claim, that may be imposed upon, or incurred, sustained or suffered by, or made or threatened against any Indemnified Party or in enforcing this indemnity (collectively, the “Claims” and individually, a “Claim”) to which any Indemnified Party may become subject or otherwise involved in any capacity insofar as the Claims relate to, are caused by, result from, arise out of or are based upon, directly or indirectly, or as a consequence of:

 

(a) any information or statement (except any information or statement relating solely to, and provided in writing by or on behalf of, the Underwriters) contained in the Prospectus, the U.S. Placement Memorandum, any Supplementary Material or in any certificate or other document of the Corporation filed in accordance with Canadian Securities Laws or delivered to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, which at the time and in the light of the circumstances under which it was made, contains or is alleged to contain a misrepresentation within the meaning of Canadian Securities Laws, or an untrue statement of a material fact within the meaning of the U.S. Exchange Act;

 

(b) any omission or alleged omission to state in the Prospectus, the U.S. Placement Memorandum, any Supplementary Material or any certificate or other document of the Corporation filed in accordance with Canadian Securities Laws or delivered to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, any fact (except facts relating solely to the Underwriters), required to be stated in such document or necessary to make any statement in such document not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made;

 

(c) any order made or enquiry, investigation or proceeding commenced or threatened by any court, securities regulatory authority, stock exchange or any other competent authority based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or alleged omission to state a material fact necessary to make any statement not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which it was made or any misrepresentation or alleged misrepresentation (except a statement, omission or misrepresentation or alleged statement, alleged omission or alleged misrepresentation relating solely to the Underwriters and, in the case of a statement or misrepresentation, provided in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriters) contained in or omitted from the Prospectus, U.S. Placement Memorandum, any Supplementary Material or in any other document of the Corporation filed with the Canadian securities regulatory authorities or delivered pursuant to this Agreement or based upon any failure to comply with the Canadian Securities Laws or the U.S. Securities Act (other than any failure or alleged failure to comply by the Underwriters), or change of law or interpretation or administration thereof, preventing or restricting the trading in or the sale or Distribution of the Offered Units in any of the Qualifying Jurisdictions;

 

- 37 -

 

(d) the breach by the Corporation of any of its covenants, representations or warranties set forth herein or in any document delivered hereunder or filed in accordance with Canadian Securities Laws or the U.S. Securities Act or the failure of the Corporation to comply with any of their obligations hereunder or thereunder;

 

(e) the non-compliance or alleged non-compliance by the Corporation with any Canadian Securities Laws, U.S. Securities Act or other applicable securities legislation of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

(f) tax assessments to the Underwriters for the provision of services by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement whether performed before or after the execution of this Agreement.

 

15.2 If any matter or thing contemplated by Section 15.1 is asserted against any Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnification is or might reasonably be considered to be provided under Section 15.1, the Indemnified Party will notify the Corporation and the Sponsor, as applicable, as soon as possible of the nature of such Claim, but the omission to so notify as soon as possible the Corporation and the Sponsor, as applicable, will not relieve the Corporation or the Sponsor, as applicable, from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party under this Section, except to the extent that such omission or delay materially prejudices their ability to contest such Claim, and the Corporation and the Sponsor, as applicable, shall be entitled (but not required) to participate in or assume the defence of any suit or the conduct of any proceeding brought to enforce such Claim; provided, however, that the defence shall be conducted through legal counsel acceptable to the Indemnified Party, acting reasonably, and provided that no admission of liability in respect of any such Claim may be made by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party or the Corporation or the Sponsor, as applicable, without the prior written consent of all parties hereto.

 

15.3 With respect to any Indemnified Party who is not a party to this Agreement, it is the intention of the Corporation and the Sponsor to constitute the Underwriters as trustees for such Indemnified Party of the rights and benefits of this Section and the Underwriters agree to accept such trust and to hold the rights and benefits of this Section in trust for and on behalf of such Indemnified Party.

 

- 38 -

 

15.4 In any such Claim referred to in Section 15.1, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain other counsel to act on his or its behalf and participate in the defence of such Claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party unless: (i) the Corporation or the Sponsor, as applicable, do not assume the defence of the Claim within a reasonable period of time of being notified of such Claim; (ii) the Corporation or the Sponsor, as applicable, and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of the other counsel and the manner in which the costs of such counsel are to be shared; or (iii) the named parties to any such Claim (including any added, third or impleaded party) include both the Indemnified Party on the one hand and the Corporation or the Sponsor, as applicable, on the other hand, and in the written opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party, acting reasonably, the representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to the actual or potential conflicting interests between them or additional defences are available to an Indemnified Party, in each of which cases the Corporation or the Sponsor, as applicable, shall not have the right to assume the defence of such suit on behalf of the Indemnified Party but shall be liable to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Indemnified Party. In no event shall the Corporation and/or the Sponsor, as applicable, be required to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel in any one jurisdiction (plus local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction) for all of the Indemnified Parties in respect of any particular Claim or related set of Claims.

 

15.5 The rights of indemnity contained in this Section 15 in respect of a claim based on a misrepresentation, untrue statement or omission or alleged misrepresentation, alleged untrue statement, or alleged omission in the Prospectus shall not apply if the Corporation and the Sponsor, as applicable, have complied with Section 4.1 and the person asserting such claim was not provided with a copy of the Final Prospectus or any Supplementary Material (which is required under the applicable Canadian Securities Laws to be delivered to such person by the Underwriters) which corrects such misrepresentation, untrue statement or omission or alleged misrepresentation, alleged untrue statement, or alleged omission. Furthermore, if and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment from which no appeal can be made determines that a Claim resulted from the fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation, wilful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Party claiming indemnity hereunder, such Indemnified Party shall promptly reimburse to the Corporation and the Sponsor any funds advanced to such Indemnified Party in respect of such Claim and thereafter the indemnity provided for in this Section 15 shall cease to apply to such Indemnified Party in respect of such Claim. For greater certainty, the Corporation, the Sponsor and the Underwriters agree that they do not intend that any failure by the Underwriters to conduct such reasonable investigation as necessary to provide the Underwriters with reasonable grounds for believing that the Prospectus contained no misrepresentation shall constitute “fraud”, “fraudulent misrepresentation”, “wilful misconduct” or “gross negligence” for the purposes of this Section 15 or otherwise disentitle the Underwriters from indemnification hereunder.

 

- 39 -

 

15.6 In order to provide for a just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity provided in this Section 15 would otherwise be available in accordance with its terms but is, under applicable law, unavailable to or unenforceable by the Underwriters or enforceable otherwise than in accordance with its terms, the Corporation and/or the Sponsor, as applicable (the “Indemnifier”) in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnified Party shall contribute to all Claims suffered or incurred by any Indemnified Party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Indemnifier, on the one hand, and any Indemnified Party, on the other hand, from the Distribution of the Offered Units, but also the relative fault of the Indemnifier and any Indemnified Party as well as any relevant equitable considerations. The Indemnifier shall in any event be liable to contribute to the amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of a Claim for which indemnification would otherwise be available, any amounts in excess of the Underwriters’ Fee or any portion of such fee actually received by the Indemnified Party. The Underwriters shall not in any event be liable to contribute, in the aggregate, any amounts in excess of the Underwriters’ Fee or any portion of such fee actually received by such Underwriters. However, no party who has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment from which no appeal can be made to have engaged in any fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation, wilful misconduct or gross negligence with respect to a Claim shall be entitled to claim contribution from any person who has not been so determined to have engaged in such fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation, wilful misconduct or gross negligence with respect to such Claim. For greater certainty, the Corporation, the Sponsor and the Underwriters agree that they do not intend that any failure by the Underwriters to conduct such reasonable investigation as necessary to provide the Underwriters with reasonable grounds for believing that the Prospectus contained no misrepresentation shall constitute “fraud”, “fraudulent misrepresentation”, “gross negligence” or “wilful misconduct” for the purposes of this Section 15 or otherwise disentitle the Underwriters from indemnification hereunder.

 

15.7 The rights to contribution provided in this Section 15 shall be in addition to and not in derogation of any other right to contribution which the Underwriters may have by statute or otherwise at law.

 

15.8 The relative benefits received by the Indemnifier, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same ratio as the total proceeds from the Offering, if any (net of the Underwriters’ Fee actually paid to the Underwriters but before deducting expenses), received by the Indemnifier to the fee received by the Indemnified Party. The relative fault of the Indemnifier, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the matters or things referred to in this Section 15 which resulted in such Claims relate to information supplied by or steps or actions taken or done or not taken or done by or on behalf of the Indemnifier or to information supplied by or steps or actions taken or done or not taken or done by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party and the relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement, omission or misrepresentation, or other matter or thing referred to in Section 15. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Claims referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claims, whether or not resulting in an action, suit, proceeding or claim. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this section were determined by any method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in this section.

 

- 40 -

 

16. STABILIZATION

 

16.1 In connection with the distribution of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Underwriters may over-allot or effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of the Class A Restricted Voting Units at levels other than those which might otherwise prevail in the open market, but in each case only as permitted by applicable law. Such stabilizing transactions, if any, may be discontinued at any time.

 

17. RESTRICTIONS ON OFFERINGS

 

17.1 The Corporation and the Sponsor agree not to, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed): (i) issue, offer, sell (including without limitation, any short sale), contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any securities of the Corporation or any subsidiary of or successor to the Corporation, or (ii) publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition other than as disclosed in the Prospectus and/or in connection with a qualifying acquisition.

 

18. NOTICES

 

18.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any notice or other communication to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing addressed as follows:

 

(a) If to the Corporation, addressed and sent to:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.
20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor
London, United Kingdom
W1K 6Tl

 

Attention: Maja Spalevic
E-mail: majaspalevic@glp.uk.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP
199 Bay Street, Suite 4000
Commerce Court West
Toronto, ON M5L 1A9

 

Attention: Jeff Glass and Norbert Knutel
E-mail: jeff.glass@blakes.com and norbert.knutel@blakes.com

 

- 41 -

 

(b) If to the Sponsor, addressed and sent to:

 

Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP
20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor
London, United Kingdom
W1K 6Tl

 

Attention: Mark Harms
E-mail: mark.harms@bespokecp.com

 

(c) If to the Underwriters, addressed and sent to:

 

Canaccord Genuity Corp.
161 Bay Street, Suite 3000
Toronto, ON M5J 2S1

 

Attention: Michael D. Shuh
E-mail: mshuh@cgf.com

 

Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.
Citigroup Place
123 Front Street West, Suite 1100
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2M3

 

Attention: Grant Kernaghan

 

With a copy to:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York
10013

 

Attention: General Counsel,
Facsimile: 646.291.1469

 

With a copy to:

 

Goodmans LLP
333 Bay Street, Suite 3400
Toronto, ON M5H 2S7

 

Attention: Stephen Pincus and William Gorman
E-mail: spincus@goodmans.ca and bgorman@goodmans.ca

 

The parties hereto may change their respective address for notice by notice given in the manner aforesaid.

 

- 42 -

 

19. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

19.1 Time shall be of the essence hereof.

 

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed, performed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

19.3 The representations, warranties, obligations, covenants, agreements and indemnities herein contained or contained in any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the sale of the Offered Units and shall continue in full force and effect unaffected by the termination of the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, nor shall they be limited or prejudiced by any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter in the course of preparation of the Prospectus or any Supplementary Material or the sale of the Offered Units.

 

19.4 If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, such void or unenforceable provision shall not affect or impair the validity of any other provision of this Agreement and shall be severable from this Agreement.

 

19.5 This Agreement may not be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

19.6 This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument; and notwithstanding the date of execution, this Agreement shall be deemed to bear the date first shown on this Agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by any party by electronic transmission will be as effective as delivery of a manually executed copy of this Agreement by such party.

 

19.7 Neither the Corporation, the Sponsor nor the Underwriters shall make any public announcement concerning the obligations of the Underwriters or the Offering without the consent of the other parties, acting reasonably, and any public announcements shall be made in compliance with applicable securities laws. If the Offering is successfully completed, and provided the Underwriters are not in breach of any material provision hereof, the Underwriters shall be entitled to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at their own expense describing their services hereunder, subject to the prior approval of the Corporation, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

19.8 The Corporation acknowledges that the Underwriters and their affiliates carry on a range of businesses, including providing institutional and retail brokerage, investment advisory, research, investment management, securities lending and custodial services to clients and trading in financial products as agent or principal. It is possible that the Underwriters and other entities in their group that carry on those businesses may hold long or short positions in securities of companies or other entities, which are or may be involved in the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and effect transactions in those securities for their own account or for the account of their respective clients. The Corporation agrees that these divisions and entities may hold such positions and effect such transactions without regard to the Corporation’s interest under this Agreement.

 

- 43 -

 

19.9 The parties hereto shall provide all such reasonable assurances as may be required or desirable to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and each party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effect the purpose of this Agreement and to carry out its provisions.

 

19.10 Each of the Corporation and the Sponsor hereby acknowledges that (i) the purchase and sale of the Offered Units pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Corporation, on the one hand, and the Underwriters and any affiliate through which it may be acting, on the other hand, (ii) the Underwriters are acting as principal and not as an agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or the Sponsor, and (iii) the Corporation’s engagement of the Underwriters in connection with the Offering and the process leading up to the Offering is as independent contractors and not in any other capacity. Furthermore, each of the Corporation and the Sponsor, agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the Offering (irrespective of whether any of the Underwriters have advised or is currently advising the Corporation or the Sponsor on related or other matters).

 

19.11 Other than Section 14 of the Engagement Letter, which shall apply in accordance with Section 14.1, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

19.12 In order to facilitate an efficient and timely closing at the Closing Time and the Over-Allotment Closing Time, the Underwriters may choose to initiate a wire transfer of funds to the Corporation (or to the Escrow Agent on behalf of the Corporation) prior to the Closing Time or the Over-Allotment Closing Time, as the case may be. If the Underwriters do so, the Corporation agrees that such transfer of funds to the Corporation (or to the Escrow Agent on behalf of the Corporation) prior to the Closing Time or the Over-Allotment Closing Time, as the case may be, does not constitute a waiver by the Underwriters of any of the conditions of the Closing or the closing of the Over-Allotment Option set out in this Agreement. Furthermore, the Corporation agrees that any such funds received from the Underwriters prior to the Closing Time or the Over-Allotment Closing Time, as the case may be, will be held by the Corporation (or by the Escrow Agent on behalf of the Corporation) in trust solely for the benefit of the Underwriters until the Closing Time or the Over-Allotment Closing Time, as the case may be, and, if the Closing or the closing of the Over-Allotment Option, as the case may be, does not occur at the scheduled Closing Time or the Over-Allotment Closing Time, as the case may be, such funds shall be immediately returned by wire transfer to the Underwriters without interest. Upon the satisfaction of the conditions of the Closing or the closing of the Over-Allotment Option, as the case may be, the funds held by the Corporation (or by the Escrow Agent on behalf of the Corporation) in trust for the Underwriters shall be deemed to be delivered by the Underwriters to the Corporation in satisfaction of the obligation of the Underwriters hereunder and upon such delivery, the trust constituted by this Section 19.12 shall be terminated without further formality.

 

19.13 The Sponsor hereby waives any right of action or right of rescission that it may have against the Underwriters in connection with the acquisition by it of any Class B Shares or Founder’s Warrants, and including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (and ultimately, the Common Shares) into which the Warrants are expected to be exercisable) which may arise from Section 130(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario) and the corresponding provisions of the Canadian Securities Laws of the other Qualifying Jurisdictions.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Signature pages follow.]

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and is agreed to by you, please signify your acceptance on the accompanying counterparts of this letter and return the same to the undersigned, whereupon this letter as so accepted shall constitute an agreement among the Corporation, the Sponsor and the Underwriters in accordance with the foregoing.

 

  Yours truly,
       
  CANACCORD GENUITY CORP.
       
       
  Per: (signed) “Michael D. Shuh
    Name:   Michael D. Shuh
    Title:     Managing Director & Head of
    Financial Institutions Group Banking,
Canada and Investment Banking
       
       
  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS CANADA INC.
       
  Per: (signed) “Carl A. Stickel
    Name:   Carl A. Stickel
    Title:     Managing Director & Global Co-
Head Consumer Products

 

 

The foregoing is accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written.

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.
       
       
  Per: (signed) “Peter Caldini
    Name: Peter Caldini
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
       
       
  BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP , by its
general partner Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC
       
  Per: (signed) “Mark Harms
    Name: Mark Harms
    Title: Managing Member

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 UNITED STATES OFFERS AND SALES

 

As used in this Schedule A, capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Underwriting Agreement to which this Schedule A is annexed and the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

 

Affiliate” means an “affiliate” as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Directed Selling Efforts” means directed selling efforts as that term is defined in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S. Without limiting the foregoing, but for greater clarity in this Schedule, it means, subject to the exclusions from the definition of directed selling efforts contained in Regulation S, any activity undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for any of the Offered Units and includes the placement of any advertisement in a publication with a general circulation in the United States that refers to the offering of the Offered Units;

 

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.;

 

Foreign Private Issuer” means a “Foreign Private Issuer” as defined in Rule 405 of the U.S. Securities Act;

 

General Solicitation” and “General Advertising” mean “general solicitation” and “general advertising”, respectively, as used in Rule 502(c) of Regulation D, including advertisements, articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine, the internet or similar media or broadcast over radio, television, or the internet or any seminar or meeting whose attendees had been invited by general solicitation or general advertising or in any other manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Offshore Transaction” means an “Offshore Transaction” as defined in Rule 902(h) of Regulation S;

 

Regulation D” means Regulation D under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act; and

 

Substantial U.S. Market Interest” means “substantial U.S. market interest” as that term is defined in Rule 902(j) of Regulation S.

 

1.            Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Underwriters

 

The Underwriters (on their own behalf and on behalf of their U.S. Affiliates) acknowledge that none of the Offered Units, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares nor the Warrants comprising the Offered Units nor any of the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants have been, and none will be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any securities laws of any state of the United States and may be offered and sold only in transactions exempt from or not subject to the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

  

- 2 -

 

Each of the Underwriters (on their own behalf and on behalf of their U.S. Affiliate) represents, warrants and covenants to and with the Corporation that:

 

(a) It has not offered and sold, and will not offer and sell, any Offered Units, nor any securities underlying such Offered Units forming part of its allotment or otherwise except (i) in an Offshore Transaction in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S or (ii) in the United States or to, or for the account of benefit of, any U.S. Person except in accordance with this Schedule A. Accordingly, neither the Underwriter nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its behalf, has made or will make (except in compliance with this Schedule A) (i) any offer to sell, or any solicitation of an offer to buy, any Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, any U.S. Person, (ii) any sale of Offered Units to any purchaser unless, at the time the buy order was or will have been originated, the purchaser was outside the United States, was not a U.S. Person, and was not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or such Underwriter, Affiliate or person acting on behalf of either reasonably believed that such purchaser was outside the United States, was not a U.S. Person, and was not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person and (iii) any Directed Selling Efforts in the United States with respect to the Offered Units.

 

(b) It has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Offered Units or any securities underlying such Offered Units, except with its Affiliates, any selling group members or with the prior written consent of the Corporation. It shall require each such Affiliate and selling group member to agree, for the benefit of the Corporation, to comply with, and shall use its best efforts to ensure that each such Affiliate and each selling group member complies with, the same provisions of this Schedule A as apply to such Underwriter as if such provisions applied to such Affiliate and selling group member.

 

(c) All offers and sales of Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons shall be made through the Underwriter or the Underwriter’s U.S. Affiliate in compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state broker-dealer requirements, as applicable (or otherwise pursuant to Rule 15a-6 under the U.S. Exchange Act). Such Underwriter or its U.S. Affiliate has been and will be, on the date of each offer or sale of Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons, duly registered as a broker-dealer pursuant to section 15(b) of the U.S. Exchange Act and under the laws of each state where such offers and sales are made (unless exempted from such state’s registration requirements) and is a member in good standing with FINRA. Offers and sales of Offered Units by the Underwriter, acting directly, through its U.S. Affiliate, in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons have not been and shall not be made by any form of General Solicitation or General Advertising.

 

(d) The Underwriter shall offer Offered Units in the United States to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons only pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States to a person reasonably believed to be a Qualified Institutional Buyer purchasing Units for its own account or for the account of one or more Qualified Institutional Buyers with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion in accordance with Rule 144A.

  

- 3 -

 

(e) All purchasers of the Offered Units to which the Underwriter, acting directly or through its U.S. Affiliate, have made an offer in the United States or that are, or are purchasing for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons, shall be informed that the Offered Units have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and are being offered and sold to such purchasers in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(f) Any offer or solicitation of an offer to buy Offered Units by each Underwriter, acting through itself or its U.S. Affiliate, that has been made or will be made in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person, and any sale of Offered Units by the Underwriter, acting through itself or its U.S. Affiliate, in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person, was or will be made only to Qualified Institutional Buyers in compliance with Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act, and in each case in a transaction that is exempt from registration under the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and only to a Qualified Institutional Buyer that is acquiring the Offered Units (i) for its own account or (ii) for the account of one or more Qualified Institutional Buyers with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion, in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144A.

 

(g) Each offeree in the United States or that is, or is acting for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person has been or shall be provided with a copy of the U.S. Placement Memorandum including the Final Prospectus prior to the completion of any sale of Offered Units to such offeree.

 

 

(h) Prior to the completion of any sale of Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, any U.S. Person, each such purchaser shall have provided a duly executed qualified institutional buyer letter in the form attached as Exhibit I to the U.S. Placement Memorandum.

 

 

(i) The Offered Units may not be sold to more than 100 purchasers in the United States or that are U.S. Persons or U.S. residents (as such term has been interpreted by the Staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act).

 

 

(j) Prior to the Closing Time the Underwriters will provide the Corporation and its transfer agent with a list of all purchasers of the Offered Units in the United States, that are U.S. Persons or that are purchasing for the account or benefit of U.S. Persons.

  

- 4 -

 

(k) As of the Closing Date and as of any Over-Allotment Closing Date, it represents that it is not aware of any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of any of the Offered Units in the United States, other than the Underwriter and its U.S. Affiliate.

 

(l) None of it, its U.S. Affiliate nor any person acting on its or their behalf has used nor will use any written material other than communications that would be in compliance with Rule 134 of the U.S. Exchange Act were this a registered deal, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, any Supplementary Material and the U.S. Placement Memorandum in connection with offers and sales of Offered Units in the United States.

 

(m) As of the Closing Date and as of any Over-Allotment Closing Date, the Underwriters (together with their U.S. Affiliate) will provide the Corporation with a certificate, substantially in the form of Appendix 1 to this Schedule A, relating to the manner of the offer and sale of the Offered Units in the United States, or will be deemed to have represented and warranted for the benefit of the Corporation that neither it nor its U.S. Affiliate offered or sold Units in the United States.

 

(n) All purchasers of the Offered Units in the United States shall be informed that none of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Offered Units nor the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants have been and none will be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any U.S. state securities laws, and the Offered Units are being offered and sold to such purchasers in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act provided by Rule 144A.

 

(o) Neither it, their Affiliates nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Corporation, their Affiliates and any person acting on its or their behalf, as to which no representation is made) has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action in violation of Regulation M under the U.S. Exchange Act in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Units.

 

(p) It is an “accredited investor” as defined under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.

 

2. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Corporation

 

The Corporation represents, warrants and covenants to and with the Underwriters that:

 

(a) (i) The Corporation, as of the Closing Date is and as of any Over-Allotment Closing Date will be, a Foreign Private Issuer and reasonably believes that there is not a Substantial U.S. Market Interest in any of the securities of the Corporation; (ii) the Corporation is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Units and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus and the U.S. Placement Memorandum, will not be an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; and (iii) none of the Corporation, any of its affiliates, or any person acting on their behalf (other than the Underwriters, their U.S. Affiliate or any person acting on its or their behalf, as to which no representation, warranty or covenant is made) has made or will make any Directed Selling Efforts in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons with respect to the Offered Units, or has engaged or will engage in any form of General Solicitation or General Advertising in connection with the offer or sale of the Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons. The Corporation and each of its respective affiliates and any person acting on its or their behalf, has complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. The Corporation has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Offered Units except for this Agreement.

 

- 5 -

 

  (b) Neither the Corporation nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Underwriters, their U.S. Affiliate or any person acting on their behalf, as to which no representation, warranty or covenant is made), has made or will make, except in accordance with Schedule A: (i) any offer to sell, or any solicitation of an offer to buy, any Offered Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons; or (ii) any sale of Offered Units unless, at the time the buy order was or will have been originated, the purchaser is outside the United States, was not a U.S. Person and was not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, or the Corporation, their affiliates, and any person acting on their behalf (other than the Underwriters, their U.S. Affiliate or any person acting on its or their behalf, as to which no representation, warranty or covenant is made) reasonably believe that the purchaser is outside the United States, was not a U.S. Person and was not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person.

 

(c) Except with respect to the offer and sale of the Offered Units offered hereby the Corporation has not, within the six-month period prior to the date hereof, sold, offered for sale or solicited any offer to buy in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, any U.S. Person the Offered Units, or any security of the same class or series as the Offered Units.

 

 

(d) None of the Corporation, its affiliates, or any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Underwriters, their U.S. Affiliate or any person acting on its or their behalf, as to which no representation, warranty, covenant or agreement is made) has taken or will take any action which would cause the exclusion afforded by Rule 903 of Regulation S or the exemptions for private resale by the Underwriters and their U.S. Affiliate under Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act to be unavailable for the offer and sale of the Offered Units.

 

 

(e) The Offered Units are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and no securities of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A(d)(3)) as the Offered Units are listed on any national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the U.S. Exchange Act, or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system.

 

(f) The Corporation will, within prescribed time periods, prepare and file any forms or notices required under the U.S. Securities Act or applicable blue sky laws in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Units.

  

- 6 -

 

(g) As of the Closing Date and any Over-Allotment Closing Date, the Corporation is not aware of any person (other than the Underwriters, their U.S. Affiliate and any selling group members) that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of any of the Offered Units.

 

(h) In connection with resales of any of the Offered Units, the Shares and the Warrants, the Corporation agrees to furnish upon the request of a holder of any such securities or a prospective purchaser designated by any such holder the information required to be delivered under Rule 144(d)(4) under the U.S. Securities Act if at the time of such request the Corporation is not a reporting company under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act or is not exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the U.S. Exchange Act.

 

 

APPENDIX 1 TO SCHEDULE A

UNDERWRITERS’ CERTIFICATE

 

In connection with the private placement in the United States of the units (the “Units”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) pursuant to the underwriting agreement dated as of August 8, 2019 (the “Underwriting Agreement”) among the Corporation and the Underwriters named therein, the undersigned does hereby certify as follows:

 

(a) [Name of U.S. Affiliate] (the “U.S. Affiliate”) is on the date hereof, and was at the time of each offer and sale of Units in the United States made by it, a duly registered broker or dealer under the U.S. Exchange Act and all applicable U.S. state securities laws (unless exempted from the respective state’s broker-dealer registration requirements), is and was a member of and is in good standing with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. on the date hereof and the date of each offer and sale of Units by it;

 

(b) the U.S. Affiliate provided each offeree in the United States to which it offered Units with a copy of the U.S. Placement Memorandum and provided each purchaser of the Units in the United States prior to the purchase of any Units in the United States with a copy of the U.S. Placement Memorandum, and no other written material (other than the Qualified Institutional Buyer Investment Letter) has been or will be used in connection with offers and sales of Units in the United States by us;

 

(c) immediately prior to transmitting the U.S. Placement Memorandum to such offerees and purchasers, we had reasonable grounds to believe and did believe that each such offeree and purchaser was a Qualified Institutional Buyer and, on the date hereof, we continue to believe that each such offeree or purchaser purchasing Units from us is a Qualified Institutional Buyer;

 

(d) we obtained and delivered to the Corporation, for acceptance at the Closing a duly executed Qualified Institutional Buyer Investment Letter from each Qualified Institutional Buyer purchasing Units pursuant to Rule 144A;

 

(e) no form of Directed Selling Efforts, General Solicitation or General Advertising was used by us in connection with the offer or sale of the Units in the United States, including advertisements, articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over radio, television or the internet, or any seminar or meeting whose attendees had been invited by general solicitation or general advertising or any public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the U.S. Securities Act;

 

(f) all offers and sales of Units in the United States have been effected in accordance with all applicable U.S. federal and state broker-dealer requirements;

 

(g) we have not taken and will not take any action that would constitute a violation of Regulation M under the U.S. Exchange Act in connection with offers and sales of the Units; and

 

- 2 -

 

(h) all offers and sales of the Units have been conducted by us in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, including Schedule A thereto.

 

Terms used in this certificate have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

DATED this l day of l, 2019.

 

[UNDERWRITERS]
   
Per:           
Name: 
Title: 

 

[U.S. AFFILIATE]
   
Per:           
Name: 
Title: 

 

 

Exhibit 99.9

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London UK W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Maja Spalevic

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Chief Financial Officer

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Enfied, United Kingdom

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  London, England, United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Maja Spalevic
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Maja Spalevic
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.10

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London UK W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Sponsor

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Cayman Islands

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL

 

     

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

     

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Mark Harms
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Mark Harms, Managing Member
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

     

 

 

Exhibit 99.11

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London UK W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Peter Caldini

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Charlotte, North Carolina, United States of America

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  Charlotte, North Carolina, United States of America

 

 

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Peter Caldini
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Peter Caldini
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.12

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London UK W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Mark Harms

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Director

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Wellington, Florida, United States of America

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  Palm Beach, Florida, United States of America

 

 

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Mark Harms
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Mark Harms
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.13

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London UK W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Ian Starkey

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Chair of the Audit Committee and Director

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Coleshill, Warwickshire, United Kingdom

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  London, England, United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Ian Starkey
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Ian Starkey
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.14

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

  1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

    Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

  2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

    British Columbia

 

  3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

    20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London UK W1K 6TL

 

  4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

    Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

  5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

    August 8, 2019

 

  6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

    Paul Walsh

 

  7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

    Executive Chairman, Director

 

  8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

    Billinghurst, West Sussex, United Kingdom

 

  9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

    Chertsey, Surrey, United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

  10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

    Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

  11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

    199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

  12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

  13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

  (a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

  (b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

  14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

  15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

  16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Paul Walsh
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Paul Walsh
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.15

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London UK W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Candice Koederitz

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Director

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Houston, Texas, United States of America

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  Houston, Texas, United States of America

 

 

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Candice Koederitz
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Candice Koederitz
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.16

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London United Kingdom W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Geoff Parkin

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Director

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Windsor, Berkshire, United Kingdom

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  160 Victoria Street, London, United Kingdom SW1E 5LB

 

 

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Geoff Parkin
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Geoff Parkin
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.17

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London United Kingdom W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Tim Proctor

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Director

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Durham, North Carolina, United States

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  Durham, North Carolina, United States

 

 

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Tim Proctor
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Tim Proctor
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.18

 

APPENDIX C TO NATIONAL INSTRUMENT 41-101

GENERAL PROSPECTUS REQUIREMENTS

 

NON-ISSUER FORM OF SUBMISSION TO

JURISDICTION AND APPOINTMENT OF

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

1. Name of issuer (the “Issuer”):

 

  Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

2. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Issuer:

 

  British Columbia

 

3. Address of principal place of business of Issuer:

 

  20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London UK W1K 6TL

 

4. Description of securities (the “Securities”):

 

  Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

5. Date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) under which the Securities are offered:

 

  August 8, 2019

 

6. Name of person filing this form (the “Filing Person”):

 

  Rob Berner

 

7. Filing Person’s relationship to Issuer:

 

  Director

 

8. Jurisdiction of incorporation, or equivalent, of Filing Person, if applicable, or jurisdiction of residence of Filing Person:

 

  Greenwich, Connecticut, United States of America

 

9. Address of principal place of business of Filing Person:

 

  Palm Beach, Florida, United States of America

 

 

 

 

10. Name of agent for service of process (the “Agent”):

 

  Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc.

 

11. Address for service of process of Agent in Canada (the address may be anywhere in Canada):

 

  199 Bay Street, Commerce Court West, Suite 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9

 

12. The Filing Person designates and appoints the Agent at the address of the Agent stated above as its agent upon whom may be served any notice, pleading, subpoena, summons or other process in any action, investigation or administrative, criminal, quasi-criminal, penal or other proceeding (the “Proceeding”) arising out of, relating to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus, and irrevocably waives any right to raise as a defence in any such Proceeding any alleged lack of jurisdiction to bring the Proceeding.

 

13. The Filing Person irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of

 

(a) the judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative tribunals of each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which the securities are distributed under the Prospectus; and

 

(b) any administrative proceeding in any such province or territory,

 

in any Proceeding arising out of or related to or concerning the distribution of the Securities made or purported to be made under the Prospectus.

 

14. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities made under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file a new submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process in this form at least 30 days before termination of this submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process.

 

15. Until six years after completion of the distribution of the Securities under the Prospectus, the Filing Person shall file an amended submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process at least 30 days before a change in the name or above address of the Agent.

 

16. This submission to jurisdiction and appointment of agent for service of process shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

 

 

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   (Signed) Rob Berner
      Signature of Filing Person
       
      Rob Berner
      Print name of person signing and, if the Filing Person is not an individual, the title of the person

 

AGENT

 

The undersigned accepts the appointment as agent for service of process of Michael Auerbach under the terms and conditions of the appointment of agent for service of process stated above.

 

Dated: August 8, 2019   Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. by W.R.F. McKee
      Signature of Agent
       
       
      W.R.F. McKee, Director
      Print name of person signing and, if Agent is not an individual, the title of the person

 

 

 

Exhibit  99.19

 

No securities regulatory authority has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offence to claim otherwise. This prospectus constitutes a public offering of the securities only in those jurisdictions where they may be lawfully offered for sale and, in such jurisdictions, only by persons permitted to sell such securities.

 

These securities have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”) or any state securities legislation and may not be offered or sold in the United States except in compliance with the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities legislation or pursuant to an exemption therefrom. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby within the United States. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

PROSPECTUS

 

Initial Public Offering August 8, 2019

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

U.S.$350,000,000

 

35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation” or “we” or “us” or “our”) is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation (“SPAC”) incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our “qualifying acquisition”.

 

We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. We intend to continue our search for target businesses with a focus on the cannabis industry; however, we are not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for the purposes of completing our qualifying acquisition.

 

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit has an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit and consists of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant. The Class A Restricted Voting Units will separate into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange). On or immediately following completion of our qualifying acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share (unless previously redeemed) will be automatically converted into a Common Share and each Class B Share will be automatically converted on a 100-for-1 basis into new proportionate voting shares of the Corporation, as set forth in the notice of articles and articles of the Corporation (the “Proportionate Voting Shares”). No Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares will be issued prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition. The Warrants will become exercisable, at an exercise price of U.S.$11.50, commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition and will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of our qualifying acquisition or earlier, as described in this prospectus. We have also granted the Underwriters, being Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc., a 30-day non-transferable option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes. See “Plan of Distribution”. All capitalized terms not herein defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the “Glossary of Terms”.

 

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline of 18 months from the Closing Date (or 21 months from the Closing Date if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but have not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period), we will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs (as described herein), each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

 

 

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, we will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account.

 

Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, our sponsor (the “Sponsor”), intends to purchase 12,000,000 share purchase warrants (also referred to as the “Founder’s Warrants” throughout this prospectus) at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$12,000,000) that will occur simultaneously with the Closing. The Founder’s Warrants will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units, except as otherwise disclosed herein. See “Description of Securities – Warrants”.

 

Our Sponsor has also purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares, also referred to as the “Founder’s Shares” throughout this prospectus, for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately U.S.$0.0025 per Founder’s Share, or U.S.$0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised and the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares are relinquished. Our Sponsor will relinquish up to 1,312,500 of the Founder’s Shares, which are referred to throughout this prospectus as the “Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares”, without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. The Founder’s Shares outstanding after giving effect to this Offering and at the conclusion of the Over-Allotment Option period, including any corresponding relinquishment of the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, will represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares). No other Class B Shares are expected to be outstanding on Closing other than the Founder’s Shares.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. Prior to the completion of our qualifying acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would not be entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would, however, be entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all other matters requiring shareholder approval (including the proposed qualifying acquisition, if required under applicable law, and any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a qualifying acquisition by way of a press release.

 

Upon closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Class B Shares will convert on a 100-for-1 basis into Proportionate Voting Shares. Prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares. Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares. See “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares” for further details.

 

At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

ii 

 

 

Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking. See “Description of Securities – Founder’s Shares” and “Description of Securities – Warrants”. The Founder’s Shares purchased by our Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants intended to be purchased by our Sponsor pursuant to this prospectus will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

 

     
Price: U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit(1)
     

 

 

Price to public

Underwriting commission(2)

Net proceeds to the Corporation(3)

Per Class A Restricted Voting Unit U.S.$10.00 U.S.$0.55 U.S.$9.45
Total(4)(5) U.S.$350,000,000 U.S.$19,250,000 U.S.$330,750,000

 

(1) This prospectus assumes (i) an offering size of U.S.$350,000,000 worth of Class A Restricted Voting Units (U.S.$402,500,000 in the event the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised), (ii) the subscription by our Sponsor for U.S.$12,000,000 worth of Founder’s Warrants and (iii) the prior issuance of 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and thus the relinquishment of the maximum of 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares; the 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares would increase up to a maximum of 10,062,500 to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised). Should those numbers change, proportionate or other changes, as applicable, will be made to reflect such changes to the Offering including the size of the over-allotment and the purchases by our Sponsor of the Founder’s Shares including the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares. This prospectus also qualifies the Founder’s Warrants being offered only to our Sponsor at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant.

 

(2) Subject to the following, an underwriting commission equal to up to U.S.$19,250,000 (or U.S.$22,137,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) or 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units sold under this Offering (inclusive of any gross proceeds raised under the Over-Allotment Option) (the “Gross Proceeds”) will be payable by the Corporation. The table above assumes full payment of 100% of the underwriting commission. U.S.$0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit or U.S.$6,125,000 in the aggregate (or U.S.$7,043,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) will be payable to the Underwriters, in cash, at Closing. U.S.$0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit or U.S.$13,125,000 in the aggregate (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), representing 68.18% of the underwriting commission, will be deposited with the Escrow Agent in an escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, of which (i) U.S.$0.325 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit will be payable and released to the Underwriters upon completion of our qualifying acquisition and (ii) U.S.$0.05 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Discretionary Deferred Portion”) will be payable and released only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as it sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

(3) Before deducting the expenses of this Offering estimated at U.S.$500,000 (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), as described in this prospectus under “Use of Proceeds”, which expenses will be paid by us from the proceeds of this Offering.

 

(4) Including the net proceeds of the sale of the Founder’s Warrants to our Sponsor (and before deducting expenses of this Offering) the “Net Proceeds to the Corporation” would be U.S.$342,750,000 (without the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) and U.S.$392,362,500 (with the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), in both instances, assuming full payment of the deferred underwriting commission.

 

(5) If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full (and before deducting expenses of this Offering), the total “Price to Public”, “Underwriters’ Commission” and “Net Proceeds to the Corporation” would be U.S.$402,500,000, U.S.$22,137,500 (includes deferred amount) and U.S.$380,362,500, respectively. See “Plan of Distribution”. A purchaser who acquires Class A Restricted Voting Units forming part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position acquires those securities under this prospectus, regardless of whether the over-allocation position is ultimately filled through the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option or through secondary market purchases.

 

The offering price of the Class A Restricted Voting Units has been determined by negotiation between us, our Sponsor and the Underwriters.

 

Upon the Closing, an aggregate of U.S.$350,000,000 from the sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and the Founder’s Warrants (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), or U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public, will be held by TSX Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account in Canada at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. As further described in this prospectus, based on the initial U.S.$350,000,000 placed in escrow (and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) and an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum, if the escrow account remains in place over the next 18 months (and no qualifying acquisition has been completed), the cash held in escrow is expected to grow from the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public to approximately U.S.$10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Share, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions. Subject to applicable law and payment of certain taxes, permitted redemptions and certain expenses, as further described herein, none of the funds held in the escrow account will be released to the Corporation prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition.

 

iii 

 

 

Following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, we will use the balance of the non-redeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares’ portion of the escrow account (less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) to pay the Underwriters their deferred underwriting commission. The per share amount we will distribute to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission we will pay to the Underwriters. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Plan of Distribution”.

 

As 100% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offering and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be held by TSX Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the Exchange rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition; (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with NP 11-201.

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. Assuming that our Sponsor does not purchase any Class A Restricted Voting Units in this Offering, our Sponsor will hold a 20% voting interest to vote at any such meeting (other than approval of any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline, where only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote), regardless of whether or not the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. Accordingly, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote at any such meeting. See “Risk Factors”.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a qualifying acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the qualifying acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commission in the amount of U.S.$13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), which (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) will be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition provided that the Discretionary Deferred Portion may be used to pay to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

Consummation of the qualifying acquisition will require approval by a majority of our directors unrelated to the qualifying acquisition. In connection with seeking to complete a qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition by shareholders is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting, as further described under “Qualifying Acquisition – Redemption Rights” and “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc. (“CDS”) may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

iv 

 

 

Our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem the Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline or entitled to access the escrow account should a qualifying acquisition not occur within the Permitted Timeline, as further described herein. Our Sponsor will, however, participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire in connection with or following this Offering through possible purchases on the secondary market.

 

The Underwriters, as principals, conditionally offer the Class A Restricted Voting Units, subject to prior sale, if, as and when issued, sold and delivered by us and accepted by the Underwriters in accordance with the conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement referred to under “Plan of Distribution”, and subject to approval of certain legal matters by Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP on our behalf and on behalf of our Sponsor and by Goodmans LLP on behalf of the Underwriters.

 

Underwriters’ Position Maximum Size or
Number of Securities
Available
Exercise Period or
Acquisition Date
Exercise Price or
Average Acquisition
Price
Over-Allotment Option 5,250,000 Up to 30 days following the Closing Date U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit

 

Following completion of the qualifying acquisition, the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible, the Founder’s Warrants and the shares issuable on exercise of each such Warrants may be subject to certain sale or transfer restrictions in accordance with applicable securities laws, and following the qualifying acquisition, the Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares may be subject to the Exchange’s escrow restrictions. Moreover, our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem the Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or entitled to access the escrow account should a qualifying acquisition not occur within the Permitted Timeline, as further described herein.

 

There is currently no market through which the Class A Restricted Voting Units (or the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units) offered under this prospectus may be sold, and purchasers may not be able to re-sell securities purchased under this prospectus. This may affect the pricing of the securities in secondary market purchases, the transparency and availability of trading prices, the liquidity of the securities, and the extent of issuer regulation. See “Risk Factors”. The Exchange has conditionally approved the listing of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants (including the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Warrants that may be sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and the Founder’s Warrants being sold pursuant to this Offering), under the symbols “BC.UN.U”, “BC.A.U” and “BC.W.U”, respectively, with the Class A Restricted Voting Units separating into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange) subject to the Corporation fulfilling all of the Exchange’s requirements on or before November 5, 2019, including distribution of these securities to a minimum number of public securityholders.

 

An investment in the Class A Restricted Voting Units offered by this prospectus is highly speculative due to the proposed nature of our business and is subject to a number of risks that should be considered by a prospective purchaser. Investors should carefully consider the risk factors described under “Risk Factors” before purchasing the Class A Restricted Voting Units.

 

v 

 

 

Subject to applicable laws, in connection with this Offering, the Underwriters may over-allocate or effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units at levels other than those which otherwise might prevail on the open market. The Underwriters propose to offer the Class A Restricted Voting Units initially at the offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus. After the Underwriters have made a reasonable effort to sell all of the Class A Restricted Voting Units offered by this prospectus at that price, the initially stated offering price may be decreased, and further changed from time to time, by the Underwriters to an amount not greater than the initially stated offering price and, in such case, the compensation realized by the Underwriters will be decreased by the amount that the aggregate price paid by the purchasers for the Class A Restricted Voting Units is less than the gross proceeds paid by the Underwriters to us. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

Subscriptions will be received subject to rejection or allocation in whole or in part and the Underwriters reserve the right to close the subscription books at any time without notice. Closing is expected to occur on or about August 15, 2019, or such later date as we, our Sponsor and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event no later than August 30, 2019. Subject to certain exceptions, registration of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (consisting of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants) and transfers thereof held through CDS, or its nominee will be made electronically through the non-certificated inventory (“NCI”) system of CDS. Class A Restricted Voting Units registered in the name of CDS or its nominee will be deposited electronically with CDS on an NCI basis on the Closing. A purchaser of Class A Restricted Voting Units (subject to certain exceptions) will receive only a customer confirmation from the registered dealer through which the Class A Restricted Voting Units are purchased. Subsequently, once the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange), subject to certain exceptions, registration of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants forming part of the Units, and transfers thereof held through CDS, or its nominee will be made electronically through NCI.

 

Investors should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and are not entitled to rely on parts of information contained in this prospectus to the exclusion of other parts of this prospectus. None of the Corporation, our Sponsor, or the Underwriters has authorized anyone to provide investors with additional or different information. Neither the Corporation nor the Underwriters is offering to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the securities qualified thereunder.

 

Unless otherwise noted herein, all references to “$”, “U.S.$”, “United States dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the currency of the United States and all references to “C$” are to the currency of Canada.

 

The Corporation’s head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL and the registered office is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

This prospectus qualifies the distribution of securities of the Corporation, which may focus its search for target businesses that are involved in the cannabis and related sectors but may effect a qualifying acquisition outside of the cannabis sector. The Corporation does not have an operating business at this time, it may, as a result of its qualifying acquisition, be engaged, directly or indirectly, in the manufacture, importation, possession, use, sale or distribution of cannabis in the medical or adult use cannabis marketplace in the future. There are a number of risks that would be associated with acquiring and operating a cannabis business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws. See “Risk Factors – Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Cannabis Business (If Applicable)”.

 

vi 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS   1
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   6
THE CORPORATION AND ITS BUSINESS   6
THE OFFERING   12
Risks   22
Summary Financial Data   22
Eligibility for Investment   24
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION   24
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements   25
Market and Industry Data   28
Marketing Materials   28
The Corporation   29
Our Business   29
Industry Overview   35
Qualifying acquisition   42
Use of Proceeds   49
Dividend Policy   53
Dilution   53
Plan of Distribution   54
Description of Securities   57
Capitalization   68
options to purchase securities   69
Prior Sales   69
Principal Shareholders   69
Directors and Officers   69
Executive Compensation and Other Payments   76
Risk Factors   77
Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations   98
Exchange of Information   103
Auditors, Transfer Agent, Warrant Agent and Escrow Agent   104
Experts   104
Promoter   104
Legal Proceedings   104
Material Contracts   104
Exemptive Relief   105
Purchasers’ Statutory Rights of Withdrawal and Rescission   105
Appendix A Charter of the Audit Committee of BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.        A-1
Appendix B Financial Statements        B-1
CERTIFICATE OF THE CORPORATION AND THE PROMOTER        C-1
CERTIFICATE OF THE UNDERWRITER        C-2

 

vii 

 

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

allowable capital loss” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Disposition of Securities”;

 

Audit Committee” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Directors and Officers – Audit Committee”;

 

BCBCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as it may be amended from time to time;

 

Bespoke” means Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

Cannabis Act” means the Cannabis Act, S.C. 2018, c. 16, as it may be amended from time to time;

 

Cannabis Regulations” means the Cannabis Regulations (Canada), as it may be amended from time to time;

 

CBD” means cannabidiol;

 

CDS” means CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc.;

 

Charter of the Audit Committee” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Directors and Officers – Audit Committee”;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares” means the Class A restricted voting shares forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, which may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws, and each a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Units” means 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units (or up to a maximum of 40,250,000 Class A restricted voting units to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is exercised) being offered to the public under this prospectus at an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$350,000,000 assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), each comprised of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant, and each a “Class A Restricted Voting Unit”;

 

Class B Shares” means the Class B shares of the Corporation including 10,062,500 Class B shares of the Corporation referred to as the “Founder’s Shares”, and each a “Class B Share”;

 

Closing” means the closing of this Offering;

 

Closing Date” means the date of the Closing, which is expected to occur on or about August 15, 2019 or such other date as the Corporation, our Sponsor and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event no later than August 30, 2019;

 

Code” has the meaning set out under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

Common Shares” means the common shares in the capital of the Corporation expected to be issued and outstanding at the time of the closing of our qualifying acquisition;

 

Compliance Provisions” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

Corporation” means Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia pursuant to the BCBCA;

 

CRA” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”;

 

CRS” has the meaning set out under the heading “Exchange of Information”;

 

1

 

 

CSA” means the U.S. Controlled Substances Act;

 

Discretionary Deferred Portion” has the meaning set out under the heading “Plan of Distribution – General”;

 

Escrow Agent” means TSX Trust Company;

 

Escrow Agreement” means the escrow agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date between the Corporation, the Escrow Agent, and the Underwriters;

 

Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange, or any successor, assign or replacement exchange on which any of the Corporation’s securities are listed from time to time;

 

Exchange Agreement and Undertaking” means the transfer restrictions agreement and undertaking to be dated as of the Closing Date, entered into by our Sponsor in favour of the Exchange;

 

Extraordinary Dividend” means any dividend, together with all other dividends payable in the same calendar year, that has an aggregate absolute dollar value which is greater than U.S.$0.25 per share, with the adjustment to the applicable price (as the context may require) being a reduction equal to the amount of the excess;

 

Founder’s Shares” means the 10,062,500 Class B Shares issued to our Sponsor prior to the Closing (up to 1,312,500 of such Founder’s Shares, referred to as the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares, shall be relinquished by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised such that the Founder’s Shares will represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares));

 

Founder’s Warrants” means the 12,000,000 share purchase warrants issued to our Sponsor at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant at the Closing, with each whole Founder’s Warrant entitling the holder thereof, commencing 65 days following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, one Common Share) at a price of U.S.$11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, and each, a “Founder’s Warrant”;

 

FPI Condition” has the meaning set out under the heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares”;

 

Gross Proceeds” has the meaning set out on the face page of this prospectus;

 

Holder” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”;

 

IEA” has the meaning set out under the heading “Exchange of Information”;

 

Initial Escrow Amount” means, upon the Closing, an aggregate of U.S.$350,000,000 (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), or U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public;

 

Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking” means the make whole agreement and undertaking to be dated as of the Closing Date, entered into by our Sponsor in favour of the Corporation;

 

Marketing Materials” has the meaning set out under the heading “Marketing Materials”;

 

MI 61-101” means Multilateral Instrument 61-101 – Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions;

 

NCI” means the non-certificated inventory system of CDS;

 

NI 41-101” means National Instrument 41-101 – General Prospectus Requirements;

 

NI 51-102” has the meaning set out under the heading “Description of Securities – General”;

 

2

 

 

NI 52-110” means National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees;

 

Non-Resident Holder” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Holders Not Resident in Canada”;

 

NP 11-201” means National Policy 11-201 – Electronic Delivery of Documents;

 

Odd Lot” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Take-Over Bid Protection”;

 

Offering” means the 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (or 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) that are being offered to the public under this prospectus;

 

OSC Rule 56-501” has the meaning set out under the heading “Description of Securities – General”;

 

Over-Allotment Option” means the non-transferable option granted by the Corporation to the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (being 15% of the aggregate number of Class A Restricted Voting Units issued upon the Closing Date), at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, exercisable for a period of 30 days from the Closing Date, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes;

 

Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares” means up to a maximum of 1,312,500 of the aggregate 10,062,500 Founder’s Shares being purchased by our Sponsor prior to the Closing, which Founder’s Shares shall be relinquished by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised;

 

Owning or Controlling” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

Permitted Investments” means investments in the following: U.S. dollar denominated cash or in book based securities, negotiable instruments, investments or securities which evidence: (i) obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the Government of Canada, the Government of the United States of America or any Province of Canada or State of the United States of America; (ii) demand deposits, term deposits or certificates of deposit of banks listed Schedule I or Schedule III of the Bank Act (Canada), which have an approved credit rating by an approved credit rating organization (as defined under National Instrument 45-106 - Prospectus Exemptions); (iii) commercial paper directly issued by Schedule I or Schedule III Banks which have an approved credit rating by an approved credit rating organization (as defined under National Instrument 45-106 - Prospectus Exemptions); or (iv) call loans to and notes or bankers’ acceptances issued or accepted by any depository institution described in (ii) above;

 

Permitted Timeline” means the allowable time period within which the Corporation must consummate its qualifying acquisition, being 18 months from the Closing (or 21 months from the Closing if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but has not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period), as it may be extended or shortened as described in this prospectus;

 

Proportionate Voting Shares” means the proportionate voting shares in the capital of the Corporation expected to be issued and outstanding at the time of the closing of the qualifying acquisition;

 

Proposed Amendments” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”;

 

PVS Offer” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Take-Over Bid Protection”;

 

QA Prospectus” has the meaning set out under the heading “Qualifying Acquisition - Contractual Rights of Action”;

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer” has the meaning ascribed to such term under Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act;

 

3

 

 

qualifying acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which is intended to be consummated by the Corporation within the Permitted Timeline and in accordance with applicable law and as more fully described in this prospectus;

 

RDSP” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

Relinquishment Agreement” means the relinquishment agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, entered into by our Sponsor in favour of the Corporation and the Underwriters;

 

Resident Holder” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Holders Resident in Canada”;

 

RESP” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

RRIF” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

RRSP” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

Securities” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”, and “Security” means any one of them;

 

SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval located at www.sedar.com;

 

Shareholders Meeting” means the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation to be held, if required under applicable law, to vote on our qualifying acquisition;

 

“SPAC” has the meaning set out on the face page of this prospectus;

 

Sponsor” means Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP;

 

Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares” means the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible;

 

Staff Notice 51-352” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Industry Overview – Regulatory Overview”;

 

Tax Act” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”;

 

taxable capital gain” has the meaning set out under the heading “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Disposition of Securities”;

 

TFSA” has the meaning set out under the heading “Eligibility for Investment”;

 

THC” means delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol;

 

Underwriters” means Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.;

 

Underwriting Agreement” means the underwriting agreement dated August 8, 2019 among the Corporation, our Sponsor and the Underwriters;

 

United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States and the District of Columbia;

 

Units” means the Class A Restricted Voting Units and each a “Unit”;

 

4

 

 

Unsuitable Person” has the meaning set out under the sub-heading “Description of Securities – Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as such term is defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

Warrant Agent” means TSX Trust Company;

 

Warrant Agreement” means the warrant agency agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date between the Corporation and the Warrant Agent;

 

Warrants” means the 17,500,000 share purchase warrants (or 20,125,000 share purchase warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) that the Corporation is selling as a portion of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and the 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants issued to our Sponsor at the Closing, and each a “Warrant”. At the Closing, each whole Warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at an exercise price of U.S.$11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, as described in this prospectus. The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share; and

 

Winding-Up” means the liquidation and cessation of the business of the Corporation, upon which the Corporation shall be permitted to use up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of any interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected costs and expenses in connection with applications to cease to be a reporting issuer and winding-up and dissolution expenses, as determined by the Corporation.

 

5

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following is a summary of the principal features of this Offering and should be read together with the more detailed information and financial data and statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus:

 

· we”, “us”, “our” or the “Corporation” refer to Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.; and

 

· references to “$”, “U.S.$”, “United States dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the currency of the United States and all references to “C$” are to the currency of Canada.

 

The logos and trademarks included in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

THE CORPORATION AND ITS BUSINESS

 

We are a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation (“SPAC”) incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our “qualifying acquisition”. We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. If we complete more than one qualifying acquisition, each such qualifying acquisition is expected to occur concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

Our objective is to execute a qualifying acquisition, the terms of which are determined by us to be favourable and provided that the target business(es) or assets forming the qualifying acquisition have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

 

We intend to identify and execute on a qualifying acquisition by leveraging our network to find attractive investment opportunities. We will seek to acquire several complementary companies as part of our qualifying acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a “land to brand” strategy and global reach. Our vision is to create a global vertical industry leader in cannabis, replicating the success of industry vertical leaders in spirits, home and personal care, carbonated drinks, cosmetics and other sectors. The key investment criteria which we will consider as we evaluate multiple targets across the value chain in cultivation, extraction, research and development and brands are:

 

· Research and Development (R&D):

 

o Pursue targets with a focus on R&D, specifically new product and brand development in connection with a vertical integration strategy, including plant genetics and tissue cultures.

 

· Cultivation:

 

o Focus on combination of high quality and low cost facilities built to EU-GMP standards in both Canada and Europe.

 

6

 

 

· Extraction:

 

o Seek solutions for what could be a major bottleneck for supply in the industry, with capabilities in Canada, Europe and the U.S. (with initial focus on hemp for CBD).

 

· Brands:

 

o Seek to build a brand led business across each of the methods of cannabis consumption (edibles, drinks, vapes and flower). There are currently over 1,000 brands of CBD in the United States.

 

· Strong Operating Management:

 

o Seek expertise that can be shared across the group post our qualifying acquisition.

 

· Synergistic Benefits:

 

o Seek targets which may create synergies and benefit from the oversight and leadership of our management team including Paul Walsh and Peter Caldini.

 

· Willingness to Roll for Equity:

 

o Preference to acquire companies with stock rather than cash to, among other things, align interests with all stakeholders.

 

o Acquisition for stock will allow us to retain cash to support organic growth of the target companies.

 

· High Standards of Regulatory Compliance:

 

o Seek targets that are engaged within all applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign legal frameworks and exhibit high standards of regulatory compliance.

 

We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in the evaluation of acquisition opportunities; however, we may decide to enter into our qualifying acquisition with one or more target businesses that do not meet any or all of these criteria or guidelines. These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive and may not apply in all cases or at all. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular target may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general criteria and/or other considerations, factors and criteria that our management, board of directors and our Sponsor may deem relevant.

 

The Corporation will be led by and will benefit from our experienced management team and group of directors.

 

Paul Walsh

 

Paul Walsh is our Executive Chairman and brings with him a wealth of experience as Chief Executive Officer of a large multinational branded consumer products corporation operating in highly regulated markets. Mr. Walsh was the Chief Executive Officer of Diageo plc (“Diageo”), the world’s largest spirits company, from 2000 to 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Walsh was the Chairman and President of The Pillsbury Company from 1996 to 1999. Under Mr. Walsh’s leadership, Diageo was transformed from a multi-national conglomerate into a focused global market leading spirits business via a combination of organic growth and significant acquisitions. Mr. Walsh and his management team created over U.S.$80 billion of shareholder value while in leadership at Diageo.

 

Mr. Walsh brings with him substantial corporate leadership experience, knowledge of consumer-centric companies, international operations expertise, and experience with regulated industries. He has also held executive-level finance positions, including as Chief Financial Officer of Grand Metropolitan Foods and Intercontinental Hotels. Throughout his career, Mr. Walsh has built success and growth at his companies through the deployment of effective brand development and marketing strategies, which brings added perspective to our Board. Notable successes include the creation of the Johnnie Walker family of Scotch Whiskey brands.

 

7

 

 

Mr. Walsh is the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke and also serves as Chairman of Compass Group PLC. He is a non-executive director of McDonald’s Corporation and FedEx Corporation.

 

Peter Caldini

 

Peter Caldini is our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. Mr. Caldini has over 20 years of experience building and restructuring multinational organizations around the world and a strong consumer healthcare background. Mr. Caldini developed extensive commercial management expertise at Pfizer Inc., Bayer AG and Wyeth, LLC.  Mr. Caldini was the Regional President North America for Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2017 to 2019. Prior to that role he was the Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2016 to 2017 and led the Northern European cluster from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Caldini was at Bayer from 2009 to 2014, with roles including the head of sub-region Emerging Markets EMEA, the General Manager of Bayer Consumer Care China and the head of the Nutritionals Strategic Business unit, the global leader in nutritional supplements with brands One-A-Day, Berocca, and Supradyn. From 2002 to 2009 Mr. Caldini was at Wyeth LLC where he was responsible for affiliates across LATAM and AsiaPac and also managed the Centrum brand globally. Early in his career Mr. Caldini held various leadership roles in brand management at Unilever in the US and Europe.

 

As President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare North America Mr. Caldini was responsible for managing the 2nd largest OTC consumer healthcare company in the region with over U.S.$2.1 billion in net sales. He drove market share growth for leading brands Advil, Emergen-C, Nexium, Chapstick, and Prep-H and improved the profitability of the business unit. As Regional President, he drove organizational change, brand acceleration, marketing strategy, trade execution, global e-commerce and transitioned the business to a more integrated operating culture. Mr. Caldini simultaneously led the turnaround of the Pfizer Canada affiliate, the 2nd largest OTC company in the market.

 

As Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare he managed a U.S.$580 million P&L with over 850 employees. He was credited for restructuring the region, resulting in above market revenue growth and significantly improved profitability. He led the turnaround of several underperforming affiliates including the UK, Spain, Russia, and the Middle East. He directed the successful brand launches of Nexium across Europe and the Viagra switch in the UK. He also led the successful acquisition of B-Total, a leading vitamin B brand in Italy and the integration of Ferrosan in the Nordics and Russia.

 

Mr. Caldini holds board roles with healthcare companies Kramer Labs, Solvotrin, and PreMark Pharma. He has a Masters of International Economics and Management from Bocconi University in Milan, Italy, an MBA from Northeastern University and a BA, Political Science from Boston University. Mr. Caldini holds US and Italian citizenship.

 

Maja Spalevic

 

Maja Spalevic is our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Spalevic has over 18 years of experience in the financial services and private equity industries including over 13 years with Global Leisure Partners LLP (“GLP”), an affiliate of Bespoke, where she manages finances, oversees the accounting, business support, financial reporting, planning and analysis, treasury, regulatory, human resources, legal, external audit and tax functions for GLP, Bespoke and the affiliated investment entities. Mrs. Spalevic was part of the formation of Bespoke in 2014. Prior to GLP Mrs. Spalevic was a staff accountant at Getty Images. She has a BSc (Hons) in Applied Accounting from Oxford Brookes University, is a Fellow of Chartered Certified Accountants (FCCA) and is an Association of Accounting Technicians full member (MAAT).

 

Ian Starkey

 

Ian Starkey is one of our directors and the Chair of the Audit Committee.  Mr. Starkey brings audit, M&A, management consulting and forensic accounting experience which he gained as a partner at KPMG (UK) where he spent over 35 years.  At KPMG, Mr. Starkey was one of the most senior audit partners for over 20 years and was associated with companies such as Diageo plc, F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG and BAE Systems plc. He held various senior management roles, primarily as head of the Consumer Goods markets sector for the UK and Europe. He was a member of the boards of KPMG Europe and KPMG UK LLP, where he chaired at various times the Audit & Risk and Remuneration & Nominations Committees.

 

8

 

 

Mr. Starkey is currently a non-executive board member of DAC Beachcroft LLP, an international law firm, a member of Meyler Campbell’s Mastered Programme for executive coaching and is also involved in various finance and non-profit ventures. His career history brings to the Corporation extensive experience of operating at board level in regulated businesses across a variety of sectors.

 

Robert L. Berner III

 

Rob Berner is one of our directors as well as a founder and Joint Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer of Bespoke and Chairman of Bespoke’s Investment Committee. He has been active in the private equity industry for over 30 years. Mr. Berner has sat on numerous boards and is currently Chairman of Johnnie-O LLC (men’s lifestyle brand).  Mr. Berner also was a principal investor in, and Chairman of Diversified Distribution Systems, LLC (DDS), the largest specialty retail distribution and services business in the United States, which was recently sold very successfully to Bunzl Plc.

 

Mr. Berner was previously a Partner at CVC Capital Partners (“CVC”), a global private equity firm with over U.S.$50 billion of assets under management and assisted in the opening and development of the firm’s US efforts, including serving as Chairman of CVC US. Prior to CVC, he served as a Managing Director at Ripplewood Holdings and was a member of the firm’s Investment Committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Berner was a Partner and member of the Investment Committee of Charterhouse International. Mr. Berner began his career in the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley where he was a Principal in the mergers and acquisitions department. Mr. Berner also serves on the boards of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, Vinventions USA, LLC (“Vinventions”) and 24 Hour Fitness USA, Inc. (“24 Hour Fitness”). In addition, Mr. Berner has acted as a non-executive director on the boards of over 25 private equity portfolio companies during his private equity career and has sat on the board of several charitable and not for profit organizations.

 

Mr. Berner has an MBA from Northwestern University and a BBA in Finance from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Mark W.B. Harms

 

Mark Harms is one of our directors and a founder and Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke.  Prior to Bespoke, Mr. Harms founded GLP in 2004, where he is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. GLP has advised on over U.S.$60 billion of transactions to date, deploying over U.S.$500 million of capital into a number of investments and developed an industry leading operating executive network with 75+ members.  Mr. Harms has completed over 130 advisory and principal transactions in North and South America, Europe and Australia. Mr. Harms has extensive experience with regard to leveraged debt, mezzanine and equity financing techniques in Europe and the U.S. with over U.S.$100 billion in completed transactions.

 

Prior to founding GLP, Mr. Harms worked at Oppenheimer as a Managing Director and at CIBC World Markets as the founder and head of the Consumer Growth Group. Mr. Harms built within Consumer Growth Group strong industry verticals in branded consumer products and services, gaming, health and fitness, specialty retail and travel and tourism. Mr. Harms currently sits on the board of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, 24 Hour Fitness, World Fitness Services Ltd. (“World Fitness Services”) and Vinventions, as well as Olympic Entertainment. Mr. Harms was a Vice Chairman of the World Travel & Tourism Council from 2009 to 2014 and is a member and on the board of the International Association of Gaming Advisors.  He was also a non-executive director on a number of other charitable, educational and non for profit boards.

 

Mr. Harms has an MBA from the University of Chicago and a BA from the University of Michigan.

 

Candice Koederitz

 

Candice Koederitz is one of our directors. Ms. Koederitz brings capital markets, due diligence, financial market product development, international and risk management experience which she gained as a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley where she spent over 30 years. At Morgan Stanley, Ms. Koederitz worked with companies and governments globally to raise over $30 billion in capital. Ms. Koederitz held various senior management roles including head of Capital, head of Regulatory Implementation, Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Asia (S) Ltd in Singapore and head of Capital Markets Execution. She co-chaired the Capital Commitment Committee, Equity Underwriting Committees, Americas Franchise Committee and was a member of the Firm and Securities Risk Committees.

 

9

 

 

Ms. Koederitz is currently an independent, non-executive director of ICE Benchmark Administration Ltd, a financial benchmark administrator, and is involved with several non-profit organizations.

 

Ms. Koederitz has an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BS in Civil Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

Geoffrey Parkin

 

Geoff Parkin is a Partner at LEK Consulting LLP’s London office. He is a consumer markets expert and has broad experience assisting UK and international corporate and private equity clients with mission critical strategic issues, commercial performance improvement plans and due diligence assignments. Mr. Parkin has been with LEK for almost 20 years, and previously worked in commercial line management roles for British Airways and American Express, based in London, Copenhagen and Amsterdam.

 

Mr. Parkin graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree in Management Sciences from U.M.I.S.T. and studied Corporate Finance at London Business School.

 

Timothy D. Proctor

 

Timothy D. Proctor is one of our directors. Mr. Proctor has 38 years of experience in the practice of law, primarily in the highly regulated industries of pharmaceuticals and drinks. After five years at Union Carbide Corporation, Mr. Proctor spent 13 years at Merck supporting pharmaceutical marketing and research activities worldwide. At Glaxo (now GlaxoSmithKline) Mr. Proctor was US general counsel with responsibility for the full range of legal activities in support of marketing, manufacturing, and research, including intellectual property, as well as corporate compliance. He moved with Glaxo to the head office in London to be global head of human resources, and while in London joined Diageo plc as global general counsel. His thirteen years at Diageo involved managing a worldwide team of lawyers in support of a number of marketing, M&A, regulatory, and compliance challenges, during a period of strong growth for the company. Mr. Proctor’s previous board service included the Northwestern Mutual, Wachovia Bank and Allergan, Inc.

 

Mr. Proctor has MBA and JD degrees from the University of Chicago, earned in a joint program.

 

Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC

 

Our Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke, a private equity firm founded in 2014 by experienced private equity veterans, Rob Berner and Mark Harms. Paul Walsh is currently the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke.  Since its inception, Bespoke has been involved in transactions with a combined enterprise value of over U.S.$2.5 billion.

 

Bespoke operates with a core team of experienced investment professionals and an extensive network of over 75 highly accomplished operating partners.  Bespoke employs a highly tailored approach to investment with a view to strongly align with partners and counterparties while at the same time meeting the needs of the businesses it invests in.  Bespoke invests across various types of investments through flexible structures including control and minority positions.  Bespoke exhibits proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities from its long-term relationships which it believes is an important factor in identifying a successful target for a SPAC.  Bespoke’s sourcing capabilities are further evidenced through its investments which were the result of proprietary “off-market” deals sourced from long term relationships and agreed to through bilateral negotiations, away from auction or competitive processes.  Bespoke believes it is viewed as a “partner of choice” given its reputation, its structuring flexibility and its operating expertise.  Bespoke’s portfolio currently includes 24 Hour Fitness (privately owned and operated fitness center chain operating 440 clubs across 13 states in the U.S.), Vinventions (provider of over 3 billion closures annually to the global wine industry), World Fitness Services (leading Asian fitness center with 65 clubs in Taiwan) and Olympic Entertainment (European provider of gaming services, operation a portfolio of 115 casinos). Bespoke and its affiliate GLP are regulated in the United States by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and in the United Kingdom by the Financial Conduct Authority. The firm operates its business to the highest regulatory and compliance standards.

 

10

 

 

We believe our competitive strengths which will help us complete a successful qualifying acquisition include:

 

· Outstanding Corporate Management Team and Sponsor Group:

 

o The Corporation brings together a team of experienced investment professionals with deep capabilities and an extensive network;

 

o Our leadership team has experience navigating regulated markets with strong compliance frameworks;

 

o Paul Walsh, former CEO of Diageo, will act as Executive Chairman and provide oversight and guidance; and

 

o Peter Caldini, our CEO and one of our directors, brings a strong consumer health background with extensive management experience.

 

· Proprietary Deal Sourcing:

 

o Our ability to leverage Bespoke’s and our leadership team’s extensive network including proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities; and

 

o Our leadership’s long-term relationships with other market participants and strong reputation as business builders.

 

We intend to structure and execute a qualifying acquisition that will provide the combined business with a capital structure that will support the growth in shareholder value and give it the flexibility to grow organically and/or through strategic acquisitions. In addition, we believe that our status as a public company, expected available cash and benefit from public market currency are each important factors that will allow us to achieve those targets.

 

In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, and inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as review of financial information. We believe that our management’s and our Sponsor’s expertise in M&A and finance, as well as our reputation as active investors has enabled us to build strong relationships with company owners, executives, stakeholders, industry experts, consultants, professionals and financial intermediaries which will help provide us with attractive acquisition opportunities to consider. We will bring a private equity approach to the completion of due diligence and documentation for the qualifying acquisition, and then provide private equity style active oversight to the Corporation once the qualifying acquisition is completed. We believe that understanding the dynamics, competitors, trends, risks, and opportunities of the cannabis segment will enable us to target selected companies and efficiently pursue potential transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, past performance of our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any qualifying acquisition we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial qualifying acquisition. You should not rely on the historical performance record of our management as indicative of our future performance.

 

11

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered to Public:

35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units offered to the public (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisting of:

 

·   one Class A Restricted Voting Share; and

 

·   one-half of a Warrant.

   
Price: U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit.
   
Trading Commencement and Separate Trading of Shares and Warrants:

The Class A Restricted Voting Units are intended to begin trading promptly after the Closing.

 

It is anticipated that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange). However, no fractional Warrants will be issued and only whole Warrants will trade.

   
Class A Restricted Voting Units Offered to Public:  
   
Number outstanding before the Closing: Nil.
   
Number outstanding after the Closing:

35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option).

 

40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (assuming the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised).

   
Shares: The multiple share class structure (Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares) has been adopted to seek to provide appropriate treatment for the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares in the event a qualifying acquisition is not completed within the Permitted Timeline.
   
Number outstanding before the Closing: 10,062,500 Class B Shares (the Founder’s Shares), to be held initially by our Sponsor (up to 1,312,500 of which, referred to as the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares, shall be relinquished by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised).
   
Number outstanding after the Closing:

35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, but does not include the Class A Restricted Voting Shares issuable on exercise of such associated Warrants) (40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares if the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised).

 

10,062,500 Class B Shares (net of the 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares which would be relinquished if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised).

 

On or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share (unless previously redeemed) would be automatically converted into a Common Share.

   
Common Shares:

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, no Common Shares may be issued prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, except in connection with such closing.

 

12

 

 

  The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at all meetings of, the shareholders of the Corporation (except where solely the holders of one or more other specified classes of shares (other than the Common Shares) shall be entitled to vote at a meeting, in which case, only such holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, and attend and vote at, such meeting). Each Common Share shall confer the right to one vote.
   
Warrants:  
   
Number outstanding before the Closing: Nil.
   
Number outstanding after the Closing:

29,500,000 Warrants (17,500,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to be sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to our Sponsor).

 

32,125,000 Warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised (20,125,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to be sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to our Sponsor).

   
Warrant Description:

It is anticipated that the Warrants and the Class A Restricted Voting Shares comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange)

 

The Warrants will become exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. Each whole Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share. As the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have been automatically converted into Common Shares, after the completion of our qualifying acquisition each whole Warrant outstanding will be exercisable for one Common Share.

 

Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares to be issued to the Warrant holder.

 

On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be U.S.$11.50, subject to adjustments as described herein. At the election of the holder, the Warrants may be exercised through a cashless exercise.

 

The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of our qualifying acquisition or may expire earlier if a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline or if the expiry date is accelerated.

 

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the closing price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds U.S.$18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period.

 

The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

 

13

 

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares:

As 100% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offering and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be held by TSX Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the Exchange rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition, (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with NP 11-201.

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. With the inclusion of the Founder’s Shares (and assuming that our Sponsor does not purchase any Class A Restricted Voting Units in this Offering), our Sponsor will hold a 20% voting interest to vote at any such meeting (other than approval of any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline where only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote), regardless of whether or not the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. Accordingly, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote at any such meeting. See “Risk Factors”.

   
Class B Shares:

Our Sponsor has purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares (also referred to herein as the “Founder’s Shares”) for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately U.S.$0.0025 per Founder’s Share or $0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised and the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares are relinquished.

 

Up to 1,312,500 of such Founder’s Shares (referred to as the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares) shall be relinquished by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. Other than the Founder’s Shares, no other Class B Shares are expected to be outstanding on Closing.

 

14

 

 

 

The Founder’s Shares outstanding after giving effect to this Offering and at the conclusion of the Over-Allotment Option period will represent 20% of the shares issued and outstanding of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares).

 

The Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not possess any redemption rights.

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking.

 

The Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares would likely be subject to escrow under the Exchange’s rules following the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Founder’s Shares purchased by our Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants intended to be purchased by our Sponsor pursuant to this prospectus, will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

   
Proceeds Held in Escrow:

Upon Closing, an aggregate of U.S.$350,000,000 (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), or U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public (the “Initial Escrow Amount”), will be held by TSX Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. These proceeds include U.S.$13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commission.

 

Subject to applicable law, as further described herein, none of the funds held in the escrow account will be released from the escrow account, until the earliest of: (i) the closing of our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a qualifying acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided herein) of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds (including, if applicable, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and for payment of certain expenses. For greater certainty, the aggregate U.S.$25,000 and approximately U.S.$5,375,000 of initial net proceeds from the issuance of Class B Shares (Founder’s Shares) and Founder’s Warrants, respectively, to our Sponsor prior to the Closing will not be held in escrow and may be used to fund our general ongoing expenses.

 

15

 

 

 

The proceeds deposited in the escrow account will be required to be invested in Permitted Investments. The Corporation intends to invest the proceeds deposited in the Escrow Account only in instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States of America.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a qualifying acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the qualifying acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commission in the amount of U.S.$13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), which (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) will be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition provided that the Discretionary Deferred Portion may be used for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing. The per share amount we will distribute to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission we will pay to the Underwriters.

   
Anticipated Expenses and Funding Sources:

A portion of the U.S.$12,000,000 of the proceeds of the sales of the Founder’s Warrants is expected to be used to pay the expenses of this Offering (in the estimated amount of U.S.$500,000) and the upfront underwriting commission of U.S.$6,125,000 (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option). The remaining net proceeds of the sale of the Founder’s Warrants and Founder’s Shares not placed in escrow (in the estimated amount of U.S.$5,375,000 and U.S.$25,000) are expected to be used towards general ongoing expenses and funding our qualifying acquisition.

 

The Corporation will not have any access to the escrowed funds for funding general ongoing expenses or funding a qualifying acquisition prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition other than for paying taxes on interest or other amounts earned on the escrowed funds, for certain expenses on a redemption or a Winding-Up.

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our qualifying acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

16

 

 

 

The Corporation may also seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to our shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and the Exchange’s rules, and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the Exchange’s rules and also subject to fulfilling the following condition: the Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith would be at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account), and provided that 100% of the gross proceeds raised in any subsequent rights offering from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units are held in the escrow account.

   
Conditions to Consummating our Qualifying Acquisition:

Our qualifying acquisition must occur within the Permitted Timeline (being 18 months from the Closing, or 21 months from the Closing if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but have not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period). Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution. We are not limited to only one qualifying acquisition, but to the extent we undertake more than one, they are expected to be completed concurrently within the Permitted Timeline and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

Our qualifying acquisition must be approved by a majority of our directors unrelated to the qualifying acquisition.

 

The business or assets forming our qualifying acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of our combined qualifying acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange, have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). Immediately following this Offering, this amount would be equal to approximately $280,000,000 (or $322,000,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

 

17

 

 

 

As 100% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offering and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be held by TSX Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the Exchange rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition, (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with NP 11-201.

   
Permitted Purchases of Class A Restricted Voting Shares by our Affiliates: Prior to the qualifying acquisition, our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, our directors, officers and/or their affiliates may purchase Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to this Offering, in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market. Our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, our directors, officers and/or their affiliates are not expected to purchase Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to this Offering.
   
Redemption Rights for Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares: We will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting, as further described under “Qualifying Acquisition – Redemption Rights” and “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”.  Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

18

 

 

Limitations on Redemption Rights of Shareholders Holding 15% or More: Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing. This limitation will not apply in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline.
   
Release of Funds in Escrow Account on Closing of our Qualifying Acquisition: On the closing of our qualifying acquisition, all remaining amounts held in the escrow account not previously paid out or payable by the Corporation to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including expenses directly related to the redemptions), paid out or payable by the Corporation for tax liabilities of the Corporation, or payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters in satisfaction of its deferred underwriting commission, will be available to the Corporation. Funds released from the escrow account to us can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of the business or businesses we acquire as part of our qualifying acquisition and to pay other expenses associated with our qualifying acquisition. If our qualifying acquisition is paid for using shares or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the escrow account are used for payment of the purchase price in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may apply the cash balance that is not applied to the purchase price and released to us from the escrow account for general corporate purposes, including maintenance or expansion of the operations of the acquired businesses, payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in consummating the qualifying acquisition, funding of subsequent acquisitions, payment of dividends, general ongoing expenses or payment of the cash portion of the Discretionary Deferred Portion of the underwriting commission, which will be payable and released only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as it sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.
   
Redemption of Class A Restricted Voting Shares if No Qualifying Acquisition:

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation.

 

Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law. See “Make Whole Covenants” below.

 

19

 

 

 

There will be no redemption rights or distributions with respect to the Warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline.

 

The Class B Shares will not possess any redemption rights. Our Sponsor will, however, participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire pursuant to this Offering, in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market.

 

The Underwriters will not have any entitlement to their deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in the event we do not consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (as it may be extended). The amount in deferred underwriting commission will be included with the escrowed funds that will be available to fund the redemption of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline.

   
Limited Payments to Insiders:

There will be no finder’s fees, consulting fees, reimbursements or cash payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or to their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, unless expressly approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the Exchange, except for repayment of unsecured loans, and any interest thereon, which may be made by our Sponsor or our Sponsor’s affiliates to finance transaction costs in connection with a prospective qualifying acquisition, which will not be made prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition and will not be paid from the proceeds of the escrow account prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition, but rather from funds on hand, from additional sources of funds at the time of the qualifying acquisition, from the proceeds of the escrow account after their release to the Corporation, or from additional funds as discussed in this prospectus.

 

The Corporation will reimburse out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the above-noted persons in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying possible business targets and qualifying acquisitions. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the escrow account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate a qualifying acquisition. Our board of directors will review and be required to approve all reimbursements and payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors or our affiliates or associates or their respective affiliates or associates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

 

Additionally, the Corporation will pay U.S.$10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month for administrative and related services pursuant to an administrative services agreement entered into with our Sponsor which, if applicable, may include payment for services of related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect our qualifying acquisition. Such payments will be made from the Corporation’s working capital during the Permitted Timeline.

 

20

 

 

Audit Committee: The Corporation will have an Audit Committee, except as permitted by applicable securities laws, composed of independent directors. Initially we expect our Audit Committee to be composed of a majority of independent directors. See “Directors and Officers – Audit Committee”.
   
Make Whole Covenants:

Prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor will agree that (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

We believe the likelihood of our Sponsor having to indemnify us is limited because we will endeavor to have all or substantially all vendors and prospective qualifying acquisition targets as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the escrow account. However, we cannot assure investors that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations, and we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality.

 

In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding-Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the escrow account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), our Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein, our Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the escrow account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.

 

Our Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the escrow account in the manner it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise.

 

21

 

 

Risks

 

We are a newly formed company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our qualifying acquisition, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making their decision whether to invest in our Class A Restricted Voting Units, investors should factor this, along with the background of our management team, into their investment decision-making. Investors should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risk factors set forth in the section “Risk Factors”.

 

Summary Financial Data

 

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. Only the following balance sheet information is presented, as the Corporation has not had any significant operations to date.

 

    As at July 9, 2019 prior
to giving effect to the
Offering
  Pro Forma, as at July 9,
2019 after giving effect
to the Offering, and
assuming no exercise of
the Over-Allotment
Option (in thousands of
dollars)
Balance Sheet Data:        
Working capital   U.S.$10   U.S.$5,375
Held in escrow account   U.S.$--   U.S.$350,000
Total assets   U.S.$10   U.S.$355,375
Deferred underwriting commission(1)   U.S.$--   U.S.$13,125
Value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that may be redeemed in connection with our initial qualifying acquisition   U.S.$--   U.S.$350,000
Shareholders’ equity(2)(3)   U.S.$10   (U.S.$7,750)

 

(1) Represents deferred underwriting commission payable only upon completion of our qualifying acquisition as set out under “Plan of Distribution – General”.

 

(2) Excludes Class A Restricted Voting Units, which are subject to redemption in connection with our qualifying acquisition.

 

22

 

 

(3) Assumes issue costs of $19,750,000. Issue costs include $500,000 of offering expenses and $19,250,000 of underwriting commissions (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), of which $6,125,000 will be paid in cash upon the closing of this Offering and $13,125,000 in deferred underwriting commissions will only become payable upon completion of our qualifying acquisition as set out herein.

 

The post-Offering total assets amount includes the Initial Escrow Amount, which amount, less deferred underwriting commission and taxes payable (but which will not include any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act), and less redemption amounts to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units, will be available to us to complete our initial qualifying acquisition(s) within the Permitted Timeline. The Initial Escrow Amount includes $13,125,000 (or $15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commission. The Underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting commission.

 

23

 

 

 

Eligibility for Investment

 

In the opinion of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, our counsel and counsel to our Sponsor, and Goodmans LLP, counsel to the Underwriters, based on the current provisions of the Tax Act in force as of the date hereof and the Proposed Amendments, each of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the Warrants, and the Common Shares issuable on the exercise of Warrants or the automatic conversion of Class A Restricted Voting Shares following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, will be qualified investments at the time of the acquisition thereof by a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan (“RRSP”), registered retirement income fund (“RRIF”), deferred profit sharing plan, registered education savings plan (“RESP”), registered disability savings plan (“RDSP”) or tax-free savings account (“TFSA”), provided that:

 

(a) in the case of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares, at such time the Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares are listed on a designated stock exchange in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the Exchange); and

 

(b) in the case of the Warrants, at such time:

 

(i) the Warrants are listed on a designated stock exchange for purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the Exchange); or

 

(ii) the shares to be issued on the exercise of the Warrants are qualified investments as described in (a) above, provided that the Corporation is not, and deals at arm’s length with each person who is, an annuitant, a beneficiary, an employer or a subscriber under or a holder of such registered plan.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder of a TFSA or an RDSP, the annuitant under an RRSP or RRIF, or the subscriber of an RESP will be subject to a penalty tax in respect of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Common Shares or Warrants held in the TFSA, RDSP, RRSP, RRIF or RESP, if such Securities are prohibited investments for the TFSA, RDSP, RRSP, RRIF, or RESP. A Security will generally be a “prohibited investment” for a TFSA, RDSP, RRSP, RRIF, or RESP if the holder of the TFSA or RDSP, the annuitant under the RRSP or RRIF, or the subscriber of the RESP does not deal at arm’s length with the Corporation for the purposes of the Tax Act, or the holder, annuitant or subscriber has a “significant interest” (as defined in subsection 207.01(4) the Tax Act) in the Corporation. Holders of a TFSA or an RDSP, annuitants under an RRSP or RRIF, and subscribers of an RESP should consult their own tax advisors as to whether the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Common Shares, or Warrants will be a prohibited investment in their particular circumstances.

 

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

The Corporation discloses all financial information contained in this prospectus in U.S. dollars. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end indicative rates of exchange for U.S.$1.00, expressed in Canadian dollars, published by the Bank of Canada.

 

   

Six months

ended June 30

    Year ended December 31  
   

2019(1)

   

2018(1)

   

2017(1)

   

2016(2)

 
    ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
Highest rate during the period     1.3600       1.3642       1.3743       1.4589  
Lowest rate during the period     1.3087       1.2288       1.2128       1.2544  
Average rate for the period     1.3336       1.2957       1.2986       1.3248  
Rate at the end of period     1.3087       1.3642       1.2545       1.3427  

 

Notes:

(1) 2019, 2018 and 2017 data from the Bank of Canada reflects the daily average exchange rates.

(2) 2016 data from the Bank of Canada reflects the noon exchange rates.

 

24

 

 

On August 7, 2019, the daily average rate of exchange posted by the Bank of Canada for conversion of U.S. dollars into Canadian dollars was C$1.00 equals U.S.$0.7506.

 

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain statements contained in this prospectus constitute “forward-looking information” for the purpose of applicable Canadian securities legislation (“forward-looking statements”). These statements reflect our management’s expectations with respect to future events, the Corporation’s financial performance and business prospects. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. The use of the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intends”, “may”, “might”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”, “would”, and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not a forward-looking statement. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated or implied in such forward-looking statements. No assurance can be given that these expectations will prove to be correct and such forward-looking statements included in this prospectus should not be unduly relied upon. Unless otherwise indicated, these statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus.

 

In particular, this prospectus contains forward-looking statements pertaining to the following, among other things:

 

· our ability to complete our qualifying acquisition and its potential success;

 

· our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our directors and officers or key employees, both before and following our qualifying acquisition;

 

· our directors and officers allocating their time to other businesses and having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our qualifying acquisition;

 

· our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition;

 

· our pool of prospective target businesses for our qualifying acquisition;

 

· the ability of our directors, officers and management team to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;

 

· operation of the business acquired through the qualifying acquisition;

 

· the potential liquidity and trading of our securities;

 

· the lack of a market for our securities;

 

· the use of proceeds not held in the escrow account;

 

· potential regulatory changes;

 

· fluctuations in interest rates; and

 

· our financial performance following this Offering.

 

With respect to forward-looking statements contained in the prospectus, assumptions have been made regarding, among other things:

 

· (i) the subscription by our Sponsor for U.S.$12,000,000 worth of Founder’s Warrants, and (ii) the prior issuance of 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and thus the relinquishment of the maximum of 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares subject to relinquishment); the 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares would increase up to a maximum of 10,062,500 to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised;

 

25

 

 

· the ability of the Corporation, our Sponsors and our management team to successfully consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline;

 

· an interest rate of 2.0% per annum, for the Corporation’s projection of an accrual of interest earned in the escrow account over the next 18 months, and the increase of the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public held in the escrow account to approximately U.S.$10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions (and for greater certainty, following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, we will use a portion of the balance of the non-redeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares’ portion of the escrow account (less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) to pay the deferred underwriting commission); and

 

· projected Offering-related expenses and projected operational and qualifying acquisition-related expenses during the Permitted Timeline leading up to our qualifying acquisition, as further described in “Use of Proceeds”.

 

Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of the risk factors set forth below and included elsewhere in this prospectus, including:

 

· the Corporation’s lack of operating history and revenues;

 

· the ability of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash may make our financial condition less attractive to potential qualifying acquisition targets;

 

· the requirement that we complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (unless extended);

 

· multiple prospective targets may give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability;

 

· the net proceeds of this Offering not being held in the escrow account may be insufficient to allow us to operate throughout the Permitted Timeline;

 

· third parties may bring claims against us where we are not indemnified by our Sponsor;

 

· the ability of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which may not allow us to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition or optimize our capital structure;

 

· changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations;

 

· potential adverse tax consequences on holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and on the Corporation in the event the Corporation acquires a United States company or assets of a United States entity in an “inversion” transaction;

 

· the inability to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target’s business operations or sector;

 

· the target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines;

 

26

 

 

· we may not be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person confirming that the price we intend to pay for a target company or target business is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view;

 

· resources could be wasted in pursuing acquisitions that are not consummated;

 

· the loss of our directors and officers;

 

· the loss of key personnel;

 

· the Corporation may be subject to competition from other companies seeking to execute a business plan similar to that of the Corporation;

 

· the loss of an acquisition target’s key personnel;

 

· our Sponsor, directors and officers may have conflicts of interest with the target company;

 

· our Sponsor, directors, officers and their respective affiliates and associates may have interests that conflict with our interests;

 

· our Sponsor will lose its investment in us if our qualifying acquisition is not completed within the Permitted Timeline and its holdings of Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants may create financial incentives that differ compared to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares;

 

· a qualifying acquisition with a private company may result in a qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all;

 

· the inability to maintain control of a target business after our qualifying acquisition;

 

· a target’s business management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company;

 

· the inability to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition or to fund the operations and/or growth of a target business;

 

· the lack of investment diversification and dependence on a single target business which may have a limited number of products or services if we are only able to complete one qualifying acquisition;

 

· competition from other businesses;

 

· a market for our securities may not develop;

 

· the tax consequences of the qualifying acquisition; and

 

· other factors discussed under “Risk Factors”.

 

Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of risk factors should not be construed as exhaustive.

 


27

 

 

Note Regarding Financial Outlook and Future-Oriented Financial Information

 

Financial outlook and future-oriented financial information contained in this prospectus about prospective financial performance, financial position or cash flows is based on assumptions about future events, including economic conditions and proposed courses of action, based on our management’s assessment of the relevant information currently available, and to become available in the future. In particular, this prospectus contains projected operational information for the Permitted Timeline leading up to our qualifying acquisition, a projected accrual of interest in the escrow account, and a projected dilution to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares on a per share basis (which includes a projected pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to this Offering). These projections contain forward-looking statements and are based on a number of material assumptions and factors set out above. Actual results may differ significantly from the projections presented herein. These projections may also be considered to contain future-oriented financial information or a financial outlook under applicable securities laws. The actual results of the Corporation’s operations for any period will likely vary from the amounts set forth in these projections, and such variations may be material. See above and under the heading “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks that could cause actual results to vary. The future-oriented financial information and financial outlooks contained in this prospectus have been approved by management as of the date of this prospectus and have been provided for the purpose of describing management’s expectations. Readers are cautioned that any such financial outlook and future-oriented financial information contained herein should not be used for purposes other than those for which it is disclosed herein.

 

The prospective financial information included in this prospectus has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, the Corporation’s directors and management. The Corporation and our management believe that the prospective financial information has been prepared on a reasonable basis, reflecting our management’s best estimates and judgments, and represents, to the best of our management’s knowledge and opinion, upon review by the board of directors, the Corporation’s expected course of action. However, because this information is highly subjective, it should not be relied on as necessarily indicative of future results.

 

Any forward-looking statement included in this prospectus is expressly qualified by this cautionary statement, and except as otherwise indicated, is made as of the date of this prospectus. None of the Corporation, the Sponsor or the Underwriters assume or undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements or departures from them, except as required by applicable law. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all such factors and to assess in advance the impact of each such factor on the business of the Corporation or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

 

Market and Industry Data

 

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding market shares of various companies and markets. We have obtained some of this market share information and industry data from internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications. Such reports generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy or completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Although we believe this information is reliable, neither we nor our Sponsor nor the Underwriters have independently verified or can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of that information and investors should use caution in placing reliance on such information.

 

Marketing Materials

 

The following “marketing materials” (as such term is defined in NI 41-101) have been filed with the securities commission or similar authority in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec) in connection with this Offering and are incorporated by reference into this prospectus (collectively, the “Marketing Materials”):

 

· the template version of the investor presentation dated July 17, 2019; and

 

· the template version of the term sheet dated July 17, 2019.

 

The template versions of the Marketing Materials are not part of this prospectus to the extent that the contents of the template versions of the Marketing Materials have been modified or superseded by a statement contained in this prospectus. In addition, any template version of any other marketing materials filed with the securities commission or similar authority in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec) in connection with this Offering after the date hereof but prior to the termination of the distribution of the securities under this prospectus is deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

28

 

 

The Corporation

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. was incorporated under the BCBCA on July 8, 2019. Our head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL and our registered office is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

The Corporation’s articles include, among other provisions, a provision providing for a forum for adjudication of certain disputes, whereby unless the Corporation approves or consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Province of British Columbia and appellate courts therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the BCBCA or the articles of the Corporation (as they may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim otherwise related to the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors and/or officers, but does not include claims related to the business carried on by the Corporation or such affiliates. Any person or entity owning, purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest, including without limitation any registered or beneficial ownership thereof, in the securities of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of the articles.

 

Our Business

 

Introduction

 

We are a newly organized SPAC incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our “qualifying acquisition”. We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. If we complete more than one qualifying acquisition, each such qualifying acquisition is expected to occur concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

Our objective is to execute a qualifying acquisition, the terms of which are determined by us to be favourable and provided that the target business(es) or assets forming the qualifying acquisition have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding deferred underwriting commissions and applicable taxes payable on the income accrued in the escrow account). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

 

Business Strategy

 

Our initial qualifying acquisition and value creation strategy will be to identify, acquire and, after our initial qualifying acquisition, assist in the growth of a business in the cannabis industry. However, we are not limited to this industry and we may pursue a qualifying acquisition opportunity in any business or industry we choose and we may pursue a company with operations or opportunities outside of Canada and the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.

 

We intend to identify and execute on a qualifying acquisition by leveraging our network to find attractive investment opportunities. We will seek to acquire several complementary companies as part of our qualifying acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a “land to brand” strategy and global reach. Our vision is to create a global vertical industry leader in cannabis, replicating the success of industry vertical leaders in spirits, home and personal care, carbonated drinks, cosmetics and other sectors. The key investment criteria which we will consider as we evaluate multiple targets across the value chain in cultivation, extraction, research and development and brands are:

 

29

 

 

· Research and Development (R&D):

 

o Pursue targets with a focus on R&D, specifically new product and brand development in connection with a vertical integration strategy, including plant genetics and tissue cultures.

 

· Cultivation:

 

o Focus on combination of high quality and low cost facilities built to EU-GMP standards in both Canada and Europe.

 

· Extraction:

 

o Seek solutions for what could be a major bottleneck for supply in the industry, with capabilities in Canada, Europe and the U.S. (with initial focus on hemp for CBD).

 

· Brands:

 

o Seek to build a brand led business across each of the methods of cannabis consumption (edibles, drinks, vapes and flower). There are currently over 1,000 brands of CBD in the United States.

 

· Strong Operating Management:

 

o Seek expertise that can be shared across the group post our qualifying acquisition.

 

· Synergistic Benefits:

 

o Seek targets which may create synergies and benefit from the oversight and leadership of our management team including Paul Walsh and Peter Caldini.

 

· Willingness to Roll for Equity:

 

o Preference to acquire companies with stock rather than cash to, among other things, align interests with all stakeholders.

 

o Acquisition for stock will allow us to retain cash to support organic growth of the target companies.

 

· High Standards of Regulatory Compliance:

 

o Seek targets that are engaged within all applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign legal frameworks and exhibit high standards of regulatory compliance.

 

We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in the evaluation of acquisition opportunities; however, we may decide to enter into our qualifying acquisition with one or more target businesses that do not meet any or all of these criteria or guidelines. These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive and may not apply in all cases or at all. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular target may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general criteria and/or other considerations, factors and criteria that our management, board of directors and our Sponsor may deem relevant.

 

The Corporation will be led by and will benefit from our experienced management team and group of directors.

 

30

 

 

Paul Walsh

 

Paul Walsh is our Executive Chairman and brings with him a wealth of experience as Chief Executive Officer of a large multinational branded consumer products corporation operating in highly regulated markets. Mr. Walsh was the Chief Executive Officer of Diageo, the world’s largest spirits company, from 2000 to 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Walsh was the Chairman and President of The Pillsbury Company from 1996 to 1999. Under Mr. Walsh’s leadership, Diageo was transformed from a multi-national conglomerate into a focused global market leading spirits business via a combination of organic growth and significant acquisitions. Mr. Walsh and his management team created over U.S.$80 billion of shareholder value while in leadership at Diageo.

 

Mr. Walsh brings with him substantial corporate leadership experience, knowledge of consumer-centric companies, international operations expertise, and experience with regulated industries. He has also held executive-level finance positions, including as Chief Financial Officer of Grand Metropolitan Foods and Intercontinental Hotels. Throughout his career, Mr. Walsh has built success and growth at his companies through the deployment of effective brand development and marketing strategies, which brings added perspective to our Board. Notable successes include the creation of the Johnnie Walker family of Scotch Whiskey brands.

 

Mr. Walsh is the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke and also serves as Chairman of Compass Group PLC. He is a non-executive director of McDonald’s Corporation and FedEx Corporation.

 

Peter Caldini

 

Peter Caldini is our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. Mr. Caldini has over 20 years of experience building and restructuring multinational organizations around the world and a strong consumer healthcare background. Mr. Caldini developed extensive commercial management expertise at Pfizer Inc., Bayer AG and Wyeth, LLC.  Mr. Caldini was the Regional President North America for Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2017 to 2019. Prior to that role he was the Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2016 to 2017 and led the Northern European cluster from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Caldini was at Bayer from 2009 to 2014, with roles including the head of sub-region Emerging Markets EMEA, the General Manager of Bayer Consumer Care China and the head of the Nutritionals Strategic Business unit, the global leader in nutritional supplements with brands One-A-Day, Berocca, and Supradyn. From 2002 to 2009 Mr. Caldini was at Wyeth LLC where he was responsible for affiliates across LATAM and AsiaPac and also managed the Centrum brand globally. Early in his career Mr. Caldini held various leadership roles in brand management at Unilever in the US and Europe.

 

As President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare North America Mr. Caldini was responsible for managing the 2nd largest OTC consumer healthcare company in the region with over U.S.$2.1 billion in net sales. He drove market share growth for leading brands Advil, Emergen-C, Nexium, Chapstick, and Prep-H and improved the profitability of the business unit. As Regional President, he drove organizational change, brand acceleration, marketing strategy, trade execution, global e-commerce and transitioned the business to a more integrated operating culture. Mr. Caldini simultaneously led the turnaround of the Pfizer Canada affiliate, the 2nd largest OTC company in the market.

 

As Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare he managed a U.S.$580 million P&L with over 850 employees. He was credited for restructuring the region, resulting in above market revenue growth and significantly improved profitability. He led the turnaround of several underperforming affiliates including the UK, Spain, Russia, and the Middle East. He directed the successful brand launches of Nexium across Europe and the Viagra switch in the UK. He also led the successful acquisition of B-Total, a leading vitamin B brand in Italy and the integration of Ferrosan in the Nordics and Russia.

 

Mr. Caldini holds board roles with healthcare companies Kramer Labs, Solvotrin, and PreMark Pharma. He has a Masters of International Economics and Management from Bocconi University in Milan, Italy, an MBA from Northeastern University and a BA, Political Science from Boston University. Mr. Caldini holds US and Italian citizenship.

 

Maja Spalevic

 

Maja Spalevic is our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Spalevic has over 18 years of experience in the financial services and private equity industries including over 13 years with GLP, an affiliate of Bespoke, where she manages finances, oversees the accounting, business support, financial reporting, planning and analysis, treasury, regulatory, human resources, legal, external audit and tax functions for GLP, Bespoke and the affiliated investment entities. Mrs. Spalevic was part of the formation of Bespoke in 2014. Prior to GLP Mrs. Spalevic was a staff accountant at Getty Images. She has a BSc (Hons) in Applied Accounting from Oxford Brookes University, is a Fellow of Chartered Certified Accountants (FCCA) and is an Association of Accounting Technicians full member (MAAT)..

 

31

 

 

Ian Starkey

 

Ian Starkey is one of our directors and the Chair of the Audit Committee.  Mr. Starkey brings audit, M&A, management consulting and forensic accounting experience which he gained as a partner at KPMG (UK) where he spent over 35 years.  At KPMG, Mr. Starkey was one of the most senior audit partners for over 20 years and was associated with companies such as Diageo plc, F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG and BAE Systems plc. He held various senior management roles, primarily as head of the Consumer Goods markets sector for the UK and Europe. He was a member of the boards of KPMG Europe and KPMG UK LLP, where he chaired at various times the Audit & Risk and Remuneration & Nominations Committees.

 

Mr. Starkey is currently a non-executive board member of DAC Beachcroft LLP, an international law firm, a member of Meyler Campbell’s Mastered Programme for executive coaching and is also involved in various finance and non-profit ventures. His career history brings to the Corporation extensive experience of operating at board level in regulated businesses across a variety of sectors.

 

Robert L. Berner III

 

Rob Berner is one of our directors as well as a founder and Joint Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer of Bespoke and Chairman of Bespoke’s Investment Committee. He has been active in the private equity industry for over 30 years. Mr. Berner has sat on numerous boards and is currently Chairman of Johnnie-O LLC (men’s lifestyle brand).  Mr. Berner also was a principal investor in, and Chairman of Diversified Distribution Systems, LLC (DDS), the largest specialty retail distribution and services business in the United States, which was recently sold very successfully to Bunzl Plc.

 

Mr. Berner was previously a Partner at CVC, a global private equity firm with over U.S.$50 billion of assets under management and assisted in the opening and development of the firm’s US efforts, including serving as Chairman of CVC US. Prior to CVC, he served as a Managing Director at Ripplewood Holdings and was a member of the firm’s Investment Committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Berner was a Partner and member of the Investment Committee of Charterhouse International. Mr. Berner began his career in the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley where he was a Principal in the mergers and acquisitions department. Mr. Berner also serves on the boards of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, Vinventions and 24 Hour Fitness. In addition, Mr. Berner has acted as a non-executive director on the boards of over 25 private equity portfolio companies during his private equity career and has sat on the board of several charitable and not for profit organizations.

 

Mr. Berner has an MBA from Northwestern University and a BBA in Finance from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Mark W.B. Harms

 

Mark Harms is one of our directors and a founder and Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke.  Prior to Bespoke, Mr. Harms founded GLP in 2004, where he is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. GLP has advised on over U.S.$60 billion of transactions to date, deploying over U.S.$500 million of capital into a number of investments and developed an industry leading operating executive network with 75+ members.  Mr. Harms has completed over 130 advisory and principal transactions in North and South America, Europe and Australia. Mr. Harms has extensive experience with regard to leveraged debt, mezzanine and equity financing techniques in Europe and the U.S. with over U.S.$100 billion in completed transactions.

 

Prior to founding GLP, Mr. Harms worked at Oppenheimer as a Managing Director and at CIBC World Markets as the founder and head of the Consumer Growth Group. Mr. Harms built within Consumer Growth Group strong industry verticals in branded consumer products and services, gaming, health and fitness, specialty retail and travel and tourism. Mr. Harms currently sits on the board of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, 24 Hour Fitness, World Fitness Services and Vinventions, as well as Olympic Entertainment. Mr. Harms was a Vice Chairman of the World Travel & Tourism Council from 2009 to 2014 and is a member and on the board of the International Association of Gaming Advisors.  He was also a non-executive director on a number of other charitable, educational and non for profit boards.

 

32

 

 

Mr. Harms has an MBA from the University of Chicago and a BA from the University of Michigan.

 

Candice Koederitz

 

Candice Koederitz is one of our directors. Ms. Koederitz brings capital markets, due diligence, financial market product development, international and risk management experience which she gained as a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley where she spent over 30 years. At Morgan Stanley, Ms. Koederitz worked with companies and governments globally to raise over $30 billion in capital. Ms. Koederitz held various senior management roles including head of Capital, head of Regulatory Implementation, Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Asia (S) Ltd in Singapore and head of Capital Markets Execution. She co-chaired the Capital Commitment Committee, Equity Underwriting Committees, Americas Franchise Committee and was a member of the Firm and Securities Risk Committees.

 

Ms. Koederitz is currently an independent, non-executive director of ICE Benchmark Administration Ltd, a financial benchmark administrator, and is involved with several non-profit organizations.

 

Ms. Koederitz has an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BS in Civil Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

Geoffrey Parkin

 

Geoff Parkin is a Partner at LEK Consulting LLP’s London office. He is a consumer markets expert and has broad experience assisting UK and international corporate and private equity clients with mission critical strategic issues, commercial performance improvement plans and due diligence assignments. Mr. Parkin has been with LEK for almost 20 years, and previously worked in commercial line management roles for British Airways and American Express, based in London, Copenhagen and Amsterdam.

 

Mr. Parkin graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree in Management Sciences from U.M.I.S.T. and studied Corporate Finance at London Business School.

 

Timothy D. Proctor

 

Timothy D. Proctor is one of our directors. Mr. Proctor has 38 years of experience in the practice of law, primarily in the highly regulated industries of pharmaceuticals and drinks. After five years at Union Carbide Corporation, Mr. Proctor spent 13 years at Merck supporting pharmaceutical marketing and research activities worldwide. At Glaxo (now GlaxoSmithKline) Mr. Proctor was US general counsel with responsibility for the full range of legal activities in support of marketing, manufacturing, and research, including intellectual property, as well as corporate compliance. He moved with Glaxo to the head office in London to be global head of human resources, and while in London joined Diageo plc as global general counsel. His thirteen years at Diageo involved managing a worldwide team of lawyers in support of a number of marketing, M&A, regulatory, and compliance challenges, during a period of strong growth for the company. Mr. Proctor’s previous board service included the Northwestern Mutual, Wachovia Bank and Allergan, Inc.

 

Mr. Proctor has MBA and JD degrees from the University of Chicago, earned in a joint program.

 

Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC

 

Our Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke, a private equity firm founded in 2014 by experienced private equity veterans, Rob Berner and Mark Harms. Paul Walsh is currently the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke.  Since its inception, Bespoke has been involved in transactions with a combined enterprise value of over U.S.$2.5 billion.

 

33

 

 

Bespoke operates with a core team of experienced investment professionals and an extensive network of over 75 highly accomplished operating partners.  Bespoke employs a highly tailored approach to investment with a view to strongly align with partners and counterparties while at the same time meeting the needs of the businesses it invests in.  Bespoke invests across various types of investments through flexible structures including control and minority positions.  Bespoke exhibits proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities from its long-term relationships which it believes is an important factor in identifying a successful target for a SPAC.  Bespoke’s sourcing capabilities are further evidenced through its investments which were the result of proprietary “off-market” deals sourced from long term relationships and agreed to through bilateral negotiations, away from auction or competitive processes.  Bespoke believes it is viewed as a “partner of choice” given its reputation, its structuring flexibility and its operating expertise.  Bespoke’s portfolio currently includes 24 Hour Fitness (privately owned and operated fitness center chain operating 440 clubs across 13 states in the U.S.), Vinventions (provider of over 3 billion closures annually to the global wine industry), World Fitness Services (leading Asian fitness center with 65 clubs in Taiwan) and Olympic Entertainment (European provider of gaming services, operation a portfolio of 115 casinos). Bespoke and its affiliate GLP are regulated in the United States by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and in the United Kingdom by the Financial Conduct Authority. The firm operates its business to the highest regulatory and compliance standards.

 

We believe our competitive strengths which will help us complete a successful qualifying acquisition include:

 

· Outstanding Corporate Management Team and Sponsor Group:

 

o The Corporation brings together a team of experienced investment professionals with deep capabilities and an extensive network;

 

o Our leadership team has experience navigating regulated markets with strong compliance frameworks;

 

o Paul Walsh, former CEO of Diageo, will act as Executive Chairman and provide oversight and guidance; and

 

o Peter Caldini, our CEO and one of our directors, brings a strong consumer health background with extensive management experience.

 

· Proprietary Deal Sourcing:

 

o Our ability to leverage Bespoke’s and our leadership team’s extensive network including proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities; and

 

o Our leadership’s long-term relationships with other market participants and strong reputation as business builders.

 

We intend to structure and execute a qualifying acquisition that will provide the combined business with a capital structure that will support the growth in shareholder value and give it the flexibility to grow organically and/or through strategic acquisitions. In addition, we believe that our status as a public company, expected available cash and benefit from public market currency are each important factors that will allow us to achieve those targets.

 

In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, and inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as review of financial information. We believe that our management’s and our Sponsor’s expertise in M&A and finance, as well as our reputation as active investors has enabled us to build strong relationships with company owners, executives, stakeholders, industry experts, consultants, professionals and financial intermediaries which will provide us with attractive acquisition opportunities to consider. We will bring a private equity approach to the completion of due diligence and documentation for the qualifying acquisition, and then provide private equity style active oversight to the Corporation once the qualifying acquisition is completed. We believe that understanding the dynamics, competitors, trends, risks, and opportunities of the segment will enable us to target selected companies and efficiently pursue potential transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, past performance of our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any qualifying acquisition we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial qualifying acquisition. You should not rely on the historical performance record of our management as indicative of our future performance.

 

34

 

 

Competitive Strengths

 

In addition to the factors described above, including our corporate management team and sponsor group, we believe this structure has the following competitive strengths:

 

Status as a public company

 

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares in the target business for our securities or for a combination of our securities and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses might find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, roadshow and public reporting efforts that will likely not be present to the same extent in connection with a qualifying acquisition with us. Furthermore, once the qualifying acquisition is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests than it would have as a privately-held company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

 

Some potential target businesses may view the inherent limitations in our status as a SPAC as a deterrent and may prefer to effect a business combination with a more established entity or with a private company, however we believe that our status as a public company will make us an attractive business partner. These inherent limitations include: limitations on our available financial resources, which may be inferior to those of other entities pursuing the acquisition of similar target businesses; the requirement that we file a prospectus and, where required under applicable law, seek shareholder approval of a qualifying acquisition, which may delay the consummation of a transaction; and the existence of our outstanding warrants, which may represent a source of future dilution.

 

Financial position

 

With funds in the escrow account of U.S.$350,000,000 (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) available to use for a qualifying acquisition, we offer a target business a variety of options such as providing the owners of a target business with cash or securities and a public means to sell such shares, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. As we are able to consummate our initial qualifying acquisition using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires.

 

Industry Overview

 

We intend to identify, evaluate and execute an attractive qualifying acquisition by leveraging our network to find one or more attractive investment opportunities. We intend to focus our search for target businesses that are involved in cannabis industry and/or related sectors; however, we are not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for the purposes of completing our qualifying acquisition.

 

35

 

 

Expanding Legal Global Cannabis Markets

 

Global

 

The growing adoption of cannabis in legal markets is expected to propel revenue growth in the global legal cannabis market from $13.8 billion in 2018 to retail sales of approximately US$200 billion globally over the next 15 years. Increased demand has led to legalization or movement towards legalization of both adult use or medical cannabis in various jurisdictions. Significant public and private investment in research and the development of safer forms of ingestible cannabis products such as tinctures, oils, vaporizers, beverages and edibles are also expected to contribute market growth. The cannabis industry is, however, highly fragmented with over 100 Canadian licensed producers and 1,000 U.S. CBD brands.

 

 

 

Source: Grandview Research and Constellation Brands

 

Figure 1: Global Legal Cannabis Market

 

Additionally, the expectation for the total available market for cannabis and CBD globally is expected to climb to over US$300 billion by 2032, with similar shares of market between the U.S., Europe and Asia.

 

 

 

Source: Bank of America Merrill Lynch – A Cannabis World … and More People are Living In It (April 17, 2019).

 

Figure 2: Geographic Breakdown of Cannabis Market[1]

 

 

 

1 Includes market estimates.

 

36

 

 

Potential Disruption of Traditional Consumer Segments by Cannabis

 

We expect cannabis, particularly CBD, to disrupt, or to become included in consumer markets globally where legal. We expect it to disrupt a variety of industries from packaged food to healthcare. Research estimates predict that cannabis could account for a 10% market share within a variety of consumer health and pet care categories. We believe that pet care in particular represents a significant market opportunity as cannabis and CBD products continue to gain acceptance.

 

Figure 3 below sets out the 2018 retail sales of select disruptable categories.

 

37

 

 

(US$ billions)

 

 

 

Source: Jefferies International Limited – Initiating on cannabis: Long-term highs expected but not all at the party (February 25, 2019).

 

Figure 3: 2018 Retail Sales of Select Disruptable Categories

 

Evolution of Form Factor Share in Cannabis Markets

 

As the number and sophistication of companies operating in the cannabis market increases, the quantity and variety of products that reach consumers and advances in product development are expected to enhance product adoption among consumers contributing to further market growth.

 

We believe trends in maturing cannabis markets, such as certain state markets in the US, are helpful in providing insight into what we believe could become global trends in the future.

 

 

 

Source: BDS Analytics – The Taste Future of Cannabis Edibles – Cannabis Intelligence Briefing (2018).

 

Figure 4: Consumable Cannabis by Categories in the United States

 

38

 

 

Regulation of Cannabis in Global Markets

 

Canada

 

The Cannabis Act came into force on October 17, 2018 and Canada became the first major industrialized nation to legalize adult-use cannabis at the federal level.  The Cannabis Act provides an overall framework for the legalization of adult-use cannabis in Canada, including in respect of medical cannabis.  The Cannabis Regulations promulgated under the Cannabis Act set out a detailed regime for the licensing of various activities in the industry, including cultivation, industrial hemp, processing, sales, distribution, packaging and labelling, as well as promotional and marketing activities. On June 14, 2019, the Federal Government announced amendments to the Cannabis Regulations, that will come into effect October 17, 2019. A limited selection of products (extracts and topicals) will appear in physical stores mid-December 2019. The new regulation has created three new classes of cannabis products: edibles; cannabis extracts; and cannabis “topicals.” Federal license holders are required to provide 60 days’ notice to Health Canada of their plan to sell these products.

 

While the Cannabis Act provides for the regulation of the commercial production of cannabis for adult use purposes and related matters, it also provides the provinces and territories of Canada with the authority to regulate other aspects of adult use cannabis (similar to what is currently the case for liquor and tobacco products), such as sale and distribution, minimum age requirements, places where cannabis can be consumed and a range of other matters. Provincial and territorial governments have enacted differing legislation and regulations for the distribution and retail of adult-use cannabis. The models differ and range from a government-run model for retail and distribution to a fully private system.

 

United States

 

In the United States, cannabis is largely regulated at the state level. Notwithstanding the permissive regulatory environment of medical cannabis at the state level, cannabis continues to be categorized as a Schedule I controlled substance under the CSA in the United States and as such, elements of its production, distribution and use violate federal law in the United States. As a result of the conflicting views between state legislatures and the federal government regarding cannabis, investments in cannabis businesses in the United States are subject to inconsistent legislation and regulation. The Supremacy Clause of the United States Constitution establishes that the United States Constitution and federal laws made pursuant to it are paramount and in the case of conflict between federal and state law, the federal law must be applied. Notwithstanding the paramountcy of U.S. federal law, enforcement of such laws may be limited by other means or circumstances. Unless and until the United States Congress amends the CSA with respect to cannabis (and as to the timing or scope of any such potential amendments there can be no assurance), there is a risk that federal authorities may enforce current federal law, which may adversely affect the U.S. cannabis sector.

 

United States CBD Market

 

In December 2018, the 2018 Farm Bill was passed by U.S. Congress and signed into law. This legislation removes hemp (as well as hemp-based derivatives) from the definition of “marijuana” (which we refer to herein as “cannabis”) under the CSA as well as from the United States’ Drug Enforcement Administration’s Schedule I list of controlled substances.

 

While the regulatory structure regarding the cultivation and sale of hemp under the 2018 Farm Bill is still underway, this significant shift toward full legalization is expected to drive a new wave of investment in the hemp cultivation and processing industries, with the total U.S. hemp-derived CBD market expected to grow to an addressable market size of $22 billion by 2022.[2]

 

The forecasted demand is expected to be largely driven by the increased awareness around the potential health and wellness benefits provided by CBD. There are other hemp-based products that generate demand in addition to CBD, such as cooking oil, dairy alternatives, salad dressings and flour. There has been a global regulatory shift within the hemp industry and we are aware of approximately 36 countries where hemp is currently grown legally as of 2017, including Canada and the U.S.3

 

 

 

2 Green Entrepreneur, citing Brightfield Group, CBD Market Research Report, September 2018.

 

39

 

 

 

 

Source: Brightfield Group – U.S. CBD Market (2019 Report), Canaccord Genuity research.

 

Figure 5: United States CBD Market[4]

 

Europe

 

We are aware of at least 12 European countries where cannabis is currently legal for medical purposes. It is estimated that progressive views with regards to cannabis use across certain European countries will result in further legalization of medical cannabis allowing this market to continue to grow. With a total market of over 742 million people, and total healthcare spend of €2.3 trillion, Europe is estimated to become the largest medical cannabis market in the world.

 

 

 

3 Grand View Research, Industrial Hemp Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report By Product (Seeds, Fiber, Shivs), By Application (Textiles, Personal Care, Animal Care, Construction Materials), By Region, And Segment Forecasts, 2018 – 2025.

 

4 Includes market estimates.

 

40

 

 

Figure 6 below sets out the current views regarding cannabis use across certain European countries.

 

 

 

Source: Prohibition Partners – the European Cannabis ReportTM, July 2018.

 

Figure 6: European Countries’ Views Regarding Cannabis Use

 

South America

 

South America is a growing market for cannabis and is expected to become a large global player in the medical cannabis market. Based on various publicly available sources, a number of countries in South America currently have legalized cannabis for medical use in some form, including: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Peru, Paraguay and Uruguay. Additionally, cannabis is legalized for adult use in Uruguay, and the following countries have taken legislative steps towards decriminalizing cannabis use: Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Paraguay.

 

Figure 7 below sets out status of cannabis legalization in various countries in South America.

 

 

 

Figure 7: Legalization of Cannabis in South America

 

41

 

 

Asia

 

Asia represents a significant long term market opportunity in the cannabis sector. Today, most foreign governments on this continent enforce strict laws and regulations with respect to cannabis. Recent developments, however, indicate the increasing societal and governmental acceptance of cannabis in Asia, particularly for medical use. This is led in part, by the international community. In early 2019, the World Health Organization proposed that cannabis should be rescheduled within international law. Subsequently, Thailand legalized medical cannabis and the Malaysian Health Ministry indicated that it will consider allowing the use of medical cannabis. China and Singapore are also pursuing research into the healthcare applications of cannabis. Additionally, under the guidance of the UN, countries such as Myanmar are increasingly moving closer to viewing cannabis use as a public health issue rather than one requiring engagement with the criminal justice system. With this increasing acceptance, the legal cannabis market in Asia is expected to reach $8.5bn by 2024.[5]

 

Outside of medical and adult-use cannabis, hemp is a key focus in the region. China is the world’s largest producer of hemp, and its crops make up almost half of the global legal hemp market. As a result, China is expected to account for a major share of the global hemp-derived CBD market by 2024.[6] Japan, which legalized CBD oil in 2016, also represents a sizable and growing CBD market.

 

Oceania

 

In 2018, the Oceania region had a total estimated cannabis market value of US$5.6 billion which is expected to reach US$8.7 billion by 2028. The two largest growth markets in Oceania are Australia and New Zealand, which legalized medical cannabis in 2016 and 2018, respectively. As of July 2018, 1,059 patients in Australia have received prescriptions and as many as 400,000 medical cannabis patients are expected by 2028.[7]

 

Qualifying acquisition

 

General

 

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this Offering. We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. We intend to continue our search for target businesses with a focus on the cannabis industry; however, we are not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for the purposes of completing our qualifying acquisition. We intend to effectuate our qualifying acquisition using the cash proceeds from (i) the escrow account after redemptions, taxes and permitted expenses, (ii) the portion of the sales of the Founder’s Warrants and Founder’s Shares not placed in the escrow account (in the estimated amount of U.S.$5,375,000), and (iii) the U.S.$25,000 of initial proceeds to be raised prior to the Closing, or our shares, or debt, or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, investors in this Offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more qualifying acquisitions. A qualifying acquisition may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various applicable securities laws. We may also seek to effect simultaneous qualifying acquisitions with more than one target business. If we complete more than one qualifying acquisition, each such qualifying acquisition is expected to occur concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law. We do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.

 

 

 

5 Prohibition Partners – The Asian Cannabis ReportTM, May 2019.

 

6 Prohibition Partners – The Asian Cannabis ReportTM, May 2019.

 

7 Prohibition Partners – The Oceania Cannabis ReportTM, July 2018.

 

42

 

 

Significant Sources of Target Businesses

 

We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. We believe based on our management’s business knowledge and past experience that there are numerous qualifying acquisition targets. We expect that our principal means of identifying potential target businesses will be through the extensive contacts and relationships of our Sponsor, officers and directors. While our officers and directors are not required to commit any specific amount of time in identifying or performing due diligence on potential target businesses, our officers and directors believe that the relationships they have developed over their careers and their access to our Sponsor’s and its affiliates contacts and resources will generate a number of potential qualifying acquisition opportunities that will warrant further investigation. We also anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our Sponsor, officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. Our officers and directors must present to us all target business opportunities that have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account (excluding deferred underwriting commissions and applicable taxes payable on the income accrued in the escrow account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial qualifying acquisition, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

There will be no finder’s fees, consulting fees, reimbursements or cash payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or to their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, unless expressly approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the Exchange, except for repayment of unsecured loans, and any interest thereon, which may be made by our Sponsor or our Sponsor’s affiliates to finance transaction costs in connection with a prospective qualifying acquisition, which will not be made prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition and will not be paid from the proceeds of the escrow account prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition, but rather from funds on hand, from additional sources of funds at the time of the qualifying acquisition, from the proceeds of the escrow account after their release to the Corporation, or from additional funds as discussed in this prospectus.

 

The Corporation will reimburse of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the above-noted persons in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying possible business targets and qualifying acquisitions. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the escrow account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate a qualifying acquisition. Our board of directors will review and be required to approve all reimbursements and payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors or our affiliates or associates or their respective affiliates or associates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

 

Additionally, the Corporation will pay U.S.$10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month for administrative and related services pursuant to an administrative services agreement entered into with our Sponsor which, if applicable, may include payment for services of related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect our qualifying acquisition. Such payments will be made from the Corporation’s working capital during the Permitted Timeline.

 

43

 

 

None of our Sponsor, directors or officers are required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may be susceptible to conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities. In addition, in the course of their other business activities, the Sponsor, directors and/or officers may owe similar or other duties, and may have obligations, to other entities or pursuant to other outside business arrangements, including to seek and present investment and business opportunities to other entities. As more fully discussed in “Directors and Offices — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an initial business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, they may be required to present such initial business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such initial business combination opportunity to us.

 

In addition, if the qualifying acquisition involves a related party, the transaction may be subject to the minority shareholder protections of MI 61-101, which would, in certain circumstances, require approval by minority shareholders and/or an independent valuation. The Exchange may also impose additional requirements in such circumstances. Further, in addition to the requirements of the BCBCA in this respect, officers and directors will be required to recuse themselves from our consideration of a potential acquisition involving a participant in respect of which the director or officer has either a material economic interest or a perceived conflict of interest.

 

The Corporation may, as needed and as may be approved by its board of directors, from time to time, both prior to and following our qualifying acquisition, enter into service agreements with related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effectuate our qualifying acquisition. Although some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the acquired business following our qualifying acquisition, the presence or absence of any such arrangements will not be used as a criteria in our selection process of an acquisition target.

 

Additional Funding for General Ongoing Expenses

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our sourcing of a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

The Corporation may also seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the Exchange’s rules and also subject to fulfilling the following condition: the Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith would be at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account), and provided that 100% of the gross proceeds raised in any subsequent rights offering from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units are held in the escrow account.

 

Permitted Timeline Extension

 

We have 18 months from the Closing to consummate a qualifying acquisition (or 21 months from the Closing if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing).

 

If our management believes that we need an extension of the Permitted Timeline in order to successfully execute a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will hold a meeting of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and seek approval by ordinary resolution of only the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amendment to the articles to facilitate an extension to up to 36 months and an acceleration of such holders’ redemption rights. Assuming a meeting of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares is called and the requisite Class A Restricted Voting Shares approval is obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares would be permitted to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the meeting, and, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the date that an extension to the Permitted Timeline takes effect. See “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting. Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the redemption right. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

44

 

 

Minimum Fair Market Value of Qualifying Acquisition

 

Absent exemptive relief from the Exchange, the business or assets forming our qualifying acquisition (or any number of qualifying acquisitions, all of which must be completed concurrently) must have a minimum fair market value equal to 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value). Where the qualifying acquisition is comprised of more than one acquisition, and multiple acquisitions are required to satisfy the aggregate fair market value of a qualifying acquisition, these acquisitions are expected to close concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

In the event that the amount required to be paid to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed in connection with a shareholder vote on the qualifying acquisition would exceed the additional financing obtained by the Corporation to offset the redemption amount (especially where the proposed qualifying acquisition contains a minimum cash balance condition as a condition to closing), the Corporation may consider offering additional shares to the vendor of the target company, such that the cash that would otherwise be payable to the vendor that is needed to redeem the shares is replaced with additional shares issued to the vendor. In addition, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that would otherwise intend to redeem their shares may (including for tax reasons) prefer to sell their shares in the market, and the Corporation may also pursue debt financing, as further described in this prospectus, all of which may reduce the likelihood of any cash deficiencies at the time of the qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, any such cash deficiencies, including as a result of redemptions, may result in the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition despite shareholder approval thereof.

 

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

 

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our qualifying acquisition with that business, our assessment of the target’s management may not prove to be correct. The future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty but we expect that the current management team of the Corporation will remain with the Corporation following our qualifying acquisition. Nevertheless, some members of our management team may not become a part of the target’s management team, and the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Further, it is also not certain if all or any of our directors will remain associated in any capacity with us following our qualifying acquisition. While we expect that our key personnel will remain with the combined company, the final determination will be made at the time of our qualifying acquisition.

 

Following our qualifying acquisition, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We may not have the ability to recruit additional managers, or such additional managers may not have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

 

Completion of a Qualifying Acquisition

 

As 100% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offering and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be held by TSX Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the Exchange rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition, (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with NP 11-201.

 

45

 

 

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. Assuming that our Sponsor does not purchase any Class A Restricted Voting Units in this Offering, our Sponsor will hold a 20% voting interest to vote at any such meeting (other than approval of any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline where only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote), regardless of whether or not the Over-Allotment Option is exercised. Accordingly, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote at any such meeting. See “Risk Factors”.

 

Our Sponsor has purchased the Founder’s Shares, being 10,062,500 Class B Shares (up to 1,312,500 of which are Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares and are subject to relinquishment by our Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised). These Founder’s Shares were purchased for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately $0.0025 per Founder’s Share, or U.S.$0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised and the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares are relinquished. The number of Founder’s Shares was determined so that the Founder’s Shares would represent 20% of the shares issued and outstanding immediately following completion of this Offering (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares). Other than the Founder’s Shares, no other Class B Shares are expected to be outstanding on Closing. In addition, our Sponsor intends to purchase 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$12,000,000) that will occur simultaneously with the Closing. The Founder’s Warrants will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units, except as otherwise disclosed herein.

 

Our Sponsor will have an economic interest in the qualifying acquisition that may differ as compared to those of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, given that, among other things, prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree to certain transfer restrictions in respect of their Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants, as applicable, as further described under “Description of Securities – Founder’s Shares”.

 

Information regarding the qualifying acquisition and the resulting business following the completion of the qualifying acquisition will be made available to shareholders in a prospectus prepared by our management. Such prospectus will contain disclosure of the resulting issuer assuming completion of the qualifying acquisition and will be filed with applicable securities regulatory authorities and the Exchange. This prospectus would be either a non-offering prospectus or provide for the issuance of securities required in connection with the completion of the qualifying acquisition. Any such financing would not affect amounts held in the escrow account or amounts to be distributed to holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares therefrom. In the event that the Corporation proposes to acquire a target business that operates or has significant businesses in an emerging market jurisdiction, additional securities regulatory requirements may apply, and any such transaction may warrant additional review and scrutiny of the applicable securities regulatory authorities.

 

Initial Listing Requirements

 

Unless exempted by the Exchange, the reporting issuer resulting from our qualifying acquisition must satisfy the initial listing requirements of the designated stock exchange (likely the Exchange), as prescribed under the applicable policies of the Exchange or such designated stock exchange.

 

46

 

 

Exchange’s Escrow Policy

 

Upon completion of the qualifying acquisition, the resulting issuer may be subject to the Exchange’s escrow policy, and that the securities held by the founders of such resulting issuer, which may include the Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying acquisition Shares or securities issued to our Sponsor in connection with the completion of the qualifying acquisition, would be released from an escrow account that would restrict their disposition as follows:

 

On the closing date of the qualifying acquisition 1/10 of the founding securities
6 months after the closing date of the qualifying acquisition 1/3 of the remaining founding securities
12 months after the closing date of the qualifying acquisition 1/2 of the remaining founding securities
18 months after the closing date of the qualifying acquisition the remaining founding securities

 

Redemption Rights

 

In connection with seeking to complete a qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition by shareholders is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

The amount in the escrow account will initially be U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. Based on the initial U.S.$350,000,000 placed in escrow (and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum, if the escrow account remains in place over the next 18 months (and no qualifying acquisition has been completed), the cash held in escrow is expected to grow from the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public to approximately U.S.$10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Share, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions.

 

Following the redemption, each of the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would then be automatically converted on or immediately following the closing of the qualifying acquisition into one Common Share, and the residual escrow account balance would be available to the Corporation to pay tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds, to pay the Underwriters their deferred underwriting commission, and to otherwise use at its discretion, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing. This limitation will not apply in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. By its election to redeem, each registered holder (other than CDS) and each beneficial holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be required to represent or shall be deemed to have represented to the Corporation that, together with any affiliate of such holder and any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, he, she or it is not redeeming Class A Restricted Voting Shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing.

 

47

 

 

We believe that this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares and subsequently attempting to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed qualifying acquisition as a means to force us or our management to engage in inappropriate transactions. Absent this provision, a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following this Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder is not otherwise satisfied with the qualifying acquisition. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem more than 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following this Offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete a qualifying acquisition that is favoured by our other shareholders, and particularly in connection with a qualifying acquisition with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash available at the time of closing. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares for or against our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our articles (which, among other things, provide for the various redemption rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares) may only be amended by a special resolution, which would require 66 2/3% of votes cast to be voted in favour of the proposed amendment. The Corporation and our Sponsor have each agreed with the Underwriters that they will not proceed with any amendments to the articles prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition which would materially adversely affect the redemption rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares unless it has first amended the Escrow Agreement to provide that the escrow amount per unit will be released to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares upon such redemption, should such amendment of the articles proceed, on terms that are substantially equivalent to the redemption rights that would apply to redemptions on the extension of the Permitted Timeline. In addition, consent of the Exchange to any such amendments would be required. The consent of the Underwriters and the Escrow Agent would also be required. Accordingly, any such amendments are considered extremely unlikely.

 

Automatic Redemption if No Qualifying Acquisition

 

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem, as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares. See “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Such redemption will completely extinguish the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and the Warrants (including the Founder’s Warrants) will be cancelled.

 

Our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem the Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or entitled to access the escrow account upon our Winding-Up. Our Sponsor will, however, be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire pursuant to this Offering, in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market.

 

The Underwriters will have no right to their deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in connection with our Winding-Up.

 

Contractual Rights of Action

 

The Corporation expects that a contractual right of action for rescission or damages against the Corporation (or its successor) and a contractual right for damages against the directors of the Corporation at the time of the deposit redemption deadline and against every person or company, including the Promoter, who signs the prospectus that is required to be prepared by the Corporation at the time of its proposed qualifying acquisition (the “QA Prospectus”) will be required to be granted to original purchasers of Class A Restricted Voting Units from the Underwriters in connection with this Offering in the event that there is a misrepresentation in the QA Prospectus. The contractual rights of action against such persons or companies are expected to be consistent with the rights (and defences) under section 130 of the Securities Act (Ontario). In addition, the Corporation will indemnify the other parties granting such rights.

 

48

 

 

Use of Proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds of the sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to the public, as well as the net proceeds of the sale of the Founder’s Warrants to our Sponsor or its affiliates, of which U.S.$350,000,000 (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) will be deposited into the escrow account, will be used as set forth in the following table.

 

This prospectus assumes (i) an offering size of U.S.$350,000,000 worth of Class A Restricted Voting Units ($402,500,000 in the event the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised), (ii) the subscription by our Sponsor for U.S.$12,000,000 worth of Founder’s Warrants, and (iii) the prior issuance of 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and thus the relinquishment of the maximum of 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares subject to relinquishment; the 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares would increase up to a maximum of 10,062,500 to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised). Should those numbers change, proportionate or other changes, as applicable, will be made to reflect such changes to the Offering including the size of the over-allotment and the purchases by our Sponsor of the Founder’s Shares including the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares.

 

    Without Over-
Allotment Option
    With Over-
Allotment Option
 
Gross Proceeds                
Gross proceeds from Class A Restricted Voting Units offered to public   U.S. $350,000,000     U.S. $402,500,000  
Gross proceeds from Founder’s Warrants offered to our Sponsor   U.S. $12,000,000     U.S. $12,000,000  
Total gross proceeds   U.S. $362,000,000     U.S. $414,500,000  
Offering Expenses(1)                
Offering expenses   U.S. $500,000     U.S. $500,000  
Underwriting commission (1.75% upfront)(2)   U.S. $6,125,000     U.S. $7,043,750  
    U.S. $6,625,000     U.S. $7,543,750  
Total offering expenses (other than deferred underwriting commission)                
Net proceeds after offering expenses   U.S. $355,375,000     U.S. $406,956,250  
Held in escrow account   U.S. $350,000,000     U.S. $402,500,000  
% of proceeds of the Offering     100.0 %     100.0 %
$ per Class A Restricted Voting Unit   U.S. $10.00     U.S. $10.00  
Not held in Escrow   U.S. $5,375,000     U.S. $4,456,250  

 

49

 

 

The following table shows the expected use of the approximately U.S.$5,375,000 (in the event that the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised) of net proceeds not held in the escrow account (which, for greater certainty, does not include the U.S.$25,000 of initial proceeds from the Founder’s Shares issued to our Sponsor).

 

    Anticipated Use of Net
Proceeds not Held in
Escrow
  Percentage
(Approximate)
 
Legal, accounting, due diligence, travel, and other fees and expenses in connection with any qualifying acquisition   U.S. $4,595,000     85.5 %
Legal and accounting fees related to public vehicle   U.S. $150,000     2.8 %
Ongoing listing fees and regulatory fees   U.S. $250,000     4.7 %
Payment for administrative and support services   U.S. $180,000     3.3 %
Other miscellaneous expenses   U.S. $200,000     3.7 %
Total   U.S. $5,375,000     100.0 %

 

(1) In the event that offering expenses are less than set forth in this table, any such amounts will be used for post-Closing general ongoing expenses.

 

(2) Subject to the following, an underwriting commission equal to up to U.S.$19,250,000 (or U.S.$22,137,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) or 5.5% of the Gross Proceeds will be payable by the Corporation. U.S.$0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit or U.S.$13,125,000 in the aggregate (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), representing 68.18% of the underwriting commission, will be deposited with the Escrow Agent in the escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, and released only upon completion of our qualifying acquisition. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable and released only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of our qualifying acquisition. Upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition, such U.S.$13,125,000 in deferred underwriting commission (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) will be payable from the funds held in the escrow account. These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our qualifying acquisition based upon the level of complexity of such transaction. In the event we identify an acquisition target that is subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. In the event that our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may re-allocate some of such proceeds within the above described categories. To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may obtain unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, as further described below under “Use of Proceeds – Additional Funding”, or we may conduct a rights offering in respect of shares, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, and also subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the Exchange’s rules or we may obtain additional funding as otherwise permitted by the Exchange. The Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith was at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account).

 

While the Exchange’s rules require that no less than 90% of the Gross Proceeds raised in this Offering, including at least 50% of the Underwriters’ commission, be placed in an escrow account, the Corporation will deposit 100% of the Gross Proceeds raised in this Offering into the escrow account. Upon Closing, the Initial Escrow Amount will be held by TSX Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. The Initial Escrow Amount includes $13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commission.

 

The Initial Escrow Amount and any other amounts deposited in the escrow account will be required to be invested only in Permitted Investments. The Corporation intends to invest the proceeds deposited in the Escrow Account only in instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States of America.

 

Based on the Initial Escrow Amount of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public, assuming an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum, the Corporation expects the escrow account to generate approximately U.S.$10,500,000 of interest over the next 18 months following the Closing. Based on the same assumptions, the Corporation also expects that the cash held in escrow will grow from the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public to approximately $10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Share, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions. Following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, we will use the balance of the non-redeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares’ portion of the escrow account (less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) to pay the Deferred Amount as set out under “Plan of Distribution – General” (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall may be made up from other sources at our discretion) and otherwise use, in whole or in part, at our discretion.

 

50

 

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a qualifying acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the qualifying acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commission in the amount of $13,125,000 (or $15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), which (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) will be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition provided that the Discretionary Deferred Portion may be used for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

Subject to applicable law, none of the funds held in the escrow account will be released from the escrow account until the earliest of: (i) the closing of our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a qualifying acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided herein) of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds (including, if applicable, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and for payment of certain expenses. For greater certainty, the aggregate U.S.$25,000 and approximately U.S.$5,375,000 of initial net proceeds from the issuance of the Founder’s Shares and the Founder’s Warrants, respectively, to our Sponsor prior to and simultaneously with the Closing will not be held in escrow and may be used to fund our general ongoing expenses.

 

The net proceeds held in the escrow account may be used as consideration to fund expenses in connection with the qualifying acquisition and to pay the sellers of one or more target businesses with which we ultimately complete our qualifying acquisition. Although we believe that the net proceeds of this Offering will be sufficient to allow us to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we have not yet initiated any substantive discussions or entered into a written or oral binding acquisition agreement with any prospective target business and thus we cannot ascertain the capital requirements, if any, for any particular transaction or the sources of such potential financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent additional financing proves to be unavailable or insufficient when needed to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we would be compelled to either seek additional financing, restructure the transaction or abandon that particular qualifying acquisition and seek an alternative target business candidate. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect our qualifying acquisition, the proceeds held in the escrow account which are not used to consummate our qualifying acquisition will be disbursed to the Corporation and will, along with any other amounts not expended, be used to fund general ongoing expenses. Such funds could be used in a variety of ways, including continuing or expanding the post-qualifying acquisition entity’s operations, for strategic acquisitions by such new entity, for payment of dividends and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products, or for other purposes.

 

The remaining net proceeds from the issuance of the Founder’s Warrants not placed in escrow are expected to be used to pay the expenses of this Offering and be used towards general ongoing expenses and funding the identification and completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

We believe that amounts not held in escrow will be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses to which such proceeds are allocated. This belief is based on the fact that, while we may begin preliminary due diligence of a target business in connection with an indication of interest, we intend to undertake in-depth due diligence, depending on our then resources and the circumstances of the relevant prospective acquisition, only after we have negotiated and signed a letter of intent or other preliminary agreement that addresses the terms of our qualifying acquisition. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial qualifying acquisition is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may be required to raise additional capital, and, if so, we could seek such additional capital through unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, as described in greater detail below. Such persons, however, are not under any obligation to advance funds to the Corporation. To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may also obtain such funding as otherwise permitted by the Exchange or through a rights offering in respect of shares available to our shareholders (in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, the Exchange’s rules, and subject to the consent of the Underwriters), and subject to the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith being at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). See “Use of Proceeds – Additional Funding” below for further details on possible unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates or possible rights offerings in respect of shares.

 

51

 

 

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this Offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the escrow account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the escrow account, permitted expenses or taxes, the per share redemption amount received by holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares upon a redemption would be approximately U.S.$10.00. The proceeds deposited in the escrow account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares. We cannot assure investors that the actual per share redemption amount received by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not be substantially less than U.S.$10.00. See “Description of Securities – Make Whole Covenants”.

 

We will have entered into an administrative services agreement at the Closing pursuant to which we will pay our Sponsor a total of U.S.$10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month, for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for administrative support and related services. Upon completion of our qualifying acquisition, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

 

A holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be entitled to be paid by us from funds we receive from the escrow account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the closing of our qualifying acquisition, and only in connection with those shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) a redemption upon an extension of the Permitted Timeline, (iii) a Winding-Up, or (iv) if we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, the redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline). In no other circumstance will a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have any right or interest of any kind to or in the escrow account.

 

The holder of the Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants have no access to the escrow account prior to or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition in respect of such securities.

 

If we fail to complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline, our Sponsor will be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it is holding as a result of any purchases pursuant to or following this Offering.

 

Additional Funding

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our sourcing of a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

The Corporation may also seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the Exchange’s rules and also subject to fulfilling the following condition: the Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith would be at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account), and provided that 100% of the gross proceeds raised in any subsequent rights offering from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units are held in the escrow account.

 

52

 

 

Other than the foregoing, the Corporation will not be able to obtain any form of debt or equity financing other than in accordance with applicable securities laws and only with the consent of the Exchange.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our shares to date. Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares would be entitled to dividends on an equal per share basis, if, as and when declared by the board of directors of the Corporation. However, we do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends prior to the completion of our qualifying acquisition. The payment of cash dividends in the future following the completion of our qualifying acquisition will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition and will be at the discretion of our existing board of directors at that time.

 

Dilution

 

The difference between the public offering price per Class A Restricted Voting Share, assuming no value is attributed to the Warrants included in the Class A Restricted Voting Units being offered pursuant to this prospectus, and the projected net tangible book value per Class A Restricted Voting Share after giving effect to this Offering, constitutes the dilution to public investors in this Offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of Warrants including the 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants issued to the Founder at a subscription price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrant, which would cause the actual dilution to our shareholders to be higher. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of outstanding shares, as set forth below.

 

The net tangible book value (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) was calculated as follows:

 

Estimated total assets after the Closing, less   $ 355,375,000  
Estimated liabilities (excluding redemption value of Class A Restricted Voting Units)(1), less   $ 13,125,000  
Redemption value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares   $ 350,000,000  
= Net tangible assets after the Closing   $ (7,750,000 )

 

(1) Represents deferred underwriting commission payable only upon completion of our qualifying acquisition as set out under “Plan of Distribution – General”.

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to our Sponsor and holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (assuming the raising of U.S.$350,000,000 from the offering of our Class A Restricted Voting Units) of the total number and percentage of purchased shares and total consideration paid, as well as the respective average price per share:

 

    Total purchased shares(1)     Total consideration      
    Number   Percentage     Amount     %   Average Price
per share(1)
 
Sponsor   8,750,000      20 %   U.S. $25,000     0.01%   U.S. $0.0029  
Public Shareholders   35,000,000      80 %   U.S. $350,000,000     99.99%   U.S. $10.00  
Total   43,750,000      100 %   U.S. $350,025,000     100%   U.S. $8.00  

 

(1) Assumes that the Over-Allotment Option has not been exercised and thus the 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares owned by our Sponsor have been relinquished. For purposes of this table, all Warrant values have been attributed to the applicable shares.

 

53

 

 

Plan of Distribution

 

General

 

This prospectus assumes (i) the subscription by our Sponsor for U.S.$12,000,000 worth of Founder’s Warrants, and (ii) the prior issuance of 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and thus the relinquishment of the maximum of 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares; the 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares would increase up to a maximum of 10,062,500 to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised). This prospectus qualifies the Class A Restricted Voting Units, including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units. This prospectus also qualifies the Founder’s Warrants being offered to our Sponsor at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant.

 

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement we have entered into with our Sponsor and the Underwriters, we have agreed to sell and the Underwriters have agreed to purchase on the Closing an aggregate of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (consisting of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant) at a purchase price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, payable in cash to us against delivery of the Class A Restricted Voting Units. Closing is expected to take place on or about August 15, 2019, or such other date as we, our Sponsor and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event no later than August 30, 2019 (subject to any termination right pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement). The obligations under the Underwriting Agreement are conditional and may be terminated at their discretion on the basis of their assessment of the state of the financial markets and may also be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events. The Underwriters are, however, obligated to take up and pay for all of the Class A Restricted Voting Units that they have agreed to purchase if any of the Class A Restricted Voting Units are purchased under the Underwriting Agreement.

 

There is currently no market through which the Class A Restricted Voting Units may be sold. The offering price of the Class A Restricted Voting Units has been determined by negotiation between us, our Sponsor and the Underwriters. The Exchange has conditionally approved the listing of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants (including the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Warrants that may be sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and the Founder’s Warrants being sold pursuant to this Offering), under the symbols “BC.UN.U”, “BC.A.U” and “BC.W.U”, respectively, with the Class A Restricted Voting Units separating into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange) subject to the Corporation fulfilling all of the Exchange’s requirements on or before November 5, 2019, including distribution of these securities to a minimum number of public securityholders.

 

In consideration for the Underwriters’ services in connection with this Offering, we have agreed to pay a commission equal to up to U.S.$19,250,000 (or U.S.$22,137,500 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) or 5.5% of the Gross Proceeds, plus applicable taxes (if any) as follows: (i) the Underwriters shall receive on the Closing Date and on the date upon which the Over-Allotment Option, if exercised, closes, a fee equal to 1.75% of the Gross Proceeds realized by the Corporation on that date payable in cash, and (ii) the remaining 3.75% of the Gross Proceeds (the “Deferred Amount”) will be paid only if and when the Corporation consummates a qualifying acquisition, as follows: (A) as to 3.25% of the Gross Proceeds, to the Underwriters, in cash; and (B) as to 0.50% of the Gross Proceeds, at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing (the “Discretionary Deferred Portion”). If no qualifying acquisition is consummated within the Permitted Timeline, no Deferred Amount shall be payable. For greater certainty, the Underwriters will not be excluded from consideration for any portion of the Discretionary Deferred Portion, and the payment of any or all of the Discretionary Deferred Portion is at the Corporation’s complete discretion.

 

The Deferred Amount, representing 68.18% of the Underwriters’ commission, will be deposited with the Escrow Agent in the escrow account at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. The per share amount we will distribute to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by any deferred underwriting commissions we may pay to the Underwriters and otherwise use, in whole or in part, at our discretion.

 

Subscriptions for Class A Restricted Voting Units will be received subject to rejection or allocation in whole or in part and the right is reserved to close the subscription books at any time without notice.

 

54

 

 

We have granted to the Underwriters the Over-Allotment Option, which is exercisable in whole or in part and at any time up to 30 days after the Closing, to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units on the same terms as set forth above solely to cover over-allocations, if any. We have agreed to pay a commission equal to up to $22,137,500 or 5.5% of the Gross Proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (assuming full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option). The Underwriters have agreed that approximately 68.18% of the underwriting commission for Class A Restricted Voting Units purchased on exercise of the Over-Allotment Option will be held in the escrow account until the completion of the qualifying acquisition. This prospectus also qualifies the Over-Allotment Option and the distribution of any Class A Restricted Voting Units issued or sold upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. A purchaser who acquires Class A Restricted Voting Units forming part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position acquires those Class A Restricted Voting Units under this prospectus, regardless of whether the over-allocation position is ultimately filled through the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option or secondary market purchases.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters and their affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents against certain liabilities, including, without limitation, civil liabilities under Canadian securities legislation, and to contribute to any payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof where indemnification is unavailable or unenforceable.

 

This Offering is being made in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec). The Class A Restricted Voting Units will be offered in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec) through the Underwriters who are registered to offer the Class A Restricted Voting Units for sale in such provinces and territories and such other registered dealers as may be designated by the Underwriters.

 

Our Class A Restricted Voting Units offered have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any state securities laws. Accordingly, our Class A Restricted Voting Units may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person, except in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Underwriters have agreed that, except as permitted under the Underwriting Agreement, they will not offer, sell, transfer, deliver or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, the Class A Restricted Voting Units at any time within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, any U.S. Person, except pursuant to an exemption from registration under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

The offer and sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to this Offering in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons shall be conducted in compliance with an available exemption from the registration requirements of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the Class A Restricted Voting Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person.

 

The Underwriting Agreement, however, permits the Underwriters, directly or through their United States registered broker-dealer affiliates and sub-agents, to offer and resell the Class A Restricted Voting Units in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons that are Qualified Institutional Buyers in compliance with Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act and similar exemptions under applicable state securities laws. The Underwriting Agreement also provides that the Underwriters will offer and sell the Class A Restricted Voting Units outside of the United States only in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act. The Class A Restricted Voting Units that are sold in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) of the U.S. Securities Act and will contain a restriction or legend to the effect that such securities have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act and may only be offered, sold or otherwise transferred pursuant to certain exemptions from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act.

 

The offer and sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to this Offering in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons shall be conducted in compliance with an available exemption from the registration requirements of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

The Underwriters propose to offer the Class A Restricted Voting Units initially at the offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus. After the Underwriters have made a reasonable effort to sell all of the Class A Restricted Voting Units offered by this prospectus at that price, the initially stated offering price may be decreased, and further changed from time to time, by the Underwriters to an amount not greater than the initially stated offering price and, in such case, the compensation realized by the Underwriters will be decreased by the amount that the aggregate price paid by the purchasers for the Class A Restricted Voting Units is less than the gross proceeds paid by the Underwriters to us.

 

55

 

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Passive Market Making

 

In connection with this Offering, the Underwriters may over-allocate or effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units at levels other than those which otherwise might prevail on the open market. Such transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units while this Offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our Class A Restricted Voting Units, which involves the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of Class A Restricted Voting Units than they are required to purchase in this Offering. Short sales may be “covered short sales”, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the Over-Allotment Option, or may be “naked short sales”, which are short positions in excess of that amount.

 

The Underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising the Over-Allotment Option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing our Class A Restricted Voting Units in the open market. In making this determination, the Underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units available for purchase in the open market compared with the price at which they may purchase our Class A Restricted Voting Units through the Over-Allotment Option.

 

The Underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Class A Restricted Voting Units in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this Offering.

 

Any naked short sales will form part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position and will constitute a distribution of securities qualified by this prospectus.

 

In addition, in accordance with rules and policy statements of certain Canadian securities regulators, the Underwriters may not, at any time during the period of distribution, bid for or purchase Class A Restricted Voting Units. The foregoing restriction is, however, subject to exceptions where the bid or purchase is not made for the purpose of creating actual or apparent active trading in, or raising the price of, our securities. These exceptions include a bid or purchase permitted under the by-laws and rules of applicable regulatory authorities and the Exchange, including the Universal Market Integrity Rules for Canadian Marketplaces, relating to market stabilization and passive market making activities and a bid or purchase made for and on behalf of a customer where the order was not solicited during the period of distribution.

 

As a result of these activities, the price of our Class A Restricted Voting Units may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the Underwriters at any time. The Underwriters may carry out these transactions on any stock exchange on which our securities are listed, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

 

Restrictions on Shares

 

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Corporation will be, subject to certain exceptions, prohibited from issuing additional securities prior to the qualifying acquisition. Also, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking, except as contemplated in this prospectus, each of the Corporation and our Sponsor will be subject to a lock-up until the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

56

 

 

Additional Transfer Restrictions

 

For a description of the transfer restrictions on the Founder’s Shares (which are Class B Shares) see “Description of Securities – Founder’s Shares”. For a description of the transfer restrictions on the Founder’s Warrants, see “Description of Securities – Warrants”.

 

Book Entry System

 

Subscriptions will be received subject to rejection or allocation in whole or in part and the Underwriters reserve the right to close the subscription books at any time without notice. Other than pursuant to certain exceptions, registration of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (consisting of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants) and transfers thereof held through CDS, or its nominee will be made electronically through NCI. Class A Restricted Voting Units registered in the name of CDS or its nominee will be deposited electronically with CDS on an NCI basis on the Closing. A purchaser of Class A Restricted Voting Units (subject to certain exceptions) will receive only a customer confirmation from the registered dealer through which the Class A Restricted Voting Units are purchased. Following conversion of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares into Common Shares and the separation of the Common Shares and the Warrants following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, subject to certain exceptions, registration of Common Shares and Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and transfers thereof held through CDS, or its nominee will be made electronically through NCI. The Founder’s Shares and the Founder’s Warrants will be represented by a physical certificate.

 

Cautionary Note to Investors in the United Kingdom

 

European laws, regulations and their enforcement, particularly those pertaining to anti-money laundering, relating to making and/or holding investments in cannabis-related practices or activities are in flux and vary dramatically from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The enforcement of these laws – some of which carry criminal liability - and their effect on shareholders are uncertain and involve considerable risk. Accordingly, all potential investors located in the United Kingdom should take their own, independent legal advice based on their own circumstances prior to making any investment into the Corporation (whether directly or indirectly, or acting on an agency or principal basis).

 

Description of Securities

 

General

 

Prior to the Closing, we will be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Class B Shares, Common Shares, and Proportionate Voting Shares, each without nominal or par value. Prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares. Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares. Our Sponsor has purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares (representing the Founder’s Shares) and, simultaneously with the Closing, our Sponsor will purchase 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants. The Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. The following description summarizes the material terms of our share capital. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a complete description, please refer to our notice of articles, articles and the Warrant Agreement, which will be available for inspection at our offices, during ordinary business hours during this Offering, and will be filed on SEDAR at www.sedar.com following this Offering.

 

Following the closing of the Offering, the Corporation intends to apply for exemptions from the provisions of NI 41-101 relating to restricted securities, Part 10 of National Instrument 51-102 - Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”), from the requirements under Part 2 and Part 3 of OSC Rule 56-501 - Restricted Shares (“OSC Rule 56-501”) and from the requirements of Section 624 of the TSX Company Manual, with respect to the issuance of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares on the close of a qualifying acquisition.

 

57

 

 

Units

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consists of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant. Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each whole Warrant would represent the entitlement to purchase one Common Share). The Warrants will become exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. As the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant outstanding will be exercisable for one Common Share, and at no time are the Warrants expected to be exercisable for Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

It is anticipated that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange). However, no fractional Warrants will be issued and only whole Warrants will trade.

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares

 

Our Sponsor has purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares (also referred to herein as the “Founder’s Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$25,000. Upon Closing, and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and a full corresponding relinquishment of 1,312,500 of the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares, the following shares of the Corporation will be issued and outstanding:

 

· 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units being offered to the public under this Offering (before the exercise of Warrants); and

 

· 8,750,000 Founder’s Shares (which are Class B Shares) post-relinquishment of the 1,312,500 Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founder’s Shares since this assumes the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised by the Underwriter. No other Class B Shares are expected to be outstanding on Closing.

 

The Founder’s Shares outstanding after giving effect to this Offering and at the conclusion of the Over-Allotment Option period will represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares). At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking.

 

On or immediately following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share would, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into one Common Share, as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like.

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. Prior to a qualifying acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are not entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a qualifying acquisition by way of a press release.

 

Except for the voting right variations described above on the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to the closing of a qualifying acquisition, the voting rights of holders of Class B Shares will, with the exception of statutory class voting rights under the BCBCA, otherwise be identical to those applicable to the publicly held Class A Restricted Voting Shares. In addition, the Class B Shares will have no access to the escrow funds available to redeem the Class A Restricted Voting Units.

 

58

 

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders and on all matters requiring a shareholder vote, with the exception of an extension of the Permitted Timeline, which will only be voted upon by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, as further described in this prospectus. Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, as applicable, the holders of the Common Shares (including those into which any remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares have been converted) and the Proportionate Voting Shares will also be entitled to receive any dividends on an equal per share basis if, as and when declared by our board of directors. See “Dividend Policy”.

 

Only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to have their shares redeemed, as further described below, and receive the escrow proceeds (net of applicable taxes and other permitted deductions) in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, in the event of a qualifying acquisition, and in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. Holders of Class B Shares, being our Sponsor, do not have access to, and cannot benefit from, any proceeds held in the escrow account, and as such, do not have any redemption rights with respect to their Class B Shares. Our Sponsor will, however, be entitled to such redemption rights using proceeds from the escrow account with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire pursuant to or following this Offering. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Consummation of the qualifying acquisition will require approval by a majority of our directors unrelated to the qualifying acquisition. In connection with seeking to complete a qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline), including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Unit held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting, as further described under “Qualifying acquisition – Redemption Rights” and “Description of Securities – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

In connection with the shareholders meeting to vote on an extension to the Permitted Timeline, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to deposit for redemption all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before such meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, we will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited for redemption at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Unit held in the escrow account.

 

59

 

 

Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who redeem or sell their Class A Restricted Voting Shares will continue to have the right to exercise any Warrants they may hold if the qualifying acquisition is consummated.

 

Upon Closing, based on the initial U.S.$350,000,000 placed in escrow (and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum, if the escrow account remains in place over the next 18 months (and a qualifying acquisition has not been completed), the cash held in the escrow account is expected to grow from the initial U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share sold to the public to approximately U.S.$10.30 per Class A Restricted Voting Share, before applicable taxes and other permitted deductions.

 

The remaining unredeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares would then be automatically converted on or immediately following the closing of the qualifying acquisition into one Common Share each (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), and the residual escrow account balance would be available to the Corporation and the Underwriters, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing. This limitation will not apply in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. By its election to redeem, each registered holder (other than CDS) and each beneficial holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be required to represent or shall be deemed to have represented to the Corporation that, together with any affiliate of such holder and any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, he, she or it is not redeeming Class A Restricted Voting Shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing.

 

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem, as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs (as described in the definition of the term “Winding-Up” in this prospectus), each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Holders of Class B Shares, being our Sponsor, do not have any such redemption rights; however, the Sponsor will be entitled to such redemption payments from the escrow account with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire during or following this Offering if we fail to complete our qualifying acquisition or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

Upon such redemption, the rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any). Subject to the prior rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and whether prior to or following the Permitted Timeline, the Class B Shares would be entitled to receive the remaining property and assets of the Corporation available for distribution, after payment of liabilities, upon the Winding-Up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, subject to applicable law.

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, no further Class B Shares or Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be issued commencing on the day following the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

Common Shares

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, no Common Shares may be issued prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, except in connection with such closing.

 

The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at all meetings of, the shareholders of the Corporation (except where solely the holders of one or more other specified classes of shares (other than the Common Shares) shall be entitled to vote at a meeting, in which case, only such holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, and attend and vote at, such meeting). Each Common Share shall confer the right to one vote.

 

60

 

 

Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, as applicable, the holders of the Common Shares (including those into which any remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares have been converted) will also be entitled to receive any dividends on an equal per share basis if, as and when declared by our board of directors. See “Dividend Policy”.

 

Subject to the prior rights of the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (and the underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants) and applicable law, in the event of the Winding-Up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether prior to or following the Permitted Timeline, the holders of the Common Shares (or the holders of the Class B Shares, as applicable) shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation on a pro-rata basis.

 

A holder of Common Shares may at any time, at the option of the holder and with the consent of the Corporation, convert such Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis of 100 Common Shares for one Proportionate Voting Share.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Generally, the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares will have the same rights, will be equal in all respects and will be treated by the Corporation as if they were shares of one class only. No Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares will be issued prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

Conversion Rights and Transfers

 

Issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares, including fractions thereof, may at any time, subject to the FPI Condition, at the option of the holder, be converted into Common Shares at a ratio of 100 Common Shares per Proportionate Voting Share with fractional Proportionate Voting Shares convertible into Common Shares at the same ratio. Further, the board of directors may determine in the future that it is no longer advisable to maintain the Proportionate Voting Shares as a separate class of shares and may cause all of the issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares to be converted into Common Shares at a ratio of 100 Common Shares per Proportionate Voting Share with fractional Proportionate Voting Shares convertible into Common Shares at the same ratio and the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to issue any more Proportionate Voting Shares under the articles of the Corporation thereafter.

 

The Proportionate Voting Shares are not transferrable without approval of the board of directors, except to Permitted Holders and in compliance with U.S. securities laws.

 

Conversion Conditions

 

The right of the Proportionate Voting Shares to convert into Common Shares is subject to certain conditions in order to maintain the Corporation’s status as a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws. Unless otherwise waived by the board of directors of the Corporation, the right to convert the Proportionate Voting Shares is subject to the condition that the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares (calculated as a single class) held of record, directly or indirectly, by residents of the United States (as determined in accordance with Rules 3b-4 and 12g3-2(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) may not exceed forty percent (40%) of the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares issued and outstanding after giving effect to such conversions (calculated as a single class) (the “FPI Condition”).

 

A holder of Common Shares may at any time, at the option of the holder and with the consent of the Corporation, convert such Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis of 100 Common Shares for one Proportionate Voting Share.

 

No fractional Common Shares will be issued on any conversion of any Proportionate Voting Shares and any fractional Common Shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. For the purposes of the foregoing:

 

61

 

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person.

 

Permitted Holders” means (i) the initial holders of Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, on closing of the qualifying acquisition; and (ii) any Affiliate or Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons referred to in clause (i) above.

 

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture or limited liability company. A Person is “controlled” by another Person or other Persons if: (i) in the case of a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated: (A) securities entitled to vote in the election of directors carrying in the aggregate at least a majority of the votes for the election of directors and representing in the aggregate at least a majority of the participating (equity) securities are held, other than by way of security only, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and (B) the votes carried in the aggregate by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of such company or other body corporate; or (ii) in the case of a Person that is not a company or other body corporate, at least a majority of the participating (equity) and voting interests of such Person are held, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and “controls”, “controlling” and “under common control with” shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

Voting Rights

 

All holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Common Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the BCBCA. A quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is present if shareholders who, together, hold not fewer than 25% of the votes attaching to the outstanding voting shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.

 

On all matters upon which holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Common Shares are entitled to vote:

 

· each Common Share is entitled to one vote per Common Share; and

 

· each Proportionate Voting Share is entitled to 100 votes per Proportionate Voting Share, and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share is entitled to the number of votes calculated by multiplying the fraction by 100.

 

The number of votes represented by fractional Proportionate Voting Shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Unless a different majority is required by law or the articles of the Corporation, resolutions to be approved by holders of Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares require approval by a simple majority of the total number of votes of all Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares cast at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present based on the voting entitlements of each class of Shares described above.

 

Dividend Rights

 

Holders of Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to receive dividends out of the assets available for the payment or distribution of dividends at such times and in such amount and form as the board of directors may from time to time determine on the following basis, and otherwise without preference or distinction among or between the Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares: each Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to 100 times the amount paid or distributed per Common Share (including by way of share dividends, which holders of Proportionate Voting Shares will receive in Proportionate Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors) and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the applicable fraction thereof. See “Conversion Rights and Transfers” above.

 

62

 

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares will be entitled to receive all of the Corporation’s assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities on the basis that each Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to 100 times the amount distributed per Common Share (and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the amount calculated by multiplying the fraction by the amount otherwise payable in respect of a whole Proportionate Voting Share), and otherwise without preference or distinction among or between the Shares. See “Conversion Rights and Transfers” above.

 

Pre-emptive and Redemption Rights

 

Holders of Common Share and Proportionate Voting Shares will not have any pre-emptive or redemption rights.

 

Subdivision or Consolidation

 

No subdivision or consolidation of any class of Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares may be carried out unless, at the same time, the Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares, as the case may be, are subdivided or consolidated in the same manner and on the same basis, so as to preserve the relative rights of the holders of each class of shares.

 

Certain Amendments

 

In addition to any other voting right or power to which the holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares shall be entitled by law or regulation or other provisions of the articles of the Corporation from time to time in effect, but subject to the provisions of the articles of the Corporation, holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares shall each be entitled to vote separately as a class, in addition to any other vote of shareholders that may be required, in respect of any alteration, repeal or amendment of our articles which would adversely affect the rights or special rights of the holders of Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares, or which would affect the rights of the holders of the Common Shares and the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares differently, on a per share basis, including an amendment to the terms of the articles that provide that any Proportionate Voting Shares sold or transferred to a Person that is not a Permitted Holder shall be automatically converted into Common Shares.

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares will be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, in certain change of control transactions that require approval of our shareholders under the BCBCA, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of the Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares, each voting separately as a class.

 

Issuance of Additional Proportionate Voting Shares

 

The Corporation may issue additional Proportionate Voting Shares upon the approval of the board of directors. Approval is not required in connection with a subdivision or consolidation on a pro rata basis as between the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

Take-Over Bid Protection

 

If an offer is being made for Proportionate Voting Shares (a “PVS Offer”) where: (i) by reason of applicable securities legislation or stock exchange requirements, the offer must be made to all holders of the class of Proportionate Voting Shares; and (ii) no equivalent offer is made for the Common Shares, the holders of Common Shares have the right, pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, at their option, to convert their Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares at a ratio of one Proportionate Voting Share per 100 Common Shares for the purpose of allowing the holders of the Common Shares to tender to such PVS Offer, provided that such conversion into Proportionate Voting Shares will be solely for the purpose of tendering the Proportionate Voting Shares to the PVS Offer in question and that any Proportionate Voting Shares that are tendered to the PVS Offer but that are not, for any reason, taken up and paid for by the offeror will automatically be reconverted into the Common Shares that existed prior to such conversion.

 

63

 

 

In the event that holders of Common Shares are entitled to convert their Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares at a ratio of one Proportionate Voting Share per 100 Common Shares in connection with a PVS Offer pursuant to (ii) above, holders of an aggregate of Common Shares of less than 100 (an “Odd Lot”) will be entitled to convert all but not less than all of such Odd Lot of Common Shares into an applicable fraction of one Proportionate Voting Share, provided that such conversion into a fractional Proportionate Voting Share will be solely for the purpose of tendering the fractional Proportionate Voting Share to the PVS Offer in question and that any fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share that is tendered to the PVS Offer but that is not, for any reason, taken up and paid for by the offeror will automatically be reconverted into the Common Shares that existed prior to such conversion.

 

Compliance Provisions

 

The Corporation’s notice of articles and articles, among other things, facilitate compliance with applicable regulatory and/or licensing regulations. In particular, the articles contain certain provisions (the “Compliance Provisions”), including a combination of certain remedies such as an automatic suspension of voting and/or dividend rights, a discretionary right to force a share transfer to a third party and/or a discretionary redemption right in favour of the Corporation, in each case to seek to ensure that the Corporation and its subsidiaries are able to comply with applicable regulatory and licensing regulations. The purpose of the Compliance Provisions is to provide the Corporation with a means of protecting itself from having a shareholder or a group of shareholders acting jointly or in concert, with an ownership interest of, whether of record or beneficially (or having the power to exercise control or direction over) (“Owning or Controlling”), five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation, or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time, and: (i) who a governmental authority granting licenses to, or otherwise governing the operations of, the Corporation or its subsidiaries has determined to be unsuitable to own Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable; (ii) whose ownership of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, may reasonably result in the loss, suspension or revocation (or similar action) with respect to any licenses or permits relating to the Corporation or its subsidiaries’ conduct of business (being the conduct of any activities relating to the cultivation, manufacturing and dispensing of cannabis and cannabis-derived products in the United States, which include the owning and operating of cannabis licenses) or in the Corporation being unable to obtain any new licenses or permits in the normal course, all as determined by the board of directors; or (iii) who have not been determined by the applicable regulatory authority to be an acceptable person or otherwise have not received the requisite consent of such regulatory authority to own the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, in each case within a reasonable time period acceptable to the board of directors or prior to acquiring any Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable (in each case, an “Unsuitable Person”). The ownership restrictions in the Corporation’s notice of articles and articles are also subject to an exemption for applicable depositaries and clearing houses as well as underwriters (as defined in the Securities Act (Ontario)) in the course of a distribution of securities of the Corporation.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compliance Provisions will provide that any shareholder (or group of shareholders acting jointly or in concert) proposing to Own or Control five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time) will be required to provide not less than 30 days’ advance written notice to the Corporation by mail sent to the Corporation’s registered office to the attention of the Corporate Secretary and to obtain all necessary regulatory approvals. Upon any such shareholder(s) Owning or Controlling five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time), and having not received the requisite approval of any applicable regulatory authority to own the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, the Compliance Provisions will provide: (i) that such shareholder(s) may, in the discretion of the board of directors, be prohibited from exercising any voting rights and/or receiving any dividends from the Corporation, unless and until all requisite regulatory approvals are obtained; and (ii) the Corporation with a right, but not the obligation, at its option, upon notice to the Unsuitable Person, to: (A) redeem any or all Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, directly or indirectly held by an Unsuitable Person; and/or (B) forcibly transfer any or all Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, directly or indirectly held directly or indirectly by an Unsuitable Person to a third party. Such rights are required in order for the Corporation to comply with regulations in various jurisdictions where the Corporation or its subsidiaries may conduct business.

 

Upon receipt by the holder of a notice to redeem or to transfer any or all of its Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, the holder will be entitled to receive, as consideration therefor, no less than 95% of the lesser of: (i) the closing price of the Common Shares on the Exchange (or the then principal exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are quoted for trading) on the trading day immediately prior to the closing of the redemption or transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified date); and (ii) the five-day volume weighted average price of the Common Shares on the Exchange (or the then principal exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are quoted for trading) for the five trading days immediately prior to the closing of the redemption or transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified dates).

 

64

 

 

Further, a holder of the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, will be prohibited from acquiring five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more transactions, without providing 30 days’ advance written notice to the Corporation by mail sent to the Corporation’s registered office to the attention of the Corporate Secretary. The foregoing restriction will not apply to the ownership, acquisition or disposition of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, as a result of: (i) transfer of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, occurring by operation of law including, inter alia, the transfer of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, to a trustee in bankruptcy, (ii) an acquisition or proposed acquisition by one or more underwriters who hold Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, for the purposes of distribution to the public or for the benefit of a third party provided that such third party is in compliance with the foregoing restriction, or (iii) conversion, exchange or exercise of securities issued by the Corporation or a subsidiary into or for Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms. If the board of directors reasonably believes that any such holder of the Common Shares may have failed to comply with the foregoing restrictions, the Corporation may apply to the Supreme Court of British Columbia, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for an order directing that such shareholder disclose the number of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, directly or indirectly held.

 

Notwithstanding the adoption of the proposed Compliance Provisions, the Corporation may not be able to exercise such rights in full or at all, including its redemption rights. Under the BCBCA, a corporation may not make any payment to redeem shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is unable to pay its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business or if making the payment of the redemption price or providing the consideration would cause the company to be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business. Furthermore, the Corporation may become subject to contractual restrictions on its ability to redeem its Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, by, for example, entering into a secured credit facility subject to such restrictions. In the event that restrictions prohibit the Corporation from exercising its redemption rights in part or in full, the Corporation will not be able to exercise its redemption rights absent a waiver of such restrictions, which the Corporation may not be able to obtain on acceptable terms or at all.

 

Advance Notice Provisions

 

The Corporation has included certain advance notice provisions with respect to the election of its directors in its articles (the “Advance Notice Provisions”). The Advance Notice Provisions are intended to: (i) facilitate orderly and efficient annual general meetings or, where the need arises, special meetings; (ii) ensure that all shareholders receive adequate notice of director nominations to the board of directors and sufficient information with respect to all nominees; and (iii) allow shareholders to register an informed vote. Only persons who are nominated by shareholders in accordance with the Advance Notice Provisions will be eligible for election as directors at any annual meeting of shareholders, or at any special meeting of shareholders if one of the purposes for which the special meeting was called was the election of directors.

 

Under the Advance Notice Provisions, a shareholder wishing to nominate a director would be required to provide the Corporation, in the prescribed form, within the prescribed time periods. These time periods include, (i) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders (including annual and special meetings), not fewer than 30 days prior to the date of the annual meeting of shareholders; provided, that if the first public announcement of the date (the “Notice Date”) of the annual meeting of shareholders is less than 50 days before the meeting date, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for any purpose which includes electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date, provided that, in either instance, if notice-and-access (as defined in National Instrument 54-101 – Communication with Beneficial Owners of Securities of a Reporting Issuer) is used for delivery of proxy related materials in respect of a meeting described above, and the Notice Date in respect of the meeting is not fewer than 50 days prior to the date of the applicable meeting, the notice must be received not later than the close of business on the 40th day before the applicable meeting.

 

65

 

 

Warrants

 

No Warrants are currently outstanding. Following the Closing, there will be an aggregate of 29,500,000 Warrants (17,500,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to be sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to our Sponsor). In the event the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, there will be an aggregate of 32,125,000 Warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is fully exercised (20,125,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units to be sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to our Sponsor). Upon Closing, each whole Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each whole Warrant would represent the entitlement to purchase one Common Share). The Warrants will become exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. As the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant outstanding will be exercisable for one Common Share, and at no time are the Warrants expected to be exercisable for Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of our qualifying acquisition or may expire earlier upon our Winding-Up or if the expiry date is accelerated.

 

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the closing price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds U.S.$18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period.

 

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the Warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of acceleration of the expiry date. On and after the acceleration of the expiry date, a record holder of a Warrant will have no further rights.

 

The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their exercise price.

 

Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares to be issued to the Warrant holder.

 

The exercise of the Warrants by any holder in the United States, or that is a U.S. Person, may only be effected in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable State “blue sky” securities laws.

 

In no event would the Warrants be entitled to escrow account proceeds. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares and any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive corresponding shares. After the issuance of corresponding shares upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be U.S.$11.50, subject to adjustments as described herein. At the election of the holder, the Warrants may be exercised through a cashless exercise.

 

The Warrant Agent shall, on receipt of a written request of the Corporation or holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate number of Warrants then outstanding, convene a meeting of holders of Warrants upon at least 21 calendar days’ written notice to holders of Warrants. Every such meeting shall be held in Toronto, Ontario or at such other place as may be approved or determined by the Warrant Agent. A quorum at meetings of holders or Warrants shall be two persons present in person or represented by proxy holding or representing more than 20% of the aggregate number of Warrants then outstanding.

 

66

 

 

 

From time to time, the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, without the consent of the holders of Warrants, may amend or supplement the Warrant Agreement for certain purposes including curing defects or inconsistencies or making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of Warrants. Any amendment or supplement to the Warrant Agreement that adversely affects the interests of the holders of Warrants may only be made by an “extraordinary resolution”, which is defined in the Warrant Agreement as a resolution either (i) passed at a meeting of the holders of Warrants by the affirmative vote of holders of Warrants representing not less than two-thirds of the aggregate number of the then outstanding Warrants represented at the meeting and voted on such resolution, or (ii) adopted by an instrument in writing signed by the holders of Warrants representing not less than two-thirds of the aggregate number of the then outstanding Warrants.

 

The Founder’s Warrants issued to our Sponsor will be identical to the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units. At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case, other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Make Whole Covenants

 

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our auditors), prospective qualifying business targets or other entities with which we do business, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the escrow account for the benefit of holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or that, even if they execute such agreements, they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Corporation (including amounts held in the escrow account) including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the escrow account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the escrow account for any reason.

 

In order to protect the amounts held in the escrow account, prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor will agree that, (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

We believe the likelihood of our Sponsor having to indemnify us is limited because we will endeavor to have all or substantially all vendors and prospective qualifying acquisition targets as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the escrow account. However, we cannot assure investors that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations, and we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality.

 

67

 

 

In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding-Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the escrow account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), our Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein, our Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the escrow account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.

 

Our Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the escrow account in the matter it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise.

 

In the event that our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors, in exercising their business judgment, may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure investors that due to claims of creditors, the actual value of the per share redemption price will not be substantially less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit.

 

Capitalization

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization at July 9, 2019 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our Units, and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such Units:

 

    As at July 9, 2019 prior to
giving effect to the
Offering
    As at July 9, 2019 after
giving effect to this
Offering and issuance
of Founder’s Shares,
and assuming no
exercise of the Over-
Allotment Option (in
thousands of dollars)(1)
 
Deferred underwriting commission   $                  --     $ 13,125  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption(2)   $ --     $ 350,000  
Shareholders’ equity(3)(4)   U.S.$ 10     $ (7,750 )
Total capitalization   U.S.$ 10     $ 355,375  

 

(1) Includes the gross proceeds of $362,000,000 and net proceeds (not including the deferred underwriting commission) of $355,375,000 we will receive from the sale of the Units and the Founder’s Warrants (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option).

 

(2) In connection with the qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares as further described under “Qualifying acquisition – Redemption Rights”.

 

(3) Excludes Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which are subject to redemption in connection with our qualifying acquisition.

 

(4) Assumes issue costs of U.S.$19,750,000. Issue costs include $500,000 of offering expenses and $19,250,000 of underwriting commissions (assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), of which $6,125,000 will be paid in cash upon Closing and $13,125,000 in deferred underwriting commissions will only become payable upon completion of our qualifying acquisition.

 

68

 

 

options to purchase securities

 

There are no outstanding options to purchase our Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares. We will not issue options or adopt a stock option plan for our officers and directors until our qualifying acquisition has been completed.

 

Prior Sales

 

Since the date of incorporation, the Corporation has not issued any shares. In connection with incorporation and initial organization of the Corporation, one Class B Share was issued to our Sponsor on July 8, 2019.

 

Principal Shareholders

 

The following table shows the names of the persons or companies who, as at the Closing Date, will own of record, or who, to our knowledge, will own beneficially, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any class or series of our voting securities.

 

Name   Number of Securities
Owned before this Offering
  Number of Class B Shares
Owned after the Closing
    Percentage of Outstanding
Securities after the Closing
 
Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP   10,062,500 Class B Share1     10,062,500       20 %

 

(1) 1 Class B Share is owned by our Sponsor which share was issued in connection with the incorporation of the Corporation. Our Sponsor is controlled by certain officers and directors of the Corporation.

 

Directors and Officers

 

Name, Address, Occupation and Security Holding

 

The following are the names and municipalities of residence of our directors and officers, their positions and offices with the Corporation and corresponding start dates, and their principal occupations during the last five years:

 

Name and municipality of
residence
Office held with the
Corporation
Director and/or Officer
Since
Present principal occupation and
positions held(1)

Paul Walsh

West Sussex, United Kingdom

Executive Chairman July 8, 2019 Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke

Peter Caldini

Charlotte, North Carolina, U.S.A.

Chief Executive Officer and Director July 8, 2019 Consultant

Maja Spalevic

Enfied, United Kingdom

Chief Financial Officer July 8, 2019 Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke

Ian Starkey

Warwickshire, United Kingdom

Chair of the Audit Committee and Director July 8, 2019 Corporate Director

Rob Berner

Greenwich, Connecticut, U.S.A.

Director July 8, 2019 Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke

Mark Harms

Wellington, Florida, U.S.A.

Director July 8, 2019 Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke

Candice Koederitz

Houston, Texas, U.S.A.

Director July 15, 2019 Consultant

Geoffrey Parkin

Birkshire, United Kingdom

Director August 1, 2019 Partner of LEK Consulting LLP

Timothy Proctor

Durham, North Carolina, U.S.A.

Director August 6, 2019 Corporate Director

 

 

(1) Each of the persons has held these positions for five years other than as described below.

 

69

 

 

At the date hereof, as a group, our directors and officers do not beneficially own, or control or direct, directly or indirectly, any Class A Restricted Voting Shares or any Class B Shares. As a group, our directors and officers will beneficially own, or control or direct, directly or indirectly, 10,062,500 Class B Shares, which will be issued prior to the Closing to the Sponsor.

 

All directors are elected on an annual basis, and unless re-elected, the term of office of the directors will expire at each annual meeting of shareholders. As of the Closing Date, the board of directors will be comprised of eight directors, three of whom are independent. Pursuant to NI 52-110, as amended from time to time, an independent director is one who is free from any direct or indirect relationship which could, in the view of the board of directors, be reasonably expected to interfere with a director’s exercise of independent judgment.

 

The Corporation has taken steps to seek to ensure that adequate structures and processes will be in place following the Closing to permit the board of directors to function independently of our management team. It is contemplated that independent directors will hold in-camera sessions without management present at meetings of the board of directors, if considered necessary.

 

We plan to adopt a majority voting policy consistent with the Exchange requirements prior to the first uncontested meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected.

 

The Corporation recognizes the importance of diversity at the board of directors and executive officer level and intends to engage in an ongoing discussion of the representation of women on the board of directors and in executive officer positions. Written policies and specific targets or quotas for gender or other diversity representation have not been adopted for the board of directors or for executive officer positions in the Corporation due to the small size of these groups and the need to consider a balance of criteria in each individual appointment. It is important that each appointment to the board of directors and as an executive officer be made, and be perceived as being made, on the merits of the individual and the needs of the Corporation at the relevant time. In addition, targets or quotas based on specific criteria could limit the board of director’s ability to ensure that the overall composition of the board of directors and executive officers meets the needs of the Corporation and its shareholders.

 

Currently, as to gender, the board of directors has appointed one women as a director (or 12.50% of the directors) and one woman as an executive officer (or approximately 33.33% of the executive officers).

 

The directors and officers will devote such time and expertise as is required by us. Time actually spent may vary according to our needs.

 

The following are brief biographies of the directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

Paul Walsh

 

Paul Walsh is our Executive Chairman and brings with him a wealth of experience as Chief Executive Officer of a large multinational branded consumer products corporation operating in highly regulated markets. Mr. Walsh was the Chief Executive Officer of Diageo, the world’s largest spirits company, from 2000 to 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Walsh was the Chairman and President of The Pillsbury Company from 1996 to 1999. Under Mr. Walsh’s leadership, Diageo was transformed from a multi-national conglomerate into a focused global market leading spirits business via a combination of organic growth and significant acquisitions. Mr. Walsh and his management team created over U.S.$80 billion of shareholder value while in leadership at Diageo.

 

70

 

 

Mr. Walsh brings with him substantial corporate leadership experience, knowledge of consumer-centric companies, international operations expertise, and experience with regulated industries. He has also held executive-level finance positions, including as Chief Financial Officer of Grand Metropolitan Foods and Intercontinental Hotels. Throughout his career, Mr. Walsh has built success and growth at his companies through the deployment of effective brand development and marketing strategies, which brings added perspective to our Board. Notable successes include the creation of the Johnnie Walker family of Scotch Whiskey brands.

 

Mr. Walsh is the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke and also serves as Chairman of Compass Group PLC. He is a non-executive director of McDonald’s Corporation and FedEx Corporation.

 

Peter Caldini

 

Peter Caldini is our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. Mr. Caldini has over 20 years of experience building and restructuring multinational organizations around the world and a strong consumer healthcare background. Mr. Caldini developed extensive commercial management expertise at Pfizer Inc., Bayer AG and Wyeth, LLC.  Mr. Caldini was the Regional President North America for Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2017 to 2019. Prior to that role he was the Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2016 to 2017 and led the Northern European cluster from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Caldini was at Bayer from 2009 to 2014, with roles including the head of sub-region Emerging Markets EMEA, the General Manager of Bayer Consumer Care China and the head of the Nutritionals Strategic Business unit, the global leader in nutritional supplements with brands One-A-Day, Berocca, and Supradyn. From 2002 to 2009 Mr. Caldini was at Wyeth LLC where he was responsible for affiliates across LATAM and AsiaPac and also managed the Centrum brand globally. Early in his career Mr. Caldini held various leadership roles in brand management at Unilever in the US and Europe.

 

As President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare North America Mr. Caldini was responsible for managing the 2nd largest OTC consumer healthcare company in the region with over U.S.$2.1 billion in net sales. He drove market share growth for leading brands Advil, Emergen-C, Nexium, Chapstick, and Prep-H and improved the profitability of the business unit. As Regional President, he drove organizational change, brand acceleration, marketing strategy, trade execution, global e-commerce and transitioned the business to a more integrated operating culture. Mr. Caldini simultaneously led the turnaround of the Pfizer Canada affiliate, the 2nd largest OTC company in the market.

 

As Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare he managed a U.S.$580 million P&L with over 850 employees. He was credited for restructuring the region, resulting in above market revenue growth and significantly improved profitability. He led the turnaround of several underperforming affiliates including the UK, Spain, Russia, and the Middle East. He directed the successful brand launches of Nexium across Europe and the Viagra switch in the UK. He also led the successful acquisition of B-Total, a leading vitamin B brand in Italy and the integration of Ferrosan in the Nordics and Russia.

 

Mr. Caldini holds board roles with healthcare companies Kramer Labs, Solvotrin, and PreMark Pharma. He has a Masters of International Economics and Management from Bocconi University in Milan, Italy, an MBA from Northeastern University and a BA, Political Science from Boston University. Mr. Caldini holds US and Italian citizenship.

 

Maja Spalevic

 

Maja Spalevic is our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Spalevic has over 18 years of experience in the financial services and private equity industries including over 13 years with GLP, an affiliate of Bespoke, where she manages finances, oversees the accounting, business support, financial reporting, planning and analysis, treasury, regulatory, human resources, legal, external audit and tax functions for GLP, Bespoke and the affiliated investment entities. Mrs. Spalevic was part of the formation of Bespoke in 2014. Prior to GLP Mrs. Spalevic was a staff accountant at Getty Images. She has a BSc (Hons) in Applied Accounting from Oxford Brookes University, is a Fellow of Chartered Certified Accountants (FCCA) and is an Association of Accounting Technicians full member (MAAT).

 

71

 

 

Ian Starkey

 

Ian Starkey is one of our directors and the Chair of the Audit Committee.  Mr. Starkey brings audit, M&A, management consulting and forensic accounting experience which he gained as a partner at KPMG (UK) where he spent over 35 years.  At KPMG, Mr. Starkey was one of the most senior audit partners for over 20 years and was associated with companies such as Diageo plc, F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG and BAE Systems plc. He held various senior management roles, primarily as head of the Consumer Goods markets sector for the UK and Europe. He was a member of the boards of KPMG Europe and KPMG UK LLP, where he chaired at various times the Audit & Risk and Remuneration & Nominations Committees.

 

Mr. Starkey is currently a non-executive board member of DAC Beachcroft LLP, an international law firm, a member of Meyler Campbell’s Mastered Programme for executive coaching and is also involved in various finance and non-profit ventures. His career history brings to the Corporation extensive experience of operating at board level in regulated businesses across a variety of sectors.

 

Robert L. Berner III

 

Rob Berner is one of our directors as well as a founder and Joint Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer of Bespoke and Chairman of Bespoke’s Investment Committee. He has been active in the private equity industry for over 30 years. Mr. Berner has sat on numerous boards and is currently Chairman of Johnnie-O LLC (men’s lifestyle brand).  Mr. Berner also was a principal investor in, and Chairman of Diversified Distribution Systems, LLC (DDS), the largest specialty retail distribution and services business in the United States, which was recently sold very successfully to Bunzl Plc.

 

Mr. Berner was previously a Partner at CVC, a global private equity firm with over U.S.$50 billion of assets under management and assisted in the opening and development of the firm’s US efforts, including serving as Chairman of CVC US. Prior to CVC, he served as a Managing Director at Ripplewood Holdings and was a member of the firm’s Investment Committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Berner was a Partner and member of the Investment Committee of Charterhouse International. Mr. Berner began his career in the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley where he was a Principal in the mergers and acquisitions department. Mr. Berner also serves on the boards of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, Vinventions and 24 Hour Fitness. In addition, Mr. Berner has acted as a non-executive director on the boards of over 25 private equity portfolio companies during his private equity career and has sat on the board of several charitable and not for profit organizations.

 

Mr. Berner has an MBA from Northwestern University and a BBA in Finance from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Mark W.B. Harms

 

Mark Harms is one of our directors and a founder and Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke.  Prior to Bespoke, Mr. Harms founded GLP in 2004, where he is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. GLP has advised on over U.S.$60 billion of transactions to date, deploying over U.S.$500 million of capital into a number of investments and developed an industry leading operating executive network with 75+ members.  Mr. Harms has completed over 130 advisory and principal transactions in North and South America, Europe and Australia. Mr. Harms has extensive experience with regard to leveraged debt, mezzanine and equity financing techniques in Europe and the U.S. with over U.S.$100 billion in completed transactions.

 

Prior to founding GLP, Mr. Harms worked at Oppenheimer as a Managing Director and at CIBC World Markets as the founder and head of the Consumer Growth Group. Mr. Harms built within Consumer Growth Group strong industry verticals in branded consumer products and services, gaming, health and fitness, specialty retail and travel and tourism. Mr. Harms currently sits on the board of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, 24 Hour Fitness, World Fitness Services and Vinventions, as well as Olympic Entertainment. Mr. Harms was a Vice Chairman of the World Travel & Tourism Council from 2009 to 2014 and is a member and on the board of the International Association of Gaming Advisors.  He was also a non-executive director on a number of other charitable, educational and non for profit boards.

 

Mr. Harms has an MBA from the University of Chicago and a BA from the University of Michigan.

 

72

 

 

Candice Koederitz

 

Candice Koederitz is one of our directors. Ms. Koederitz brings capital markets, due diligence, financial market product development, international and risk management experience which she gained as a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley where she spent over 30 years. At Morgan Stanley, Ms. Koederitz worked with companies and governments globally to raise over $30 billion in capital. Ms. Koederitz held various senior management roles including head of Capital, head of Regulatory Implementation, Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Asia (S) Ltd in Singapore and head of Capital Markets Execution. She co-chaired the Capital Commitment Committee, Equity Underwriting Committees, Americas Franchise Committee and was a member of the Firm and Securities Risk Committees.

 

Ms. Koederitz is currently an independent, non-executive director of ICE Benchmark Administration Ltd, a financial benchmark administrator, and is involved with several non-profit organizations.

 

Ms. Koederitz has an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BS in Civil Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

Geoffrey Parkin

 

Geoff Parkin is a Partner at LEK Consulting LLP’s London office. He is a consumer markets expert and has broad experience assisting UK and international corporate and private equity clients with mission critical strategic issues, commercial performance improvement plans and due diligence assignments. Mr. Parkin has been with LEK for almost 20 years, and previously worked in commercial line management roles for British Airways and American Express, based in London, Copenhagen and Amsterdam.

 

Mr. Parkin graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree in Management Sciences from U.M.I.S.T. and studied Corporate Finance at London Business School.

 

Timothy D. Proctor

 

Timothy D. Proctor is one of our directors. Mr. Proctor has 38 years of experience in the practice of law, primarily in the highly regulated industries of pharmaceuticals and drinks. After five years at Union Carbide Corporation, Mr. Proctor spent 13 years at Merck supporting pharmaceutical marketing and research activities worldwide. At Glaxo (now GlaxoSmithKline) Mr. Proctor was US general counsel with responsibility for the full range of legal activities in support of marketing, manufacturing, and research, including intellectual property, as well as corporate compliance. He moved with Glaxo to the head office in London to be global head of human resources, and while in London joined Diageo plc as global general counsel. His thirteen years at Diageo involved managing a worldwide team of lawyers in support of a number of marketing, M&A, regulatory, and compliance challenges, during a period of strong growth for the company. Mr. Proctor’s previous board service included the Northwestern Mutual, Wachovia Bank and Allergan, Inc.

 

Mr. Proctor has MBA and JD degrees from the University of Chicago, earned in a joint program.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Corporation’s audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) is composed of a minimum of three directors, each of whom is and must at all times be financially literate and, by one year following the date of the receipt for the final prospectus, each of whom must be independent within the meaning of NI 52-110. As of the Closing Date, the Audit Committee will be composed of Ian Starkey and Geoffrey Parkin, each of whom is independent and Candice Koederitz. The relevant education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee is described as part of their respective biographies above under the “Directors and Officers – Name, Address, Occupation and Security Holding” sub-heading.

 

The board of directors of the Corporation has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee (the “Charter of the Audit Committee”), which sets out the Audit Committee’s responsibility in reviewing and approving the financial statements of the Corporation and public disclosure documents containing financial information and reporting on such review to the board of directors of the Corporation, ensuring that adequate procedures are in place for the reviewing of the Corporation’s public disclosure documents that contain financial information, overseeing the work and reviewing the independence of the external auditors. The text of the Charter of the Audit Committee that has been adopted is attached to this prospectus as Appendix A.

 

73

 

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest, among others, to which some of our directors and officers will or may be subject in connection with our operations:

 

· None of our directors or officers are required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may be susceptible to conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

 

· Our officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with other companies. In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from such other corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has contractually agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, until the earliest of our execution of a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition, our liquidation or such time as he or she ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have. We do not believe, however, that any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our executive officers would materially undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination.

 

· Unless and until we consummate our qualifying acquisition, our Sponsor and officers, or their respective affiliates or our affiliates, will not receive reimbursement for any out of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of proceeds not deposited in the escrow account.

 

· Affiliates of our Sponsor may act as underwriters in connection with offerings by one or more SPACs from time to time.

 

In no event will our Sponsor or any of our officers or directors be paid any fees or other compensation (for greater certainty, excluding reimbursement of expenses), including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other compensation on the closing of our qualifying acquisition for services rendered in order to effectuate a qualifying acquisition, unless expressly approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the Exchange.

 

We are not prohibited from pursuing a qualifying acquisition with a company that is affiliated with any of our Sponsor, or our directors or officers. In the event we seek to complete our qualifying acquisition with a company that is affiliated with any of our Sponsor or a director or officer, in accordance with applicable laws, any negotiations would be undertaken on behalf of the Corporation by a committee of unconflicted directors. In addition we may be required to seek shareholder approval of such qualifying acquisition and in connection therewith the committee of unconflicted directors may be required to seek shareholder approval of such qualifying acquisition and in connection therewith, we, or a committee of independent directors, may be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person concluding that our qualifying acquisition is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view. In addition, if the qualifying acquisition involves a related party, the transaction may be subject to the minority shareholder protections of MI 61-101, which would, in certain circumstances, require approval by minority shareholders and/or an independent valuation. The Exchange may also impose additional requirements in such circumstances.

 

In order to protect the amounts held in the escrow account, prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor will agree that, (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

74

 

 

In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding-Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the escrow account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), our Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein, our Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the escrow account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.

 

Our Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the escrow account in the manner it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise. See “Description of Securities – Make Whole Covenants”.

 

Conflicts, if any, will be subject to the procedures as provided under the BCBCA and applicable securities laws.

 

Indemnification and Insurance

 

Upon completion of the Offering the Corporation will maintain a director and officer insurance program to limit the Corporation’s exposure to claims against, and to protect, its directors and officers. In addition, following the completion of this Offering, the Corporation will enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers. The indemnification agreements will generally require that the Corporation indemnify and hold the indemnitees harmless to the greatest extent permitted by law for liabilities arising out of the indemnitees’ service to the Corporation as directors and officers, provided that the indemnitees acted honestly and in good faith and in a manner the indemnitees reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the Corporation’s best interests and, with respect to criminal and administrative actions or proceedings that are enforced by monetary penalty, the indemnitees had no reasonable grounds to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The indemnification agreements also provide for the advancement of defence expenses to the indemnitees by the Corporation. Statutory indemnification rights also apply. The escrowed proceeds will not be accessible to cover any of the foregoing indemnities.

 

Corporate Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions

 

None of our directors and officers is, or within 10 years prior to the date hereof has been, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company (including the Corporation) that (i) was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order, or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation, that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days, that was issued while the director or officer was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer, or (ii) was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order, or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation, that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days, that was issued after the director or officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer.

 

75

 

 

None of our directors and officers (i) is, or within 10 years prior to the date hereof has been, a director or executive officer of any company (including the Corporation) that, while that person was acting in that capacity, or within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets, or (ii) has, within ten years prior to the date hereof, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the director or executive officer.

 

None of our directors and officers has been subject to (i) any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority, or (ii) any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable securityholder in deciding whether to invest in the Corporation.

 

Agent for Service of Process

 

Each of Paul Walsh, Peter Caldini, Ian Starkey, Rob Berner, Mark Harms, Candice Koederitz, Geoffrey Parkin and Timothy Proctor who are directors of the Corporation, as well as our Sponsor, Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, reside or is otherwise organized outside of Canada. Each of the foregoing have appointed Blakes Extra-Provincial Services Inc. as agent for service of process. Investors are advised that it may not be possible to enforce judgments obtained in Canada against any person that resides or is otherwise organized outside of Canada even if the party has appointed an agent for service of process.

 

Executive Compensation and Other Payments

 

Except as otherwise stated in this prospectus, there will be no salaries, consulting fees, management contract fees or directors’ fees, finder’s fees, loans, bonuses, deposits or similar payments to our officers or directors, directly or indirectly, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial qualifying acquisition, or other payments to insiders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial qualifying acquisition, other than (i) repayment of unsecured loans, and any interest thereon, which may be made by our Sponsor, (ii) the payment of $10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month for administrative and related services pursuant to an administrative services agreement entered into with our Sponsor which, if applicable, may include payment for services of related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect our qualifying acquisition, reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the above-noted persons in connection with certain activities performed on our behalf, such as identifying possible business targets and qualifying acquisitions, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and qualifying acquisitions as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations, and (iii) if approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the Exchange, payment of a customary finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation to our Sponsor, officers, or directors, or to their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this Offering held in the escrow account prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition.

 

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the escrow account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate a qualifying acquisition.

 

Our board of directors will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or our affiliates or associates or their respective affiliates or associates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

 

Following completion of the qualifying acquisition, it is anticipated that we will pay compensation to our officers. Members of our management team who remain with the Corporation following our qualifying acquisition may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the resulting issuer of the qualifying acquisition with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the prospectus prepared by our management in connection with the qualifying acquisition.

 

76

 

 

Risk Factors

 

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our Class A Restricted Voting Units. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

The risk factors outlined below are not a definitive list of all risk factors associated with an investment in the securities offered hereunder. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or which we currently deem not to be material, may also have a material adverse effect. Prospective investors should consider carefully all of the information set out in this prospectus and the risks attaching to an investment in us before making any investment decision and consult with their own professional advisors where necessary.

 

We are a newly incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

 

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through this Offering. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our qualifying acquisition with one or more target businesses. We have identified prospective targets for a qualifying acquisition but have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any prospective targets. No assurance can be given that any discussions with prospective targets will lead to the entering of a binding acquisition agreement. We intend to continue our search for target businesses with a focus on the cannabis industry. We may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline. If we fail to complete our qualifying acquisition, we will never generate any operating revenues.

 

The ability of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential qualifying acquisition targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target.

 

We may enter into a transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares exercise their redemption rights, we may not be able to meet such closing condition, and as a result, would not be able to proceed with the qualifying acquisition. If accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net cash or net tangible assets to be less than the amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not be able to proceed with such redemption and the related qualifying acquisition and may instead search for an alternate qualifying acquisition. Prospective targets would be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into our qualifying acquisition with us.

 

The requirement that we complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our qualifying acquisition and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential acquisition targets as we approach the end of the Permitted Timeline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our qualifying acquisition on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

 

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning our qualifying acquisition will be aware that we must consummate our qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing (or 21 months from the Closing if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but have not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period). Consequently, such target businesses may obtain leverage over us in negotiating our qualifying acquisition, knowing that if we do not complete our qualifying acquisition with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our qualifying acquisition on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

 

77

 

 

We may not be able to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, in which case we would redeem our Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

We must complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline; however, we may not be able to find a suitable target business and consummate our qualifying acquisition within such time period. If we are unable to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem 100% of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, as described herein.

 

Potential targets may be unwilling to effect a qualifying acquisition with us.

 

While we believe that our status as a public company will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view the inherent limitations in our status as a SPAC and may prefer to effect a qualifying acquisition with a more established entity or with a private company, undertake a transaction with an entity offering operating synergies or effect a traditional initial public offering.

 

We may attempt to contemporaneously consummate qualifying acquisitions with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to consummate our qualifying acquisition and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

 

If we determine to contemporaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we may need each or some of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the contemporaneous closings of the other qualifying acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the qualifying acquisition. With multiple qualifying acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent integration of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

 

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for acquisition opportunities of target businesses, it may be difficult for us to complete our qualifying acquisition. If we are unable to complete our qualifying acquisition, our Warrants will expire worthless.

 

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors, pension funds and private equity firms, other prospective SPACs and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have significant experience identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Some of these competitors may possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of this Offering, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizeable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. If we are unable to complete our qualifying acquisition, our Warrants will expire worthless.

 

Our ability to consummate an attractive qualifying acquisition may be impacted by the market for initial public offerings.

 

It is very likely that our target will want to be a public reporting company. If the market for initial public offerings is limited, we believe that there will be a greater number of attractive target businesses open to being acquired by us as a means to achieve public company status. Alternatively, if the market for initial public offerings is robust, we believe that there will be fewer attractive target businesses amenable to being acquired by us to become a public reporting company. Accordingly, during periods with strong public offering markets, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial qualifying acquisition.

 

78

 

 

If the net proceeds of this Offering not being held in the escrow account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the period preceding the end of the Permitted Timeline, we may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition.

 

The funds available to us outside of the escrow account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for the next 18 to 21 months from the Closing and to fund the consummation of our qualifying acquisition. If we are unable to borrow funds from our Sponsor or its affiliates, our Class A Restricted Voting Shares would be redeemed. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment with respect to a particular proposed qualifying acquisition, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we are unable to fund such down payments, our ability to close a contemplated transaction could be impaired.

 

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the escrow account could be reduced and the per unit redemption amount received by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be less than U.S.$10.00 per unit.

 

Our placing of funds in the escrow account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Given that we will not have access to the escrowed funds except under certain permitted circumstances with respect to payment of taxes and of redemptions, and that the funds we hold which are not placed in escrow are intended to be used in accordance with our estimates in the “Use of Proceeds” section, we may not have the financial resources to defend a potential claim, nor may we have the ability to sue to enforce a potential claim. Although we will seek, where practicable, to have material vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the escrow account, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the escrow account.

 

Prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor will agree that (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

 

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the escrow account available for distribution to holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

In the event that the proceeds in the escrow account are reduced below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the escrow account as of the date of the liquidation of the escrow account due to reductions in the value of the escrow assets, in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to claims by a third party who executed a waiver, or by our auditors or the Underwriter, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors, in exercising their business judgment, may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the escrow account available for distribution to holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be reduced below U.S.$10.00 per share.

 

79

 

 

Our Sponsor will have significant influence in determining the outcome of the Shareholders Meeting (if required under applicable law), at which shareholder approval of the qualifying acquisition would be sought, and accordingly, which transaction would ultimately be completed as our qualifying acquisition.

 

Upon the Closing, it is intended that our Founder’s Shares, which will be held by our Sponsor, will represent 20% of our issued and outstanding shares (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares). Accordingly, with the inclusion of the Founder’s Shares (and assuming that our Sponsor does not purchase any Class A Restricted Voting Units in this Offering), our Sponsor will hold approximately a 20% voting interest to vote on the qualifying acquisition whether or not the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full. Further, given the forfeiture and transfer restrictions placed on the shares held by our Sponsor until the completion of our qualifying acquisition and its ownership of the Founder’s Warrants, our Sponsor may be incentivized to support and vote for a transaction even if not the most commercially beneficial to the Corporation. Our Sponsor has agreed, if a vote is required, to vote its Founder’s Shares and any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased pursuant to or following this Offering in favour of the proposed qualifying acquisition. For the foregoing reasons, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote on the qualifying acquisition, which they may be inclined to do given the difference in economic interests of our Sponsor as compared to the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

Our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates may elect to purchase Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which may influence a vote on a proposed qualifying acquisition.

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares acquired by our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates, for investment or other purposes, may be entitled to be voted at the Shareholders Meeting, if required, and could therefore increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the qualifying acquisition or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at closing. This may result in the completion of a qualifying acquisition that may not otherwise have been possible.

 

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a qualifying acquisition. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our qualifying acquisition and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular qualifying acquisition is the most advantageous.

 

Our key personnel may choose to, or be asked to, remain with the company after the completion of our qualifying acquisition, and if so, they may negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the transaction. Such negotiations may take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the qualifying acquisition and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

 

Since our Sponsor will lose its investment in us if our qualifying acquisition is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a qualifying acquisition target is appropriate.

 

Our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem its Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or entitled to access to the escrow account in respect thereof upon our Winding-Up. Simultaneously with the Closing, our Sponsor intends to also purchase 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$12,000,000). As a result, the personal and financial interests of our Sponsor may influence the identification and selection of a qualifying acquisition, the voting on the qualifying acquisition, if required, and the operation of the business following our qualifying acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares can elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition.

 

80

 

 

Because there are other companies with a business plan similar to ours seeking to effectuate a qualifying acquisition, it may be more difficult for us to complete a qualifying acquisition.

 

Based upon publicly available information, there are three Canadian SPACs and numerous U.S. SPACs who are currently pursuing qualifying acquisitions. The Canadian SPACs may consummate a qualifying acquisition in any industry they choose, and so we may be subject to competition from these and other companies seeking to execute a business plan similar to ours.

 

Accordingly, we cannot assure investors that we will be able to successfully compete for an attractive qualifying acquisition and, because of this competition, we cannot assure investors that we will be able to complete a qualifying acquisition within the required time period.

 

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

 

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain Canadian securities law, income tax law and the Exchange and other legal and regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application also may change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations.

 

Our directors and officers and our Sponsor live or are organized outside of Canada; therefore investors may not be able to enforce applicable securities laws or their other legal rights against such parties.

 

Our directors and officers and our Sponsor reside or is organized outside of Canada. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors to enforce their legal rights or to enforce judgments of Canadian courts predicated upon civil liabilities under securities laws and/or criminal penalties against any person that resides or is otherwise organized outside of Canada even if the party has appointed an agent for service of process.

 

In the event the Corporation acquires a United States entity or assets of a United States entity, it may have adverse tax consequences on holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and on the Corporation.

 

In the event the Corporation acquires a United States entity or assets of a United States entity, under certain circumstances, the Corporation will be treated under section 7874 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) as a United States corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. While the Corporation does not have any current plans to engage in an acquisition which will be subject to section 7874 of the Code, there can be no assurances provided by the Corporation that it will not engage in such an “inversion” transaction at the time of the qualifying acquisition.

 

If the Corporation engages in such an inversion transaction and the Corporation is treated as a United States corporation, the Corporation generally would be subject to United States federal income tax and the United States and Canadian federal income tax consequences to United States, Canadian and other non-United States holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (which, on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, would, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into Common Shares) may materially differ. Any such United States federal corporate tax liability could have a material adverse effect on the results of the Corporation’s operations. If the Corporation engages in such an inversion transaction, any dividends paid by the Corporation to non-United States holders may be subject to United States federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate or such lower rate as provided in an applicable treaty. Because the Common Shares would be treated as shares of a United States domestic corporation, the United States gift, estate and generation-skipping transfer tax rules generally would apply to a non-United States holder of Common Shares.

 

81

 

 

You will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any prospective qualifying acquisition target or any particular target business’ operations.

 

Because we have not yet initiated any substantive discussions or entered into a written or oral binding acquisition agreement with any prospective target business, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of that or any other particular target business’ operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, tax considerations, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we consummate our qualifying acquisition, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. An investment in our Class A Restricted Voting Units may not ultimately prove to be more favourable to investors than a direct investment in an acquisition target, if such opportunity were available.

 

We may seek acquisition opportunities outside of our management’s area of expertise and our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all significant risks associated with the target company.

 

Even though we intend to focus on the cannabis sector, we may be presented with a qualifying acquisition target in a sector unfamiliar to our management team, but determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for the Corporation. In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of our management’s expertise, our management’s experience may not be directly applicable to the target business or their evaluation of its operations.

 

Although we identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

 

Although we have identified specific investment criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition will not have all of these positive attributes. If we consummate our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such acquisition may not be as successful as an acquisition with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval, which is a prerequisite to the closing of our qualifying acquisition if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines.

 

We are not required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person, and consequently, an independent source may not confirm that the price we are paying for the business is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

Unless we consummate our qualifying acquisition with a related party (within the meaning of applicable securities law), we may not be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person that the price we are paying is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view. Accordingly, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our management and board of directors.

 

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

 

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, legal counsel and other experts. If we decide not to complete a specific qualifying acquisition, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to consummate our qualifying acquisition for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

 

82

 

 

After our qualifying acquisition, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside of Canada and all or the majority of our assets will be located outside of Canada; therefore investors may not be able to enforce applicable securities laws or their other legal rights.

 

It is possible that after our qualifying acquisition, a number of our directors and officers will reside outside of Canada and all or the majority of our assets will be located outside of Canada. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in Canada to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of Canadian courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under Canadian laws.

 

We are highly dependent upon our directors and officers and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate and effect our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our directors and officers. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our directors and officers, at least until we have consummated our qualifying acquisition and possibly thereafter. In addition, our directors and officers are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential qualifying acquisitions and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors and officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors and officers could have a detrimental effect on us, our operations and our ability to effect our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our ability to successfully effect our qualifying acquisition and to be successful thereafter will be largely dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our qualifying acquisition. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-qualifying acquisition business.

 

Our ability to successfully effect our qualifying acquisition is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel will remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our qualifying acquisition, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our qualifying acquisition, our assessment of these individuals may not prove to be correct. As well, these individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated as a reporting issuer under applicable Canadian securities laws, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

 

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our qualifying acquisition with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

 

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our qualifying acquisition with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’ management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’ management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we expected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-qualifying acquisition business may be negatively impacted.

 

83

 

 

The officers and directors of an acquisition target may resign upon or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition. The loss of an acquisition target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-qualifying acquisition business.

 

The role of an acquisition target’s key personnel upon or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition target’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition target following our qualifying acquisition, it is possible that some members of the management team of an acquisition target will not wish to remain in place, which could negatively affect the business.

 

Our Sponsor, directors and officers may now be, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

 

Following the completion of this Offering and until we consummate our qualifying acquisition, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor, directors and officers may now be, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business, including one or more SPACs that may seek to acquire businesses similar to the businesses that the Corporation is seeking to acquire as part of its qualifying acquisition.

 

Our Sponsor, directors and officers also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe duties. In the course of their other business activities, our Sponsor, directors and/or officers may owe similar or other duties, and may have obligations, to other entities or pursuant to other outside business arrangements, including to seek and present investment and business opportunities to other entities. Additionally, our directors and officers are not required to present investment and business opportunities to the Corporation in priority to other entities with which they are affiliated or to which they owe duties.

 

Our directors, officers, security holders and their respective affiliates and associates may have interests that conflict with our interests.

 

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders, affiliates or associates from having a direct or indirect financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. We are not prohibited from entering into our qualifying acquisition with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, or our directors or officers. In the event that we did wish to enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target business affiliated with our Sponsor, however, we would be required to obtain a fairness opinion from a qualified person, concluding that our qualifying acquisition is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

We may attempt to consummate our qualifying acquisition with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

 

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our qualifying acquisition with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential qualifying acquisition on the basis of limited information, which may result in our qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

 

The Corporation may lose “foreign private issuer status” in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

 

Following our qualifying acquisition, we expect to employ Proportionate Voting Shares to meet the definition of “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the U.S. Securities Act. As a result, the Corporation will be a “foreign private issuer,” and will not be subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. The Corporation may in the future lose its foreign private issuer status if a majority of its Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares are held in the U.S. and it fails to meet the additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status, such as if: (1) a majority of its directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) a majority of its assets are located in the U.S.; or (3) its business is administered principally in the U.S.

 

84

 

 

If the Corporation loses its foreign private issuer status and decides, or is required, to register as a U.S. domestic issuer, the regulatory and compliance costs will be significantly more than the costs incurred as a Canadian foreign private issuer. In such event, the Corporation would not be eligible to use foreign issuer forms and would be required to file periodic and current reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are generally more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks related to the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights subsequent to its qualifying acquisition, and may become subject to allegations that the Corporation is in violation of intellectual property rights of third parties.

 

The ownership and protection of intellectual property rights may be a significant aspect of the Corporation’s future success. We may rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information that are not protected by patents to maintain our competitive position. We will try to protect such intellectual property by entering into confidentiality agreements with parties that have access to it, such as our partners, collaborators, employees and consultants. Any of these parties may breach these agreements and we may not have adequate remedies for any specific breach. In addition, trade secrets and technical know-how, which are not protected by patents, may otherwise become known to or be independently developed by competitors, in which event we could be materially adversely affected.

 

Unauthorized parties may attempt to replicate or otherwise obtain and use products, trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information of other parties. Policing the unauthorized use of intellectual property rights could be difficult, expensive, time-consuming and unpredictable, as may be enforcing these rights against unauthorized use by others. Identifying unauthorized use of intellectual property rights is difficult as the owner may be unable to effectively monitor and evaluate the products being distributed by its competitors, including parties such as unlicensed dispensaries, and the processes used to produce such products. In addition, in any infringement proceeding, some or all trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights or other proprietary know-how, or arrangements or agreements seeking to protect the same for the benefit of an issuer, may be found invalid, unenforceable, anti-competitive or not infringed. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Any or all of these events could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

In addition, other parties may claim that the Corporation’s products infringe on their proprietary and perhaps patent protected rights. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, legal fees, result in injunctions, temporary restraining orders and/or require the payment of damages. As well, the Corporation may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that the Corporation has infringed on their lawful rights. However, such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to the Corporation or at all. In addition, the Corporation may not be able to obtain or utilize on terms that are favorable to it, or at all, licenses or other rights with respect to intellectual property that it does not own.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks related to information technology systems, including cyber-attacks.

 

An issuer’s operations may depend, in part, on how well it and its suppliers protect networks, equipment, information technology (“IT”) systems and software against damage from a number of threats, including, but not limited to, cable cuts, damage to physical plants, natural disasters, intentional damage and destruction, fire, power loss, hacking, computer viruses, vandalism and theft. Following its qualifying acquisition, the Corporation’s operations may also depend on the timely maintenance, upgrade and replacement of networks, equipment, IT systems and software, as well as pre-emptive expenses to mitigate the risks of failures. Any of these and other events could result in information system failures, delays and/or increase in capital expenses. The failure of information systems or a component of information systems could, depending on the nature of any such failure, adversely impact the Corporation’s reputation and results of operations. The Corporation’s risk and exposure to these matters cannot be fully mitigated because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats. As a result, cyber security and the continued development and enhancement of controls, processes and practices designed to protect systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access may become a priority to ensure the ongoing success and security of the business. As cyber threats continue to evolve, an issuer may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance protective measures or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities.

 

85

 

 

Management of growth may prove to be difficult.

 

The Corporation’s business may be subject to growth-related risks including capacity constraints and pressure on its internal systems and controls. The ability of an issuer to manage growth effectively requires it to continue to implement and improve its operational and financial systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base. The inability of the Corporation to deal with this growth may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

We may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our qualifying acquisition.

 

We may structure our qualifying acquisition to acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business. Even though we may own a majority interest in the target, our shareholders prior to the qualifying acquisition may collectively own a minority interest in the post-qualifying acquisition company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the qualifying acquisition. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, even if we were to acquire a 100% interest in the target, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the target company’s shareholdings than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that we will not be able to maintain control of the target business. In the event that we structure our qualifying acquisition to acquire less than 100% of the equity interest or assets of the target business, specific securities regulatory requirements may apply to the qualifying acquisition, including pursuant to National Policy 41-201 – Income Trusts and Other Indirect Offerings.

 

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition or to fund the operations and/or growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular qualifying acquisition.

 

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this Offering, and the net proceeds of any loans we may incur from our Sponsor, as further described in this prospectus, will be sufficient to allow us to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we have not yet initiated any substantive discussions or entered into a written or oral binding acquisition agreement with any prospective target business and thus we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this Offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our qualifying acquisition, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who elect redemption in connection with our qualifying acquisition, or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed qualifying acquisition. Additional financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular qualifying acquisition and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we may require such financing to fund the operations and/or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our Sponsor, officers, directors or shareholders are required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our qualifying acquisition.

 

We may only be able to complete one qualifying acquisition with the proceeds of this Offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single target business which may have a limited number of products or services.

 

If we complete a qualifying acquisition with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the industry in which we operate. Further, we will not be able to immediately diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several acquisitions or business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, in such case, the prospects for our success may be solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

 

86

 

 

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

 

There is currently no market for our securities. Prospective investors therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this Offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential qualifying acquisitions and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, may not be sustained. Investors may be unable to sell their securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

 

There may be tax consequences to our qualifying acquisition that may adversely affect us.

 

While we expect to undertake any merger or acquisition so as to minimize taxes both to the acquired business and/or assets and us, such qualifying acquisition might not meet the statutory requirements of a tax-deferred rollover for the Corporation or for shareholders. A qualifying acquisition that does not qualify for a tax-deferred rollover could result in the imposition of substantial taxes, and may have other adverse tax consequences to us, the acquired business or assets and/or our shareholders.

 

Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed qualifying acquisition, which means we may complete our qualifying acquisition even though a majority of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares do not support such a transaction.

 

We do not intend to hold a shareholder vote to approve our qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, we may consummate a qualifying acquisition even if holders of a majority of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares do not approve of the qualifying acquisition we consummate.

 

The only opportunity for holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to the exercise of their right to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash.

 

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors intends to complete a qualifying acquisition without seeking approval from holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, this means that the only opportunity for holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to exercising your redemption rights.

 

The ability of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition or optimize our capital structure.

 

At the time we enter into an agreement for our qualifying acquisition, we will not know how many holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectation as to the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that will be submitted for redemption. This consideration may limit our ability to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition available to us or optimize our capital structure.

 

87

 

 

 

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Cannabis Business (If Applicable)

 

Cannabis businesses may be highly regulated entities and, subject to identifying an appropriate target business or businesses for our qualifying acquisition, we may be subject to significant regulatory risks.

 

Successful execution of a qualifying acquisition and the Corporation’s strategy within the cannabis sector is contingent, in part, upon compliance with regulatory requirements enacted by governmental authorities and obtaining all regulatory approvals, where necessary, for the sale of its products, including maintaining and renewing all applicable licenses. The commercial cannabis industry is still a nascent industry and the Corporation cannot predict the impact of the compliance regime to which it may be subject following completion of a qualifying acquisition in the sector. Similarly, the Corporation cannot predict the time required to secure all appropriate regulatory approvals for any of the products, or the extent of testing and documentation that may be required by governmental authorities. Any delays in obtaining, or failure to obtain regulatory approvals may significantly delay or impact the development of markets, products and sales initiatives and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Corporation. Without limiting the foregoing, failure to comply with the requirements of any underlying licenses or any failure to maintain any underlying licenses would have a material adverse impact on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Corporation. There can be no guarantees that any required licenses for the operation of our business will be extended or renewed in a timely manner, if at all, or that if they are extended or renewed, that the licenses will be extended or renewed on the same or similar terms.

 

If we complete a qualifying acquisition within the cannabis sector, the Corporation will incur ongoing costs and obligations related to regulatory compliance, and such costs may prove to be material. Failure to comply with regulations may result in additional costs for corrective measures, penalties or in restrictions on the Corporation’s operations. In addition, changes in regulations, more vigorous enforcement thereof or other unanticipated events could require extensive changes to the Corporation’s operations, increased compliance costs or give rise to material liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

The cannabis sector will be subject to a variety of changes in laws, regulations and guidelines, the full effect of which cannot yet be fully determined or assessed.

 

The Corporation may target businesses that are involved in the cannabis industry and/or related sectors which are subject to various laws, regulations and guidelines relating to the manufacture, management, packaging/labelling, advertising, sale, transportation, storage and disposal of cannabis but also including laws and regulations relating to drug, controlled substances, health and safety, the conduct of operations and the protection of the environment. These laws also differ internationally and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Changes to such laws, regulations and guidelines due to matters beyond the control of the Corporation could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

Following the Cannabis Act coming into force in Canada on October, 17, 2018, uncertainty remains with respect to the implementation of the Cannabis Act, federal regulations thereunder, as well as the various provincial and territorial legislation regulating the distribution and sale of cannabis for adult use purposes including edibles. There can be no assurance that the legalization of adult-use cannabis by the federal, provincial and territorial governments will be carried out on the terms currently anticipated or announced, or create the opportunities for growth anticipated by the Corporation, and the impact of the implementation of the varied legislative framework pertaining to the Canadian adult-use cannabis market remains uncertain. The impact of these new laws, regulations and guidelines on the business of the Corporation, including increased costs of compliance and other potential risks cannot be predicted, and accordingly, the Corporation may experience adverse effects.

 

Scientific research related to the benefits of cannabis remains in early stages, is subject to a number of important assumptions and may prove to be inaccurate.

 

Research in Canada, the United States and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids remains in early stages. To the Corporation’s knowledge, there have been relatively few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids.

 

Although the Corporation believes that the articles and reports, and details of research studies and clinical trials that are publicly available reasonably support the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis, future research and clinical trials may prove such statements to be incorrect, or could raise concerns regarding and perceptions relating to cannabis. Future research studies and clinical trials may reach negative conclusions regarding the viability, safety, efficacy, dosing, social acceptance or other facts and perceptions related to medical cannabis, that could materially impact issuers in this sector.

 

88

 

 

Competition in the cannabis industry is intense and includes increased competition by larger and better-financed competitors.

 

The Corporation expects intense competition in the cannabis industry, some of which can be expected to come from companies with long operating histories and significant financial resources and manufacturing and marketing experience. In addition, there is potential that the cannabis industry will undergo consolidation, creating larger companies with financial resources, manufacturing and marketing capabilities, and products that will be greater than those achievable by the Corporation. As a result of this competition, we may be unable to identify a target or after our qualifying acquisition maintain our operations or develop them on terms we consider to be acceptable or at all. Increased competition by larger, better-financed competitors with geographic advantages could materially and adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Negative publicity or consumer perception may affect the success of the cannabis industry.

 

The success of the cannabis industry may be significantly influenced by the public’s perception of cannabis. Both the medical and adult use of cannabis are controversial topics, and there is no guarantee that future scientific research, publicity, regulations, medical opinion and public opinion relating to cannabis will be favourable. The cannabis industry is an early-stage business that is constantly evolving with no guarantee of viability. The market for medical and adult use cannabis is uncertain, and any adverse or negative publicity, scientific research, limiting regulations, medical opinion and public opinion (whether or not accurate or with merit) relating to the consumption of cannabis, whether in Canada, or internationally, may have a material adverse effect on our opportunities and in the future operational results, consumer base and financial results. Among other things, such a shift in public opinion could cause jurisdictions in the United States to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical cannabis, thereby limiting the number of new state jurisdictions into which the Corporation could identify potential acquisition opportunities.

 

Certain events or developments in the cannabis industry more generally may impact the Corporation’s reputation.

 

Damage to an issuer’s reputation can be the result of the actual or perceived occurrence of any number of events, and could include any negative publicity, whether true or not. Cannabis has often been associated with various other narcotics, violence and criminal activities, the risk of which is that the business might attract negative publicity. There is also risk that the action(s) of other participants, companies and service providers in the cannabis industry may negatively affect the reputation of the industry as a whole and thereby negatively impact the reputation of an issuer. The increased usage of social media and other web-based tools used to generate, publish and discuss user-generated content and to connect with other users has made it increasingly easier for individuals and groups to communicate and share opinions and views in regards to an issuer and its activities, whether true or not and the cannabis industry in general, whether true or not. The Corporation does not ultimately have direct control over how it or the cannabis industry is perceived by others. Reputational loss may result in decreased investor confidence, increased challenges in developing and maintaining community relations and an impediment to the Corporation’s overall ability to advance its business strategy and realize on its growth prospects.

 

Third parties with whom an issuer may do business may perceive themselves as being exposed to reputational risk as a result of their relationship with the issuer.

 

The parties with which the Corporation may do business may perceive that they are exposed to reputational risk as a result of the Corporation’s cannabis-related business activities. Failure to establish or maintain business relationships due to reputational risk arising in connection with the nature of the Corporation’s business could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

89

 

 

An issuer may be subject to advertising and promotional risk in the event the issuer cannot effectively implement a successful branding strategy.

 

If we successfully execute a qualifying acquisition with a cannabis-related businesses, our future growth and profitability may depend on the effectiveness and efficiency of advertising and promotional costs, including our ability to (i) create brand recognition for any products we may develop or sell; (ii) determine appropriate advertising strategies, messages and media; and (iii) maintain acceptable operating margins on such costs. There can be no assurance that advertising and promotional costs will result in revenues for the Corporation’s business in the future, or will generate awareness for any of the Corporation’s product. In addition, no assurance can be given that we will be able to manage our advertising and promotional costs on a cost-effective basis.

 

In Canada, the Cannabis Act prohibits the promotion of cannabis, cannabis accessories and services related to cannabis, except in very limited circumstances. It also establishes plain packaging and labelling requirements of cannabis and cannabis accessories. The Cannabis Act contains specific prohibitions on several types of promotional activities or packaging or labelling, including in relation to promotion, packaging or labelling: (i) that there are reasonable grounds to believe could be appealing to young persons; (ii) that sets out a testimonial or endorsement; (iii) that sets out the depiction of a person, character or animal, whether real or fictional; (iv) that associates cannabis, the cannabis accessory or service or any of its brand elements, or evokes a positive or negative emotion about or image of, a way of life such as one that includes glamour, recreation, excitement, vitality, risk or daring.  Provincial and territorial governments will also regulate the distribution and sale of cannabis in their respective jurisdictions and may impose additional restrictions and regulations that may affect the promotion, sale or marketing of cannabis.  The restriction on the use of logos and brand names on cannabis products, and any other restrictions or regulations on the promotion, sale or marketing of cannabis, could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operation.   In addition, the cannabis industry in Canada, including both the medical and adult use cannabis markets, is in its early development stage and restrictions on advertising, marketing and branding of cannabis companies and products by Health Canada, various medical associations, other governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or voluntary industry associations may adversely affect an issuer’s ability to conduct sales and marketing activities and to create brand recognition, and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.

 

The businesses we acquire may be subject to product liability regimes and strict product recall requirements.

 

If we were to acquire a distributor of products designed to be ingested, the Corporation may face the risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if any of its businesses’ products are alleged to have or have caused significant loss or injury. In addition, the sale of cannabis products involves the risk of injury to consumers due to tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from consumption of cannabis products alone or in combination with other medications or substances could occur. An issuer may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that specific cannabis products caused injury or illness, or include inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. A product liability claim or regulatory action against the Corporation could result in increased costs, could adversely affect our reputation with our clients and consumers generally, and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

In addition, manufacturers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall or return of their products for a variety of reasons, including product defects, such as contamination, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labelling disclosure. To the extent any products are recalled due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, we could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall. We may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all. In addition, a product recall may require significant management attention. Moreover, a recall for any of the foregoing reasons could lead to decreased demand and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation. Product recalls may lead to increased scrutiny of operations by applicable regulatory agencies, requiring further management attention and potential legal fees and other expenses.

 

90

 

 

An issuer may not be able to successfully develop new products or find a market for their sale.

 

The cannabis industry is in its early stages of development and the sector participants may seek to introduce new products in the future. In attempting to keep pace with any new market developments, an issuer may need to expend significant amounts of capital in order to successfully develop and generate revenues from new products introduced by it. An issuer may also be required to obtain additional regulatory approvals from Health Canada and any other applicable regulatory authorities, which may take significant amounts of time. An issuer may not be successful in developing effective and safe new products, bringing such products to market in time to be effectively commercialized, or obtaining any required regulatory approvals, which, together with any capital expenditures made in the course of such product development and regulatory approval processes, may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

Insurance risks in the cannabis industry are not insignificant.

 

While the Corporation believes adequate insurance coverage is available in the cannabis industry, such insurance is subject to coverage limits and exclusions and may not be available for all risks and hazards to which an issuer may be exposed in this industry. No assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover the Corporation’s liabilities or will be generally available in the future or, if available, that premiums will be commercially justifiable and may be much higher compared to insurance for businesses in other sectors. If the Corporation were to incur substantial liability and such damages were not covered by insurance or were in excess of policy limits, or if the Corporation were to incur such liability at a time when it is not able to obtain liability insurance, we could be materially adversely affected.

 

There can be also no assurances that an issuer will be able to obtain or maintain product liability insurance on acceptable terms or with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Such insurance is expensive and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. The inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage on reasonable terms or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of any of the Corporation’s potential products.

 

The Corporation may be subject to transportation risks.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the production, sale and distribution of cannabis products. Due to the perishable nature of such products, the Corporation may depend on fast and efficient third party transportation services to distribute its product. Any prolonged disruption of third party transportation services could have an adverse effect on the Corporation. Rising costs associated with the third party transportation services which may be used to ship products may also adversely impact the business of the Corporation.

 

The Corporation may be vulnerable to rising energy costs.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the production of cannabis products which will consume considerable energy, making the Corporation vulnerable to rising energy costs. Rising or volatile energy costs may adversely impact the business of the Corporation and its ability to operate profitably.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks inherent in an agricultural business.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the growing of cannabis, which is an agricultural product. As such, the business may be subject to the risks inherent in the agricultural business, such as insects, plant diseases and similar agricultural risks. Even when grown indoors under climate-controlled conditions monitored by trained personnel, there can be no assurance that natural elements, such as insects and plant diseases, will not have a material adverse effect on the production of cannabis products and on the Corporation.

 

The Corporation may be subject to significant environmental regulations and risks.

 

Participants in the cannabis industry are subject to environmental regulation in the various jurisdictions in which they operate. These regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land reclamation. They also set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner which will require stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessments of proposed projects and a heightened degree of responsibility for companies and their officers, directors and employees. There is no assurance that future changes in environmental regulation, if any, will not adversely affect the Corporation.

 

91

 

 

Government approvals and permits are currently, and may in the future be required in connection with operations in the cannabis sector. To the extent such approvals are required and not obtained, a business may be curtailed or prohibited from producing cannabis or from proceeding with the development of its operations.

 

Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permitting requirements may result in enforcement actions thereunder, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment, or remedial actions. An issuer may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of its operations and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of applicable laws or regulations.

 

A limited number of licenses have been issued to date in Canada.

 

The Canadian government has, to date, only issued a limited number of licenses under the Cannabis Regulations and the Cannabis Act to produce and sell cannabis. There are, however, several hundred applicants for licenses. The number of licenses granted could have an impact on the operations of an issuer in this sector. Because of the early stage of the industry, issuers also expect to face additional competition from new entrants. If the number of users of cannabis in Canada increases, the demand for products will increase and the Corporation expects that competition will become more intense, as current and future competitors begin to offer an increasing number of diversified products. To remain competitive, an issuer will require a continued level of investment in research and development, marketing, sales and client support. Some participants may not have sufficient resources to maintain research and development, marketing, sales and client support efforts on a competitive basis which could materially and adversely affect the Corporation.

 

While cannabis is legal in many U.S. state jurisdictions, it continues to be a controlled substance under the United States federal CSA.

 

Unlike in Canada, which has federal legislation uniformly governing the cultivation, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis under the Cannabis Regulations and the Cannabis Act, cannabis is largely regulated at the state level in the United States. To the Corporation’s knowledge, there are to date a total of 47 states, plus the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam that have legalized cannabis in some form. Notwithstanding the permissive regulatory environment of medical cannabis at the state level, cannabis continues to be categorized as a controlled substance under the CSA and as such, violates federal law in the United States, and we do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.

 

The United States Congress has passed appropriations bills each of the last three years that have not appropriated funds for prosecution of cannabis offenses of individuals who are in compliance with state medical cannabis laws. American courts have construed these appropriations bills to prevent the U.S. federal government from prosecuting individuals when those individuals comply with state law. However, because this conduct continues to violate U.S. federal law, American courts have observed that should Congress at any time choose to appropriate funds to fully prosecute the CSA, any individual or business - even those that have fully complied with state law - could be prosecuted for violations of U.S. federal law. And if Congress restores funding, the government will have the authority to prosecute individuals for violations of the law before it lacked funding under the CSA’s five-year statute of limitations.

 

Violations of any U.S. federal laws and regulations could result in significant fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements arising from civil proceedings conducted by either the U.S. federal government or private citizens, or criminal charges, including, but not limited to, disgorgement of profits, cessation of business activities or divestiture. This could have a material adverse effect on an issuer, including its reputation and ability to conduct business, its holding of medical cannabis licenses in the United States, the listing of its securities on various stock exchanges, its financial position, operating results, profitability or liquidity or the market price of its publicly traded securities. In addition, it is difficult to estimate the time or resources that would be needed for the investigation of any such matters or its final resolution because, in part, the time and resources that may be needed are dependent on the nature and extent of any information requested by the applicable authorities involved, and such time or resources could be substantial.

 

92

 

 

The differing regulatory requirements across state jurisdictions may hinder or otherwise prevent the Corporation from achieving economies of scale.

 

Traditional rules of investing may prove to be imperfect in the cannabis industry. For example, while it would be common for investment managers to purchase equity in companies in different states to reach economies of scale and to conduct business across state lines, such an investment thesis may not be feasible in the U.S. cannabis industry because of varying state-by-state legislation. As no two regulated markets in the cannabis industry are exactly the same, doing business across state lines may not be possible or commercially practicable.

 

The approach to the enforcement of cannabis laws may be subject to change or may not proceed as previously outlined.

 

As a result of the conflicting views between state legislatures and the federal government regarding cannabis in the United States, investments in cannabis or cannabis related businesses in the United States are subject to inconsistent legislation and regulation. The response to this inconsistency was addressed in August 2013 when then Deputy Attorney General, James Cole, authored a memorandum (the “Cole Memorandum”) addressed to all United States district attorneys acknowledging that notwithstanding the designation of cannabis as a controlled substance at the federal level in the United States, several U.S. states have enacted laws relating to cannabis for medical purposes.

 

The Cole Memorandum outlined certain priorities for the Department of Justice relating to the prosecution of cannabis offenses. In particular, the Cole Memorandum noted that in jurisdictions that have enacted laws legalizing cannabis in some form and that have also implemented strong and effective regulatory and enforcement systems to control the cultivation, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis, conduct in compliance with those laws and regulations is less likely to be a priority at the federal level. Notably, however, the Department of Justice has never provided specific guidelines for what regulatory and enforcement systems it deems sufficient under the Cole Memorandum standard.

 

In light of limited investigative and prosecutorial resources, the Cole Memorandum concluded that the Department of Justice should be focused on addressing only the most significant threats related to cannabis. States where medical cannabis had been legalized were not characterized as a high priority. In March 2017, newly appointed Attorney General Jeff Sessions again noted limited federal resources and acknowledged that much of the Cole Memorandum had merit; however, he disagreed that it had been implemented effectively and, on January 4, 2018, Attorney General Jeff Sessions authored a memorandum (the “Sessions Memorandum”), which rescinded the Cole Memorandum. The Sessions Memorandum rescinded previous nationwide guidance specific to the prosecutorial authority of United States attorneys relative to cannabis enforcement on the basis that they are unnecessary, given the well-established principles governing federal prosecution that are already in place. Those principals are included in chapter 9.27.000 of the United States Attorneys’ Manual and require federal prosecutors deciding which cases to prosecute to weigh all relevant considerations, including federal law enforcement priorities set by the Attorney General, the seriousness of the crime, the deterrent effect of criminal prosecution, and the cumulative impact of particular crimes on the community.

 

As a result of the Sessions Memorandum, federal prosecutors will now be free to utilize their prosecutorial discretion to decide whether to prosecute cannabis activities despite the existence of state-level laws that may be inconsistent with federal prohibitions. No direction was given to federal prosecutors in the Sessions Memorandum as to the priority they should ascribe to such cannabis activities, and resultantly it is uncertain how actively federal prosecutors will be in relation to such activities. Furthermore, the Sessions Memorandum did not discuss the treatment of medical cannabis by federal prosecutors.

 

Former U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions resigned on November 7, 2018 and was replaced by Matthew Whitaker as interim Attorney General. On February 14, 2019, William Barr was sworn in as Attorney General. It is unclear what position the new Attorney General will take on the enforcement of federal laws with regard to the U.S. cannabis industry. However, in a written response to questions from U.S. Senator Cory Booker made as a nominee, Attorney General Barr stated “I do not intend to go after parties who have complied with state law in reliance on the Cole Memorandum.”

 

93

 

 

Additionally, the Rohrbacher-Farr Amendment has been adopted by Congress in successive budgets since 2015. The Amendment prohibits the Department of Justice from spending funds appropriated by Congress to enforce the tenets of the CSA against the medical cannabis industry in U.S. states that have legalized such activity. This Amendment has historically been passed as an amendment to omnibus appropriations bills, which by their nature expire at the end of a fiscal year or other defined term. The Rohrbacher-Farr Amendment (now known colloquially as the “Joyce-Leahy Amendment” after its most recent sponsors) was included in the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2019, which was signed by President Trump on February 14, 2019 and funds the departments of the federal government through the fiscal year ending September 30, 2019. In signing the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2019, President Trump issued a signing statement noting that the act “provides that the Department of Justice may not use any funds to prevent implementation of medical marijuana laws by various States and territories,” and further stating “I will treat this provision consistent with the President’s constitutional responsibility to faithfully execute the laws of the United States.” While the signing statement can fairly be read to mean that the executive branch intends to enforce the CSA and other federal laws prohibiting the sale and possession of medical marijuana, the President did issue a similar signing statement in 2017 and no federal enforcement actions followed.

 

Any such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on an issuer’s business, revenues, operating results and financial condition as well as companies which provide services to such issuers. In the extreme case, such proceedings could ultimately involve the prosecution of key executives of the issuer or the seizure of corporate assets.

 

Any investments or acquisitions by the Corporation may be subject to applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

 

If the Corporation were to acquire or invest in a cannabis related business, the Corporation may be subject to a variety of applicable laws and regulations domestically, in Canada, and in the United States, the United Kingdom, or elsewhere, that involve money laundering, financial recordkeeping and proceeds of crime, including the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act), as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (United Kingdom), the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), as amended and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Criminal Code (Canada) and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by applicable governmental authorities.

 

In the United States, in February 2014, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Treasury Department issued a memorandum providing instructions to banks seeking to provide services to cannabis-related businesses (the “FCEN Memorandum”). The FCEN Memorandum states that in some circumstances, it is permissible for banks to provide services to cannabis related businesses without risking prosecution for violation of U.S. federal money laundering laws. It refers to supplementary guidance that Deputy Attorney General Cole issued to U.S. federal prosecutors relating to the prosecution of U.S. money laundering offenses predicated on cannabis-related violations of the CSA. It is unclear at this time whether the current administration will follow the guidelines of the FCEN Memorandum.

 

In the United Kingdom, in the event that we consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business whose business, despite being in compliance with local laws, would not be, if operated in the U.K., in compliance with U.K. laws, the sale of their securities of the Corporation or the receipt of dividends therefrom following the consummation of the qualifying acquisition may be in violation of U.K. domestic anti-money laundering legislation.

 

In the event that the Corporation’s investments, or any proceeds thereof, any dividends or distributions therefrom, or any profits or revenues accruing from such investments were found to be in violation of money laundering legislation or otherwise, such transactions may be viewed as proceeds of crime under one or more of the statutes noted above or any other applicable legislation. This could restrict or otherwise jeopardize the ability of the Corporation to declare or pay dividends, effect other distributions or subsequently repatriate such funds back to Canada, among other things.

 

Any investments or acquisitions by the Corporation in the United States may be subject to heightened scrutiny.

 

Any future investments or acquisitions by the Corporation in the United States may become the subject of heightened scrutiny by regulators, stock exchanges and other authorities in Canada. As a result, the Corporation may be subject to significant direct and indirect interaction with public officials. There can be no assurance that this heightened scrutiny will not in turn lead to the imposition of certain restrictions on the Corporation’s ability to invest in the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

94

 

 

To the extent we acquire related cannabis businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, U.S. border officials could deny entry into the U.S. to employees of, or investors in companies with cannabis operations in the United States.

 

Since medical cannabis remains illegal under U.S. federal law, those employed at or investing in legal and licensed medical and adult use cannabis companies or providing services to such companies could face detention, denial of entry or lifetime bans from the U.S. for their business associations with U.S. cannabis businesses. Entry happens at the sole discretion of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers on duty, and these officers have wide latitude to ask questions to determine the admissibility of a foreign national. The Government of Canada has started warning travelers on its website that previous use of cannabis, or any substance prohibited by U.S. federal laws, could mean denial of entry to the U.S. In addition, business or financial involvement in the legal cannabis industry in the United States could also be reason enough for U.S. border guards to deny entry. On September 21, 2018, U.S. Customs and Border Protection released a statement outlining its current position with respect to enforcement of the laws of the United States. It stated that U.S. Customs and Border Protection enforcement of United States laws regarding controlled substances has not changed and because cannabis continues to be a controlled substance under United States law, working in or facilitating the proliferation of the legal cannabis industry in U.S. states where it is deemed legal may affect admissibility to the U.S. As a result, U.S. Customs and Border Protection has affirmed that, a Canadian citizen working in or facilitating the proliferation of the legal cannabis industry in Canada, coming to the U.S. for reasons unrelated to the cannabis industry, will generally be admissible to the U.S. however, if a traveler is found to be coming to the U.S. for reasons related to the cannabis industry, they may be deemed inadmissible.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be difficulty accessing the services of banks, which may make it difficult for us to operate our business.

 

Financial transactions involving proceeds generated by cannabis-related conduct can form the basis for prosecution under the federal money laundering statutes, unlicensed money transmitter statute and the Bank Secrecy Act. Previous guidance issued by the FinCEN, a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, clarifies how financial institutions can provide services to cannabis-related businesses consistent with their obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act. Prior to the DOJ’s announcement in January 2018 of the rescission of the Cole Memorandum and related memoranda, supplemental guidance from the DOJ directed federal prosecutors to consider the federal enforcement priorities enumerated in the Cole Memorandum when determining whether to charge institutions or individuals with any of the financial crimes described above based upon cannabis-related activity. It is unclear what impact the rescission of the Cole Memorandum will have, but federal prosecutors may increase enforcement activities against institutions or individuals that are conducting financial transactions related to cannabis activities. The increased uncertainty surrounding financial transactions related to cannabis activities may also result in financial institutions discontinuing services to the cannabis industry.

 

Consequently, those businesses involved in the regulated medical-use cannabis industry continue to encounter difficulty establishing banking relationships, which may increase over time. The inability to maintain bank accounts would make it difficult for any company to operate its business, increase its operating costs, and pose additional operational, logistical and security challenges and could result in an inability to implement its business plan.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be a restriction on the deduction of certain expenses.

 

Section 280E of the Code generally prohibits businesses from deducting or claiming tax credits with respect to expenses paid or incurred in carrying on any trade or business if such trade or business (or the activities which comprise such trade or business) consists of trafficking in controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedule I and II of the CSA) which is prohibited by U.S. federal law or the law of any state in which such trade or business is conducted. Section 280E currently applies to businesses operating in the cannabis industry, irrespective of whether such businesses that are licensed and operating in accordance with applicable state laws. The application of Code Section 280E generally causes such businesses to pay higher effective U.S. federal tax rates than similar businesses in other industries. The impact of Code Section 280E on the effective tax rate of a cannabis business generally depends on how large the ratio of non-deductible expenses is to the business’ total revenues. The application of Code Section 280E to any business that we may acquire as part of our qualifying acquisition may adversely affect our profitability and, in fact, may cause us to operate at a loss. While recent legislative proposals, if enacted into law, could eliminate or diminish the application of Code Section 280E to cannabis businesses, the enactment of any such law is uncertain.

 

95

 

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be a lack of access to U.S. bankruptcy protections.

 

Because the use of medical cannabis is illegal under federal law, many courts have denied cannabis businesses bankruptcy protections, thus making it very difficult for lenders to recoup their investments in the cannabis industry in the event of a bankruptcy. If a company we acquire as part of a qualifying acquisition were to experience a bankruptcy, there is no guarantee that U.S. federal bankruptcy protections would be available, which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and prospects of such business and on the rights of lenders to and securityholders.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be difficulty with the enforceability of contracts.

 

It is a fundamental principle of law that a contract will not be enforced if it involves a violation of law or public policy. Because cannabis remains illegal in the United States at a federal level, judges in multiple U.S. states have on a number of occasions refused to enforce contracts for the repayment of money when the loan was used in connection with activities that violate federal law, even if there is no violation of state law. There could thus be doubt and uncertainty that any company we acquire as part of a qualifying acquisition will be able to legally enforce contracts it enters into with such companies if necessary, which means there can be no assurance that there will be a remedy for breach of contract, which would have a material adverse effect on the business, revenues, operating results, financial condition and prospects of such entity.

 

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of Canada

 

If we effect our qualifying acquisition with a company located outside of North America, we could be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

 

We may pursue acquisition opportunities in any industry or geographic region. If we effect our qualifying acquisition with a company located or operated outside of Canada, we could be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ home jurisdiction, including any of the following:

 

· rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

 

· complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

 

· laws governing the manner in which future transactions may be effected;

 

· exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

 

· tariffs and trade barriers;

 

· regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

 

· longer payment cycles;

 

· tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to Canada;

 

· currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

 

96

 

 

· rates of inflation;

 

· challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

 

· cultural and language differences;

 

· employment regulations;

 

· crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars; and

 

· deterioration of political relations with Canada or other governments or sanctions imposed by Canada or other governments.

 

We may also be subject to currency exchange risks in connection with any qualifying acquisition. We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations of the continued business could be compromised.

 

Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted.

 

Managing a business, operations, personnel or assets in another country is challenging and costly. Any management that we may have (whether based abroad or in Canada) may be inexperienced in cross-border business practices and unaware of significant differences in accounting rules, legal regimes and labour practices. Even with a seasoned and experienced management team, the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, personnel and assets can be significant (and much higher than in a purely domestic business) and may negatively impact the Corporation.

 

If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our qualifying acquisition, it may result in a negative impact on our business.

 

Political events in another country may significantly affect our business, assets or operations. Social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, and policy changes or enactments could negatively impact our business in a particular country.

 

Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our ability to seek and enforce legal protections, including with respect to intellectual property and other property rights, or to defend ourselves with regard to legal actions taken against us in a given country, may be difficult or impossible, which could adversely impact us.

 

Rules and regulations in many countries are often ambiguous or open to differing interpretations by responsible individuals and agencies at the municipal, state, provincial, regional and federal levels. The attitudes and actions of such individuals and agencies are often difficult to predict and can be inconsistent. Delay with respect to the enforcement of particular rules and regulations, including those relating to customs, tax, environment and labour, could cause serious disruptions to operations abroad and negatively impact us.

 

After our qualifying acquisition, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions and the tax laws in the country in which we operate.

 

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies and tax laws, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our qualifying acquisition and if we effect our qualifying acquisition, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

 

97

 

 

In the event we acquire a non-Canadian target, or a Canadian target with material non-Canadian operations, some or all of our net income (including gain realized on a sale of the acquired target) may be subject to taxation (including income and withholding taxation) in the target business’ home jurisdiction. The resulting rate of taxation on such income may be materially higher than would have been applicable if such income had been earned by the Corporation in Canada from Canadian operations or assets.

 

Currency policies may cause a business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

 

In the event we acquire a non-Canadian target, or a Canadian target with material non-Canadian operations, some or all of our revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the Canadian dollar prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

 

The opportunity of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to their exercise of the right to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Units for cash.

 

At the time of the closing of this Offering, investors will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors will not be seeking shareholder approval in connection with a qualifying acquisition, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not have the right or opportunity to vote on the qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management and board of directors and your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to exercising the redemption rights attaching to the Class A Restricted Voting Units.

 

Risks associated with the contractual right of action.

 

The contractual right of action expected to be provided at the time of a qualifying acquisition (see “Qualifying acquisition - Contractual Rights of Action”) could expose the Corporation to one or more actions for rescission or damages, and costs, following a qualifying acquisition if the applicable prospectus contains or is alleged to have contained a misrepresentation. In addition, as the Corporation will indemnify the other parties granting such rights, it could suffer additional expenses. The Corporation may seek to mitigate its exposure through insurance. These contractual rights could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

In the opinion of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, counsel to the Corporation, and Goodmans LLP, counsel to the Underwriters, the following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder, as amended (the “Tax Act”), as of the date hereof, generally applicable to a holder who acquires Class A Restricted Voting Units as beneficial owner pursuant to this prospectus and who, at all relevant times, for the purposes of the Tax Act, holds its Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants, and will hold its Common Shares issued on the exercise of Warrants or the automatic conversion of Class A Restricted Voting Shares following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, (collectively, the “Securities”) as capital property, deals at arm’s length with the Corporation and the Underwriters, and is not affiliated with the Corporation or the Underwriters (a “Holder”). This summary does not apply to (i) the Sponsor, or (ii) a Holder who has entered or will enter into a “derivative forward agreement” as that term is defined in the Tax Act with respect to any of the Securities.

 

98

 

 

A Security will generally be considered to be capital property to a Holder unless either (i) the Holder holds the Security in the course of carrying on a business of buying and selling securities or (ii) the Holder has acquired the Security in a transaction or transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade.

 

This summary assumes that the Corporation is resident in Canada and not elsewhere for purposes of the Tax Act and is based on the facts set out in this prospectus, the current provisions of the Tax Act in force as of the date hereof, counsel’s understanding of the current administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”) made publicly available prior to the date hereof, all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (the “Proposed Amendments”) and a certificate of the Corporation relating to factual matters. No assurances can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted or will be enacted as proposed. Other than the Proposed Amendments, this summary does not take into account or anticipate any changes in law or the administrative policies or assessing practices of the CRA, whether by judicial, legislative, governmental or administrative decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign tax legislation or considerations, which may differ significantly from those discussed herein.

 

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular holder and no representations with respect to the income tax consequences to any particular holder are made. This summary is not exhaustive of all Canadian federal income tax considerations and does not describe the income tax considerations relating to the deductibility of interest on money borrowed to acquire Class A Restricted Voting Units or to exercise Warrants. Accordingly, prospective investors in Class A Restricted Voting Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their own particular circumstances.

 

Currency Conversion

 

In general, for purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the Securities must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the applicable exchange rate quoted by the Bank of Canada for the relevant day or such other rate of exchange that is acceptable to the CRA. Holders of Securities may, as a consequence, realize capital gains or capital losses, or be deemed to receive dividends, by virtue of changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar.

 

Allocation of Cost

 

A Holder who acquires Class A Restricted Voting Units will be required to allocate the purchase price paid for each Class A Restricted Voting Unit on a reasonable basis between the Class A Restricted Voting Share and the one-half of a Warrant comprising each Class A Restricted Voting Unit in order to determine their respective costs to such Holder for the purposes of the Tax Act. For its purposes, the Corporation intends to allocate U.S.$9.90 of the offering price as consideration for the issue of each Class A Restricted Voting Share and U.S.$0.10 of the offering price as consideration for the issue of each one-half of a Warrant. Although the Corporation believes that its allocation is reasonable, it is not binding on the CRA or the Holders.

 

A Holder who disposes or is deemed to dispose of Class A Restricted Voting Units will be required to allocate the amount received or deemed to be received for each Class A Restricted Voting Unit on a reasonable basis between the Class A Restricted Voting Share and the one-half of a Warrant forming part of each Class A Restricted Voting Unit in order to determine their respective proceeds of disposition to such Holder for the purposes of the Tax Act.

 

Holders Resident in Canada

 

This section of the summary applies to a Holder who, at all relevant times, is, or is deemed to be, resident in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act and any applicable income tax treaty or convention (a “Resident Holder”). This summary is not applicable to a Resident Holder: (i) that is a “financial institution” for purposes of the mark-to-market rules in the Tax Act, (ii) that is a “specified financial institution” as defined in the Tax Act, (iii) that reports its “Canadian tax results” within the meaning of the Tax Act in a currency other than Canadian currency or (iv) an interest in which is a “tax shelter investment” for the purposes of the Tax Act. Such Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

99

 

 

A Resident Holder whose Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares might not otherwise qualify as capital property may be entitled to make the irrevocable election provided by subsection 39(4) of the Tax Act to have the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Common Shares and every other “Canadian security” (as defined in the Tax Act) owned by such Resident Holder in the taxation year of the election and in all subsequent taxation years deemed to be capital property. Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors for advice as to whether an election under subsection 39(4) of the Tax Act is available and/or advisable in their particular circumstances. Such election will not apply in respect of Warrants. See “– Disposition of Securities” below.

 

Exercise or Expiry of Warrants

 

No gain or loss will be realized by a Resident Holder of a Warrant upon the exercise of such Warrant. When a Warrant is exercised, the Resident Holder’s cost of the Common Share acquired thereby will be equal to the adjusted cost base of the Warrant to such Resident Holder, plus the amount paid by such Resident Holder on the exercise of the Warrant. For the purpose of computing the adjusted cost base to a Resident Holder of each Common Share acquired on the exercise of a Warrant, the cost of such Common Share must be averaged with the adjusted cost base to such Resident Holder of all other Common Shares (if any) held by the Resident Holder as capital property immediately prior to the exercise of such Warrant.

 

Generally, the expiry of an unexercised Warrant will give rise to a capital loss equal to the adjusted cost base to the Resident Holder of such expired Warrant. See “– Disposition of Securities” below.

 

Dividends

 

A Resident Holder will be required to include in computing its income for a taxation year dividends (including deemed dividends) received or deemed to be received on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares. In the case of a Resident Holder that is an individual (other than certain trusts), such dividends will be subject to the gross-up and dividend tax credit rules applicable to taxable dividends received from taxable Canadian corporations. Taxable dividends received from a taxable Canadian corporation which are designated by such corporation as “eligible dividends” will be subject to an enhanced gross-up and dividend tax credit regime in accordance with the rules in the Tax Act. Following a qualifying acquisition, there may be limitations on the ability of the Corporation to designate dividends as eligible dividends.

 

In the case of a Resident Holder that is a corporation, the amount of any such taxable dividend that is included in its income for a taxation year will generally be deductible in computing its taxable income for that taxation year. In certain circumstances, subsection 55(2) of the Tax Act will treat a taxable dividend received by a Resident Holder that is a corporation as proceeds of disposition or a capital gain. Resident Holders that are corporations are urged to consult their own tax advisors having regard to their own circumstances.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be “short-term preferred shares” and “taxable preferred shares”, each as defined in the Tax Act. As a result, Resident Holders will not be subject to tax under Part IV.1 of the Tax Act on dividends received (or deemed to be received) on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

A Resident Holder that is a “private corporation” or a “subject corporation”, each as defined in the Tax Act, will generally be liable to pay a refundable tax under Part IV of the Tax Act on dividends received on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares to the extent such dividends are deductible in computing the Resident Holder’s taxable income for the year. A “subject corporation” is generally a corporation (other than a private corporation) controlled, whether because of a beneficial interest in one or more trusts or otherwise, by or for the benefit of an individual (other than a trust) or a related group of individuals (other than trusts).

 

Redemptions

 

If the Corporation redeems, acquires or cancels Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares (other than by a purchase by the Corporation of the shares in the open market in the manner in which shares are normally purchased by any member of the public in the open market), the Resident Holder will be deemed to have received a dividend equal to the amount, if any, paid by the Corporation on the redemption, acquisition or cancellation of such shares in excess of the paid-up capital (as determined for purposes of the Tax Act) of such shares immediately before such time. The amount of any deemed dividend will not be included in computing the Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition for purposes of computing the capital gain or capital loss arising on the disposition of such shares. See “– Dividends” above and “– Disposition of Securities” below. In the case of a corporate Resident Holder, it is possible that in certain circumstances all or part of any such deemed dividend may be treated as proceeds of disposition and not as a dividend. Such corporate Resident Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors having regard to their own circumstances.

 

100

 

 

Conversion

 

The automatic conversion of Class A Restricted Voting Shares into Common Shares will be deemed not to constitute a disposition of property for purposes of the Tax Act and, accordingly, will not give rise to a capital gain or capital loss.

 

The cost to a Resident Holder of the Common Shares received on the conversion of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be deemed to be equal to the Resident Holder’s adjusted cost base of the converted Class A Restricted Voting Shares immediately before the conversion. For the purpose of computing the adjusted cost base to a Resident Holder of each Common Share acquired on the conversion of a Class A Restricted Voting Share, the cost of such Common Share must be averaged with the adjusted cost base to such Resident Holder of all other Common Shares (if any) held by the Resident Holder as capital property immediately prior to the conversion.

 

Disposition of Securities

 

Upon the redemption, retraction, or other disposition of a Security (including the redemption of a Class A Restricted Voting Share, but not upon the exercise of a Warrant by a Resident Holder), a Resident Holder will realize a capital gain (or capital loss) in the taxation year of the disposition equal to the amount by which the Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition, net of any reasonable costs of disposition, exceed (or are exceeded by) the adjusted cost base to the Resident Holder of the particular Security immediately before the disposition or deemed disposition. The amount of any deemed dividend arising on the redemption by the Corporation of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not be included in computing the Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition for purposes of computing the capital gain (or capital loss) arising on the disposition of such shares. See “– Redemptions” above.

 

A Resident Holder will be required to include in computing its income for the taxation year of disposition one-half of the amount of any capital gain (a “taxable capital gain”) realized in such taxation year. Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Act, a Resident Holder will be required to deduct one-half of the amount of any capital loss realized in a particular taxation year (an “allowable capital loss”) against taxable capital gains realized in the taxation year. Allowable capital losses in excess of taxable capital gains for a taxation year may be carried back and deducted in any of the three preceding taxation years or carried forward and deducted in any subsequent taxation year against net taxable capital gains realized in such taxation years, to the extent and under the circumstances specified in the Tax Act.

 

The amount of any capital loss realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of a Class A Restricted Voting Share (including upon the redemption of a Class A Restricted Voting Share) or Common Share by a Resident Holder that is a corporation may, in certain circumstances, be reduced by the amount of dividends received or deemed to have been received by it on such share to the extent and under the circumstances specified in the Tax Act. Analogous rules apply to a partnership or trust of which a corporation, partnership or trust is a member or beneficiary.

 

A Resident Holder that is throughout the relevant taxation year a “Canadian-controlled private corporation” (as defined in the Tax Act) may be liable to pay a refundable tax on its “aggregate investment income” (as defined in the Tax Act) for the year, including taxable capital gains.

 

Alternative Minimum Tax

 

In general terms, a Resident Holder who is an individual (other than certain trusts) that receives or is deemed to have received taxable dividends on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares, or realizes a capital gain on the disposition or deemed disposition of Securities, may be liable for alternative minimum tax under the Tax Act. Resident Holders that are individuals should consult their own tax advisors in this regard.

 

101

 

 

Holders Not Resident in Canada

 

This portion of the summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the Tax Act: (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act or any applicable income tax treaty or convention, and (ii) does not and will not use or hold, and is not and will not be deemed to use or hold, any of the Securities in connection with carrying on a business in Canada (a “Non-Resident Holder”). This summary does not apply to a Non-Resident Holder that carries on, or is deemed to carry on, an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere. Such Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

Exercise or Expiry of Warrants

 

The tax consequences of the exercise and expiry of a Warrant held by a Non-Resident Holder are the same as those described above under “Holders Resident in Canada – Exercise or Expiry of Warrants”.

 

Dividends

 

Under the Tax Act, dividends on Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Common Shares paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to a Non-Resident Holder will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25% of the gross amount of the dividends, subject to any reduction in the rate of withholding to which the Non-Resident Holder is entitled under any applicable income tax treaty or convention between Canada and the country in which the Non-Resident Holder is resident. For example, where a Non-Resident Holder is a resident of the United States, is fully entitled to the benefits under the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended, and is the beneficial owner of the dividend, the applicable rate of Canadian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15% of the amount of such dividend.

 

Redemptions

 

If the Corporation redeems, acquires or cancels Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares (other than by a purchase by the Corporation of the shares in the open market in the manner in which shares are normally purchased by any member of the public in the open market), the Non-Resident Holder will be deemed to have received a dividend equal to the amount, if any, paid by the Corporation on the redemption, acquisition or cancellation of such shares in excess of the paid-up capital (as determined for purposes of the Tax Act) of such shares immediately before such time. The amount of any deemed dividend will not be included in computing the Non-Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition for purposes of computing the capital gain or capital loss arising on the disposition of such shares. See “– Dividends” above and “– Disposition of Securities” below.

 

Conversion

 

The tax consequences of the automatic conversion of a Class A Restricted Voting Share held by a Non-Resident Holder to a Common Share are the same as those described above under “Holders Resident in Canada – Conversion”.

 

Disposition of Securities

 

Upon the redemption, retraction, or other disposition of a Security (including the redemption of a Class A Restricted Voting Share, but not upon the exercise of a Warrant), a Non-Resident Holder will realize a capital gain (or capital loss) in the taxation year of the disposition equal to the amount by which the Non-Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition, net of any reasonable costs of disposition, exceed (or are exceeded by) the adjusted cost base to the Non-Resident Holder of the particular Security immediately before the disposition or deemed disposition. The amount of any deemed dividend arising on the redemption by the Corporation of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not be included in computing the Non-Resident Holder’s proceeds of disposition for purposes of computing the capital gain (or capital loss) arising on the disposition of such shares. See “– Redemptions” above.

 

102

 

 

A Non-Resident Holder will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized by such Non-Resident Holder on a disposition of Securities (including upon the redemption of a Class A Restricted Voting Share), unless such Securities constitute “taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the Tax Act) of the Non-Resident Holder at the time of disposition and the Non-Resident Holder is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax treaty or convention.

 

Provided that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares, as applicable, are listed on a designated stock exchange for purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the Exchange) at the time of the disposition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants or the Common Shares and Warrants, as applicable, generally will not constitute taxable Canadian property of a Non-Resident Holder, unless (a) at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition or deemed disposition of the Security (as applicable): (i) 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the share capital of the Corporation were owned by, or belonged to, one or any combination of (x) the Non-Resident Holder, (y) persons with whom the Non-Resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act), and (z) partnerships in which the Non-Resident Holder or a person referred to in (y) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Class A Restricted Voting Share or Common Share, as applicable, was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of: (A) real or immovable property situated in Canada, (B) Canadian resource property (as defined in the Tax Act), (C) timber resource property (as defined in the Tax Act), and (D) options in respect of, or interests in, or for civil law rights in, property described in any of (A) through (C) above, whether or not such property exists; or (b) the Security (as applicable) is deemed under the Tax Act to be taxable Canadian property.

 

If a Security is taxable Canadian property to a Non-Resident Holder, any capital gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of such Security may not be subject to Canadian federal income tax pursuant to the terms of an applicable income tax treaty or convention between Canada and the country of residence of a Non-Resident Holder. Non-Resident Holders whose Securities are taxable Canadian property should consult their own tax advisors.

 

Exchange of Information

 

There are due diligence and reporting obligations in the Tax Act which were enacted to implement the Canada-United States Enhanced Tax Information Exchange Agreement (the “IEA”). By reference to the IEA, as long as Class A Restricted Voting Shares or the Warrants (or Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of such shares or warrants, respectively) are listed and continue to be listed on the Exchange, such shares or warrants should not be United States reportable accounts and, as a result, the Corporation should not be required to provide information to the CRA in respect of holders of such shares or warrants. However, the dealers through which such holders hold their shares or warrants may be subject to due diligence and reporting obligations with respect to financial accounts that they maintain for their clients, and accordingly, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Warrants (or Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of such shares or warrants, respectively) may be requested to provide information to their dealers to allow the dealers to identify holders that are United States persons, or that are “controlling persons” who are United States persons of holders that are non-U.S. entities. If a holder or a “controlling person” is a United States person (including, for example, a United States citizen who is resident in Canada), or if the holder does not provide the requested information, Part XVIII of the Tax Act will generally require information about the holder’s investment in the Corporation, including certain personal identifying details as specified in the IEA, to be reported to the CRA, unless the investment is held within a registered plan. The CRA will automatically provide this information to the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

In addition, Canada has implemented the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement and Common Reporting Standard (“CRS”). The CRS is a global model for the automatic exchange of information on certain financial account information applicable to residents of jurisdictions other than Canada or the United States that have signed the CRS. As long as Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants (or Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of such shares or warrants, respectively) are registered in the name of CDS and/or held in a dealer’s name, the Corporation should not have any reportable accounts and should not be required to provide information to the CRA in respect of its holders. However, the dealers through which holders hold their Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants (or Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of such shares or warrants, respectively) are required, under new Part XIX of the Tax Act, to have procedures in place to identify holders that are residents of foreign countries that have signed the CRS or certain entities the “controlling persons” of which are resident in such foreign countries and to report required information to the CRA. Such information is exchanged on a reciprocal, bilateral basis with the foreign jurisdictions in which such holders, or controlling persons, as the case may be, are resident, if Canada and such country have agreed to such exchange, unless the investment is held within a registered plan.

 

103

 

 

Auditors, Transfer Agent, Warrant Agent and Escrow Agent

 

Our auditors are RSM Canada LLP, having an address of 11 King Street West, Suite 700, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 4C7. RSM Canada LLP is independent of the Corporation within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario.

 

TSX Trust Company, at its principal offices in Toronto, is the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A Restricted Voting Units and Class A Restricted Voting Shares and is the Warrant Agent for our Warrants under the Warrant Agreement.

 

TSX Trust Company, at its principal offices in Toronto, Ontario, is the Escrow Agent.

 

Experts

 

Certain legal and tax matters relating to this Offering will be passed upon at the date of this Offering by Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP on our behalf and on behalf of our Sponsor, and by Goodmans LLP on behalf of the Underwriters.

 

As at the date hereof, the partners and associates of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, as a group, and Goodmans LLP, as a group, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, none of our securities, but may subscribe for Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to this Offering.

 

Promoter

 

Our Sponsor is considered a promoter of the Corporation within the meaning of applicable securities legislation.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our Sponsor holds, of record and beneficially, 100% of our outstanding shares. Following the Closing (and assuming no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), our Sponsor will own, of record and beneficially, approximately 8,750,000 Class B Shares, representing 20% of our issued and outstanding shares (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of our Class A Restricted Voting Units and assuming no exercise of our Warrants). At the Closing Date, our Sponsor will not own any of our Class A Restricted Voting Units. If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, our Sponsor will own, of record and beneficially, approximately 10,062,500 Class B Shares, representing 20% of our issued and outstanding shares (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of our Class A Restricted Voting Units and assuming no exercise of our Warrants).

 

Our Sponsor will also purchase 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants under this Offering.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not party to any legal proceedings nor, to our knowledge, are any such proceedings contemplated by or against us.

 

Material Contracts

 

We have not entered into any contracts material to investors in Units, other than:

 

(a) the Underwriting Agreement;

 

(b) the Relinquishment Agreement;

 

(c) the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking;

 

(d) the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking;

 

(e) the Escrow Agreement; and

 

104

 

 

(f) the Warrant Agreement.

 

Copies of these agreements will be available for inspection at our offices, during ordinary business hours and will be available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Exemptive Relief

 

Following the closing of the Offering, the Corporation intends to apply for exemptions from the requirements of NI 41-101 relating to restricted securities, Part 10 of NI 51-102, from the requirements under Part 2 of OSC Rule 56-501 and from the requirements of Sections 624(c) and (e) of the TSX Company Manual relating to the use of, as applicable, restricted security and restricted share terms and disclosure with respect to the Common Shares to be issued upon the closing of a qualifying acquisition.  Upon completion of the qualifying acquisition, the Common Shares will be “restricted securities” (as defined in NI 41-101, NI 51-102 and the TSX Company Manual) and “restricted shares” (as defined in OSC Rule 56-501) and absent the exemptive relief, the Corporation would be unable to use the word “common” to refer to the Common Shares in prospectuses, continuous disclosure documents, dealer and adviser documentation, rights offering circulars and offering memorandum.  The Corporation also intends to apply for exemptions from the requirements of section 12.3 of NI 41-101, Part 3 of OSC Rule 56-501 and Sections 624(m) and (n) of the TSX Company Manual, without which the Corporation would be required to obtain minority shareholder approval prior to making distributions of Proportionate Voting Shares, Common Shares, or securities that are, directly or indirectly, convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Proportionate Voting Shares or Common Shares. The Corporation expects to obtain such relief but there can be no assurance that such exemptions will be granted.

 

Purchasers’ Statutory Rights of Withdrawal and Rescission

 

Securities legislation in certain of the provinces and territories of Canada provides purchasers with the right to withdraw from an agreement to purchase securities. This right may be exercised within two business days after receipt or deemed receipt of a prospectus and any amendment. In several of the provinces and territories, securities legislation further provides a purchaser with remedies for rescission or, in some jurisdictions, damages where the prospectus and any amendment contains a misrepresentation or is not delivered to the purchaser, provided that such remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for the particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

In an offering of the Warrants forming part of the Units, investors are cautioned that the statutory right of action for damages for a misrepresentation contained in the prospectus is limited, in certain provincial and territorial securities legislation, to the price at which the Warrants forming part of the Units is offered to the public under this Offering. This means that, under the securities legislation of certain provinces and territories, if the purchaser pays additional amounts upon exercise of the Warrants, those amounts may not be recoverable under the statutory right of action for damages that applies in such provinces and territories. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for the particulars of this right of action for damages or consult with a legal adviser.

 

105

 

  

Appendix A
Charter of the Audit Committee
of BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

Section 1           PURPOSE

 

The audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) is a committee of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”). The primary function of the Audit Committee is to assist the directors of the Corporation in fulfilling their applicable roles by:

 

(a) recommending to the Board the appointment and compensation of the Corporation’s external auditor;

 

(b) overseeing the work of the external auditor, including the resolution of disagreements between the external auditor and management;

 

(c) pre-approving all non-audit services (or delegating such pre-approval if and to the extent permitted by law) to be provided to the Corporation by the Corporation’s external auditor;

 

(d) satisfying themselves that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Corporation’s public disclosure of financial information, other than those described in (g) below, extracted or derived from its financial statements, including periodically assessing the adequacy of such procedures;

 

(e) establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Corporation of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

(f) reviewing and approving any proposed hiring of current or former partner or employee of the current and former auditor of the Corporation; and

 

(g) reviewing and approving the annual and interim financial statements, related Management Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and other financial information provided by the Corporation to any governmental body or the public.

 

The Audit Committee should primarily fulfill these roles by carrying out the activities enumerated in this Charter. However, it is not the duty of the Audit Committee to prepare financial statements, to plan or conduct internal or external audits, to determine that the financial statements are complete and accurate and are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, to conduct investigations, or to assure compliance with laws and regulations or the Corporation’s internal policies, procedures and controls, as these are the responsibility of management, and in certain cases, the external auditor.

 

Section 2           LIMITATIONS ON AUDIT COMMITTEE’S DUTIES

 

In contributing to the Audit Committee’s discharge of its duties under this Charter, each member of the Audit Committee shall be obliged only to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Nothing in this Charter is intended to be, or may be construed as, imposing on any members of the Audit Committee a standard of care or diligence that is in any way more onerous or extensive than the standard to which the directors are subject.

 

Members of the Audit Committee are entitled to rely, absent actual knowledge to the contrary, on (i) the integrity of the persons and organizations from whom they receive information, (ii) the accuracy and completeness of the information provided, (iii) representations made by management as to the non-audit services provided to the Corporation by the external auditor, (iv) financial statements of the Corporation represented to them by a member of management or in a written report of the external auditors to present fairly the financial position of the Corporation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (v) any report of a lawyer, accountant, engineer, appraiser or other person whose profession lends credibility to a statement made by any such person.

 

A-1

 

 

Section 3           COMPOSITION AND MEETINGS

 

The Audit Committee should be comprised of not less than three directors as determined by the Board, all of whom shall be independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees (“52-110”) of the Canadian Securities Administrators (or exempt therefrom), and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment as a member of the Audit Committee. All members of the Audit Committee should have (or should gain within a reasonable period of time after appointment) a working familiarity with basic finance and accounting practices. At least one member of the Audit Committee should have accounting or related financial management expertise and be considered a financial expert. Each member should be “financially literate” within the meaning of 52-110. The Audit Committee members may enhance their familiarity with finance and accounting by participating in educational programs conducted by the Corporation or an outside consultant.

 

The members of the Audit Committee shall be elected by the Board on an annual basis or until their successors shall be duly appointed. Unless a Chair of the Audit Committee (the “Chair”) is elected by the full Board, the members of the Audit Committee may designate a Chair by majority vote of the full Audit Committee membership.

 

In addition, the Audit Committee members should meet all of the requirements for members of audit committees as defined from time to time under applicable legislation and the rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or traded.

 

The Audit Committee should meet at least four times annually, or more frequently as circumstances require. The Audit Committee should meet within 45 days following the end of the first three financial quarters to review and discuss the unaudited financial results for the preceding quarter and the related MD&A, and should meet within 90 days following the end of the fiscal year end to review and discuss the audited financial results for the preceding quarter and year and the related MD&A.

 

The Audit Committee may ask members of management or others to attend meetings and provide pertinent information as necessary. For purposes of performing their duties, members of the Audit Committee shall have full access to all corporate information and any other information deemed appropriate by them, and shall be permitted to discuss such information and any other matters relating to the financial position of the Corporation with senior employees, officers and the external auditor of the Corporation, and others as they consider appropriate.

 

For greater certainty, management is indirectly accountable to the Audit Committee and is responsible for the timeliness and integrity of the financial reporting and information presented to the Board.

 

In order to foster open communication, the Audit Committee or its Chair should meet at least annually with management and the external auditor in separate sessions to discuss any matters that the Audit Committee or each of these groups believes should be discussed privately. In addition, the Audit Committee or its Chair should meet with management quarterly in connection with the Corporation’s interim financial statements.

 

A quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Audit Committee shall be a majority of the number of members of the Audit Committee or such greater number as the Audit Committee shall by resolution determine.

 

Meetings of the Audit Committee shall be held from time to time and at such place as any member of the Audit Committee shall determine upon 48 hours’ notice to each of its members. The notice period may be waived by all members of the Audit Committee. Each of the Chair of the Board, the external auditor, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary shall be entitled to request that any member of the Audit Committee call a meeting.

 

This Charter is subject in all respects to the Corporation’s notice of articles and articles from time to time.

 

A-2

 

 

Section 4           ROLE

 

As part of its function in assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight role (and without limiting the generality of the Audit Committee’s role), the Audit Committee should:

  

(1) Determine any desired agenda items;

 

(2) Review and recommend to the Board changes to this Charter, as considered appropriate from time to time;

 

(3) Review the public disclosure regarding the Audit Committee required by 52-110;

 

(4) Review and seek to ensure that disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting frameworks are operational and functional;

 

(5) Summarize in the Corporation’s annual information form the Audit Committee’s composition and activities, as required; and

 

(6) Submit the minutes of all meetings of the Audit Committee to the Board upon request.

 

Documents / Reports Review

 

(7) Review and recommend to the Board for approval the Corporation’s annual and interim financial statements, including any certification, report, opinion, undertaking or review rendered by the external auditor and the related MD&A, as well as such other financial information of the Corporation provided to the public or any governmental body as the Audit Committee or the Board require.

 

(8) Review other financial information provided to any governmental body or the public as they see fit.

 

(9) Review, recommend and approve any of the Corporation’s press releases that contain financial information.

 

(10) Seek to satisfy itself and ensure that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Corporation’s public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the Corporation’s financial statements and related MD&A and periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures.

 

External Auditor

 

(11) Recommend to the Board the selection of the external auditor, considering independence and effectiveness, and review the fees and other compensation to be paid to the external auditor.

 

(12) Review and seek to ensure that all financial information provided to the public or any governmental body, as required, provides for the fair presentation of the Corporation’s financial condition, financial performance and cash flow.

 

(13) Instruct the external auditor that its ultimate client is not management and that it is required to report directly to the Audit Committee, and not management.

 

(14) Monitor the relationship between management and the external auditor including reviewing any management letters or other reports of the external auditor and discussing any material differences of opinion between management and the external auditor.

 

(15) Review and discuss, on an annual basis, with the external auditor all significant relationships it has with the Corporation to determine the external auditor’s independence.

 

(16) Pre-approve all non-audit services (or delegate such pre-approval as the Audit Committee may determine and as permitted by applicable Canadian securities laws) to be provided by the external auditor.

 

A-3

 

 

(17) Review the performance of the external auditor and any proposed discharge of the external auditor when circumstances warrant.

 

(18) Periodically consult with the external auditor out of the presence of management about significant risks or exposures, internal controls and other steps that management has taken to control such risks, and the fullness and accuracy of the financial statements, including the adequacy of internal controls to expose any payments, transactions or procedures that might be deemed illegal or otherwise improper.

 

(19) Communicate directly with the external auditor and arrange for the external auditor to be available to the Audit Committee and the full Board as needed.

 

(20) Review and approve any proposed hiring by the Corporation of current or former partners or employees of the current (and any former) external auditor of the Corporation.

 

Audit Process

 

(21) Review the scope, plan and results of the external auditor’s audit and reviews, including the auditor’s engagement letter, the post-audit management letter, if any, and the form of the audit report. The Audit Committee may authorize the external auditor to perform supplemental reviews, audits or other work as deemed desirable.

 

(22) Following completion of the annual audit and quarterly reviews, review separately with each of management and the external auditor any significant changes to planned procedures, any difficulties encountered during the course of the audit and, if applicable, reviews, including any restrictions on the scope of work or access to required information and the cooperation that the external auditor received during the course of the audit and, if applicable, reviews.

 

(23) Review any significant disagreements among management and the external auditor in connection with the preparation of the financial statements.

 

(24) Where there are significant unsettled issues between management and the external auditor that do not affect the audited financial statements, the Audit Committee shall seek to ensure that there is an agreed course of action leading to the resolution of such matters.

 

Financial Reporting Processes

 

(25) Review the integrity of the financial reporting processes, both internal and external, in consultation with the external auditor as they see fit.

 

(26) Consider the external auditor’s judgments about the quality, transparency and appropriateness, not just the acceptability, of the Corporation’s accounting principles and financial disclosure practices, as applied in its financial reporting, including the degree of aggressiveness or conservatism of its accounting principles and underlying estimates, and whether those principles are common practices or are minority practices.

 

(27) Review all material balance sheet issues, material contingent obligations (including those associated with material acquisitions or dispositions) and material related party transactions.

 

(28) Review with management and the external auditor the Corporation’s accounting policies and any changes that are proposed to be made thereto, including all critical accounting policies and practices used, any alternative treatments of financial information that have been discussed with management, the ramification of their use and the external auditor’s preferred treatment and any other material communications with management with respect thereto.

 

(29) Review the disclosure and impact of contingencies and the reasonableness of the provisions, reserves and estimates that may have a material impact on financial reporting.

 

A-4

 

 

(30) If considered appropriate, establish separate systems of reporting to the Audit Committee by each of management and the external auditor.

 

(31) Periodically consider the need for an internal audit function, if not present.

 

Risk Management

 

(32) Review program of risk assessment and steps taken to address significant risks or exposures of all types, including insurance coverage and tax compliance.

 

General

 

(33) With prior Board approval, the Audit Committee may at its discretion retain independent counsel, accountants and other professionals to assist it in the conduct of its activities and to set and pay (as an expense of the Corporation) the compensation for any such advisors.

 

(34) Respond to requests by the Board with respect to the functions and activities that the Board requests the Audit Committee to perform.

 

(35) Periodically review this Charter and, if the Audit Committee deems appropriate, recommend to the Board changes to this Charter.

 

(36) Review the public disclosure regarding the Audit Committee required from time to time by applicable Canadian securities laws, including:

 

(i) the Charter of the Audit Committee;

 

(ii) the composition of the Audit Committee;

 

(iii) the relevant education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee;

 

(iv) the external auditor services and fees; and

 

(v) such other matters as the Corporation is required to disclose concerning the Audit Committee.

 

(37) Review in advance, and approve, the hiring and appointment of the Corporation’s senior financial executives by the Corporation, if any.

 

(38) Perform any other activities as the Audit Committee deems necessary or appropriate including ensuring all regulatory documents are compiled to meet Committee reporting obligations under 52-110.

 

Section 5           AUDIT COMMITTEE COMPLAINT PROCEDURES

 

Submitting a Complaint

 

(1) Anyone may submit a complaint regarding conduct by the Corporation or its employees or agents (including its independent auditors) reasonably believed to involve questionable accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters. The Chair should oversee treatment of such complaints.

 

Procedures

 

(2) The Chair will be responsible for the receipt and administration of employee complaints.

 

(3) In order to preserve anonymity when submitting a complaint regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, the employee may submit a complaint confidentially.

 

A-5

 

 

Investigation

 

(4) The Chair should review and investigate the complaint. Corrective action will be taken when and as warranted in the Chair’s discretion.

 

Confidentiality

  

(5) The identity of the complainant and the details of the investigation should be kept confidential throughout the investigatory process.

 

Records and Report

 

(6) The Chair should maintain a log of complaints, tracking their receipt, investigation, findings and resolution, and should prepare a summary report for the Audit Committee.

 

The Audit Committee is a committee of the Board and is not and shall not be deemed to be an agent of the Corporation’s securityholders for any purpose whatsoever. The Board may, from time to time, permit departures from the terms hereof, either prospectively or retrospectively, and no provision contained herein is intended to give rise to civil liability to securityholders of the Corporation or other liability whatsoever.

 

 

 

A-6

 

 

Appendix B
Financial Statements

 

(See attached)

 

B-1

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Financial Statements

 

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

 

To the Board of Directors of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. Opinion

 

We have audited the financial statements of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., (the Corporation), which comprise the statement of financial position as at July 9, 2019 and the statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholder's equity and cash flows for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to July 9, 2019 and notes to the financial statements, including a summary or significant accounting policies.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as at July 9, 2019, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the period then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Corporation in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Canada, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Corporation or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Corporation's financial reporting process.

 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 

· Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

 

· Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation's internal control.

 

· Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

 

· Conclude on the appropriateness of management's use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Corporation to cease to continue as a going concern.

 

· Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

 

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

 

 

 

Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants
August 6, 2019
Toronto, Ontario

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

As at July 9, 2019

 

  2019  
Assets        
         
Current        
Cash (Note 4)   $ 10  
    $ 10  
         
Shareholder's Equity        
Share capital (Note 5)   $ 10  
    $ 10  

 

Nature of Operations (Note 1)

 

Subsequent Event (Note 7)

 

Approved by the Board   (SIGNED) "MARK HARMS"   (SIGNED) "ROB BERNER"
    Director   Director

 

See accompanying notes 2  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

    2019  
Revenue        
Revenue   $ -  
      -  
Expenses        
Expenses     -  
Earnings before income taxes     -  
Provision for income taxes     -  
Net income and comprehensive income for the period   $ -  
         
Earnings per share        
Basic   $ -  
Diluted   $ -  

 

See accompanying notes 3  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Shareholder's Equity

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

    Number of        
    Shares     Amount  
Outstanding, beginning of period     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B share (Note 5)     1       10  
Outstanding, end of period     1   $ 10  

 

See accompanying notes 4  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Cash Flows

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

    2019  
Cash provided by (used in)
       
Net income   $ -  
Cash provided by operating activities     -

Financing

   
Issuance of Class B share (Note 5)     10
Cash provided by financing activities     10
Net change in cash during the period     10
Cash, beginning of period     -
Cash, end of period   $ 10

 

See accompanying notes 5  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

1.            NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "Corporation") is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation ("SPAC") incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a "Qualifying Acquisition").

 

The Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and is domiciled in Canada. The registered office of the company is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, British Columbia, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

The financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on August 6, 2019.

 

2.            BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") with the assumption that the Corporation will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business rather than through a process of forced liquidation. The financial statements do not include adjustments to amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue operations.

 

Consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to the Qualifying Acquisition, acceptance by the Toronto Stock Exchange and, where required under applicable law, shareholder approval. If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the permitted timeline of 18 months from the date of the closing of the Corporation's initial public offering (subject to an extension), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share as set out in the Corporation's articles.

 

Basis of Measurement

 

The financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared on a historical cost basis. The Corporation's functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

3.            SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Cash

 

Cash is comprised of amounts held in trust.

 

6

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d) Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on anticipations and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and further periods if the review affects both current and future periods.

 

Financial Instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Corporation becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Corporation has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

i)      Financial assets

 

The Corporation classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

· those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income (OCI) or through profit or loss); and

 

· those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the Corporation's business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or OCI.

 

At present, the Corporation classifies all financial assets as held at amortized cost. Cash is classified as a financial asset.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Corporation measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

 

Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification. There are three measurement categories under which the Corporation classifies its financial assets:

 

7

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

3.            SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

 

· Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortized cost is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

· Fair value through OCI (FVOCI): Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the debt instruments, where the assets' cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains and losses, interest revenue, and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the debt instrument is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains (losses). Interest income from these debt instruments is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

· Fair value through profit or loss: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on an investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net as revenue in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which it arises.

 

ii)     Financial liabilities

 

A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. The fair value changes to financial liabilities at FVTPL are presented as follows: where the Corporation optionally designates financial liabilities at FVTPL the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of the liability is presented in OCI; and the remaining amount of the change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss. The Corporation does not designate any financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Other non-derivative financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

8

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

3.            SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

 

Impairment

 

Financial assets

 

A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

 

4.            CASH RESTRICTION

 

Upon closing of the Corporation's initial public offering, 100% of gross proceeds from the issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units will be placed in the escrow account to: (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (ii) fund the qualifying acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereof, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation.

 

5.            SHARE CAPITAL

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares.

 

On July 8, 2019, the Corporation issued 1 Class B Share to Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, the sponsor of the Corporation, in exchange for proceeds of $10. The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the permitted timeline. The Class B Shares will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares will not possess any redemption rights.

 

9

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

For the Period From July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) To July 9, 2019

 

6.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

 

Capital Management

 

The Corporation's objective when managing capital is to maintain its ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.

 

The Corporation's primary objective with respect to its capital management is to ensure that it has sufficient cash resources to fund the identification and evaluation of potential acquisitions. To secure the additional capital necessary to pursue these plans, the Corporation may attempt to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or by securing strategic partners.

 

The Corporation is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements other than the cash restriction disclosed in Note 4.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

As at July 9, 2019, the Corporation had no liabilities and had cash of $10 to meet its current obligations. As a result the Corporation has minimal liquidity risk.

 

Credit Risk

 

Credit risk is the risk of loss associated with the counterparty's inability to fulfill its payment obligations. The Corporation believes it has no significant credit risk.

 

7. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

On July 18, 2019, the Corporation issued an additional 11,499,999 Class B Shares to Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP for $24,990. Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP will relinquish without compensation such number of Class B Shares issued so that the number of Class B Shares outstanding at the time of the filing of the Corporation's final prospectus with respect to its initial public offering would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares assuming an offering size as set out in the Corporation's final prospectus.

 

10

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF THE CORPORATION AND THE PROMOTER

 

August 8, 2019

 

This prospectus constitutes full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered by this prospectus as required by the securities legislation of each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec).

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

BY: (SIGNED) “PETER CALDINI”   BY: (SIGNED) “MAJA SPALEVIC”
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER   CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 

 

On Behalf Of The Board Of Directors 

 

BY: (SIGNED) “MARK HARMS”   BY: (SIGNED) “PAUL WALSH”
DIRECTOR   DIRECTOR

 

BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP, AS PROMOTER,

by its general partner

BESPOKE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

BY: (SIGNED) “MARK HARMS”

 

MANAGING MEMBER

 

C-1  

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF THE UNDERWRITER 

 

August 8, 2019 

 

To the best of our knowledge, information and belief, this prospectus constitutes full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered by this prospectus as required by the securities legislation of each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec). 

 

Canaccord Genuity Corp.   Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.
     
BY: (SIGNED) “MICHAEL SHUH””   BY: (SIGNED) “CARL A. STICKEL””
     
Managing Director & Head Of Financial
Institutions Group Banking, Canada And
Investment Banking
  Managing Director, Global Co-Head
Consumer Products

 

C-2  

 

Exhibit 99.20

 

 

 

August 8, 2019

 

HARD COPY ON FILE

 

FILED BY SEDAR

 

Alberta Securities Commission
 
Ontario Securities Commission
 
British Columbia Securities Commission
 
Manitoba Securities Commission
 
New Brunswick Securities Commission
 
Nova Scotia Securities Commission
 
Securities Commission of Newfoundland and Labrador
 
Registrar of Securities, Prince Edward Island
 
Financial and Consumer Affairs Authority of Saskatchewan, Securities Division
 
Registrar of Securities, Government of Yukon Territory
 
Securities Registry, Government of the Northwest Territories
 
Registrar of Securities, Nunavut

 

Dear Sirs/Mesdames:

 

Re: Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Issuer”) Final Long Form Prospectus dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”)

 

We refer to the Prospectus of the Issuer relating to the distribution of Class A Restricted Voting Units of the Issuer.

 

We hereby consent to the use of and reference to our name and legal opinions contained in the Prospectus under the headings “Eligibility for Investment” and “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations” and to the use of and reference to our name on the inside of the cover page of the Prospectus and under the heading “Experts”.

 

We have read the Prospectus and have no reason to believe that there are any misrepresentations in the information contained in it that are derived from our legal opinions provided in the Prospectus or within our knowledge as a result of the services performed by us in connection with such opinion.

 

Yours truly,

 

“Goodmans LLP”

 

GOODMANS LLP

 

     

 

Exhibit 99.21

 

  Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP
Barristers & Solicitors
Patent & Trade-market Agents
199 Bay Street
Suite 4000, Commerce Court West
Toronto ON M5L 1A9 Canada
Tel: 416-863-2400 Fax: 416-863-2653

 

 

August 8, 2019

 

VIA SEDAR

 

 

To the Securities Regulatory Authorities in each Province and Territory of Canada

(other than Québec)

 

RE: Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.
Re: Final Long Form Prospectus

 

Dear Sirs:

 

We refer to the final long form prospectus dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) relating to an issue of Class A Restricted Voting Units of the Company.

 

We hereby consent to the reference to our name and opinion under the headings “Eligibility for Investment” and “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations” and to our name on the face page and under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

We confirm that we have read the Prospectus and that we have no reason to believe that there are any misrepresentations (as defined in the Canadian securities legislation) in the information contained in the Prospectus that are derived from our opinions in the Prospectus or that are within our knowledge as a result of services we performed in connection with the preparation of such opinions.

 

Yours very truly,

 

 

(signed) BLAKE, CASSELS & GRAYDON LLP

 

 

     

 

Exhibit 99.22

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
August 8, 2019
 
Ontario Securities Commission
Alberta Securities Commission
British Columbia Securities Commission
The Manitoba Securities Commission
Financial and Consumer Affairs Authority of Saskatchewan
Financial and Consumer Services Commission (New Brunswick)
Nova Scotia Securities Commission
Prince Edward Island Securities Office
Office of the Superintendent of Securities, Government of Newfoundland and Labrador
Northwest Territories Superintendent of Securities
Nunavut Superintendent of Securities
Yukon Superintendent of Securities

 

Dear Sirs/Madames:

 

Re: Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

We refer to the prospectus of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”) relating to the offering of class A restricted voting units of the Company, filed by the Company under the securities acts of each of the provinces and territories of Canada, except Quebec.

 

We consent to being named in the Prospectus and to the use in the Prospectus, of our independent auditor’s report dated August 6, 2019, to the Board of Directors of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. on the following financial statements:

 

a. Statement of financial position as at July 9, 2019;

 

b. Statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to July 9, 2019; and

 

c. Notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other information.

 

We report that we have read the Prospectus and all information specifically incorporated by reference therein and have no reason to believe that there are any misrepresentations in the information contained therein that are derived from the financial statements upon which we have reported or that are within our knowledge as a result of our audit of such financial statements. We have complied with Canadian generally accepted standards for an auditor’s consent to the use of a report of the auditor included in an offering document, which does not constitute an audit or review of the prospectus as these terms are described in the CPA Canada Handbook – Assurance.

 

Yours truly,

 

 

 

RSM Canada LLP

 

 

 

     

 

Exhibit 99.23

 

UNDERTAKING

 

TO: The Securities Regulatory Authorities in each Province and Territory of Canada (other than Québec)

 

RE: Undertaking pursuant to the final prospectus of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”)

 

The undersigned refers to the filing of the above Prospectus and hereby undertakes to file with the Securities Regulatory Authorities via SEDAR the Relinquishment Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking, the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, the Escrow Agreement and the Warrant Agreement as listed in the Prospectus under the heading “Material Contracts” promptly upon the documents becoming effective and in any event no later than seven days after execution of such documents.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

DATED this 8th day of August, 2019.

 

 

  BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.
     
     
  By: (Signed) “Peter Caldini”
  Name: Peter Caldini
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[OSC Undertaking re Material Contracts]

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.24

 

UNDERTAKING REGARDING RESTRICTED SECURITIES

 

TO: The Securities Regulatory Authorities in each Province and Territory of Canada (other than Québec)

 

RE: Undertaking pursuant to the final prospectus of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”)

 

The undersigned refers to the filing of the above Prospectus and hereby undertakes to give notice to holders of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares of a meeting of securityholders if notice of such a meeting is given to its registered holders of Class B Shares.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATED this 8th day of August, 2019.

 

 

  BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.
     
     
  By: (Signed) “Peter Caldini”
  Name: Peter Caldini
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[Undertaking re restricted securities]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.25

 

Ontario
Securities
Commission 
Commission des 
valeurs mobilières
de l’Ontario
22nd Floor
20 Queen Street West 
Toronto ON M5H 3S8 
22e étage
20, rue Queen ouest 
Toronto ON M5H 3S8

 

RECEIPT

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

This is the receipt of the Ontario Securities Commission for the Long Form Prospectus of the above Issuer dated August 8, 2019 (the prospectus).

 

The prospectus has been filed under Multilateral Instrument 11-102 Passport System in British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, Newfoundland and Labrador, Northwest Territories, Yukon and Nunavut. A receipt for the prospectus is deemed to be issued by the regulator in each of those jurisdictions, if the conditions of the Instrument have been satisfied.

 

August 9, 2019

 

  Sonny Randhawa
   
  Sonny Randhawa
  Director, Corporate Finance Branch
   
  SEDAR Project # 2941116

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.26

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF CLASS A RESTRICTED VOTING UNITS

AUGUST 9, 2019

 

 

A copy of the prospectus (the “ prospectus”) dated August 8, 2019, containing important information relating to the securities described in this document has been filed with the securities regulatory authority in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec). No securities regulatory authority has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offence to claim otherwise. A copy of the prospectus is required to be delivered with this document.

 

This document does not provide full disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered. Investors should read the prospectus, and any amendment, for disclosure of those facts, especially risk factors relating to the securities offered, before making an investment decision. The securities of the Corporation (as defined below) have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”) or any state securities legislation and may not be offered or sold in the United States, or to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, except in compliance with the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities legislation or pursuant to an exemption therefrom. The prospectus and this document each does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby within the United States.

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Issuer:   Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”). The Corporation is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, arrangement,amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (the “Qualifying Acquisition”).
     
Sponsor:   Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”).
     
Offering:   35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units (each, a “Class A Restricted Voting Unit”).
     
Offering Amount:   U.S.$350,000,000.
     
Offering Price:   U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit.
     
Class A Restricted Voting Units:  

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consists of one Class A restricted voting share of the Corporation (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”).

 

Upon the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share will, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into one common share of the Corporation (the “Common Shares”).

     
Over-Allotment Option:   Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. (the“Underwriters”) will have an option to purchase up to an additional 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Units issued at the closing of the Offering (the “Closing”) at the Offering Price, exercisable in whole or in part at any time until 30 days from date of the Closing to cover any over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes.

 

  T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1 T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

 

 

 

Warrants:   The Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition. Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and following the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, one Common Share) at an exercise price of U.S.$11.50 per share,subject to anti-dilution adjustments as described in the Corporation’s prospectus. The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition or may expire earlier if a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline (described below) or, if the expiry date is accelerated.
     
    Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants (as defined below) but only to the extent still held by the Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by the Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the closing price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds U.S.$18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends (as defined in the Corporation’s prospectus),reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period.
     
Sponsor and Founders
Placement:
  The Sponsor intends to purchase 12,000,000 Warrants (referred to as “Founder’s Warrants”) for aggregate proceeds equal to U.S.$12,000,000. The purchase of the Founder’s Warrants by the Sponsor will occur simultaneously with the Closing.
     
    The Sponsor has purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares (the “Founders’ Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of U.S. $25,000 (the “Founders Placement”), or~U.S. $0.0025  per Founders’ Share (or ~U.S.$0.0029 per Founders’ Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised).
     
    The Sponsor will relinquish up to 1,312,500 of the Founders’ Shares (referred to as the “Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founders’ Shares”), without compensation depending  on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised.
     
    The Founder’s Shares outstanding after giving effect to this Offering and at the conclusion of the Over-Allotment Option period, including any corresponding forfeiture of the Over-Allotment Relinquishable Founders’ Shares depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, will represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares).
     
Shares Outstanding:   There will be 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares outstanding following Closing (40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full).
     
    There will be 10,062,500 Class B Shares outstanding following Closing, assuming the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
     
    Upon closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share (unless previously redeemed), will be automatically converted into a Common Share and each Class B Share automatically converted on a 100-for-1 basis into new Proportionate Voting Shares of the Corporation (“Proportionate Voting Shares”).

 

  T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1 T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

 

 

 

Warrants Outstanding:   There will be 32,125,000 Warrants outstanding following Closing (20,125,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be sold to the Sponsor), assuming the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
     
Target Acquisition:   Our initial Qualifying Acquisition and value creation strategy will be to identify, acquire and, after our initial Qualifying Acquisition, assist in the growth of a business in the cannabis industry. However, we are not limited to this industry and we may pursue a Qualifying Acquisition opportunity in any business or industry we choose and we may pursue a company with operations or opportunities outside of Canada and the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation does not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.
     
Permitted Timeline:   The Corporation must consummate its Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the Closing (or 21 months from the Closing if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 21 months from Closing but has not completed the Qualifying Acquisition within such 21-month period) (the “Permitted Timeline”).
     
    Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, and with the consent of the board of directors of the Corporation. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption before the second business day prior to the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Immediately prior to the extension of the Permitted Timeline taking effect, the Corporation will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account (as defined below) at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest or other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account.
     
    The Corporation is not limited to only one Qualifying Acquisition, but to the extent the Corporation undertakes more than one, it is expected that the acquisitions will be completed concurrently.
     
Qualifying Acquisition Value:   The fair market value of the target businesses or assets forming the Qualifying Acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of the target businesses or assets forming the Corporation's combined Qualifying Acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange (as defined below), not be less than 80% of the assets held in the Escrow Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account).

 

  T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1   T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1

 

 

 

 

Use of Proceeds:   The proceeds from the Offering (net of redemptions and underwriting fees) and the gross proceeds of the Sponsor and Founders Placement (described above) will be used to finance the Qualifying Acquisition and to pay other expenses associated with the Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation may also use share capital and/or debt, in whole or in part, as consideration to finance the Qualifying Acquisition.
     
    If the Qualifying Acquisition is paid for using shares or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Escrow Account are used for payment of the purchase price in connection with the Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may apply the cash balance that is not applied to the purchase price and released to the Corporation from the Escrow Account for general corporate purposes, including maintenance or expansion of the operations of the acquired businesses, payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in consummating the Qualifying Acquisition,funding of subsequent acquisitions, and/or general ongoing expenses, or payment of the cash portion of the Deferred Amount (as defined below) of the underwriting commission.
     
Proceeds Held in Escrow:   Upon Closing, the gross proceeds of the issue of Class A Restricted Voting Units will be held, with an escrow agent, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”). 100% of the Offering proceeds will be held in escrow until the earliest of: (i) the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided herein) of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares;and (iii) a liquidation or cessation of the business of the Corporation (“Winding-Up”). Proceeds held in the Escrow Account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds (including, if applicable, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and for payment of certain expenses.
     
    The proceeds deposited in the escrow account will be required to be invested in Permitted Investments. The Corporation intends to invest the proceeds deposited in the Escrow Account only in instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by,the federal government of the United States of America.
     
Release of Funds in
Escrow:
 

QUALIFYING ACQUISITION:

On the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, all remaining amounts held in the Escrow Account not previously paid out or payable by the Corporation to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including expenses directly related to the redemptions), paid out or payable by the Corporation for tax liabilities of the Corporation, or payable by the Corporation to the Underwriter in satisfaction of its deferred underwriting commission will be available to the Corporation.

 

  T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1   T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1

 

 

 

 

    NO QUALIFYING ACQUISITION:
    If the Qualifying Acquisition is not completed within the Permitted Timeline, the Corporation will be required to redeem within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline, each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion of the: (A) escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. There will be no redemption rights or distributions with respect to the Warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to consummate our Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline.
     
    CLASS B RIGHTS:
    The Class B Shares will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the Escrow Account.

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1     T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1

 

 

 

 

Make Whole:   Prior to the Closing, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking (as defined in the Corporation’s prospectus), the Sponsor will agree that (A) in the event of the liquidation of the Escrow Account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding- Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, it will be liable to the Corporation if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than the auditors) for services rendered or products sold to the Corporation, or a prospective Qualifying Acquisition target with which the Corporation has entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Escrow Account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the Escrow Account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Escrow Account, and except as to any claims under the indemnity of the Underwriter against certain liabilities. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.
     
    We believe the likelihood of the Sponsor having to indemnify us as a result of third-party claims is limited because we will endeavour to have all vendors and prospective qualifying acquisition targets as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the escrow account. However, we cannot assure investors that the Sponsor would be able to satisfy these obligations, and we have not asked the Sponsor to reserve funds for such an eventuality.
     
    In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding -Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the Escrow Account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), the Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein, the Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the Escrow Account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.
     
    The Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the Escrow Account in the manner it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise.

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1   T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

 

 

 

Redemption Rights:   Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares can elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the Qualifying Acquisition and prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, of which prior notice will have been provided to holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline), in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion(per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline,including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations as described in the Corporation’s prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow.
     
    Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption right, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the Closing. This limitation will not apply in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline.
     
    The Class B Shares will not have any redemption rights.
     
Voting Rights:   All holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Common Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). A quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is present if shareholders who, together, hold not fewer than 25% of the votes attaching to the outstanding voting shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.
     
Lock-Up:   The Corporation will be, subject to certain exceptions, prohibited from issuing additional securities prior to the Qualifying Acquisition. Also, except as contemplated in the Corporation’s prospectus, each of the Corporation and the Sponsor will be subject to a lock-up until the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition.
     
Founders’ Transfer
Restrictions:
  Our Sponsor will have economic interests in the Qualifying Acquisition that may differ as compared to those of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, given that,among other things, prior to the Closing, our Sponsor will agree to certain transfer restrictions in respect of its Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants.
     
Form of Offering:   Initial public offering by way of a long form prospectus filed in all provinces and territories of Canada, other than Quebec. Private placement in the United States to“qualified institutional buyers” pursuant to Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act and similar exemptions under applicable state securities laws, and internationally, as permitted.

 

T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1     T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1

 

 

 

 

Trading:   It is intended that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will initially trade as a unit. It is anticipated that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will begin trading separately on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) 40 days following the Closing (or, if such date is not a trading day on the exchange, the next trading day on the exchange). However, no fractional Warrants will be issued and only whole Warrants will trade.
     
Eligibility:   Eligible for RRSPs, RRIFs, RESPs, TFSAs, and RDSPs.
     
Underwriter:   Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.
     
Underwriting Fee:   5.5% of Gross Proceeds.
     
    1.75% payable in cash at the Closing and the remaining 3.75% (the “Deferred Amount”) paid upon closing of the Qualifying Acquisition (of which (i) 3.25% would be payable in cash, and (ii) 0.5% would be payable at the complete discretion of the Corporation and, if so paid, paid to parties of the Corporation’s choosing including any party that assists the Corporation in the consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition).
     
Closing Date:   On or about August 15, 2019.

 

  T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1 T:\TM2037002-1\TM2037002-1_40FSEQ1  

 

 

Exhibit 99.27

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. 

FILES FINAL PROSPECTUS FOR U.S. $350,000,000 INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

 

Toronto, Ontario August 9, 2019 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (“BCAC”) has filed a final prospectus for an initial public offering (the “Offering”) as a newly-organized special purpose acquisition corporation formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified period of time.

 

The final prospectus has been filed with the securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces and territories of Canada other than Québec. The Offering is for 35,000,000 class A restricted voting units of BCAC (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”) at an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit for aggregate proceeds of U.S.$350,000,000. BCAC has granted the Underwriters (as defined below) a non-transferable over-allotment option (the “Over-Allotment Option”) to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units on the same terms and conditions, exercisable in whole or in part, by the Underwriters up to 30 days following closing of the Offering. If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, the gross proceeds of the Offering would be U.S.$402,500,000. The gross proceeds of the Offering (along with the gross proceeds from any exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) will be placed in escrow pending completion of a qualifying acquisition by BCAC and will only be released upon certain prescribed conditions. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a class A restricted voting share of BCAC (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant of BCAC (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of U.S.$11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the qualifying acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the qualifying acquisition or earlier.

 

The Offering is being distributed by Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. (together, the “Underwriters”).

 

The Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) has conditionally approved the listing of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants (including the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Warrants that may be sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and the Founder’s Warrants (as defined below), under the symbols “BC.UN.U”, “BC.A.U” and “BC.W.U”, respectively, with the Class A Restricted Voting Units separating into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants 40 days following the Closing Date (as defined below) (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange), subject to BCAC fulfilling all of the Exchange’s requirements.

 

Prior to the qualifying acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon the occurrence of certain events. The Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The BCAC management team and board of directors include:

 

Paul Walsh – Executive Chairman

 

o Former Chief Executive Officer at Diageo plc and Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke Capital Partners LLC (“Bespoke”);

 

Peter Caldini – Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

o Former Regional President of Pfizer Consumer Health North America;

 

 

 

 

Maja Spalevic – Chief Financial Officer

 

o Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke;

 

Ian Starkey – Director

 

o Board Member of DAC Beachcroft LLP and former Partner at KPMG UK LLP;

 

Robert L. Berner III – Director

 

o Founder and Joint Managing Partner at Bespoke and Former Partner at CVC Capital Partners;

 

Mark W.B. Harms – Director

 

o Founder and Joint Managing Partner at Bespoke and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Global Leisure Partners LLP;

 

Candice Koederitz – Director

 

o Former Managing Director at Morgan Stanley;

 

Geoffrey Parkin – Director

 

o Partner at LEK Consulting LLP; and

 

Timothy D. Proctor – Director

 

o Former US General Counsel and Head of Human Resources at GlaxoSmithKline and Former Global General Counsel at Diageo plc.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke, a private equity firm founded by certain of our directors. The Sponsor intends to purchase 12,000,000 share purchase warrants (“Founder’s Warrants”) at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$12,000,000) concurrently with the closing of the Offering and has purchased 10,062,500 class B shares of BCAC (“Founder’s Shares”) for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately U.S.$0.0025 per Founder’s Share (or U.S.$0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised). Up to a maximum of 1,312,500 of the aggregate 10,062,500 Founder’s Shares purchased by the Sponsor shall be relinquished by the Sponsor without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised.

 

The closing is expected to occur on or about August 15, 2019 (the “Closing Date”).

 

Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP is acting as legal counsel to BCAC and the Sponsor. Goodmans LLP is acting as legal counsel to the Underwriters.

 

The Offering is only being made to the public by prospectus. The final prospectus contains important detailed information about the securities being offered. Copies of the final prospectus may be obtained from the Underwriters listed above. Investors should read the final prospectus before making an investment decision.

 

This press release is not an offer of securities for sale in the United States, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration. The securities have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933. Copies of the final prospectus will be available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

 

 

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This press release may contain forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities legislation, which reflects the Sponsor’s and BCAC’s current expectations regarding future events. Forward-looking information is based on a number of assumptions and is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Sponsor’s or BCAC’s control, which could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those that are disclosed in or implied by such forward-looking information. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, failure to complete the Offering, intentions related to BCAC’s qualifying acquisition and related transactions, and the factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in the final prospectus of BCAC dated August 8, 2019. Neither the Sponsor nor BCAC undertake any obligation to update such forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as expressly required by applicable law.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT: 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Mark Harms 

Director

information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.28

 

 

Mailing Address:

PO Box 9431 Stn Prov Govt 

Victoria BC V8W 9V3

www.corporateonline.gov.bc.ca

Location:

2nd Floor - 940 Blanshard Street

Victoria BC

1 877 526-1526

 

    CERTIFIED COPY
    Of a Document filed with the Province of British Columbia Registrar of Companies
     
  Notice of Articles  
  BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT CAROL PREST

 

               
               
               
      This Notice of Articles was issued by the Registrar on: August 14, 2019 02:09 PM Pacific Time      
               
      Incorporation Number: BC1215533      
               
      Recognition Date and Time: Incorporated on July 8, 2019 02:07 PM Pacific Time      
               
               
               

 

 

NOTICE OF ARTICLES

 

Name of Company:

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

   
REGISTERED OFFICE INFORMATION  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
SUITE 2600, THREE BENTALL CENTRE SUITE 2600, THREE BENTALL CENTRE
595 BURRARD STREET, P.O. BOX 49314 595 BURRARD STREET, P.O. BOX 49314
VANCOUVER BC V7X 1L3 VANCOUVER BC V7X 1L3
CANADA CANADA

 

   
RECORDS OFFICE INFORMATION  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
SUITE 2600, THREE BENTALL CENTRE SUITE 2600, THREE BENTALL CENTRE
595 BURRARD STREET, P.O. BOX 49314 595 BURRARD STREET, P.O. BOX 49314
VANCOUVER BC V7X 1L3 VANCOUVER BC V7X 1L3
CANADA CANADA

 

Page: 1 of 3

 

 

   
DIRECTOR INFORMATION  
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Koederitz, Candice  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
11839 DURRETTE DR. 11839 DURRETTE DR.
HOUSTON TX 77024 HOUSTON TX 77024
UNITED STATES UNITED STATES
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Berner, Rob  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
68 JOHN STREET 68 JOHN STREET
GREENWICH CT 06831 GREENWICH CT 06831
UNITED STATES UNITED STATES
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Proctor, Tim  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
PO BOX 52385 3426 RUGBY ROAD
DURHAM NC 27717 DURHAM NC 27707
UNITED STATES UNITED STATES
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Caldini, Peter  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
2128 TUCKERBUNN DR. 2128 TUCKERBUNN DR.
CHARLOTTE NC 28270 CHARLOTTE NC 28270
UNITED STATES UNITED STATES
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Harms, Mark  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
1321 CLYDESDALE AVENUE 1321 CLYDESDALE AVENUE
WELLINGTON FL 33414 WELLINGTON FL 33414
UNITED STATES UNITED STATES
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Geoff, Parkin  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
6 FAIRLAWN PARK 6 FAIRLAWN PARK
WINDSOR, BERKSHIRE SL4 4HL WINDSOR, BERKSHIRE SL4 4HL
UNITED KINGDOM UNITED KINGDOM

 

Page: 2 of 3

 

 

Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Starkey, Ian  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
BAKEHOUSE BARN BAKEHOUSE BARN
DINGLE LANE DINGLE LANE
NETHER WHITACRE, WARWICKSHIRE B46 2EE NETHER WHITACRE, WARWICKSHIRE B46 2EE
UNITED KINGDOM UNITED KINGDOM
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Walsh, Paul  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
COMPASS HOUSE COMPASS HOUSE
GUILDFORD STREET GUILDFORD STREET
CHERTSEY, SURREY KT16 9BQ CHERTSEY, SURREY KT16 9BQ
UNITED KINGDOM UNITED KINGDOM

 

   

RESOLUTION DATES:

 

Date(s) of Resolution(s) or Court Order(s) attaching or altering Special Rights and Restrictions attached to a class or a series of shares:

 

August 8, 2019

 

   

AUTHORIZED SHARE STRUCTURE

 

1. No Maximum ClassB Shares Without Par Value
       
       
      With Special Rights or
      Restrictions attached

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

 

2. No Maximum Common Shares Without Par Value
       
       
      With Special Rights or
      Restrictions attached

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

3. No Maximum Proportionate Voting Shares Without Par Value
       
       
      With Special Rights or
      Restrictions attached

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

4. No Maximum Class A Restricted Voting Shares Without Par Value
       
       
      With Special Rights or
      Restrictions attached

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

   

 

Page: 3 of 3

 

Exhibit 99.29

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

ARTICLES

 

of

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

      Page
       
    ARTICLE 1   
       
    INTERPRETATION  
       
1.1    Definitions 1
       
1.2    Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable 1
       
    ARTICLE 2   
       
    SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES  
       
2.1   Authorized Share Structure 1
       
2.2   Form of Share Certificate 2
       
2.3   Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgement 2
       
2.4    Delivery by Mail 2
       
2.5   Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement 2
       
2.6   Replacement of Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificate or Acknowledgement 2
       
2.7   Splitting Share Certificates 2
       
2.8   Certificate Fee 3
       
2.9   Recognition of Trusts 3
       
    ARTICLE 3  
       
    ISSUE OF SHARES  
       
3.1   Directors Authorized 3
       
3.2   Commissions and Discounts 3
       
3.3   Brokerage 3
       
3.4   Conditions of Issue 3
       
3.5    Share Purchase Warrants and Rights 3
       
    ARTICLE 4  
       
    SHARE REGISTERS  
       
4.1   Central Securities Register 4
       
4.2   Closing Register 4
       
    ARTICLE 5  
       
    SHARE TRANSFERS  
       
5.1   Registering Transfers 4
       
5.2   Form of Instrument of Transfer 4

 

 
  - ii -  

 

5.3   Transferor Remains Shareholder 4
       
5.4   Signing of Instrument of Transfer 4
       
5.5   Enquiry as to Title Not Required 5
       
    ARTICLE 6  
       
    TRANSMISSION OF SHARES  
       
6.1   Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death 5
       
6.2   Rights of Legal Personal Representative 5
       
    ARTICLE 7  
       
    PURCHASE OF SHARES  
       
7.1   Company Authorized to Purchase Shares 5
       
7.2   Purchase When Insolvent 5
       
7.3   Sale and Voting of Purchased Shares 6
       
    ARTICLE 8  
       
    BORROWING POWERS  
       
8.1   Borrowing Powers 6
       
8.2   Banking Arrangements 6
       
    ARTICLE 9  
       
    ALTERATIONS  
       
9.1   Alteration of Authorized Share Structure 6
       
9.2   Special Rights and Restrictions 7
       
9.3   Change of Name 7
       
9.4   Other Alterations 7
       
    ARTICLE 10  
       
    MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS  
       
10.1   Annual General Meetings 7
       
10.2   Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting 7
       
10.3   Calling of Meetings of Shareholders 8
       
10.4   Notice for Meetings of Shareholders 8
       
10.5   Record Date for Notice 8
       
10.6   Record Date for Voting 8
       
10.7   Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice 8
       
10.8   Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders 8
       
10.9   Location of Meetings of Shareholders. 9
       
    ARTICLE 11  
       
    PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS  
       
11.1   Special Business 9
       
11.2   Special Majority 9
       
11.3   Quorum 10

 

 
  - iii -  

 

11.4   One Shareholder MayConstitute Quorum 10
       
11.5   Other Persons MayAttend 10
       
11.6   Requirement of Quorum 10
       
11.7   Lack of Quorum 10
       
11.8   Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting 10
       
11.9   Chair 10
       
11.10   Selection of Alternate Chair 11
       
11.11   Adjournments 11
       
11.12   Notice of Adjourned Meeting 11
       
11.13   Decision by Show of Hands or Poll 11
       
11.14   Declaration of Result 11
       
11.15   Motion Need Not be Seconded 11
       
11.16   Casting Vote 11
       
11.17   Manner of Taking Poll 11
       
11.18   Chair Must Resolve Dispute 12
       
11.19   Casting of Votes 12
       
11.20   Demand for Poll 12
       
11.21   Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting 12
       
11.22   Retention of Ballots and Proxies 12
       
11.23   Electronic Meetings 12
       
    ARTICLE 12  
       
    VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS  
       
12.1   Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares 12
       
12.2   Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity 12
       
12.3   Votes by Joint Holders 13
       
12.4   Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders 13
       
12.5   Representative of a Corporate Shareholder 13
       
12.6   Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder 13
       
12.7   When Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to the Company 13
       
12.8   Appointment of Proxy Holders 14
       
12.9   Deposit of Proxy 14
       
12.10   Validity of Proxy Vote 14
       
12.11   Form of Proxy 14
       
12.12   Revocation of Proxy 15
       
12.13   Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed 15
       
12.14   Chair May Determine Validity of Proxy 15
       
12.15   Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote 15

 

 
  - iv -  

 

    ARTICLE 13  
       
    DIRECTORS  
       
13.1   First Directors; Number of Directors 15
       
13.2   Change in Number of Directors 15
       
13.3   Directors’ Acts Valid Despite Vacancy 16
       
13.4   Qualifications of Directors 16
       
13.5   Remuneration of Directors 16
       
13.6   Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors 16
       
13.7   Special Remuneration for Directors 16
       
    ARTICLE 14  
       
    ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS  
       
14.1   Election at Annual General Meeting 16
       
14.2   Consent to be a Director 16
       
14.3   Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors 17
       
14.4   Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled 17
       
14.5   Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies 17
       
14.6   Remaining Directors Power to Act 17
       
14.7   Shareholders May Fill Vacancies 17
       
14.8   Additional Directors 18
       
14.9   Ceasing to be a Director 18
       
14.10   Removal of Director by Shareholders 18
       
14.11   Removal of Director by Directors 18
       
    ARTICLE 15  
       
    ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS  
       
15.1   Nomination of Directors 18
       
15.2   Exclusive Means 19
       
15.3   Timely Notice 19
       
15.4   Proper Form of Notice 19
       
15.5   Currency of Nominee Information 21
       
15.6   Delivery of Information 21
       
15.7   Defective Nomination Determination 21
       
15.8   Failure to Appear 22
       
15.9   Waiver 22
       
15.10   Definitions 22
       
    ARTICLE 16  
       
    POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS  
       
16.1   Powers of Management 22
       
16.2   Appointment of Attorney of Company 22

 

 
  - v -  

 

    ARTICLE 17  
       
    DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS  
       
17.1   Obligation to Account for Profits 22
       
17.2   Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest 22
       
17.3   Interested Director Counted in Quorum 23
       
17.4   Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property 23
       
17.5   Director Holding Other Office in the Company 23
       
17.6   No Disqualification 23
       
17.7   Professional Services by Director or Officer 23
       
17.8   Director or Officer in Other Corporations 23
       
    ARTICLE 18  
       
    PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS  
       
18.1   Meetings of Directors 23
       
18.2   Voting at Meetings 23
       
18.3   Chair of Meetings 23
       
18.4   Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium 24
       
18.5   Calling of Meetings 24
       
18.6   Notice of Meetings 24
       
18.7   When Notice Not Required 24
       
18.8   Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice 24
       
18.9   Waiver of Notice of Meetings 25
       
18.10   Quorum 25
       
18.11   Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective 25
       
18.12   Consent Resolutions in Writing 25
       
    ARTICLE 19  
       
    EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES  
       
19.1   Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee 25
       
19.2   Appointment and Powers of Other Committees 25
       
19.3   Obligations of Committees 26
       
19.4   Powers of Board 26
       
19.5   Committee Meetings 26
       
    ARTICLE 20  
       
    OFFICERS  
       
20.1   Directors May Appoint Officers 27
       
20.2   Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers 27
       
20.3   Qualifications 27
       
20.4   Remuneration and Terms of Appointment 27

 

 

- vi -

 

    ARTICLE 21  
       
    INDEMNIFICATION  
       
21.1   Definitions 27
       
21.2   Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and Former Directors 28
       
21.3   Mandatory Advancement of Expenses 28
       
21.4   Indemnification of Other Persons 28
       
21.5   Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act 28
       
21.6   Company MayPurchase Insurance 28
       
21.7   Escrow Account 28
       
    ARTICLE 22  
       
    DIVIDENDS  
       
22.1   Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights 29
       
22.2   Declaration of Dividends 29
       
22.3   No Notice Required 29
       
22.4   Record Date 29
       
22.5   Manner of Paying Dividend 29
       
22.6   Settlement of Difficulties 29
       
22.7   When Dividend Payable 29
       
22.8   Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares 29
       
22.9   Receipt by Joint Shareholders 29
       
22.10   Dividend Bears No Interest 29
       
22.11   Fractional Dividends 29
       
22.12   Payment of Dividends 30
       
22.13   Capitalization of Surplus 30
       
    ARTICLE 23  
       
    DOCUMENTS, RECORDS AND REPORTS  
       
23.1   Recording of Financial Affairs 30
       
23.2   Inspection of Accounting Records 30
       
    ARTICLE 24  
       
    NOTICES  
       
24.1   Method of Giving Notice 30
       
24.2   Deemed Receipt of Mailing 31
       
24.3   Certificate of Sending 31
       
24.4   Notice to Joint Shareholders 31
       
24.5   Notice to Trustees 31
       
24.6   Undelivered Notices 32

 

 

- vii -

 

    ARTICLE 25  
       
    SEAL AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS  
       
25.1   Who May Attest Seal 32
       
25.2   Sealing Copies 32
       
25.3   Mechanical Reproduction of Seal 32
       
25.4   Execution of Documents Generally 33
       
    ARTICLE 26  
       
    FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES  
       
26.1   Forum for Adjudication of Certain Disputes 33
       
    ARTICLE 27  
       
    SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS – COMMON SHARES AND PROPORTIONATE VOTING SHARES  
       
27.1   Common Shares 33
       
27.2   Proportionate Voting Shares 37
       
    ARTICLE 28  
       
    REDEMPTION OF COMMON SHARES AND PROPORTIONATE VOTING SHARES  
       
28.1   Redemption 44
       
    ARTICLE 29  
       
    SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS TO CLASS A RESTRICTED VOTING SHARES  
       
29.1   Class A Restricted Voting Shares 50
       
29.2   Definitions 50
       
29.3   Voting 52
       
29.4   Dividends 53
       
29.5   Redemption 53
       
29.6   Automatic Redemption 55
       
29.7   Winding-Up or Dissolution 56
       
29.8   Anti-Dilution 56
       
29.9   Conversion 56
       
    ARTICLE 30  
       
    SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHING TO CLASS B SHARES  
       
30.1   Class B Shares 56
       
30.2   Definitions 56
       
30.3   Voting 56
       
30.4   Dividends 57
       
30.5   Winding-Up 57
       
30.6   Anti-Dilution 57
       
30.7   Conversion 57
       
    ARTICLE 31  
       
    RESTRICTIONS REGARDING THE QUALIFYING ACQUISITION  
       
31.1   Restrictions Regarding the Qualifying Acquisition 58

 

 

- viii -

 

    ARTICLE 32  
       
    CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES  
       
32.1   Excluded Opportunities 58
       
32.2   Allocation of Opportunities 58

 

 

 

Certificate of Incorporation No. BC1215533

 

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

ARTICLES

 

of

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

ARTICLE 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions. In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

board of directors”, “directors” and “board” mean the directors or sole director of the Company for the time being;

 

Business Corporations Act” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act;

 

Escrow Agent means TSX Trust Company, or its successors and permitted assigns;

 

legal personal representative” means the personal or other legal representative of the shareholder;

 

registered address” of a shareholder means the shareholder’s address as recorded in the central securities register;

 

seal” means the seal of the Company, if any.

 

1.2                          Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable. The definitions in the Business Corporations Act and the definitions and rules of construction in the Interpretation Act, with the necessary changes, so far as applicable, and unless the context requires otherwise, apply to these Articles as if they were an enactment. If there is a conflict between a definition in the Business Corporations Act and a definition or rule in the Interpretation Act relating to a term used in these Articles, the definition in the Business Corporations Act will prevail in relation to the use of the term in these Articles. If there is a conflict between these Articles and the Business Corporations Act, the Business Corporations Act will prevail.

 

ARTICLE 2
SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

2.1                          Authorized Share Structure. The authorized share structure of the Company consists of shares of the class or classes and series, if any, described in the Notice of Articles of the Company.

 

 

- 2 -

 

2.2                          Form of Share Certificate. Each share certificate issued by the Company must comply with, and be signed as required by, the Business Corporations Act.

 

2.3                          Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgement. Each shareholder is entitled, without charge, to (a) one share certificate representing the shares of each class or series of shares registered in the shareholder’s name or (b) a non-transferable written acknowledgement of the shareholder’s right to obtain such a share certificate, provided that in respect of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company is not bound to issue more than one share certificate and delivery of a share certificate for a share to one of several joint shareholders or to one of the shareholders’ duly authorized agents will be sufficient delivery to all.

 

2.4                          Delivery by Mail. Any share certificate or non-transferable written acknowledgement of a shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate may be sent to the shareholder by mail at the shareholder’s registered address and neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is liable for any loss to the shareholder because the share certificate or acknowledgement is lost in the mail or stolen.

 

2.5                          Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement. If the directors or officers of the Company are satisfied that a share certificate or a non-transferable written acknowledgement of the shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate is worn out or defaced, they must, on production to them of the share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, and on such other terms, if any, as they think fit:

 

(a) order the share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, to be cancelled; and

 

(b) issue a replacement share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be.

 

2.6                        Replacement of Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificate or Acknowledgement. If a share certificate or a non-transferable written acknowledgement of a shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate is lost, stolen or destroyed, a replacement share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, must be issued to the person entitled to that share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, if the directors receive:

 

(a) proof satisfactory to them that the share certificate or acknowledgement is lost, stolen or destroyed;

 

(b) any indemnity the directors and, if applicable, the Company’s transfer agent considers adequate; and

 

(c) any other document, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Company’s transfer agent, if applicable.

 

2.7                          Splitting Share Certificates. If a shareholder surrenders a share certificate to the Company with a written request that the Company issue in the shareholder’s name two or more share certificates, each representing a specified number of shares and in the aggregate representing the same number of shares as the share certificate so surrendered, the Company must cancel the surrendered share certificate and issue replacement share certificates in accordance with that request.

 

 

- 3 -

 

2.8                          Certificate Fee. There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the issue of any share certificate under Articles 2.5, 2.6 or 2.7, the amount, if any and which must not exceed the amount prescribed under the Business Corporations Act, determined by the directors.

 

2.9                          Recognition of Trusts. Except as required by law or statute or these Articles, no person will be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company is not bound by or compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or fraction of a share or (except as required by law or statute or these Articles provided or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the shareholder.

 

ARTICLE 3

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

3.1                          Directors Authorized. Subject to the Business Corporations Act and the rights of the holders of issued shares of the Company, the Company may issue, allot, sell or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares, and issued shares held by the Company, at the times, to the persons, including directors, in the manner, on the terms and conditions and for the issue prices (including any premium at which shares with par value may be issued) that the directors, or a committee of directors so empowered by the directors, may determine. The issue price for a share with par value must be equal to or greater than the par value of the share.

 

3.2                          Commissions and Discounts. The Company may at any time, pay a reasonable commission or allow a reasonable discount to any person in consideration of that person purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Company from the Company or any other person or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for shares of the Company.

 

3.3                          Brokerage. The Company may pay such brokerage fee or other consideration as may be lawful for or in connection with the sale or placement of its securities.

 

3.4                          Conditions of Issue. Except as provided for by the Business Corporations Act, no share may be issued until it is fully paid. A share is fully paid when:

 

(a) consideration is provided to the Company for the issue of the share by one or more of the following:

 

(i) past services performed for the Company;

 

(ii) property;

 

(iii) money; and

 

(b) the value of the consideration received by the Company equals or exceeds the issue price set for the share under Article 3.1.

 

3.5                          Share Purchase Warrants and Rights. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may issue share purchase warrants, options and rights upon such terms and conditions as the directors determine, which share purchase warrants, options and rights may be issued alone or in conjunction with debentures, debenture stock, bonds, shares or any other securities issued or created by the Company from time to time.

 

 

- 4 -

 

ARTICLE 4

SHARE REGISTERS

 

4.1                          Central Securities Register. As required by and subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must maintain in British Columbia a central securities register. The directors may, subject to the Business Corporations Act, appoint an agent to maintain the central securities register. The directors may also appoint one or more agents, including the agent which keeps the central securities register, as transfer agent for its shares or any class or series of its shares, as the case may be, and the same or another agent as registrar for its shares or such class or series of its shares, as the case may be. The directors may terminate such appointment of any agent at any time and may appoint another agent in its place.

 

4.2 Closing Register. The Company must not at any time close its central securities register.

 

ARTICLE 5

SHARE TRANSFERS

 

5.1                          Registering Transfers. A transfer of a share of the Company must not be registered unless:

 

(a) a duly signed instrument of transfer in respect of the share and any other document, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Company’s transfer agent, if applicable, has been received by the Company;

 

(b) if a share certificate has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, that share certificate has been surrendered to the Company; and

 

(c) if a non-transferable written acknowledgement of the shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, that acknowledgement has been surrendered to the Company.

 

5.2                          Form of Instrument of Transfer. The instrument of transfer in respect of any share of the Company must be either in the form, if any, on the back of the Company’s share certificates or in any other form that may be approved by the directors or the transfer agent for the series or class of shares to be transferred from time to time.

 

5.3                         Transferor Remains Shareholder. Except to the extent that the Business Corporations Act otherwise provides, the transferor of shares is deemed to remain the holder of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in a securities register of the Company in respect of the transfer.

 

5.4                          Signing of Instrument of Transfer. If a shareholder, or his or her duly authorized attorney, signs an instrument of transfer in respect of shares registered in the name of the shareholder, the signed instrument of transfer together with any other document, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Company’s transfer agent, if applicable, constitutes a complete and sufficient authority to the Company and its directors, officers and agents to register the number of shares specified in the instrument of transfer or specified in any other manner, or, if no number is specified, all the shares represented by the share certificates or set out in the written acknowledgements deposited with the instrument of transfer:

 

 

- 5 -

 

(a) in the name of the person named as transferee in that instrument of transfer; or

 

(b) if no person is named as transferee in that instrument of transfer, in the name of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered.

 

5.5                          Enquiry as to Title Not Required. Neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is bound to inquire into the title of the person named in the instrument of transfer as transferee or, if no person is named as transferee in the instrument of transfer, of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered or is liable for any claim related to registering the transfer by the shareholder or by any intermediate owner or holder of the shares, of any interest in the shares, of any share certificate representing such shares or of any written acknowledgement of a right to obtain a share certificate for such shares.

 

ARTICLE 6

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

6.1                          Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death. In case of the death of a shareholder, the legal personal representative, or if the shareholder was a joint holder, the surviving joint holder, will be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the shareholder’s interest in the shares. Before recognizing a person as a legal personal representative, the directors may require proof of appointment by a court of competent jurisdiction, a grant of letters probate, letters of administration or such other evidence or documents as the directors consider appropriate.

 

6.2                          Rights of Legal Personal Representative. The legal personal representative has the same rights, privileges and obligations that attach to the shares held by the shareholder, including the right to transfer the shares in accordance with these Articles, provided the documents required by the Business Corporations Act and the directors have been deposited with the Company.

 

ARTICLE 7

PURCHASE OF SHARES

 

7.1                          Company Authorized to Purchase Shares. Subject to Article 7.2, the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may, if authorized by the directors, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares at the price and upon the terms specified in such resolution.

 

7.2                          Purchase When Insolvent. The Company must not make a payment or provide any other consideration to purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that:

 

(a) the Company is insolvent; or

 

(b) making the payment or providing the consideration would render the Company insolvent.

 

 

- 6 -

 

7.3                          Sale and Voting of Purchased Shares. If the Company retains a share redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by it, the Company may sell, cancel, gift or otherwise dispose of the share, but, while such share is held by the Company, it:

 

(a) is not entitled to vote the share at a meeting of its shareholders;

 

(b) must not pay a dividend in respect of the share; and

 

(c) must not make any other distribution in respect of the share.

 

ARTICLE 8

BORROWING POWERS

 

8.1 Borrowing Powers. The Company, if authorized by the directors, may:

 

(a) borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that they consider appropriate;

 

(b) issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of the Company or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other terms as they consider appropriate;

 

(c) guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and

 

(d) mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give other security on, the whole or any part of the present and future assets and undertaking of the Company.

 

8.2                          Banking Arrangements. The banking business of the Company, including without limitation, the borrowing powers set forth in Article 8.1 above, shall be transacted with such banks, trust companies or other bodies corporate or organizations as may from time to time be designated by or under the authority of the board. Such banking business or any part thereof shall be transacted under such agreements, instructions and delegations of powers as the board may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE 9

ALTERATIONS

 

9.1                          Alteration of Authorized Share Structure. Subject to Article  9.2 and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may by special resolution:

 

(a) create one or more classes or series of shares or, if none of the shares of a class or series of shares are allotted or issued, eliminate that class or series of shares;

 

(b) increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares or establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established;

 

(c) subdivide or consolidate all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares;

 

 

- 7 -

 

(d) if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value:

 

(i) decrease the par value of those shares; or

 

(ii) if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued, increase the par value of those shares;

 

(e) change all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares without par value or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value;

 

(f) alter the identifying name of any of its shares; or

 

(g) otherwise alter its shares or authorized share structure when required or permitted to do so by the Business Corporations Act.

 

9.2                          Special Rights and Restrictions. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may by special resolution:

 

(a) create special rights or restrictions for, and attach those special rights or restrictions to, the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; or

 

(b) vary or delete any special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued.

 

9.3                          Change of Name. The Company may by either a director or ordinary resolution authorize an alteration of its Notice of Articles in order to change its name.

 

9.4                          Other Alterations. If the Business Corporations Act does not specify the type of resolution and these Articles do not specify another type of resolution, the Company may by special resolution alter these Articles.

 

ARTICLE 10

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

10.1                        Annual General Meetings. Subject to Article 10.2, unless an annual general meeting is deferred or waived in accordance with the Business Corporations Act, the Company must hold its first annual general meeting within 18 months after the date on which it was incorporated or otherwise recognized, and after that must hold an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year and not more than 15 months after the last annual reference date at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.

 

10.2                        Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting. If all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting consent by a unanimous resolution under the Business Corporations Act to all of the business that is required to be transacted at that annual general meeting, the annual general meeting is deemed to have been held on the date of the unanimous resolution. The shareholders must, in any unanimous resolution passed under this Article 10.2, select as the Company’s annual reference date a date that would be appropriate for the holding of the applicable annual general meeting.

 

 

- 8 -

 

10.1                        Calling of Meetings of Shareholders. The directors may, whenever they think fit, call a meeting of shareholders to be held at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.

 

10.2                        Notice for Meetings of Shareholders. Except for a resolution passed pursuant to Article 10.2, the Company must send notice of the date, time and location of any meeting of shareholders, in the manner provided in these Articles, or in such other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by ordinary resolution (whether previous notice of the resolution has been given or not), to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of the Company, unless these Articles otherwise provide, at least the following number of days before the meeting:

 

(a) if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days;

 

(b) otherwise, 10 days.

 

10.3                        Record Date for Notice. The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is held by fewer than:

 

(a) if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days;

 

(b) otherwise, 10 days.

 

If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.

 

10.4                        Record Date for Voting. The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.

 

10.5                        Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice. The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any of the persons entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting. Any person entitled to notice of a meeting of shareholders may, in writing or otherwise, waive or reduce the period of notice of such meeting.

 

10.6                        Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders. If a meeting of shareholders is to consider special business within the meaning of Article 11.1, the notice of meeting must:

 

(a) state the general nature of the special business; and

 

(b) if the special business includes considering, approving, ratifying, adopting or authorizing any document or the signing of or giving of effect to any document, have attached to it a copy of the document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders:

 

(i) at the Company’s records office, or at such other reasonably accessible location in British Columbia as is specified in the notice; and

 

(ii) during statutory business hours on any one or more specified days before the day set for the holding of the meeting.

 

 

- 9 -

 

10.9                        Location of Meetings of Shareholders. Meetings of shareholders of the Company may be held outside British Columbia, anywhere within Canada or the United States, including Toronto, Ontario.

 

ARTICLE 11

PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

11.1 Special Business. At a meeting of shareholders, the following business is special business:

 

(a) at a meeting of shareholders that is not an annual general meeting, all business is special business except business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting;

 

(b) at an annual general meeting, all business is special business except for the following:

 

(i) business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting;

 

(ii) consideration of any financial statements of the Company presented to the meeting;

 

(iii) consideration of any reports of the directors or auditor;

 

(iv) the setting or changing of the number of directors;

 

(v) the election or appointment of directors;

 

(vi) the appointment of an auditor;

 

(vii) the setting of the remuneration of an auditor;

 

(viii) business arising out of a report of the directors not requiring the passing of a special resolution or an exceptional resolution;

 

(ix) any other business which, under these Articles or the Business Corporations Act, may be transacted at a meeting of shareholders without prior notice of the business being given to the shareholders.

 

11.2                       Special Majority. The majority of votes required for the Company to pass a special resolution at a meeting of shareholders is two-thirds of the votes cast on the resolution with all classes of shares voting together as if they were a single class except in the case of class votes.

 

 

- 10 -

 

11.3                       Quorum. Subject to the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is two persons who are, or who represent by proxy, shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold at least 25% of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

11.4                       One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum. If there is only one shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders:

 

(a) the quorum is one person who is, or who represents by proxy, that shareholder, and

 

(b) that shareholder, present in person or by proxy, may constitute the meeting.

 

11.5                       Other Persons May Attend. The directors, the president (if any), the secretary (if any), the assistant secretary (if any), any lawyer for the Company, the auditor of the Company and any other persons invited by the chair of the meeting are entitled to attend any meeting of shareholders, but if any of those persons does attend a meeting of shareholders, that person is not to be counted in the quorum and is not entitled to vote at the meeting unless that person is a shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

11.6                       Requirement of Quorum. No business, other than the election of a chair of the meeting and the adjournment of the meeting, may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum of shareholders entitled to vote is present at the commencement of the meeting, but such quorum need not be present throughout the meeting.

 

11.7                       Lack of Quorum. If, within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present:

 

(a) in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders, the meeting is dissolved, and

 

(b) in the case of any other meeting of shareholders, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place (unless otherwise determined by the chair).

 

11.8                       Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting. If, at the meeting to which the meeting referred to in Article 11.7(b) was adjourned, a quorum is not present within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of the meeting, the person or persons present and being, or representing by proxy, one or more shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting constitute a quorum.

 

11.9 Chair. The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders:

 

(a) the chair of the board, if any; or

 

(b) if the chair of the board is absent or unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the president, if any.

 

 

- 11 -

 

11.10                     Selection of Alternate Chair. If, at any meeting of shareholders, there is no chair of the board or president present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president are unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president have advised the secretary, if any, or any director present at the meeting, that they will not be present at the meeting, the directors present must choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting or if all of the directors present decline to take the chair or fail to so choose or if no director is present, the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present in person or by proxy may choose any person present at the meeting to chair the meeting.

 

11.11                     Adjournments. The chair of a meeting of shareholders may, and if so directed by the meeting must, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

11.12                     Notice of Adjourned Meeting. It is not necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting of shareholders except that, when a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as in the case of the original meeting.

 

11.13                     Decision by Show of Hands or Poll. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, every motion put to a vote at a meeting of shareholders will be decided on a show of hands unless a poll, before or on the declaration of the result of the vote by show of hands, is directed by the chair or demanded by at least one shareholder entitled to vote who is present in person or by proxy.

 

11.14                     Declaration of Result. The chair of a meeting of shareholders must declare to the meeting the decision on every question in accordance with the result of the show of hands or the poll, as the case may be, and that decision must be entered in the minutes of the meeting. A declaration of the chair that a resolution is carried by the necessary majority or is defeated is, unless a poll is directed by the chair or demanded under Article 11.13, conclusive evidence without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

11.15                     Motion Need Not be Seconded. No motion proposed at a meeting of shareholders need be seconded unless the chair of the meeting rules otherwise, and the chair of any meeting of shareholders is entitled to propose or second a motion.

 

11.16                     Casting Vote. In the case of an equality of votes, the chair of a meeting of shareholders does not, either on a show of hands or on a poll, have a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the chair may be entitled as a shareholder.

 

11.17                     Manner of Taking Poll. Subject to Article 11.18, if a poll is duly demanded at a meeting of shareholders:

 

(a) the poll must be taken at the meeting, or any adjournment thereof in the manner, at the time and at the place that the chair of the meeting directs;

 

(b) the result of the poll is deemed to be the decision of the meeting at which the poll is demanded; and

 

(c) the demand for the poll may be withdrawn by the person who demanded it.

 

 

- 12 -

 

11.18                     Chair Must Resolve Dispute. In the case of any dispute as to the admission or rejection of a vote given on a poll, the chair of the meeting must determine the dispute, and his or her determination made in good faith is final and conclusive.

 

11.19                     Casting of Votes. On a poll, a shareholder entitled to more than one vote need not cast all the votes in the same way.

 

11.20                     Demand for Poll. No poll may be demanded in respect of the vote by which a chair of a meeting of shareholders is elected.

 

11.21                     Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting. The demand for a poll at a meeting of shareholders does not, unless the chair of the meeting so rules, prevent the continuation of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which a poll has been demanded.

 

11.22                     Retention of Ballots and Proxies. The Company must, for at least three months after a meeting of shareholders, keep each ballot cast on a poll and each proxy voted at the meeting, and, during that period, make them available for inspection during normal business hours by any shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting. At the end of such three month period, the Company may destroy such ballots and proxies.

 

11.23                     Electronic Meetings. The directors may determine that a meeting of shareholders shall be held entirely by means of telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities that permit all participants to communicate with each other during the meeting. A meeting of shareholders may also be held at which some, but not necessarily all, persons entitled to attend may participate by means of such communications facilities, if the directors determine to make them available. A shareholder who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this Article 11.23 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner.

 

ARTICLE 12

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

12.1                        Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares. Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to any shares and to the restrictions imposed on joint shareholders under Article 12.3:

 

(a) on a vote by show of hands, every person present who is a shareholder or proxy holder and entitled to vote on the matter has one vote; and

 

(b) on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote on the matter has one vote in respect of each share entitled to be voted on the matter and held by that shareholder and may exercise that vote either in person or by proxy.

 

12.2                       Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity. A person who is not a shareholder may vote at a meeting of shareholders, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and may appoint a proxy holder to act at the meeting, if, before doing so, the person satisfies the chair of the meeting, or the directors, that the person is a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy for a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

 

- 13 -

 

12.3 Votes by Joint Holders. If there are joint shareholders registered in respect of any share:

 

(a) any one of the joint shareholders may vote at any meeting, either personally or by proxy, in respect of the share as if that joint shareholder were solely entitled to it; or

 

(b) if more than one of the joint shareholders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, and more than one of them votes in respect of that share, then only the vote of the joint shareholder present whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share will be counted.

 

12.4                        Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders. Two or more legal personal representatives of a shareholder in whose sole name any share is registered are, for the purposes of Article 12.3, deemed to be joint shareholders.

 

12.5                       Representative of a Corporate Shareholder. If a corporation, that is not a subsidiary of the Company, is a shareholder, that corporation may appoint a person to act as its representative at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, and:

 

(a) for that purpose, the instrument appointing a representative must:

 

(i) be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice for the receipt of proxies, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or

 

(ii) be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting or to a person designated by the chair of the meeting.

 

(b) if a representative is appointed under this Article 12.5:

 

(i) the representative is entitled to exercise in respect of and at that meeting the same rights on behalf of the corporation that the representative represents as that corporation could exercise if it were a shareholder who is an individual, including, without limitation, the right to appoint a proxy holder; and

 

(ii) the representative, if present at the meeting, is to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum and is deemed to be a shareholder present in person at the meeting.

 

Evidence of the appointment of any such representative may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.

 

12.6                        Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder. A person who is not a shareholder may be appointed as a proxyholder.

 

12.7                       When Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to the Company. If and for so long as the Company is a public company, (i) Articles 12.8,12.9, 12.10, 12.12, 12.13, 12.14 and 12.15 apply only insofar as they are not inconsistent with any Canadian securities legislation applicable to the Company, any U.S. securities legislation applicable to the Company or any rules of an exchange on which securities of the Company are listed and (ii) Article 12.11 does not apply.

 

 

- 14 -

 

12.8                        Appointment of Proxy Holders. Every shareholder of the Company, including a corporation that is a shareholder but not a subsidiary of the Company, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Company may, by proxy, appoint one or more (but not more than five) proxy holders to attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the powers conferred by the proxy.

 

12.9 Deposit of Proxy. A proxy for a meeting of shareholders must:

 

(a) be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or

 

(b) unless the notice provides otherwise, be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting or to a person designated by the chair of the meeting.

 

A proxy may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.

 

12.10                     Validity of Proxy Vote. A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy is valid notwithstanding the death or incapacity of the shareholder giving the proxy and despite the revocation of the proxy or the revocation of the authority under which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of that death, incapacity or revocation is received:

 

(a) at the registered office of the Company, at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

 

(b) by the chair of the meeting, before the vote is taken.

 

12.11                     Form of Proxy. A proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, must be either in the following form or in any other form approved by the directors or the chair of the meeting:

 

[Name of Company]

(the “Company”)

 

The undersigned, being a shareholder of the Company, hereby appoints [name] or, failing that person, [name], as proxy holder for the undersigned to attend, act and vote for and on behalf of the undersigned at the meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held on [month, day, year] and at any adjournment of that meeting.

 

Number of shares in respect of which this proxy is given (if no number is specified, then this proxy if given in respect of all shares registered in the name of the shareholder):

 

_______________.

 

Signed this ______ day of __________, _____.

 

 

- 15 -

 

   
  (Signature of shareholder)

 

 

   
  (Name of shareholder - printed)

 

12.12                     Revocation of Proxy. Subject to Article 12.13, every proxy may be revoked by an instrument in writing that is:

 

(a) received at the registered office of the Company at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

 

(b) provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting.

 

12.13                     Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed. An instrument referred to in Article 12.12 must be signed as follows:

 

(a) if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is an individual, the instrument must be signed by the shareholder or his or her legal personal representative or trustee in bankruptcy;

 

(b) if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is a corporation, the instrument must be signed by the corporation or by a representative appointed for the corporation under Article 12.5.

 

12.14                     Chair May Determine Validity of Proxy. The chair of any meeting of shareholders may determine whether or not a proxy deposited for use at the meeting, which may not strictly comply with the requirements of this Part 12 as to form, execution, accompanying documentation, time of filing or otherwise, shall be valid for use at such meeting and any such determination made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon such meeting.

 

12.15                     Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote. The chair of any meeting of shareholders may, but need not, inquire into the authority of any person to vote at the meeting and may, but need not, demand from that person production of evidence as to the existence of the authority to vote.

 

ARTICLE 13

DIRECTORS

 

13.1                        First Directors; Number of Directors. The first directors are the persons designated as directors of the Company in the Notice of Articles that applies to the Company when it is recognized under the Business Corporations Act. The minimum number of directors is three (3) and the maximum number of directors is twenty (20). The number of directors, excluding additional directors appointed under Article 14.8, is set at the greater of the number of directors set by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given) and the number of directors set under Article 14.4.

 

13.2 Change in Number of Directors. If the number of directors is set under Article 13.1:

 

(a) the shareholders may elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number;

 

 

- 16 -

 

(b) if the shareholders do not elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number contemporaneously with the setting of that number, then the directors may appoint, or the shareholders may elect or appoint, directors to fill those vacancies.

 

13.3                      Directors’ Acts Valid Despite Vacancy. An act or proceeding of the directors is not invalid merely because fewer than the number of directors set or otherwise required under these Articles is in office.

 

13.4                      Qualifications of Directors. A director is not required to hold a share in the capital of the Company as qualification for his or her office but must be qualified as required by the Business Corporations Act to become, act or continue to act as a director.

 

13.5                      Remuneration of Directors. The directors are entitled to the remuneration for acting as directors, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine. If the directors so decide, the remuneration of the directors, if any, will be determined by the shareholders. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any officer or employee of the Company as such, who is also a director.

 

13.6                      Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors. The Company must reimburse each director for the reasonable expenses that he or she may incur in and about the business of the Company.

 

13.7                      Special Remuneration for Directors. If any director performs any professional or other services for the Company that in the opinion of the directors are outside the ordinary duties of a director, or if any director is otherwise specially occupied in or about the Company’s business, he or she may be paid remuneration fixed by the directors, or, at the option of that director, fixed by ordinary resolution, and such remuneration may be either in addition to, or in substitution for, any other remuneration that he or she may be entitled to receive.

 

ARTICLE 14

ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

14.1                      Election at Annual General Meeting. At every annual general meeting and in every unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2:

 

(a) the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election of directors must elect, or in the unanimous resolution appoint, a board of directors consisting of the number of directors for the time being set under these Articles; and

 

(b) all the directors cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors under paragraph (a), but are eligible for re-election or re-appointment.

 

14.2                      Consent to be a Director. No election, appointment or designation of an individual as a director is valid unless:

 

 

- 17 -

 

(a) that individual consents to be a director in the manner provided for in the Business Corporations Act;

 

(b) that individual is elected or appointed at a meeting at which the individual is present and the individual does not refuse, at the meeting, to be a director; or

 

(c) with respect to first directors, the designation is otherwise valid under the Business Corporations Act.

 

14.3                      Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors. If:

 

(a) the Company fails to hold an annual general meeting, and all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting fail to pass the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, on or before the date by which the annual general meeting is required to be held under the Business Corporations Act; or

 

(b) the shareholders fail, at the annual general meeting or in the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, to elect or appoint any directors;

 

then each director then in office continues to hold office until the earlier of:

 

(c) the date on which his or her successor is elected or appointed; and

 

(d) the date on which he or she otherwise ceases to hold office under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles.

 

14.4                      Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled. If, at any meeting of shareholders at which there should be an election of directors, the places of any of the retiring directors are not filled by that election, those retiring directors who are not re-elected and who are asked by the newly elected directors to continue in office will, if willing to do so, continue in office to complete the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles until further new directors are elected at a meeting of shareholders convened for that purpose. If any such election or continuance of directors does not result in the election or continuance of the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles, the number of directors of the Company is deemed to be set at the number of directors actually elected or continued in office.

 

14.5                      Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies. Any casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the directors.

 

14.6                      Remaining Directors Power to Act. The directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the board of directors, but if the Company has fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the directors may only act for the purpose of appointing directors up to that number or of summoning a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of filling any vacancies on the board of directors or, subject to the Business Corporations Act, for any other purpose.

 

14.7                      Shareholders May Fill Vacancies. If the Company has no directors or fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the shareholders may elect or appoint directors to fill any vacancies on the board of directors.

 

 

- 18 -

 

14.8                      Additional Directors. Notwithstanding Articles 13.1 and 13.2, between annual general meetings or unanimous resolutions contemplated by Article 10.2, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors appointed under this Article 14.8 must not at any time exceed:

 

(a) one-third of the number of first directors, if, at the time of the appointments, one or more of the first directors have not yet completed their first term of office; or

 

(b) in any other case, one-third of the number of the current directors who were elected or appointed as directors other than under this Article 14.8.

 

Any director so appointed ceases to hold office immediately before the next election or appointment of directors under Article 14.1(a), but is eligible for re-election or re-appointment

 

14.9                      Ceasing to be a Director. A director ceases to be a director when:

 

(a) the term of office of the director expires;

 

(b) the director dies;

 

(c) the director resigns as a director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the Company; or

 

(d) the director is removed from office pursuant to Articles 14.10 or 14.11.

 

14.10                    Removal of Director by Shareholders. The Company may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office by special resolution. In that event, the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill the resulting vacancy. If the shareholders do not elect or appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy contemporaneously with the removal, then the directors may appoint or the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill that vacancy.

 

14.11                    Removal of Director by Directors. The directors may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office if: (i) the director is convicted of an indictable offence; (ii) the director is unacceptable to an applicable Governmental Authority; or (iii) the director ceases to be qualified to act as a director of a company and does not promptly resign, and the directors may appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy.

 

ARTICLE 15

ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS

 

15.1                      Nomination of Directors. Subject only to the Business Corporations Act and these Articles, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set out in this Article 15 shall be eligible for election as directors to the board of the Company. Nominations of persons for election to the board may only be made at an annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of shareholders called for any purpose at which the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting, as follows:

 

(a) by or at the direction of the board or an authorized officer of the Company, including pursuant to a notice of meeting;

 

 

- 19 -

 

(b) by or at the direction or request of one or more shareholders pursuant to a valid proposal made in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act or a valid requisition of shareholders made in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act; or

 

(c) by any person entitled to vote at such meeting (a “Nominating Shareholder”), who:

 

(i) is, at the close of business on the date of giving notice provided for in this Article 15 and on the record date for notice of such meeting, either entered in the securities register of the Company as a holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting or who beneficially owns shares that are entitled to be voted at such meeting and provides evidence of such beneficial ownership to the Company; and

 

(ii) has given timely notice in proper written form as set forth in this Article 15.

 

15.2                      Exclusive Means. For the avoidance of doubt, this Article 15 shall be the exclusive means for any person to bring nominations for election to the board before any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company.

 

15.3                      Timely Notice. In order for a nomination made by a Nominating Shareholder to be timely notice (a “Timely Notice”), the Nominating Shareholder’s notice must be received by the corporate secretary of the Company at the principal executive offices or registered office of the Company:

 

(a) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders (including an annual and special meeting), not later than 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on the 30th day before the date of the meeting; provided, however, if the first public announcement made by the Company of the date of the meeting (each such date being the “Notice Date”) is less than 50 days before the meeting date, notice by the Nominating Shareholder may be given not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date; and

 

(b) in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for any purpose which includes the election of directors to the board, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date,

 

provided that, in either instance, if notice-and-access (as defined in National Instrument 54-101 - Communication with Beneficial Owners of Securities of a Reporting Issuer) is used for delivery of proxy related materials in respect of a meeting described in Article 15.3(a) or Article 15.3(b), and the Notice Date in respect of the meeting is not less than 50 days before the date of the applicable meeting, the notice must be received not later than the close of business on the 40th day before the date of the applicable meeting.

 

15.4                      Proper Form of Notice. To be in proper written form, a Nominating Shareholder’s notice to the corporate secretary must comply with all the provisions of this Article 15 and disclose or include, as applicable:

 

 

- 20 -

 

(a) as to each person whom the Nominating Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (a “Proposed Nominee”):

 

(i) the name, age, business and residential address of the Proposed Nominee;

 

(ii) the principal occupation/business or employment of the Proposed Nominee, both presently and for the past five years;

 

(iii) the number of securities of each class of securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries beneficially owned, or controlled or directed, directly or indirectly, by the Proposed Nominee, as of the record date for the meeting of shareholders (if such date shall then have been made publicly available and shall have occurred) and as of the date of such notice;

 

(iv) full particulars of any relationships, agreements, arrangements or understandings (including financial, compensation or indemnity related) between the Proposed Nominee and the Nominating Shareholder, or any affiliates or associates of, or any person or entity acting jointly or in concert with, the Proposed Nominee or the Nominating Shareholder;

 

(v) any other information that would be required to be disclosed in a dissident proxy circular or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Business Corporations Act or applicable securities law; and

 

(vi) a written consent of each Proposed Nominee to being named as nominee and certifying that such Proposed Nominee is not disqualified from acting as director under the provisions of subsection 124(2) of the Business Corporations Act; and

 

(b) as to each Nominating Shareholder giving the notice, and each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made:

 

(i) their name, business and residential address;

 

(ii) the number of securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries beneficially owned, or controlled or directed, directly or indirectly, by the Nominating Shareholder or any other person with whom the Nominating Shareholder is acting jointly or in concert with respect to the Company or any of its securities, as of the record date for the meeting of shareholders (if such date shall then have been made publicly available and shall have occurred) and as of the date of such notice;

 

(iii) their interests in, or rights or obligations associated with, any agreement, arrangement or understanding, the purpose or effect of which is to alter, directly or indirectly, the person’s economic interest in a security of the Company or the person’s economic exposure to the Company;

 

(iv) any relationships, agreements or arrangements, including financial, compensation and indemnity related relationships, agreements or arrangements, between the Nominating Shareholder or any affiliates or

 

 

- 21 -

 

    associates of, or any person or entity acting jointly or in concert with, the Nominating Shareholder and any Proposed Nominee;
     
(v) full particulars of any proxy, contract, relationship arrangement, agreement or understanding pursuant to which such person, or any of its affiliates or associates, or any person acting jointly or in concert with such person, has any interests, rights or obligations relating to the voting of any securities of the Company or the nomination of directors to the board;

 

(vi) a representation that the Nominating Shareholder is a holder of record of securities of the Company, or a beneficial owner, entitled to vote at such meeting, and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination;

 

(vii) a representation as to whether such person intends to deliver a proxy circular and/or form of proxy to any shareholder of the Company in connection with such nomination or otherwise solicit proxies or votes from shareholders of the Company in support of such nomination; and

 

(viii) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be included in a dissident proxy circular or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Business Corporations Act or as required by applicable securities law.

 

Reference to “Nominating Shareholder” in this Article 15.4 shall be deemed to refer to each shareholder that nominated or seeks to nominate a person for election as director in the case of a nomination proposal where more than one shareholder is involved in making the nomination proposal.

 

15.5                      Currency of Nominee Information. All information to be provided in a Timely Notice pursuant to this Article 15 shall be provided as of the date of such notice. The Nominating Shareholder shall provide the Company with an update to such information forthwith so that it is true and correct in all material respects as of the date that is 10 business days before the date of the meeting, or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

15.6                      Delivery of Information. Notwithstanding Article 24 of these Articles, any notice, or other document or information required to be given to the corporate secretary pursuant to this Article 15 may only be given by personal delivery or courier (but not by fax or email) to the corporate secretary at the address of the principal executive offices or registered office of the Company and shall be deemed to have been given and made on the date of delivery if it is a business day and the delivery was made prior to 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) and otherwise on the next business day.

 

15.7                      Defective Nomination Determination. The chair of any meeting of shareholders of the Company shall have the power to determine whether any proposed nomination is made in accordance with the provisions of this Article 15, and if any proposed nomination is not in compliance with such provisions, must as soon as practicable following receipt of such nomination and prior to the meeting declare that such defective nomination shall not be considered at any meeting of shareholders.

 

 

- 22 -

 

15.8                      Failure to Appear. Despite any other provision of this Article 15, if the Nominating Shareholder (or a qualified representative of the Nominating Shareholder) does not appear at the meeting of shareholders of the Company to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been received by the Company.

 

15.9                      Waiver. The board may, in its sole discretion, waive any requirement in this Article 15.

 

15.10                    Definitions. For the purposes of this Article 15, “public announcement” means disclosure in a press release disseminated by the Company through a national news service in Canada, or in a document filed by the Company for public access under its profile on the System of Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval at www.sedar.com.

 

ARTICLE 16

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

16.1                      Powers of Management. The directors must, subject to the Business Corporations Act and these Articles, manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Company and have the authority to exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Business Corporations Act or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the shareholders of the Company.

 

16.2                      Appointment of Attorney of Company. The directors may from time to time, by power of attorney or other instrument, under seal if so required by law, appoint any person to be the attorney of the Company for such purposes, and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under these Articles and excepting the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors, to remove a director, to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors, to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors and to declare dividends) and for such period, and with such remuneration and subject to such conditions as the directors may think fit. Any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection or convenience of persons dealing with such attorney as the directors think fit. Any such attorney may be authorized by the directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in him or her.

 

ARTICLE 17

DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS

 

17.1                      Obligation to Account for Profits. A director or senior officer who holds a disclosable interest (as that term is used in the Business Corporations Act) in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is liable to account to the Company for any profit that accrues to the director or senior officer under or as a result of the contract or transaction only if and to the extent provided in the Business Corporations Act.

 

17.2                      Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest. A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of those directors may vote on such resolution.

 

 

- 23 -

 

17.3                      Interested Director Counted in Quorum. A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter and who is present at the meeting of directors at which the contract or transaction is considered for approval may be counted in the quorum at the meeting whether or not the director votes on any or all of the resolutions considered at the meeting.

 

17.4                      Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property. A director or senior officer who holds any office or possesses any property, right or interest that could result, directly or indirectly, in the creation of a duty or interest that materially conflicts with that individual’s duty or interest as a director or senior officer, must disclose the nature and extent of the conflict as required by the Business Corporations Act.

 

17.5                      Director Holding Other Office in the Company. A director may hold any office or employment with the Company, other than the office of auditor of the Company, in addition to his or her office of director for the period and on the terms (as to remuneration or otherwise) that the directors may determine.

 

17.6                      No Disqualification. No director or intended director is disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company either with regard to the holding of any office or place of profit the director holds with the Company or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, and no contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which a director is in any way interested is liable to be voided for that reason.

 

17.7                      Professional Services by Director or Officer. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, a director or officer, or any person in which a director or officer has an interest, may act in a professional capacity for the Company, except as auditor of the Company, and the director or officer or such person is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if that director or officer were not a director or officer.

 

17.8                      Director or Officer in Other Corporations. A director or officer may be or become a director, officer or employee of, or otherwise interested in, any person in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, and, subject to the Business Corporations Act, the director or officer is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him or her as director, officer or employee of, or from his or her interest in, such other person.

 

ARTICLE 18

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

18.1                      Meetings of Directors. The directors may meet together for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit, and meetings of the directors held at regular intervals may be held at the place, at the time and on the notice, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine.

 

18.2                      Voting at Meetings. Questions arising at any meeting of directors are to be decided by a majority of votes and, in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.

 

18.3                      Chair of Meetings. The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of directors:

 

 

- 24 -

 

(a) the chair of the board, if any;

 

(b) in the absence of the chair of the board, the president, if any, if the president is a director; or

 

(c) any other director chosen by the directors if:

 

(i) neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting;

 

(ii) neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is willing to chair the meeting; or

 

(iii) the chair of the board and the president, if a director, have advised the secretary, if any, or any other director, that they will not be present at the meeting.

 

18.4                      Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium. A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors in person or by telephone if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other. A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors by a communications medium other than telephone if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other and if all directors who wish to participate in the meeting agree to such participation. A director who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this Article 18.4 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner.

 

18.5                      Calling of Meetings. A director may, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company, if any, on the request of a director must, call a meeting of the directors at any time.

 

18.6                      Notice of Meetings. Other than for meetings held at regular intervals as determined by the directors pursuant to Article 18.1, reasonable notice of each meeting of the directors, specifying the place, day and time of that meeting must be given to each of the directors by any method set out in Article 24.1 or orally or by telephone.

 

18.7                      When Notice Not Required. It is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of the directors to a director if:

 

(a) the meeting is to be held immediately following a meeting of shareholders at which that director was elected or appointed, or is the meeting of the directors at which that director is appointed; or

 

(b) the director has waived notice of the meeting.

 

18.8                      Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice. The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting of directors to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any director does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.

 

 

- 25 -

 

18.9                      Waiver of Notice of Meetings. Any director may send to the Company a document signed by him or her waiving notice of any past, present or future meeting or meetings of the directors and may at any time withdraw that waiver with respect to meetings held after that withdrawal. After sending a waiver with respect to all future meetings and until that waiver is withdrawn, no notice of any meeting of the directors need be given to such director and all meetings of the directors so held are deemed not to be improperly called or constituted by reason of notice not having been given to such director.

 

18.10                    Quorum. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be set by the directors and, if not so set, is deemed to be set at a majority of the directors. If, however, the Company has fewer than three directors, all directors must be present at any meeting of the board to constitute a quorum.

 

18.11                    Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, an act of a director or officer is not invalid merely because of an irregularity in the election or appointment or a defect in the qualification of that director or officer.

 

18.12                    Consent Resolutions in Writing. A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors consented to in writing by all of the directors entitled to vote on it, whether by signed document, fax, email or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages, is as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors duly called and held. Such resolution may be in two or more counterparts which together are deemed to constitute one resolution in writing. A resolution passed in that manner is effective on the date stated in the resolution or on the latest date stated on any counterpart. A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors passed in accordance with this Article 18.12 is deemed to be a proceeding at a meeting of directors or of the committee of the directors and to be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors that satisfies all the requirements of the Business Corporations Act and all the requirements of these Articles relating to meetings of the directors or of a committee of the directors.

 

ARTICLE 19

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

 

19.1                      Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee. The directors may, by resolution, appoint an executive committee consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate, and this committee has, during the intervals between meetings of the board of directors, all of the directors’ powers, except:

 

(a) the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors;

 

(b) the power to remove a director;

 

(c) the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and

 

(d) such other powers, if any, as may be set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors’ resolution.

 

19.2                      Appointment and Powers of Other Committees. The directors may, by resolution:

 

 

- 26 -

 

(a) appoint one or more committees (other than the executive committee) consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate;

 

(b) delegate to a committee appointed under paragraph (a) any of the directors’ powers, except:

 

(i) the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors;

 

(ii) the power to remove a director;

 

(iii) the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and

 

(iv) the power to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors; and

 

(c) make any delegation referred to in paragraph (b) subject to the conditions set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors’ resolution.

 

19.3                      Obligations of Committees. Any committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2, in the exercise of the powers delegated to it, must:

 

(a) conform to any rules that may from time to time be imposed on it by the directors; and

 

(b) report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers at such times as the directors may require.

 

19.4                      Powers of Board. The directors may, at any time, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2:

 

(a) revoke or alter the authority given to the committee, or override a decision made by the committee, except as to acts done before such revocation, alteration or overriding;

 

(b) terminate the appointment of, or change the membership of, the committee; and

 

(c) fill vacancies in the committee.

 

19.5                      Committee Meetings. Subject to Article 19.3(a) and unless the directors otherwise provide in the resolution appointing the committee or in any subsequent resolution, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2:

 

(a) the committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper;

 

(b) the committee may elect a chair of its meetings but, if no chair of a meeting is elected, or if at a meeting the chair of the meeting is not present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, the directors present who are members of the committee may choose one of their number to chair the meeting;

 

(c) a majority of the members of the committee constitutes a quorum of the committee; and

 

 

- 27 -

 

(d) questions arising at any meeting of the committee are determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.

 

ARTICLE 20

OFFICERS

 

20.1                      Directors May Appoint Officers. The directors may, from time to time, appoint such officers, if any, as the directors determine and the directors may, at any time, terminate any such appointment.

 

20.2                      Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers. The directors may, for each officer:

 

(a) determine the functions and duties of the officer;

 

(b) entrust to and confer on the officer any of the powers exercisable by the directors on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as the directors think fit; and

 

(c) revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of the functions, duties and powers of the officer.

 

20.3                      Qualifications. No officer may be appointed unless that officer is qualified in accordance with the Business Corporations Act. One person may hold more than one position as an officer of the Company. Any person appointed as the chair of the board or as the managing director must be a director. Any other officer need not be a director.

 

20.4                      Remuneration and Terms of Appointment. All appointments of officers are to be made on the terms and conditions and at the remuneration (whether by way of salary, fee, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) that the directors think fit and are subject to termination at the pleasure of the directors, and an officer may in addition to such remuneration be entitled to receive, after he or she ceases to hold such office or leaves the employment of the Company, a pension or gratuity.

 

ARTICLE 21

INDEMNIFICATION

 

21.1                      Definitions. In this Article 21:

 

eligible penalty” means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an eligible proceeding;

 

eligible proceeding” means a legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, threatened, pending or completed, in which a director or former director of the Company (an “eligible party”) or any of the heirs and legal personal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director of the Company:

 

(i) is or may be joined as a party; or

 

 

- 28 -

 

(ii) is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding;

 

expenses” has the meaning set out in the Business Corporations Act.

 

21.2                      Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and Former Directors. Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must indemnify a director or former director of the Company and his or her heirs and legal personal representatives against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and the Company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of the indemnity contained in this Article 21.2.

 

21.3                      Mandatory Advancement of Expenses. The Company must pay, as they are incurred in advance of the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an eligible party in respect of that proceeding but the Company must first receive from the eligible party a written undertaking that, if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses is prohibited by the Business Corporations Act, the eligible party will repay the amounts advanced.

 

21.4                      Indemnification of Other Persons. Subject to any restrictions in the Business Corporations Act, the Company may indemnify any person.

 

21.5                      Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act. The failure of a director or officer of the Company to comply with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles does not invalidate any indemnity to which he or she is entitled under this Article 21.

 

21.6                      Company May Purchase Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person (or his or her heirs or legal personal representatives) who:

 

(a) is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company;

 

(b) is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation at a time when the corporation is or was an affiliate of the Company;

 

(c) at the request of the Company, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity;

 

(d) at the request of the Company, holds or held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity;

 

against any liability incurred by him or her as such director, officer, employee or agent or person who holds or held such equivalent position.

 

21.7                      Escrow Account. It is expressly understood that the funds of the Company held in an escrow account with the Escrow Agent, pursuant to an escrow agreement entered into among, inter alia, the Company and the Escrow Agent, as it may be amended or assigned, shall not be available to make any indemnity payments permitted under these Articles, or any fees, expenses or disbursements in connection therewith.

 

 

- 29 -

 

ARTICLE 22

DIVIDENDS

 

22.1                      Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights. The provisions of this Article 22 are subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special rights as to dividends.

 

22.2                      Declaration of Dividends. Subject to the Business Corporations Act and the rights of the holders of issued shares of the Company, the directors may from time to time declare and authorize payment of such dividends as they may deem advisable.

 

22.3                      No Notice Required. The directors need not give notice to any shareholder of any declaration under Article 22.2.

 

22.4                      Record Date. The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend. The record date must not precede the date on which the dividend is to be paid by more than two months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the date on which the directors pass the resolution declaring the dividend.

 

22.5                       Manner of Paying Dividend. A resolution declaring a dividend may direct payment of the dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets or of fully paid shares or of bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, or in any one or more of those ways.

 

22.6                      Settlement of Difficulties. If any difficulty arises in regard to a distribution under Article 22.5, the directors may settle the difficulty as they deem advisable, and, in particular, may:

 

(a) set the value for distribution of specific assets;

 

(b) determine that cash payments in substitution for all or any part of the specific assets to which any shareholders are entitled may be made to any shareholders on the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties; and

 

(c) vest any such specific assets in trustees for the persons entitled to the dividend.

 

22.7                      When Dividend Payable. Any dividend may be made payable on such date as is fixed by the directors.

 

22.8                      Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares. All dividends on shares of any class or series of shares must be declared and paid according to the number of such shares held.

 

22.9                      Receipt by Joint Shareholders. If several persons are joint shareholders of any share, any one of them may give an effective receipt for any dividend, bonus or other money payable in respect of the share.

 

22.10                    Dividend Bears No Interest. No dividend bears interest against the Company.

 

22.11                    Fractional Dividends. If a dividend to which a shareholder is entitled includes a fraction of the smallest monetary unit of the currency of the dividend, that fraction may be

 

 

- 30 -

 

disregarded in making payment of the dividend and that payment represents full payment of the dividend.

 

22.12                    Payment of Dividends. Any dividend or other distribution payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque, made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent, and mailed to the address of the shareholder, or in the case of joint shareholders, to the address of the joint shareholder who is first named on the central securities register, or to the person and to the address the shareholder or joint shareholders may direct in writing. The mailing of such cheque will, to the extent of the sum represented by the cheque (plus the amount of the tax required by law to be deducted), discharge all liability for the dividend unless such cheque is not paid on presentation or the amount of tax so deducted is not paid to the appropriate taxing authority.

 

22.13                    Capitalization of Surplus. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the directors may from time to time capitalize any surplus of the Company and may from time to time issue, as fully paid, shares or any bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as a dividend representing the surplus or any part of the surplus.

 

ARTICLE 23

DOCUMENTS, RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

23.1                      Recording of Financial Affairs. The directors must cause adequate accounting records to be kept to record properly the financial affairs and condition of the Company and to comply with the Business Corporations Act.

 

23.2                      Inspection of Accounting Records. Unless the directors determine otherwise, or unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, no shareholder of the Company is entitled to inspect or obtain a copy of any accounting records of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 24

NOTICES

 

24.1                      Method of Giving Notice. Unless the Business Corporations Act or these Articles provide otherwise, a notice, statement, report or other record required or permitted by the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be sent by or to a person may be sent by any one of the following methods:

 

(a) prepaid mail addressed to the person at the applicable address for that person as follows:

 

(i) for a record mailed to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address;

 

(ii) for a record mailed to a director or officer, the prescribed address for mailing shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the mailing address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(iii) in any other case, the mailing address of the intended recipient;

 

(b) delivery at the applicable address for that person as follows, addressed to the person:

 

(i) for a record delivered to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address;

 

 

- 31 -

 

(ii) for a record delivered to a director or officer, the prescribed address for delivery shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the delivery address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(iii) in any other case, the delivery address of the intended recipient;

 

(c) sending the record by fax to the fax number provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(d) sending the record by email to the email address provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(e) physical delivery to the intended recipient;

 

(f) creating and providing a record posted on or made available through a general accessible electronic source and providing written notice by any of the foregoing methods as to the availability of such record; or

 

(g) as otherwise permitted by any securities legislation (together with all regulations and rules made and promulgated thereunder and all administrative policy statements, blanket orders, and rulings, notices, and other administrative directions issued by securities commissions or similar authorities appointed thereunder) in any province or territory of Canada or in the federal jurisdiction of the United States or in any state of the United States that is applicable to the Company.

 

24.2                      Deemed Receipt of Mailing. A record that is mailed to a person by ordinary mail to the applicable address for that person referred to in Article 24.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was mailed on the day, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted, following the date of mailing.

 

24.3                      Certificate of Sending. A certificate signed by the secretary, if any, or other officer of the Company or of any other corporation acting in that behalf for the Company stating that a notice, statement, report or other record was addressed as required by Article 24.1, prepaid and mailed or otherwise sent as permitted by Article 24.1 is conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

24.4                      Notice to Joint Shareholders. A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the joint shareholders of a share by providing the notice to the joint shareholder first named in the central securities register in respect of the share.

 

24.5                      Notice to Trustees. A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a shareholder by:

 

(a) mailing the record, addressed to them:

 

 

- 32 -

 

(i) by name, by the title of the legal personal representative of the deceased or incapacitated shareholder, by the title of trustee of the bankrupt shareholder or by any similar description; and

 

(ii) at the address, if any, supplied to the Company for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled; or

 

(b) if an address referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) has not been supplied to the Company, by giving the notice in a manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred.

 

24.6                      Undelivered Notices. If on two consecutive occasions, a notice, statement, report or other record is sent to a shareholder pursuant to Article 24.1 and on each of those occasions any such record is returned because the shareholder cannot be located, the Company shall not be required to send any further records to the shareholder until the shareholder informs the Company in writing of his or her new address.

 

ARTICLE 25

SEAL AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

25.1                     Who May Attest Seal. Except as provided in Articles 25.2 and 25.3, the Company’s seal, if any, must not be impressed on any record except when that impression is attested by the signatures of:

 

(a) any one director or officer; or

 

(b) any one or more directors or officers or persons as may be determined by any director or officer.

 

25.2                      Sealing Copies. For the purpose of certifying under seal a certificate of incumbency of the directors or officers of the Company or a true copy of any resolution or other document, despite Article 25.1, the impression of the seal may be attested by the signature of any director or officer.

 

25.3                      Mechanical Reproduction of Seal. The directors may authorize the seal to be impressed by third parties on share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as they may determine appropriate from time to time. To enable the seal to be impressed on any share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, whether in definitive or interim form, on which facsimiles of any of the signatures of the directors or officers of the Company are, in accordance with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles, printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced, there may be delivered to the person employed to engrave, lithograph or print such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities one or more unmounted dies reproducing the seal and the chair of the board or any senior officer together with the secretary, treasurer, secretary-treasurer, an assistant secretary, an assistant treasurer or an assistant secretary-treasurer may in writing authorize such person to cause the seal to be impressed on such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities by the use of such dies. Share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities to which the seal has been so impressed are for all purposes deemed to be under and to bear the seal impressed on them.

 

 

- 33 -

 

25.4                      Execution of Documents Generally. The Directors may from time to time by resolution appoint any one or more persons, officers or Directors for the purpose of executing any instrument, document or agreement in the name of and on behalf of the Company for which the seal need not be affixed, and if no such person, officer or Director is appointed, then any one officer or Director of the Company may execute such instrument, document or agreement.

 

  ARTICLE 26

  FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES

 

26.1                      Forum for Adjudication of Certain Disputes. Unless the Company consents inwriting to the selection of an alternative forum, the Supreme Court of British Columbia, Canada and the appellate courts therefrom (collectively, the “Courts”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Company to the Company, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Business Corporations Act , Notice of Articles or these Articles; or (iv) any action asserting a claim otherwise related to the relationships among the Company, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors and/or officers, but this paragraph (iv) does not include claims related to the business carried on by the Company or such affiliates. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope of the preceding sentence, is filed in a court other than a court located within the Province of British Columbia (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any registered or beneficial shareholder, such registered or beneficial shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the Courts in connection with any action brought in any such Court to enforce the foregoing exclusive forum provision (an “Enforcement Action”), and (ii) having service of process made upon such registered or beneficial shareholder in such Enforcement Action by service upon such registered or beneficial shareholder’s counsel in Foreign Action as agent of the shareholder.

 

ARTICLE 27

SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS – COMMON SHARES

AND PROPORTIONATE VOTING SHARES

 

27.1                      Common Shares. The Common Shares of the Company shall consist of an unlimited number of shares designated as “Common Shares”. The rights and restrictions attaching to the Common Shares are as follows:

 

(a)          Voting.

 

The holders of common shares of the Company (“Common Shares”) shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of shareholders of the Company except a meeting at which only the holders of another class or series of shares is entitled to vote. Each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote at each such meeting.

 

(b)          Equality.

 

Except as set out in this Article 27.1 and Article 27.2, the Common Shares and proportionate voting shares (“Proportionate Voting Shares”) have the same rights and are equal in all respects and shall be treated by the Company as if they were shares of one class only.

 

 

- 34 -

 

(c) Alteration to Rights of Common Shares.

 

So long as any Common Shares remain outstanding, the Company will not, without the consent of the holders of Common Shares expressed by separate special resolution, alter or amend these Articles if the result of such alteration or amendment would:

 

(i) prejudice or interfere with any right or special right attached to the Common Shares; or

 

(ii) affect the rights or special rights of the holders of Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares on a per share basis which differs from the basis of one (1) per share in the case of the Common Shares, and one hundred (100) per share in the case of the Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

(d) Dividends.

 

(i) The holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to receive such dividends payable in cash or property of the Company as may be declared thereon by the board of directors from time to time. The board of directors may not declare any dividend payable in cash or property (other than a stock dividend payable in Common Shares) on the Common Shares unless the board of directors simultaneously declares a dividend payable in cash or property (other than a stock dividend payable in Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares) on the Proportionate Voting Shares in an amount per share equal to the amount of the dividend declared per Common Share, multiplied by one hundred (100), and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the applicable fraction thereof.

 

(ii) The board of directors may declare a stock dividend payable in Common Shares on the Common Shares, but only if the board of directors simultaneously declares a stock dividend payable in:

 

(A) Proportionate Voting Shares on the Proportionate Voting Shares, in a number of shares per Proportionate Voting Share (or fraction thereof) equal to the number of shares declared per Common Share (or fraction thereof); or

 

(B) Common Shares on the Proportionate Voting Shares, in a number of shares per Proportionate Voting Share (or fraction thereof) equal to the number of shares declared per Common Share (or fraction thereof), multiplied by one hundred (100).

 

(e) Liquidation Rights.

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company to its shareholders for the purposes of winding up its affairs, the holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to participate pari passu with the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis that each Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the amount of such distribution per Common Share multiplied by one hundred (100), and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the amount calculated by multiplying the fraction by the amount otherwise payable in respect of a whole Proportionate Voting Share.

 

 

- 35 -

 

(f)                          Subdivision or Consolidation.

 

The Common Shares shall not be consolidated or subdivided unless the Proportionate Voting Shares are simultaneously consolidated or subdivided utilizing the same divisor or multiplier.

 

(g)                         Voluntary Conversion of Common Shares.

 

Each Common Share shall be convertible at the option of the holder into such number of Proportionate Voting Shares as is determined by dividing the number of Common Shares being converted by one hundred (100), provided the board of directors has approved such conversion.

 

Before any holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to voluntarily convert Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares in accordance with this Article 27.1(g), the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the Common Shares to be converted at the head office of the Company, or the office of any transfer agent for the Common Shares, deliver any other document, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Company’s transfer agent, if applicable, and shall give written notice to the Company at its head office of his or her election to convert such Common Shares and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates representing the Proportionate Voting Shares are to be issued (a “Common Shares Conversion Notice”). Provided that such conversion has been approved by the board of directors of the Company, the Company shall (or shall cause its transfer agent to) as soon as practicable thereafter, issue to such holder or his or her nominee, a certificate or certificates or direct registration statement representing the number of Proportionate Voting Shares to which such holder is entitled upon conversion. Provided that such conversion has been approved by the board of directors of the Company, such conversion shall be deemed to have taken place immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which the certificate or certificates representing the Common Shares to be converted is surrendered and the Common Shares Conversion Notice is delivered, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Proportionate Voting Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the holder or holders of record of such Proportionate Voting Shares as of such date. For avoidance of doubt, fractions of Proportionate Voting Shares may be issued in respect of any amount of Common Shares in respect of which the Common Share Conversion Right is exercised which is less than one hundred (100).

 

(h)                         Conversion of Common Shares Upon An Offer.

 

In the event that an offer is made to purchase Proportionate Voting Shares, and such offer is:

 

(i) required, pursuant to applicable securities legislation or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Proportionate Voting Shares and/or the Common Shares may then be listed (or would be if the offeree was located in Canada), to be made to all or substantially all of the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares in a province or territory of Canada to which the requirement applies (such offer to purchase, an “Offer”); and

 

 

- 36 -

 

(ii) not made to the holders of Common Shares for consideration per Common Share equal to .01 of the consideration offered per Proportionate Voting Share and otherwise on identical terms, and with no condition attached other than the right not to take up and pay for shares tendered if no shares are purchased under the offer for Proportionate Voting Shares;

 

each Common Share shall become convertible at the option of the holder into Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis of one hundred (100) Common Shares for one (1) Proportionate Voting Share, at any time while the Offer is in effect until one day after the time prescribed by applicable securities legislation or stock exchange rules for the offeror to take up and pay for such shares as are to be acquired pursuant to the Offer (the “Common Share Conversion Right”). The Company shall provide notice to holders of Common Shares of an Offer which satisfies subsection (i) and (ii) above. For avoidance of doubt, fractions of Proportionate Voting Shares may be issued in respect of any amount of Common Shares in respect of which the Common Share Conversion Right is exercised which is less than one hundred (100).

 

The Common Share Conversion Right may only be exercised for the purpose of depositing the Proportionate Voting Shares acquired upon conversion under such Offer, and for no other reason. If the Common Share Conversion Right is exercised, the Company shall procure that the transfer agent for the Common Shares shall deposit under such Offer the Proportionate Voting Shares acquired upon conversion, on behalf of the holder.

 

To exercise the Common Share Conversion Right, a holder of Common Shares or his or her attorney, duly authorized in writing, shall:

 

(iii) give written notice of exercise of the Common Share Conversion Right to the transfer agent for the Common Shares, and of the number of Common Shares in respect of which the Common Share Conversion Right is being exercised;

 

(iv) deliver to the transfer agent for the Common Shares any share certificate or certificates representing the Common Shares in respect of which the Common Share Conversion Right is being exercised;

 

(v) deliver any other document, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Company’s transfer agent, if applicable; and

 

(vi) pay any applicable stamp tax or similar duty on or in respect of such conversion.

 

 

 

- 37 -

 

No certificates representing Proportionate Voting Shares acquired upon exercise of the Common Share Conversion Right will be delivered to the holders of Common Shares. If Proportionate Voting Shares issued upon such conversion and deposited under such Offer are withdrawn by such holder, or such Offer is abandoned, withdrawn or terminated by the offeror, or such Offer expires without the offeror taking up and paying for such Proportionate Voting Shares, such Proportionate Voting Shares and any fractions thereof issued shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holder thereof, be reconverted into Common Shares on the basis of one hundred (100) Common Shares for one (1) Proportionate Voting Share, and the Company will procure that the transfer agent for the Common Shares shall send to such holder a direct registration statement, certificate or certificates representing the Common Shares acquired upon such reconversion. If the offeror under such Offer takes up and pays for the Proportionate Voting Shares acquired upon exercise of the Common Share Conversion Right, the Company shall procure that the transfer agent for the Common Shares shall deliver to the holders of such Proportionate Voting Shares the consideration paid for such Proportionate Voting Shares by such offeror.

 

27.2                     Proportionate Voting Shares. The Proportionate Voting Shares of the Company shall consist of an unlimited number of shares designated as “Proportionate Voting Shares”. The special rights and restrictions attaching to the Proportionate Voting Shares are as follows:

 

(a)         Voting.

 

The holders of Proportionate Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of shareholders of the Company at which holders of Common Shares are entitled to vote. Subject to Article 27.2(c), each Proportionate Voting Share shall entitle the holder to one hundred (100) votes and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share shall entitle the holder to the number of votes calculated by multiplying the fraction by one hundred (100) and rounding the product down to the nearest whole number, at each such meeting.

 

(b)         Equality.

 

Except as set out in Article 27.1 and Article 27.2, the Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares have the same rights and are equal in all respects and shall be treated by the Company as if they were shares of one class only.

 

(c)         Alteration to Rights of Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

So long as any Proportionate Voting Shares remain outstanding, the Company will not, without the consent of the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares expressed by separate special resolution, alter or amend these Articles if the result of such alteration or amendment would:

 

(i) prejudice or interfere with any right or special right attached to the Proportionate Voting Shares; or

 

(ii) affect the rights or special rights of the holders of Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares on a per share basis which differs from the basis of one (1) per share in the case of the Common Shares, and one hundred (100) per share in the case of the Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

At any meeting of holders of Proportionate Voting Shares called to consider such a separate special resolution, each Proportionate Voting Share shall entitle the holder to one (1) vote and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will entitle the holder to the corresponding fraction of one (1) vote.

 

(d)          Dividends.

 

 

- 38 -

  

(i) The holders of Proportionate Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive such dividends payable in cash or property of the Company as may be declared by the board of directors from time to time. The board of directors may not declare any dividend payable in cash or property (other than a stock dividend payable in Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares) on the Proportionate Voting Shares unless the board of directors simultaneously declares a dividend payable in cash or property on the Common Shares (other than a stock dividend payable in Common Shares) in an amount equal to the amount of the dividend declared per Proportionate Voting Share divided by one hundred (100).

 

(ii) The board of directors may declare a stock dividend payable in Proportionate Voting Shares on the Proportionate Voting Shares or Common Shares on the Proportionate Voting Shares, but only if the board of directors simultaneously declares a stock dividend payable in:

 

(A) in the case of a stock dividend payable in Proportionate Voting Shares on the Proportionate Voting Shares (or fraction thereof), Common Shares on the Common Shares, in a number of shares per Common Share equal to the number of shares declared per Proportionate Voting Share (or fraction thereof); or

 

(B) in the case of a stock dividend payable in Common Shares on the Proportionate Voting Shares (or fraction thereof), Common Shares on the Common Shares, in a number of shares per Common Share equal to the number of shares declared per Proportionate Voting Share (or fraction thereof), divided by one hundred (100).

 

(iii) Holders of fractional Proportionate Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive any dividend declared on the Proportionate Voting Shares, in an amount equal to the dividend per Proportionate Voting Share multiplied by the fraction thereof held by such holder.

 

(e) Liquidation Rights.

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company to its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of the Proportionate Voting Shares shall be entitled to participate pari passu with the holders of Common Shares on the basis that each Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the amount of such distribution per Common Share multiplied by one hundred (100), and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the amount calculated by multiplying the fraction by the amount payable per whole Proportionate Voting Share

 

(f) Subdivision or Consolidation.

 

The Proportionate Voting Shares shall not be consolidated or subdivided unless the Common Shares are simultaneously consolidated or subdivided utilizing the same divisor or multiplier.

 

(g) Conversion.

 

 

- 39 -

 

(i) Voluntary Conversion.

 

Subject to the limitation set forth in Article 27.2(g)(i)(D) (the “Conversion Limitation”), holders of Proportionate Voting Shares shall have the following rights of conversion (the “Proportionate Share Conversion Right”):

 

(A) Right to Convert. Each Proportionate Voting Share shall be convertible at the option of the holder into such number of Common Shares as is determined by multiplying the number of Proportionate Voting Shares in respect of which the Proportionate Share Conversion Right is exercised by one hundred (100). Fractions of Proportionate Voting Shares may be converted into such number of Common Shares as is determined by multiplying the fraction by one hundred (100).

 

(B) Conversion Limitation. Unless already appointed, upon receipt of a PVS Conversion Notice (as defined below), the board of directors (or a committee thereof) shall designate an officer of the Company who shall determine whether the Conversion Limitation set forth in this Article shall apply to the conversion referred to therein (the “Conversion Limitation Officer”).

 

(C) Foreign Private Issuer Status. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its status as a “foreign private issuer” (as determined in accordance with Rule 3b-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Accordingly, if the Company is then a Foreign Private Issuer, the Company shall not give effect to any voluntary conversion of Proportionate Voting Shares pursuant to this Article or otherwise, and the Proportionate Share Conversion Right will not apply, to the extent that after giving effect to all permitted issuances after such conversion of Proportionate Voting Shares, the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares (calculated on the basis that each Common Share and Proportionate Voting Share is counted once, without regard to the number of votes carried by such share) held of record, directly or indirectly, by residents of the United States (as determined in accordance with Rules 3b-4 and 12g3-2(a) under the Exchange Act (“U.S. Residents”) would exceed forty percent (40%) (the “40% Threshold”) of the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares (calculated on the same basis) issued and outstanding (the “FPI Restriction”) as calculated herein. The board of directors may by resolution increase the 40% Threshold to a number not to exceed fifty percent (50%), and if any such resolution is adopted, all references to the 40% Threshold herein shall refer instead to the amended percentage threshold set by the board of directors in such resolution, and the formula in Article 27.2(g)(i)(D) shall be adjusted to give effect to such amended percentage threshold.

 

 

- 40 -

 

(D) Conversion Limitation. In order to give effect to the FPI Restriction, the number of Common Shares issuable to a holder of Proportionate Voting Shares upon exercise by such holder of the Proportionate Share Conversion Right will be subject to the 40% Threshold based on the number of Proportionate Voting Shares held by such holder as of the date of issuance of Proportionate Voting Shares to such holder, and thereafter at the end of each of the Company’s subsequent fiscal quarters (each, a “Determination Date”), calculated as follows:

 

X = [(0.4A + (1-0.4)D - B) / (1-0.4)] x (C/D)

 

Where, on the Determination Date and prior to the exercise of such holder’s Proportionate Share Conversion Right:

 

X = Maximum number of Common Shares which may be issued upon exercise of the Proportionate Share Conversion Right.

 

A = Aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

B = Aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares held of record, directly or indirectly, by U.S. Residents.

 

C = Aggregate number of Proportionate Voting Shares held by such holder.

 

D = Aggregate number of all Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

The Conversion Limitation Officer shall determine as of each Determination Date, in his or her sole discretion acting reasonably, the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares held of record, directly or indirectly, by U.S. Residents, and the maximum number of Common Shares which may be issued upon exercise of the Proportionate Share Conversion Right, generally in accordance with the formula set forth immediately above. Upon request by a holder of Proportionate Voting Shares, the Company will provide each holder of Proportionate Voting Shares with notice of such maximum number as at the most recent Determination Date, or a more recent date as may be determined by the Conversion Limitation Officer in its discretion. To the extent that issuances of Common Shares on exercise of the Proportionate Share Conversion Right would result in the 40% Threshold being exceeded, the number of Common Shares to be issued will be pro-rated among each holder of Proportionate Voting Shares exercising the Proportionate Share Conversion Right, and the holder shall retain the balance of unconverted Proportionate Voting Shares (or fractions thereof).

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 27.2(g)(i)(C) and 27.2(g)(i)(D), the board of directors may by resolution waive the application of the Conversion Limitation to any exercise or exercises of the Proportionate Share Conversion Right to which the Conversion Limitation would otherwise apply, or to future Conversion Limitations generally, including with respect to a period of time.

 

(E)         Disputes.

 

 

- 41 -

 

(I) Any holder of Proportionate Voting Shares who beneficially owns more than 5% of the issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares may submit a written dispute as to the calculation of the 40% Threshold or the FPI Restriction by the Conversion Limitation Officer to the board of directors with the basis for the disputed calculations. The Company shall respond to the holder within 5 (five) business days of receipt of the notice of such dispute with a written calculation of the 40% Threshold or the FPI Restriction, as applicable. If the holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such calculation of the 40% Threshold or the FPI Restriction, as applicable, within 5 (five) business days of such response, then the Company and the holder shall, within 1 (one) business day thereafter submit the disputed calculation of the 40% Threshold or the FPI Restriction to the Company’s independent auditor or another firm of independent auditors selected by the board. The Company, at the Company’s expense, shall cause the auditor to perform the calculations in dispute and notify the Company and the holder of the results no later than 5 (five) business days from the time it receives the disputed calculations. The auditor’s calculations shall be final and binding on all parties, absent demonstrable error.

 

(II) In the event of a dispute as to the number of Common Shares issuable to a holder of Proportionate Voting Shares in connection with a voluntary conversion of Proportionate Voting Shares, the Company shall issue to the holder of Proportionate Voting Shares the number of Common Shares not in dispute, and resolve such dispute in accordance with Article 27.2(g)(i)(E)(I).

 

(F) Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Proportionate Voting Shares shall be entitled to voluntarily convert Proportionate Voting Shares into Common Shares in accordance with this Article 27.2(g)(i), the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the Proportionate Voting Shares to be converted at the head office of the Company, or the office of any transfer agent for the Proportionate Voting Shares, deliver any other document, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Company’s transfer agent, if applicable, and shall give written notice to the Company at its head office of his or her election to convert such Proportionate Voting Shares and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates representing the Common Shares are to be issued (a “PVS Conversion Notice”). The Company shall (or shall cause its transfer agent to) as soon as practicable thereafter, issue to such holder or his or her nominee, a certificate or certificates or direct registration statement representing the number of Common Shares to which such holder is entitled upon conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have taken place immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which the certificate or certificates representing the Proportionate Voting Shares to be converted is surrendered and the PVS Conversion Notice is delivered, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Common Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the holder or holders of record of such Common Shares as of such date.

 

 

- 42 -

 

(ii) Mandatory Conversion.

 

(A) The board of directors may at any time determine by resolution (a “Mandatory Conversion Resolution”) that it is no longer in the best interests of the Company that the Proportionate Voting Shares are maintained as a separate class of shares of the Company. If a Mandatory Conversion Resolution is adopted, then all issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares will automatically, without any action on the part of the holder, be converted into Common Shares on the basis of one hundred (100) Common Shares for one (1) Proportionate Voting Share, and in the case of fractions of Proportionate Voting Shares, such number of Common Shares as is determined by multiplying the fraction by one hundred (100) as of a date to be specified in the Mandatory Conversion Resolution (the “Mandatory Conversion Record Date”). At least twenty (20) calendar days prior to the Mandatory Conversion Record Date, the Company will send, or cause its transfer agent to send, notice to each holder of Proportionate Voting Shares of the adoption of a Mandatory Conversion Resolution and specifying:

 

(I)            the Mandatory Conversion Record Date;

 

(II) the number of Common Shares into which the Proportionate Voting Shares held by such holder are to be converted; and

 

(III)          the address of record of such holder.

 

On the Mandatory Conversion Record Date, the Company shall issue or shall cause its transfer agent to issue to each holder of Proportionate Voting Shares certificates or a direct registration statement representing the number of Common Shares into which the Proportionate Voting Shares are converted, and each certificate representing Proportionate Voting Shares shall be null and void.

 

(B) From the date of the Mandatory Conversion Resolution, the board of directors shall no longer be entitled to issue any further Proportionate Voting Shares whatsoever.

 

(iii) Fractional Shares. No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any Proportionate Voting Shares or fractions thereof, and the number of Common Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. In the event Common Shares are converted into Proportionate Voting Shares the number of applicable Proportionate Voting Shares shall be rounded down to two decimal places.

 

 

- 43 -

 

(iv) Effect of Conversion. All Proportionate Voting Shares which are converted as herein provided shall no longer be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the time of conversion, except only for the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor and except in respect of unpaid dividends or other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion.

 

(h) Transfer.

 

(i) Notwithstanding Article 5, unless the board of directors have consented to such transfer, no Proportionate Voting Share may be transferred unless such transfer:

 

(A) is made to (x) an initial holder of Proportionate Voting Shares, or (y) an affiliate of, or person controlled, directly or indirectly, by, an initial holder of Proportionate Voting Shares (each, a “Permitted Holder”); and

 

(B) complies with United States and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations and the other provisions of Articles 27.1 and 27.2.

 

(ii) Subject to the Conversion Limitation, any Proportionate Voting Shares sold or transferred to a Person who is not a Permitted Holder shall be automatically converted to Common Shares on the same basis as in Section 27.2(g)(i), unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

(iii) For purposes of this Article 27.2(h):

 

affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other person which is directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controlled by, or under common control with, such Person.

 

A Person is “controlled” by another person or other persons if: (i) in the case of a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated: (A) securities entitled to vote in the election of board of directors carrying in the aggregate at least a majority of the votes for the election of board of directors and representing in the aggregate at least a majority of the participating (equity) securities are held, other than by way of security only, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and (B) the votes carried in the aggregate by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of such company or other body corporate; or (ii) in the case of a Person that is not an individual or a company or other body corporate, at least a majority of the participating (equity) and voting interests of such Person are held, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and “controls”, “controlling” and “under common control with” shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

 

- 44 -

  

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture or limited liability company.

 

ARTICLE 28

REDEMPTION OF COMMON SHARES AND PROPORTIONATE VOTING SHARES

 

28.1 Redemption.

 

(a) For the purposes of this Article 28.1, the following terms will have the meaning specified below

 

Applicable Price” means a price per Share determined by the board of directors, but not less than 95% of the lesser of: (i) the closing price of the Common Shares on the Exchange (or the then principal marketplace on which the Common Shares are listed or quoted for trading) on the trading day immediately prior to the closing of the Redemption or Transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified date); and (ii) the five-day volume weighted average price of the Common Shares on the Exchange (or the then principal marketplace on which the Common Shares are listed or quoted for trading) for the five trading days immediately prior to the closing of the Redemption or Transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified dates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Common Shares are not traded or quoted for trading on the exchange or any other marketplace, the Applicable Price may be determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion;

 

Business” means the conduct of any activities relating to the cultivation, manufacturing and dispensing of cannabis and cannabis-derived products, including in Canada, the United States or elsewhere, which include the owning and operating of cannabis licenses;

 

Determination Date” means the date on which the Company provides written notice to any shareholder that the board of directors has determined that such shareholder is an Unsuitable Person;

 

Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange on which the Common Shares are listed;

 

Governmental Authority” or “Governmental Authorities” means any Canadian, United States or foreign, federal, provincial, state, county, regional, local or municipal government, any agency, administration, board, bureau, commission, department, service, or other instrumentality or political subdivision of the foregoing, and any Person with jurisdiction exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government or monetary policy (including any court or arbitration authority) and any Exchange;

 

Licenses” means all licenses, permits, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, findings of suitability, franchises, exemptions, waivers and entitlements issued by a Governmental Authority to or for the benefit of the

 

 

- 45 -

 

Company or any affiliate required for, or relating to, the conduct of the Business;

 

Ownership” (and derivatives thereof) means (i) ownership of record as evidenced in the Company’s central securities register, (ii) “beneficial ownership” as defined in Section 1 of the Business Corporations Act, or (iii) the power to exercise control or direction over a security;

 

Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, company, limited or unlimited liability company, trust or any other entity;

 

Redemption” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 28.1(h);

 

Redemption Date” means the date on which the Company will redeem and pay for the Shares pursuant to Article 28.1. The Redemption Date will be not less than thirty (30) Trading Days following the date of the Redemption Notice unless a Governmental Authority requires that the Shares be redeemed as of an earlier date, in which case, the Redemption Date will be such earlier date and if there is an outstanding Redemption Notice, the Company will issue an amended Redemption Notice reflecting the new Redemption Date forthwith;

 

Redemption Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 28.1(i);

 

Shares” refers to Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares of the Company, as applicable;

 

Significant Interest” means, assuming conversion of all outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares into Common Shares, Ownership of five percent (5%) or more of all of the issued and outstanding Shares, including through acting jointly or in concert with another shareholder, or such other number of Shares as is determined by the board from time to time;

 

Subject Shareholder” means a person, a group of persons acting jointly or in concert or a group of persons who the board of directors reasonably determines are acting jointly or in concert;

 

Trading Day” means a day on which trades of the Shares are executed on the Exchange or any other stock exchange on which the Shares are listed or quoted for trading;

 

Transfer” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 28.1(h);

 

Transfer Date” means the date on which a Transfer of Shares required by the Company is required to be completed by the Company;

 

Transfer Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 28.1(l); and

 

Unsuitable Person” means:

 

 

- 46 -

 

(i) any person (including a Subject Shareholder) with a Significant Interest who a Governmental Authority granting the Licenses has determined to be unsuitable to own Shares;

 

(ii) any person (including a Subject Shareholder) with a Significant Interest whose ownership of Shares may result in the loss, suspension or revocation (or similar action) with respect to any Licenses or in the Company or any affiliate being unable to obtain any new Licenses in the normal course, including, but not limited to, as a result of such person’s failure to apply for a suitability review from or to otherwise fail to comply with the requirements of a Governmental Authority, all as determined by the board of directors; or

 

(iii) who have not been determined by the applicable Governmental Authority to be an acceptable person or otherwise have not received the requisite consent of such Governmental Authority to own the Shares within a reasonable period of time acceptable to the board of directors or prior to acquiring any Shares, as applicable.

 

(b) Subject to Article 28.1(d), no Subject Shareholder may acquire Shares that would result in the holding of a Significant Interest, directly or indirectly, in one or more transactions, without providing not less than 30 days’ advance written notice (or such shorter period as the board of directors may approve) to the Company by written notice to the Company’s head office to the attention of the corporate secretary and without having received all required approvals from all Governmental Authorities.

 

(c) If the board of directors reasonably believes that a Subject Shareholder may have failed to comply with any of the provisions of Article 28.1(b), the Company may, without prejudice to any other remedy hereunder, apply to the Supreme Court of British Columbia or another court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing that the Subject Shareholder disclose the number of shares owned.

 

(d) The provisions of Articles 28.1(b) and 28.1(c) will not apply to the Ownership, acquisition or disposition of Shares as a result of:

 

(i) any transfer of Shares occurring by operation of bankruptcy or insolvency law including, inter alia, the transfer of Shares of the Company to a trustee in bankruptcy;

 

(ii) an acquisition or proposed acquisition by one or more underwriters or portfolio managers who hold Shares for the purposes of distribution to the public or for the benefit of a third party provided that such third party is in compliance with Article 28.1(b);

 

(iii) the holding by a recognized clearing agency or recognized depositary in the ordinary course of its business; or

 

 

- 47 -

 

(iv) the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities of the Company or an affiliate (other than the Shares) duly issued or granted by the Company or an affiliate, into or for Shares, in accordance with their respective terms.

 

(e) At the option of the Company and upon determination by the board of directors that an Unsuitable Person has not received the requisite approval of any Governmental Authority to own the shares, the Company may issue a notice prohibiting any Unsuitable Person owning Shares from exercising any voting rights with respect to such Shares and on and after the Determination Date specified therein, and/or providing that such holder will cease to have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Shares, including any rights to the receipt of dividends from the Company, other than the right to receive the Applicable Price, without interest, on the Redemption Date or the Transfer Date, as applicable; provided, however, that if any such Shares come to be owned solely by persons other than an Unsuitable Person (such as by transfer of such Shares to a liquidating trust, subject to the approval of the board of directors and any applicable Governmental Authority), such persons may, in the discretion of the board of directors, exercise the voting and/or other rights attached to such Shares and the board of directors may determine, in its sole discretion, not to Redeem or require the Transfer of such Shares.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all transfers of Proportionate Voting Shares are subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in respect thereof and to the other provisions of Articles 27.1 and 27.2.

 

(g) Following any Redemption in accordance with the terms of this Article 28.1, the redeemed Shares will be cancelled.

 

(h) At the option, but not obligation, of the Company, and at the discretion of the board of directors, any Shares directly or indirectly owned by an Unsuitable Person may be (i) redeemed by the Company (for the Applicable Price) out of funds lawfully available on the Redemption Date (a “Redemption”), or (ii) required to be transferred to a third party for the Applicable Price and on such terms and conditions as the board of directors may direct (a “Transfer”). Shares to be redeemed or mandatorily transferred pursuant to this section will be redeemed or mandatorily transferred at any time and from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(i) In the case of a Redemption, the Company will send a written notice to the holder of the Shares called for Redemption, which will set forth: (i) the Redemption Date, (ii) the number of Shares to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, (iii) the Applicable Price or the formula pursuant to which the Applicable Price will be determined and the manner of payment therefor, (iv) the place where such Shares (or certificate therefor, as applicable) must be surrendered, or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (and if so determined by the board of directors, together with a medallion signature guarantee), and (v) any other requirement of surrender of the Shares to be redeemed (the “Redemption Notice”). The Redemption Notice may be conditional such that the Company need not redeem the Shares owned by an Unsuitable Person on the Redemption Date if the board of directors determines, in its sole discretion, that such Redemption is no longer advisable or necessary on or before the Redemption Date. If applicable, the

 

 

- 48 -

 

Company will send a written notice confirming the amount of the Applicable Price promptly following the determination of such Applicable Price.

 

(j) Upon receipt by the Unsuitable Person of a Redemption Notice in accordance with Article 28.1(i) and surrender of the relevant Share certificate, if applicable, the holder of the Shares tendered for redemption (together with the applicable transfer documents) shall be entitled to receive the Applicable Price per redeemed Share.

 

(k) The Applicable Price payable in respect of the Shares surrendered for Redemption during any calendar month shall be satisfied by way of cash payment no later than the last day of the calendar month following the month in which the Shares were tendered for Redemption. Payments made by the Company of the cash portion of the Applicable Price, less any applicable taxes and any costs to the Company of the Redemption, are conclusively deemed to have been made upon the mailing of a cheque in a postage prepaid envelope addressed to the Unsuitable Person unless such cheque is dishonoured upon presentment. Upon such payment, the Company shall be discharged from all liability to the former Unsuitable Person in respect of the redeemed Shares.

 

(l) In the case of a required Transfer, the Company will send a written notice to the holder of the Shares in question, which will set forth: (i) the Transfer Date, (ii) the number of Shares to be Transferred on the Transfer Date, (iii) the Applicable Price or the formula pursuant to which the Applicable Price will be determined and the manner of payment therefor, (iv) the place where such Shares (or certificate therefor, as applicable) must be surrendered, accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (and if so determined by the board of directors, together with a medallion signature guarantee), and (v) any other requirement in respect of the Shares to be Transferred, which may without limitation include a requirement to dispose of the Shares via the Exchange to a person who would not be in violation of the provisions of this Article 28.1(l) (the “Transfer Notice”). The Transfer Notice may be conditional such that the Company need not require the Transfer of the Shares owned by an Unsuitable Person on the Transfer Date if the board of directors determines, in its sole discretion, that such Transfer is no longer advisable or necessary on or before the Transfer Date. If applicable, the Company will send a written notice confirming the amount of the Applicable Price promptly following the determination of such Applicable Price.

 

(m) Upon receipt by the Unsuitable Person of a Transfer Notice in accordance with Article 28.1(l) and surrender of the relevant Share certificate, if applicable (together with applicable Transfer documents), the holder of the Shares tendered for Transfer shall be entitled to receive the Applicable Price per Transferred Share.

 

(n) The Applicable Price payable in respect of the Shares surrendered for Transfer during any calendar month shall be satisfied, less any costs to the Company of the Transfer, by way of cash payment no later than the last day of the calendar month following the month in which the Shares were tendered for Transfer. Payments made by the Company of the cash portion of the Applicable Price, less any applicable taxes and any costs to the Company of the Transfer, are conclusively deemed to have been made upon the mailing of a cheque in a postage prepaid envelope addressed to the Unsuitable Person unless such cheque is dishonoured

 

 

- 49 -

 

upon presentment. Upon such payment, the Company shall be discharged from all liability to the former Unsuitable Person in respect of the Transferred Shares.

 

(o) If Shares are required to be Transferred under Article 28.1(l), the former owner of the Shares immediately before the Transfer shall by that Transfer be divested of their interest or right in the Shares, and the person who, but for the Transfer, would be the registered owner of the Shares or a person who satisfies the Company that, but for the Transfer, they could properly be treated as the registered owner or registered holder of the Shares shall, from the time of the Transfer, be entitled to receive only the Applicable Price per Transferred Share, without interest, less any applicable taxes and any costs to the Company of the Transfer.

 

(p) Following the sending of any Redemption Notice or Transfer Notice, and prior to the completion of the Redemption or Transfer specified therein, the Company may refuse to recognize any other disposition of the Shares in question.

 

(q) If the Company does not know the address of the former holder of Shares Transferred or Redeemed hereunder, it may retain the amount payable to the former holder thereof, title to which shall revert to the Company if not claimed within two (2) years (and at that time all rights thereto shall belong to the Company).

 

(r) To the extent required by applicable laws, the Company may deduct and withhold any tax from the Applicable Price. To the extent any amounts are so withheld and are timely remitted to the applicable Governmental Authority, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes herein as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

 

(s) All notices given by the Company to holders of Shares pursuant to this Article 28.1, including a Redemption Notice or Transfer Notice, will be in writing and will be deemed given when delivered by personal service, overnight courier or first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the holder’s registered address as shown on the Company’s share register.

 

(t) The Company’s right to Redeem or Transfer Shares pursuant to this Article 28.1 will not be exclusive of any other right the Company may have or hereafter acquire under any agreement or any provision of the notice of articles or the articles of the Company or otherwise with respect to the Shares or any restrictions on holders thereof.

 

(u) In connection with the conduct of its or its affiliates’ Business, the Company may require that a Subject Shareholder provide to one or more Governmental Authorities, if and when required, information and fingerprints for a criminal background check, individual history form(s), and other information required in connection with applications for Licenses.

 

(v) The board of directors can waive any provision of this Article 28.1.

 

(w) In the event that any provision (or portion of a provision) of this Article 28.1 or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of Article 28.1 (including the remainder of such provision, as applicable) will continue in full force and effect.

 

 

- 50 -

 

ARTICLE 29 

SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS TO CLASS A RESTRICTED VOTING SHARES

 

29.1                        Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The Class A Restricted Voting Shares of the Company shall consist of an unlimited number of shares designated as “Class A Restricted Voting Shares”. The special rights and restrictions attaching to the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are those provided in this Article 29.

 

29.2 Definitions. In this Article 29:

 

Class A Automatic Redemption Price” means an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds then available in the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Company on such interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Company (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account that may be released to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs (as described herein), each as reasonably determined by the Company. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account;

 

Class A Extension Redemption Price” means an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account at the time of the meeting of the shareholders of the Company at which an Extension is approved, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Company on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Company (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Company. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account;

 

Class A Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Price” means an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Company on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Company. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Company under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account;

 

 

- 51 -

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares” means the Class A restricted voting shares of the Company;

 

Class B Shares” means the Class B shares of the Company;

 

Escrow Account” means an escrow account established with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement to be used by the Company to pay amounts to, inter alia, applicable tax authorities, the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the underwriters of the IPO and/or the vendors in connection with a Qualifying Acquisition;

 

Escrow Agreement” means the escrow agreement entered into on or before the IPO Closing Date among the Company, the underwriters, in connection with the IPO, and the Escrow Agent, as it may be amended, restated and/or assigned;

 

Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange on which the Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Common Shares, as applicable, are listed;

 

Extension” means one or more extensions to the Permitted Timeline, to up to a maximum of 36 months from the IPO Closing Date, that has been approved by ordinary resolution of the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and that is also approved by the board of directors of the Company, in which case the redemption rights in subsection 29.5(b) shall apply;

 

Extraordinary Dividend” means any dividend, together with all other dividends payable in the same calendar year, that has an aggregate absolute dollar value which is greater than U.S.$0.25 per share, with the adjustment to the applicable price (as the context may require) being a reduction equal to the amount of the excess;

 

IPO” means the Company’s initial public offering of its Class A restricted voting units, each Class A restricted voting unit consisting of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a share purchase warrant of the Company;

 

IPO Closing Date” means the closing date of the IPO (without regard to the over-allotment option);

 

Permitted Timeline” means the allowable time period within which the Company must consummate its Qualifying Acquisition, being 18 months from the IPO Closing Date (or 21 months from the Closing if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but has not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period), as it may be extended pursuant to an Extension following the IPO Closing Date;

 

Qualifying Acquisition” means a Qualifying Acquisition within the meaning of the Exchange Company Manual (as amended from time to time, and subject to any exemptive relief granted by the Exchange);

 

Redemption Limitation” means an aggregate of 15% of the Class A restricted voting shares issued and outstanding immediately following the closing of the IPO (including, if applicable, following the closing of the IPO over-allotment option granted by the Company to the underwriters);

 

 

- 52 -

 

Tax Act” means Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder; and

 

Winding- Up” means the liquidation and cessation of the business of the Company, and includes the related automatic redemption of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, its applications to cease to be a reporting issuer and its Winding-Up, and winding-up and/or dissolution expenses, each as determined by the Company.

 

29.3 Voting.

 

(a) Subject to subsection 29.3(e) below, the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at all meetings of, the shareholders of the Company (except where solely the holders of another specified class of shares (other than the Class A Restricted Voting Shares) shall be entitled to vote at a meeting, in which case, only such holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, and attend and vote at, such meeting), including, for greater certainty, for an Extension, which shall be voted upon, by ordinary resolution, by only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

(b) The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall vote together with the holders of the Class B Shares (as if they were a single class of shares) upon all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted solely to the holders of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares and those matters required to be submitted to a class vote pursuant to the Business Corporations Act or other applicable law. Subject to the foregoing sentence and subsection 29.3(e) below, each Class A Restricted Voting Share shall confer the right to one vote.

 

(c) Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall not be entitled to vote separately as a class or to dissent upon a proposal to amend the articles of the Company to effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of Class A Restricted Voting Shares carried out in connection with a Qualifying Acquisition that affects both the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Class B Shares and that preserves economically the redemption rights in respect of a Qualifying Acquisition of, and the conversion features of, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the above restrictions, conditions or prohibitions on the right to vote, the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of meetings of shareholders called for the purpose of authorizing the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the property of the Company other than with respect to the Winding-Up or in the ordinary course of business of the Company under subsection 301(1) of the Business Corporations Act, as such subsection may be amended from time to time.

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to a Qualifying Acquisition, the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall not be entitled to vote at, or receive notice of or attend, meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and/or auditors of the Company prior to closing of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

 

- 53 -

 

(f) For greater certainty, notice shall not be required to be provided to the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares in the event a written resolution of all the holders of Class B Shares in lieu of a meeting of shareholders of the Company under section 180 of the Business Corporations Act is approved.

 

29.4                        Dividends. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay in equal amounts per share on all Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares at the time outstanding, without preference or distinction, such non-cumulative dividends as the directors of the Company may from time to time declare in their absolute discretion.

 

29.5 Redemption.

 

(a) In seeking to complete a Qualifying Acquisition on or before the expiration of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to subsection 29.5(c), subsection 29.5(d) and subsection 29.5(e), each of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, will be provided the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Company, following public disclosure of the details of the Qualifying Acquisition and prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the Exchange, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, for the Class A Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Price per Class A Restricted Voting Share redeemed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 29.5.

 

(b) In the event that the Permitted Timeline is extended by way of an Extension approved by ordinary resolution of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that is also approved by the board of directors of the Company (and with the consent of the Exchange, if required) then, subject to subsection 29.5(c) and subsection 29.5(d), each of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the Extension, will be entitled, provided that they deposit their shares (or share certificate(s), as applicable) for redemption prior to the second business day before the meeting of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to consider the Extension of the Permitted Timeline, to require the Company, effective immediately prior to the effective date of the Extension, to redeem all or a portion of such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares for the Class A Extension Redemption Price per Class A Restricted Voting Share redeemed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 29.5.

 

(c) Subject to subsection 29.5(d) and (in the case of subsection 29.5(a) only) 29.5(e) below, a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that is entitled, in accordance with subsection 29.5(a) or subsection 29.5(b) above, to require the Company to redeem any or all of such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares, may do so by depositing such holder’s shares (or share certificate(s), as applicable), as provided in subsection 29.5(a) or subsection 29.5(b) above, as applicable, in respect of all or any number of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares registered in the name of such holder on the securities register of the Company. A holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares electing to have the Company redeem his, her or its Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall, at the time of deposit, give notice to the Company, in a form acceptable to the Company, of the number of the holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed (failing which, all of the holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares deposited shall be deemed to have been deposited to be redeemed). The holder of any Class A Restricted Voting Shares may, with the consent of the Company, revoke any such notices or deposits, as applicable, prior to the redemption date (being immediately prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition or immediately prior to the effective date of the Extension, as applicable). Upon payment in cash of the Class A Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Price or the Class A Extension Redemption Price, as applicable, in respect of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed by the Company, the rights of the holders in respect of such Class A Restricted Voting Shares being redeemed, as shareholders, shall be extinguished in their entirety (including, but not limited to, the right to receive dividends), subject to applicable law.

 

 

- 54 -

 

(d) If the redemption by the Company pursuant to this Article 29.5 of all of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed would be contrary to any provisions of the Business Corporations Act or any other applicable law, the Company shall be obligated to redeem only the maximum number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares which the Company determines it is then permitted to redeem, such redemptions to be made pro-rata (disregarding fractions of shares) according to the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares required by each such holder to be redeemed by the Company, and the Company shall either issue new certificates representing the Class A Restricted Voting Shares not redeemed by the Company, or shall otherwise confirm such shares as issued and deposited in book-entry form.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these share provisions including this Article 29.5, no registered or beneficial holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (other than CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc.) that, together with any affiliate thereof or any person acting jointly or in concert therewith (within the meaning of section 1.9 of Multilateral Instrument 62-104 – Takeover Bids and Special Transactions as in effect on the IPO Closing Date), shall be entitled to require the Company to redeem Class A Restricted Voting Shares under subsection 29.5(a) in excess of the Redemption Limitation, and such excess Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be deemed not to have been required to be redeemed. For greater certainty, the Redemption Limitation shall not affect the voting rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and shall not apply in the event of an Extension or the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or the application of Article 29.6 hereof.

 

(f) In the event a holder deposits his, her or its Class A Restricted Voting Shares (or share certificate(s), as applicable) for redemption in accordance with subsection 29.5(a) or subsection 29.5(b), and the Qualifying Acquisition is not approved or completed, or the Extension to the Permitted Timeline is not approved or proceeded with, then such shares (or share certificate(s), as applicable) so deposited will be returned to their respective registered holders (or re-deposited with CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc., as applicable), and the rights of the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited, for the avoidance of doubt, shall continue in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

 

- 55 -

 

29.6 Automatic Redemption.

 

(a) In the event that a Qualifying Acquisition is not completed within the Permitted Timeline, then all of the then issued and outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares will, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Company (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), be automatically redeemed for the Class A Automatic Redemption Price per Class A Restricted Voting Share. On such automatic redemption date, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid such amount to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed, on deposit of the certificates for the shares so redeemed and the certificates (if any) for such shares shall thereupon be cancelled, or on presentation of evidence of a book-entry deposit thereof (or other documents reasonably requested by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent for the Class A Restricted Voting Shares properly completed), and the shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed, as applicable. From and after the automatic redemption date, the rights of the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares so redeemed shall be extinguished in their entirety (including, but not limited to, the right to receive further dividends), subject to applicable law, except the right to receive the Class A Automatic Redemption Price for each Class A Restricted Voting Share so redeemed, in cash, unless payment of the Class A Automatic Redemption Price shall not be made by the Company in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders of such Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall remain unimpaired.

 

(b) On or before the automatic redemption date, the Company shall have the right to deposit the Class A Automatic Redemption Price of any Class A Restricted Voting Share(s) called for redemption in a special account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada, such amount to be paid to, or to the order of, the respective holders of such shares called for redemption upon deposit of the certificates representing the same, or upon evidence of a book-entry deposit thereof (or other documents reasonably requested by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent for the Class A Restricted Voting Shares properly completed), and, upon such deposit being made, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares in respect of which such deposit shall have been made shall be redeemed and the rights of the several holders thereof, after such deposit, shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so deposited, without interest on such deposited moneys, the Class A Automatic Redemption Price applicable to their respective Class A Restricted Voting Shares against deposit of the certificates representing such Class A Restricted Voting Shares (or via a book-entry) transfer and other documents reasonably requested by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent for the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, properly completed.

 

(c) If the redemption by the Company pursuant to this Article 29.6 of all of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed would be contrary to any provisions of the Business Corporations Act or any other applicable law, the Company shall be obligated to redeem only the maximum number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares which the Company determines it is then permitted to redeem, such redemptions to be made pro-rata (disregarding fractions of shares) according to the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed by the Company, and the Company shall issue new certificates representing the Class A Restricted Voting Shares not redeemed by the Company, or otherwise confirm such shares as issued and deposited in book-entry form.

 

 

- 56 -

 

29.7 Winding-Up or Dissolution.

 

(a) In the event of the winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether prior to or following the Permitted Timeline, the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive, before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Company among the holders of any other shares, for each Class A Restricted Voting Share then outstanding, if any, an amount equal to the Class A Automatic Redemption Price, and no more.

 

(b) Payments to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be made as provided in Article 29.6, mutatis mutandis.

 

29.8                      Anti-Dilution. In the event that the Class B Shares are at any time sub-divided, consolidated or changed into a greater or lesser number of shares of the same or another class, or a stock dividend or Extraordinary Dividend is paid on the Class B Shares, an appropriate adjustment, as determined by the board of directors of the Company, shall be made in the rights and conditions attached to the Class A Restricted Voting Shares so as to maintain the relative rights of the holders of those shares.

 

29.9 Conversion

 

(a) Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares not required to be redeemed in accordance with this Article 29 (and any unredeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares) will be automatically converted upon the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition into Common Shares on the basis of one Common Share for each Class A Restricted Voting Share converted.

 

(b) This shall not prevent the Common Shares from being further affected under the terms of a Qualifying Acquisition. Common Shares may be subject to forfeiture and/or transfer restrictions as agreed to by the holders thereof.

 

ARTICLE 30 

SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHING TO CLASS B SHARES

 

30.1                       Class B Shares. The Class B Shares of the Company shall consist of an unlimited number of shares designated as “Class B Shares”. The special rights and restrictions attaching to the Class B Shares are those provided in this Article 30.

 

30.2 Definitions. The definitions set forth in Article 29.2 shall apply to this Article 30.

 

30.3 Voting.

 

(a) The holders of the Class B Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all meetings of the shareholders of the Company (except where solely the holders of another specified class of shares (other than the Class B Shares) shall be entitled to vote at a meeting, in which case, only such holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, and attend and vote at, such meeting, including, for greater certainty, for an Extension, which shall be voted upon, by ordinary resolution, by only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares).

 

 

- 57 -

 

(b) The holders of the Class B Shares shall vote together with the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (as if they were a single class of shares) upon all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted solely to the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, those matters that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are not entitled to vote on, and those matters required to be submitted to a class vote pursuant to the Business Corporations Act or other applicable law. Subject to the foregoing sentence, each Class B Share shall confer the right to one vote.

 

(c) The holders of the Class B Shares shall not be entitled to vote separately as a class or to dissent upon a proposal to amend the articles of the Company to effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of Class B Shares carried out in connection with a Qualifying Acquisition that affects both classes of shares.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the above restrictions, conditions or prohibitions on the right to vote, the holders of the Class B Shares shall be entitled to notice of meetings of shareholders called for the purpose of authorizing the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the property of the Company other than with respect to the Winding-Up or in the ordinary course of business of the Company under subsection 301(1) of the Business Corporations Act, as such subsection may be amended from time to time.

 

30.4                        Dividends. The holders of the Class B Shares shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay in equal amounts per share on all Class B Shares and Class A Restricted Voting Shares at the time outstanding, without preference or distinction, such non-cumulative dividends as the directors of the Company may from time to time declare in their absolute discretion.

 

30.5                        Winding-Up. Subject to the prior rights of the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and applicable law, in the event of the winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether prior to or following the Permitted Timeline, the holders of the Class B Shares shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Company pro-rata.

 

30.6                        Anti-Dilution. In the event that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are at any time sub-divided, consolidated or changed into a greater or lesser number of shares of the same or another class, or a stock dividend or Extraordinary Dividend is paid on the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, an appropriate adjustment, as determined by the board of directors of the Company, shall be made in the rights and conditions attached to the Class B Shares so as to maintain the relative rights of the holders of those shares.

 

30.7 Conversion

 

(a) Class B Shares will be automatically converted upon the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition into Proportionate Voting Shares on a 100 Class B Shares for 1 Proportionate Voting Share basis. For avoidance of doubt, fractions of Proportionate Voting Shares may be issued in respect of any amount of Class B Shares in respect of which there is less than one hundred (100).

 

 

- 58 -

 

 

(b) This shall not prevent the Proportionate Voting Shares from being further affected under the terms of a Qualifying Acquisition. Proportionate Voting Shares may be subject to forfeiture and/or transfer restrictions as agreed to by the holders thereof.

 

ARTICLE 31 

RESTRICTIONS REGARDING THE QUALIFYING ACQUISITION

 

31.1                        Restrictions Regarding the Qualifying Acquisition. No further Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares may be issued commencing on the day following the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition. No Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares may be issued prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition except in connection with such closing.

 

ARTICLE 32 

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

32.1                        Excluded Opportunities. The Company renounces, to the maximum extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, any director or officer of the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) who is also a director or officer of another company or corporation (or of any subsidiaries thereof) (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director or officer of the Company or a subsidiary thereof.

 

32.2                        Allocation of Opportunities. The Company may enter into agreements with other parties regarding the allocation of corporate opportunities. To the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, no director or officer shall have any liability for complying or attempting to comply in good faith with the provisions thereof (which may involve, among other things, not bringing potential transactions to the attention of the Company).

 

DATED: August 14, 2019.

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

By: (signed) “Peter Caldini  
  Peter Caldini  
  Authorized Signatory  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.30

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. 

ANNOUNCES COMPLETION OF U.S.$350,000,000 INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

 

Toronto, Ontario – August 15, 2019 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (“BCAC”) is pleased to announce the closing (the “Closing”) of its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units of BCAC (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”) at an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, for gross proceeds of U.S.$350,000,000. BCAC has granted the Underwriters (as defined below) a 30-day option following closing of the Offering to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Over-Allotment Option”) for additional gross proceeds of up to U.S.$52,500,000 to cover over allotments. The gross proceeds from the Offering were (and the proceeds from any exercise of the Over-Allotment Option will be) deposited into an escrow account pending completion of a Qualifying Acquisition (as defined below) by BCAC and will only be released upon certain prescribed conditions, as further described in BCAC’s final prospectus dated August 8, 2019 (the “Final Prospectus”). The Offering was distributed by Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. (together, the “Underwriters”).

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of U.S.$11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the Qualifying Acquisition or earlier. The Class A Restricted Voting Units will commence trading today on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. The Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants comprising the Class A Restricted Voting Units will initially trade as a unit but it is anticipated that the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants will begin trading separately 40 days following the Closing (or, if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next trading day on the Exchange) under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares (as defined below) will not be listed prior to the Qualifying Acquisition, as described in the Final Prospectus. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

BCAC is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified period of time (a “Qualifying Acquisition”). BCAC intends to focus its search for target businesses in the cannabis industry; however, it is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of completing its Qualifying Acquisition. BCAC intends to identify and execute on a Qualifying Acquisition by leveraging its network to find attractive investment opportunities as it seeks to acquire several complementary companies as part of its qualifying acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a "land to brand" strategy and global reach.

 

BCAC’s management team and board of directors is comprised of Paul Walsh (Executive Chairman), Peter Caldini (Chief Executive Officer), Maja Spalevic (Chief Financial Officer), Ian Starkey, Robert L. Berner III, Mark W.B. Harms, Candice Koederitz, Geoff Parkin and Timothy D. Proctor.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm founded by certain of our directors. Concurrent with Closing, the Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Sponsor’s Warrants”) at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Sponsor’s Warrant for aggregate proceeds of U.S.$12,000,000). The Sponsor owns 10,062,500 Class B Shares and 12,000,000 Warrants, representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares and approximately 20% of the total Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares, assuming full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and no relinquishment by the Sponsor of any of its Class B Shares.

 

 

 

 

The Sponsor’s position in BCAC was acquired for investment purposes. Subject to certain exceptions, the Sponsor is restricted from selling its Class B Shares and Sponsor’s Warrants prior to the Qualifying Acquisition, as described in the Final Prospectus. The Sponsor may purchase and/or sell any Class A Restricted Voting Units it acquires from time to time, subject to applicable law. In connection with the Offering, and as sponsor to BCAC, the Sponsor entered into certain material agreements, all as described in the Final Prospectus.

 

BCAC’s head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL and the registered office is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP is legal counsel to BCAC and the Sponsor. Goodmans LLP is legal counsel to the Underwriters.

 

This press release is not an offer of securities for sale in the United States, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration. The securities have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933. Copies of the Final Prospectus will be available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a newly organized special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This press release may contain forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities legislation, which reflects the Sponsor’s and BCAC’s current expectations regarding future events. Forward-looking information is based on a number of assumptions and is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Sponsor’s or BCAC’s control, which could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those that are disclosed in or implied by such forward-looking information. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in the final prospectus of BCAC dated August 8, 2019. Neither the Sponsor nor BCAC undertake any obligation to update such forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as expressly required by applicable law.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Mark Harms

Director

information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.31

  

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

as the Corporation

 

and

 

TSX TRUST COMPANY

 

as the Warrant Agent

 

 

WARRANT AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

August 15, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION 2
Section 1.1 Definitions 2
Section 1.2 Meaning of “Outstanding” for Certain Purposes 9
Section 1.3 Certain Rules of Interpretation 10
Section 1.4 Interpretation not Affected by Headings, etc. 11
Section 1.5 Applicable Law 11
Section 1.6 Language Clause 11
Section 1.7 Day Not A Business Day 11
Section 1.8 Conflict 11
Section 1.9 Time Of The Essence 11
Section 1.10 Currency 11
Section 1.11 Severability 11
Section 1.12 Schedules 12
     
ARTICLE 2 ISSUE OF WARRANTS 12
Section 2.1 Creation and Issue of Warrants 12
Section 2.2 Terms of Warrants 12
Section 2.3 Holder Not A Shareholder 13
Section 2.4 Detachment Date and Detachability of Warrants 13
Section 2.5 Form of Warrants, Certificated Warrants 14
Section 2.6 Book Entry (Non-Certificated Inventory) Warrants 16
Section 2.7 Register for Warrants 18
Section 2.8 Issue in Substitution for Lost Warrant Certificate 19
Section 2.9 Transfer and Ownership of Warrants 19
Section 2.10 Transferee Entitled to Registration 20
Section 2.11 Ownership of Warrants 20
Section 2.12 Exchange of Warrant Certificates 20
Section 2.13 Restrictions and Transfers under United States Securities Laws 21
     
ARTICLE 3 EXERCISE OF WARRANTS 24
Section 3.1 Rights of Exercise of Warrants 24
Section 3.2 Method of Exercise of Warrants 24
Section 3.3 Notification of Early Expiry 26
Section 3.4 Effect of Exercise of Warrants 26
Section 3.5 Partial Exercise of Warrants 27
Section 3.6 Cancellation of Warrants 27
Section 3.7 Warrants Void after the Expiry Time 27
Section 3.8 Accounting and Recording 28
Section 3.9 Securities Restrictions 28
Section 3.10 Restrictions on Exercise under United States Securities Laws 28
     
ARTICLE 4 ADJUSTMENTS 29
Section 4.1 Adjustment upon Share Reorganization or Capital Reorganization 29
Section 4.2 Adjustment upon Rights Offering 31
Section 4.3 Adjustment to Exercise Price and Extraordinary Dividend Threshold 33
Section 4.4 Entitlement to Shares and Other Securities on Exercise of Warrants 34
Section 4.5 No Adjustment for Stock Options, Issuances Below Exercise Prices, etc. 34

 

 

 

 

Section 4.6 Determination by Corporation’s Auditors 34
Section 4.7 Proceedings Prior to Any Action Requiring Adjustment 34
Section 4.8 Action Requiring Adjustment 35
Section 4.9 Certificate of Adjustment 35
Section 4.10 Notice of Special Matters 35
Section 4.11 No Action after Notice 35
Section 4.12 Protection of Warrant Agent 36
Section 4.13 Adjustments Cumulative 36
Section 4.14 Participation by Holder 36
     
ARTICLE 5 PURCHASES BY THE CORPORATION 36
Section 5.1 Optional Purchase by the Corporation 36
     
ARTICLE 6 COVENANTS OF THE CORPORATION 37
Section 6.1 Issuance of Shares 37
Section 6.2 To Pay Warrant Agent Remuneration and Expenses 38
Section 6.3 To Perform Covenants 38
Section 6.4 Warrant Agent May Perform Covenants 38
Section 6.5 Corporation Not Reporting in United States 39
     
ARTICLE 7 ENFORCEMENT 39
Section 7.1 Suits by Holders of Warrants 39
Section 7.2 Suits by the Corporation 39
Section 7.3 Immunity of Shareholders, etc. 39
Section 7.4 Limitation of Liability 40
Section 7.5 Waiver of Default 40
     
ARTICLE 8 SUCCESSOR CORPORATIONS 40
Section 8.1 Certain Requirements 40
Section 8.2 Vesting Of Powers in Successor 40
     
ARTICLE 9 MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF WARRANTS 41
Section 9.1 Right to Convene Meetings 41
Section 9.2 Notice of Meetings 41
Section 9.3 Chairman 41
Section 9.4 Quorum 41
Section 9.5 Power to Adjourn 42
Section 9.6 Show Of Hands 42
Section 9.7 Poll 42
Section 9.8 Voting 42
Section 9.9 Regulations 42
Section 9.10 Corporation and Warrant Agent May Be Represented 43
Section 9.11 Powers Exercisable By Extraordinary Resolution 43
Section 9.12 Meaning of “Extraordinary Resolution” 44
Section 9.13 Powers Cumulative 45
Section 9.14 Minutes 45
Section 9.15 Instruments in Writing 45

 

 

 

 

Section 9.16 Binding Effect of Resolutions 45
Section 9.17 Holdings by Corporation and its Subsidiaries Disregarded 46
     
ARTICLE 10 NOTICES 46
Section 10.1 Notice to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent 46
Section 10.2 Notice to Holders of Warrants 47
Section 10.3 Mail Service Information 47
     
ARTICLE 11 CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT 48
Section 11.1 No Conflict of Interest 48
Section 11.2 Replacement of Warrant Agent 48
Section 11.3 Evidence, Experts and Advisers 49
Section 11.4 Warrant Agent May Deal in Securities 50
Section 11.5 Warrant Agent Not Ordinarily Bound 50
Section 11.6 Warrant Agent Not Required To Give Security 50
Section 11.7 Warrant Agent Not Required To Give Notice of Default 50
Section 11.8 Acceptance of Appointment 50
Section 11.9 Duties of Warrant Agent 50
Section 11.10 Actions by Warrant Agent 51
Section 11.11 Protection of Warrant Agent 51
Section 11.12 Indemnification of the Warrant Agent 52
Section 11.13 Third Party Interests 53
Section 11.14 Not Bound To Act 53
Section 11.15 Privacy Laws 53
     
ARTICLE 12 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS 54
Section 12.1 Supplemental Agreements 54
     
ARTICLE 13 GENERAL PROVISIONS 55
Section 13.1 Execution 55
Section 13.2 Rights of Rescission 55
Section 13.3 Force Majeure 55
Section 13.4 Satisfaction and Discharge of Agreement 55
Section 13.5 Warrants Owned by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries - Certificate to be Provided 56
Section 13.6 Provisions of Agreement and Warrants for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Holders 56

 

ADDENDA

 

SCHEDULE “A” BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

 

SCHEDULE “B” FORM OF DECLARATION FOR REMOVAL OF LEGEND

 

 

 

 

WARRANT AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT made as of August 15, 2019

 

BETWEEN:

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP., a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Corporation”)

 

AND

 

TSX TRUST COMPANY, a company existing under the laws of Canada with an office in the City of Toronto in the Province of Ontario (the “Warrant Agent”)

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. All capitalized terms used in these recitals and not otherwise defined have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1.1 below.

 

B. In connection with the Offering, the Corporation has filed a (final) prospectus dated, August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”) qualifying for distribution 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (or up to a maximum of 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, to the extent the Over-Allotment Option is exercised), each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisting of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant.

 

C. In conjunction with the Offering, the Corporation intends to sell an aggregate of 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Founder’s Warrants”) to the Sponsor.

 

D. Upon the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share (unless previously redeemed) under its current terms (as of the date hereof) will be automatically converted into one Common Share, subject to compliance or an exemption from OSC rule 56-501.

 

E. Each whole Warrant entitles the Holder thereof to receive, upon payment by the Holder of the Exercise Price, and subject to adjustment and penalties in certain circumstances, one Class A Restricted Voting Share. The Warrants become exercisable commencing on the date that is 65 days following the date of the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition (the “Commencement Time”) (at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would under their current terms (as of the date hereof) have been automatically converted into Common Shares and thereafter each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share) and terminating at the Expiry Time upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 

F. The Corporation is duly authorized to create and issue the Warrants to be issued as provided herein.

 

 

- 2 -

 

G. All things necessary have been done and performed to make the Warrants, when Authenticated by the Warrant Agent and issued as provided in this Agreement, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Corporation with the benefits of and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

H. The foregoing recitals are made as representations and statements of fact by the Corporation and not by the Warrant Agent.

 

I. The Warrant Agent has agreed to enter into this Agreement and to hold all rights, interests and benefits contained herein for and on behalf of those Persons who from time to time become holders of Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that for good and valuable consideration mutually given and received, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, the Corporation appoints the Warrant Agent as warrant agent to hold all rights, interests and benefits contained in this Agreement for and on behalf of those Persons who from time to time become holders of Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement, and the parties hereby covenant, agree and declare as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1 

INTERPRETATION

 

Section 1.1      Definitions

 

In this Agreement, including the recitals and schedules hereto, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

Acceleration Event” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.3;

 

Acquiring Person” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(1)(e)(i);

 

Agreement” or “this Agreement” means this warrant agency agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Corporation and the Warrant Agent;

 

Authenticated” means (a) with respect to the issuance of a Warrant Certificate, one which has been duly signed by the Corporation and authenticated by manual signature of an authorized officer of the Warrant Agent, and (b) with respect to the issuance of an Uncertificated Warrant, one in respect of which the Warrant Agent has completed all Internal Procedures such that the particulars of such Uncertificated Warrant as required by Section 2.5 are entered in the register of holders of Warrants; and “Authenticate”, “Authenticating” and “Authentication” have the appropriate correlative meanings;

 

Book Entry Participant” means an institution that participates directly or indirectly in the Depository’s book entry registration system for the Warrants;

 

Book Entry Warrant” means a Warrant that is to be held only by or on behalf of the Depository;

 

 

- 3 -

 

Business Day” means any day of the year (prior to 5:00 p.m. Toronto time), other than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on which the main branches of Canadian chartered banks are closed for regular business in Toronto, Ontario;

 

Capital Reorganization” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(1)(c);

 

CDS” means CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.;

 

CDS Global Warrants” means Warrants representing all or a portion of the aggregate number of Warrants issued in the name of the Depository represented by an Uncertificated Warrant, or if requested by the Depository or the Corporation, by a Warrant Certificate;

 

Certificated Warrant” means a Warrant evidenced by a writing or writings substantially in the form of the Warrant Certificate attached hereto at Schedule “A”;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares” means the fully paid and non-assessable Class A restricted voting shares in the capital of the Corporation, forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, as such Class A Restricted Voting Shares are presently constituted, provided that in the event of any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 hereof, “Class A Restricted Voting Shares” shall thereafter mean the shares or other securities or property resulting from such adjustment, and “Class A Restricted Voting Share” means any of them;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Unit” means a Class A restricted voting unit of the Corporation, each such Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisting of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant;

 

Closing of the Offering” means the closing of the offering and sale of an aggregate of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (together with any Class A Restricted Voting Units that may be sold in connection with a concurrent exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit pursuant to the Prospectus;

 

Closing Price” means the closing price of the Shares at the end of each Trading Day on the Exchange;

 

Commencement Time” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital E;

 

Common Shares” means the common shares in the capital of the Corporation expected to be issued and outstanding immediately after the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, and “Common Share” means any one of them, provided that in the event any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 hereof, “Common Shares” shall thereafter mean the shares or other securities or property resulting from such adjustment, and “Common Share” means any of them;

 

Confirmation” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.2(6);

 

 

- 4 -

 

 

Convertible Securities” means securities of the Corporation (other than the Warrants) or of any other issuer convertible into or exchangeable for or otherwise carrying the right to acquire Shares;

 

Corporation” means Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., and includes any Successor Corporation to or of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. which has complied with the provisions of Article 8;

 

Corporation’s Auditors” means an independent firm of chartered accountants duly appointed as auditors of the Corporation, and as of the date hereof, means RSM Canada LLP;

 

Counsel” means Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP or a barrister or solicitor or a firm of barristers or solicitors, who may be counsel for the Corporation, acceptable to the Warrant Agent, acting reasonably;

 

Current Market Price” in respect of a Share at any date means the VWAP for the 20 consecutive Trading Days ending on the fifth Trading Day before such date on the Exchange or, if the Shares are not then listed on the Exchange, then on such other stock exchange on which the Shares are then listed as may be selected by the Directors or, if the Shares are not then listed on a stock exchange, on the over-the-counter market; provided that, if there is no market for the Shares during all or part of such period during which the Current Market Price thereof would otherwise be determined, the Current Market Price in respect of a Share shall in respect of all or such part of the period be determined by a nationally recognized accounting firm chosen by the Corporation;

 

Depository” means CDS or its successor, or any other depository offering a book based securities registration and transfer system similar to that administered by CDS which the Corporation, acting reasonably, may designate;

 

Designated Director” means a director of the Corporation designated in writing to the Warrant Agent to carry out the actions contemplated in this Agreement;

 

Designated Jurisdictions” means all of the provinces and territories of Canada, other than the Province of Quebec, being the jurisdictions agreed to between the Corporation and the Underwriters where the Units are to be sold pursuant to the Offering;

 

Detachment Date” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.4(1);

 

Director” means a director of the Corporation and “Directors” or “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Corporation or, whenever duly empowered, a committee of the board of directors of the Corporation;

 

Dividends” means dividends or distributions (payable in cash or in securities, property or assets of equivalent value, as determined by the Board of Directors) declared payable on the Shares;

 

 

- 5 -

 

Equity Shares” means the Shares (which for greater certainty, under their current terms (as of the date hereof), following the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, means the Common Shares) and any shares of any other class or series of the Corporation which may, from time to time, be authorized for issue if by their terms such shares confer on the holders thereof the right to participate in the distribution of assets upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation beyond a fixed sum or a fixed sum plus accrued Dividends;

 

Escrow Funds” means funds equal to the dollar amount of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units sold in connection with the Offering (and any interest or other amounts subsequently earned on such proceeds, and any other amounts subsequently raised and placed in escrow pursuant to permitted future issuance(s) by the Corporation of additional securities, together with any interest or other amounts subsequently earned thereon) held by the Warrant Agent, in its capacity as escrow agent, in a segregated bank account;

 

Excess Amount” means, with respect to any Extraordinary Dividend, the aggregate absolute dollar value of such Extraordinary Dividend per Share (as determined by the Board of Directors in the case of non-cash dividends), less the Extraordinary Dividend Threshold;

 

Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange, or any successor, assign or replacement exchange on which any of the Corporation’s securities are listed from time to time;

 

Exercise Date” means, with respect to any Warrant, the date on which such Warrant is validly exercised or deemed to be validly exercised in accordance with Article 3;

 

Exercise Form” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.2(1);

 

Exercise Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.2(1);

 

Expiry Date” means, with respect to any Warrant, five years after the date of completion of a Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation, provided that if such date is not a Business Day, the Expiry Date will be the next succeeding Business Day, further provided that if a Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation is not consummated during the Permitted Timeline, the Expiry Date shall be the last date of the Permitted Timeline, and further provided that if an Acceleration Event occurs and the Corporation accelerates the Expiry Date in accordance with Section 3.3, the Expiry Date shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.3;

 

Expiry Time” means 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the Expiry Date;

 

Extraordinary Dividend” means any dividend, together with all other Dividends payable in the same calendar year, that has an aggregate absolute dollar value (as determined by the Board of Directors in the case of non-cash dividends) which is greater than the Extraordinary Dividend Threshold;

 

 

- 6 -

 

Extraordinary Dividend Threshold” means U.S.$0.25 per Share, unless such threshold shall have been adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, in which case it shall mean the adjusted threshold in effect at such time;

 

Extraordinary Resolution” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.12 and Section 9.15;

 

Founder’s Warrants” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital C;

 

holders” without reference to Warrants, means the warrantholders as and in respect of Warrants registered in the name of the Depository and includes owners of Warrants who beneficially hold securities entitlements in respect of the Warrants through a Book Entry Participant or means, at a particular time, the persons entered in the register hereinafter mentioned as holders of the Warrants outstanding at such time;

 

Holders” means the Persons, from time to time, who are registered owners of the Warrants, as such names appear on the register, and for greater certainty, shall include the Depository as well as the holders of Uncertificated Warrants appearing on the register of the Warrant Agent;

 

Holders’ Request” means an instrument signed in one or more counterparts by Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate number of the Warrants then outstanding, requesting the Warrant Agent to take some action or proceeding specified therein;

 

Internal Procedures” means in respect of the making of any one or more entries to, changes in or deletions of any one or more entries in the register at any time (including without limitation, original issuance or registration of transfer of ownership) the minimum number of the Warrant Agent’s internal procedures customary at such time for the entry, change or deletion made to be complete under the operating procedures followed at the time by the Warrant Agent;

 

Offered Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2(1);

 

Offering” means the offering and sale of an aggregate of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, plus up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option (and which also qualifies the distribution of the Founder’s Warrants);

 

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by any one or more of the officers of the Corporation or Directors;

 

Over-Allotment Option” means the non-transferable option granted by the Corporation to the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, exercisable for a period of 30 days from the Closing of the Offering, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes;

 

 

- 7 -

 

Permitted Timeline” means the allowable time period within which the Corporation must consummate its Qualifying Acquisition, being 18 months from the Closing of the Offering (or 21 months from the closing of the Offering if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the closing of the Offering but has not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period) , as it may be extended as described in the Prospectus;

 

Person” includes any individual, corporation, company, partnership, association, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, government or governmental authority;

 

Prices” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.3(1);

 

Privacy Laws” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.15;

 

Prospectus” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital B;

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer” means a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Qualifying Acquisition” means a “Qualifying Acquisition” within the meaning of the Exchange Company Manual (as amended from time to time, and subject to any exemptive relief granted by the Exchange);

 

register” means the one set of records and accounts maintained by the Warrant Agent pursuant to Section 2.7;

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Rights Offering” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2(1);

 

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

Securities Commissions” means the securities commission or other similar regulatory authority in each of the Designated Jurisdictions;

 

Securities Laws” means, as applicable, the securities laws, regulations, rules, rulings and orders in each of the Designated Jurisdictions, the published policy statements issued by the Securities Commissions and the rules of the Exchange, as each may be amended from time to time;

 

Share Reorganization” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(1)(a);

 

Shares” means the Class A Restricted Voting Shares for which the Warrants are conferred the right to acquire, provided that under their current terms (as of the date hereof), at the time of the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation, any issued and outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares remaining will automatically convert into Common Shares, as applicable, and all references to “Shares” herein would accordingly thereafter mean the Common Shares (as the context requires), and provided that in the event of any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 hereof, “Shares” shall thereafter mean the shares or other securities or property resulting from such adjustment, and “Share” means any one of them;

 

 

- 8 -

 

Special Distribution” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2(2);

 

Sponsor” means Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP;

 

Subsidiary” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions under the Securities Act (Ontario) as at the date hereof;

 

Successor Corporation” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.1;

 

Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended from time to time;

 

Trading Day” means any day on which the Exchange (or such other exchange on which the Shares are listed and which forms the primary trading market for the Shares) is open for trading;

 

Uncertificated Warrant” means any Warrant which is not a Certificated Warrant;

 

Underwriters” means, together Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.;

 

Unit Certificate” means a unit certificate evidencing the Class A Restricted Voting Units;

 

United States” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States and the District of Colombia;

 

Units” means the Class A Restricted Voting Units;

 

U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as such term is defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

U.S. Private Placement Memorandum” means the final U.S. private placement memorandum which contains the Prospectus pursuant to which a Qualified Institutional Buyer purchased Class A Restricted Voting Units in the Offering;

 

U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

U.S. Securities Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

 

VWAP” means the volume weighted average trading price of the Shares on the Exchange or such other principal stock exchange on which the Shares are trading, calculated by dividing the total value by the total volume of Shares traded for the relevant period;

 

 

- 9 -

 

Warrant Acceleration Threshold Price” means U.S.$18.00 per Share, unless such price shall have been adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, in which case it shall mean the adjusted price in effect at such time;

 

Warrant Agency” means the principal transfer office of the Warrant Agent in the City of Toronto, Ontario and such other locations as the Corporation may designate with the approval of the Warrant Agent;

 

Warrant Agent” means TSX Trust Company or its successor or successors for the time being as warrant agent appointed hereunder, at its principal office in the City of Toronto, Ontario;

 

Warrant Certificate” means a certificate, substantially in the form set forth in Schedule “A” hereto, to evidence those Warrants that will be evidenced by a certificate;

 

Warrants” means, collectively, the (i) 17,500,000 share purchase warrants (or 20,125,000 share purchase warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) of the Corporation underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units created and issued hereunder, and (ii) the 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants to be issued to the Sponsor at the Closing of the Offering created and issued hereunder (together with additional Warrants pursuant to further issuances by the Corporation after the closing date of the Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation, if applicable) and for the time being outstanding entitling registered holders thereof to acquire, upon the valid exercise thereof and subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, one Share in accordance with the terms hereof, and “Warrant” means any one of them;

 

written order of the Corporation”, “written request of the Corporation”, “written consent of the Corporation” and “certificate of the Corporation” means, respectively, a written order, request, consent and certificate signed in the name of the Corporation by any one or more of the officers of the Corporation or Directors and may consist of one or more instruments so executed and any other documents referred to herein which is required or contemplated to be provided or given by the Corporation;

 

and a derivative of any defined word or phrase has the meaning appropriate to the derivation of the word or phrase.

 

Section 1.2      Meaning of “Outstanding” for Certain Purposes

 

Except as provided in Section 3.7, every Warrant Certificate countersigned and delivered by the Warrant Agent under this Agreement shall be deemed to be outstanding until it has been surrendered to the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, provided however that:

 

(1) a Warrant Certificate that has been partially exercised or exchanged shall be deemed to be outstanding only to the extent of the unexercised or unexchanged, as the case may be, part of the Warrants evidenced thereby;

 

 

- 10 -

 

(2) where a Warrant Certificate has been issued in substitution for a Warrant Certificate that has been lost, stolen or destroyed, only one of them shall be counted for the purpose of determining the Warrants outstanding; and

 

(3) for the purpose of any provision of this Agreement entitling Holders of outstanding Warrants to vote, sign consents, requests or other instruments or take any other action under this Agreement, Warrants owned legally or beneficially by the Corporation or any Subsidiary shall be disregarded, except that:

 

(a) for the purpose of determining whether the Warrant Agent will be protected in relying on any vote, consent, request or other instrument or other action, only the Warrants of which the Warrant Agent has notice that they are so owned shall be so disregarded; and

 

(b) Warrants so owned that have been pledged in good faith other than to the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation shall not be so disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Warrant Agent the pledgee’s right to vote the Warrants in the pledgee’s discretion free from the control of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation pursuant to the terms of the pledge.

 

Section 1.3      Certain Rules of Interpretation

 

Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement:

 

(1) words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa;

 

(2) words importing gender include both genders and vice versa and words importing individuals include firms and corporations and vice versa;

 

(3) the words “hereto”, “herein”, “hereby”, “hereunder”, “hereof” and similar expressions used herein refer to this instrument and not to any particular article, section, clause, subdivision or other portion hereof, and include each instrument supplemental or ancillary hereto or required to implement this instrument;

 

(4) “in writing” or “written” includes printing, typewriting or any electronic means of communication capable of being visibly reproduced at the point of reception, including telecopy and scan (in PDF format);

 

(5) “including” is used for illustration only and not to limit the generality of any preceding words, whether or not non-limiting language (such as, “without limitation”, “but not limited to” and similar expressions) is used with reference thereto; and

 

(6) reference to any statute, regulation or by-law includes amendments, consolidations, re-enactments and replacements thereof and instruments and legislation thereunder.

 

 

- 11 -

 

Section 1.4      Interpretation not Affected by Headings, etc.

 

The division of this Agreement into articles, sections and other subdivisions, the inclusion of a table of contents and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.5      Applicable Law

 

This Agreement, the Warrants and the Warrant Certificates (including all documents relating thereto, which by common accord have been and will be drafted in English) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. Any and all disputes arising under this Agreement, the Warrants and the Warrant Certificates, whether as to interpretation, performance or otherwise, shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario and each of the parties hereto irrevocably attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of such Province.

 

Section 1.6      Language Clause

 

The parties hereto have required that this Agreement and all documents and notices related thereto or resulting therefrom be drawn up in the English language. Les parties ont expressément demandé que la présente convention ainsi que tout autre document à être ou pouvant être donné ou conclu en vertu des dispositions des présentes, soient rédigés en langue anglaise seulement.

 

Section 1.7      Day Not A Business Day

 

If any day on or before which any action or notice is required to be taken or given hereunder is not a Business Day, then such action or notice shall be required to be taken or given on or before the requisite time on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

 

Section 1.8      Conflict

 

In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between a provision of this Agreement and in the Warrant Certificates issued hereunder, the relevant provision in this Agreement shall prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

Section 1.9       Time Of The Essence

 

Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement, the Warrants and the Warrant Certificates.

 

Section 1.10    Currency

 

Except as otherwise stated, all dollar amounts herein are expressed in United States dollars.

 

Section 1.11    Severability

 

In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination shall not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

- 12 -

 

Section 1.12    Schedules

 

Each of Schedule “A” and Schedule “B” to this Agreement is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

ARTICLE 2 

ISSUE OF WARRANTS

 

Section 2.1      Creation and Issue of Warrants

 

(1) The Warrant Agent is hereby appointed as warrant agent in respect of the Warrants.

 

(2) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to any adjustment hereunder, a total of 29,500,000 share purchase warrants (or 32,125,000 share purchase warrants if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) entitling the holders thereof to acquire up to 29,500,000 Shares (or 32,125,000 Shares if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) are hereby created (together with any additional Warrants pursuant to further issuances by the Corporation in order to facilitate or following the Qualifying Acquisition, if applicable, which additional Warrants will be documented by way of a treasury direction provided by the Corporation to the Warrant Agent) and authorized to be issued hereunder upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and shall be executed. For greater certainty, the number of Warrants authorized to be issued hereunder shall be unlimited.

 

Section 2.2      Terms of Warrants

 

(1) The Warrants shall be issued hereunder in accordance with the direction provided to the Warrant Agent pursuant to Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 hereof.

 

(2) Upon the valid exercise of the Warrants after the Commencement Time and prior to the Expiry Time in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof, including payment of the Exercise Price in connection therewith, each whole Warrant shall entitle the Holder to acquire, subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 4 hereof, one Share.

 

(3) All Warrants shall, save as to denominations, be of like tenor and effect. No certificate or other forms of ownership statement evidencing fractional Warrants shall be issued or otherwise provided for.

 

(4) The number of Shares which may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Warrants shall be adjusted in the events and in the manner specified in Article 4.

 

(5) All Warrants shall rank pari passu, or equally, and without preference over each other, whatever may be the actual date of issue thereof.

 

(6) The Warrants and any rights thereunder shall expire in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 and Section 3.7.

 

 

- 13 -

 

(7) All Warrants need not be issued at the same time and may be issued from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, if so provided herein, by or pursuant to such resolution of the Board of Directors or in an agreement supplemental hereto.

 

Section 2.3      Holder Not A Shareholder

 

Except as may be specifically provided herein or in the Warrant Certificates, nothing in this Agreement or in holding of a Warrant Certificate, entitlement to a Warrant or otherwise, shall be construed as conferring upon a holder or a Holder any right or interest whatsoever as a shareholder of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, the right to vote at, to receive notice of, or to attend, meetings of shareholders or any other proceedings of the Corporation, or the right to receive Dividends and other distributions.

 

Section 2.4      Detachment Date and Detachability of Warrants

 

(1) The Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units shall begin separate trading on the Exchange on the 40th day following the Closing of the Offering or, if such 40th day is not on a Business Day, then on the immediately succeeding Business Day following such date (the “Detachment Date”).

 

(2) Prior to the close of business on the Detachment Date, the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units shall be issued through the book entry registration system and no certificates will be issued in respect of such Warrants, except where physical certificates evidencing ownership in such securities are required, or as set out in Section 2.5 or Section 2.13, or as may be requested by the Depository, as determined by the Corporation, from time to time. Prior to the Detachment Date, the Warrants forming part of the Founder’s Warrants will be issued in the form of a Warrant Certificate.

 

(3) After the Detachment Date, the Warrant Certificates in definitive form authorized in Section 2.5 shall be created and shall be executed by the Corporation and shall be duly Authenticated by the Warrant Agent, in accordance with Section 2.5. After the Detachment Date, the Uncertificated Warrants authorized in Section 2.6 shall be evidenced by a book position on the register of holders to be maintained by the Warrant Agent in accordance with Section 2.7.

 

(4) Following the Detachment Date, by written order of the Corporation, the Warrant Agent shall deliver Warrant Certificates to Holders and record the name of the Holders on the Warrant register. Registration of interests in Warrants held by the Depository may be evidenced by a book position appearing on the register of the Warrant Agent for an amount representing the aggregate number of such Warrants outstanding from time to time.

 

(5) Prior to the close of business on the Detachment Date, the Class A Restricted Voting Units sold in connection with the Offering and consisting of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant, subject to certain exceptions as set out in Section 2.5, shall be evidenced only by electronic registration through the non-certificated inventory (NCI) system of CDS (or another Depository), which may include Class A Restricted Voting Units offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in the Offering, and which Warrants shall be combined, exchanged or transferred upon the records of the Corporation’s transfer agent and/or Depository, as applicable, only with a Class A Restricted Voting Share, subject to applicable law. The right to receive the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units may not be split up, combined, exchanged or transferred separately upon the records of the Corporation’s transfer agent or the Corporation prior to the close of business on the Detachment Date.

 

 

- 14 -

 

(6) The Corporation shall maintain a list of all registered holders of Unit Certificates and will, subject to Section 2.2(3), cause the Warrant Agent to mail or deliver Warrant Certificates evidencing Warrants to the Holders of the Unit Certificates as of the close of business on the Detachment Date within seven Business Days after the Detachment Date.

 

(7) After the Detachment Date, the Unit Certificates shall cease to represent the Units, but shall instead represent only that amount of Shares indicated thereon. After distribution of definitive Warrant Certificates, Warrants represented thereby may be transferred by delivery alone without regard to the Shares, as applicable, with which they were originally sold.

 

(8) The Corporation will not be obligated to issue any fraction of a Warrant after the Detachment Date, and any Warrants which a Holder is entitled to receive after the Detachment Date shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

Section 2.5      Form of Warrants, Certificated Warrants

 

(1) The Warrants may be issued in both certificated and uncertificated form. All Warrants issued to the Depository may be in either a certificated or uncertificated form, such uncertificated form being evidenced by a book position on the register of Holders to be maintained by the Warrant Agent in accordance with Section 2.7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, subject to Securities Laws, the CDS Global Warrant will be issued as an Uncertificated Warrant, unless otherwise requested in writing by the Depository or the Corporation.

 

(2) For those Warrants that will be evidenced by a certificate, the form of certificate representing Warrants shall be substantially as set out in Schedule “A” hereto or such other form as is authorized from time to time by the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, shall be dated as of the Detachment Date (including all replacements issued in accordance with this Agreement) except for the Founder’s Warrants which will be dated as of the Closing of the Offering, shall bear such distinguishing letters and numbers as the Corporation may, with the approval of the Warrant Agent, prescribe, and shall be issuable in any denomination excluding fractions. Irrespective of any adjustments pursuant to Article 4 hereof, all replacement Warrant Certificates shall continue to express the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrant(s) evidenced thereby and the Exercise Price thereof as if such Warrant Certificates were initially issued as of the Detachment Date pursuant hereto. Upon the written order of the Corporation, each Warrant Certificate shall be Authenticated manually on behalf of the Warrant Agent. Each Warrant Certificate shall be signed by either of the Chief Executive Officer, Designated Director, or Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation whose signature shall appear on the Warrant Certificate and may be printed, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon and, in such event, certificates so signed are as valid and binding upon the Corporation as if it had been signed manually. Any Warrant Certificate which has the applicable signatures as hereinbefore provided shall be valid notwithstanding that one or more of the persons whose signature is printed, lithographed or mechanically reproduced no longer holds office at the date of issuance of such certificate. The Warrant Certificates may be engraved, printed or lithographed, or partly in one form and partly in another, as the Warrant Agent may determine.

 

 

- 15 -

 

(3) Upon the written order of the Corporation, the Warrant Agent shall Authenticate Uncertificated Warrants (whether upon original issuance, exchange, registration of transfer or otherwise) by completing its Internal Procedures and the Corporation shall, and hereby acknowledges that it shall, thereupon be deemed to have duly and validly issued such Uncertificated Warrants under this Agreement. Such Authentication shall be conclusive evidence that such Uncertificated Warrant has been duly issued hereunder and that the Holder or Holders are entitled to the benefits of this Agreement. The register shall be final and conclusive evidence as to all matters relating to Uncertificated Warrants with respect to which this Agreement requires the Warrant Agent to maintain records or accounts. In case of differences between the register at any time and any other time, the register at the later time shall be controlling, absent manifest error and such Uncertificated Warrants are binding on the Corporation.

 

(4) Any Warrant Certificate validly issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in effect at the time of issue of such Warrant Certificate shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement and applicable Securities Laws, validly entitle the holder to acquire Shares, notwithstanding that the form of such Warrant Certificate may not be in the form currently required by this Agreement.

 

(5) No Warrant shall be considered issued and shall be valid or obligatory or shall entitle the Holder thereof to the benefits of this Agreement, until it has been Authenticated by the Warrant Agent. Authentication by the Warrant Agent shall not be construed as a representation or warranty by the Warrant Agent as to the validity of this Agreement or of such Warrant Certificates or Uncertificated Warrants (except the due Authentication thereof) or as to the performance by the Corporation of its obligations under this Agreement, and the Warrant Agent shall in no respect be liable or answerable for the use made of the Warrants or any of them or of the consideration thereof. Authentication by the Warrant Agent shall be conclusive evidence as against the Corporation that the Warrants so Authenticated have been duly issued hereunder and that the Holder thereof is entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

 

(6) No Certificated Warrant shall be considered issued and Authenticated or, if Authenticated, shall be obligatory or shall entitle the Holder thereof to the benefits of this Agreement, until it has been Authenticated by manual signature by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent substantially in the form of the Warrant Certificate set out in Schedule “A” hereto. Such Authentication on any such Certificated Warrant shall be conclusive evidence that such Certificated Warrant is duly Authenticated and is valid and a binding obligation of the Corporation and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Agreement. The Authentication by the Warrant Agent on any such Certificated Warrant hereunder shall not be construed as a representation or warranty by the Warrant Agent as to the validity of this Agreement or of such Warrant or its issuance (except the due Authentication thereof and any other warranties by law) or as to the performance by the Corporation of its obligations under this Agreement and the Warrant Agent shall in no respect be liable or answerable for the use made of the Warrants or any of them or the proceeds thereof.

 

 

- 16 -

 

 

(7) No Uncertificated Warrant shall be considered issued and shall be obligatory or shall entitle the Holder thereof to the benefits of this Agreement, until it has been Authenticated by entry on the register of the particulars of the Uncertificated Warrant. Such entry on the register of the particulars of an Uncertificated Warrant shall be conclusive evidence that such Uncertificated Warrant is a valid and binding obligation of the Corporation and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Agreement. Authenticating by way of entry on the register shall not be construed as a representation or warranty by the Warrant Agent as to the validity of this Agreement or of such Warrants (except the due Authentication thereof) or as to the performance by the Corporation of its obligations under this Agreement and the Warrant Agent shall in no respect be liable or answerable for the use made of the Uncertificated Warrants or any of them or the proceeds thereof.

 

(8) All Warrants issued to Qualified Institutional Buyers may be issued in either certificated or uncertificated form. All Founder’s Warrants will be issued in certificated form.

 

Section 2.6             Book Entry (Non-Certificated Inventory) Warrants

 

(1) Re-registration of beneficial interests in, and transfers of, Warrants held by the Depository shall be made only after the Detachment Date through the book entry registration system and no Warrant Certificates shall be issued in respect of such Warrants except where physical certificates evidencing ownership in such securities are required or as set out herein or as may be requested by the Depository, as determined by the Corporation, from time to time.

 

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, no CDS Global Warrants may be exchanged in whole or in part for Warrants registered, and no transfer of any CDS Global Warrants in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any person other than the Depository for such CDS Global Warrants or a nominee thereof unless:

 

(a) the Depository notifies the Corporation that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as depository in connection with the Warrants and the Corporation is unable to locate a qualified successor;

 

(b) the Corporation determines that the Depository is no longer willing, able or qualified to discharge properly its responsibilities as holder of the CDS Global Warrants and the Corporation is unable to locate a qualified successor;

 

(c) the Depository ceases to be a clearing agency or otherwise ceases to be eligible to be a depository and the Corporation is unable to locate a qualified successor;

 

 

- 17 -

 

(d) the Corporation determines that the Warrants shall no longer be held as Uncertificated Warrants through the Depository;

 

(e) such right is required by applicable law, as determined by the Corporation and the Corporation’s counsel; or

 

(f) the Warrant is to be Authenticated to or for the account or benefit of a person in the United States or a U.S. Person and such registration is determined to be necessary by the Corporation and the Corporation’s counsel,

 

following which, Warrants for those holders requesting the same shall be registered to the beneficial owners of such Warrants or their nominees as directed by the Depositary. The Corporation shall provide an Officer’s Certificate giving notice to the Warrant Agent of the occurrence of any event outlined in this Section 2.6(2).

 

(3) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.6, any exchange of CDS Global Warrants for Warrants which are not CDS Global Warrants may be made in whole or in part in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12, mutatis mutandis. All such Warrants issued in exchange for a CDS Global Warrant or any portion thereof shall be registered in such names as the Depository for such CDS Global Warrants shall direct and shall be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same terms and conditions (except insofar as they relate specifically to CDS Global Warrants) as the CDS Global Warrants or portion thereof surrendered upon such exchange.

 

(4) Every Warrant that is Authenticated upon registration or transfer of a CDS Global Warrant, or in exchange for or in lieu of a CDS Global Warrant or any portion thereof, whether pursuant to this Section 2.6, or otherwise, shall be Authenticated in the form of, and shall be, a CDS Global Warrant, unless such Warrant is registered in the name of a person other than the Depository for such CDS Global Warrant or a nominee thereof.

 

(5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, subject to applicable law, the CDS Global Warrant will be issued as an Uncertificated Warrant, unless otherwise requested in writing by the Depository or the Corporation.

 

(6) The rights of beneficial owners of Warrants who hold securities entitlements in respect of the Warrants through the book entry registration system shall be limited to those established by applicable law and agreements between the Depository and the Book Entry Participants and between such Book Entry Participants and the beneficial owners of Warrants who hold securities entitlements in respect of the Warrants through the book entry registration system, and such rights must be exercised through a Book Entry Participant in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository.

 

(7) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Corporation nor the Warrant Agent nor any agent thereof shall have any responsibility or liability for:

 

(a) the electronic records maintained by the Depository relating to any ownership interests or any other interests in the Warrants or the depository system maintained by the Depository, or payments made on account of any ownership interest or any other interest of any person in any Warrant represented by an electronic position in the book entry registration system (other than the Depository or its nominee);

 

 

- 18 -

 

(b) maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depository or any Book Entry Participant relating to any such interest; or

 

(c) any advice or representation made or given by the Depository or those contained herein that relate to the rules and regulations of the Depository or any action to be taken by the Depository on its own direction or at the direction of any Book Entry Participant.

 

(8) The Corporation may terminate the application of this Section 2.6 in its sole discretion in which case all Warrants shall be evidenced by Warrant Certificates registered in the name of a person other than the Depository.

 

Section 2.7             Register for Warrants

 

(1) The Warrant Agent shall maintain records and accounts concerning the Warrants, whether certificated and uncertificated, which shall contain the information called for below with respect to each Warrant, together with such other information as may be required by law or as the Warrant Agent may elect to record. All such information shall be kept in one set of accounts and records which the Warrant Agent shall designate (in such manner as shall permit it to be so identified as such by an unaffiliated party) as the register of the holders of Warrants. The information to be entered for each account in the register of Warrants at any time shall include (without limitation):

 

(a) the name and address of the Holder of the Warrants, the date of Authentication thereof and the number Warrants;

 

(b) whether such Warrant is a Certificated Warrant or an Uncertificated Warrant and, if a Certificated Warrant, the unique number or code assigned to and imprinted thereupon and, if an Uncertificated Warrant, the unique number or code assigned thereto, if any;

 

(c) whether such Warrant has been cancelled; and

 

(d) a register of transfers in which all transfers of Warrants and the date and other particulars of each transfer shall be entered.

 

(2) The register or registers, as applicable, shall be available for inspection by the Corporation and or any holder during the Warrant Agent’s regular business hours on a Business Day and upon payment to the Warrant Agent of its reasonable fees. Any holder exercising such right of inspection shall first provide an affidavit in form satisfactory to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent stating the name and address of the holder and agreeing not to use the information therein except in connection with an effort to call a meeting of holders or to influence the voting of holders at any meeting of holders.

 

 

- 19 -

 

Section 2.8             Issue in Substitution for Lost Warrant Certificate

 

(1) If any of the Warrant Certificates shall become mutilated or lost, destroyed or stolen, the Corporation, subject to applicable law and to Section 2.8(2), shall issue and thereupon, at the written direction of the Corporation, the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver a new Warrant Certificate of like date and tenor and bearing the same legend as the one mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen upon surrender and in place of and upon cancellation of such mutilated Warrant Certificate, or in lieu of and in substitution for such lost, destroyed or stolen Warrant Certificate, and the substituted Warrant Certificate shall be in a form approved by the Warrant Agent and shall be entitled to the benefits hereof and shall rank equally in accordance with its terms with all other Warrant Certificates issued or to be issued hereunder.

 

(2) The applicant for the issue of a new Warrant Certificate pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall bear the reasonable cost of the issue thereof and in case of loss, destruction or theft shall, as a condition precedent to the issue thereof, furnish to the Corporation and to the Warrant Agent evidence of ownership and of the loss, destruction or theft of the Warrant Certificate so lost, destroyed or stolen satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and the Corporation in its sole discretion, acting reasonably, and such applicant may also be required to furnish an indemnity and/or surety bond in amount and form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent in its sole discretion, acting reasonably, and shall pay the reasonable charges of the Corporation and the Warrant Agent in connection therewith.

 

Section 2.9             Transfer and Ownership of Warrants

 

(1) The Warrants may be transferred on the register kept at the Warrant Agency by the holder or its legal representatives or its attorney duly appointed by an instrument in writing in form and manner of execution satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, acting reasonably, only upon (a) in the case of a Warrant Certificate, surrendering to the Warrant Agent at the Warrant Agency (or at any other place that is designated by the Corporation with the approval of the Warrant Agent) the Warrant Certificates representing the Warrants to be transferred together with a duly executed transfer form as set forth in Schedule “A” hereto, (b)  in the case of Book Entry Warrants, in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Depository under the book entry registration system, and (c) upon compliance with:

 

(a) the conditions herein;

 

(b) such requirements as the Warrant Agent may reasonably prescribe; and

 

(c) all applicable securities legislation and requirements of regulatory authorities,

 

and such transfer shall be duly noted in such register by the Warrant Agent. Upon compliance with such requirements, the Warrant Agent shall issue to the transferee a Warrant Certificate, or the Warrant Agent shall Authenticate and deliver a Warrant Certificate upon request that part of the CDS Global Warrant be certificated, and Warrants that are held as Book Entry Warrants shall be transferred and recorded through the relevant Book Entry Participant in accordance with the book entry registration system as the entitlement holder in respect of such Warrants.

 

 

- 20 -

 

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and applicable law, the holder shall be entitled to the rights and privileges attaching to the Warrants, and the issue of Shares (or other security issued in accordance with Article 4) by the Corporation upon the exercise of Warrants in accordance with the terms and conditions herein contained shall discharge all responsibilities of the Corporation and the Warrant Agent with respect to such Warrants and neither the Corporation nor the Warrant Agent shall be bound to inquire into the title of any such holder.

 

Section 2.10           Transferee Entitled to Registration

 

(1) The transferee of a Warrant shall, after the transfer form attached to the Warrant Certificate is duly completed and the Warrant Certificate and transfer form are lodged with the Warrant Agent, and upon compliance with all other conditions in that regard required by this Agreement and by all applicable securities legislation and requirements of regulatory authorities, be entitled to have his, her or its name entered on the register as the owner of such Warrant, free from all equities or rights of set-off or counterclaim between the Corporation and his, her or its transferor or any previous holder of such Warrant, save in respect of equities of which the Corporation or the transferee is required to take notice by statute or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(2) Upon compliance with all such applicable requirements, the Warrant Agent shall issue to the transferee of a Certificated Warrant, a Warrant Certificate, and to the transferee of an Uncertificated Warrant, an Uncertificated Warrant (or it shall Authenticate and deliver a Certificated Warrant instead, upon request), representing the Warrants transferred and the transferee of a Book Entry Warrant shall be recorded through the relevant Book Entry Participant in accordance with the book entry registration system as the entitlement holder in respect of such Warrants.

 

Section 2.11           Ownership of Warrants

 

(1) The Corporation and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the registered Holder of any Warrant Certificate as the absolute owner of the Warrants represented thereby for all purposes and the Corporation and the Warrant Agent shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary, except where the Corporation or the Warrant Agent is required to take notice by statute or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction. For greater certainty, subject to applicable law, neither the Corporation nor the Warrant Agent shall be bound to take notice of, or see to the execution of, any trust, whether express, implied or constructive, in respect of any Warrant, and may transfer any Warrant on the direction of the Person registered as Holder thereof, whether named as trustee or otherwise, as though that Person were the beneficial owner thereof.

 

Section 2.12           Exchange of Warrant Certificates

 

(1) Warrant Certificates, representing Warrants entitling the Holders to receive any specified number of Shares, may, prior to the Expiry Time and upon compliance with the reasonable requirements of the Warrant Agent, be exchanged for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates entitling the Holder thereof to receive in the aggregate the same number of Shares as are issuable under the Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates so exchanged.

 

 

- 21 -

 

(2) Warrant Certificates may be exchanged only at the Warrant Agency or at any other place that is designated by the Corporation with the approval of the Warrant Agent. Any Warrant Certificates tendered for exchange shall be surrendered to the Warrant Agent and shall, upon the valid completion of the exchange in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, be cancelled.

 

(3) Except as otherwise herein provided, the Warrant Agent shall charge to the Holder requesting an exchange a reasonable sum for each new Warrant Certificate issued in exchange for Warrant Certificate(s), and payment of such charges and reimbursement to the Warrant Agent or the Corporation for any and all taxes or governmental or other charges required to be paid shall be made by such Holder as a condition precedent to such exchange.

 

(4) Warrant Certificates exchanged in accordance with this Section 2.12 that bear a legend set forth in Section 2.13 herein shall bear the same legend.

 

Section 2.13           Restrictions and Transfers under United States Securities Laws

 

(1) The Warrants and the Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and the Corporation has no current intention to effect such registration. All Warrants and Shares issued to a U.S. Person, that is not a Qualified Institutional Buyer, will be issued in certificated form only and each such Warrant Certificate or Share certificate shall bear the following additional legend until the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY [AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE ON EXERCISE HEREOF] HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ONLY (A) TO BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. (THE “CORPORATION”) OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATIONS UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AFTER THE HOLDER HAS FURNISHED TO THE CORPORATION AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION, IN EITHER CASE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY CANNOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE         TRANSFERRED,        DIRECTLY        OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A U.S. PERSON WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATIONS UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. DELIVERY OF THIS CERTIFICATE MAY       NOT CONSTITUTE “GOOD DELIVERY” IN SETTLEMENT        OF TRANSACTIONS ON STOCK EXCHANGES IN CANADA.”

 

 

- 22 -

 

provided, that if at the time of issuance of the Warrants or Shares, as applicable, the Corporation is a “foreign issuer” as defined in Regulation S, and the Warrants and Shares, as applicable, are being sold outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S and in compliance with Canadian laws and regulations, the legend may be removed by providing a declaration to the registrar and transfer agent in the form attached as Schedule “B” hereto or as the Corporation may prescribe from time to time; notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation or the Corporation’s transfer agent may impose additional requirements for the removal of legends from securities sold in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S in the future.

 

(2) After the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation, all Warrants or Shares issued to a U.S. Person will be issued in certificated form only and each such Warrant Certificate or Share certificate shall bear the following additional legend until such time as the legend is no longer required under applicable requirements of the U.S. Securities Act or applicable state securities laws:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY [AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE ON EXERCISE HEREOF] HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ONLY (A) TO BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. (THE “CORPORATION”); (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS; (C) IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY (I) RULE 144 OR (II) RULE 144A THEREUNDER, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (D) IN ANOTHER TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PROVIDED THAT, IN THE CASE OF TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO (C)(I) OR (D) ABOVE, THE HOLDER HAS, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHED TO THE CORPORATION AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION, IN EITHER CASE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION. DELIVERY         OF THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT CONSTITUTE “GOOD DELIVERY” IN SETTLEMENT OF TRANSACTIONS ON STOCK EXCHANGES IN CANADA.”

 

 

- 23 -

 

provided, that if at the time of issuance of the Warrants or Shares, as applicable, the Corporation is a “foreign issuer” as defined in Regulation S, and the Warrants and Shares, as applicable, are being sold outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S and in compliance with Canadian laws and regulations, the legend may be removed by providing a declaration to the registrar and transfer agent in the form attached as Schedule “B” hereto or as the Corporation may prescribe from time to time; notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation’s transfer agent may impose additional requirements for the removal of legends from securities sold in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S in the future; provided, further, if any of the Warrants or Shares, as applicable, are being sold pursuant to Rule 144 of the U.S. Securities Act, if available, the legend may be removed by delivering to the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Corporation an opinion of counsel of recognized standing, or other evidence of exemption, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, to the effect that the legend is no longer required under applicable requirements of the U.S. Securities Act.

 

(3) All Warrants and Shares issued to a U.S. Person, that is a Qualified Institutional Buyer, will be issued in certificated form only and each such Warrant Certificate or Share certificate shall bear the following additional legend:

 

“THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE EXERCISED BY OR ON BEHALF OF A U.S. PERSON OR PERSON IN THE UNITED STATES UNLESS THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION OF ANY SUCH STATE OR EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS ARE AVAILABLE. “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” ARE AS DEFINED BY REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.”

 

(4) If a certificate representing the Warrants or the Shares is tendered for transfer and bears the legend set forth in Section 2.13(1) or Section 2.13(2), as applicable, and the holder thereof has not obtained the prior written consent of the Corporation, the Warrant Agent shall not register such transfer unless the transferor has provided the Warrant Agent with the certificate representing such securities and the transfer is being made (i) to the Corporation, (ii) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, if available, and in compliance with any applicable local securities laws, (iii) in compliance with the exemption from registration under the U.S. Securities Act provided by (A) Rule 144 thereunder, if available, or (B) Rule 144A thereunder, if available, and in both cases, in compliance with any applicable state securities laws, or (iv) in another transaction that does not require registration under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, and in the case of (iii)(A) and (iv) above, after the seller has furnished to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent requirements stated in Section 2.13(1) or Section 2.13(2), as applicable, to such effect.

 

 

- 24 -

 

(5) Notwithstanding any terms set out herein, Warrants having the legend set forth in Section 2.13(1) or Section 2.13(2), as applicable, may not be held in the name of the Depository or in the form of Uncertificated Warrants. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in processing and registering transfers of Warrants, no duty or responsibility whatsoever shall rest upon the Warrant Agent to determine the compliance by any transferor or transferee with the terms of the legend contained in Section 2.13(1) or Section 2.13(2), as applicable, or with the relevant securities laws or regulations, including, without limitation, Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act and the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to assume that all transfers are legal and proper.

 

ARTICLE 3 

EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

 

Section 3.1             Rights of Exercise of Warrants

 

Subject to the further provisions hereof, the Warrants may be exercised at any time during the period commencing on the Commencement Time and terminating at the Expiry Time (subject to Section 3.3) in accordance with the conditions herein and subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 4.

 

Section 3.2             Method of Exercise of Warrants

 

(1) Subject always to the provisions of this Article 3 and compliance by both the Corporation and the Holder with applicable law, the Holder of any Warrant may exercise the right thereby conferred on him, her or it to acquire one Share (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 4) in respect of each Warrant held by surrendering to the Warrant Agent at the Warrant Agency the Warrant Certificate(s) held by him, her or it, together with (i) the exercise form forming part of the Warrant Certificate (the “Exercise Form”) duly completed and executed by the Holder or his, her or its executors, administrators or other legal representatives or his, her or its attorney duly appointed by an instrument in writing in form and manner satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, acting reasonably; and (ii) a certified cheque, bank draft or money order in lawful money of the United States, payable to or to the order of the Corporation in an amount equal to U.S.$11.50 per Share, subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 4 or on a cashless basis at the election of the Holder (the “Exercise Price”) multiplied by the number of Shares subscribed for pursuant to such Exercise Form. A Warrant Certificate with the duly completed and executed Exercise Form and payment of the applicable Exercise Price shall be deemed to be surrendered only upon personal delivery thereof to or, if sent by mail or other means of transmission, upon actual receipt thereof by, the Warrant Agent at the Warrant Agency.

 

 

- 25 -

 

(2) The Exercise Form shall be executed as set out in Section 3.2(1) and shall specify the number of Shares which the Holder wishes to acquire (being not more than that number which he, she or it is entitled to acquire pursuant to the Warrant Certificate(s) so surrendered).

 

(3) All holders will have the option to exercise the Warrants, in whole or in part, on a cashless basis. If so elected by a holder, such holder shall, in lieu of making a cash payment on exercise, surrender his or her Warrants and receive that number of Shares equivalent to the quotient obtained by multiplying (A) the number of Shares for which the Warrants would be exercised by (B) the difference between, if positive, (i) the VWAP of the Shares for the 20 Trading Days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise of the Warrants and (ii) the Exercise Price, and dividing such product by the VWAP for the 20 Trading Days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise. If a holder elects cashless exercise, the Corporation shall provide the Warrant Agent with calculations in writing confirming the number of Shares to be issued in exchange for such Warrants and the Warrant Agent may rely solely on such calculations provided.

 

(4) In the event that a Holder has not exercised his or her Warrants in accordance with the provisions hereof prior to the Expiry Time, all Warrants then held by such Holder shall expire and be of no further force and effect as at the Expiry Time.

 

(5) If the principal transfer office of the Warrant Agent in the city where the Warrant Agency is situated is for any reason not available to act in connection with the exchange of Warrant Certificates or exercise of Warrants as contemplated by this Agreement, the Corporation and the Warrant Agent shall arrange for another office in such city to act in connection with the exchange of Warrant Certificates and exercise of Warrants and shall give notice of the change of such office to the Holders.

 

(6) A beneficial owner of Uncertificated Warrants evidenced by a security entitlement in respect of Warrants in the book entry registration system who desires to exercise his or her Warrants must do so by causing a Book Entry Participant to deliver to the Depository on behalf of the entitlement holder, notice of the owner’s intention to exercise Warrants in a manner acceptable to the Depository. Forthwith upon receipt by the Depository of such notice, as well as payment of the Exercise Price (unless such Book Entry Participant elects to exercise his or her Uncertificated Warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3.2(3), which election shall be indicated in such notice delivered to the Depository), the Depository shall deliver to the Warrant Agent confirmation of its intention to exercise Warrants (“Confirmation”) in a manner acceptable to the Warrant Agent, including by electronic means through the book entry registration system. Such Confirmation from the Depository to the Warrant Agent shall electronically confirm that the beneficial holder of Uncertificated Warrants at the time of exercise of the Uncertificated Warrants: (a) is not in the United States; and (b) is not a U.S. Person and is not exercising the Uncertificated Warrants on behalf of a U.S. Person or a person in the United States. If the Depository (i) is not able to make or deliver the foregoing Confirmation to the Warrant Agent or (ii) the beneficial owner of the Uncertificated Warrants is in the United States or exercising for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, including without limitation Qualified Institutional Buyers that acquired Warrants in the Offering, such Uncertificated Warrants shall be removed from the book entry registration system, and an individually registered Warrant Certificate shall be issued to such beneficial holder, and the exercise procedures set forth in Section 3.2(1) shall be followed.

 

 

- 26 -

 

(7) If exercising the Warrants on a cash exercise, payment representing the Exercise Price must be provided to the appropriate office of the Book Entry Participant in a manner acceptable to it. A notice in form acceptable to the Book Entry Participant and payment from such beneficial holder should be provided to the Book Entry Participant sufficiently in advance so as to permit the Book Entry Participant to deliver notice and payment to the Depository and for the Depository in turn to deliver notice and payment to the Warrant Agent prior to the Expiry Time. The Depository will initiate the exercise by way of the Confirmation and forward the Exercise Price electronically to the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent will execute the exercise by causing the issuance to the Depository through the book entry registration system of the Shares to which the exercising Holder is entitled pursuant to the exercise. Any expense associated with the exercise process will be for the account of the entitlement holder exercising the Warrants and/or the Book Entry Participant exercising the Warrants on its behalf. A failure by a Book Entry Participant to exercise or to give effect to the settlement thereof in accordance with the beneficial owner’s instructions will not give rise to any obligations or liability on the part of the Corporation or Warrant Agent to the Book Entry Participant or the beneficial owner.

 

(8) By causing a Book Entry Participant to deliver notice to the Depository, a holder shall be deemed to have irrevocably surrendered his, her or its Warrants so exercised and appointed such Book Entry Participant to act as his, her or its exclusive settlement agent with respect to the exercise and the receipt of Shares in connection with the obligations arising from such exercise.

 

Section 3.3             Notification of Early Expiry

 

In the event that for any 20 Trading Days within a 30-Trading Day period (an “Acceleration Event”) from and after the Commencement Time the Closing Price of the Shares equals or exceeds the Warrant Acceleration Threshold Price (as it may be adjusted pursuant to Article 4) the Expiry Date may be accelerated (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by the Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their flexibility) by the Corporation providing a notice to Holders and the Warrant Agent announcing and confirming the occurrence of such Acceleration Event, and in such case the Expiry Date shall be the date which is 30 days following the date on which such notice is provided in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.4             Effect of Exercise of Warrants

 

(1) If the Warrants are duly exercised in accordance with Section 3.1 and Section 3.2, the Shares subscribed for shall be deemed to have been issued and the Person or Persons to whom such Shares are to be issued shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of such Shares on the Exercise Date unless the transfer registers for the Shares shall be closed on such date, in which case the Shares subscribed for shall be deemed to have been issued and such Person or Persons shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the same on the date on which such transfer registers are re-opened.

 

 

- 27 -

 

(2) In the case of Warrants which are exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 and Section 3.2, within three Business Days after the Exercise Date of such Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall cause to be delivered or mailed to the Person in whose name the Shares so subscribed for are to be delivered, as specified in the Exercise Form, at the address specified in such Exercise Form, or, if so specified in such Exercise Form, cause to be held for such Person for pick-up at the Warrant Agency, certificates representing the Shares to be issued pursuant to such Exercise Form, registered in such name.

 

Section 3.5             Partial Exercise of Warrants

 

(1) The holder of any Warrants may exercise his, her or its right to acquire Shares in part and may thereby acquire a number of Shares less than the aggregate number which he, she or it is entitled to acquire pursuant to the Warrant Certificate(s) surrendered in connection therewith. In the event of any acquisition of a number of Shares less than the number which the holder is entitled to acquire, he, she or it shall, upon exercise thereof, be entitled to receive, without charge therefor, a new Warrant Certificate(s) representing the balance of the Warrants not exercised.

 

(2) Notwithstanding anything herein contained including any adjustment provided for in Article 4, the Corporation shall not be required, upon valid exercise of any Warrants after the Commencement Time and prior to the Expiry Time, to issue fractions of Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence the same. A holder or a Holder shall not be entitled to any cash or other consideration in lieu of any fractional interest in a Warrant or claim thereto. Any fractional Shares to which a Holder is entitled shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, and no cash or other consideration will be paid in lieu of fractional Shares.

 

Section 3.6             Cancellation of Warrants

 

All Warrant Certificates surrendered to the Warrant Agent pursuant hereto (including those exercised and surrendered under Section 3.2 or Section 3.5 or surrendered pursuant to Section 2.9 or 2.12) shall be cancelled and, after the expiry of any period of retention prescribed by law, cancelled by the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall furnish the Corporation on request with a cancellation certificate identifying the Warrant Certificates so cancelled and the number of Warrants evidenced thereby.

 

Section 3.7             Warrants Void after the Expiry Time

 

No Holder shall have any further rights under this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates (other than the right to receive Shares in respect of Warrants duly exercised prior to or at the Expiry Time, as the case may be), after the Expiry Time (subject to Section 3.3) and the Warrants shall be null and void and of no effect.

 

 

- 28 -

 

 

Section 3.8 Accounting and Recording

 

(1) The Warrant Agent shall promptly, and in any event within five Business Days following any exercise of Warrants, notify the Corporation with respect to Warrants exercised, and shall promptly forward to the Corporation (or into an account or accounts of the Corporation as designated by the Corporation) all monies received by the Warrant Agent on the subscription of Shares through the exercise of Warrants. All such monies, and any securities or other instruments, from time to time received by the Warrant Agent, shall be received as agent for, and shall be segregated and kept apart by, the Warrant Agent for the Corporation.

 

(2) The Warrant Agent shall record the particulars of Warrants exercised which shall include the names and addresses of the Persons who become holders of Shares on the Exercise Date. Within three Business Days of each Exercise Date, the Warrant Agent shall provide such particulars in writing to the Corporation.

 

Section 3.9 Securities Restrictions

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained, directions, announcements, notices or other communications shall only be provided, and Shares shall only be issued by the Corporation (upon exercise of the Warrants) in compliance with the Securities Laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

Section 3.10 Restrictions on Exercise under United States Securities Laws

 

(1) The Warrants may not be exercised by or on behalf of a Person in the United States or a U.S. Person unless the securities issuable on the exercise thereof have been registered under the U.S. Securities Act or unless an exemption is available from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and the holder of the Warrants has furnished an opinion of counsel of recognized standing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to such effect; provided that a Qualified Institutional Buyer that purchased Class A Restricted Voting Units in the Corporation’s private placement of Class A Restricted Voting Units to, or for the account or benefit of, Persons in the United States or U.S. Persons in the Offering will not be required to deliver an opinion of counsel in connection with the exercise of Warrants that are a part of those Class A Restricted Voting Units by the holder of the Warrants.

 

(2) Any Shares issued to, or for the account or benefit of, a Qualified Institutional Buyer that cannot make the representations set forth in Box A on the Exercise Form of the Warrant Certificate shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on re-sale and transfer of the Shares made by such Qualified Institutional Buyer in the U.S. Private Placement Memorandum at the time of acquisition of the Class A Restricted Voting Units in the Offering.

 

 

- 29 -

 

ARTICLE 4

ADJUSTMENTS

 

Section 4.1 Adjustment upon Share Reorganization or Capital Reorganization

 

(1) The number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

(a) If, at any time prior to the Expiry Time, the Corporation shall:

 

(i) subdivide, redivide or change its then outstanding Shares into a greater number of shares; or

 

(ii) consolidate, reduce or combine its then outstanding Shares into a lesser number of shares; or

 

(iii) fix a record date for the issue of, or issue Shares or Convertible Securities to all or substantially all of the holders of the Shares as a stock dividend or other distribution (other than at the holder’s option in lieu of a cash dividend),

 

(any such event being herein called a “Share Reorganization”), then the number of Shares that a Holder is entitled to upon exercise shall be adjusted, effective immediately after the effective date or record date at which holders of Shares are determined for the purposes of the Share Reorganization, by multiplying the number of Shares that a Holder was entitled to upon exercise of Warrants immediately prior to such effective date or record date, by a fraction of which:

 

(i) the numerator shall be the number of Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such Share Reorganization, including, without limitation, in the case of a distribution of securities exchangeable for or convertible into Shares, the number of Shares that would have been outstanding if such securities had been exchanged for or converted into Shares on such date; and

 

(ii) the denominator shall be the number of Shares outstanding on such effective date or record date before giving effect to such Share Reorganization.

 

(b) To the extent that any adjustment in the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants occurs pursuant to Section 4.1(1)(a) as a result of the fixing by the Corporation of a record date for the distribution of securities exchangeable for or convertible into Shares, the number of Shares to which a Holder is entitled on the exercise of his, her or its Warrants shall be readjusted immediately after the expiration of any relevant exchange or conversion right to the number of Shares to which such Holder is entitled on the exercise of his, her or its Warrants which would then be in effect based upon the number of Shares actually issued and remaining issuable after such expiration.

 

 

- 30 -

 

(c) If, at any time prior to the Expiry Time, there occurs:

 

(i) a reclassification or redesignation of the Shares or a change, exchange or conversion of the Shares into or for other shares or securities or property or any other capital reorganization (other than a Share Reorganization); or

 

(ii) a consolidation, merger, plan of arrangement, compulsory acquisition under section 300 of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) or amalgamation of the Corporation with or into any other Person which results in the cancellation, reclassification or redesignation of the Shares or a change, exchange or conversion of the Shares into or for other shares or securities or property or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another body corporate, trust, partnership or other entity or the Corporation being controlled (within the meaning of the Tax Act) by another corporation or entity,

 

(any such event being herein called a “Capital Reorganization”), then, immediately upon the effective time of such Capital Reorganization and at all times thereafter, a Holder who exercises his, her or its right to acquire Shares shall be entitled to be issued and receive, and shall accept for the same aggregate consideration, upon such exercise, in lieu of the number of Shares to which he or she was theretofore entitled upon exercise of his, her or its Warrants, the kind and aggregate number of shares or other securities or property of the Corporation or of the body corporate, trust, partnership or other entity resulting from such Capital Reorganization or any other corporation that a Holder would have been entitled to be issued and receive upon such Capital Reorganization if, immediately prior to the effective time thereof, such Holder had been the registered holder of the number of Shares to which he or she was theretofore entitled upon exercise of his, her or its Warrants.

 

(d) If determined appropriate to give effect to or to evidence the provisions of Section 4.1(1)(c) on the advice of counsel, the Corporation, its successor, or such purchasing body corporate, partnership, trust or other entity, as the case may be, shall, prior to or contemporaneously with any such Capital Reorganization, enter into an agreement which shall provide, to the extent possible, for the application of the provisions set forth in this Agreement with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the Holders to the end that the provisions set forth in this Agreement shall thereafter correspondingly be made applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be possible, with respect to any shares, other securities or property to which a Holder is entitled on the exercise of its acquisition rights thereafter. Any agreement entered into between the Corporation and the Warrant Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1(1)(d) shall be a supplemental agreement entered into pursuant to the provisions of Article 12 hereof. Any agreement entered into between the Corporation, any successor to the Corporation or such purchasing body corporate, partnership, trust or other entity and the Warrant Agent shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided in Section 4.1(1)(c) and which shall apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, amalgamations, consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.

 

 

- 31 -

 

(e) Except for the completion by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation shall not complete or facilitate a Capital Reorganization if the effect of such transaction is that:

 

(i) all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation become the property of, or are under the control of, or the Corporation is controlled (within the meaning of the Tax Act) by another Person (an “Acquiring Person”); and

 

(ii) holders of Shares receive any other security in replacement of, or in addition to, or in consideration for their Shares,

 

unless, at or prior to the effective time of such Capital Reorganization, the holders of Shares vote in favour of such Capital Reorganization, or the Acquiring Person agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing and delivering such supplemental agreement, warrant or other document as may be satisfactory to the Corporation, acting reasonably.

 

Section 4.2 Adjustment upon Rights Offering

 

(1) Subject to applicable law and the rules and regulations of any stock exchange having jurisdiction, if and whenever at any time from the date hereof and prior to the Expiry Time, the Corporation fixes a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all or substantially all the holders of Shares pursuant to which those holders are entitled to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Shares or Convertible Securities within a period of not more than 45 days from such record date at a price per share, or at a conversion price per share, of less than 95% of the Current Market Price on such record date (any such issuance being herein called a “Rights Offering” and the Shares that may be acquired in exercise of the Rights Offering, or upon conversion of the Convertible Securities offered by the Rights Offering, being herein called the “Offered Shares”), the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant shall be adjusted effective immediately after the applicable record date to a number that is the product of:

 

(a) the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Warrant in effect on the record date; and

 

(b) a fraction:

 

(i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Shares outstanding on the record date, plus (B) the number of Offered Shares offered pursuant to the Rights Offering or the maximum number of Offered Shares into which the Convertible Securities so offered pursuant to the Rights Offering may be converted, as the case may be; and

 

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of:

 

 

- 32 -

 

(A) the number of Shares outstanding on the record date; and

 

(B) the number arrived at when (I) either the product of (x) the number of Offered Shares so offered and the price at which those shares are offered, or the product of (y) the conversion price thereof and the maximum number of Offered Shares for or into which the Convertible Securities so offered pursuant to the Rights Offering may be converted, as the case may be, is divided by (II) the Current Market Price of the Shares on the record date.

 

Any Offered Shares owned by or held for the account of the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation shall be deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such computation; if all the rights, options or warrants are not so issued or if all rights, options or warrants are not exercised prior to the expiration thereof, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant shall be readjusted to that number in effect immediately prior to the record date, and such number shall be further adjusted based upon the number of Offered Shares (or Convertible Securities that are convertible into Offered Shares) actually delivered upon the exercise of the rights, options or warrants, as the case may be, but subject to any other adjustment required hereunder by reason of any event arising after that record date.

 

(2) If and whenever at any time from the date hereof and prior to the Expiry Time, the Corporation issues or distributes to all or substantially all the holders of Shares, (a) shares of any class other than Shares, or (b) rights, options or warrants exercisable for or into Equity Shares, other than rights, options or warrants exercisable within 45 days from the date of issue thereof at a price, or at a conversion price, of at least 95% of the Current Market Price at the record date for such distribution, or evidences of indebtedness, or (c) any other cash, securities or other property or assets and that issuance or distribution does not constitute a dividend paid in the ordinary course or an Extraordinary Dividend or is not adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.2(2) or a Rights Offering (any of those non-excluded events being herein called a “Special Distribution”), the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant shall be adjusted effective immediately after the record date at which the Holders of Shares are determined for purposes of the Special Distribution to a number that is the product of

 

(a) the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant in effect on the record date; and

 

(b) a fraction:

 

(i) the numerator of which shall be the product of (I) the sum of the number of Shares outstanding on the record date plus the number of Shares which the Holders would be entitled to receive upon exercise of all their outstanding Warrants if they were exercised on the record date and (II) the Current Market Price thereof on that date; and

 

(ii) the denominator of which shall be:

 

 

- 33 -

 

(A) the product of (I) the sum of the number of Shares outstanding on the record date plus the number of Shares which the Holders would be entitled to receive upon exercise of all their outstanding Warrants if they were exercised on the record date and (II) the Current Market Price thereof on the earlier of such record date and the date on which the Corporation announces its intention to make such Special Distribution; less

 

(B) the aggregate fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive, absent manifest error (it being acknowledged that such determination must also be consented to by the Exchange), of the shares, rights, options, warrants, evidences of indebtedness or other assets issued or distributed in the Special Distribution.

 

Any Shares owned by or held for the account of the Corporation shall be deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such computation; to the extent that the distribution of shares, rights, options, warrants, evidences of indebtedness or assets is not so made or to the extent that any rights, options or warrants so distributed are not exercised, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant shall be readjusted to the number that would then be in effect based upon shares, rights, options, warrants, evidences of indebtedness or assets actually distributed or based upon the number of Shares or Convertible Securities actually delivered upon the exercise of the rights, options or warrants, as the case may be, but subject to any other adjustment required hereunder by reason of any event arising after the record date.

 

Section 4.3 Adjustment to Exercise Price and Extraordinary Dividend Threshold

 

(1) If at any time after the date hereof and prior to the Expiry Time any adjustment in the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of any Warrant shall occur as a result of the operation of:

 

(a) Section 4.1(1);

 

(b) Section 4.2(1); or

 

(c) Section 4.2(2), if the event referred to therein constitutes the issue or distribution to all or substantially all the holders of Shares of (i) Equity Shares, or (ii) rights, options or warrants, exercisable, exchangeable for or convertible into Equity Shares at an exchange or conversion price per Equity Share less than the Current Market Price on the record date for such Special Distribution,

 

then (A) each of the Exercise Price payable upon the subsequent exercise of any Warrants and the Warrant Acceleration Threshold Price (together, the “Prices”) shall be simultaneously adjusted by multiplying the applicable Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction which shall be the reciprocal of the fraction employed in the adjustment of the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant; and (B) the Extraordinary Dividend Threshold shall be simultaneously adjusted by multiplying the Extraordinary Dividend Threshold in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction which shall be the reciprocal fraction employed in the adjustment of the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, in each case subject to readjustment upon the operation of, and in accordance with, the provisions of Section 4.1(1), Section 4.2(1) and/or Section 4.2(2), as applicable.

 

 

- 34 -

 

(2) If at any time after the date hereof and prior to the Expiry Time, any Extraordinary Dividend is paid, the then Exercise Price shall on the payment date be reduced by the Excess Amount.

 

Section 4.4 Entitlement to Shares and Other Securities on Exercise of Warrants

 

All Shares or shares of any class or other securities which a Holder is at the time in question entitled to receive on the exercise of his or her Warrants, whether or not as a result of adjustments made pursuant to this Article 4, shall, for the purposes of the interpretation of this Agreement, be deemed to be shares or other securities which such Holder is entitled to acquire pursuant to such Warrants.

 

Section 4.5 No Adjustment for Stock Options, Issuances Below Exercise Prices, etc.

 

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Article 4, no adjustment shall be made in the acquisition rights attached to the Warrants if the issue of Shares, rights, options, warrants or securities exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Shares, is being made pursuant to this Agreement or pursuant to any stock option or stock purchase plan in force from time to time for directors, officers or employees of the Corporation, or being made to satisfy existing instruments issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement.

 

(2) Notwithstanding anything in this Article 4, no adjustment shall be made in the acquisition rights attached to the Warrants if the issue of Shares, rights, options, warrants or securities exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Shares, is made at a price below their respective exercise prices, including the Exercise Price.

 

Section 4.6 Determination by Corporation’s Auditors

 

In the event of any question arising with respect to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4, including the failure to adjust, such question shall be conclusively determined by the Corporation’s Auditors, or if they are unwilling or unable to act, by such other firm of independent accountants accredited by the Canadian Public Accountability Board as may be selected by the Directors, and they shall have access to all necessary records of the Corporation, and such determination shall be binding upon the Corporation, the Warrant Agent, holders and all other Persons interested therein.

 

Section 4.7 Proceedings Prior to Any Action Requiring Adjustment

 

As a condition precedent to the taking of any action which would require an adjustment in any of the acquisition rights pursuant to any of the Warrants, including the number of Shares which are to be received upon the exercise thereof, the Corporation shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation has sufficient authorized capital and that the Corporation may validly and legally issue as fully-paid and non-assessable all the Shares (or other securities) which the holders of such Warrants are entitled to receive on the full exercise thereof in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

 

- 35 -

 

Section 4.8 Action Requiring Adjustment

 

In case the Corporation, after the date hereof, shall take any action affecting the Shares, other than the actions described in this Article 4 which, in the opinion of the Directors would materially affect the rights of the holders and/or the acquisition rights of the holders, then that number of Shares which are to be received upon the exercise of the Warrants shall be adjusted in such manner, if any, and at such time, by action of the Directors, in their discretion as they may reasonably determine to be equitable to the holders in such circumstances, subject to the prior consent of the Exchange or any other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are then listed.

 

Section 4.9 Certificate of Adjustment

 

The Corporation shall from time to time immediately after the occurrence of any event which requires an adjustment or readjustment as provided in Article 4, deliver a certificate of the Corporation to the Warrant Agent specifying the nature of the event requiring the same and the amount of the adjustment necessitated thereby and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based, which certificate shall be supported by a certificate of the Corporation’s Auditors verifying such calculation, if required by the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall rely, and shall be protected in so doing, upon the certificate of the Corporation or of the Corporation’s Auditors and any other document filed by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 4 for all purposes.

 

Section 4.10 Notice of Special Matters

 

The Corporation covenants with the Warrant Agent that, so long as any Warrant remains outstanding, it will announce to the Warrant Agent and to the Holders, by way of notice, its intention to fix a record date that is prior to the Expiry Date for any matter for which an adjustment may be required pursuant to Article 4. Such notice shall specify the particulars of such event and the record date for such event, provided that the Corporation shall only be required to specify in the notice such particulars of the event as shall have been fixed and determined on the date on which the notice is provided. The notice shall be provided in each case not less than 14 days prior to such applicable record date. If the notice has been provided and the adjustment is not then determinable, the Corporation shall promptly, after the adjustment is determinable, file with the Warrant Agent a computation of the adjustment and provide a notice confirming such adjustment computation.

 

Section 4.11 No Action after Notice

 

The Corporation covenants with the Warrant Agent that it will not close its transfer books or take any other corporate action which might deprive the Holder of a Warrant of the opportunity to exercise its right of acquisition pursuant thereto during the period of 14 days after the giving of the certificate or notices set forth in Section 4.9 and Section 4.10, respectively.

 

 

- 36 -

 

Section 4.12 Protection of Warrant Agent

 

(1) The Warrant Agent shall not:

 

(a) at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment contemplated by Article 4, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same;

 

(b) be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any Shares or any shares or other securities or property which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exercise of the rights attaching to any Warrant;

 

(c) be responsible for any failure of the Corporation to issue, transfer or deliver Shares or certificates for the same upon the surrender of any Warrants for the purpose of the exercise of such rights or to comply with any of the covenants contained in this Article 4; or

 

(d) incur any liability or responsibility whatsoever or be in any way responsible for the consequences of any breach on the part of the Corporation of any of the representations, warranties or covenants herein contained or of any acts of the directors, officers, employees, agents or servants of the Corporation.

 

(2) The Warrant Agent shall be entitled to act and rely upon the certificates or adjustment calculations of the Corporation and the Corporation’s Auditors and any other documents filed by the Corporation pursuant to Section 4.9, without verification or liability.

 

Section 4.13 Adjustments Cumulative

 

The adjustments provided in this Article 4 shall be cumulative and such adjustments shall be made successively whenever an event referred to herein shall occur.

 

Section 4.14 Participation by Holder

 

No adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Article 4 if the Holders are entitled to participate in any event described in this Article 4 on the same terms, mutatis mutandis, as if the Holders had exercised their Warrants prior to, or on the effective date or record date of, such event.

 

ARTICLE 5

PURCHASES BY THE CORPORATION

 

Section 5.1 Optional Purchase by the Corporation

 

Subject to compliance with Securities Laws and approval of applicable regulatory authorities, the Corporation may from time to time purchase on any stock exchange, in the open market, by private contract or otherwise, any of the Warrants. Any such purchase shall be made at the lowest price or prices at which such Warrants are then obtainable (and agreed to by the sellers of such Warrants), plus reasonable costs of purchase, and may be made in such manner, from such Persons, and on such other terms as the Corporation and the sellers of such Warrants may determine. In the case of Certificated Warrants, the Warrant Certificates representing the Warrants purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall forthwith be delivered to and cancelled by the Warrant Agent upon the written direction of the Corporation. In the case of Uncertificated Warrants, the Warrants purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be reflected accordingly on the register of Warrants and in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Depository under the book entry registration system. No Warrants shall be issued in replacement thereof.

 

 

- 37 -

 

ARTICLE 6

COVENANTS OF THE CORPORATION

 

Section 6.1 Issuance of Shares

 

(1) The Warrants, when issued as herein provided, and in the case of a Warrant Certificate, when countersigned as herein provided, shall be valid and enforceable against the Corporation and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Corporation shall cause the Shares to be acquired pursuant to the valid exercise of Warrants under this Agreement and the certificates representing such Shares to be duly issued and delivered in accordance with the Warrant Certificates and the terms hereof. At all times prior to the Expiry Date, while any of the Warrants are outstanding, the Corporation shall reserve, and there shall be conditionally allotted but unissued out of its authorized capital, that number of Shares sufficient to enable the Corporation to meet its obligations hereunder. All Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Warrants shall be issued as fully paid and non-assessable. The Corporation shall make all requisite filings, and pay all applicable fees, under applicable Securities Laws to report the exercise of the Warrants.

 

(2) As long as any Warrants remain outstanding, the Corporation covenants to the Warrant Agent for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

(a) it will maintain its corporate existence and carry on and conduct its business in a prudent manner in accordance with industry standards and good business practice;

 

(b) it will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its status as a reporting issuer or equivalent under the applicable securities laws of at least one of the provinces or territories of Canada (but this shall in no way prevent any tender offer, merger or similar transaction);

 

(c) it will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of its outstanding Shares on the Exchange and to seek to ensure the Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants will be listed and posted for trading on such exchange simultaneously with or as soon as practicable following their issue (but this shall in no way prevent any tender offer, merger or similar transaction);

 

(d) it will do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed acknowledged and delivered, all other acts, deeds and assurances as the Warrant Agent may reasonably require for better accomplishing and affecting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

 

- 38 -

 

(e) it will reserve and there shall be conditionally allotted but unissued out of its authorized capital, that number of Shares sufficient to enable the Corporation to meet its obligations hereunder;

 

(f) all Shares which are issued upon the exercise of the right to subscribe for and purchase provided for herein, upon payment of the Exercise Price, shall be fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(g) it will give notice to the Warrant Agent and Holders of a default under the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(h) it will duly and punctually perform and carry out all of the acts and things to be done by it as provided in this Agreement.

 

Section 6.2 To Pay Warrant Agent Remuneration and Expenses

 

The Corporation covenants that it shall pay to the Warrant Agent from time to time reasonable remuneration for its services hereunder and shall pay or reimburse the Warrant Agent upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Warrant Agent in the administration or execution of its duties hereunder (including the reasonable compensation and the disbursements of its counsel and all other advisers and assistants not regularly in its employ) both before any default hereunder and thereafter until all duties of the Warrant Agent hereunder shall be finally and fully performed, except any such expenses, disbursements or advances as may arise out of or result from the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith. The Warrant Agent shall not have any recourse against the securities or any other property held by it pursuant to this Agreement for payment of its fees, remuneration, expenses, disbursements, advances or any reimbursement hereunder and the Warrant Agent acknowledges and agrees that it shall not be entitled to and waives any rights to or interest in any of the Escrow Funds in the escrow account under any circumstances. It is expressly understood that the Escrow Funds shall not be used to pay any of the Warrant Agent’s fees, remuneration, expenses, disbursements, advances or any reimbursement. Any amount owing under this Section 6.2 and remaining unpaid after 30 days from the invoice date will bear interest at the then current rate charged by the Warrant Agent against unpaid invoices and shall be payable upon demand. This Section 6.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Warrant Agent or the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.3 To Perform Covenants

 

The Corporation shall duly and punctually perform and carry out all of the acts or things to be done by it as provided in this Agreement and that it shall do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, all other acts, deeds and assurances in law as the Warrant Agent may reasonably require for the better accomplishing and effecting the intentions and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.4 Warrant Agent May Perform Covenants

 

If the Corporation shall fail to perform any of its covenants contained in this Agreement, the Warrant Agent may notify the Holders of such failure on the part of the Corporation or may itself perform any of the covenants capable of being performed by it but shall be under no obligation to perform said covenants or to notify the Holders of such performance by it. All sums expended or advanced by the Warrant Agent in so doing shall be repayable as provided in Section 6.2. No such performance, expenditure or advance by the Warrant Agent shall relieve the Corporation of any default hereunder or of its continuing obligations under the covenants herein contained.

 

 

- 39 -

 

Section 6.5 Corporation Not Reporting in United States

 

The Corporation confirms that as at the date of execution of this Agreement it does not have a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act or have a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act. The Corporation covenants that in the event that (a) any class of its securities shall become registered pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act or the Corporation shall incur a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act, or (b) any such registration or reporting obligation shall be terminated by the Corporation in accordance with the U.S. Securities Exchange Act, the Corporation shall promptly deliver to the Warrant Agent an Officer’s Certificate notifying the Warrant Agent of such registration or termination and such other information as the Warrant Agent may require at the time. The Corporation acknowledges that the Warrant Agent is relying upon the foregoing representation and covenants in order to meet certain obligations with respect to those clients who are filing with the SEC.

 

ARTICLE 7

ENFORCEMENT

 

Section 7.1 Suits by Holders of Warrants

 

Subject to Section 9.11, all or any of the rights conferred upon any Holder by any of the terms of the Warrant Certificates, Uncertificated Warrants or this Agreement may be enforced by the Holder by appropriate legal proceedings but without prejudice to the right which is hereby conferred upon the Warrant Agent to proceed in its own name to enforce each and all of the provisions herein contained for the benefit of the Holders.

 

Section 7.2 Suits by the Corporation

 

The Corporation shall have the right to enforce full payment of the Exercise Price of all Shares issued to a Holder hereunder upon exercise of any Warrant, and shall be entitled to demand such payment from the Holder or alternatively to instruct the Warrant Agent to cause the cancellation of the certificates and amend the securities register accordingly.

 

Section 7.3 Immunity of Shareholders, etc.

 

The Warrant Agent and the holders hereby waive and release any right, cause of action or remedy now or hereafter existing in any jurisdiction against any incorporator or any past, present or future shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of any of the Corporation, any Successor Corporation or the Sponsor (or of the Sponsor itself) on any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty by the Corporation herein. 

 

 

- 40 -

 

 

Section 7.4 Limitation of Liability

 

The obligations hereunder are not personally binding upon, nor shall resort hereunder be had to, the private property of any of the past, present or future directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents of any of the Corporation, Successor Corporation or of the Sponsor or the Sponsor itself, but only the property of the Corporation or any Successor Corporation shall be bound in respect hereof.

 

Section 7.5 Waiver of Default

 

(1) Upon the happening of any default hereunder:

 

(a) the Holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the aggregate number of the Warrants then outstanding shall have the power (in addition to the powers exercisable by Extraordinary Resolution) by requisition in writing to instruct the Warrant Agent to waive any default hereunder and the Warrant Agent shall thereupon waive the default upon such terms and conditions as shall be prescribed in such requisition; or

 

(b) the Warrant Agent shall have the power to waive any default hereunder upon such terms and conditions as the Warrant Agent may deem advisable, if, in the Warrant Agent’s opinion based on the advice of Counsel, the same shall have been cured or adequate provision made therefor,

 

provided that no delay or omission of the Warrant Agent or of the Holders, as applicable, to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or acquiescence therein, and provided further that no act or omission either of the Warrant Agent or the Holders in the premises shall extend to or be taken in any manner whatsoever to affect any subsequent default hereunder or the rights resulting therefrom.

 

ARTICLE 8

SUCCESSOR CORPORATIONS

 

Section 8.1 Certain Requirements

 

A successor corporation (as the result of an amalgamation or merger with the Corporation) (a “Successor Corporation”), shall, to the extent necessary and desirable, execute, before or contemporaneously with the consummation of any such transaction, an agreement supplemental hereto together with such other instruments as are satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and are necessary or advisable in the opinion of Counsel to evidence the assumption by the Successor Corporation of the due and punctual observance and performance of all the covenants and obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2 Vesting Of Powers in Successor

 

Whenever the conditions of Section 8.1 have been duly observed and performed, the Successor Corporation shall possess and from time to time may exercise each and every right and power of the Corporation under this Agreement in the name of the Corporation or otherwise and any act or proceeding by any provision of this Agreement required to be done or performed by any Directors or officers of the Corporation may be done and performed with like force and effect by the directors or officers of such Successor Corporation.

 

 

- 41 -

 

ARTICLE 9

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF WARRANTS

 

Section 9.1 Right to Convene Meetings

 

The Warrant Agent shall on receipt of a written request of the Corporation or a Holders’ Request and upon being indemnified and funded to its reasonable satisfaction by the Corporation or by the Holders signing such request against the costs which may be incurred in connection with the calling and holding of such meeting, convene a meeting of the Holders. In the event of the Warrant Agent failing, within seven days after receipt of any such request and such indemnity and funding, to give notice convening a meeting, the Corporation or such Holders, as the case may be, may convene such meeting. Every such meeting shall be held in the City of Toronto, Ontario, or at such other place as may be approved or determined by the Warrant Agent.

 

Section 9.2 Notice of Meetings

 

At least 21 calendar days’ prior written notice of any meeting of the Holders shall be given to the Holders in the manner provided in Article 10, and a copy thereof must be sent by mail to the Warrant Agent (unless the meeting has been called by the Warrant Agent), and to the Corporation (unless the meeting has been called by the Corporation). Such notice must state the time when and the place where the meeting is to be held and state briefly the general nature of the business to be transacted thereat with such information as to enable the Holders to make a reasoned decision on the matter, but it shall not be necessary for any such notice to set out the terms of any resolution to be proposed or any of the provisions of this Article 9.

 

Section 9.3 Chairman

 

An individual (who need not be a Holder) designated in writing by the Corporation shall be the chairman of the meeting and if no individual is so designated, or if the individual so designated is not present within 15 minutes from the time fixed for the holding of the meeting, the Holders present in Person or by proxy shall choose an individual present to be chairman. The chairman of the meeting need not be a holder.

 

Section 9.4 Quorum

 

Subject to Section 9.12, at any meeting of the Holders a quorum shall be two persons (including beneficial holders of the Warrants) present in person, each being a Holder entitled to vote thereat or a duly appointed proxyholder or representative for an absent Holder so entitled, and together holding or representing by proxy more than 20% of the aggregate number of the Warrants then outstanding. If a quorum is present at the opening of any meeting of Holders, the Holders present or represented by proxy may proceed with the business of the meeting notwithstanding that a quorum is not present throughout the meeting. If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time fixed for holding any meeting, the meeting, if summoned by the Holders or pursuant to a Holders’ Request, shall be dissolved; but in any other case, the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day in the next week (unless such day is not a Business Day, in which case it shall be adjourned to the next following Business Day) at the same time and place and no notice shall be required to be given in respect of such adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Holders present in Person or by proxy shall form a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was originally convened notwithstanding that they may not hold or represent by proxy more than 20% of the aggregate number of the Warrants then outstanding.

 

 

- 42 -

 

Section 9.5 Power to Adjourn

 

The chairman of any meeting at which a quorum is present may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any such meeting and no notice of such adjournment need be given, except such notice, if any, as the meeting may prescribe.

 

Section 9.6 Show Of Hands

 

Every question submitted to a meeting shall be decided in the first place by a majority of the votes given on a show of hands except that votes on Extraordinary Resolutions shall be given in the manner hereinafter provided. At any such meeting, unless a poll is duly demanded as herein provided, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or lost or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact.

 

Section 9.7 Poll

 

On every Extraordinary Resolution, and on any other question submitted to a meeting when demanded by the chairman or by one or more Holders and/or proxies for Holders, a poll must be taken in such manner and either at once or after an adjournment, as the chairman directs. Questions other than Extraordinary Resolutions shall, if a poll is taken, be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the poll.

 

Section 9.8 Voting

 

On a show of hands, every Person who is present and entitled to vote, whether as a Holder or as proxy for one or more Holders or both, shall have one vote. On a poll, each Holder present in Person or represented by a proxy duly appointed by an instrument in writing shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Warrant held or represented by that Person. A proxy need not be a Holder. In the case of joint Holders of a Warrant, any one of them present in Person or by proxy at the meeting may vote in the absence of the other or others; but in case that more than one of them is present in Person or by proxy, they must vote together in respect of the Warrants of which they are joint Holders. The chairman of any meeting shall be entitled, both on a show of hands and on a poll, to vote in respect of any Warrants held or represented by him or her, but shall not have a second or deciding vote.

 

Section 9.9 Regulations

 

(1) The Corporation may from time to time, make or vary or restate such regulations as it shall from time to time think fit regarding the following:

 

 

- 43 -

 

(a) providing for and governing the voting by proxy by Holders and the form of instrument appointing proxies and the manner in which the same shall be executed, and for the production of the authority of any Person signing on behalf of the giver of such proxy;

 

(b) for the deposit of instruments appointing proxies at such place as the Corporation or the Holders convening the meeting, as the case may be, may, in the notice convening the meeting, direct and the time, if any, before the holding of the meeting or any adjournment thereof by which the same must be deposited;

 

(c) for the deposit of instruments appointing proxies at some approved place or places other than the place at which the meeting is to be held and enabling particulars of such instruments appointing proxies to be mailed, telecopied or sent by facsimile before the meeting to the Corporation or to the Warrant Agent at the place where the same is to be held and for the voting of proxies so deposited as though the instruments themselves were produced at the meeting; and

 

(d) generally, the calling of meetings of Holders and the conduct of business thereat.

 

(2) Any regulations so made shall be binding and effective and the votes given in accordance therewith shall be valid and shall be counted. Except as such regulations may provide, the only Persons who shall be recognized at any meeting as Holders, or as entitled to vote or be present at the meeting in respect thereof (subject to Section 9.10), shall be the Holders and Persons whom the Holders have by instrument in writing duly appointed as their proxies.

 

Section 9.10 Corporation and Warrant Agent May Be Represented

 

The Corporation and the Warrant Agent, by their respective officers, directors, advisors, agents or employees, and the legal advisers of the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, may attend any meeting of the Holders, and shall be recognized and given reasonable opportunity to speak to any resolutions proposed for consideration by the meeting, but shall not be entitled to vote thereat, whether in respect of any Warrants held by them or otherwise.

 

Section 9.11 Powers Exercisable By Extraordinary Resolution

 

(1) Subject to applicable law and the rules and regulations of any stock exchange having jurisdiction, in addition to the powers conferred upon them by any other provisions of this Agreement or by law, the Holders at a meeting shall have the power, exercisable from time to time by Extraordinary Resolution:

 

(a) with the consent of the Corporation, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, to sanction any modification, abrogation, alteration, compromise or arrangement of the rights of the Holders and/or the Warrant Agent in its capacity as warrant agent hereunder (with the prior written approval of the Warrant Agent) against the Corporation, or against its property, whether such rights arise under this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates or otherwise;

 

 

- 44 -

 

(b) to assent to any modification of or change in or addition to or omission from the provisions contained in this Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates which must be agreed to by the Corporation and the Warrant Agent and to authorize the Warrant Agent to concur in and execute any Agreement supplemental hereto embodying any such modification, change, addition or omission;

 

(c) to direct or authorize the Warrant Agent to exercise any power, right, remedy or authority given to it by this Agreement in any manner specified in any such Extraordinary Resolution or to refrain from exercising any such power, right, remedy or authority;

 

(d) to waive and direct the Warrant Agent to waive any default of the Corporation hereunder either unconditionally or upon any condition specified in such Extraordinary Resolution;

 

(e) to restrain any Holder from taking or instituting any suit, action or proceeding for the purpose of enforcing any of the covenants of the Corporation contained in this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates, or for the execution of any power hereunder;

 

(f) to direct any Holder who, as such, has brought any action, suit or proceeding to stay or discontinue or otherwise deal with the same upon payment of the costs, charges and expenses reasonably and properly incurred by such Holder in connection therewith;

 

(g) to amend, alter or repeal any Extraordinary Resolution previously passed or sanctioned by the Holders; and

 

(h) with the consent of the Corporation, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, to remove the Warrant Agent or its successor in office and to appoint a new warrant agent or warrant agents to take the place of the Warrant Agent so removed.

 

Section 9.12 Meaning of “Extraordinary Resolution”

 

(1) The expression “Extraordinary Resolution” when used in this Agreement means, subject as provided in this Article 9, a resolution proposed to be passed at a meeting of Holders duly convened and held in accordance with the provisions of this Article 9 at which there are Holders present in Person or by proxy of not less than 20% of the aggregate number of the Warrants then outstanding and passed by the affirmative votes of the Holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the aggregate number of the Warrants then outstanding represented at the meeting and voted on a poll upon such resolution.

 

(2) If, at any such meeting, the Holders of not less than 20% of the Warrants then outstanding, are not present in Person or by proxy within 30 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, then the meeting, if convened by or on the requisition of the Holders, shall be dissolved; but in any other case it shall stand adjourned to such date, being not less than 14 nor more than 60 days later, and to such place and time as may be appointed by the chairman. Not less than seven days’ prior notice shall be given of the time and place of such adjourned meeting in the manner provided in Article 10. Such notice must state that at the adjourned meeting, the Holders present in Person or by proxy shall form a quorum, but that it shall not be necessary to set forth the purposes for which the meeting was originally called or any other particulars. At the adjourned meeting, the Holders present in Person or by proxy shall form a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was originally convened and a resolution proposed at such adjourned meeting and passed by the requisite vote as provided in Section 9.12(1) shall be an Extraordinary Resolution within the meaning of this Agreement, notwithstanding that Holders of not less than 20% of the Warrants then outstanding are not present in Person or by proxy at such adjourned meeting.

 

 

- 45 -

 

(3) Votes on an Extraordinary Resolution shall always be given on a poll and no demand for a poll on an Extraordinary Resolution shall be necessary.

 

Section 9.13 Powers Cumulative

 

It is hereby declared and agreed that any one or more of the powers and/or any combination of the powers in this Agreement stated to be exercisable by the Holders by Extraordinary Resolution or otherwise may be exercised from time to time and the exercise of any one or more of such powers or any combination of powers from time to time shall not be deemed to exhaust the rights of the Holders to exercise the same or any other such power or combination of powers thereafter from time to time.

 

Section 9.14 Minutes

 

Minutes of all resolutions and proceedings at every meeting of Holders shall be made and duly entered in books to be from time to time provided for that purpose by the Warrant Agent at the expense of the Corporation, and any such minutes as aforesaid, if signed by the chairman or secretary of the meeting at which such resolutions were passed or proceedings had, or by the chairman or secretary of the next succeeding meeting (if any) of the Holders, shall be prima facie evidence of the matters therein stated and, until the contrary is proved, every such meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes shall have been made shall be deemed to have been duly held and convened, and all resolutions passed thereat or proceedings taken thereat, to have been duly passed and taken.

 

Section 9.15 Instruments in Writing

 

All actions which may be taken and all powers which may be exercised by the Holders at a meeting held as hereinbefore provided in this Article 9 provided may also be taken and exercised by Holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the Warrants then outstanding by an instrument in writing signed in one or more counterparts and the expression “Extraordinary Resolution” when used in this Agreement shall include an instrument so signed.

 

Section 9.16 Binding Effect of Resolutions

 

Every resolution and every Extraordinary Resolution passed in accordance with the provisions of this Article 9 at a meeting of Holders shall be binding upon all holders, whether present at or absent from such meeting, and every instrument in writing signed by the Holders in accordance with Section 9.15 shall be binding upon all the holders of Warrants, whether signatories thereto or not, and each and every holder shall be bound to give effect accordingly to every such resolution, Extraordinary Resolution and instrument in writing. In the case of an instrument in writing, the Warrant Agent shall give notice of the effect of the instrument in writing to all Holders and the Corporation as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

 

- 46 -

 

Section 9.17 Holdings by Corporation and its Subsidiaries Disregarded

 

In determining whether a Holder holding Warrant Certificates evidencing the required number of Warrants are present at a meeting of Holders for the purpose of determining a quorum or have concurred in any consent, waiver, Extraordinary Resolution, Holders’ Request or other action under this Agreement, Warrants owned legally or beneficially by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation and not cancelled shall be disregarded.

 

ARTICLE 10

NOTICES

 

Section 10.1 Notice to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent

 

(1) Unless herein otherwise expressly provided, any notice to be given hereunder to the Corporation or the Warrant Agent shall be deemed to be validly given if delivered or if sent by letter, postage prepaid, or by e-mail or facsimile transmission:

 

If to the Corporation, to:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

20 Bladerton Street, 8th Floor

London, UK

W1K 6TL

 

Attention:        Peter Caldini, Chief Executive Officer

Email:              information@bespoke.com

 

If to the Warrant Agent, to:

 

TSX Trust Company

301-100 Adelaide Street W.

Toronto, ON M5H 4H1

 

Attention: Vice President, Trust Services

Email: tmxestaff-corporatetrust@tmx.com

 

and any such notice delivered in accordance with the foregoing, including delivery by e-mail, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or if sent by facsimile transmission, on the first Business Day following such transmission or, if mailed, on the fifth Business Day following the date of the postmark on such notice. 

 

 

- 47 -

 

(2) The Corporation or the Warrant Agent, as the case may be, may from time to time, notify the others in the manner provided in Section 10.1(1) of a change of address which, from the effective date of such notice and until changed by like notice, shall be the address of the Corporation or the Warrant Agent, as the case may be, for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.2 Notice to Holders of Warrants

 

Except as herein otherwise expressly provided and subject to Section 10.3, any notice required or permitted to be given to Holders under the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be validly given if personally delivered, if sent by ordinary post to the Holders at their addresses appearing in one of the registers hereinbefore mentioned, or if issued by a press release, at the Corporation’s discretion; provided that a notice given pursuant to Section 3.3 or Section 4.10 may not be provided by issuing a press release. Any notice so sent shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day after the date of delivery to such address or, if mailed, on the fifth Business Day following the date on which it was mailed, or if disseminated by way of press release, on the day it is so issued. In the event that Warrants are held in the name of the Depository, a copy of such notice shall also be sent by electronic communication to the Depository and shall be deemed received and given on the day it is so sent. Accidental error or omission in giving notice or accidental failure to give notice to Holders shall not invalidate any action or proceeding founded thereon. In determining under any provision hereof the date when notice of any meeting or other event must be given, the date of giving notice shall be included and the date of the meeting or other event shall be excluded.

 

Section 10.3 Mail Service Information

 

(1) If, by reason of any interruption of mail service, actual or threatened, any notice to be given to the Holders, the Warrant Agent or the Corporation would be unlikely to reach its destination in the ordinary course of mail, such notice shall be valid and effective only if the notice is:

 

(a) in the case of the Warrant Agent or the Corporation, delivered to an officer of the party to which it is addressed or if sent to such party, at the appropriate address in accordance with Section 10.1 by e-mail, facsimile or other means of prepaid transmitted or recorded communication; and

 

(b) in the case of Holders, published once (i) in the national edition of The Globe & Mail, and (ii) in such other place or places and manner, if any, as the Warrant Agent may require.

 

(2) Any notice given to the Holders by publication shall be deemed to have been given on the last day on which publication shall have been effected as required pursuant to Section 10.3(1).

 

 

- 48 -

 

ARTICLE 11

CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT

 

Section 11.1 No Conflict of Interest

 

The Warrant Agent represents to the Corporation, to the best of its knowledge that, at the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there exists no material conflict of interest in its duties and obligations as a warrant agent hereunder. In the event of a material conflict of interest arising in the Warrant Agent’s role as warrant agent hereunder, the Warrant Agent shall, as soon as practicable but in any case within 90 days after ascertaining that it has such material conflict of interest, either eliminate the same or assign its duties and obligations hereunder to a successor Warrant Agent approved by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.1, if any such material conflict of interest exists or hereafter shall exist, the validity and enforceability of this Agreement and the Warrant Certificate(s) shall not be affected in any manner whatsoever by reason hereof.

 

Section 11.2 Replacement of Warrant Agent

 

(1) The Warrant Agent may resign and be discharged from all duties and liabilities hereunder by giving to the Corporation at least 45 days’ notice in writing or such shorter notice as the Corporation may accept as sufficient. Subject to Section 9.11(1)(h), the Holders by Extraordinary Resolution shall have the power, at any time, to remove the existing Warrant Agent and to appoint a new Warrant Agent. If the Warrant Agent resigns or is removed by Extraordinary Resolution or is dissolved, becomes bankrupt, goes into liquidation or otherwise becomes incapable of acting hereunder, the Corporation shall forthwith appoint a new Warrant Agent unless a new Warrant Agent has already been appointed by the Holders; failing such appointment by the Corporation, the retiring Warrant Agent or any Holder may apply to a judge of a court having jurisdiction, on such notice as such judge may direct, for the appointment of a new Warrant Agent; but any new Warrant Agent so appointed by the Corporation or by a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario shall be subject to removal as aforesaid by the Holders. Any new Warrant Agent appointed under any provision of this Section 11.2(1) must be a corporation authorized to carry on the business of a transfer agent in one or more provinces in Canada. On any new appointment, the new Warrant Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named herein as Warrant Agent without any further assurances, conveyances, acts or deeds. If, for any reason, it becomes necessary or expedient to execute any further deed or assurance, the former Warrant Agent shall, at the expense of the Corporation, execute the same in favour of the new warrant agent.

 

(2) Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent is amalgamated or with which it is consolidated or to which all or substantially all of its corporate trust business is sold or is otherwise transferred or any corporation resulting from any consolidation or amalgamation to which the Warrant Agent is a party shall become the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement, without the execution of any document or any further act.

 

(3) In case at any time the name of the Warrant Agent is changed and at such time any of the Warrant Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered, the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Warrant Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Warrant Certificates have not been countersigned, the Warrant Agent may countersign such Warrant Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Warrant Certificates will have the full force provided in the Warrant Certificates and in this Agreement.

 

 

- 49 -

 

(4) Upon the appointment of a new Warrant Agent, the Corporation shall promptly notify the Holders thereof in the manner prescribed by Section 10.1(2) hereof.

 

Section 11.3 Evidence, Experts and Advisers

 

(1) In addition to the reports, certificates, opinions and other evidence required by this Agreement, the Corporation shall furnish to the Warrant Agent such additional evidence of compliance with any provision hereof, and in such form, as the Warrant Agent may reasonably require by written notice to the Corporation.

 

(2) In the exercise of its rights and duties hereunder, the Warrant Agent may, if it is acting in good faith, rely as to the truth of the statements and the accuracy of the opinions expressed in statutory declarations, opinions, reports, written requests, consents, or orders of the Corporation, certificates of the Corporation or other evidence furnished to the Warrant Agent pursuant to any provision hereof or pursuant to a request of the Warrant Agent, not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained which the Warrant Agent in good faith believes to be genuine.

 

(3) Proof of the execution of an instrument in writing, including a Holders’ Request, by any Holder may be made by the certificate of a notary public, or other officer with similar powers, that the Person signing such instrument acknowledged to it the execution thereof, or by an affidavit of a witness to such execution or in any other manner which the Warrant Agent may consider adequate. In respect of a corporate Holder, such instrument shall include a certificate of incumbency of such holder together with a certified resolution authorizing the person who signs such instrument to sign such instrument.

 

(4) The Warrant Agent may, at the expense of the Corporation, employ or retain such counsel, accountants, appraisers or other experts or advisers as it may reasonably require for the purpose of discharging its duties hereunder and may pay reasonable remuneration for all services so performed by any of them, without taxation of costs of any counsel, and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such experts or advisers who have been appointed with reasonable care by the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may act and rely and shall be protected in acting and relying in good faith on the opinion or advice of or information obtained from any counsel, accountant, appraiser, engineer or other expert or adviser, whether retained or employed by the Corporation or by the Warrant Agent, in relation to any matter arising in the administration of the agency hereof. The Corporation shall pay or reimburse the Warrant Agent for any reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of such counsel or advisors.

 

 

- 50 -

 

 

Section 11.4 Warrant Agent May Deal in Securities

 

Subject to Section 11.1, the Warrant Agent may buy, sell, lend upon and deal in securities of the Corporation and generally contract and enter into financial transactions with the Corporation or otherwise, without being liable to account for any profits made thereby.

 

Section 11.5 Warrant Agent Not Ordinarily Bound

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Warrant Agent shall not be bound to give notice to any Person of the execution hereof, nor to do, observe or perform or see to the observance or performance by the Corporation of any of the obligations herein imposed upon the Corporation or of the covenants on the part of the Corporation herein contained.

 

Section 11.6 Warrant Agent Not Required To Give Security

 

The Warrant Agent shall not be required to give any bond or security in respect of the execution or administration of its duties under this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the premises.

 

Section 11.7 Warrant Agent Not Required To Give Notice of Default

 

The Warrant Agent shall not be bound to give any notice or do or take any act, action or proceeding by virtue of the powers conferred on it hereby unless and until it shall have been required to do so under the terms hereof; nor shall the Warrant Agent be required to take notice of any default hereunder, unless and until notified in writing of such default, which notice shall distinctly specify the default desired to be brought to the attention of the Warrant Agent and in the absence of any such notice, the Warrant Agent may, for all purposes of this Agreement, conclusively assume that no default has been made in the observance or performance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such notice shall in no way limit any discretion herein given to the Warrant Agent to determine whether or not the Warrant Agent shall take action with respect to any default.

 

Section 11.8 Acceptance of Appointment

 

The Warrant Agent hereby accepts its appointment as warrant agent under this Agreement and agrees to perform its duties hereunder upon the terms and conditions herein set forth or referred to unless and until discharged therefrom by resignation or in some other lawful way.

 

Section 11.9 Duties of Warrant Agent

 

(1) The Warrant Agent, in exercising its powers and discharging its duties hereunder, shall:

 

(a) act honestly and in good faith; and

 

(b) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent warrant agent would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

 

- 51 -

 

Section 11.10 Actions by Warrant Agent

 

(1) The Warrant Agent shall have the power to institute and to maintain such actions and proceedings as it may consider necessary or expedient to preserve, protect or enforce its interests and the interests of the Holders.

 

(2) Subject only to Section 11.7, the obligation of the Warrant Agent to commence or continue any act, action or proceeding for the purpose of enforcing any rights of the Warrant Agent or the Holders hereunder shall be conditional upon the Holders delivering to the Warrant Agent:

 

(a) a Holder’s Request or Extraordinary Resolution directing the Warrant Agent to take such act, action, or proceeding;

 

(b) sufficient funds to commence or continue such act, action or proceeding; and

 

(c) an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Warrant Agent to protect and hold harmless the Warrant Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents, against the costs, charges and expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby and any loss and damages it may suffer by reason thereof.

 

(3) None of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall require the Warrant Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers unless indemnified and funded as aforesaid.

 

(4) The Warrant Agent may, before commencing or at any time during the continuance of any such act, action or proceeding, require the Holders, at whose instance it is acting, to deposit with the Warrant Agent the Warrants held by them, for which Warrants the Warrant Agent shall issue receipts.

 

(5) No duty shall rest with the Warrant Agent to determine compliance of the transferor or transferee with applicable securities laws. The Warrant Agent shall be entitled to assume that all transfers are legal and proper.

 

Section 11.11 Protection of Warrant Agent

 

(1) By way of supplement to the provisions of any law for the time being relating to warrant agents, it is expressly declared and agreed as follows:

 

(a) the Warrant Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any statements of fact or recitals in this Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates (except the representation contained in Section 11.1) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements or recitals are and shall be deemed to be made by the Corporation;

 

(b) nothing herein contained shall impose any obligation on the Warrant Agent to see to or to require evidence of the registration or filing (or renewal thereof) of this Agreement or any instrument ancillary or supplemental hereto;

 

 

- 52 -

 

(c) the Warrant Agent shall not be bound to give notice to any Person or Persons of the execution hereof;

 

(d) notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, any liability of the Warrant Agent shall be limited, in the aggregate, to the amount of annual retainer fees paid by the Corporation to the Warrant Agent under this Agreement in the twelve (12) months immediately prior to the Warrant Agent receiving the first notice of the claim. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and whether such losses or damages are foreseeable or unforeseeable, the Warrant Agent shall not be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any (i) breach by any other party of securities law or other rule of any securities regulatory authority; (ii) lost profits; or (iii) special, indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, aggravated or punitive losses or damages;

 

(e) the Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any error in judgment or for any act done or step taken or omitted by it in good faith or for any mistake, in fact or law, or for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith except arising out of its own gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct;

 

(f) in the event that any of the funds provided to the Warrant Agent hereunder are received by it in the form of an uncertified cheque or bank draft, the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to delay the time for release of such funds until such uncertified cheque has cleared the financial institution upon which the same is drawn; and

 

(g) the forwarding of a cheque or the sending of funds by wire transfer by the Warrant Agent will satisfy and discharge the liability of any amounts due to the extent of the sum represented thereby unless such cheque is not honoured on presentation, provided that in the event of the non-receipt of such cheque by the payee, or the loss or destruction thereof, the Warrant Agent, upon being furnished with reasonable evidence of such non-receipt, loss or destruction and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, will issue to such payee a replacement cheque for the amount of such cheque.

 

Section 11.12 Indemnification of the Warrant Agent

 

The Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless the Warrant Agent, its affiliates, their officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all liabilities whatsoever, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, suits, proceedings, costs, charges, assessments, judgments, expenses and disbursements, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements of whatever kind and nature which may at any time be imposed on or incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Parties, or any of them, whether at law or in equity, in any way caused by or arising, directly or indirectly, in respect of any act, deed, matter or thing whatsoever made, done, acquiesced in or omitted in or about or in relation to the execution of the Indemnified Parties’ duties, or any other services that Warrant Agent may provide in connection with this Warrant Agency Agreement. The Corporation agrees that its liability hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional regardless of the correctness of any representations of any third parties and regardless of any liability of third parties to the Indemnified Parties, and shall accrue and become enforceable without prior demand or any other precedent action or proceeding; provided that the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify the Indemnified Parties in the event of the gross negligence, fraud, wilful misconduct or bad faith of any Indemnified Party, and this provision shall survive the resignation or removal of the Warrant Agent or the termination or discharge of this Warrant Agency Agreement. For greater certainty, it is expressly agreed and understood that the Escrow Funds shall not be used to pay any of the Indemnified Parties’ fees, expenses or disbursements, certificates or claims, and the Warrant Agent acknowledges and agrees that it shall not be entitled to and waives any rights to or interest in any of the Escrow Funds in the escrow account under any circumstances.

 

 

- 53 -

 

Section 11.13 Third Party Interests

 

The Corporation hereby represents to the Warrant Agent that any account to be opened by, or interest to held by the Warrant Agent in connection with this Agreement, for or to the credit of such party, either (i) is not intended to be used by or on behalf of any third party; or (ii) is intended to be used by or on behalf of a third party, in which case such party hereto agrees to complete and execute forthwith a declaration in the Warrant Agent’s prescribed form as to the particulars of such third party.

 

Section 11.14 Not Bound To Act

 

The Warrant Agent shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Warrant Agent, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist or economic sanctions legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Warrant Agent, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Agreement has resulted in its being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist or economic sanctions legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ prior written notice to the Corporation, provided that (a) the Warrant Agent’s written notice shall describe the circumstances of such non-compliance; and (b) if such circumstances are rectified to the Warrant Agent’s satisfaction within such 10-day period, then such resignation shall not be effective.

 

Section 11.15 Privacy Laws

 

The parties acknowledge that federal and/or provincial legislation that addresses the protection of individuals’ personal information (collectively, “Privacy Laws”) applies to obligations and activities under this Agreement. Despite any other provision of this Agreement, neither party shall take or direct any action that would contravene, or cause the other to contravene, applicable Privacy Laws. The Corporation shall, prior to transferring or causing to be transferred personal information to the Warrant Agent, obtain and retain required consents of the relevant individuals to the collection, use and disclosure of their personal information, or shall have determined that such consents either have previously been given upon which the parties can rely or are not required under the Privacy Laws. The Warrant Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its services hereunder comply with Privacy Laws.

 

 

- 54 -

 

ARTICLE 12

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS

 

Section 12.1 Supplemental Agreements

 

(1) From time to time, the Warrant Agent and, when authorized by a resolution of its Directors, the Corporation, may, subject to the provisions hereof, and the consent of the Exchange, and they shall, when required by this Agreement, execute, acknowledge and deliver, by their proper officers, deeds or agreements supplemental hereto, which thereafter shall form part hereof, for any one or more of the following purposes:

 

(a) adding to the covenants of the Corporation herein contained for the protection of the Holders in addition to those herein specified;

 

(b) making such provision not inconsistent with this Agreement as may be necessary or desirable with respect to matters or questions arising hereunder provided that the Warrant Agent shall be of the opinion, relying on the advice of Counsel, that such provisions shall not be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders;

 

(c) adding to or altering the provisions hereof in respect of the transfer of Warrants, making provision for the exchange of Warrant Certificates and making any modification in the form of the Warrant Certificate which does not affect the substance thereof;

 

(d) evidencing the succession, or successive successions, of other corporations to the Corporation and the covenants of and obligations assumed by any such successor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(e) giving effect to any Extraordinary Resolution passed as provided in Article 9;

 

(f) setting forth adjustments in the application of the provisions of Article 4; and

 

(g) for any other purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, provided that in the opinion of the Warrant Agent relying on the advice of Counsel, the rights of the Warrant Agent and of the Holders are in no way prejudiced thereby.

 

(2) The Warrant Agent may also, without the consent or concurrence of the Holders, by supplemental agreement or otherwise, concur with the Corporation in making any changes or corrections in this Agreement which it has been advised by its counsel are required for the purpose of curing or correcting any ambiguity or defective or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error contained herein or in any deed or agreement supplemental or ancillary hereto, provided that in the opinion of the Warrant Agent, relying on the advice of Counsel, the rights of the Warrant Agent and of the Holders are in no way prejudiced thereby.

 

 

- 55 -

 

ARTICLE 13

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 13.1 Execution

 

This Agreement may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, and may be executed by facsimile or other means of electronic communication producing a printed copy, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and notwithstanding their date of execution, they shall be deemed to be dated as of the date hereof.

 

Section 13.2 Rights of Rescission

 

Should a Holder of Warrants exercise any legal, statutory, contractual or other right of withdrawal or rescission that may be available to it, and the Holder’s funds which were paid on exercise have already been released to the Corporation by the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for ensuring the exercise is cancelled and a refund is paid back to the Holder. In such cases, the Holder shall seek a refund directly from the Corporation and subsequently, the Corporation shall instruct the Warrant Agent in writing, to cancel the exercise transaction and cause the cancellation of any Shares on the register, which may have already been issued upon the Warrant exercise. In the event that any payment is received from the Corporation by virtue of the Holder being a shareholder for such Warrants that were subsequently rescinded, such payment must be returned to the Corporation by such Holder. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any duty or obligation to take any steps to ensure or enforce that the funds are returned pursuant to this Section 13.2, nor shall the Warrant Agent be in any other way responsible in the event that any payment is not delivered or received pursuant to this Section 13.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation provides the refund to the Warrant Agent for distribution to the Holder, the Warrant Agent shall return such funds to the Holder as soon as reasonably practicable, and in so doing, the Warrant Agent shall incur no liability with respect to the delivery or non-delivery of any such funds.

 

Section 13.3 Force Majeure

 

Neither party shall be liable to the other, or held in breach of this Agreement, if prevented, hindered, or delayed in the performance or observance of any provision contained herein by reason of act of God, riots, terrorism, acts of war, epidemics, governmental action or judicial order, earthquakes, or any other similar causes (including, but not limited to, mechanical, electronic or communication interruptions, disruptions or failures). Performance times under this Agreement shall be extended for a period of time equivalent to the time lost because of any delay that is excusable under this Section 13.3.

 

Section 13.4 Satisfaction and Discharge of Agreement

 

Upon the earlier of:

 

(1) the date by which there shall have been delivered to the Warrant Agent for exercise or cancellation all Warrants theretofore issued hereunder; and

 

 

- 56 -

 

(2) the Expiry Time,

 

and if all certificates representing Shares, if any, required to be issued in compliance with the provisions hereof have been issued and delivered hereunder or to the Warrant Agent in accordance with such provisions, this Agreement shall cease to be of any force and effect and the Warrant Agent, on demand of and at the cost and expense of the Corporation and upon delivery to the Warrant Agent of a certificate of the Corporation stating that all conditions precedent to the satisfaction and discharge of this Agreement have been complied with, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnities provided to the Warrant Agent by the Corporation hereunder shall remain in full force and effect and survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 13.5 Warrants Owned by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries - Certificate to be Provided

 

For the purpose of disregarding any Warrants owned legally or beneficially by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation in Section 9.17 hereof, the Corporation shall provide to the Warrant Agent, from time to time, a certificate of the Corporation setting forth as at the date of such certificate:

 

(1) the names (other than the name of the Corporation) of the Holders of Warrants which, to the knowledge of the Corporation, are owned by or held for the account of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation; and

 

(2) the number of Warrants owned legally or beneficially by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation have not been cancelled;

 

and the Warrant Agent, in making the computations in Section 9.17 hereof, shall be entitled to rely on such certificate without any additional evidence.

 

Section 13.6 Provisions of Agreement and Warrants for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Holders

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person other than the parties thereto and the Holders, as the case may be, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement, or under any covenant or provision herein or therein contained, all such covenants and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and the Holders.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed these presents under the hands of their proper officers in that behalf.

 

  BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.
   
   
  By: (signed) “Peter Caldini”
    Name: Peter Caldini
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  TSX TRUST COMPANY
   
   
  By: (signed) “Don Crawford”
    Name: Don Crawford
    Title: Senior Trust Officer
   
   
  By: (signed) “Brett Higgs”
    Name: Brett Higgs
    Title: Corporate Trust Officer

 

[Signature Page – Warrant Agreement]

 

 

 

SCHEDULE “A”

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

 

Certificate No.·  
CUSIP 086344116    
    Share Purchase Warrants

 

[If issued pursuant to Section 2.13(1) of the Warrant Agency Agreement, insert:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE ON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ONLY (A) TO BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. (THE “CORPORATION”) OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AFTER THE HOLDER HAS FURNISHED TO THE CORPORATION AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION, IN EITHER CASE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY CANNOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A U.S. PERSON WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. DELIVERY OF THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT CONSTITUTE “GOOD DELIVERY” IN SETTLEMENT OF TRANSACTIONS ON STOCK EXCHANGES IN CANADA.”]

 

[If issued pursuant to Section 2.13(2) of the Warrant Agency Agreement, insert:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE ON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ONLY (A) TO BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. (THE “CORPORATION”); (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS; (C) IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY (I) RULE 144 OR (II) RULE 144A THEREUNDER, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (D) IN ANOTHER TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PROVIDED THAT, IN THE CASE OF TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO (C)(I) OR (D) ABOVE, THE HOLDER HAS, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHED TO THE CORPORATION AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION, IN EITHER CASE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION. DELIVERY OF THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT CONSTITUTE “GOOD DELIVERY” IN SETTLEMENT OF TRANSACTIONS ON STOCK EXCHANGES IN CANADA.”]

 

A-1

 

[For all Warrants issued to Qualified Institutional Buyers, insert:

 

“THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE EXERCISED BY OR ON BEHALF OF A U.S. PERSON OR PERSON IN THE UNITED STATES UNLESS THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION OF ANY SUCH STATE OR EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS ARE AVAILABLE. “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” ARE AS DEFINED BY REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.”]

 

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED HEREBY WILL BE VOID AFTER THE EXPIRY TIME AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

 

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TO CERTIFY that for value received · (herein referred to as the “Holder”) is the registered holder of the number of Warrants of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) stated above, and subject to adjustment provisions as set forth in the Warrant Agency Agreement (as defined below), is entitled to acquire, on a date that is at least 65 days following the date of the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation (the “Commencement Time”) (at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares of the Corporation would, under their current terms (as of the date of the Warrant Agency Agreement), have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share) and up until 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the date that is five years after the date of completion of a Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation, or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day (the “Expiry Date”), upon payment of U.S.$11.50 or an exercise on a cashless basis (the “Exercise Price”) for each whole Warrant represented hereby, one Share (as defined herein), all in the manner and subject to the restrictions and adjustments set forth in the Warrant Agency Agreement, provided that if a Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation is not consummated during the Permitted Timeline, the Expiry Date shall be the last date of the Permitted Timeline, and further provided that if an Acceleration Event occurs and the Corporation accelerates the Expiry Date in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the Expiry Date shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Warrant Agency Agreement.

 

A-2

 

For purposes of this Certificate, any reference to “Shares” shall mean the Class A Restricted Voting Shares for which the Warrants are conferred the right to acquire, provided that under their current terms (as of the date of the Warrant Agency Agreement), at the time of the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation, any issued and outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares remaining would automatically convert into Common Shares, and all references to “Shares” herein would thereafter mean the Common Shares (as the context requires), and provided that in the event of any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, “Shares” shall thereafter mean the shares or other securities or property resulting from such adjustment, and “Share” means any one of them.

 

Any capitalized term in this Certificate that is not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Warrant Agency Agreement. In the event of any discrepancy between anything contained in this Warrant Certificate and the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall govern.

 

The Warrants represented by this Certificate are issued or issuable in fully registrable form only under the provisions of an agreement (which agreement, together with all other instruments ancillary thereto, is referred to herein as the “Warrant Agency Agreement”) dated as of August 15, 2019 between the Corporation and TSX Trust Company (the “Warrant Agent”). Reference is hereby made to the Warrant Agency Agreement for a full description of the rights of the holders of the Warrants, the Corporation and the Warrant Agent in respect thereof, and the terms and conditions upon which the Warrants evidenced hereby are issued and held, all to the same effect as if the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement were herein set forth. By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder assents to all provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement. The Corporation will furnish to the holder of this Certificate, upon request and without charge, a copy of the Warrant Agency Agreement.

 

In the event that prior to the Expiry Time, the Holder has not exercised the Warrants represented hereby in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement, then any Warrants represented by this Certificate which have not been so exercised shall be deemed to have expired and shall be of no further force and effect as of 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the Expiry Date.

 

Upon exercise, the Warrants so exercised shall be void and of no value or effect.

 

For certificates representing the Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants (reflecting any adjustments as provided herein and in the Warrant Agency Agreement), the Warrant Agent shall cause, within three Business Days after the Exercise Date of such Warrants, such certificates to be mailed or delivered, as specified in the Exercise Form, at the address specified in such Exercise Form, or, if so specified in such Exercise Form, cause to be held for such Person for pick-up at the Warrant Agency. The Warrants are subject to Section 3.3 in the event of an Acceleration Event (as defined in the Warrant Agency Agreement).

 

The right to acquire Shares may only be exercised by the Holder within the time set forth above by:

 

(a)       duly completing and executing the Exercise Form attached hereto;

 

A-3

 

 

 

(b) by providing a certified cheque, bank draft or money order in lawful money of United States payable to the order of the Corporation for the aggregate purchase price of the Shares so subscribed; and

 

(c) surrendering this Warrant Certificate along with the above referenced payment to the Warrant Agent at the Warrant Agency,

 

all in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Warrant Agency Agreement.

 

The Warrants represented by this Certificate shall be deemed to be surrendered only upon personal delivery hereof or, if sent by mail or other means of transmission, upon actual receipt thereof by the Warrant Agent at its principal office in the City of Toronto, Ontario.

 

Upon surrender of these Warrants, the Person or Persons in whose name or names the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are to be issued shall be deemed for all purposes (except as provided in the Warrant Agency Agreement) to be the holder or holders of record of such Shares, and the Corporation has covenanted that it will (subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement) cause a certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be delivered or mailed to the Person or Persons at the address or addresses specified in the Exercise Form within three Business Days after the Exercise Date of such Warrants.

 

The Warrant Agency Agreement provides for adjustments to certain rights of Holders including the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants upon subdivision, consolidation or reclassification of the Shares or any reclassification or capital reorganization of the Corporation and certain dividends and distributions of securities, including rights, options or warrants to purchase Shares or securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable into Shares or assets of the Corporation. The Holder should refer to the Warrant Agency Agreement which provides for adjustments in certain other events.

 

The Corporation shall not be required, upon valid exercise of any Warrants after the Commencement Time and prior to the Expiry Time, to issue fractions of Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence the same. A Holder shall not be entitled to any cash or other consideration in lieu of any fractional interest in a Warrant or claim thereto. Any fractional Shares to which a Holder is entitled shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, and no cash or other consideration will be paid in lieu of fractional Shares.

 

The terms and conditions relating to the Warrants and this Certificate may be modified, changed or added to in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement. The Warrant Agency Agreement contains provisions making binding upon all Holders of Warrants outstanding thereunder resolutions passed at meetings of such Holders held in accordance with such provisions and instruments in writing signed by the Holders holding a specified percentage of the then outstanding Warrants.

 

The holding of the Warrants, as evidenced by this Certificate, shall not constitute, or be construed as conferring upon, a Holder any right or interest whatsoever as a shareholder of the Corporation except such rights as may be provided in the Warrant Agency Agreement or in this Certificate.

 

 

A-4 

 

The Holder of this Certificate may, upon compliance with the reasonable requirements of the Warrant Agent and upon surrender of this Certificate, exchange this Certificate for another Certificate or Certificates entitling the Holder thereof to receive, in the aggregate, the same number Warrants as are outstanding under this Certificate.

 

The Warrants evidenced by this Certificate may only be transferred in accordance with applicable securities laws and upon due execution and delivery to the Warrant Agent of a Transfer Form in the form attached hereto and in compliance with all the conditions prescribed in the Warrant Agency Agreement and compliance with such other reasonable requirements as the Warrant Agent may prescribe.

 

The Warrants represented hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws. Accordingly, prior to the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation Warrants may not be distributed or transferred in the United States or to, or for the benefit of, a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act). After the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation, Warrants may not be distributed or transferred in the United States or to, or for the benefit of, a U.S. Person unless the distribution or transfer is being made in a transaction that does not require registration under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, and the Holder has furnished to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent an opinion of counsel, or other evidence of exemption, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation to such effect. Compliance with the securities laws of any jurisdiction is the responsibility of the holder of Warrants or his, her or its transferee.

 

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agency Agreement.

 

The registered holder of this Warrant Certificate expressly acknowledges having requested, and consents to, the drawing in the English language only of this Warrant Certificate evidencing the Warrants registered in his, her or its name and all documents relating to such Warrants. Le détenteur inscrit du présent certificat de bons de souscription reconnaît expressément avoir demandé et consenti que le présent certificat attestant qu’il est le détenteur inscrit de bons de souscription, ainsi que tous les documents s’y rapportant, soient rédigés en anglais seulement.

 

Time shall be of the essence hereof.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

 

A-5 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this Warrant Certificate to be signed as of the ________ day of _____________, 20_____.

 

  BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.
   
   
  By:                           
      Name:
      Title:

 

This Warrant Certificate is one of the Warrant Certificates referred to in the Warrant Agency Agreement. Signed by the Warrant Agent as of the ________ day of _____________, 20_____.

 

  TSX TRUST COMPANY
   
   
  By:   
    Authorized Signing Officer

 

A-6 

 

EXERCISE FORM

 

TO:                BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

AND TO:      TSX TRUST COMPANY

 

(1) The undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes for, and exercises his, her or its right to be issued, the number of Shares set forth below, such Shares being issuable upon exercise of such Warrants pursuant to the terms specified in the said Warrants and the Warrant Agency Agreement.

 

(2) The undersigned represents, warrants and certifies as follows (one (only) of the following must be checked):

 

A ¨ The undersigned holder (i) at the time of exercise of the Warrants is not in the United States and is not exercising the Warrants on behalf of a Person in the United States; (ii) is not a “U.S. Person” (a “U.S. Person”), as defined in Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), and is not exercising the Warrants for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person”; and (iii) did not execute or deliver this exercise form in the United States.

 

B ¨ The undersigned holder (a) is the original United States “qualified institutional buyer”, within the meaning of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act (a “Qualified Institutional Buyer”), that purchased the Warrants pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering and delivered the certificate of Qualified Institutional Buyer attached to the U.S. Private Placement Memorandum in connection with its purchase of Class A Restricted Voting Units, (b) is exercising the Warrants for its own account or for the account of the Qualified Institutional Buyer with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and for which it purchased the Warrants, and (c) is, and such principal, if any, is, a Qualified Institutional Buyer at the time of exercise of these Warrants and the representations and warranties of the holder made in the original U.S. Private Placement Memorandum including the certificate of Qualified Institutional Buyer remain true and correct as of the date of exercise of these Warrants.

 

C ¨ The undersigned holder has delivered to TSX Trust Company an opinion of counsel of recognized standing in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation to the effect that an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws is available.

 

Note: The undersigned holder understands that unless Box A above is checked, the Shares will be restricted securities with the meaning of Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act. Further unless Box A or B above is checked, the certificate representing the Shares will bear a legend restricting transfer without registration under the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws unless an exemption from registration is available. Certificates representing Shares will not be registered or delivered to an address in the United States unless Box B or Box C above is checked. If Box C above is checked, holders are encouraged to consult with the Corporation in advance to determine that the legal opinion tendered in connection with the exercise will be satisfactory in form and substance to the Corporation.

 

A-7 

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably directs that the Shares be issued and delivered as follows:

 

Name in full Address (include Postal
Code)
Number of Shares

 

 

 

 

(Please print full name in which certificate(s) are to be issued.)

 

Dated this ______ day of _____________________, __________.

 

     
Signature Guaranteed   Signature of Registered Holder
     
     
    Name of Registered Holder

 

¨ Please check box if certificates representing these Shares are to be delivered at the office of the Warrant Agent where this Warrant Certificate is surrendered, failing which the certificates shall be mailed to the address set forth above.

 

¨ Please check box if the holder elects to exercise Warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with the Warrant Agency Agreement.

 

Instructions:

 

The registered holder may exercise his or her right to receive Shares by completing this form and surrendering this form and the Warrant Certificate representing the Warrants being exercised, together with the applicable payment therefor, to TSX Trust Company, 301-100 Adelaide Street W., Toronto ON M5H 4H1. Certificates for Shares shall be delivered or mailed within three Business Days after the exercise of the Warrants.

 

If the Exercise Form indicates that Shares are to be issued to a Person or Persons other than the registered holder of the Certificate, the signature on this Exercise Form must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program.

 

If the Exercise Form is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, curator, guardian, attorney, officer of a corporation or any Person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the certificate must be accompanied by evidence of authority to sign satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and the Corporation.

 

A-8 

 

 

 

 

TRANSFER FORM

 

ANY TRANSFER OF WARRANTS WILL REQUIRE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION. TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES ARE URGED TO CONTACT LEGAL COUNSEL BEFORE EFFECTING ANY SUCH TRANSFER.

 

TO:                  BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

AND TO:        TSX TRUST COMPANY

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to  
   
   

 

(print name and address) the Warrants represented by this Warrants Certificate and hereby irrevocable constitutes and appoints ________________________________________________________as its attorney with full power of substitution to transfer the said securities on the appropriate register of the Warrant Agent.

 

In the case of a warrant certificate that contains a United States restrictive legend, the undersigned hereby represents, warrants and certifies that (one (only) of the following must be checked):

 

¨ (A) the transfer is being made only to the Corporation;

 

¨ (B) the transfer is being made outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable local securities laws and regulations and the holder has provided herewith the Declaration for Removal of Legend attached as Schedule “B” to the Warrant Agency Agreement, or

 

¨ (C) the transfer is being made within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons, in accordance with a transaction that does not require registration under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws and the undersigned has furnished to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent an opinion of counsel of recognized standing, or other evidence of exemption, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to such effect.

 

In the case of a warrant certificate that does not contain a U.S. restrictive legend, if the proposed transfer is to, or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or to a person in the United States, the undersigned hereby represents, warrants and certifies that the transfer of the Warrants is being completed pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, in which case the undersigned has furnished to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent an opinion of counsel of recognized standing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to such effect.

 

A-9 

 

¨          If transfer is to a person in the United States, or to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, check this box.

 

DATED this _____ day of _________________, 20___.

 

SPACE   FOR   GUARANTEES    OF }  
SIGNATURES (BELOW) }  
  }  
  }  
  } Signature of Transferor
  }  
  }  
  }  
  }  
Guarantor’s Signature/Stamp } Name of Transferor

 

CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO TRANSFERS – READ CAREFULLY

 

The signature(s) of the transferor(s) must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of this certificate(s), in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatsoever. The signature(s) on this form must be guaranteed in accordance with the transfer agent’s then current guidelines and requirements at the time of transfer. Notarized or witnessed signatures are not acceptable as guaranteed signatures. As at the time of closing, you may choose one of the following methods (although subject to change in accordance with industry practice and standards):

 

· Canada and the USA: A Medallion Signature Guarantee obtained from a member of an acceptable Medallion Signature Guarantee Program (STAMP, SEMP, NYSE MSP). Many commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, and all broker dealers participate in a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program. The Guarantor must affix a stamp bearing the actual words “Medallion Guaranteed”, with the correct prefix covering the face value of the certificate.

 

· Canada: A Signature Guarantee obtained from the Guarantor must affix a stamp bearing the actual words “Signature Guaranteed”. Signature Guarantees are not accepted from Treasury Branches, Credit Unions or Caisse Populaires unless they are members of a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program. For corporate holders, corporate signing resolutions, including certificate of incumbency, are also required to accompany the transfer, unless there is a “Signature & Authority to Sign Guarantee” Stamp affixed to the transfer (as opposed to a “Signature Guarantee” Stamp) obtained from an authorized officer of a major Canadian Schedule 1 chartered bank.

 

· Outside North America: For holders located outside North America, present the certificates(s) and/or document(s) that require a guarantee to a local financial institution that has a corresponding Canadian or American affiliate which is a member of an acceptable Medallion Signature Guarantee Program. The corresponding affiliate will arrange for the signature to be over-guaranteed.

 

A-10 

 

SCHEDULE “B”

 

FORM OF DECLARATION FOR REMOVAL OF LEGEND

 

TO:                    TSX Trust Company, as registrar and transfer agent

 

AND TO:         Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”)

 

The undersigned (A) acknowledges that the sale of ______________________________ of the Corporation represented by certificate number ________ to which this declaration relates is being made in reliance on Rule 904 of Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), and (B) certifies that (1) the undersigned is not (a) an “affiliate” of the Corporation (as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the U.S. Securities Act), (b) a “distributor” as defined in Regulation S or (c) an affiliate of a distributor; (2) the offer of such securities was not made to a person in the United States and either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States, or the seller and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (such as the Toronto Stock Exchange) and neither the seller nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States or a U.S. person; (3) neither the seller nor any affiliate of the seller nor any person acting on their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts in the United States in connection with the offer and sale of such securities; (4) the sale is bona fide and not for the purpose of “washing off” the resale restrictions imposed because the securities are “restricted securities” (as that term is defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the U. S. Securities Act); (5) the seller does not intend to replace securities sold in reliance on Rule 904 of Regulation S with fungible unrestricted securities; and (6) the contemplated sale is not a transaction, or part of a series of transactions, which, although in technical compliance with Regulation S, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the U. S. Securities Act. Terms used herein have the meanings given to them by Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Dated:     X         
      Authorized signatory

 

  Name of Seller (please print)
     
    Name of authorized signatory (please print)
     
    Title of authorized signatory (please print)

 

B-1 

 

Affirmation By Seller’s Broker-Dealer (required for sales in accordance with Section (B)(2)(b) above)

 

We have read the foregoing representations of our customer, ________________________ (the “Seller”) dated _______________, with regard to our sale, for such Seller’s account, of the securities of the Corporation described therein, and on behalf of ourselves we certify and affirm that (A) we have no knowledge that the transaction had been prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (B) the transaction was executed on or through the facilities of designated offshore securities market, (C) neither we, nor any person acting on our behalf, engaged in any directed selling efforts in connection with the offer and sale of such securities, and (D) no selling concession, fee or other remuneration is being paid to us in connection with this offer and sale other than the usual and customary broker’s commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent. Terms used herein have the meanings given to them by Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

   
Name of Firm  
   
By:    
  Authorized officer  

 

Date:    

 

B-2 

 

 

Exhibit 99.32

 

RELINQUISHMENT AGREEMENT

 

TO: Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”)
   
AND TO: Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. (together, the “Underwriters”)
   
AND TO: Toronto Stock Exchange
   
RE: Relinquishment provisions pursuant to the Corporation’s final prospectus, dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”)
   

 

WHEREAS Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, as the sponsor of the Corporation (the “Sponsor”), has purchased 10,062,500 Class B shares of the Corporation (the “Founder’s Shares”), for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately U.S.$0.0025 per Founder’s Share, or U.S.$0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option (as defined herein) is not exercised;

 

AND WHEREAS pursuant to the Prospectus, the Corporation has offered to the public in its initial public offering (the “Offering”), 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units of the Corporation (or 40,250,000 Class A restricted voting units if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”), at an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$350,000,000 (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full);

 

AND WHEREAS the Corporation has granted to the Underwriters a non-transferable option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, exercisable for a period of 30 days from the closing date of the Offering, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes (the “Over-Allotment Option”);

 

AND WHEREAS the Sponsor has agreed to certain relinquishment provisions on its Founder’s Shares, all as outlined in greater detail herein;

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein (the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged), the Sponsor agrees as follows:

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Prospectus.

 

Section 1 Relinquishment Provisions

 

The Sponsor hereby undertakes and agrees that up to 1,312,500 of the Founder’s Shares are subject to relinquishment by the Sponsor without compensation, depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, such that the pro-forma ownership of the Founder’s Shares following any exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, partially or in full, or if there is no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units and the Founder’s Shares, but assuming no exercise of Warrants);

 

 

Section 2 Qualifying Acquisition

 

The Sponsor hereby agrees to vote all shares held in the Corporation in support of any Qualifying Acquisition brought forward by the Corporation in compliance with applicable law.

 

Section 3 Successor and Assigns

 

This Agreement and Undertaking shall become binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Sponsor and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 4 Severability

 

If any provision of this Agreement and Undertaking shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, that provision shall be severed from this Agreement and Undertaking and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Section 5 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and Undertaking shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

 

DATED this 15th day of August, 2019.

 

  BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP, by its general partner BESPOKE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
   
  Per: (signed) “Mark Harms”
    Name: Mark Harms
    Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page – Relinquishment Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.33

 

MAKE WHOLE AGREEMENT AND UNDERTAKING

 

TO: Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”)
   
RE: Covenants of Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, as sponsor of the Corporation (the “Sponsor”) pursuant to the Corporation’s final prospectus, dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”)

 

WHEREAS pursuant to the Prospectus, the Corporation has offered to the public in its initial public offering (the “Offering”), 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units (or 40,250,000 Class A restricted voting units if the over-allotment option granted by the Corporation to Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc., as underwriters of the Offering (the “Underwriters”) pursuant to the Prospectus (the “Over-Allotment Option”) is exercised in full) (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”);

 

AND WHEREAS each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consists of one Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant;

 

AND WHEREAS an aggregate of U.S.$350,000,000 from the Offering (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) (together with any interest or other amounts subsequently earned thereon, and any other amounts subsequently raised and placed in escrow, together with any interest or other amounts subsequently earned thereon) will be deposited with TSX Trust Company, as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), in an escrow account (the “ Escrow Account”) pursuant to an escrow agreement among the Corporation, the Escrow Agent and, for the limited purposes specified therein, the Underwriters (the “Escrow Agreement”);

 

AND WHEREAS effective immediately prior to the closing by the Corporation of a qualifying acquisition (as defined herein), if applicable, the Corporation shall pay to each redeeming holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares a specified redemption amount in accordance with the terms of the articles of the Corporation and the Escrow Agreement;

 

AND WHEREAS upon the approval of any extension to the Permitted Timeline (as defined herein) (the “Extension to Permitted Timeline”), if applicable, as soon as practicable thereafter on a date specified by the Corporation, the Corporation shall pay to each redeeming holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares a specified redemption amount in accordance with the terms of the articles of the Corporation and the Escrow Agreement;

 

AND WHEREAS in the event that the Corporation (I) is unable to complete a qualifying transaction within the Permitted Timeline (the “No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up”), on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), or (II) otherwise completes a Winding-Up (as defined herein) prior to the termination of the Permitted Timeline (the “Automatic Redemption”), on a date specified by the Corporation, in each of case (I) and (II), the Corporation shall pay to each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares a specified redemption amount in accordance with the terms of the articles of the Corporation and the Escrow Agreement;

 

AND WHEREAS the Sponsor has agreed to provide certain covenants, in order to preserve the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares’ initial investment of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit in the Escrow Account in certain circumstances, and to replenish the Escrow Account in respect of third party claims in certain circumstances, all as outlined in greater detail herein;

 

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein (the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged), the Sponsor agrees as follows:

 

Section 1 Certain Defined Terms

 

In addition to other terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement and Undertaking, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Agreement and Undertaking” means this make whole agreement and undertaking;

 

Extraordinary Dividend” means any dividend, together with all other dividends payable in the same calendar year, that has an aggregate absolute dollar value which is greater than U.S.$0.25 per share, with the adjustment to the applicable price (as the context may require) being a reduction equal to the amount of the excess;

 

Permitted Timeline” means the allowable time period within which the Corporation must consummate its qualifying acquisition, being 18 months from the Closing Date(or 21 months from the Closing if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but has not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period), as it may be extended as described in the Prospectus;

 

Part VI.1 Taxes” means the taxes payable or paid, as the context requires, pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act;

 

qualifying acquisition” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the in the TSX Company Manual (as amended from time to time, and subject to any exemptive relief granted by the Exchange);

 

Target” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2(b);

 

Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time;

 

Waiver” means an agreement executed by a third party and the Corporation pursuant to which such third party waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies or other assets held in the Escrow Account; and

 

Winding Up” means the liquidation and cessation of the business of the Corporation.

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Prospectus.

 

Section 2 Covenants by the Sponsor

 

The Sponsor hereby undertakes and agrees as follows:

 

(a) In the event of an Automatic Redemption, a No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up, or an Extension to Permitted Timeline, whereby the Part VI.1 Taxes payable would cause the amounts paid per share from the Escrow Account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial U.S.$10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations), the Sponsor will be liable, and will make payment of and contribute the amount, to the Corporation required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 Taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) per Class A Restricted Voting Share).

 

 

(b) In the event of the liquidation of the Escrow Account upon the occurrence of a No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up or Automatic Redemption, or in the event of an Extension to Permitted Timeline or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, the Sponsor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, whether pending or threatened, or any claim whatsoever) to which the Corporation may become subject as a result of any claim by (i) any third party for services rendered or products sold to the Corporation (other than the Corporation’s auditors), or (ii) a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which the Corporation has entered into, or has discussed entering into, a transaction agreement (a “Target”); provided, however, that such indemnification of the Corporation by the Sponsor shall apply only to the extent necessary to ensure that such claims by a third party (other than the Corporation’s auditors) for services rendered or products sold to the Corporation or a Target do not reduce the amount of funds in the Escrow Account to below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, and (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the Escrow Account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in the Escrow Account, other than due to the failure to obtain a Waiver, in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed such a Waiver. In the event that any such executed Waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against such third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. Direct payments or contributions of the Sponsor to the Escrow Account shall be made in such manner as it determines. This Section 2(b) is subject to Section 2(c).

 

(c) In the event that the amount of funds in the Escrow Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) U.S.$10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, and (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the Escrow Account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in the Escrow Account, other than due to the failure to obtain a Waiver from such third party, in each of case 2(c)(i) and 2(c)(ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and the Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its payment, contribution, liability and/or indemnification obligations hereunder or that it has no payment, contribution, liability and/or indemnification obligations hereunder related to a particular claim, the Sponsor acknowledges that the Corporation’s independent directors at that time may determine whether to take legal action against the Sponsor to enforce its payment, contribution, liability and/or indemnification obligations herein.

 

 

(d) Except as described in this Agreement and Undertaking, the Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the Escrow Account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions of Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

(e) Notwithstanding Section 2(b), the indemnification of the Corporation by the Sponsor set out in Section 2(b) shall not apply as to any claims under the Corporation’s obligation to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

(f) The Sponsor shall have the right to defend against any such claim described in Section 2(b) with legal counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation if, within 15 days following the Sponsor’s receipt of written notice of the claim, the Sponsor notifies the Corporation in writing that the Sponsor shall undertake such defense.

 

(g) The Sponsor is permitted to make any and all direct payments or contributions required under this Agreement and Undertaking (including, for greater certainty, in respect of any indemnification obligations herein) to the Escrow Account in such manner as it determines.

 

Section 3 Severability

 

If any provision of this Agreement and Undertaking shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, that provision shall be severed from this Agreement and Undertaking and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Section 4 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and Undertaking shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

 

DATED this 15th day of August, 2019.

 

  BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP, by its general partner BESPOKE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
   
  Per: (signed) “Mark Harms”
    Name: Mark Harms
    Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page – Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking]

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.34

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT AND UNDERTAKING

 

TO: Toronto Stock Exchange
   
RE: Transfer restrictions pursuant to the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”), dated August 8, 2019, of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”)
   

 

WHEREAS Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, as the sponsor of the Corporation (the “Sponsor”), has purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares of the Corporation (assuming full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option (as defined below)) (the “Founder’s Shares”), for an aggregate price of U.S.$25,000, or approximately U.S.$0.0025 per Founder’s Share or U.S.$0.0029 per Founder’s Share if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised;

 

AND WHEREAS pursuant to the Prospectus, the Corporation has offered to the public in its initial public offering (the “Offering”) 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units of the Corporation (or 40,250,000 Class A restricted voting units if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”), at an offering price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, for an aggregate purchase price of U.S.$350,000,000 (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full);

 

AND WHEREAS each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consists of one Class A restricted voting share of the Corporation (each, a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each whole share purchase warrant, a “Warrant”), with each Warrant entitling the holder thereof, commencing 65 days following the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition, to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (which such Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have, following closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, automatically been converted into common shares of the Corporation) at a price of U.S.$11.50 per share, subject to anti-dilution adjustments;

 

AND WHEREAS the Corporation has granted to Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc., as underwriters and pursuant to the Offering, a non-transferable option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, exercisable for a period of 30 days from the closing date of the Offering, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes (the “Over-Allotment Option”);

 

AND WHEREAS the Sponsor has agreed to purchase under the Prospectus, simultaneously with the closing of the Offering, an aggregate of 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Founder’s Warrants”) at an offering price of U.S.$1.00 per Founder’s Warrant for an aggregate purchase price of U.S. $12,000,000;

 

AND WHEREAS the Sponsor has agreed to certain transfer restrictions on its Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants, all as outlined in greater detail herein;

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein (the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:

 

- 2 -

 

Section 1 Certain Defined Terms

 

In addition to other terms defined elsewhere in this Undertaking, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Class B Shares” means the Class B shares in the capital of the Corporation;

 

Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange, or any successor, assign or replacement exchange on which any of the Corporation’s securities are listed from time to time;

 

Qualifying Acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which is intended to be consummated by the Corporation within the Permitted Timeline (as defined in the Prospectus) and as more fully described in the Prospectus;

 

Transfer” means, in respect of securities, the sale, assignment, gift, conveyance or transfer, grant of any option to purchase or other disposal of the registered title to, or beneficial ownership in such securities; and

 

Undertaking” means this exchange agreement and undertaking.

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Prospectus.

 

Section 2 Pre-Qualifying Acquisition Transfer Restrictions

 

The Sponsor hereby undertakes and agrees as follows:

 

(a) subject to Section 2(b), the Sponsor will not Transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants (collectively, the “Securities”) prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition of the Corporation without the prior consent of the Exchange;

 

(b) notwithstanding the foregoing clause, the Sponsor may Transfer its Securities if required due to the structuring of the Qualifying Acquisition.

 

For greater certainty, any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by the Sponsor pursuant or subsequent to the Offering will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set out in this Section 2.

 

Section 3 General

 

The Sponsor hereby undertakes and agrees as follows:

 

(a) in the event of any Transfer prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, as a condition to such Transfer, the undersigned shall cause any such transferee of his or its respective securities to become a party to this Undertaking and be bound by the terms and conditions herein; and

 

- 3 -

 

(b) any Transfer granted hereunder prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition shall comply with applicable securities laws and will be subject to TSX consent.

 

Section 4 Successors and Assigns

 

This Undertaking shall become binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Sponsor and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 5 Severability

 

If any provision of this Undertaking shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, that provision shall be severed from this Undertaking and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Section 6 Governing Law

 

This Undertaking shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

 

DATED this 15th day of August, 2019.

 

  BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP, by its general partner BESPOKE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
   
  Per: (signed) “Mark Harms”
    Name: Mark Harms
    Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page – Exchange Agreement]

 

 

Exhibit 99.35

 

ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

Escrow Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated August 15, 2019 among Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., a company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia (the “Corporation”), TSX Trust Company, a company existing under the laws of Canada with its registered office in the City of Toronto in the province of Ontario, as the escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) and, solely for the purposes of Section 2(e) and Section 16 herein, Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. (together, the “Underwriters”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A. WHEREAS the Corporation has entered into an underwriting agreement dated August 8, 2019 (as it may be amended, the “Underwriting Agreement”), with the Sponsor and the Underwriters, pursuant to which, among other matters, the Corporation has agreed to sell, and the Underwriters have agreed to purchase, an aggregate of 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units of the Corporation (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”) at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Offering”), plus at the Underwriters’ option up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (being 15% of the aggregate number of Class A Restricted Voting Units issued upon the closing of the Offering) at a price of U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, exercisable for a period of 30 days from the closing of the Offering (the “Over-Allotment Closing Date”), to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes (the “Over-Allotment Option”);

 

B. WHEREAS each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consists of one Class A restricted voting share (each, a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one half of a share purchase warrant (each, a “Warrant”), all as more fully described in the Corporation’s final prospectus, dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”);

 

C. WHEREAS pursuant to the Prospectus, Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP, as the sponsor of the Corporation (the “Sponsor”) intends to purchase an aggregate of 12,000,000 Warrants at a price of U.S.$1.00 per Warrant;

 

D. WHEREAS as described in the Prospectus, an aggregate of U.S.$350,000,000 from the sale of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (or U.S.$402,500,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), or U.S.$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit sold to the public (the “Initial Escrow Amount”), will be remitted to the Escrow Agent by wire transfer to be deposited and held by the Escrow Agent in a segregated bank account of the Escrow Agent designated in the name of the Corporation, located in the City of Toronto, Ontario (the amount to be delivered to the Escrow Agent, together with any interest and other amounts subsequently earned thereon, and any other amounts subsequently raised and placed in escrow pursuant to permitted future issuance(s) by the Corporation of additional Class A Restricted Voting Units, together with any interest and other amounts subsequently earned thereon, and including any additional contributions made to the Escrow Account by the Sponsor, in its sole discretion, from time to time, shall be referred to throughout this Agreement as the “Escrow Funds”);

 

- 2 -

 

E. WHEREAS pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, a portion of the Escrow Funds, being U.S.$13,125,000 (or U.S.$15,093,750 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, or such amount as determined among the Corporation, the Sponsor and the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement if the Over-Allotment Option is partially exercised), is attributable to the deferred underwriting commission (the “Deferred Underwriting Commission”) that may be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters only upon the closing by the Corporation of its Qualifying Acquisition (as defined herein);

 

F. WHEREAS pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, a portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission, in an amount equal to U.S.$11,375,000 (assuming the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised, and U.S.$13,081,250 assuming the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full), will be payable to the Underwriters in cash in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, upon completion of the Corporation’s Qualifying Acquisition, and the remaining portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission in an amount equal to U.S.$1,750,000 (assuming the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised, and U.S.$2,012,500 assuming the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) (the “Discretionary Deferred Portion”) will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition (these amounts will be payable from the Escrow Account to the extent that there are sufficient funds for such purposes after redemptions, tax liabilities on amounts earned on the Escrow Funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions);

 

G. WHEREAS subject to the terms hereof, the Escrow Funds are to remain in the Escrow Account (as defined herein) for the benefit of the Corporation, and in certain cases, the Corporation will use such funds to pay the redemption proceeds to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued in the Offering (and holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option) being redeemed;

 

H. WHEREAS the Initial Escrow Amount is to be delivered by or on behalf of the Corporation to the Escrow Agent upon closing of the Offering (with the exception of any of the Initial Escrow Amount raised pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option following the closing of the Offering, being up to a maximum of U.S.$52,500,000, which amount shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Corporation to the Escrow Agent on or about the Over-Allotment Closing Date);

 

I. WHEREAS the Corporation wishes to appoint the Escrow Agent to act as escrow agent for the sole purpose of accepting, holding, investing and releasing the Escrow Funds, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

J. WHEREAS all references herein to money amounts are to lawful money of the United States of America; and

 

K. WHEREAS the foregoing recitals are representations and statements of fact made by the Corporation and not by the Escrow Agent.

 

- 3 -

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH THAT, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1 Definitions

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a) Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble;

 

(b) Approved Bank” means a bank listed in Schedule I or III of the Bank Act

(Canada);

 

(c) Automatic Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 4(g);

 

(d) Automatic Redemption Amount” means an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the Escrow Funds then available in the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the Escrow Account that may be released to pay actual and expected costs and expenses directly related to the Corporation’s Winding-Up, and directly related to the Corporation’s applications to cease to be a reporting issuer, its winding-up and/or its dissolution, as applicable, each as reasonably determined and certified by the Corporation;

 

(e) “Business Day” means any day of the year (prior to 4:30 p.m. Toronto time), other than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on which the main branches of Canadian chartered banks are closed for regular business in Toronto, Ontario;

 

(f) Claim” has the meaning specified in Section 14(a);

 

(g) Class A Restricted Voting Share” has the meaning specified in Recital A;

 

(h) Class A Restricted Voting Units” has the meaning specified in Recital A;

 

(i) Corporation” has the meaning specified in the preamble;

 

(j) Deferred Underwriting Commission” has the meaning specified in Recital E;

 

(k) Designated Director” means a director of the Corporation designated in writing to the Escrow Agent to carry out the actions contemplated in this Agreement;

 

(l) Discretionary Deferred Portion” has the meaning specified in Recital F;

 

- 4 -

 

(m) Escrow Account” means the escrow account of the Escrow Agent in which the Escrow Funds are held (which account will be held in an account of a Canadian chartered bank or a subsidiary thereof);

 

(n) Escrow Agent” has the meaning specified in the preamble;

 

(o) Escrow Funds” has the meaning specified in Recital D;

 

(p) Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange, or any successor, assign or replacement exchange on which any of the Corporation’s securities are listed from time to time;

 

(q) Indemnified Claim” has the meaning specified in Section 7(f);

 

(r) Indemnified Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 7(d);

 

(s) Initial Escrow Amount” has the meaning specified in Recital D;

 

(t) Minimum Amount” means an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of the Escrow Funds then on deposit in the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, as reasonably determined and certified by the Corporation);

 

(u) No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up” has the meaning specified in Section 4(g);

 

(v) Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 19;

 

(w) Offering” has the meaning specified in Recital A;

 

(x) Over-Allotment Closing Date” has the meaning specified in Recital A;

 

(y) Over-Allotment Option” has the meaning specified in Recital A;

 

(z) Permitted Investments” means investments in the following: United States dollar denominated cash or book based securities, negotiable instruments, investments or securities which evidence: (i) obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the Government of Canada, the Government of the United States of America or any Province of Canada or State of the United States of America; (ii) demand deposits, term deposits or certificates of deposit of an Approved Bank or a bank approved by the Exchange; (iii) commercial paper directly issued by an Approved Bank or a bank approved by the Exchange; or (iv) notes or bankers’ acceptances issued or accepted by an Approved Bank or a bank approved by the Exchange, as determined by the Corporation from time to time;

 

- 5 -

 

(aa) Permitted Timeline” means the allowable time period within which the Corporation must consummate its Qualifying Acquisition, being 18 months from the closing of the Offering (or 21 months from the closing of the Offering if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18  months from closing but has not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18 month period) , as it may be extended as described in the Prospectus;

 

(bb) Prospectus” has the meaning specified in Recital B;

 

(cc) Qualifying Acquisition” means a “Qualifying Acquisition” as such term is defined in the Exchange Company Manual (as amended from time to time, and subject to any exemptive relief granted by the Exchange);

 

(dd) Qualifying Acquisition Certificate” means a certificate of the Corporation signed by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director, certifying the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition;

 

(ee) Qualifying Acquisition Extension Redemption Amount” means an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the Escrow Funds available in the Escrow Account at the time of the shareholders’ meeting in respect of approving an extension to the Permitted Timeline, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption (and, for greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the Deferred Underwriting Commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account), each as reasonably determined and certified by the Corporation;

 

(ff) Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Amount” means an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the Escrow Funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline or, if required under applicable law, at the time of the shareholders’ meeting in respect of approving the Qualifying Acquisition, including interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, subject to the limitations described in the Prospectus (and, for greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the Deferred Underwriting Commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the Escrow Account), each as reasonably determined and certified by the Corporation;

 

(gg) Resignation Date” has the meaning specified in Section 11(c);

 

- 6 -

 

(hh) Sponsor” has the meaning specified in Recital C;

 

(ii) Tax Act” means Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time;

 

(jj) Underwriters” has the meaning specified in the preamble;

 

(kk) Underwriting Agreement” has the meaning specified in Recital A;

 

(ll) Warrants” has the meaning specified in Recital B;

 

(mm) Winding-Up” means the liquidation and cessation of the business of the Corporation;

 

(nn) Winding-Up Certificate” means a certificate of the Corporation signed by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director, certifying the Winding-Up of the Corporation in the event of a No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up or an Automatic Redemption;

 

(oo) Written Automatic Redemption Instructions” has the meaning specified in Section 4(g);

 

(pp) Written Extension Redemption Instructions” has the meaning specified in Section 4(h);

 

(qq) Written Instructions” means, collectively, the Written Qualifying Acquisition Instructions, the Written Automatic Redemption Instructions, the Written Extension Redemption Instructions and the Written Tax and/or Expense Instructions, which shall be, as applicable, substantially in the form of Schedule A hereto;

 

(rr) Written Qualifying Acquisition Instructions” has the meaning specified in Section 4(i); and

 

(ss) Written Tax and/or Expense Instructions” has the meaning specified in Section 4(j).

 

Section 2 Appointment of Escrow Agent, Deposit and Delivery of Escrow Funds and Acknowledgment Regarding Escrow Funds

 

(a) The Corporation hereby appoints the Escrow Agent to act as escrow agent in accordance with, and subject to, this Agreement, and the Escrow Agent accepts such appointment and agrees to act in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions herein.

 

(b) Upon the closing of the Offering, the Corporation or the Underwriters shall have delivered to the Escrow Agent the Initial Escrow Amount (with the exception of any portion of the Initial Escrow Amount raised pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option following the closing of the Offering, being up to a maximum of U.S.$52,500,000, which amount shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Corporation to the Escrow Agent on or about the Over-Allotment Closing Date).

 

- 7 -

 

(c) Upon delivery of the Initial Escrow Amount by, or on behalf of, the Corporation to the Escrow Agent upon the closing of the Offering, and again upon the delivery on or about the Over-Allotment Closing Date of any further portion of the Initial Escrow Amount raised pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option following the closing of the Offering, if applicable, the Escrow Agent shall acknowledge receipt thereof to the Corporation. The Escrow Agent shall hold, deal with and disburse the Escrow Funds (including the Initial Escrow Amount) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(d) The Corporation or the Underwriters shall remit to the Escrow Agent the Escrow Funds by way of wire transfer. The Escrow Funds shall be held in a segregated bank account of the Escrow Agent designated in the name of the Corporation. In the event that any funds received by the Escrow Agent are in the form of an uncertified cheque or cheques, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to delay the time for release of such part of the funds until such uncertified cheque or cheques have cleared in the ordinary course by the financial institution upon which the same are drawn. The Escrow Agent will disburse monies according to this Agreement only to the extent that monies have been deposited with it and have actually cleared.

 

(e) The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that any additional amounts subsequently raised prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition and placed in escrow pursuant to future issuance(s) by the Corporation of additional Class A Restricted Voting Shares, subject to the consent of the Underwriters, together with any interest and other amounts subsequently earned thereon, will, at the instruction of the Corporation, be added to the Escrow Account and form part of the Escrow Funds, and at such time(s), for purposes of this Agreement, any reference herein to “Escrow Funds” shall include any such additional amounts and interest. The Corporation covenants to the Underwriters that, in addition to the requirement for the consent of the Underwriters, following the Over-Allotment Closing Date, additional Class A Restricted Voting Units will not be issued prior to the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition unless the amount per-share deposited into the Escrow Account in connection therewith is not less than the Minimum Amount.

 

(f) The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that the Sponsor may make additional payments or contributions to the Escrow Account in its sole discretion and in the manner it determines, from time to time, including to cover indemnity obligations of the Corporation, and such additional payments or contributions, together with any interest and other amounts subsequently earned thereon, will, at the instruction of the Corporation, be added to the Escrow Account and form part of the Escrow Funds, and at such time(s), for purposes of this Agreement, any reference herein to “Escrow Funds” shall include any such additional payments or contribution amounts and interest and other amounts subsequently earned thereon.

 

- 8 -

 

Section 3 Escrow Agent’s Fees, Costs and Expenses

 

The Corporation shall pay the Escrow Agent’s costs and fees hereunder, as well as the expenses and disbursements reasonably incurred in connection with the administration of the escrow created hereby or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. The Corporation shall also pay the costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with the performance or observance of the Escrow Agent’s duties hereunder which are in excess of its compensation for normal services hereunder and covered by the remuneration, including without limitation, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements incurred or made by the Escrow Agent in the administration of its services and duties created hereby (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of its outside counsel and other outside advisors required for the discharge of its duties hereunder). To the extent such aforementioned excess costs and expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with this Agreement are extraordinary, the Escrow Agent must first obtain the consent of the Corporation, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. It is expressly understood that the Escrow Funds shall not be used to pay any of the

Escrow Agent’s fees, costs, expenses or disbursements.

 

Subject to the foregoing paragraph, any amount owing under this Section 3 and unpaid thirty (30) days after request for such payment will bear interest from the expiration of such thirty (30) days at a rate per annum equal to the then current rate charged by the Escrow Agent, payable on demand.

 

Section 4 Agreements and Covenants of the Escrow Agent

 

The Escrow Agent hereby agrees and covenants to:

 

(a) Hold the Escrow Funds in escrow in the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Hold, invest and disburse the Escrow Funds subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

(c) As soon as practicable and no later than three (3) Business Days after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of, and only in accordance with, written instructions from any one of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director, hold, invest and re-invest the Escrow Funds, subject to availability, in Permitted Investments that are instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States of America, as determined by the Corporation from time to time. Such written instructions to the Escrow Agent shall be provided no later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the day on which any investment is to be made. Any written instructions received by the Escrow Agent after 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) or on a day which is not a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been given prior to 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the next succeeding Business Day. If at any time the Escrow Funds include an amount that is not invested in Permitted Investments and the Corporation has not provided written instructions to the Escrow Agent to invest such amount, such uninvested amount will be held in a non-interest bearing account until the Escrow Agent has been directed in writing to so invest. For greater certainty, all earnings received from the investment of the Escrow Funds shall be credited to, and shall become a part of, the Escrow Funds (and any bank charges and similar fees as well as losses, if any, on such investments shall be debited to the Escrow Funds);

 

- 9 -

 

(d) Collect and receive, when due, all interest or other amounts arising from the Escrow Funds;

 

(e) Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Corporation (or its authorized affiliates or agents) in connection with the Corporation’s preparation of any tax returns relating to property held in the Escrow Account;

 

(f) Render to the Corporation (with a copy to the Underwriters) monthly written statements of the activities of, and amounts in, the Escrow Account reflecting all receipts, expenses and disbursements in respect of the Escrow Account;

 

(g) Commence liquidation (i.e., turning into cash) of the Escrow Account as soon as possible and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of, and only in accordance with, the written instructions from the Corporation, signed on behalf of the Corporation by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director (the “Written Automatic Redemption Instructions”) as well as in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and complete the liquidation of the Escrow Account and distribute to the transfer agent for the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (or as the Corporation may direct in the Written Automatic Redemption Instructions) the product of (i) the Automatic Redemption Amount and (ii) the number of the then outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, in the event that the Corporation (A) is unable to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (the “No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up”), on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), or (B) otherwise completes a Winding-Up prior to the expiration of the Permitted Timeline, (the “Automatic Redemption”), on a date specified by the Corporation, in each case of (A) and (B) to enable the transfer agent to pay each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares in accordance with the Written Automatic Redemption Instructions;

 

(h) If needed, commence partial liquidation (i.e., turning into cash) of the Escrow Account as soon as possible of such assets as the Corporation may direct, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of, and only in accordance with, the written instructions from the Corporation, signed on behalf of the Corporation by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director (the “Written Extension Redemption Instructions”) as well as in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, withdraw from the Escrow Account and distribute to the transfer agent for the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (or as the Corporation may direct in the Written Extension Redemption Instructions) the product of (i) the Qualifying Acquisition Extension Redemption Amount and (ii) the number of the then outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares being redeemed in connection with any requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, as further described herein, to enable the transfer agent to pay each redeeming holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares whose Class A Restricted Voting Shares are validly deposited for redemption, in accordance with the Written Extension Redemption Instructions;

 

- 10 -

 

(i) If needed, commence partial liquidation (i.e., turning into cash) of the Escrow Account as soon as possible of such assets as the Corporation may direct, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of, and only in accordance with, the written instructions from the Corporation, signed on behalf of the Corporation by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director (the “Written Qualifying Acquisition Instructions”) as well as in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, withdraw from the Escrow Account and distribute to the transfer agent for the Class A Restricted Voting Shares (or as the Corporation may direct in the Written Qualifying Acquisition Instructions) the product of (i) the Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Amount and (ii) the number of the then outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares being redeemed in connection with the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition (which shall be evidenced to the Escrow Agent by delivery of the Qualifying Acquisition Certificate specified in Section 5(e)), to enable the transfer agent to pay each redeeming holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares whose Class A Restricted Voting Shares are validly deposited for redemption, in accordance with the Written Qualifying Acquisition Instructions, and all remaining Escrow Funds will subsequently be released to the Corporation in accordance with Section 9(c);

 

(j) Upon written request signed on behalf of the Corporation by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director (the “Written Tax and/or Expense Instructions”), which may be given from time to time, withdraw from the Escrow Account and distribute to the Corporation (or as the Corporation may otherwise direct) the amount of interest and/or other amounts earned on the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account requested by the Corporation to cover any (A) tax obligations owed by the Corporation, as reasonably determined and certified on behalf of the Corporation by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director, as a result of property of the Corporation or interest or other income or amounts earned on the Escrow Funds (including, if applicable, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with a redemption of Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and/or (B) expenses referred to in the definition of “Automatic Redemption Amount”, “Qualifying Acquisition Extension Redemption Amount” or “Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Amount”, each as reasonably determined and certified on behalf of the Corporation by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director, in each case which amount shall be delivered directly to the Corporation by electronic funds transfer or other method of prompt payment (or as the Corporation may otherwise direct), only as directed by the Corporation in the Written Tax and/or Expense Instructions; provided, however, that to the extent there is not sufficient cash in the Escrow Account to pay such tax obligations or expenses, the Escrow Agent shall liquidate such assets held in the Escrow Account (which, for greater certainty, includes the Escrow Funds raised pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option and any interest or other amounts earned thereon), as shall be designated by the Corporation in writing to make such distribution, so long as there is no reduction below the amount of the Initial Escrow Amount deposited in the escrow account (including, for greater certainty, any funds deposited pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option);

 

- 11 -

 

(k) Not make any withdrawals or distributions from the Escrow Account other than pursuant to Section 4(g), Section 4(h), Section 4(i) or Section 4(j) above. All payments made pursuant to Section 4(g), Section 4(h), Section 4(i) or Section 4(j) above are to be made to the Corporation, or as the Corporation shall otherwise direct in the applicable Written Instructions, or as otherwise provided herein; and

 

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all Written Instructions, except those referred to in Section 4(j), must be countersigned by the Underwriters.

 

Section 5 Agreements and Covenants of the Corporation

 

The Corporation hereby agrees and covenants to:

 

(a) Within four (4) Business Days after the Underwriters exercise the Over-Allotment Option (or any unexercised portion thereof) but not later than the Over-Allotment Closing Date, provide the Escrow Agent with a notice in writing of the total amount of the Deferred Underwriting Commission;

 

(b) Give all instructions to the Escrow Agent hereunder in writing, signed by any one of the Corporation’s Designated Director, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any written instruction given by any one of the persons authorized above to give any Written Instructions;

 

(c) Indemnify and hold the Escrow Agent harmless in accordance with Section 7 herein;

 

(d) Pay the Escrow Agent the fees, costs and expenses set pursuant to Section 3 herein. It is expressly understood that the Escrow Funds shall not be used to pay such fees, costs or expenses;

 

(e) In connection with the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition, provide the Escrow Agent with a Qualifying Acquisition Certificate; and

 

(f) Instruct the Escrow Agent to make only those distributions that are permitted under this Agreement, and refrain from instructing the Escrow Agent to make any distributions that are not permitted under this Agreement.

 

- 12 -

 

Section 6 Responsibility of Escrow Agent

 

(a) The parties acknowledge and agree that the Escrow Agent acts hereunder as an escrow agent only.

 

(b) The Escrow Agent, upon notice to the Corporation, may reasonably employ and consult counsel satisfactory to it, including in-house counsel, and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.

 

(c) The Escrow Agent may employ such counsel, accountants, engineers, appraisers, other experts, agents, agencies and advisors as it may reasonably require for the purpose of discharging its duties under this Agreement upon prior written notice to the Corporation, and the Escrow Agent may act and shall be protected in acting in good faith on the opinion or advice or on information obtained from any such parties and shall not be responsible for any misconduct on the part of any of them. The reasonable costs of such services shall be added to, and be part of, the Escrow

Agent’s fees hereunder.

 

(d) The Escrow Agent shall retain the right not to act and shall not be held liable for refusing to act unless it has received clear and reasonable documentation or instructions which comply with the terms of this Agreement. Such documentation must not require the exercise of any discretion or independent judgment on the part of the Escrow Agent.

 

(e) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Escrow Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

 

Section 7 Indemnification

 

(a) The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted by it in good faith, or for any mistake of fact or law, or for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in connection with its duties pursuant to this Agreement, except for its own gross negligence, fraud, wilful misconduct or bad faith. The Escrow Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any diminution of the Escrow Funds which may result from any Permitted Investments made pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4(c), including any losses on any investment required to be liquidated prior to maturity in order to make a payment required hereunder.

 

(b) The Escrow Agent shall incur no liability with respect to the delivery or non-delivery of any of the Escrow Funds once distributed by the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Agreement, whether delivered by hand, wire transfer, registered mail or bonded courier.

 

- 13 -

 

(c) To the extent that the Escrow Agent is instructed to issue a cheque in accordance with the Written Instructions, the forwarding of a cheque by the Escrow Agent will satisfy and discharge the liability for any cash amounts due to the extent of the sum or sums represented thereby (plus the amount of any tax deducted or withheld as required by law), unless such cheque is not honoured on presentation; provided that in the event of non-receipt of such cheque by the payee, or loss or destruction thereof, the Escrow Agent upon being furnished with reasonable evidence of such non-receipt, loss or destruction and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and the Corporation, will issue to such payee a replacement cheque for the amount of such cheque.

 

(d) The Escrow Agent and its affiliates, their successors, assigns, and each of their directors, officers, employees and agents (the “Indemnified Parties”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation from and against any reasonable expenses actually incurred, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Escrow Agent, in connection with any and all actions, proceedings, losses, liabilities, costs, claims, damages and expenses (including reasonable expert consultant and legal fees and disbursements on a solicitor and client basis) involving any claim which in any way, directly or indirectly, arises out of, or relates to, this Agreement, the performance of the Escrow Agent’s services and duties hereunder, or the Escrow Funds (including any interest and other amounts earned on the Escrow Funds) held by it hereunder, and including any action or liability brought against or incurred by the Indemnified Parties in relation to or arising out of any breach by the Corporation, except for expenses or losses arising from the gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Escrow Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any liability of the Escrow Agent shall be limited to direct damages sustained by a party to this Agreement, which in aggregate shall not exceed the amount of Escrow Funds held pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and whether such losses or damages are foreseeable or unforeseeable, the Escrow Agent shall not be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any: (i) breach by any other party of securities law or other rule of any securities regulatory authority; (ii) lost profits; or (iii) special, indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, aggravated or punitive losses or damages.

 

(f) Promptly and not later than three (3) Business Days after the receipt by the Escrow Agent of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Escrow Agent intends to seek indemnification under this Section 7, the Escrow Agent shall notify the Corporation in writing of such claim (the “Indemnified Claim”). The Escrow Agent shall have the right to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim. The Corporation may participate in such action with its own counsel. The provisions of this Section 7 shall survive in the event that the Escrow Agent resigns or is discharged pursuant to Section 11 herein.

 

- 14 -

 

(g) The Escrow Agent does not have any interest in the Escrow Funds but is serving as escrow agent only and is not a debtor of the parties hereto in respect of the Escrow Funds.

 

(h) The Escrow Agent shall have no duties except those which are expressly and specifically set forth herein (and no implied duties or obligations of any kind shall be read into this Agreement against or on the part of the Escrow Agent or the Corporation), and it shall not be bound by any notice of a claim or demand with respect to, or any waiver, modification, amendment, termination or rescission of this Agreement, unless received by it in writing, and signed by the Corporation and if its duties herein are affected, unless it shall have given its prior written consent thereto.

 

(i) The Escrow Agent accepts the duties and responsibilities under this Agreement as agent, and no trust is intended to be, or is or will be, created hereby, and the Escrow Agent shall owe no duties hereunder as trustee.

 

Section 8 Limitations of Liability

 

The Escrow Agent shall have no responsibility to:

 

(a) Imply obligations, perform duties, inquire or otherwise be subject to the provisions of any agreement or document other than this Agreement and that which is expressly set forth herein;

 

(b) Take any action with respect to the Escrow Funds, other than as directed in this Agreement, and the Escrow Agent shall have no liability to any party except for liability arising out of the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence, fraud, wilful misconduct or bad faith;

 

(c) Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Escrow Funds unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Corporation given as provided herein to do so and the Corporation shall have indemnified the Escrow Agent to its satisfaction and shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incidental thereto;

 

(d) Refund any depreciation in principal of the Escrow Funds;

 

(e) Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Corporation to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Corporation shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Escrow Agent, and for greater certainty, the Escrow Agent may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any written notice, instruction (including, without limitation, wire transfer instructions, whether incorporated herein or provided in a separate written instruction), instrument, statement, certificate, request or other document furnished to it hereunder and believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper representative from the Corporation or the Underwriters, as specified in this Agreement and shall have no responsibility for determining the accuracy thereof;

 

- 15 -

 

(f) The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith, except for the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Escrow Agent may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Escrow Agent, which counsel may be the Corporation’s counsel), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which the Escrow Agent believes, in good faith, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Escrow Agent, signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Escrow Agent are affected, unless the Escrow Agent gives its prior written consent thereto;

 

(g) Verify the accuracy of the information contained in the Prospectus;

 

(h) Provide any assurance that any Qualifying Acquisition entered into by the Corporation or any other action taken by the Corporation is as contemplated by the Prospectus;

 

(i) File information returns with respect to the Escrow Account with any local, state, provincial or federal taxing authority or do anything in connection with tax reporting other than to deliver the required annual statement of interest earned;

 

(j) Compile, prepare, determine or verify calculations, qualify or otherwise approve the Corporation’s Written Instructions for distributions, as applicable, pursuant to Section 4(g), Section 4(h), Section 4(i) and/or Section 4(j), and shall not be responsible or liable in any manner whatsoever for the sufficiency, correctness, genuineness or validity of any instrument deposited with it (including, without limitation, the Escrow Funds), for the form or execution of such instruments, for the identity, authority or right of any person or party executing or depositing such Escrow Funds or for determining or compelling compliance therewith, and shall not otherwise be bound thereby; or

 

(k) Take notice of any default or to take any action with respect to such default involving any expense or liability relating to the Escrow Funds, unless notice in writing of such default is formally given to the Escrow Agent, and unless it is indemnified and funded, in a manner satisfactory to it, against such expense or liability.

 

- 16 -

 

Section 9 Release of Escrow Funds

 

(a) Subject to applicable law and as further described in the Prospectus, none of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided herein) by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up; and (iv) the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the Escrow Funds (including, if applicable, as described herein, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and for payment of certain expenses, as described herein.

 

(b) If the Corporation is unable to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, the Escrow Agent, as instructed by the Corporation, will be required to complete the liquidation of the Escrow Account on behalf of the Corporation, and as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), to distribute in accordance with the Written Automatic Redemption Instructions, in respect of the automatic redemption of 100% of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the Automatic Redemption Amount, subject to applicable law.

 

(c) In conjunction with the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline for which a shareholders meeting is not required to be held, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption by the redemption deposit deadline specified by the Corporation, for an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Amount, subject to applicable law.

 

(d) Subject to certain limitations described in the Prospectus, in the event of a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation to be held within the Permitted Timeline to vote on whether to approve a proposed Qualifying Acquisition (if required by applicable law) or whether to approve an extension to the Permitted Timeline to up to 36 months, and irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on any proposed Qualifying Acquisition or extension to the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the second Business Day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the proposed Qualifying Acquisition Qualifying Acquisition (if required by applicable law) or extension or extension, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition or the date that the extension to the Permitted Timeline takes effect, for an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share, payable in cash, equal to the Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Amount or the Qualifying Acquisition Extension Redemption Amount, as applicable, subject to the limitations described in the Prospectus with respect to redemptions in connection with the Corporation's Qualifying Acquisition, as applicable, and subject to applicable law.

 

- 17 -

 

(e) Subject to the next sentence and to applicable law, on the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition, all remaining Escrow Funds held in the Escrow Account not previously paid out or payable by the Corporation in respect of redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including expenses directly related to the redemptions) or paid out or payable by the Corporation for the Corporation’s tax liabilities on interest or other amounts earned on the Escrow Funds, will be released to the Corporation. In accordance with the written notice and instructions by the Underwriters, a portion of the balance of the non-redeemed shares portion of the Escrow Funds will be used by the Corporation to pay (i) the Underwriters the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement (in an amount equal to U.S.$11,375,000, assuming the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised, and U.S.$13,093,750 assuming the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) and (ii) the Discretionary Deferred Portion (in an amount equal to U.S.$1,750,000, assuming the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised, and U.S.$2,000,000 assuming the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. Any remaining funds in the Escrow Account may then be used, at the Corporation’s sole discretion, including for general corporate purposes. For greater certainty, the amount of the Deferred Underwriting Commission owing to the Underwriters as well as the amount of the Discretionary Deferred Portion will not be reduced as a result of redemptions of Class A Restricted Voting Shares in connection with a completed Qualifying Acquisition. To the extent funds are available in the Escrow Account following the payment of the Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Amount to all redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, plus applicable taxes and expenses, upon the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation irrevocably directs the Escrow Agent to pay (i) the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement to the Underwriters, or as they may direct, and (ii) the Discretionary Deferred Portion to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement and the Written Instructions provided to the Escrow Agent.

 

(f) For greater certainty, and subject to Section 4(l), the Escrow Agent shall not release any of the Escrow Funds pursuant to this Agreement unless and until the Escrow Agent receives written instructions signed on behalf of the Corporation by any one of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director, and which shall be released as soon as reasonably practicable and no later than three (3) Business Days after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of such written instructions.

 

- 18 -

 

Section 10 Tax Reporting

 

(a) The Corporation agrees that, for tax reporting purposes, all interest or other taxable income earned on the Escrow Funds in any taxation year shall, in accordance with the Written Tax and/or Expense Instructions, be allocated to the Corporation in the taxation year that it was earned, notwithstanding that no such amount has been distributed.

 

(b) The Corporation agrees to provide the Escrow Agent with its certified tax identification numbers and others forms, documents and information that the Escrow Agent may request in order to fulfill any tax reporting function.

 

Section 11 Resignation, Removal of Escrow Agent

 

(a) The Escrow Agent may resign as Escrow Agent and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities under this Agreement at any time on 10 days’ prior written notice to the Corporation, or such shorter notice as the Corporation may accept as sufficient in its sole discretion. The Corporation may remove the Escrow Agent from its office at any time on 10 days’ prior written notice to the Escrow Agent and to appoint a successor escrow agent.

 

(b) Any successor escrow agent appointed under any provision of this Section 11 shall be a corporation authorized to carry on the business of a trust company in one or more of the provinces of Canada and, if required by the applicable legislation for any other jurisdiction, in such other jurisdictions.

 

(c) The resignation of the Escrow Agent will take effect on the earlier to occur of (the “Resignation Date”): (i) the appointment of a successor escrow agent in connection with this Agreement or by a court of competent jurisdiction; or (ii) the day which is 10 days after the date of delivery of (A) the Escrow Agent’s written notice of resignation to the Corporation, or (B) the Corporation’s written notice of termination to the Escrow Agent, as applicable, or such shorter notice as the parties accept as sufficient.

 

(d) If no successor escrow agent is appointed by the Resignation Date, then the Escrow Agent shall thereafter cease its function as escrow agent and be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Agreement, and shall, at the cost of the Corporation, deposit the Escrow Funds with a court of competent jurisdiction in the City of Toronto, Province of Ontario. For greater certainty, if the Escrow Agent has not received written notice of the designation of a successor escrow agent by the Resignation Date, the Escrow Agent’s sole responsibility after such time shall be to retain and safeguard the Escrow Funds (including all interest or other amounts accrued thereon and all principal thereof in the form of cash or investments) until receipt of written notice of the designation of a successor escrow agent hereunder or pursuant to a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

- 19 -

 

(e) This Agreement terminates and ceases to be of any further force and effect with respect to the Escrow Agent on the date on which the Escrow Agent delivers the Escrow Funds (including all interest or other amounts accrued thereon and all principal thereof in the form of cash or investments) to a successor or deposits them with a court in accordance with this Section 11, except that Section 3 and Section 7 and all other provisions of this Agreement relating to the protection of the Escrow Agent shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent and the termination or discharge of this Agreement.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of any successor escrow agent, the successor escrow agent will be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if the successor escrow agent had been originally named as Escrow Agent under this Agreement and will be subject to removal under this Section 11. At the request of the Corporation or the successor escrow agent, the retiring Escrow Agent, upon payment of the amounts, if any, due to it pursuant to this Agreement, including any amounts owing to it with respect to outstanding fees, disbursements and interest thereon, shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to the successor escrow agent all property and money held, and all records kept, by the retiring Escrow Agent hereunder or in connection herewith. The Corporation, the Escrow Agent and the successor escrow agent shall execute and deliver all documents and take all such actions as may in the reasonable opinion of the Corporation, be necessary or desirable for the purpose of effectively transferring the Escrow Funds to the successor escrow agent.

 

Section 12 Termination of the Agreement

 

This Agreement shall terminate and cease to be of any further force and effect on the earlier of: (i) the date on which this Agreement terminates in accordance with Section 11, and (ii) the date on which the Escrow Agent has completed the liquidation of the Escrow Account and its obligations in their entirety in accordance with Section 4(g), Section 4(h), Section 4(i) and/or Section 4(j) and has distributed the Escrow Funds in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and any Written Instructions, except that Section 3 and Section 7 and all other provisions of this Agreement relating to the protection of the Escrow Agent shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 13 Residence of the Corporation

 

The Corporation represents and warrants to the Escrow Agent that it is not a “non-resident” as defined in the Tax Act.

 

Section 14 No Right of Set-Off or Entitlement to Escrow Funds

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Escrow Agent hereby waives any and all right of set-off or any and all right, title, interest, demand, damages, action, causes of action or claim of any kind whatsoever, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, in law or equity (a “Claim”) that it has or may have against the Escrow Funds, or in or to any distribution of the Escrow Account. In the event that the Escrow Agent has any Claim against the Corporation under (i) this Agreement, including, without limitation, under Section 5(c), Section 5(d) or Section 7 hereof, or (ii) any other agreement between the Escrow Agent and the Corporation, including the transfer agency and registrar agreement and warrant agency agreement with TSX Trust Company, as transfer agent and registrar and warrant agent, the Escrow Agent shall pursue such Claim solely against the Corporation and its assets outside the Escrow Account and not against the Escrow Funds.

 

- 20 -

 

(b) The Escrow Agent acknowledges and agrees that it shall not be entitled to any of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account under any circumstances.

 

Section 15 Winding-Up of the Corporation

 

The Corporation shall provide the Escrow Agent with a Winding-Up Certificate in the event of a No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up or an Automatic Redemption.

 

Section 16 Underwriters

 

(a) Each of the Corporation and the Escrow Agent hereby acknowledges that this Agreement cannot be modified or changed or assigned without prior written consent of the Underwriters.

 

(b) The Underwriters will not have any entitlement to the Deferred Underwriting Commission held in the Escrow Account in the event that the Corporation does not complete its Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (as it may be extended). The amount of the Deferred Underwriting Commission will be included with the Escrow Funds that will be available to fund the payments in respect of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares in the event of a No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up or an Automatic Redemption, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, as specified in this Agreement.

 

(c) A copy of all Notices (as defined below) and any Written Instructions (including under Section 4(g), Section 4(h), Section 4(i) and/or Section 4(j)) shall be provided concurrently to the Underwriters (and other than Written Instructions referred to in Section 4(j), Written Instructions must be countersigned by the Underwriters in accordance with Section 4(l)) with a copy being provided by the Corporation to the Exchange.

 

Section 17 Incapacity

 

If the Escrow Funds are to be released hereunder to a party who has become bankrupt, has gone into liquidation or has otherwise become incapable of performing his, her or its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall forthwith deliver such portion of the Escrow Funds to the Corporation. If all of the parties hereunder have become bankrupt, have gone into liquidation or have otherwise become incapable of performing their rights and responsibilities under this Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall forthwith deliver the Escrow Funds then deposited in the Escrow Account to the Corporation or its trustee in bankruptcy or administrator, and provide written notice to the Corporation and the Underwriters of the disposition of such Escrow Funds. Upon such delivery of the Escrow Funds, this Agreement shall terminate and the Escrow Agent shall have no further duties and obligations.

 

- 21 -

 

Section 18 Incapacity of Escrow Agent

 

In the event of the Escrow Agent resigning or being removed pursuant to this Agreement or being dissolved, becoming bankrupt, going into liquidation or otherwise becoming incapable of acting hereunder, the Corporation shall forthwith appoint a successor escrow agent; failing such appointment by the Corporation, the retiring Escrow Agent, acting alone, may apply, at the expense of the Corporation, to a court of competent jurisdiction on such notice as such court may direct, for the appointment of a successor escrow agent; but any successor escrow agent so appointed by the court shall be subject to removal by the Corporation in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section 19 Notices

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, demands and other communications (each, a “Notice”) to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered, (b) when transmitted as a scanned or pdf attachment to an email, provided that a copy is mailed, (c) the day following the day (except if not a Business Day then the next Business Day) on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by mail, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective parties at the address set forth below, or at such other address as such party may specify by written notice to the other parties hereto:

 

(a) If to the Corporation, to:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor
London, UK W1K 6TL

 

Attention:       Peter Caldini, Chief Executive Officer

Email:             information@bespoke.com

 

(b) If to the Escrow Agent, to:

 

TSX Trust Company
301-100 Adelaide Street W.
Toronto, ON M5H 4H1

 

Attention: Vice President, Trust Services
Email:tmxestaff-corporatetrust@tmx.com

 

- 22 -

 

(c) If to the Underwriters, to:

 

Canaccord Genuity Corp.

161 Bay Street, Suite 3000

Toronto, ON M5J 2S1

 

Attention:         Michael Shuh

Email:              mshuh@cgf.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.

Citigroup Place 123 Front Street West, Suite 1100 Toronto, Ontario M5J 2M3
Attention: Grant Kernaghan

 

With a copy to:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 388 Greenwich Street New York, New York 10013
Attention: General Counsel, Facsimile: 646.291.1469

 

Any such communication shall be deemed to have been validly and effectively given and received on the date of personal delivery or transmission by facsimile or similar means of recorded communication if such date is a Business Day and such delivery was made prior to 4:30 p.m. (Toronto time) and otherwise on the next Business Day. Any party to this Agreement may change its address for service from time to time by notice given in accordance with the foregoing and any subsequent notice shall be sent to such party at its changed address.

 

Section 20 Amendments

 

Subject to Section 16(a) and Section 21, this Agreement may only be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified by written agreement signed by all of the parties.

 

Section 21 Waiver

 

No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar). No waiver will be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound by the waiver. A party’s failure or delay in exercising any right under this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of that right. A single or partial exercise of any right will not preclude a party from any other or further exercise of that right or the exercise of any other right it may have.

 

Section 22 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement and the fee schedule constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties with respect to such transactions. There are no representations, warranties, covenants, conditions or other agreements, express or implied, collateral, statutory or otherwise, between the parties in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement. The parties have not relied and are not relying on any other information, discussion or understanding in entering into and completing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

- 23 -

 

Section 23 Enurement and Assignment

 

This Agreement becomes effective when executed by all of the parties. After that time, it will be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Subject to Section 16(a), neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations under this Agreement, including any right to payment, may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, by any party hereto, without the prior written consent of the other parties.

 

Any corporation into or with which the Escrow Agent may be sold, merged or consolidated or amalgamated, or any corporation resulting therefrom to which the Escrow Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Escrow Agent shall be the successor to the Escrow Agent hereunder without any further act on its part or any of the parties hereto, provided that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor escrow agent hereunder, in accordance with, and subject to, compliance with Section 11 (b) and Section 11(f).

 

Section 24 Mutual Agreement

 

This Agreement is the product of the Escrow Agent, the Underwriters and the Corporation, and each provision hereof has been subject to the mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of such parties and shall not be construed for or against any party hereto.

 

Section 25 Assets of the Corporation

 

While the Escrow Funds are being held following closing of the Offering to enable the Corporation to: (i) satisfy permitted redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares in connection with the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline; (ii) fund a Qualifying Acquisition (including the payment of the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement to the Underwriters upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the payment of the Discretionary Deferred Portion to person(s) of the Corporation’s choosing that assist the Corporation in the consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition) with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and certain other amounts; (iii) pay taxes on interest and/or other amounts earned on the Escrow Funds (and any taxes, including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act, arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, if applicable) and certain permitted expenses; and/or (iv) make payments to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares upon the Corporation’s No Qualifying Acquisition Winding-Up or Automatic Redemption, each on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation pursuant to Section 4(g) herein, such Escrow Funds and all amounts earned thereon, are subject to such obligations and applicable law, are assets of the Corporation.

 

- 24 -

 

Section 26 Anti-Money Laundering

 

(a) Each party to this Agreement (in this paragraph referred to as a “representing party”), other than the Escrow Agent, hereby represents to the Escrow Agent that any account to be opened by, or interest to held by, the Escrow Agent in connection with this Agreement, for or to the credit of such representing party, either (i) is not intended to be used by or on behalf of any third party; or (ii) is intended to be used by or on behalf of a third party, in which case such representing party hereby agrees to complete, execute and deliver forthwith to the Escrow Agent a declaration, in the Escrow Agent’s prescribed form or in such other form as may be satisfactory to it, as to the particulars of such third party.

 

(b) The Escrow Agent shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Escrow Agent, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist or economic sanctions legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Escrow Agent, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Agreement has resulted in its being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist or economic sanctions legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ prior written notice to the Corporation and be subject to Section 11, provided (i) that the Escrow Agent’s written notice shall describe the circumstances of such non-compliance; and (ii) that if such circumstances are rectified to the Escrow Agent’s satisfaction within such 10-day period, then such resignation shall not be effective.

 

Section 27 Privacy

 

The Corporation acknowledges that the Escrow Agent may, in the course of providing services hereunder, collect or receive financial and other personal information about such parties and/or their representatives, as individuals, or about other individuals related to the subject matter hereof, and use such information for the following purposes:

 

(a) to provide the services required under this Agreement and other services that may be requested from time to time;

 

(b) to help the Escrow Agent manage its servicing relationships with such individuals;

 

(c) to meet the Escrow Agent’s legal and regulatory requirements; and

 

(d) if Social Insurance Numbers are collected by the Escrow Agent, to assist in verification of an individual’s identity for security purposes.

 

The Corporation acknowledges and agrees that the Escrow Agent may receive, collect, use and disclose personal information provided to it or acquired by it in the course of this Agreement for the purposes described above and, generally, in the manner and on the terms described in the Escrow Agent’s privacy code, which the Escrow Agent shall make available on its website or upon request, including revisions thereto. Some of this personal information may be transferred to servicers in the United States for data processing and/or storage. Further, each party agrees that it shall not provide or cause to be provided to the Escrow Agent any personal information relating to an individual who is not a party to this Agreement unless that party has assured itself that such individual understands and has consented to the aforementioned terms, uses and disclosures.

 

- 25 -

 

Section 28 Severability

 

If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable by an arbitrator or any court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal exists or is taken, that provision will be severed from this Agreement and the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 29 Further Assurances

 

From time to time and on or after the date of this Agreement, the Corporation shall execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to the Escrow Agent such further documents and instruments, and shall do or cause to be done such further acts, as the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement, and to establish and protect the rights, interests and remedies intended to be created in favour of the Escrow Agent.

 

Section 30 Time

 

Time is of the essence in this Agreement. Any reference to time of day or date means the local time or date in Toronto in the Province of Ontario, Canada.

 

Section 31 Governing Law

 

This Agreement is governed by, and will be interpreted and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

Section 32 Force Majeure

 

Except for the payment obligations of the Corporation contained herein, none of the parties shall be liable to the other, or held in breach of this Agreement, if prevented, hindered, or delayed in the performance or observance of any provision contained herein by reason of act of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, terrorism, acts of war, epidemics, governmental action or judicial order, earthquakes, or any other similar causes (including, but not limited to, mechanical, electronic or communication interruptions, disruptions or failures).

 

Performance times under this Agreement shall be extended for a period of time equivalent to the time lost because of any delay that is excusable under this Section 32.

 

Section 33 Currency

 

All references herein to money amounts are to lawful money of the United States.

 

- 26 -

 

Section 34 Not A Business Day

 

Whenever any payment pursuant to this Agreement shall be due, any period of time shall begin or end, any calculation is to be made or any other action is to be taken on, or as of, or from a period ending on, a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made, such period of time shall begin or end, and such other actions shall be taken, as the case may be, on, or as of, or from a period ending on, the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Section 35 Dispute Resolution

 

It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery, ownership, right of possession and/or disposition of the Escrow Funds, or should any claim be made upon the Escrow Agent or the Escrow Funds by a third party, the Escrow Agent, upon receipt of notice of such dispute or claim, is authorized and shall be entitled (at its sole option and election) to retain in its possession without liability, all or any of said Escrow Funds until such dispute shall have been settled either by the mutual written agreement of the parties involved or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction, the time for perfection of an appeal of such order, decree or judgment having expired. A copy of any such settlement or final order, decree or judgment of a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent by the Corporation forthwith upon receipt thereof. The Escrow Agent may, but shall be under no duty whatsoever to, institute or defend any legal proceedings which relate to the Escrow Funds.

 

Section 36 Arbitration

 

Except for disputes involving a third party and/or equitable remedies, any disputes with respect to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration and any party may demand by written notice to the other party that the matter be submitted to arbitration. The notice shall set out the reasons for the dispute and reasonable details to support the dispute. The Corporation shall cooperate in completing any arbitration as expeditiously as possible, the procedure to commence no later than thirty (30) days from the date the notice was sent, and the arbitrator may hire such experts as may appear to be appropriate. All of the reasonable costs and expenses of the arbitration shall be borne by the Corporation. Any award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

Section 37 Headings, etc.

 

The division of this Agreement into Sections and the insertion of headings are for convenient reference only and are not to affect its interpretation. Unless otherwise specified, the word “Section” followed by a number mean and refer to the specified Section of this Agreement.

 

Section 38 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original, and such counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission of an executed signature page by facsimile, email or other electronic means is as effective as a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

- 27 -

 

Section 39 English Language

 

The parties to this Agreement have agreed that this Agreement as well as any document or instrument relating to it be drawn up in English only but without prejudice to any such document or instrument which may from time to time be drawn up in French only or in both French and English. Les parties aux présentes ont convenu que la présente convention ainsi que tous autres actes ou documents s’y rattachant soient rédigés en anglais seulement mais sans préjudice à tous tels actes ou documents qui pourraient à l’occasion être rédigés en français seulement ou à la fois en anglais et en français.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

 

 

The parties have executed this Agreement.

 

  BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.
   
  Per: (signed) “Peter Caldini”
    Name: Peter Caldini
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  TSX TRUST COMPANY
   
  Per: (signed) “Don Crawford”
    Name: Don Crawford
    Title: Senior Trust Officer
   
  Per: (signed) “Brett Higgs”
    Name: Brett Higgs
    Title: Corporate Trust Officer
   
  CANACCORD GENUITY CORP., solely for the purposes of Section 2(e) and Error! Reference source not found. herein
   
  Per: (signed) “Michael Shuh”
    Name: Michael Shuh
    Title: Managing Director
   
  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS CANADA INC., solely for the purposes of Section 2(e) and Error! Reference source not found. herein
   
  (signed) “Carl Stickel”
  Name: Carl Stickel
  Title: Managing Director, Global Co-Head Consumer Products

 

[Signature Page Escrow Agreement]

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

FORM OF WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

 

Date: •, 20•

 

TO:     TSX TRUST COMPANY (“Escrow Agent”)

 

All capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the escrow agreement entered into as of August 15, 2019 by and among Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”), Canaccord Genuity Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. and the

Escrow Agent (the “Escrow Agreement”).

 

All references herein to money amounts, unless otherwise stated, are to lawful money of Canada.

 

[Written Automatic Redemption Instructions

 

Pursuant to Section 4(g) of the Escrow Agreement, the Corporation hereby instructs the Escrow Agent to, as soon as possible, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days from the date hereof: (I) complete the liquidation of the Escrow Account and distribute from the Escrow Funds the amount of U.S.$                            , which amount is equal to the product of: (i) the Automatic Redemption Amount; and (ii) the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares outstanding on the date hereof, to the transfer agent of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, on behalf of the Corporation, for delivery to each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares in an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share equal to: U.S.$                     ; and (II) after giving effect to (I), withdraw from the Escrow Account and distribute the remaining Escrow Funds to the Corporation [by electronic funds transfer to the following account:

 

Bank: •

Address: •

Transit #:•

Bank #: •

Swift Code: •]

 

[by the following method of prompt payment:                                                                                .

 

The certified account of the taxes and expenses is attached.]

 

[Written Extension Redemption Instructions

 

Pursuant to Section 4(h) of the Escrow Agreement, the Corporation hereby instructs the Escrow Agent to, as soon as possible, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days from the date hereof, withdraw from the Escrow Account and distribute from the Escrow Funds the amount of U.S.$                        , which amount is equal to the product of: (i) the Qualifying Acquisition Extension Redemption Amount; and (ii) the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares outstanding on the date hereof being redeemed, to the transfer agent of the Corporation, on behalf of the Corporation, for delivery to each redeeming holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares listed in Attachment A, an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share equal to: U.S.$                      .

 

- 2 -

 

The certified account of taxes and expenses is attached.]

 

[Written Qualifying Acquisition Instructions

 

Pursuant to Section 4(i) of the Escrow Agreement, the Corporation hereby instructs the Escrow Agent to, as soon as possible, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days from the date hereof: (I) withdraw from the escrow account and distribute from the Escrow Funds the amount of U.S.$                     , which amount is equal to the product of: (i) the Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Amount; and (ii) the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares outstanding on the date hereof being redeemed, to the transfer agent of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, on behalf of the Corporation, for delivery to each redeeming holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares listed in Attachment A, an amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share equal to: U.S.$                     ; and (II) after giving effect to (I), withdraw from the escrow account and distribute the remaining Escrow Funds to the Corporation [by electronic funds transfer to the following account:

 

Bank: •

Address: •

Transit #:•

Bank #: •

Swift Code: •]

 

[by the following method of prompt payment:                                                                       ].

 

The certified account of taxes and expenses is attached.]

 

[Written Tax and/or Expense Instructions

 

Pursuant to Section 4(j) of the Escrow Agreement, the Corporation hereby instructs the Escrow Agent to withdraw from the escrow account and distribute an amount equal to U.S.$                     , representing (A) the amount of interest and/or other amounts earned on the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account needed to cover tax obligations owed by the Corporation as a result of property of the Corporation or interest or other income or amounts earned on the Escrow Funds; and/or (B) expenses referred to in the definition of [“Automatic Redemption Amount”], [“Qualifying Acquisition Extension Redemption Amount”] or [“Qualifying Acquisition Redemption Amount”], to the Corporation [by electronic funds transfer to the following account:

 

Bank: •

Address: •

Transit #:•

Bank #: •

 

Swift Code: •]

 

[by the following method of prompt payment:                                                                       ].

 

The certified account of taxes and expenses is attached.]

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

 

 

  BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.
   
  Per:     
    Name: •
    Title: [Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Designated Director]

 

For all Written Instructions, except in connection with in Section 4(j) in the Escrow Agreement.

 

 

  CANACCORD GENUITY CORP.
   
  Per:  
    Authorized Signatory
     
  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS CANADA INC.
   
  Per:  
    Authorized Signatory

 

 

ATTACHMENT A

 

REDEEMING HOLDER NUMBER OF CLASS A PAYMENT/WIRE
OF CLASS A RESTRICTED VOTING INFORMATION
RESTRICTED VOTING SHARES OF SUBVERSIVE  
SHARES CAPITAL ACQUISITION  
  CORP. REDEEMED  
     
     
     
     
     

 

 

Exhibit 99.36

 

EARLY WARNING REPORT 

FORM 62-103F1

 

Required Disclosure under the Early Warning Requirements

 

Item 1 – Security and Reporting Issuer

 

1.1 State the designation of securities to which this report relates and the name and address of the head office of the issuer of the securities.

 

The designation of securities to which this report relates are Class B shares (each a “Class B Share”) and share purchase warrants (“Warrants”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "Issuer").

 

The Issuer's address is: 

20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor

London, United Kingdom

W1K 6Tl

 

1.2 State the name of the market in which the transaction or other occurrence that triggered the requirement to file this report took place.

 

The transactions referred to in this report took place in connection with the initial public offering (the "Offering") of Class A restricted voting units of the Issuer (each, a "Class A Restricted Voting Unit") and did not take place through the facilities of any stock exchange or any other marketplace.

 

Item 2 – Identity of the Acquiror

 

2.1 State the name and address of the acquiror.

 

Bespoke Sponsor Capital LLP (the "Sponsor")

20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor 

London, United Kingdom

W1K 6Tl

 

2.2 State the date of the transaction or other occurrence that triggered the requirement to file this report and briefly describe the transaction or other occurrence.

 

The acquisition by the Sponsor of Class B shares of the Issuer (“Class B Shares”) took place on July 18, 2019. The acquisition by the Sponsor of Warrants took place concurrent with the closing of the Offering that closed on August 15, 2019. The Class B Shares were acquired by the Sponsor for approximately U.S.$0.0025 per share (or U.S.$25,000 or C$32,627.50 in total), the Warrants were acquired by the Sponsor for U.S.$1.00 per Warrant (or U.S.$12,000,000 or C$15,990.00 in total).

 

2.3 State the names of any joint actors.

 

None.

 

 

Item 3 – Interest in Securities of the Reporting Issuer

 

3.1 State the designation and number or principal amount of securities acquired or disposed of that triggered the requirement to file this report and the change in the acquiror’s securityholding percentage in the class of securities.

 

The Sponsor has acquired an aggregate of: (i) 10,062,500 Class B Shares, representing 100% of the Class B Shares and approximately 20% of the total Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares, assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of the Offering and no relinquishment by the Sponsor of any of its Class B Shares; and (ii) an aggregate of 12,000,000 Warrants, representing 37% of the issued and outstanding Warrants assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option.

 

3.2 State whether the acquiror acquired or disposed ownership of, or acquired or ceased to have control over, the securities that triggered the requirement to file this report.

 

See item 3.1

 

3.3 If the transaction involved a securities lending arrangement, state that fact.

 

Not applicable.

 

3.4 State the designation and number or principal amount of securities and the acquiror’s securityholding percentage in the class of securities, immediately before and after the transaction or other occurrence that triggered the requirement to file this report.

 

Immediately prior to the above noted transactions the Sponsor: (i) owned 1 Class B Share, or 100% of the Class B Shares; and (ii) owned no Warrants. After the acquisition, the Sponsor owns (i) 10,062,500 Class B Shares, or 100% of the issued and outstanding Class B Shares (or approximately 20% of the issued and outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares, assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of the Offering and no relinquishment by the Sponsor of any of its Class B Shares); and (ii) an aggregate of 12,000,000 Warrants, representing 37% of the issued and outstanding Warrants assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option.

 

3.5 State the designation and number or principal amount of securities and the acquiror’s securityholding percentage in the class of securities referred to in Item 3.4 over which

 

(a) the acquiror, either alone or together with any joint actors, has ownership and control,

 

See item 3.4.

 

(b) the acquiror, either alone or together with any joint actors, has ownership but control is held by persons or companies other than the acquiror or any joint actor, and

 

Not applicable.

 

(c) the acquiror, either alone or together with any joint actors, has exclusive or shared control but does not have ownership.

 

Not applicable.

 

 

3.6 If the acquiror or any of its joint actors has an interest in, or right or obligation associated with, a related financial instrument involving a security of the class of securities in respect of which disclosure is required under this item, describe the material terms of the related financial instrument and its impact on the acquiror’s securityholdings.

 

Not applicable.

 

3.7 If the acquiror or any of its joint actors is a party to a securities lending arrangement involving a security of the class of securities in respect of which disclosure is required under this item, describe the material terms of the arrangement including the duration of the arrangement, the number or principal amount of securities involved and any right to recall the securities or identical securities that have been transferred or lent under the arrangement.

 

Not applicable.

 

State if the securities lending arrangement is subject to the exception provided in section 5.7 of NI 62-104.

 

Not applicable.

 

3.8 If the acquiror or any of its joint actors is a party to an agreement, arrangement or understanding that has the effect of altering, directly or indirectly, the acquiror’s economic exposure to the security of the class of securities to which this report relates, describe the material terms of the agreement, arrangement or understanding.

 

See the Issuer's press release dated August 15, 2019, and the Issuer’s final prospectus dated August 9, 2019 (the “Final Prospectus”), which describe the agreements entered into by the Sponsor.

 

Item 4 – Consideration Paid

 

4.1 State the value, in Canadian dollars, of any consideration paid or received per security and in total.

 

See item 2.2 above.

 

4.2 In the case of a transaction or other occurrence that did not take place on a stock exchange or other market that represents a published market for the securities, including an issuance from treasury, disclose the nature and value, in Canadian dollars, of the consideration paid or received by the acquiror.

 

See item 2.2 above.

 

4.3 If the securities were acquired or disposed of other than by purchase or sale, describe the method of acquisition or disposition.

 

Not applicable.

 

 

Item 5 – Purpose of the Transaction

 

State the purpose or purposes of the Acquiror and any joint actors for the acquisition or disposition of securities of the reporting Issuer. Describe any plans or future intentions which the Acquiror and any joint actors may have which relate to or would result in any of the following:

 

(a) the acquisition of additional securities of the reporting issuer, or the disposition of securities of the reporting Issuer;
(b) a corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation, involving the reporting issuer or any of its subsidiaries;
(c) a sale or transfer of a material amount of the assets of the reporting issuer or any of its subsidiaries;
(d) a change in the board of directors or management of the reporting Issuer, including any plans or intentions to change the number or term of directors or to fill any existing vacancy on the board;
(e) a material change in the present capitalization or dividend policy of the reporting Issuer;
(f) a material change in the reporting issuer’s business or corporate structure;
(g) a change in the reporting Issuer’s charter, bylaws or similar instruments or another action which might impede the acquisition of control of the reporting Issuer by any person or company;
(h) a class of securities of the reporting issuer being delisted from, or ceasing to be authorized to be quoted on, a marketplace;
(i) the issuer ceasing to be a reporting issuer in any jurisdiction of Canada;
(j) a solicitation of proxies from securityholders;
(k) an action similar to any of those enumerated above.

 

The Sponsor acquired its Class B Shares and Warrants for investment purposes. The Sponsor is restricted from selling its Class B Shares and Warrants as described in the Final Prospectus. The Sponsor may purchase and/or sell any Class A Restricted Voting Units from time to time, subject to applicable law. In connection with the Offering, and as sponsor to the Issuer, the Sponsor entered into certain material agreements, all as described in the Final Prospectus. Except as described herein, as of the date of this report, neither the Sponsor nor any joint actor have plans or future intentions which relate to or would result in any of the items enumerated in (a) through (k) above.

 

Item 6 – Agreements, Arrangements, Commitments or Understandings With Respect to Securities of the Reporting Issuer

 

Describe the material terms of any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings between the Acquiror and a joint actor and among those persons and any person with respect to securities of the class of securities to which this report relates, including but not limited to the transfer or the voting of any of the securities, finder’s fees, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, guarantees of profits, division of profits or loss, or the giving or withholding of proxies. Include such information for any of the securities that are pledged or otherwise subject to a contingency, the occurrence of which would give another person voting power or investment power over such securities, except that disclosure of standard default and similar provisions contained in loan agreements need not be included.

 

See the Issuer's press release dated August 15, 2019, and the Final Prospectus of the Issuer, which describe the agreements entered into by the Sponsor.

 

 

Item 7 – Change in Material Fact

 

If applicable, describe any change in a material fact set out in a previous report filed by the Acquiror under the early warning requirements or Part 4 in respect of the reporting Issuer’s securities.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 8 – Exemption

 

If the Acquiror relies on an exemption from requirements in securities legislation applicable to formal bids for the transaction, state the exemption being relied on and describe the facts supporting that reliance.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9 – Certification

 

I, as the acquiror, certify, or I, as the agent filing the report on behalf of an acquiror, certify to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that the statements made in this report are true and complete in every respect.

 

DATED this 16th day of August 2019.

 

BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP, by its general partner BESPOKE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC  
   
By: (signed) “Mark Harms  
  Name: Mark Harms  
  Title: Managing Member  

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.37

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. 

ANNOUNCES EXERCISE AND CLOSING OF OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

 

Toronto, Ontario – September 13, 2019 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (TSX: BC.V) (“BCAC”) is pleased to announce that further to the U.S.$350,000,000 initial public offering of its Class A restricted voting units (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”) which closed on August 15, 2019, the underwriters have partially exercised their over-allotment option (the “Over-Allotment Option”) to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of U.S.$10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units have been issued and an aggregate of U.S.$360,000,000 has been deposited into an escrow account and will only be released upon certain prescribed conditions, as further described in BCAC’s final prospectus dated August 8, 2019.

 

Due to the partial exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, BCAC’s sponsor, Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”) will relinquish an aggregate of 1,062,500 Class B shares of BCAC (“Class B Shares”). Following the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and the relinquishment of the Class B Shares, the Sponsor owns an aggregate of 9,000,000 Class B Shares and 12,000,000 share purchase warrants, representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares and 20% of all outstanding shares of BCAC.

 

The Sponsor’s position in BCAC was acquired for investment purposes. Subject to certain exceptions, the Sponsor is restricted from selling its Class B Shares and Sponsor’s Warrants prior to the Qualifying Acquisition, as described in the Final Prospectus. The Sponsor may purchase and/or sell any Class A Restricted Voting Units it acquires from time to time, subject to applicable law. In connection with BCAC’s initial public offering, and as sponsor to BCAC, the Sponsor entered into certain material agreements, all as described in the Final Prospectus and posted on SEDAR.

 

BCAC’s head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL and the registered office is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

This press release is not an offer of securities for sale in the United States, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration. The securities have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933. Copies of the Final Prospectus are available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This press release may contain forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities legislation, which reflects the Sponsor’s and BCAC’s current expectations regarding future events. Forward-looking information is based on a number of assumptions and is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Sponsor’s or BCAC’s control, which could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those that are disclosed in or implied by such forward-looking information. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in the final prospectus of BCAC dated August 8, 2019. Neither the Sponsor nor BCAC undertake any obligation to update such forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as expressly required by applicable law.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Mark Harms

Director

information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.38

 

EARLY WARNING REPORT 

FORM 62-103F1

 

Required Disclosure under the Early Warning Requirements

 

Item 1 – Security and Reporting Issuer

 

1.1 State the designation of securities to which this report relates and the name and address of the head office of the issuer of the securities.

 

The designation of securities to which this report relates are Class B shares (each a “Class B Share”) and share purchase warrants (“Warrants”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "Issuer").

 

The Issuer's address is: 

20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor

London, United Kingdom

W1K 6Tl

 

1.2 State the name of the market in which the transaction or other occurrence that triggered the requirement to file this report took place.

 

The transactions referred to in this report took place in connection with the exercise of the over-allotment option (the “Over-Allotment Option”) by the underwriters of the Issuer’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) of Class A restricted voting units of the Issuer (each, a "Class A Restricted Voting Unit") and did not take place through the facilities of any stock exchange or any other marketplace.

 

Item 2 – Identity of the Acquiror

 

2.1 State the name and address of the acquiror.

 

Bespoke Sponsor Capital LLP (the "Sponsor")

20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor 

London, United Kingdom

W1K 6Tl

 

2.2 State the date of the transaction or other occurrence that triggered the requirement to file this report and briefly describe the transaction or other occurrence.

 

The disposition by the Sponsor of Class B Shares took place on September 13, 2019. The Class B Shares were relinquished by the Sponsor in accordance with the terms of the relinquishment agreement and undertaking entered into by the Sponsor, in favour of the Issuer, the underwriters, and the Toronto Stock Exchange, dated August 15, 2019.

 

2.3 State the names of any joint actors.

 

None.

 

 

 

 

Item 3 – Interest in Securities of the Reporting Issuer

 

3.1 State the designation and number or principal amount of securities acquired or disposed of that triggered the requirement to file this report and the change in the acquiror’s securityholding percentage in the class of securities.

 

The Sponsor has relinquished 1,062,500 Class B Shares. Following the relinquishment of the Class B Shares, the Sponsor owns an aggregate of 9,000,000 Class B Shares and 12,000,000 Warrants, representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares (and 20% of all outstanding shares of BCAC) and 37% of the issued and outstanding Warrants, respectively.

 

3.2 State whether the acquiror acquired or disposed ownership of, or acquired or ceased to have control over, the securities that triggered the requirement to file this report.

 

See item 3.1

 

3.3 If the transaction involved a securities lending arrangement, state that fact.

 

Not applicable.

 

3.4 State the designation and number or principal amount of securities and the acquiror’s securityholding percentage in the class of securities, immediately before and after the transaction or other occurrence that triggered the requirement to file this report.

 

Immediately prior to the above noted transactions the Sponsor owned: (i) 10,062,500 Class B Shares, or 100% of the issued and outstanding Class B Shares (or approximately 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Issuer, assuming full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and no relinquishment by the Sponsor of any of its Class B Shares); and (ii) an aggregate of 12,000,000 Warrants, representing 37% of the issued and outstanding Warrants assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option.

 

3.5 State the designation and number or principal amount of securities and the acquiror’s securityholding percentage in the class of securities referred to in Item 3.4 over which

 

(a) the acquiror, either alone or together with any joint actors, has ownership and control,

 

See item 3.4.

 

(b) the acquiror, either alone or together with any joint actors, has ownership but control is held by persons or companies other than the acquiror or any joint actor, and

 

Not applicable.

 

(c) the acquiror, either alone or together with any joint actors, has exclusive or shared control but does not have ownership.

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

3.6 If the acquiror or any of its joint actors has an interest in, or right or obligation associated with, a related financial instrument involving a security of the class of securities in respect of which disclosure is required under this item, describe the material terms of the related financial instrument and its impact on the acquiror’s securityholdings.

 

Not applicable.

 

3.7 If the acquiror or any of its joint actors is a party to a securities lending arrangement involving a security of the class of securities in respect of which disclosure is required under this item, describe the material terms of the arrangement including the duration of the arrangement, the number or principal amount of securities involved and any right to recall the securities or identical securities that have been transferred or lent under the arrangement.

 

Not applicable.

 

State if the securities lending arrangement is subject to the exception provided in section 5.7 of NI 62-104.

 

Not applicable.

 

3.8 If the acquiror or any of its joint actors is a party to an agreement, arrangement or understanding that has the effect of altering, directly or indirectly, the acquiror’s economic exposure to the security of the class of securities to which this report relates, describe the material terms of the agreement, arrangement or understanding.

 

See the Issuer's press release dated August 15, 2019, and the Issuer’s final prospectus dated August 9, 2019 (the “Final Prospectus”), which describe the agreements entered into by the Sponsor.

 

Item 4 – Consideration Paid

 

4.1 State the value, in Canadian dollars, of any consideration paid or received per security and in total.

 

See item 2.2 above.

 

4.2 In the case of a transaction or other occurrence that did not take place on a stock exchange or other market that represents a published market for the securities, including an issuance from treasury, disclose the nature and value, in Canadian dollars, of the consideration paid or received by the acquiror.

 

See item 2.2 above.

 

4.3 If the securities were acquired or disposed of other than by purchase or sale, describe the method of acquisition or disposition.

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

Item 5 – Purpose of the Transaction

 

State the purpose or purposes of the Acquiror and any joint actors for the acquisition or disposition of securities of the reporting Issuer. Describe any plans or future intentions which the Acquiror and any joint actors may have which relate to or would result in any of the following:

 

(a) the acquisition of additional securities of the reporting issuer, or the disposition of securities of the reporting Issuer;
(b) a corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation, involving the reporting issuer or any of its subsidiaries;
(c) a sale or transfer of a material amount of the assets of the reporting issuer or any of its subsidiaries;
(d) a change in the board of directors or management of the reporting Issuer, including any plans or intentions to change the number or term of directors or to fill any existing vacancy on the board;
(e) a material change in the present capitalization or dividend policy of the reporting Issuer;
(f) a material change in the reporting issuer’s business or corporate structure;
(g) a change in the reporting Issuer’s charter, bylaws or similar instruments or another action which might impede the acquisition of control of the reporting Issuer by any person or company;
(h) a class of securities of the reporting issuer being delisted from, or ceasing to be authorized to be quoted on, a marketplace;
(i) the issuer ceasing to be a reporting issuer in any jurisdiction of Canada;
(j) a solicitation of proxies from securityholders;
(k) an action similar to any of those enumerated above.

 

The Sponsor acquired its Class B Shares and Warrants for investment purposes. The Sponsor is restricted from selling its Class B Shares and Warrants as described in the Final Prospectus. The Sponsor may purchase and/or sell any Class A Restricted Voting Units from time to time, subject to applicable law. In connection with the IPO, and as sponsor to the Issuer, the Sponsor entered into certain material agreements, all as described in the Final Prospectus. Except as described herein, as of the date of this report, neither the Sponsor nor any joint actor have plans or future intentions which relate to or would result in any of the items enumerated in (a) through (k) above.

 

Item 6 – Agreements, Arrangements, Commitments or Understandings With Respect to Securities of the Reporting Issuer

 

Describe the material terms of any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings between the Acquiror and a joint actor and among those persons and any person with respect to securities of the class of securities to which this report relates, including but not limited to the transfer or the voting of any of the securities, finder’s fees, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, guarantees of profits, division of profits or loss, or the giving or withholding of proxies. Include such information for any of the securities that are pledged or otherwise subject to a contingency, the occurrence of which would give another person voting power or investment power over such securities, except that disclosure of standard default and similar provisions contained in loan agreements need not be included.

 

See the Issuer's press release dated August 15, 2019, and the Final Prospectus of the Issuer, which describe the agreements entered into by the Sponsor.

 

 

 

 

Item 7 – Change in Material Fact

 

If applicable, describe any change in a material fact set out in a previous report filed by the Acquiror under the early warning requirements or Part 4 in respect of the reporting Issuer’s securities.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 8 – Exemption

 

If the Acquiror relies on an exemption from requirements in securities legislation applicable to formal bids for the transaction, state the exemption being relied on and describe the facts supporting that reliance.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9 – Certification

 

I, as the acquiror, certify, or I, as the agent filing the report on behalf of an acquiror, certify to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that the statements made in this report are true and complete in every respect.

 

DATED this 13th day of September 2019.

 

 

BESPOKE SPONSOR CAPITAL LP, by its general partner BESPOKE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC  
   
By: (signed) “Mark Harms  
  Name: Mark Harms  
  Title: Managing Member  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.39

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. ANNOUNCES CLASS A RESTRICTED VOTING

SHARES AND WARRANTS TO COMMENCE TRADING SEPARATELY ON

SEPTEMBER 24, 2019

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares to trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol

“BC.U” and Warrants to trade under the symbol “BC.WT.U”

 

Toronto, Ontario – September 23, 2019 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (“BCAC”) announces that the securities comprising BCAC’s Class A restricted voting units (TSX: BC.V), being one Class A restricted voting share (each, a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each whole share purchase warrant, a “Warrant”), will commence trading separately on the Toronto Stock Exchange on September 24, 2019. The Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants will trade under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively.

 

This press release is not an offer of securities for sale in the United States, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration. The securities have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933. Copies of the final prospectus will be available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Mark Harms 

Director

information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.40 

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. REPORTS

THIRD QUARTER 2019 FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

Toronto, Ontario – November 14, 2019 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (TSX: BC.U, BC.WT.U) (“BCAC”) is reporting its financial results as of September 30, 2019 and for the period from inception on July 8, 2019 to September 30, 2019. BCAC’s unaudited interim financial statements have been filed on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) and may be viewed by shareholders and interested parties under BCAC’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

In addition, Candice Koederitz has accepted a new independent non-executive director role with another company and will be resigning as a director of BCAC effective November 30, 2019. She will continue in an advisory role to BCAC as appropriate. Timothy D. Proctor, a director of BCAC, will replace Candice Koederitz as a member of the audit committee effective November 30, 2019.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Mark Harms 

Director

information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.41

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

(A SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORPORATION) MANAGEMENT’S

 

DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

FROM JULY 8, 2019 (DATE OF INCORPORATION) TO

 

SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 (EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

1 

 

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
 
General

 

The following discussion of performance, financial condition and future prospects should be read in conjunction with the unaudited financial statements (‘‘Financial Statements’’) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the ‘‘Corporation’’) for the period from inception on July 8, 2019 to September 30, 2019 and the accompanying notes thereto. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (‘‘MD&A ) has been prepared with an effective date of November 11, 2019. The financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared by management and are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘‘IFRS’’). The Corporation’s financial information is expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise specified. In addition to reviewing this report, readers are encouraged to read the Corporation’s public information filings on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

 

This document may contain ‘‘forward-looking statements’’ (as defined under applicable securities laws). These statements relate to future events or future performance including comments with respect to the Corporation’s objectives and priorities for fiscal year 2019 and beyond, and strategies or further actions with respect to the Corporation, a Qualifying Acquisition (as defined below), the Corporation’s business operations, financial performance and condition. Such forward-looking statements reflect management’s current beliefs and are based on information currently available to management. In some cases, forward- looking statements can be identified by terminology such as ‘‘may’’, ‘‘will’’, ‘‘should’’, ‘‘expect’’, ‘‘plan’’, ‘‘anticipate’’, ‘‘believe’’, ‘‘estimate’’, ‘‘predict’’, ‘‘potential’’, ‘‘continue’’, ‘‘target’’, ‘‘intend’’, ‘‘could’’ or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and a number of factors could cause actual events or results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, readers should specifically consider various factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. These factors include, but are not limited to, market and general economic conditions and the risks and uncertainties discussed in the section entitled ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in the Corporation’s Prospectus dated August 8, 2019 (the ‘‘Prospectus’’). The forward-looking information contained in this MD&A is presented for the purpose of assisting shareholders in understanding business and strategic priorities and objectives as at the periods indicated and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward looking statements contained in this MD&A are not guarantees of future performance and, while forward looking statements are based on certain assumptions that the Corporation considers reasonable, actual events and results could differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward looking statements made by the Corporation. Prospective investors are cautioned to consider these and other factors carefully when making decisions with respect to the Corporation and not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. Circumstances affecting the Corporation may change rapidly. Except as may be expressly required by applicable law, the Corporation does not undertake any obligation to update publicly or revise any such forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Nature of Activities

 

The Corporation is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a ‘‘Qualifying Acquisition’’). The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. Our head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL.

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Over-Allotment Option”). On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option (the "Over- Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units have been issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each whole warrant, a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the Qualifying Acquisition or earlier as further described in the prospectus.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares will not be listed prior to the Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

2 

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option are held by TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the escrow funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Final Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the deferred underwriting commission provided in the initial public offering underwriting agreement in an amount equal to $11,700,000 and (ii) the discretionary deferred portion of the underwriting commission to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement. The discretionary deferred portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

Consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to the Qualifying Acquisition.

 

In connection with the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations as further described in the Prospectus. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline of 18 months from the closing of the Offering (or 21 months from the closing of the Offering if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the closing of the Offering but have not completed the Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain ii other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their units for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension.

 

3 

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Selected Quarterly Information

 

Below is selected information from the statement of net loss and comprehensive loss for the period from inception on July 8, 2019 to September 30, 2019. There is no comparative interim period available as the Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019.

  

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to September 30, 2019        
Revenue   $ 623,355  
Interest income        
         
Expenses        
Acquisition costs     20,377,039  
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     (480,000 )
General and administrative     466,788  
      20,363,827  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period   $ (19,740,472 )
Basic and diluted net loss per Class B share   $ (3.73 )

 

Results of Operations

 

The Corporation has not conducted commercial operations and it is focused on the identification and evaluation of businesses or assets to acquire and there were no notable events that occurred during the reporting periods presented.

 

From inception on July 8, 2019 to September 30, 2019, the Corporation realized a net loss of approximately $19.7 million. This represents a loss of $3.73 per share.

 

Interest Income

The funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units totaling $360,000,000 have been held as cash in escrow with a Canadian chartered bank. During the period from inception on July 8, 2019 to September 30, 2019, the Corporation earned accrued interest income of $623,355 on this balance.

 

Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs are directly related to the Offering and consist mainly of legal, accounting, travel, filing and underwriting costs. Acquisition costs incurred from commencement of operations on July 8, 2019 to September 30, 2019 were allocated as follows:

 

    Total  
Underwriter's commission     6,300,000  
Deferred underwriter's commission     13,500,000  
Professional fees (legal, accounting, etc.)     331,492  
Sponsor out-of-pocket expenditures     245,547  
    $ 20,377,039  

 

In consideration for their services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation has agreed to pay the underwriters a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $ $6,300,000, representing $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit to the underwriters upon closing of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining $13,500,000 (representing $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit), $11,700,000 of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriters only upon the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining $1,800,000 of which (or, if a lessor amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

4 

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses include costs incurred relating to assessing, negotiating and conducting due diligence on potential Qualifying Acquisitions, as well as general administrative costs of operating the Corporation. A summary of the general and administrative expenses incurred from inception on July 8, 2019 to September 30, 2019 is as follows:

  

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to September 30, 2019        
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 170,686  
Professional fees (marketing, recruitment, diligence, etc.)     194,148  
Insurance     33,614  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement etc.)     68,340  
    $ 466,788  

 

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Position

 

The escrow balance includes the $360,000,000 funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units and accrued interest totaling $623,355. In accordance with the terms of the Offering, all amounts raised through the issuance of the Class A Restricted Voting Units were deposited into the escrow account and can only be released upon certain prescribed conditions being met.

 

The Corporation’s intent is for all or substantially all of the funds held in the escrow account to be used to complete a Qualifying Acquisition, or several Qualifying Acquisitions, which would likely close concurrently. As noted in the Prospectus, the fair market value of any Qualifying Acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of the Corporation’s combined Qualifying Acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange, not be less than 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). If, after redemptions, debt or the Corporation’s capital stock is used as consideration to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining proceeds held in the escrow account may be used to fund general ongoing expenses. Such funds could be used in a variety of ways, including continuing or expanding the post- Qualifying Acquisition entity’s operations, for strategic acquisitions by such new entity, for payment of dividends and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products, or for other purposes.

 

As at September 30, 2019, the Corporation had cash, excluding restricted amounts held in the escrow account, totaling $4,637,892 which is available to fund its ongoing working capital requirements. The Corporation anticipates generating negative cash flows from operating activities on a quarterly basis until a Qualifying Acquisition has been completed and thereafter, cashflow will depend on the nature and success of Qualifying Acquisition. The expenses relating to ongoing operating activities include professional fees, general and administration expenses related to being a public company, and costs associated with identifying and negotiating a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Currently, the Corporation does not expect to raise additional funds to meet its operating expenditures until the consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition. Management expects, but it cannot be assured, that the Corporation will have sufficient funds outside of the escrow account to operate the business.

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules and other conditions as described in the Prospectus.

 

As of the date of filing the Corporation doesn’t have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and has not guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities or entered into any options on non-financial assets. Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

5 

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Share Capital

 

As of the date of this MD&A, the Corporation had 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares and 9,000,000 Class B Shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding. In addition, the Corporation had an aggregate of 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprise of 18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to the Sponsor.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with the sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As at September 30, 2019, the Corporation accrued and paid $15,161 in respect of these services. The Corporation has further agreed to reimburse an affiliate of the sponsor for any out- of-pocket expenses incurred by directors, officers and consultants of the Corporation which were paid by the affiliate relating to certain activities on the Corporation’s behalf, including identifying and negotiating a Qualifying Acquisition. Amounts due, if any, to the related party are deemed to be non-interest bearing. The outstanding amounts due to related parties as at September 30, 2019 is $28,602.

 

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates

 

For further information about the accounting policies used by the Corporation, please refer to the Corporation’s financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended September 30, 2019.

 

The preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Critical accounting estimates represent estimates made by management that are, by their very nature, uncertain. Management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. A summary of the more significant judgments and estimates made by management in the preparation of its financial information is provided in note 4 to the September 30, 2019 financial statements.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

The Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting as defined in the Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-109, “Certification of Disclosure in Issuer’s Annual and Interim Filings”. As the Corporation became a reporting issuer on August 9, 2019, the Corporation has elected to file the alternative form of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer interim certificates under Form 52- 109F2 IPO/RTO. This filing option is available to the Corporation under National Instrument 52-109 as this period is the Corporation’s first interim period ended since it became a reporting issuer.

 

Managing Risk

 

Except as otherwise disclosed in this MD&A and in the Corporation’s financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2019, there have been no significant changes to the nature and scope of the risks faced by the Corporation as described in the Prospectus, which is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. These business risks should be considered by interested parties when evaluating the Corporation’s performance and its outlook.

 

November 11, 2019

 

6 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.42 

 

FORM 52-109F2 – IPO/RTO 

CERTIFICATION OF INTERIM FILINGS FOLLOWING AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, REVERSE TAKEOVER OR BECOMING 

A NON-VENTURE ISSUER

 

I, Maja Spalevic, Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the "interim filings") of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "issuer") for the interim period ended September 30, 2019.

 

2. No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

 

Date: November 14, 2019

 

(signed) “Maja Spalevic  
Maja Spalevic  
Chief Financial Officer  

 

NOTE TO READER

 

In contrast to the usual certificate required for non-venture issuers under National Instrument 52- 109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings (NI 52-109), namely, Form 52-109F2, this Form 52-109F2 – IPO/RTO does not include representations relating to the establishment and maintenance of disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as defined in NI 52-109. In particular, the certifying officers filing this certificate are not making any representations relating to the establishment and maintenance of

 

1. controls and other procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

2. a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

The issuer’s certifying officers are responsible for ensuring that processes are in place to provide them with sufficient knowledge to support the representations they are making in this certificate.

 

Investors should be aware that inherent limitations on the ability of certifying officers of an issuer to design and implement on a cost effective basis DC&P and ICFR as defined in NI 52-109 in the first financial period following

 

· completion of the issuer’s initial public offering in the circumstances described in s. 5.3 of NI 52-109;

 

· completion of a reverse takeover in the circumstances described in s. 5.4 of NI 52-109; or

 

· the issuer becoming a non-venture issuer in the circumstances described in s. 5.5 of NI 52-109;

 

may result in additional risks to the quality, reliability, transparency and timeliness of interim and annual filings and other reports provided under securities legislation.

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.43

 

FORM 52-109F2 – IPO/RTO 

CERTIFICATION OF INTERIM FILINGS FOLLOWING AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, REVERSE TAKEOVER OR BECOMING 

A NON-VENTURE ISSUER

 

I, Peter Caldini, Chief Executive Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the "interim filings") of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "issuer") for the interim period ended September 30, 2019.

 

2. No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

 

Date: November 14, 2019

 

(signed) “Peter Caldini  
Peter Caldini   
Chief Executive Officer  

 

NOTE TO READER

 

In contrast to the usual certificate required for non-venture issuers under National Instrument 52- 109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings (NI 52-109), namely, Form 52-109F2, this Form 52-109F2 – IPO/RTO does not include representations relating to the establishment and maintenance of disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as defined in NI 52-109. In particular, the certifying officers filing this certificate are not making any representations relating to the establishment and maintenance of

 

1. controls and other procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

2. a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

The issuer’s certifying officers are responsible for ensuring that processes are in place to provide them with sufficient knowledge to support the representations they are making in this certificate.

 

Investors should be aware that inherent limitations on the ability of certifying officers of an issuer to design and implement on a cost effective basis DC&P and ICFR as defined in NI 52-109 in the first financial period following

 

· completion of the issuer’s initial public offering in the circumstances described in s. 5.3 of NI 52-109;

 

· completion of a reverse takeover in the circumstances described in s. 5.4 of NI 52-109; or

 

· the issuer becoming a non-venture issuer in the circumstances described in s. 5.5 of NI 52-109;

 

may result in additional risks to the quality, reliability, transparency and timeliness of interim and annual filings and other reports provided under securities legislation.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.44

 

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

JULY 8, 2019 (DATE OF INCORPORATION)

 

TO SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Notice To Reader

 

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "Corporation") have been prepared by and are the responsibility of management. The unaudited interim financial statements have not been reviewed by the Corporation's auditors.

 

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Interim Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

As at September 30, 2019

 

ASSETS      
       
Current      
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,637,892  
Prepaid expenses     191,143  
      4,829,035  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     360,623,355  
Total assets   $ 365,452,390  
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY        
         
Current        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ 119,260  
Due to related party (note 11)     28,602  
      147,862  
Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9)     13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption (note 6)     345,600,000  
Warrant liability (note 7)     25,920,000  
Total liabilities     385,167,862  
         
Shareholders' deficiency        
Share capital (note 8)     25,000  
Deficit     (19,740,472 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (19,715,472 )
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 365,452,390  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim financial statements.

 

Organization and nature of operations (note 1)

 

Approved on behalf of the Board:

 

“Mark Harms”, Director  
   
“Robert Berner”, Director  

 

  - 1 -  

 

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Interim Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to September 30, 2019

 

Revenue        
Interest income   $ 623,355  
         
Expenses        
Transaction costs (note 9)     20,377,039  
Net unrealized gain on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities (notes 6 and 7)     (480,000 )
General and administrative (note 10)     466,788  
      20,363,827  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period   $ (19,740,472 )
         
Basic and diluted net loss per Class B share   $ (3.73 )
Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted)     5,295,387  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim financial statements.

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Interim Statement of Cash Flows

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to September 30, 2019

 

Operating activities        
Net loss for the period   $ (19,740,472 )
Non-cash items included in net loss and other adjustments:        
Transaction costs associated with financing activities     20,377,039  
Interest income earned on Cash held in escrow     (623,355 )
Net unrealized gain on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     (480,000 )
Changes in non-cash working capital items:        
Prepaid expenses     (191,143 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     119,260  
Due to related party     28,602  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (510,069 )
Investing activities        
Investment in restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow   $ (360,000,000 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (360,000,000 )
Financing activities     25,000  
Proceeds from issuance of Class B Shares to Sponsor & Founders (note 8)        
Proceeds from issuance of Warrants to Founders (note 7)     12,000,000  
Proceeds from issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units (note 6)     360,000,000  
Transaction costs (note 9)     (6,877,039 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     365,147,961  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents during the period     4,637,892  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     -  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 4,637,892  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim financial statements.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Interim Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Deficiency

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

    Class B Shares              
    Number     Amount     Deficit     Total  
From commencement of operations on July 8, 2019     -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Sponsor in connection w ith                                
organization of the Corporation (note 8)     1       10       -       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 1 and note 8)     10,062,499       24,990       -       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares from Founders (note 8)     (1,062,500 )     -       -       -  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period     -       -       (19,740,472 )     (19,740,472 )
Balance, September 30, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000     $ (19,740,472 )   $ (19,715,472 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim financial statements.

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

1. Organization and nature of operations

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. ( “BCAC” or the “Corporation”) is a special purpose acquisition corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Acquisition”). The Corporation was formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified period of time. The Corporation intends to identify and execute on a Qualifying Acquisition by leveraging its network to find attractive investment opportunities as it seeks to acquire several complementary companies as part of its Qualifying Acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a "land to brand" strategy and global reach.

 

The Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and is domiciled in Canada. The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. Our head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL.

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units) at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option (the "Over-Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of U.S.$10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units were issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of U.S.$ 11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the Qualifying Acquisition or earlier.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares (as defined below) will not be listed prior to the Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm founded by certain of our directors. Concurrent with Closing, the Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Sponsor’s Warrants”) at an offering price of U.S.$ 1.00 per Sponsor’s Warrant for aggregate proceeds of U.S.$12,000,000). The Sponsor owns 9,000,000 Class B Shares (also referred to as “Founder’s Shares”), representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares and approximately 20% of the total Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares. The Sponsor’s position in BCAC was acquired for investment purposes. Subject to certain exceptions, the Sponsor is restricted from selling its Class B Shares and Sponsor’s Warrants prior to the Qualifying Acquisition,. The Sponsor may purchase and/or sell any Class A Restricted Voting Units it acquires from time to time, subject to applicable law.

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option are held by TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Final Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement (in an amount equal to U.S.$11,700,000) and (ii) the Discretionary Deferred Portion (in an amount equal to U.S.$1,800,000) to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In connection with the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline of 18 months from the Closing Date (or 21 months from the Closing Date if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the Closing but have not completed the Qualifying Acquisition within such 18- month period), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, the Corporation will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account.

 

2.       Basis of presentation

 

These unaudited interim financial statements of the Corporation as at September 30, 2019 and for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to September 30, 2019 (the “Interim Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and with interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee which the Canadian Accounting Standards Board has approved for incorporation into Part 1 of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada Handbook – Accounting, as applicable to the preparation of interim financial statements, including International Accounting Standard 34, “Interim Financial Reporting”. These financial statements have been prepared with the assumption that the Corporation will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business rather than through a process of forced liquidation. The financial statements do not include adjustments to amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue operations.

 

Consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to the Qualifying Acquisition, acceptance by the Toronto Stock Exchange and, where required under applicable law, shareholder approval. If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the permitted timeline of 18 months from the date of the closing of the Corporation's initial public offering (subject to an extension), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share as set out in the Corporation's articles.

 

The Interim Financial Statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on November 11, 2019.

 

The financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for the carrying value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and the warrant liability which are measured at fair value which are measured at each reporting date. The Corporation’s functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

The company does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying Financial Statements.

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on anticipations and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and further periods if the review affects both current and future periods.

 

Financial Instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Corporation becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Corporation has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

i)          Financial assets

 

The Corporation classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income (OCI) or through profit or loss); and
those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the Corporation’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or OCI. At present, the Corporation classifies all financial assets as held at amortized cost. Cash is classified as a financial asset.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Corporation measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

 

Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification. There are three measurement categories under which the Corporation classifies its financial assets:

 

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortized cost is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

  - 8 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

Fair value through OCI (FVOCI): Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the debt instruments, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains and losses, interest revenue, and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the debt instrument is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains (losses). Interest income from these debt instruments is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

Fair value through profit or loss: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on an investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net as revenue in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which it arises.

 

i) Financial liability

 

A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. The fair value changes to financial liabilities at FVTPL are presented as follows: where the Corporation optionally designates financial liabilities at FVTPL the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of the liability is presented in OCI; and the remaining amount of the change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss. The Corporation does not designate any financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Other non-derivative financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

Impairment

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are subject to the expected credit loss model. While cash and cash equivalents and investments in Treasury Bills are also subject to impairment requirements under IFRS 9, the identified impairment loss was immaterial.

 

Income taxes

 

The Corporation follows the balance sheet liability method to provide for income taxes on all transactions recorded in its financial statements. The balance sheet liability method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined for each temporary difference and for unused tax losses and unused tax credits, as applicable, at rates expected to be in effect when the asset is realized, or the liability is settled.

 

The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in net income or loss in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the assets can be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods in order to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred income tax asset could be materially impacted.

 

  - 9 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

Basic earnings or loss per share is computed by dividing the net earnings or loss attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, excluding Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. Diluted earnings or loss per share, where applicable, is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for dilutive instruments by applying the treasury stock method.

 

4. Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

 

The preparation of these unaudited interim financial statements requires the Corporation to make judgments in applying its accounting policies and estimates and assumptions about the future. These judgments, estimates and assumptions affect the Corporation’s reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and items in net income or loss, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, if any. The Corporation evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on various assumptions that the Corporation believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of items in net income or loss that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The following discusses the most significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions that the Corporation has made in the preparation of its Interim Financial Statements.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Certain financial instruments are recorded in the Corporation’s statement of financial position at values that are representative of or approximate their fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument that is traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to its quoted market price. If the financial instrument does not trade on an active market, the Corporation will use an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the financial instrument. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the financial instrument. Changes in the underlying trading value or estimates may significantly affect the amount of net income or loss for a particular period. Furthermore, the quoted market price or option price of a financial liability may not be equal to the amount that the Corporation may have to pay in settlement of the underlying obligation, should such obligation become immediately payable. The Corporation reviews assumptions relating to financial instruments on an ongoing basis to ensure that the basis for determination of fair value is appropriate.

 

Warrant Valuations

 

Pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering of Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Corporation issued Warrants. The Company has also issued the Founders Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the Warrant. To the extent a quoted market value is not available, the Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option- pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the Warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

  - 10 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

 

 

5. Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow

 

As at September 30, 2019

 

Investment in United States Treasury Bills due November 21, 2019     179,999,677  
Investment in United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020     179,999,687  
Accrued Interest     623,355  
Cash     636  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow   $ 360,623,355  

 

6. Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

Authorized

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares prior to the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition. Following closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. Prior to the completion of our Qualifying Acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would not be entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would, however, be entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all other matters requiring shareholder approval (including the proposed Qualifying Acquisition, if required under applicable law, and any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a Qualifying Acquisition. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a Qualifying Acquisition by way of a press release.

 

Redemption rights

 

If BCAC is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, BCAC will be required to redeem as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of U.S.$50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law.

 

  - 11 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

The redemption rights embedded in the terms of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered by the Corporation to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Corporation has classified its “Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption” as financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption - issued and outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From commencement of operations on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the Offering     35,000,000       350,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     1,000,000       10,000,000  
Adjusted for:                
Allocation of proceeds received pursuant to the Offering and exercise of the over-allotment option attributable to Warrants             (13,500,000 )
Fair value adjustment             (900,000 )
Balance, September 30, 2019     36,000,000     $ 345,600,000  

 

The fair value of the Corporation’s Class A restricted voting shares decreased to $345,600,000 as the Class A Restricted Voting Shares bid price on September 30, 2019 was $9.60.

 

7. Warrant liability

 

As at September 30, 2019, the Corporation had 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to the Sponsor.

 

All Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of Qualifying Acquisition. At the Closing, each whole Warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at an exercise price of U.S.$11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, as described in this prospectus.

 

The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of Qualifying Acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share. Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the closing price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds U.S.$18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period. The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

 

  - 12 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Founders’ Warrants

 

At or prior to the Closing, our Sponsor have agreed pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Fair value of Warrants

 

As the number of Shares to be issued by the Corporation upon a cashless exercise of the Warrants is variable, the Warrants fail the "fixed-for-fixed" criteria for equity classification and have been classified as derivative liabilities measured at FVTPL. The Corporation applies a market price and an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued.

 

Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrants. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

Warrants - Issued and Outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From commencement of operations on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Warrants issued in connection with:                
Issuance to Founders     12,000,000       12,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to the Offering     17,500,000       12,775,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     500,000       375,000  
Adjusted for:                
Fair value adjustment             420,000  
Balance, September 30, 2019     30,000,000     $ 25,920,000  

 

The fair value of the Corporation’s Warrants increased to $25,920,000. As some of these warrants are not listed, the Corporation used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of these warrants as at September 30, 2019.

 

8. Shareholders' deficiency

 

Class B Shares

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares. Following closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of the Qualifying Acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

  - 13 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

Redemption rights

 

The Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not possess any redemption rights.

 

Restrictions on transfer, assignment or sale of Founders' Shares

 

The Sponsor has agreed pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking.

 

The Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares would likely be subject to escrow under the Exchange’s rules following the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Founder’s Shares purchased by our Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants intended to be purchased by our Sponsor, will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

 

Class B Shares - Issued and Outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From commencement of operations on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares in connection with organization of the Corporation(1)     1       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders     10,062,499       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares to Founders(2)     (1,062,500 )     -  
Balance, September 30, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000  

 

(1) On July 8, 2019, in connection with the organization of the Corporation, the Corporation issued 1 Class B Share in exchange for proceeds of $10, of which 1 Class B Share is owned by the Sponsor.

 

(2) Up to 1,312,500 of Class B Shares issued to Founders were relinquishable without compensation depending on the extent to which the over-allotment option was exercised.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Proportionate Voting Shares without nominal or par value. Prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Proportionate Voting Shares. On or immediately following completion of our Qualifying Acquisition, Class B Share will be automatically converted on a 100-for-1 basis into new proportionate voting shares of the Corporation as set forth in the notice of articles and articles of the Corporation

 

  - 14 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

9. Transaction costs

 

Transaction costs consist principally of legal, accounting, underwriting and travel costs incurred through to the date of the statement of financial position that are directly related to the Offering.

 

Transaction costs incurred amounted to $ 20,377,039 (including $19,800,000 in underwriters’ commission of which $13,500,000 is deferred and payable only upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition). Transaction costs were expensed to the statement of operations. Transaction costs associated with the issuance of Class B shares were insignificant.

 

Transaction costs incurred from commencement of operations on July 8, 2019 to September 30, 2019 were allocated as follows:

 

    Total  
Underwriter's commission   $ 6,300,000  
Deferred underwriter's commission     13,500,000  
Professional fees (legal, accounting, etc.)     331,492  
Sponsor out-of-pocket expenditures     245,547  
    $ 20,377,039  

 

Underwriter's commission

 

In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation has agreed to pay the underwriters a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $ 6,300,000, representing $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit to the underwriter upon closing of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining $13,500,000 (representing $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit), $11,700,000 of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining $1,800,000 of which (or, if a lessor amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

  - 15 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

10. General and administrative expenses

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to September 30, 2019 

Public company filing and listing costs   $ 170,686  
Professional fees (marketing, recruitment, diligence, etc.)     194,148  
Insurance     33,614  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement etc.)     68,340  
    $ 466,788  

 

11. Related party transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As at September 30, 2019, the Corporation paid $15,161 in respect of these services.

 

As at September 30, 2019, the amounts paid to the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer and Directors were $2,707, and $20,425 respectively, for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation with respect to the Qualifying Acquisition.

 

As at September 30, 2019, the amount payable to the Corporation's Chairman, Directors and an Affiliated Entity was $28,602 for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation with respect to the Qualifying Acquisition.

 

12. Capital management

 

(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as at September 30, 2019:

 

Shareholders' deficiency   $ (19,715,472 )
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     345,600,000  
Warrant liability     25,920,000  
Balance, September 30, 2019   $ 351,804,528  

 

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation in order to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.

 

  - 16 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

(b) Liquidity

 

As at September 30, 2019, the Corporation had $4,637,892 in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.

 

12.       Financial instruments

 

Fair value measurements

 

The following table summarizes those assets and liabilities that are included at their fair values in the Corporation’s statement of financial position as at September 30, 2019, or those assets and liabilities for which fair value is otherwise disclosed in the accompanying notes to the Interim Financial Statements. These assets and liabilities have been categorized into hierarchal levels, according to the significance of the inputs used in determining fair value measurements.

 

   

Carrying value

as at

September 30,

    Fair value as at September 30, 2019  
    2019     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
  $     $     $     $  
Financial Assets                        
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     360,623,355       360,623,355       -       -  
                                 
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     345,600,000       345,600,000       -       -  
Warrant liability     25,920,000       13,680,000       -       12,240,000  

 

The Corporation is exposed to financial risks due to the nature of its business and the financial assets and liabilities that it holds. The Corporation’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimize potential adverse effects of the Corporation’s financial performance.

 

  - 17 -  

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Interim Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To September 30,

2019 (Expressed in United States Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.

 

Fair value risk

 

Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to fair value risk in respect of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability, which are carried in the Corporation’s financial statements at their fair value. A 1% increase in the fair value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and warrant liability would result in approximately $4.0m change in its value.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.

 

Currency risk

 

Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure to currency risk as the Corporation does not materially transact in any currency other than the United States dollar.

 

  - 18 -  

 

 

Exhibit 99.45

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. REPORTS FISCAL 2019 FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

Toronto, Ontario – March 30, 2020 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (TSX: BC.U, BC.WT.U) (“BCAC”) is reporting its financial results as of December 31, 2019 and for the period from inception on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019. BCAC is also announcing that there are no material updates regarding its search for target businesses with which it may complete its qualifying acquisition. BCAC’s audited annual financial statements have been filed on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) and may be viewed by shareholders and interested parties under BCAC’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Mark Harms

Director

information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.46

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

 

FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

MARCH 24, 2020

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Page
   
INTRODUCTION 1
   
General 1
   
Forward-looking Statements 1
   
GLOSSARY OF TERMS 4
   
CORPORATE STRUCTURE 8
   
Name, Address and Incorporation 8
   
GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS 8
   
Initial Public Offering 8
   
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS 9
   
CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE CORPORATION 14
   
General 14
   
Class A Restricted Voting Units 15
   
Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares 15
   
Common Shares 17
   
Proportionate Voting Shares 18
   
Warrants 23
   
Make Whole Covenants 24
   
DIVIDEND POLICY 26
   
MARKET FOR SECURITIES 26
   
Trading Price and Volume 26
   
Prior Sales 27
   
ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO CONTRACTUAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER 28
   
VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS 28
   
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 28
   
Name, Address, Occupation and Securities Holding 28
   
Directors and Officers 29
   
Indemnification and Insurance 33
   
Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions 33
   
INDEBTEDNESS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 34
   
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS 34
   
DISCLOSURE OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES 34
   
Board of Directors 34
   
Nomination, Orientation and Continuing Education, Assessments and Board Renewal 35

 

i 

 

 

Table of Contents (continued)

  

Page
   
Ethical Business Conduct 35
   
Gender Diversity 35
   
Conflicts of Interest 35
   
Audit Committee 36
   
External Audit Service Fees 37
   
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER PAYMENTS 37
   
Compensation Discussion and Analysis 37
   
Trading Policy 38
   
RISK FACTORS 38
   
AUDITORS, TRANSFER AGENT, WARRANT AGENT AND ESCROW AGENT 61
   
PROMOTER 61
   
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS 62
   
Legal Proceedings 62
   
Regulatory Actions 62
   
MATERIAL CONTRACTS 62
   
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 62

 

 

ii 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

General

 

In this Annual Information Form (“AIF”), unless the context otherwise requires, the “Corporation”, “us”, “our” or “we” refers to Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. Please refer to the “Glossary” in this AIF for the definitions of other defined terms. Except where otherwise indicated, all references to dollar amounts and “$” are to United States dollars.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained herein is given as at December 31, 2019.

 

Forward-looking Statements

 

Certain statements contained in this AIF constitute “forward-looking information” for the purpose of applicable Canadian securities legislation (“forward-looking statements”). These statements reflect our management’s expectations with respect to future events, the Corporation’s financial performance and business prospects. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. The use of the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intends”, “may”, “might”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”, “would”, and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not a forward-looking statement. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated or implied in such forward-looking statements. No assurance can be given that these expectations will prove to be correct and such forward-looking statements included in this AIF should not be unduly relied upon. Unless otherwise indicated, these statements speak only as of the date of this AIF.

 

In particular, this AIF contains forward-looking statements pertaining to the following, among other things:

 

our ability to complete our qualifying acquisition and its potential success;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our directors and officers or key employees, both before and following our qualifying acquisition;
our directors and officers allocating their time to other businesses and having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our qualifying acquisition;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition;

our pool of prospective target businesses for our qualifying acquisition;

the ability of our directors, officers and management team to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;
operation of the business acquired through the qualifying acquisition;

the potential liquidity and trading of our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the escrow account;

potential regulatory changes;

fluctuations in interest rates; and

our financial performance.

 

With respect to forward-looking statements contained in the AIF, assumptions have been made regarding, among other things:

 

the ability of the Corporation, our Sponsor and our management team to successfully consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline;

projection for interest which may be earned in the escrow account over the next 18 months; and
projected operational and qualifying acquisition-related expenses during the Permitted Timeline leading up to our qualifying acquisition.

 

 

1

 

 

Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of the risk factors set forth below and included elsewhere in this AIF, including:

 

the Corporation’s lack of operating history and revenues;

the ability of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash may make our financial condition less attractive to potential qualifying acquisition targets;

the requirement that we complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline (unless extended);
multiple prospective targets may give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability;

our working capital may be insufficient to allow us to operate throughout the Permitted Timeline;
third parties may bring claims against us where we are not indemnified by our Sponsor;

the ability of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which may not allow us to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition or optimize our capital structure;

the state of the global financial markets including low interest rate environment resulting from, among other things, the recent spread of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19);

target business(es) with which we ultimately consummate a qualifying acquisition, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak;
changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations;

potential adverse tax consequences on holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and on the Corporation in the event the Corporation acquires a United States company or assets of a United States entity in an “inversion” transaction;

the inability to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target’s business operations or sector;
the target business(es) with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines;

we may not be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person confirming that the price we intend to pay for a target company or target business is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view;

resources could be wasted in pursuing acquisitions that are not consummated;

the loss of our directors and officers;

the loss of key personnel;

the Corporation may be subject to competition from other companies seeking to execute a business plan similar to that of the Corporation;

the loss of an acquisition target’s key personnel;

our Sponsor, directors and officers may have conflicts of interest with the target company;

our Sponsor, directors, officers and their respective affiliates and associates may have interests that conflict with our interests;
our Sponsor will lose its investment in us if our qualifying acquisition is not completed within the Permitted Timeline and its holdings of Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants may create financial incentives that differ compared to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares;

a qualifying acquisition with a private company may result in a qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all;

the inability to maintain control of a target business after our qualifying acquisition;

a target business’ management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company;
the inability to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition or to fund the operations and/or growth of a target business;

the lack of investment diversification and dependence on a single target business which may have a limited number of products or services if we are only able to complete one qualifying acquisition;

 

2

 

 

competition from other businesses;

a market for our securities may not develop;

the tax consequences of the qualifying acquisition; and

other factors discussed under “Risk Factors”.

 

Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of risk factors should not be construed as exhaustive.

 

Any forward-looking statement included in this AIF is expressly qualified by this cautionary statement, and except as otherwise indicated, is made as of the date of this AIF. The Corporation does not assume or undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward looking statements or departures from them, except as required by applicable law. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all such factors and to assess in advance the impact of each such factor on the business of the Corporation or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

3

 

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

Except as otherwise defined or indicated herein, capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Advance Notice Provisions” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Proportionate Voting Shares – Advance Notice Provisions”;

 

AIF” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Introduction – General”;

 

Amendment” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

Audit Committee” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices – Audit Committee”;

 

BCBCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as it may be amended from time to time;

 

Bespoke” means Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

Cannabis Act” means the Cannabis Act, S.C. 2018, c. 16, as it may be amended from time to time;

 

Cannabis Regulations” means the Cannabis Regulations (Canada), as it may be amended from time to time;

 

CBD” means cannabidiol;

 

CDS” means CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.;

 

Charter of the Audit Committee” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices – Audit Committee”;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares” means the Class A restricted voting shares of the Corporation, which may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws, and each a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”;

 

Class A Restricted Voting Units” means the Class A restricted voting units of the Corporation distributed to the public at an offering price of $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit under the IPO Prospectus, each comprised of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant, and each a “Class A Restricted Voting Unit”;

 

Class B Shares” means the Class B shares of the Corporation, also referred to as the Founder’s Shares, and each a “Class B Share”;

 

Code” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices – Ethical Business Conduct”;

 

Cole Memorandum” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

Common Shares” means the common shares in the capital of the Corporation expected to be issued and outstanding at the time of the closing of the qualifying acquisition;

 

 

4

 

 

Compliance Provisions” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

Congress” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

Corporation” means Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia pursuant to the BCBCA;

 

CSA” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

DOJ” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

Escrow Agent” means TSX Trust Company, in its capacity as escrow agent, under the Escrow Agreement, and its successors and permitted assigns;

 

Escrow Agreement” means the escrow agreement dated August 15, 2019, among the Corporation, the Escrow Agent, and the Underwriters;

 

Exchange Agreement and Undertaking” means the transfer restrictions agreement and undertaking dated August 15, 2019, entered into by our Sponsor in favour of the TSX;

 

Extraordinary Dividend” means any dividend, together with all other dividends payable in the same calendar year, that has an aggregate absolute dollar value which is greater than $ 0.25 per share, with the adjustment to the applicable price (as the context may require) being a reduction equal to the amount of the excess;

 

FCEN” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

FCEN Memorandum” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

forward-looking statements” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Introduction – Forward-looking Statements”;

 

Founder’s Relinquished Shares” means the 1,062,500 Founder’s Shares relinquished by our Sponsor in connection with the partial exercise by the Underwriters of the Over-Allotment Option;

 

Founder’s Shares” means the 10,062,500 Class B Shares issued to our Sponsor prior to the closing of the IPO of which 1,062,500 were relinquished in connection with the partial exercise by the Underwriters of the Over-Allotment Option;

 

Founder’s Warrants” means the 12,000,000 share purchase warrants issued to our Sponsor at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrant at the closing of the IPO, with each whole Founder’s Warrant entitling the holder thereof, commencing 65 days following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, one Common Share) at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, and each, a “Founder’s Warrant”;

 

FPI Condition” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Proportionate Voting Shares – Conversion Conditions”;

 

Incorporation Share” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Market for Securities – Prior Sales”;

 

IPO” means the Corporation’s initial public offering of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units offered to the public under the IPO Prospectus, including the partial exercise of the Over-Allotment Option;

 

IPO Closing Date” means August 15, 2019, the closing date of the IPO;

 

 

5

 

 

IPO Prospectus” means the Corporation’s final long form prospectus dated August 8, 2019;

 

Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking” means the make whole agreement and undertaking dated August 15, 2019, entered into by our Sponsor in favour of the Corporation;

 

Notice Date” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Proportionate Voting Shares – Advance Notice Provisions”;

 

Odd Lot” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Proportionate Voting Shares – Take-Over Bid Protection”;

 

Over-Allotment Option” means the option granted by the Corporation to the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, exercisable for a period of 30 days from the IPO Closing Date, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes;

 

Over-Allotment Closing” means the closing of the Over-Allotment Option on September 13, 2019;

 

Owning or Controlling” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

Permitted Timeline” means the allowable time period within which the Corporation must consummate its qualifying acquisition, being 18 months from the IPO Closing Date (or 21 months from the IPO Closing Date if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the IPO Closing Date but has not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period), as it may be extended or shortened as described in the IPO Prospectus;

 

person” means any individual, partnership, association, body corporate, trust, trustee, executor, administrator, legal representative, government, regulatory authority or other entity;

 

Proportionate Voting Shares” means the proportionate voting shares in the capital of the Corporation expected to be issued and outstanding at the time of the closing of the qualifying acquisition;

 

PVS Offer” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Proportionate Voting Shares – Take-Over Bid Protection”;

 

qualifying acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which is intended to be consummated by the Corporation within the Permitted Timeline and in accordance with applicable law and as more fully described in this annual information form;

 

R&D” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Description of the Business – Business Strategy and Investment Criteria”;

 

SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval, accessible at www.sedar.com;

 

Sessions Memorandum” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Risk Factors”;

 

Shareholders’ Meeting” means the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation to be held, if required under applicable law, to vote on our qualifying acquisition;

 

SPAC” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Description of the Business – Overview”;

 

 

6

 

 

Sponsor” means Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP;

 

State” means any state in the United States;

 

Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) including the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended;

 

TSX” means the Toronto Stock Exchange;

 

Underwriters” means Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc.;

 

Underwriting Agreement” means the underwriting agreement dated August 8, 2019, among the Corporation, our Sponsor and the Underwriters;

 

United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States and the District of Columbia;

 

Unsuitable Person” has the meaning given to it under the heading “Capital Structure of the Corporation

 

– Proportionate Voting Shares – Compliance Provisions”;

 

U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as such term is defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act;

 

U.S. Securities Act”; means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended; “Warrant Agent” means TSX Trust Company;

Warrant Agreement” means the warrant agency agreement between the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, dated August 15, 2019, as it may be amended from time to time;

 

Warrants” means the share purchase warrants of the Corporation issued under the Warrant Agreement as a portion of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and the Founder’s Warrants and each a “Warrant”; and

 

Winding-Up” means the liquidation and cessation of the business of the Corporation, upon which the Corporation shall be permitted to use up to a maximum of $50,000 of any interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected costs and expenses in connection with applications to cease to be a reporting issuer and winding-up and dissolution expenses, as determined by the Corporation.

 

7

 

 

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

 

Name, Address and Incorporation

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) on July 8, 2019. Our head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL and our registered office is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada.

 

On August 14, 2019, the Corporation’s notice of articles were amended to provide for three new classes of shares in addition to Class B Shares: the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares. On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its IPO and the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on the TSX under the symbol “BC.V”. Effective September 24, 2019, the Class A Restricted Voting Units, each consisting of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant, separated. Upon separation, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading separately on the TSX under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively.

 

The Corporation’s articles include, among other provisions, a provision providing for a forum for adjudication of certain disputes, whereby unless the Corporation approves or consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Province of British Columbia and appellate courts therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the BCBCA or the articles of the Corporation (as they may be amended from time to time); or (iv) any action asserting a claim otherwise related to the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors and/or officers, but does not include claims related to the business carried on by the Corporation or such affiliates. Any person or entity owning, purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest, including without limitation any registered or beneficial ownership thereof, in the securities of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of the articles.

 

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation closed its initial public offering of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at a price of $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit for gross proceeds of $350,000,000. On September 13, 2019, the Corporation closed the partial exercise by the Underwriters of the Over-Allotment Option to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit for gross proceeds of $10,000,000. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisted of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant. The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on the TSX on August 15, 2019 and effective September 24, 2019, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading separately on the TSX.

 

Prior to the IPO Closing Date, our Sponsor purchased 10,062,500 Class B Shares (being the Founder’s Shares), of which 1,062,500 Founder’s Shares (being the Founder's Relinquished Shares) were relinquished in connection with the partial exercise by the Underwriters of the Over-Allotment Option, for an aggregate price of $25,000, or approximately $0.0028 per Founder’s Share after taking into account the Founder’s Relinquished Shares. In addition, concurrent with the closing of the IPO, the Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 share purchase warrants (being the Founder’s Warrants) at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrant for an aggregate purchase price of $12,000,000.

 

8

 

 

On or following completion of a qualifying acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share (unless previously redeemed) will be automatically converted into one Common Share and each Class B Share will be automatically converted on a 100-for-1 basis into Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

The IPO was undertaken by the Corporation pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Corporation paid $6,300,000 to the Underwriters, being part of the Underwriters’ commission. The balance of the Underwriters’ commission, being $13,500,000, will be paid to the Underwriters upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition from the funds held in the escrow account provided that a portion may be payable to parties of the Corporation’s choosing, as described in the IPO Prospectus.

 

Following the IPO, the Corporation placed $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share (an aggregate of $360,000,000) in an escrow account with the Escrow Agent. The terms of the Escrow Agreement provide that, subject to applicable laws, none of the funds held in the escrow account will be released from the escrow account until the earliest of: (i) the closing of our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a qualifying acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline) of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; and (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds (including, if applicable, under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares), and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commission in the amount of $13,500,000, which (subject to availability, failing which any shortfall shall be made up from other sources) will be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriters (or to parties of the Corporation’s choosing, as described in the IPO Prospectus) upon the closing of our qualifying acquisition. The per share amount will be distributed to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who properly redeem their shares, which will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission. Our Sponsor, as the holder of the Class B Shares, does not have access to, and cannot benefit from, any proceeds held in the escrow account, and as such, does not have any redemption rights with respect to its Class B Shares. The qualifying acquisition must occur within a Permitted Timeline, being 18 months from the IPO Closing Date (or 21 months from the IPO Closing Date if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months of the IPO Closing Date but have not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18 -month period). The Permitted Timeline could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval of the Corporation’s board of directors. If we are unable to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will redeem the Class A Restricted Voting Units using the cash held in the escrow account.

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition corporation (“SPAC”) incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation, which we refer to throughout this AIF as our “qualifying acquisition”.

 

Qualifying Acquisition

 

General

 

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time. Our initial qualifying acquisition and value creation strategy will be to identify, acquire and, after our initial qualifying acquisition, assist in the growth of a business in the cannabis industry. However, we are not

 

9

 

 

limited to this industry and we may pursue a qualifying acquisition opportunity in any business or industry we choose and we may pursue a company with operations or opportunities outside of Canada and the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis related state, federal and foreign laws.

 

Our objective is to execute a qualifying acquisition, the terms of which are determined by us to be favourable and provided that the target business(es) or assets forming the qualifying acquisition have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

 

We intend to effectuate our qualifying acquisition using the cash proceeds from (i) the escrow account after redemptions, taxes and permitted expenses; (ii) the portion of the sales of the Founder’s Warrants and Founder’s Shares not placed in the escrow account; and (iii) the $25,000 of initial proceeds raised prior to the IPO Closing Date, or our shares, or debt, or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our qualifying acquisition. A qualifying acquisition may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various applicable securities laws. We may also seek to effect simultaneous qualifying acquisitions with more than one target business.

 

Business Strategy and Investment Criteria

 

We intend to identify and execute on a qualifying acquisition by leveraging our network to find attractive investment opportunities. We are focused on building a leading international vertically integrated cannabis company operated to a high standard of regulatory compliance and corporate governance. We are in negotiations with numerous targets pursuing a brand led, technology underpinned strategy, targeting consumer brands in the US and Europe for CBD and Canada for adult use, supported by strong supply chain and plant genetics. As we seek to identify investment opportunities for our qualifying acquisition, we will consider various factors as part of our investment and business strategy including:

 

  Macro Investment Thesis:

 

We believe there exists a rapidly growing and large global market opportunity, with fragmented competition, and a sector in need of industry champions led by experienced management talent.

 

  Our Strategy and Differentiation:

 

Seek to become the leading, institutionally investable, global cannabis company, operating at high levels of corporate governance and regulatory compliance.

 

Led by Paul Walsh, former CEO of Diageo, and Peter Caldini, former President of North America for Pfizer Consumer Healthcare, as our Executive Chairman and CEO, respectively.

 

  Target Companies:

 

Seek to identify and acquire or invest in a number of target companies as part of our qualifying acquisition.

 

10

 

 

a global brand-led strategy enabled and supported by plant genetics, high qualify low-cost cultivation and extractions / processing in specific markets.

 

  Capital Market Strategy:

 

We will seek to maintain a significant cash balance at closing of our qualifying acquisition to allow us to support growth going forward, and benefit from a valuation arbitrage with valuation premiums being attributed to larger scale operators.

 

Key factors that we believe will contribute to our success, which we will consider as we evaluate multiple targets, include:

 

  Brand-Led, Technology Underpinned:

 

Seek to leverage scale economies and full seed to sale traceability.

 

Focus on a global brand strategy enabled by plant genetics, asset light high quality low-cost cultivation and extraction in specific markets.

 

  Best-in-Class Practices:

 

Become “safe pair of hands” to all stakeholders including customers, suppliers, retailers, regulators, and institutional shareholders.

 

Seek to achieve highest regulatory and compliance standards while carrying on business within federally legal frameworks.

 

As an industry leader, proactively pursue positive regulatory advancements (CBD) and change (adult-use legalization in the UK and the US)

 

  Highly Differentiated Stock for Stock Acquisition Structure Creates Strong Shareholder Alignment:

 

Seek to limit the amount of cash to be used as consideration to complete our qualifying acquisition.

 

Share acquisitions would create an industry-leading, vertically-integrated operator with cash to accelerate growth

 

  Outstanding Corporate Management Team & Sponsor Group:

 

Outstanding and experienced team with extensive management experience and governance expertise.

 

  Excellent Operating Team:

 

Seek to bring together founder-led businesses with expertise across the cannabis spectrum.

 

Focus on teams that have a shared vision, underpinned by strong R&D and new product development.

 

We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in the evaluation of acquisition opportunities; however, we may decide to enter into our qualifying acquisition with one or more target businesses that do not meet any or all of these criteria or guidelines. These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive and may not apply in all cases or at all. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular target may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general criteria and/or other considerations, factors and criteria that our management, board of directors and our Sponsor may deem relevant.

 

We also believe our competitive strengths which will help us complete a qualifying acquisition include:

 

  Outstanding corporate management team and sponsor group:

 

 

11

 

 

The Corporation brings together a team of experienced investment professionals with deep capabilities and an extensive network;

 

Our leadership team has experience navigating regulated markets with strong compliance frameworks;

 

Paul Walsh, former CEO of Diageo, will act as Executive Chairman and provide oversight and guidance; and

 

Peter Caldini, our CEO and one of our directors, brings a strong consumer health background with extensive management experience.

 

  Proprietary deal sourcing:

 

Our ability to leverage Bespoke’s and our leadership team’s extensive network including proven proprietary “off-market” deal sourcing capabilities; and

 

Our leadership’s long-term relationships with other market participants and strong reputation as business builders.

 

We intend to structure and execute a qualifying acquisition that will provide the combined business with a capital structure that will support the growth in shareholder value and give it the flexibility to grow organically and/or through strategic acquisitions. In addition, we believe that our status as a public company, expected available cash and benefit from public market currency are each important factors that will allow us to achieve those targets.

 

In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, and inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as review of financial information. We believe that our management’s and our Sponsor's expertise in mergers & acquisitions and finance, as well as our reputation as active investors has enabled us to build strong relationships with company owners, executives, stakeholders, industry experts, consultants, professionals and financial intermediaries which will help provide us with attractive acquisition opportunities to consider. We will bring a private equity approach to the completion of due diligence and documentation for the qualifying acquisition, and then provide private equity style active oversight to the Corporation once the qualifying acquisition is completed. We believe that understanding the dynamics, competitors, trends, risks, and opportunities of the segment will enable us to target selected companies and efficiently pursue potential transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, past performance of our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any qualifying acquisition we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial qualifying acquisition. You should not rely on the historical performance record of our management as indicative of our future performance.

 

Additional Funding for General Ongoing Expenses

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our sourcing of a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a qualifying acquisition.

 

12

 

 

The Corporation may also seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation and subject to the consent of the Underwriters, subject to placing the required funds raised in the escrow account in accordance with the TSX’s rules and also subject to fulfilling the condition that the Corporation would not undertake a rights offering unless the amount per share deposited into the escrow account in connection therewith would be at least equal to the per share amount of the escrow funds then on deposit in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon (net of any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account), and provided that 100% of the gross proceeds raised in any subsequent rights offering from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units are held in the escrow account.

 

Permitted Timeline Extension

 

We have 18 months from the IPO Closing Date to consummate a qualifying acquisition (or 21 months from the IPO Closing Date if we execute a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the IPO Closing Date).

 

If our management believes that we need an extension of the Permitted Timeline in order to successfully execute a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will hold a meeting of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and seek approval by ordinary resolution of only the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amendment to the articles to facilitate an extension of up to 36 months and an acceleration of such holders’ redemption rights. Assuming a meeting of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares is called and the requisite Class A Restricted Voting Shares approval is obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares would be permitted to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the meeting, and, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the date that an extension to the Permitted Timeline takes effect. See “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares”. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting. Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the redemption right. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

Minimum Fair Market Value of Qualifying Acquisition

 

Absent exemptive relief from the TSX, the business or assets forming our qualifying acquisition (or any number of qualifying acquisitions, all of which must be completed concurrently) must have a minimum fair market value equal to 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more valuation methods generally accepted by the financial community (potentially including, without limitation, actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value). Where the qualifying acquisition is comprised of more than one acquisition, and multiple acquisitions are required to satisfy the aggregate fair market value of a qualifying acquisition, these acquisitions are expected to close concurrently and would be subject to the same shareholder vote at the Shareholders Meeting, if required under applicable law.

 

In the event that the amount required to be paid to holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be redeemed in connection with a shareholder vote on the qualifying acquisition would exceed the additional financing obtained by the Corporation to offset the redemption amount (especially where the proposed qualifying acquisition contains a minimum cash balance condition as a condition to closing), the Corporation may consider offering additional shares to the vendor of the target company, such that the cash that would otherwise be payable to the vendor that is needed to redeem the shares is replaced with additional shares issued to the vendor. In addition, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that would otherwise intend to redeem their shares may (including for tax reasons) prefer to sell their shares in the market, and the Corporation may also pursue debt financing, as further described in the IPO Prospectus, all of which may reduce the likelihood of any cash deficiencies at the time of the qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, any such cash deficiencies, including as a result of redemptions, may result in the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition despite shareholder approval thereof.

 

13

 

 

Completion of a Qualifying Acquisition

 

As 100% of the gross proceeds of the IPO (including the proceeds from the partial exercise by the Underwriters of the Over-Allotment Option) are being, and any additional equity raised pursuant to a rights offering will be, held by the Escrow Agent, in the escrow account, shareholder approval of our qualifying acquisition is not required pursuant to the TSX rules. As such, and unless shareholder approval is otherwise required under applicable law, we will: (i) prepare and file with applicable securities regulatory authorities a prospectus containing disclosure regarding the Corporation and its proposed qualifying acquisition; (ii) mail a notice of redemption to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and make the final prospectus publicly available at least 21 days prior to the deadline for redemption; and (iii) send by prepaid mail or otherwise deliver the prospectus to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares no later than midnight (Toronto time) on the second business day prior to the deadline for redemption, which delivery may be effected electronically in compliance with National Policy 11-201 – Electronic Delivery of Documents.

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualified transaction. Our Sponsor holds approximately a 20% voting interest to vote at any such meeting (other than approval of any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline where only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote). Accordingly, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote at any such meeting. See “Risk Factors”.

 

Our Sponsor will have economic interests in the qualifying acquisition that may differ as compared to those of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, given that our Sponsor agreed to certain transfer restrictions in respect of its Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants as applicable, as further described under “Capital Structure of the Corporation – Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares and Warrants”.

 

Information regarding the qualifying acquisition and the resulting business following the completion of the qualifying acquisition will be made available to shareholders in a prospectus prepared by our management. Such prospectus will contain disclosure of the resulting issuer assuming completion of the qualifying acquisition and will be filed with applicable securities regulatory authorities and the TSX and would be either a non-offering prospectus or provide for the issuance of securities required in connection with the completion of the qualifying acquisition. Any such financing would not affect amounts held in the escrow account or amounts to be distributed to holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares therefrom. In the event that the Corporation proposes to acquire a target business that operates or has significant businesses in an emerging market jurisdiction, additional securities regulatory requirements may apply, and any such transaction may warrant additional review and scrutiny of the applicable securities regulatory authorities.

 

CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE CORPORATION

 

General

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Class B Shares, Common Shares, and Proportionate Voting Shares, each without nominal or par value. Prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares. Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares. Our Sponsor holds 9,000,000 Class B Shares (representing the Founder’s Shares after taking into account the Founder’s Relinquished Shares) and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants. The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws.

 

14

 

 

The following description summarizes the material terms of our share capital. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a complete description, please refer to our notice of articles, articles and the Warrant Agreement filed on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Class A Restricted Voting Units

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisted of one Class A Restricted Voting Share and one-half of a Warrant. Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each whole Warrant would represent the entitlement to purchase one Common Share). The Warrants will become exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. As the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares are to be automatically converted into Common Shares on completion of our qualifying acquisition, each whole Warrant outstanding will be exercisable for one Common Share, and at no time are the Warrants expected to be exercisable for Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on the TSX on August 15, 2019 and effective September 24, 2019, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading separately on the TSX.

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares

 

The following shares of the Corporation are outstanding:

 

  36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (before the exercise of Warrants); and

 

  9,000,000 Class B Shares (being the Founder’s Shares net of the Founder’s Relinquished Shares).

 

The Founder’s Shares represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares). Our Sponsor agreed pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the TSX. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking.

 

On or immediately following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, each Class A Restricted Voting Share would, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into one Common Share, as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like.

 

The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline and approval of the qualifying acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to closing of a qualifying acquisition. The Corporation is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition provided that an annual update is disseminated via press release and filed on SEDAR or otherwise made publicly available.

 

The holder(s) of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders and on all matters requiring a shareholder vote, with the exception of an extension of the Permitted Timeline, which will only be voted upon by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, as further described in the IPO Prospectus.

 

15

 

 

Only holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to have their shares redeemed, as further described below, and receive the escrow proceeds (net of applicable taxes and other permitted deductions) in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, in the event of a qualifying acquisition, and in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. Our Sponsor, as the holder of the Class B Shares, does not have access to, and cannot benefit from, any proceeds held in the escrow account, and as such, does not have any redemption rights with respect to their Class B Shares. Our Sponsor will, however, be entitled to such redemption rights using proceeds from the escrow account with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Consummation of the qualifying acquisition will require approval by a majority of our directors unrelated to the qualifying acquisition. In connection with seeking to complete a qualifying acquisition, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares, provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the deadline specified by the Corporation, following public disclosure of the details of the qualifying acquisition and prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, of which prior notice had been provided to the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares by any means permitted by the TSX, not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days in advance of such deadline, in each case, with effect, subject to applicable law, immediately prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account; and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to the limitations described in the IPO Prospectus. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the amount of any tax of the Corporation under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act or the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in escrow. If approval of the qualifying acquisition is otherwise required under applicable law, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall have the option to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition at any Shareholders Meeting, as further described in the IPO Prospectus. Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given not less than 21 days’ notice of the Shareholders Meeting (if such meeting is required under applicable law). Participants through CDS may have earlier deadlines for accepting deposits of Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption. If a CDS participant’s deadline is not met by a holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, such holder’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be eligible for redemption.

 

In connection with any shareholders meeting to vote on an extension to the Permitted Timeline, we will provide holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares with the opportunity to deposit for redemption all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares provided that they deposit their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before such meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, we will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited for redemption at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account; (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares; and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Unit held in the escrow account.

 

Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who redeem or sell their Class A Restricted Voting Shares will continue to have the right to exercise any Warrants they may hold if the qualifying acquisition is consummated.

 

16

 

 

We are unable to estimate the amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share which we expect in the escrow account as at the end of the Permitted Timeline due to recent market conditions, the low interest rate environment and the expected uncertainty and volatility going forward. Due to recent rate cuts by central banks introduced as a result of the coronavirus epidemic, yields on instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States, which are instruments that the Corporation intends to invest in, have decreased significantly since the IPO Closing Date which will affect the interest the Corporation is expected to earn on the proceeds held in the escrow account.

 

The remaining unredeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares would then be automatically converted on or immediately following the closing of the qualifying acquisition into one Common Share each (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), and the residual escrow account balance would be available to the Corporation and the Underwriters, as applicable.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the closing of the IPO. This limitation will not apply in the event a qualifying acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline, or in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. By its election to redeem, each registered holder (other than CDS) and each beneficial holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares shall be required to represent or shall be deemed to have represented to the Corporation that, together with any affiliate of such holder and any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, he, she or it is not redeeming Class A Restricted Voting Shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding following the closing of the IPO.

 

If we are unable to consummate a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem, as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account; (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares; and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Our Sponsor, as the holder of the Class B Shares, does not have any such redemption rights; however, our Sponsor will be entitled to such redemption payments from the escrow account with respect to any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it may acquire if we fail to complete our qualifying acquisition or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

Upon such redemption, the rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any). Subject to the prior rights of the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and whether prior to or following the Permitted Timeline, the Class B Shares would be entitled to receive the remaining property and assets of the Corporation available for distribution, after payment of liabilities, upon the Winding-Up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, subject to applicable law.

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, no further Class B Shares or Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be issued commencing on the day following the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

Common Shares

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, no Common Shares may be issued prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, except in connection with such closing.

 

17

 

 

The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at all meetings of, the shareholders of the Corporation (except where solely the holders of one or more other specified classes of shares (other than the Common Shares) shall be entitled to vote at a meeting, in which case, only such holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, and attend and vote at, such meeting). Each Common Share shall confer the right to one vote.

 

Following the closing of the qualifying acquisition, as applicable, the holders of the Common Shares (including those into which any remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares have been converted) will also be entitled to receive any dividends on an equal per share basis if, as and when declared by our board of directors.

 

Subject to the prior rights of the holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Units (and the underlying Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants) and applicable law, in the event of the Winding-Up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether prior to or following the Permitted Timeline, the holders of the Common Shares (or the holders of the Class B Shares, as applicable) shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation on a pro-rata basis.

 

A holder of Common Shares may at any time, at the option of the holder and with the consent of the Corporation, convert such Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis of 100 Common Shares for one Proportionate Voting Share.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Generally, the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares will have the same rights, will be equal in all respects and will be treated by the Corporation as if they were shares of one class only. No Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares will be issued prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

Conversion Rights and Transfers

 

Issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares, including fractions thereof, may at any time, subject to the FPI Condition, as defined below, at the option of the holder, be converted into Common Shares at a ratio of 100 Common Shares per Proportionate Voting Share with fractional Proportionate Voting Shares convertible into Common Shares at the same ratio. Further, the board of directors may determine in the future that it is no longer advisable to maintain the Proportionate Voting Shares as a separate class of shares and may cause all of the issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares to be converted into Common Shares at a ratio of 100 Common Shares per Proportionate Voting Share with fractional Proportionate Voting Shares convertible into Common Shares at the same ratio and the board of directors shall not be entitled to issue any more Proportionate Voting Shares under the articles of the Corporation thereafter.

 

The Proportionate Voting Shares are not transferrable without approval of the board of directors, except to Permitted Holders and in compliance with U.S. securities laws.

 

Conversion Conditions

 

The right of the Proportionate Voting Shares to convert into Common Shares is subject to certain conditions in order to maintain the Corporation’s status as a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws. Unless otherwise waived by the board of directors of the Corporation, the right to convert the Proportionate Voting Shares is subject to the condition that the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares (calculated as a single class) held of record, directly or indirectly, by residents of the United States (as determined in accordance with Rules 3b-4 and 12g3-2(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) may not exceed forty percent (40%) of the aggregate number of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares issued and outstanding after giving effect to such conversions (calculated as a single class) (the “FPI Condition”).

 

18

 

 

A holder of Common Shares may at any time, at the option of the holder and with the consent of the Corporation, convert such Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis of 100 Common Shares for one Proportionate Voting Share.

 

No fractional Common Shares will be issued on any conversion of any Proportionate Voting Shares and any fractional Common Shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. For the purposes of the foregoing:

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person.

 

Permitted Holders” means (i) the initial holders of Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, on closing of the qualifying acquisition; and (ii) any Affiliate or Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons referred to in clause (i) above.

 

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture or limited liability company. A Person is “controlled” by another Person or other Persons if: (i) in the case of a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated: (A) securities entitled to vote in the election of directors carrying in the aggregate at least a majority of the votes for the election of directors and representing in the aggregate at least a majority of the participating (equity) securities are held, other than by way of security only, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and (B) the votes carried in the aggregate by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of such company or other body corporate; or (ii) in the case of a Person that is not a company or other body corporate, at least a majority of the participating (equity) and voting interests of such Person are held, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and “controls”, “controlling” and “under common control with” shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

Voting Rights

 

All holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Common Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the BCBCA. A quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is present if shareholders who, together, hold not fewer than 25% of the votes attaching to the outstanding voting shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.

 

On all matters upon which holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Common Shares are entitled to vote:

 

· each Common Share is entitled to one vote per Common Share; and

 

· each Proportionate Voting Share is entitled to 100 votes per Proportionate Voting Share, and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share is entitled to the number of votes calculated by multiplying the fraction by 100.

 

The number of votes represented by fractional Proportionate Voting Shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Unless a different majority is required by law or the articles of the Corporation, resolutions to be approved by holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares require approval by a simple majority of the total number of votes of all Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares cast at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present based on the voting entitlements of each class of shares described above.

 

19

 

 

Dividend Rights

 

Holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to receive dividends out of the assets available for the payment or distribution of dividends at such times and in such amount and form as the board of directors may from time to time determine on the following basis, and otherwise without preference or distinction among or between the Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares: each Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to 100 times the amount paid or distributed per Common Share (including by way of share dividends, which holders of Proportionate Voting Shares will receive in Proportionate Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors) and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the applicable fraction thereof. See “Conversion Rights and Transfers” above.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares will be entitled to receive all of the Corporation’s assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities on the basis that each Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to 100 times the amount distributed per Common Share (and each fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share will be entitled to the amount calculated by multiplying the fraction by the amount otherwise payable in respect of a whole Proportionate Voting Share), and otherwise without preference or distinction among or between the shares. See “Conversion Rights and Transfers” above.

 

Pre-emptive and Redemption Rights

 

Holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares will not have any pre-emptive or redemption rights.

 

Subdivision or Consolidation

 

No subdivision or consolidation of any class of Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares may be carried out unless, at the same time, the Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares, as the case may be, are subdivided or consolidated in the same manner and on the same basis, so as to preserve the relative rights of the holders of each class of shares.

 

Certain Amendments

 

In addition to any other voting right or power to which the holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares shall be entitled by law or regulation or other provisions of the articles of the Corporation from time to time in effect, but subject to the provisions of the articles of the Corporation, holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares shall each be entitled to vote separately as a class, in addition to any other vote of shareholders that may be required, in respect of any alteration, repeal or amendment of our articles which would adversely affect the rights or special rights of the holders of Common Shares or Proportionate Voting Shares, or which would affect the rights of the holders of the Common Shares and the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares differently, on a per share basis, including an amendment to the terms of the articles that provide that any Proportionate Voting Shares sold or transferred to a Person that is not a Permitted Holder shall be automatically converted into Common Shares.

 

Pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, holders of Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares will be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, in certain change of control transactions that require approval of our shareholders under the BCBCA, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of the Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares, each voting separately as a class.

 

20

 

 

Issuance of Additional Proportionate Voting Shares

 

The Corporation may issue additional Proportionate Voting Shares upon the approval of the board of directors. Approval is not required in connection with a subdivision or consolidation on a pro rata basis as between the Common Shares and the Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

Take-Over Bid Protection

 

If an offer is being made for Proportionate Voting Shares (a “PVS Offer”) where: (i) by reason of applicable securities legislation or stock exchange requirements, the offer must be made to all holders of the class of Proportionate Voting Shares; and (ii) no equivalent offer is made for the Common Shares, the holders of Common Shares have the right, pursuant to the articles of the Corporation, at their option, to convert their Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares at a ratio of one Proportionate Voting Share per 100 Common Shares for the purpose of allowing the holders of the Common Shares to tender to such PVS Offer, provided that such conversion into Proportionate Voting Shares will be solely for the purpose of tendering the Proportionate Voting Shares to the PVS Offer in question and that any Proportionate Voting Shares that are tendered to the PVS Offer but that are not, for any reason, taken up and paid for by the offeror will automatically be reconverted into the Common Shares that existed prior to such conversion.

 

In the event that holders of Common Shares are entitled to convert their Common Shares into Proportionate Voting Shares at a ratio of one Proportionate Voting Share per 100 Common Shares in connection with a PVS Offer pursuant to (ii) above, holders of an aggregate of Common Shares of less than 100 (an “Odd Lot”) will be entitled to convert all but not less than all of such Odd Lot of Common Shares into an applicable fraction of one Proportionate Voting Share, provided that such conversion into a fractional Proportionate Voting Share will be solely for the purpose of tendering the fractional Proportionate Voting Share to the PVS Offer in question and that any fraction of a Proportionate Voting Share that is tendered to the PVS Offer but that is not, for any reason, taken up and paid for by the offeror will automatically be reconverted into the Common Shares that existed prior to such conversion.

 

Compliance Provisions

 

The Corporation’s notice of articles and articles, among other things, facilitate compliance with applicable regulatory and/or licensing regulations. In particular, the articles contain certain provisions (the “Compliance Provisions”), including a combination of certain remedies such as an automatic suspension of voting and/or dividend rights, a discretionary right to force a share transfer to a third party and/or a discretionary redemption right in favour of the Corporation, in each case to seek to ensure that the Corporation and its subsidiaries are able to comply with applicable regulatory and licensing regulations. The purpose of the Compliance Provisions is to provide the Corporation with a means of protecting itself from having a shareholder or a group of shareholders acting jointly or in concert, with an ownership interest of, whether of record or beneficially (or having the power to exercise control or direction over) (“Owning or Controlling”), five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation, or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time, and: (i) who a governmental authority granting licenses to, or otherwise governing the operations of, the Corporation or its subsidiaries has determined to be unsuitable to own Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable; (ii) whose ownership of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, may reasonably result in the loss, suspension or revocation (or similar action) with respect to any licenses or permits relating to the Corporation or its subsidiaries’ conduct of business (being the conduct of any activities relating to the cultivation, manufacturing and dispensing of cannabis and cannabis-derived products in the United States, which include the owning and operating of cannabis licenses) or in the Corporation being unable to obtain any new licenses or permits in the normal course, all as determined by the board of directors; or (iii) who have not been determined by the applicable regulatory authority to be an acceptable person or otherwise have not received the requisite consent of such regulatory authority to own the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, in each case within a reasonable time period acceptable to the board of directors or prior to acquiring any Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable (in each case, an “Unsuitable Person”). The ownership restrictions in the Corporation’s notice of articles and articles are also subject to an exemption for applicable depositaries and clearing houses as well as underwriters (as defined in the Securities Act (Ontario)) in the course of a distribution of securities of the Corporation.

 

21

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compliance Provisions provide that any shareholder (or group of shareholders acting jointly or in concert) proposing to Own or Control five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time) will be required to provide not less than 30 days’ advance written notice to the Corporation by mail sent to the Corporation’s registered office to the attention of the Corporate Secretary and to obtain all necessary regulatory approvals. Upon any such shareholder(s) Owning or Controlling five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation (or such other number as is determined by the board of directors from time to time), and having not received the requisite approval of any applicable regulatory authority to own the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, the Compliance Provisions will provide: (i) that such shareholder(s) may, in the discretion of the board of directors, be prohibited from exercising any voting rights and/or receiving any dividends from the Corporation, unless and until all requisite regulatory approvals are obtained; and (ii) the Corporation with a right, but not the obligation, at its option, upon notice to the Unsuitable Person, to: (A) redeem any or all Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, directly or indirectly held by an Unsuitable Person; and/or (B) forcibly transfer any or all Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, held directly or indirectly by an Unsuitable Person to a third party. Such rights are required in order for the Corporation to comply with regulations in various jurisdictions where the Corporation or its subsidiaries may conduct business.

 

Upon receipt by the holder of a notice to redeem or to transfer any or all of its Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, the holder will be entitled to receive, as consideration therefor, no less than 95% of the lesser of: (i) the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX (or the then principal exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are quoted for trading) on the trading day immediately prior to the closing of the redemption or transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified date); and (ii) the five-day volume weighted average price of the Common Shares on the TSX (or the then principal exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are quoted for trading) for the five trading days immediately prior to the closing of the redemption or transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified dates).

 

Further, a holder of the Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, will be prohibited from acquiring five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more transactions, without providing 30 days’ advance written notice to the Corporation by mail sent to the Corporation’s registered office to the attention of the Corporate Secretary. The foregoing restriction will not apply to the ownership, acquisition or disposition of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, as a result of: (i) the transfer of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, occurring by operation of law including, inter alia, the transfer of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, to a trustee in bankruptcy; (ii) an acquisition or proposed acquisition by one or more underwriters who hold Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, for the purposes of distribution to the public or for the benefit of a third party provided that such third party is in compliance with the foregoing restriction; or (iii) the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities issued by the Corporation or a subsidiary into or for Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms. If the board of directors reasonably believes that any such holder of the Common Shares may have failed to comply with the foregoing restrictions, the Corporation may apply to the Supreme Court of British Columbia, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for an order directing that such shareholder disclose the number of Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, directly or indirectly held.

 

Notwithstanding the adoption of the Compliance Provisions, the Corporation may not be able to exercise such rights in full or at all, including its redemption rights. Under the BCBCA, a corporation may not make any payment to redeem shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is unable to pay its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business or if making the payment of the redemption price or providing the consideration would cause the company to be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business. Furthermore, the Corporation may become subject to contractual restrictions on its ability to redeem its Common Shares and/or Proportionate Voting Shares, as applicable, by, for example, entering into a secured credit facility subject to such restrictions. In the event that restrictions prohibit the Corporation from exercising its redemption rights in part or in full, the Corporation will not be able to exercise its redemption rights absent a waiver of such restrictions, which the Corporation may not be able to obtain on acceptable terms or at all.

 

22

 

 

Advance Notice Provisions

 

The Corporation has included certain advance notice provisions with respect to the election of its directors in its articles (the “Advance Notice Provisions”). The Advance Notice Provisions are intended to: (i) facilitate orderly and efficient annual general meetings or, where the need arises, special meetings; (ii) ensure that all shareholders receive adequate notice of director nominations to the board of directors and sufficient information with respect to all nominees; and (iii) allow shareholders to register an informed vote. Only persons who are nominated by shareholders in accordance with the Advance Notice Provisions will be eligible for election as directors at any annual meeting of shareholders, or at any special meeting of shareholders if one of the purposes for which the special meeting was called was the election of directors.

 

Under the Advance Notice Provisions, a shareholder wishing to nominate a director would be required to provide the Corporation, in the prescribed form, within the prescribed time periods. These time periods include, (i) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders (including annual and special meetings), not fewer than 30 days prior to the date of the annual meeting of shareholders; provided, that if the first public announcement of the date (the “Notice Date”) of the annual meeting of shareholders is less than 50 days before the meeting date, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for any purpose which includes electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date, provided that, in either instance, if notice-and-access (as defined in National Instrument 54-101 – Communication with Beneficial Owners of Securities of a Reporting Issuer) is used for delivery of proxy related materials in respect of a meeting described above, and the Notice Date in respect of the meeting is not fewer than 50 days prior to the date of the applicable meeting, the notice must be received not later than the close of business on the 40th day before the applicable meeting.

 

Warrants

 

There are an aggregate of 30,000,000 Warrants (18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units sold to the public and 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants sold to our Sponsor) outstanding. Each whole Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (and on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, each whole Warrant would represent the entitlement to purchase one Common Share). The Warrants will become exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. As the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant outstanding will be exercisable for one Common Share, and at no time are the Warrants expected to be exercisable for Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day that is five years after the completion of our qualifying acquisition or may expire earlier upon our Winding-Up or if the expiry date is accelerated.

 

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the closing price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period.

 

23

 

 

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the Warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of acceleration of the expiry date. On and after the acceleration of the expiry date, a record holder of a Warrant will have no further rights.

 

The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their exercise price.

 

Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares to be issued to the Warrant holder.

 

The exercise of the Warrants by any holder in the United States, or that is a U.S. Person, may only be effected in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable State “blue sky” securities laws.

 

In no event would the Warrants be entitled to escrow account proceeds. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares and any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive corresponding shares. After the issuance of corresponding shares upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be $ 11.50, subject to adjustments as described herein and in the IPO Prospectus. At the election of the holder, the Warrants may be exercised through a cashless exercise.

 

The Warrant Agent shall, on receipt of a written request of the Corporation or holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate number of Warrants then outstanding, convene a meeting of holders of Warrants upon at least 21 calendar days’ written notice to holders of Warrants. Every such meeting shall be held in Toronto, Ontario or at such other place as may be approved or determined by the Warrant Agent. A quorum at meetings of holders of Warrants shall be two persons present in person or represented by proxy holding or representing more than 20% of the aggregate number of Warrants then outstanding.

 

From time to time, the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, without the consent of the holders of Warrants, may amend or supplement the Warrant Agreement for certain purposes including curing defects or inconsistencies or making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of Warrants. Any amendment or supplement to the Warrant Agreement that adversely affects the interests of the holders of Warrants may only be made by an “extraordinary resolution”, which is defined in the Warrant Agreement as a resolution either (i) passed at a meeting of the holders of Warrants by the affirmative vote of holders of Warrants representing not less than two-thirds of the aggregate number of the then outstanding Warrants represented at the meeting and voted on such resolution; or (ii) adopted by an instrument in writing signed by the holders of Warrants representing not less than two-thirds of the aggregate number of the then outstanding Warrants.

 

The Founder’s Warrants issued to our Sponsor will be identical to the Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units. Our Sponsor agreed, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking, not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the closing of the qualifying acquisition. In each case, other than transfers required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the TSX.

 

Make Whole Covenants

 

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our auditors), prospective qualifying business targets or other entities with which we do business, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the escrow account for the benefit of holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or that, even if they execute such agreements, they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Corporation (including amounts held in the escrow account) including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the escrow account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the escrow account for any reason.

 

24

 

 

In order to protect the amounts held in the escrow account, prior to the closing of the IPO, and pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor agreed that, (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share; or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

We believe the likelihood of our Sponsor having to indemnify us is limited because we will endeavor to have all or substantially all vendors and prospective qualifying acquisition targets as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the escrow account. However, we cannot assure investors that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations, and we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality.

 

In the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline, an automatic redemption, or a Winding-Up, whereby the taxes payable pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Tax Act would cause the amounts paid per share from the escrow account to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to be less than the initial $10.00 invested (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like), our Sponsor will, pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, be liable to the Corporation for an amount required in order for the Corporation to be able to pay $10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (but in no event more than the Part VI.1 taxes that would be owing by the Corporation where the amount paid to redeem each applicable Class A Restricted Voting Share would be $10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share). Other than as described herein or in the IPO Prospectus, our Sponsor will not be liable to the Corporation for any other reductions to the escrow account that would cause the Corporation to pay less than $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share to redeeming holders, including any amount on account of non-resident withholding tax applicable to any deemed dividends that arise on any redemptions.

 

Our Sponsor is permitted to make direct payments or contributions to the escrow account in the manner it determines, for indemnity purposes or otherwise.

 

25

 

 

In the event that our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors, in exercising their business judgment, may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure investors that due to claims of creditors, the actual value of the per share redemption price will not be substantially less than $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our shares to date. Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares would be entitled to dividends on an equal per share basis, if, as and when declared by the board of directors of the Corporation. However, we do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends prior to the completion of our qualifying acquisition. The payment of cash dividends in the future following the completion of our qualifying acquisition will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition and will be at the discretion of our existing board of directors at that time.

 

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

 

Trading Price and Volume

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants are listed for trading on the TSX under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class A Restricted Voting Units traded on the TSX under the symbol “BC.V” prior to the separation of the Class A Restricted Voting Units on September 24, 2019.

 

The following is a monthly summary of trading in the Class A Restricted Voting Shares as reported by the TSX for the period commenced on September 24, 2019, when the Class A Restricted Voting Shares first began trading separately on the TSX, to December 31, 2019:

 

Month   High price     Low price     Total volume by
month (number of

shares)
 
September 2019 (24-31)   $ 9.70     $ 6.94       40,250  
October 2019   $ 9.70     $ 9.60       1,061,731  
November 2019   $ 9.69     $ 9.65       580,300  
December 2019   $ 9.80     $ 9.66       461,800  

 

Source: TMX Webstore

 

The following is a monthly summary of trading in the Warrants as reported by the TSX for the period commenced on September 24, 2019, when the Warrants first began trading separately on the TSX, to December 31, 2019:

 

Month   High price     Low price     Total volume by
month (number of

shares)
 
September 2019 (24-31)   $ 0.76     $ 0.75       3,750  
October 2019   $ 0.75     $ 0.70       507,106  

 

26

 

 

Month   High price     Low price     Total volume by
month (number of
shares)
 
November 2019   $ 0.75     $ 0.73       105,700  
December 2019   $ 0.75     $ 0.69       52,500  

 

Source: TMX Webstore

 

The following is a monthly summary of trading in the Class A Restricted Voting Units as reported by the TSX for the period commenced on August 15, 2019, when the Class A Restricted Voting Units first began trading on the TSX, to September 23, 2019, the last day on which they traded prior to their separation:

 

Month   High price     Low price     Total volume by
month (number of

shares)
 
August 2019 (15-31)   $ 10.03     $ 9.97       3,299,300  
September 2019 (1-23)   $ 10.03     $ 9.93       172,900  

 

Source: TMX Webstore

 

Prior Sales

 

In connection with incorporation and initial organization of the Corporation, the Corporation issued one Class B Share to the Sponsor on July 8, 2019 (the “Incorporation Share”) at a price of $ 10.00 per Class B Share. Since then and before the closing of the IPO, the Corporation issued 10,062,499 Class B Shares (which, together with the Incorporation Share, represents the Founder’s Shares) as follows:

 

  Number of
Class B
    Issue price per
Class B
    Aggregate  
Date   Shares     Share     issue price  
July 8, 2019     1       10.00     $ 10.00  
July 18, 2019     10,062,499 (1)   $ 0.0025 (2)   $ 24,990  

 

(1) Up to 1,312,500 of the Class B Shares issued to the Sponsor were relinquishable without compensation depending on the extent to which the Over-Allotment Option was exercised. Our Sponsor relinquished 1,062,500 Class B Shares in connection with the partial exercise by the Underwriters of the Over-Allotment Option.

 

(2) After taking into account the Founder’s Relinquished Shares, the issue price per Class B Share was approximately $0.0028 .

 

In connection with the closing of the IPO and the Over-Allotment Closing, the Corporation issued 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units as follows:

 

Date   Number of
Class A
Restricted Voting
Units
    Issue price per
Class A
Restricted
Voting Unit
    Number of
underlying
Class A
Restricted
Voting Shares
    Number of
underlying
Warrants
 
August 15, 2019     35,000,000     $ 10.00       35,000,000       17,500,000  
September 13, 2019     1,000,000     $ 10.00       10,000,000       500,000  

 

27

 

 

In connection with the closing of the IPO, the Corporation issued 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants as follows:

 

Date     Number of Warrants     Issue price per Warrant  
August 15, 2019       12,000,000     $ 1.00  

 

ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO CONTRACTUAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

 

Designation of Class   Number of securities
that are

subject to a
contractual restriction on
transfer
    Percentage of class
as at March 31, 2020
 
Class B Shares(1)     9,000,000       100 %
Warrants(1)     12,000,000       40 %

 

(1) Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking, the Sponsor has agreed prior to the closing of the qualifying acquisition, not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants without the prior consent of the TSX. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sponsor may transfer its Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants if required due to the structuring of the qualifying acquisition.

 

VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, Class B Shares, Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares, each without nominal or par value. The Sponsor holds 9,000,000 Class B Shares (representing the Founder’s Shares after taking into account the Founder’s Relinquished Shares). The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws.

 

The following table discloses the names of the persons or companies who, to the knowledge of the Corporation, as of the date hereof, beneficially owned, or controlled or directed, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any class or series of the voting securities of the Corporation:

 

    Number of     Percentage of            
    Class A     Class A   Number of     Percentage of  
    Restricted     Restricted Voting   Class B     Class B Shares  
Name   Voting Shares     Shares (%)   Shares     (%)  
Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP     --     --     9,000,000       100 %

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Name, Address, Occupation and Securities Holding

 

The following are the names and municipalities of residence of our current directors and officers, their positions and offices with the Corporation and corresponding start dates, and their principal occupations during the last five years.

 

28

 

 

Name and     Present principal
municipality of Office held with the Director and/or occupation and
residence Corporation Officer Since positions held(1)
Paul Walsh Executive Chairman July 8, 2019 Lead Operating Partner of
West Sussex, United     Bespoke
Kingdom      
Peter Caldini Chief Executive Officer July 8, 2019 Consultant
Charlotte, North Carolina, and Director    
U.S.      
Maja Spalevic Chief Financial Officer July 8, 2019 Chief Financial Officer of
Enfied, United Kingdom     Bespoke
Ian Starkey Chair of the Audit July 8, 2019 Corporate Director
Warwickshire, United Committee and Director    
Kingdom      
Rob Berner Director July 8, 2019 Joint Managing Partner of
Greenwich, Connecticut,     Bespoke
U.S.      
Mark Harms Director July 8, 2019 Joint Managing Partner of
Wellington, Florida, U.S.     Bespoke
Geoffrey Parkin Director August 1, 2019 Partner of LEK Consulting
Berkshire, United     LLP
Kingdom      
Timothy Proctor Director August 6, 2019 Corporate Director
Durham, North Carolina,      
U.S.      

 

(1)       Each of the persons has held these positions for five years other than as described below.

 

As of the date hereof, the officers and directors of the Corporation do not hold any Class A Restricted Voting Shares or Class B Shares.

 

The following are brief biographies of the directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

Directors and Officers

 

Paul Walsh

 

Paul Walsh is our Executive Chairman and brings with him a wealth of experience as Chief Executive Officer of a large multinational branded consumer products corporation operating in highly regulated markets. Mr. Walsh was the Chief Executive Officer of Diageo, the world’s largest spirits company, from 2000 to 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Walsh was the Chairman and President of The Pillsbury Company from 1996 to 1999. Under Mr. Walsh’s leadership, Diageo was transformed from a multi- national conglomerate into a focused global market leading spirits business via a combination of organic growth and significant acquisitions. Mr. Walsh and his management team created over U.S.$80 billion of shareholder value while in leadership at Diageo.

 

Mr. Walsh brings with him substantial corporate leadership experience, knowledge of consumer-centric companies, international operations expertise, and experience with regulated industries. He has also held executive-level finance positions, including as Chief Financial Officer of Grand Metropolitan Foods and Intercontinental Hotels. Throughout his career, Mr. Walsh has built success and growth at his companies through the deployment of effective brand development and marketing strategies, which brings added perspective to our board of directors. Notable successes include the creation of the Johnnie Walker family of Scotch Whiskey brands.

 

29

 

 

Mr. Walsh is the Lead Operating Partner of Bespoke and also serves as Chairman of Compass Group PLC. He is a non-executive director of McDonald’s Corporation and FedEx Corporation.

 

Peter Caldini

 

Peter Caldini is our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. Mr. Caldini has over 20 years of experience building and restructuring multinational organizations around the world and a strong consumer healthcare background. Mr. Caldini developed extensive commercial management expertise at Pfizer Inc., Bayer AG and Wyeth, LLC. Mr. Caldini was the Regional President North America for Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2017 to 2019. Prior to that role he was the Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare from 2016 to 2017 and led the Northern European cluster from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Caldini was at Bayer from 2009 to 2014, with roles including the head of sub-region Emerging Markets EMEA, the General Manager of Bayer Consumer Care China and the head of the Nutritionals Strategic Business unit, the global leader in nutritional supplements with brands One-A-Day, Berocca, and Supradyn. From 2002 to 2009 Mr. Caldini was at Wyeth LLC where he was responsible for affiliates across LATAM and AsiaPac and also managed the Centrum brand globally. Early in his career Mr. Caldini held various leadership roles in brand management at Unilever in the US and Europe.

 

As President of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare North America Mr. Caldini was responsible for managing the 2nd largest OTC consumer healthcare company in the region with over U.S.$2.1 billion in net sales. He drove market share growth for leading brands Advil, Emergen-C, Nexium, Chapstick, and Prep-H and improved the profitability of the business unit. As Regional President, he drove organizational change, brand acceleration, marketing strategy, trade execution, global e-commerce and transitioned the business to a more integrated operating culture. Mr. Caldini simultaneously led the turnaround of the Pfizer Canada affiliate, the 2nd largest OTC company in the market.

 

As Regional President EMEA of Pfizer Consumer Healthcare he managed a U.S.$580 million P&L with over 850 employees. He was credited for restructuring the region, resulting in above market revenue growth and significantly improved profitability. He led the turnaround of several underperforming affiliates including the UK, Spain, Russia, and the Middle East. He directed the successful brand launches of Nexium across Europe and the Viagra switch in the UK. He also led the successful acquisition of B-Total, a leading vitamin B brand in Italy and the integration of Ferrosan in the Nordics and Russia.

 

Mr. Caldini holds board roles with healthcare companies Kramer Labs, Solvotrin, and PreMark Pharma. He has a Masters of International Economics and Management from Bocconi University in Milan, Italy, an MBA from Northeastern University and a BA, Political Science from Boston University. Mr. Caldini holds US and Italian citizenship.

 

Maja Spalevic

 

Maja Spalevic is our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Spalevic has over 18 years of experience in the financial services and private equity industries including over 13 years with GLP, an affiliate of Bespoke, where she manages finances, oversees the accounting, business support, financial reporting, planning and analysis, treasury, regulatory, human resources, legal, external audit and tax functions for GLP, Bespoke and the affiliated investment entities. Mrs. Spalevic was part of the formation of Bespoke in 2014. Prior to GLP Mrs. Spalevic was a staff accountant at Getty Images. She has a BSc (Hons) in Applied Accounting from Oxford Brookes University, is a Fellow of Chartered Certified Accountants (FCCA) and is an Association of Accounting Technicians full member (MAAT).

 

Ian Starkey

 

Ian Starkey is one of our directors and the Chair of the Audit Committee. Mr. Starkey brings audit, M&A, management consulting and forensic accounting experience which he gained as a partner at KPMG (UK) where he spent over 35 years. At KPMG, Mr. Starkey was one of the most senior audit partners for over 20 years and was associated with companies such as Diageo plc, F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG and BAE Systems plc. He held various senior management roles, primarily as head of the Consumer Goods markets sector for the UK and Europe. He was a member of the boards of KPMG Europe and KPMG UK LLP, where he chaired at various times the Audit & Risk and Remuneration & Nominations Committees.

 

30

 

 

Mr. Starkey is currently a non-executive board member of DAC Beachcroft LLP, an international law firm, a member of Meyler Campbell’s Mastered Programme for executive coaching and is also involved in various finance and non-profit ventures. His career history brings to the Corporation extensive experience of operating at board level in regulated businesses across a variety of sectors.

 

Robert L. Berner III

 

Rob Berner is one of our directors as well as a founder and Joint Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer of Bespoke and Chairman of Bespoke’s Investment Committee. He has been active in the private equity industry for over 30 years. Mr. Berner has sat on numerous boards and is currently Chairman of Johnnie-O LLC (men’s lifestyle brand). Mr. Berner also was a principal investor in, and Chairman of Diversified Distribution Systems, LLC (DDS), the largest specialty retail distribution and services business in the United States, which was recently sold very successfully to Bunzl Plc.

 

Mr. Berner was previously a Partner at CVC, a global private equity firm with over U.S.$50 billion of assets under management and assisted in the opening and development of the firm’s US efforts, including serving as Chairman of CVC US. Prior to CVC, he served as a Managing Director at Ripplewood Holdings and was a member of the firm’s Investment Committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Berner was a Partner and member of the Investment Committee of Charterhouse International. Mr. Berner began his career in the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley where he was a Principal in the mergers and acquisitions department. Mr. Berner also serves on the boards of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, Vinventions and 24 Hour Fitness. In addition, Mr. Berner has acted as a non-executive director on the boards of over 25 private equity portfolio companies during his private equity career and has sat on the board of several charitable and not for profit organizations.

 

Mr. Berner has an MBA from Northwestern University and a BBA in Finance from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Mark W.B. Harms

 

Mark Harms is one of our directors and a founder and Joint Managing Partner of Bespoke. Prior to Bespoke, Mr. Harms founded GLP in 2004, where he is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. GLP has advised on over U.S.$60 billion of transactions to date, deploying over U.S.$500 million of capital into a number of investments and developed an industry leading operating executive network with 75+ members. Mr. Harms has completed over 130 advisory and principal transactions in North and South America, Europe and Australia. Mr. Harms has extensive experience with regard to leveraged debt, mezzanine and equity financing techniques in Europe and the U.S. with over U.S.$100 billion in completed transactions.

 

Prior to founding GLP, Mr. Harms worked at Oppenheimer as a Managing Director and at CIBC World Markets as the founder and head of the Consumer Growth Group. Mr. Harms built within Consumer Growth Group strong industry verticals in branded consumer products and services, gaming, health and fitness, specialty retail and travel and tourism. Mr. Harms currently sits on the board of Bespoke’s portfolio companies, 24 Hour Fitness, World Fitness Services and Vinventions, as well as Olympic Entertainment. Mr. Harms was a Vice Chairman of the World Travel & Tourism Council from 2009 to 2014 and is a member and on the board of the International Association of Gaming Advisors. He was also a non-executive director on a number of other charitable, educational and non for profit boards.

 

Mr. Harms has an MBA from the University of Chicago and a BA from the University of Michigan.

 

31

 

 

Geoffrey Parkin

 

Geoff Parkin is a Partner at LEK Consulting LLP’s London office. He is a consumer markets expert and has broad experience assisting UK and international corporate and private equity clients with mission critical strategic issues, commercial performance improvement plans and due diligence assignments. Mr. Parkin has been with LEK for almost 20 years, and previously worked in commercial line management roles for British Airways and American Express, based in London, Copenhagen and Amsterdam.

 

Mr. Parkin graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree in Management Sciences from U.M.I.S.T. and studied Corporate Finance at London Business School.

 

32

 

 

Timothy D. Proctor

 

Timothy D. Proctor is one of our directors. Mr. Proctor has 38 years of experience in the practice of law, primarily in the highly regulated industries of pharmaceuticals and drinks. After five years at Union Carbide Corporation, Mr. Proctor spent 13 years at Merck supporting pharmaceutical marketing and research activities worldwide. At Glaxo (now GlaxoSmithKline) Mr. Proctor was US general counsel with responsibility for the full range of legal activities in support of marketing, manufacturing, and research, including intellectual property, as well as corporate compliance. He moved with Glaxo to the head office in London to be global head of human resources, and while in London joined Diageo plc as global general counsel. His thirteen years at Diageo involved managing a worldwide team of lawyers in support of a number of marketing, M&A, regulatory, and compliance challenges, during a period of strong growth for the company. Mr. Proctor’s previous board service included the Northwestern Mutual, Wachovia Bank and Allergan, Inc.

 

Mr. Proctor has MBA and JD degrees from the University of Chicago, earned in a joint program.

 

Indemnification and Insurance

 

The Corporation maintains a director and officer insurance program to limit the Corporation’s exposure to claims against, and to protect, its directors and officers. In addition, the Corporation has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers. The indemnification agreements generally require that the Corporation indemnify and hold the indemnitees harmless to the greatest extent permitted by law for liabilities arising out of the indemnitees’ service to the Corporation as directors and officers, provided that the indemnitees acted honestly and in good faith and in a manner the indemnitees reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the Corporation’s best interests and, with respect to criminal and administrative actions or proceedings that are enforced by monetary penalty, the indemnitees had no reasonable grounds to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The indemnification agreements also provide for the advancement of defence expenses to the indemnitees by the Corporation. Statutory indemnification rights also apply. The escrowed proceeds will not be accessible to cover any of the foregoing indemnities.

 

Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions

 

To the Corporation's knowledge, none of our directors and officers is, or within 10 years prior to the date hereof has been, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company (including the Corporation) that (i) was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order, or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation, that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days, that was issued while the director or officer was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer; or (ii) was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order, or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation, that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days, that was issued after the director or officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer.

 

To the Corporation's knowledge, none of our directors and officers (i) is, or within 10 years prior to the date hereof has been, a director or executive officer of any company (including the Corporation) that, while that person was acting in that capacity, or within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or (ii) has, within ten years prior to the date hereof, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the director or executive officer.

 

33

 

 

Board of Directors

 

To the Corporation’s knowledge, none of our directors and officers has been subject to (i) any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority; or (ii) any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable securityholder in deciding whether to invest in the Corporation.

 

INDEBTEDNESS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

None of the directors, officers or employees of the Corporation, and none of their associates, is or has, at any time since the beginning of the Corporation’s most recently completed fiscal year, been indebted to the Corporation. Additionally, the Corporation has not provided any guarantee, support agreement, letter of credit or other similar agreement or understanding in respect of any indebtedness of any such person to any person or entity, except for routine indebtedness as defined under applicable securities legislation.

 

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

 

To the knowledge of the Corporation, except as otherwise disclosed elsewhere in this AIF, no director or executive officer of the Corporation, no person or company that is the direct or indirect beneficial owner of, or who exercises control or direction over, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, and no associate or affiliate of any of the foregoing persons or companies, has or has had any material interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction since inception of the Corporation (up to the date hereof) that has materially affected or is reasonably expected to materially affect the Corporation.

 

DISCLOSURE OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES

 

All directors are elected on an annual basis, and unless re-elected, the term of office of the directors will expire at each annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors- is comprised of seven directors, three of whom are independent. Pursuant to National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees, as amended from time to time, an independent director is one who is free from any direct or indirect relationship which could, in the view of the board of directors, be reasonably expected to interfere with a director’s exercise of independent judgment.

 

The board of directors’ role is to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including the Corporation’s strategic planning and direction, identify the principal risks of the Corporation’s business and seek to ensure the implementation of systems to manage risk, succession planning and create a culture of integrity throughout the organization. The board of directors acts directly and through the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee operates under a formal charter or mandate which is reviewed, and if necessary, updated on an annual or more frequent basis if necessary. In fulfilling its role, the board of directors delegates’ day-to-day authority to management of the Corporation, while reserving the ability to review management decisions on any matter.

 

The board of directors held one meeting during the year ended December 31, 2019. All of the directors of the Corporation were present at such meeting.

 

The officers, advisors and directors will devote such time and expertise as is required by us. Time actually spent may vary according to our needs.

 

The board of directors has established procedures to enable it to function independently of management and to facilitate open and candid discussions among the independent directors. The Audit Committee, being the only committee of the board of directors, is comprised of a majority of independent directors and independent directors engage in informal discussions outside of regularly scheduled meetings. The independent directors are open to raise issues as they see fit, and to appoint a lead independent director should they wish to do so. Given the limited activities of the Corporation to date, this has not been considered necessary.

 

34

 

 

The board of directors expects to adopt position descriptions for the Chair, the Lead Director, the Chair of the Audit Committee and for the Chief Executive Officer following the closing of the qualifying acquisition. We also plan to adopt a majority voting policy consistent with the TSX requirements prior to the first uncontested meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected.

 

Nomination, Orientation and Continuing Education, Assessments and Board Renewal

 

The board of directors does not anticipate any changes to its composition until the completion of our qualifying acquisition. As such, at this time the board of directors and its committees have not adopted processes by which it assesses the board, its committees and individual directors. In addition, the board of directors has not adopted a process by which it identifies new candidates or measures to orient new directors. The board of directors does not currently have a nominating committee.

 

Ethical Business Conduct

 

The board of directors has not adopted a code of business conduct and ethics (the “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics”). The board of directors and management periodically review the Corporation’s practices to ensure it they are current and reflect best practices in the area of ethical business conduct. The board of directors expects to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics following the closing of the qualifying acquisition.

 

Gender Diversity

 

The Corporation recognizes the benefits that diversity brings. Currently, one executive officer of the Corporation is female. The Corporation recognizes the importance and benefit of having directors and senior management comprised of highly talented and experienced individuals having regard to the need to foster and promote diversity among board members and senior management with respect to attributes such as gender, ethnicity and other factors. The board of directors does not anticipate any changes to its composition or the composition of senior management until the completion of our qualifying acquisition. As such, the Corporation is not expected to adopt a written policy relating to the identification and nomination of women directors or executive officers or a formal target regarding the number of women on the board or in executive officer positions.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Our officers and directors have agreed to present to us all target business opportunities that have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the escrow account (excluding deferred underwriting commissions and applicable taxes payable on the income accrued in the escrow account), subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations. In addition, in the course of their other business activities, the directors and/or officers may owe similar or other duties, and may have obligations, to other entities or pursuant to other outside business arrangements, including to seek and present investment and business opportunities to other entities.

 

The following potential conflicts of interest, among others, to which some of our directors and officers will or may be subject in connection with our operations, exist:

 

· None of our directors or officers are required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may be susceptible to conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

 

· Our officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with other companies. In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from such other corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has contractually agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, until the earliest of our execution of a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition, our liquidation or such time as he or she ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have. We do not believe, however, that any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our executive officers would materially undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination.

 

35

 

  

· Unless and until we consummate our qualifying acquisition, our Sponsor and officers, or their respective affiliates or our affiliates, will not receive reimbursement for any out of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of proceeds not deposited in the escrow account.

 

In no event will our Sponsor or any of our officers or directors be paid any fees or other compensation (for greater certainty, excluding reimbursement of expenses), including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other compensation on the closing of our qualifying acquisition for services rendered in order to effectuate a qualifying acquisition, unless expressly approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the TSX.

 

We are not prohibited from pursuing a qualifying acquisition with a company that is affiliated with any of our Sponsor, or our directors or officers. In the event we seek to complete our qualifying acquisition with a company that is affiliated with any of our Sponsor or a director or officer, in accordance with applicable laws, any negotiations would be undertaken on behalf of the Corporation by a committee of unconflicted directors. In addition, in connection therewith the committee of unconflicted directors may be required to seek shareholder approval of such qualifying acquisition and, we, or a committee of independent directors, may be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person concluding that our qualifying acquisition is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view. In addition, if the qualifying acquisition involves a related party, the transaction may be subject to the minority shareholder protections of MI 61-101 – Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions, which would, in certain circumstances, require approval by minority shareholders and/or an independent valuation. The TSX may also impose additional requirements in such circumstances.

 

Conflicts, if any, will be subject to the procedures as provided under the BCBCA and applicable securities laws.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Corporation’s audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) is composed of Ian Starkey, Geoffrey Parkin and Timothy Proctor, each of whom is financially literate and independent. The relevant education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee is described as part of their respective biographies above under the “Directors and Officers – Name, Address, Occupation and Securities Holding” sub-heading.

 

The board of directors of the Corporation has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee (the “Charter of the Audit Committee”), which sets out the Audit Committee’s responsibility in reviewing and approving the financial statements of the Corporation and public disclosure documents containing financial information and reporting on such review to the board of directors of the Corporation, ensuring that adequate procedures are in place for the reviewing of the Corporation’s public disclosure documents that contain financial information, overseeing the work and reviewing the independence of the external auditors. The text of the Charter of the Audit Committee that has been adopted is attached to this AIF as Appendix A.

 

36

 

 

External Audit Service Fees

 

The fees billed to Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. by its auditor, RSM Canada LLP, for the financial year ended December 31, 2019, were as follows:

 

Year     Audit fees(1)     Audit related fees(2)     Tax fees(3)     All other fees(4)  
  2019     $ 26,000     $ 8,934       --       --  

 

Notes:

 

(1) Of the audit fee, $26,000 represents an accrual and has not yet been billed by the auditor.

 

(2) Audit-related fees include fees paid to the company’s auditors for statutory audits, attestation services, quarterly reviews and due diligence services.

 

(3) Tax fees include fees paid for preparation of the company’s annual tax return.

 

(4) All other fees include fees incurred in connection with an initial review of the company and its operations and administrative expenses.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER PAYMENTS

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

Except as otherwise stated herein or in the IPO Prospectus, there will be no salaries, consulting fees, management contract fees or directors’ fees, finder’s fees, loans, bonuses, deposits or similar payments to our officers or directors, directly or indirectly, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial qualifying acquisition, or other payments to insiders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial qualifying acquisition, other than (i) repayment of unsecured loans, and any interest thereon, which may be made by our Sponsor; (ii) the payment of $10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month for administrative and related services pursuant to an administrative services agreement entered into with our Sponsor which, if applicable, may include payment for services of related parties or qualified affiliates of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect our qualifying acquisition; (iii) reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the above-noted persons in connection with certain activities performed on our behalf, such as identifying possible business targets and qualifying acquisitions, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and qualifying acquisitions as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations; and (iv) if approved by a majority of our unconflicted directors, being the other directors who do not have a conflict of interest in respect of the proposed acquisition, and subject to any consent required by the TSX, payment of a customary finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation to our Sponsor, officers, or directors, or to their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, none of which will be made from the proceeds of the IPO held in the escrow account prior to the completion of the qualifying acquisition.

 

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the escrow account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate a qualifying acquisition.

 

Our board of directors will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or our affiliates or associates or their respective affiliates or associates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

 

Following completion of the qualifying acquisition, it is anticipated that we will pay compensation to our officers. Members of our management team who remain with the Corporation following our qualifying acquisition may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the resulting issuer of the qualifying acquisition with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the prospectus prepared by our management in connection with the qualifying acquisition.

 

37

 

 

 

Trading Policy

 

Until the Corporation completes a qualifying acquisition, the Corporation has imposed a continuous blackout period under the terms of its insider trading policy, as the Corporation expects to be continuously evaluating acquisition opportunities during this time. This means that no trading in the Corporation’s securities is permitted by any member of the board of directors, advisors, officers and employees of the Corporation and their respective associates (including immediate family members who reside in the same home as that person) until the completion of the qualifying acquisition.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The risks and uncertainties described in this AIF are those the Corporation currently believes to be material, but they are not the only ones it faces. If any of the following risks, or any other risks and uncertainties that the Corporation has not yet identified or that it currently considers not to be material, actually occur or become material risks, then our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could be materially and adversely affected.

 

We are a newly incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

 

We are a special purpose acquisition corporation with no operating activities. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our qualifying acquisition with one or more target businesses. We intend to continue our search for target businesses with a focus on the cannabis industry; however, we may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline. If we fail to complete our qualifying acquisition, we will never generate any operating revenues.

 

The ability of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential qualifying acquisition targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target.

 

We may enter into a transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares exercise their redemption rights, we may not be able to meet such closing condition, and as a result, would not be able to proceed with the qualifying acquisition. If accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net cash or net tangible assets to be less than the amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not be able to proceed with such redemption and the related qualifying acquisition and may instead search for an alternate qualifying acquisition. Prospective targets would be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into our qualifying acquisition with us.

 

The requirement that we complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our qualifying acquisition and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential acquisition targets as we approach the end of the Permitted Timeline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our qualifying acquisition on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

 

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning our qualifying acquisition will be aware that we must consummate our qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the IPO Closing Date (or 21 months from the IPO Closing Date if we have executed a definitive agreement for a qualifying acquisition within 18 months from the IPO Closing Date but have not completed the qualifying acquisition within such 18-month period). Consequently, such target businesses may obtain leverage over us in negotiating our qualifying acquisition, knowing that if we do not complete our qualifying acquisition with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our qualifying acquisition on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

 

38

 

We may not be able to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, in which case we would redeem our Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

We must complete our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline; however, we may not be able to find a suitable target business and consummate our qualifying acquisition within such time period. If we are unable to consummate our qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem 100% of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, as described herein.

 

Potential targets may be unwilling to effect a qualifying acquisition with us.

 

While we believe that our status as a public company makes us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view the inherent limitations in our status as a SPAC and may prefer to effect a qualifying acquisition with a more established entity or with a private company, undertake a transaction with an entity offering operating synergies or effect a traditional initial public offering.

 

We may attempt to contemporaneously consummate qualifying acquisitions with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to consummate our qualifying acquisition and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

 

If we determine to contemporaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we may need each or some of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the contemporaneous closings of the other qualifying acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the qualifying acquisition. With multiple qualifying acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent integration of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

 

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for acquisition opportunities of target businesses, it may be difficult for us to complete our qualifying acquisition. If we are unable to complete our qualifying acquisition, our Warrants will expire worthless.

 

We have encountered and may continue to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors, pension funds and private equity firms, other prospective SPACs and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we seek to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have significant experience identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Some of these competitors may possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources are relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the IPO, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizeable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. If we are unable to complete our qualifying acquisition, our Warrants will expire worthless.

 

39

 

Our ability to consummate an attractive qualifying acquisition may be impacted by the market for initial public offerings.

 

It is very likely that our target(s) will want to be a public reporting company. If the market for initial public offerings is limited, we believe that there will be a greater number of attractive target businesses open to being acquired by us as a means to achieve public company status. Alternatively, if the market for initial public offerings is robust, we believe that there will be fewer attractive target businesses amenable to being acquired by us to become a public reporting company. Accordingly, during periods with strong public offering markets, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial qualifying acquisition.

 

If our working capital is insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the period preceding the end of the Permitted Timeline, we may be unable to complete our qualifying acquisition.

 

The funds available to us outside of the escrow account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for the period prior to the expiry of the Permitted Timeline and to fund the consummation of our qualifying acquisition. If we are unable to borrow funds from our Sponsor or its affiliates, our Class A Restricted Voting Shares would be redeemed. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment with respect to a particular proposed qualifying acquisition, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we are unable to fund such down payments, our ability to close a contemplated transaction could be impaired.

 

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the escrow account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be less than $10.00 per share.

 

Our placing of funds in the escrow account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Given that we will not have access to the escrowed funds except under certain permitted circumstances with respect to payment of taxes and of redemptions, and that the funds we hold which are not placed in escrow are intended to be used in accordance with our estimates in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the IPO Prospectus, we may not have the financial resources to defend a potential claim, nor may we have the ability to sue to enforce a potential claim. Although we seek, where practicable, to have material vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the escrow account, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the escrow account.

 

Pursuant to the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking, our Sponsor has agreed that (A) in the event of the liquidation of the escrow account upon the occurrence of the automatic redemption by the Corporation of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the inability of the Corporation to complete a qualifying acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, or on a Winding-Up, or (B) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline or the completion of a qualifying acquisition, it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by any third party (other than our auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective qualifying acquisition target with which we have entered into, or discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the escrow account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share, or (ii) such lesser amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account as of the date of the full or partial liquidation of the escrow account, as applicable, due to reductions in the value of the assets held in escrow (other than due to the failure to obtain waivers from such third parties), in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the escrow account, and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters against certain liabilities. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

 

40

 

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the escrow account available for distribution to holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

In the event that the proceeds in the escrow account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) per Class A Restricted Voting Share; or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the escrow account as of the date of the liquidation of the escrow account due to reductions in the value of the escrow assets, in the case of both (i) and (ii), less the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to claims by a third party who executed a waiver, or by our auditors or the Underwriters, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors, in exercising their business judgment, may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the escrow account available for distribution to holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

 

Our Sponsor will have significant influence in determining the outcome of the Shareholders Meeting (if required under applicable law), at which shareholder approval of the qualifying acquisition would be sought, and accordingly, which transaction would ultimately be completed as our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our Founder’s Shares, which are held by our Sponsor, represent 20% of our issued and outstanding shares (including all Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares). Accordingly, with the inclusion of the Founder’s Shares our Sponsor holds approximately a 20% voting interest to vote on the qualifying acquisition. Further, given the transfer restrictions placed on the shares held by our Sponsor until the completion of our qualifying acquisition and its ownership of the Founder’s Warrants, our Sponsor may be incentivized to support and vote for a transaction even if such transaction is not the most commercially beneficial to the Corporation. Our Sponsor has agreed, if a vote is required, to vote its Founder’s Shares and any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased following the IPO in favour of the proposed qualifying acquisition. For the foregoing reasons, our Sponsor may significantly influence the vote on the qualifying acquisition, which they may be inclined to do given the difference in economic interests of our Sponsor as compared to the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

Our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates may elect to purchase Class A Restricted Voting Shares, which may influence a vote on a proposed qualifying acquisition.

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares acquired by our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates, for investment or other purposes, may be entitled to be voted at the Shareholders Meeting, if required, and could therefore increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the qualifying acquisition. This may result in the completion of a qualifying acquisition that may not otherwise have been possible.

 

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a qualifying acquisition. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our qualifying acquisition and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular qualifying acquisition is the most advantageous.

 

Our key personnel may choose to, or be asked to, remain with the company after the completion of our qualifying acquisition, and if so, they may negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the transaction. Such negotiations may take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the qualifying acquisition and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the completion of our qualifying acquisition. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

 

41

 

Since our Sponsor will lose their investment in us if our qualifying acquisition is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a qualifying acquisition target is appropriate.

 

Our Sponsor will not be entitled to redeem its Founder’s Shares in connection with a qualifying acquisition or entitled to access to the escrow account in respect thereof upon our Winding-Up. Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, our Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of $12,000,000). As a result, the personal and financial interests of our Sponsor may influence the identification and selection of a qualifying acquisition, the voting on the qualifying acquisition, if required, and the operation of the business following our qualifying acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares can elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares in connection with the completion of our qualifying acquisition, irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or do not vote on, the qualifying acquisition.

 

Because there are other companies with a business plan similar to ours seeking to effectuate a qualifying acquisition, it may be more difficult for us to complete a qualifying acquisition.

 

Based upon publicly available information, other Canadian SPACs and numerous U.S. SPACs are currently pursuing qualifying acquisitions. The Canadian SPACs may consummate a qualifying acquisition in any industry they choose including the cannabis sector, and so we may be subject to competition from these and other companies seeking to execute a business plan similar to ours.

 

Accordingly, we cannot assure investors that we will be able to successfully compete for an attractive qualifying acquisition and, because of this competition, we cannot assure investors that we will be able to complete a qualifying acquisition within the required time period.

 

Risk of volatile markets including low interest rate environment.

 

Unexpected and unpredictable events including a widespread health crisis or global pandemic, and events such as war and occupation, terrorism, political unrest and geopolitical risks may lead to adverse effects on world economies and markets generally, including Canadian, U.S. and other economies and securities markets. For example, the recent spread of coronavirus (COVID-19) has caused volatility in the global financial markets, resulted in significant disruptions to global business activity and threatened a slowdown in the global economy. The impact of coronavirus disease may be short term or may last for an extended period of time but it has led central banks, including the Federal Reserve, to cut the interest rate resulting in lower interest payable on the Permitted Investments than initially expected by the Corporation

 

Our search for a qualifying acquisition, and any target business(es) with which we ultimately consummate a qualifying acquisition, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak.

 

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, which has and is continuing to spread throughout China and other parts of the world, including Canada and the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a "Public Health Emergency of International Concern." On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a "pandemic". The outbreak, has resulted in governments worldwide, including in Canada and the United States, enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global financial mar kets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. As a result, the business of any potential target business(es) with which we consummate a qualifying acquisition could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a qualifying acquisition if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company's personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a qualifying acquisition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a qualifying acquisition, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a qualifying acquisition, may be materially adversely affected.

 

42

 

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

 

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain Canadian securities law, income tax law and the TSX and other legal and regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application also may change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations.

 

Our directors and officers and our Sponsor live or are organized outside of Canada; therefore investors may not be able to enforce applicable securities laws or their other legal rights against such parties.

 

Our directors and officers and our Sponsor reside or is organized outside of Canada. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors to enforce their legal rights or to enforce judgments of Canadian courts predicated upon civil liabilities under securities laws and/or criminal penalties against any person that resides or is otherwise organized outside of Canada even if the party has appointed an agent for service of process.

 

In the event the Corporation acquires a United States entity or assets of a United States entity, it may have adverse tax consequences on holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and on the Corporation.

 

In the event the Corporation acquires a United States entity or assets of a United States entity, under certain circumstances, the Corporation will be treated under section 7874 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) as a United States corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. While the Corporation does not have any current plans to engage in an acquisition which will be subject to section 7874 of the Code, there can be no assurances provided by the Corporation that it will not engage in such an “inversion” transaction at the time of the qualifying acquisition.

 

If the Corporation engages in such an “inversion” transaction and the Corporation is treated as a United States corporation, the Corporation generally would be subject to United States federal income tax and the United States and Canadian federal income tax consequences to United States, Canadian and other non-United States holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (which, on or immediately following the closing of a qualifying acquisition, would, unless previously redeemed, be automatically converted into Common Shares) may materially differ. Any such United States federal corporate tax liability could have a material adverse effect on the results of the Corporation’s operations. If the Corporation engages in such an “inversion” transaction, any dividends paid by the Corporation to non-United States holders may be subject to United States federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate or such lower rate as provided in an applicable treaty. Because the Common Shares would be treated as shares of a United States domestic corporation, the United States gift, estate and generation-skipping transfer tax rules generally would apply to a non-United States holder of Common Shares.

 

43

 

In the event that we consummate our qualifying acquisition, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine some of which may be outside of our control.

 

To the extent we consummate our qualifying acquisition, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or it may be that we will not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. An investment in the Corporation’s securities may not ultimately prove to be more favourable to investors than a direct investment in an acquisition target, if such opportunity were available.

 

We may seek acquisition opportunities outside of our management’s area of expertise and our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all significant risks associated with the target company.

 

Even though we intend to focus on the cannabis sector, we may be presented with a qualifying acquisition target in a sector unfamiliar to our management team, but determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for the Corporation. In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of our management’s expertise, our management’s experience may not be directly applicable to the target business or their evaluation of its operations.

 

Although we identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

 

Although we have identified specific investment criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our qualifying acquisition will not have all of these positive attributes. If we consummate our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such acquisition may not be as successful as an acquisition with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce our qualifying acquisition with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval, which is a prerequisite to the closing of our qualifying acquisition if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines.

 

We are not required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person, and consequently, an independent source may not confirm that the price we are paying for the business is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

Unless we consummate our qualifying acquisition with a related party (within the meaning of applicable securities law), we may not be required to obtain an opinion from a qualified person that the price we are paying is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view. Accordingly, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our management and board of directors.

 

44

 

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

 

The investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments requires substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, legal counsel and other experts. If we decide not to complete a specific qualifying acquisition, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to consummate our qualifying acquisition for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

 

After our qualifying acquisition, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside of Canada and all or the majority of our assets will be located outside of Canada; therefore investors may not be able to enforce applicable securities laws or their other legal rights.

 

It is possible that after our qualifying acquisition, a number of our directors and officers will reside outside of Canada and all or the majority of our assets will be located outside of Canada. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in Canada to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of Canadian courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under Canadian laws.

 

We are highly dependent upon our directors and officers and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate and effect our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our directors and officers. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our directors and officers, at least until we have consummated our qualifying acquisition and possibly thereafter. In addition, our directors and officers are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential qualifying acquisition and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-personnel insurance on the life of, any of our directors and officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors and officers could have a detrimental effect on us, our operations and our ability to effect our qualifying acquisition.

 

Our ability to successfully effect our qualifying acquisition and to be successful thereafter will be largely dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our qualifying acquisition. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-qualifying acquisition business.

 

Our ability to successfully effect our qualifying acquisition is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel will remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our qualifying acquisition, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our qualifying acquisition, our assessment of these individuals may not prove to be correct. As well, these individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated as a reporting issuer under applicable Canadian securities laws, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

 

45

 

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our qualifying acquisition with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

 

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our qualifying acquisition with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’ management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’ management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we expected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-qualifying acquisition business may be negatively impacted.

 

The officers and directors of an acquisition target may resign upon or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition. The loss of an acquisition target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-qualifying acquisition business.

 

The role of an acquisition target’s key personnel upon or following the closing of our qualifying acquisition cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition target’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition target following our qualifying acquisition, it is possible that some members of the management team of an acquisition target will not wish to remain in place, which could negatively affect the business.

 

Our Sponsor, directors and officers may now be, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

 

We are engaged in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor, directors and officers may now be, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business, including one or more SPACs that may seek to acquire businesses similar to the businesses that the Corporation is seeking to acquire as part of its qualifying acquisition.

 

Our Sponsor, directors and officers also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe duties. In the course of their other business activities, our Sponsor, directors and/or officers may owe similar or other duties, and may have obligations, to other entities or pursuant to other outside business arrangements, including to seek and present investment and business opportunities to other entities. Additionally, our directors and officers are not required to present investment and business opportunities to the Corporation in priority to other entities with which they are affiliated or to which they owe duties.

 

Our directors, officers, security holders and their respective affiliates and associates may have interests that conflict with our interests.

 

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders, affiliates or associates from having a direct or indirect financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. We are not prohibited from entering into our qualifying acquisition with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, or our directors or officers. In the event that we did wish to enter into our qualifying acquisition with a target business affiliated with our Sponsor, however, we would be required to obtain a fairness opinion from a qualified person, concluding that our qualifying acquisition is fair to us or our shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

46

 

We may attempt to consummate our qualifying acquisition with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

 

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our qualifying acquisition with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential qualifying acquisition on the basis of limited information, which may result in our qualifying acquisition with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

 

The Corporation may lose “foreign private issuer status” in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

 

Following our qualifying acquisition, we expect to employ Proportionate Voting Shares to meet the definition of “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the U.S. Securities Act. As a result, the Corporation will be a “foreign private issuer,” and will not be subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. The Corporation may in the future lose its foreign private issuer status if a majority of its Common Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares are held in the U.S. and it fails to meet the additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status, such as if: (1) a majority of its directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) a majority of its assets are located in the U.S.; or (3) its business is administered principally in the U.S.

 

If the Corporation loses its foreign private issuer status and decides, or is required, to register as a U.S. domestic issuer, the regulatory and compliance costs will be significantly more than the costs incurred as a Canadian foreign private issuer. In such event, the Corporation would not be eligible to use foreign issuer forms and would be required to file periodic and current reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are generally more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks related to the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights subsequent to its qualifying acquisition, and may become subject to allegations that the Corporation is in violation of intellectual property rights of third parties.

 

The ownership and protection of intellectual property rights may be a significant aspect of the Corporation’s future success. We may rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information that are not protected by patents to maintain our competitive position. We will try to protect such intellectual property by entering into confidentiality agreements with parties that have access to it, such as our partners, collaborators, employees and consultants. Any of these parties may breach these agreements and we may not have adequate remedies for any specific breach. In addition, trade secrets and technical know-how, which are not protected by patents, may otherwise become known to or be independently developed by competitors, in which event we could be materially adversely affected.

 

Unauthorized parties may attempt to replicate or otherwise obtain and use products, trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information of other parties. Policing the unauthorized use of intellectual property rights could be difficult, expensive, time-consuming and unpredictable, as may be enforcing these rights against unauthorized use by others. Identifying unauthorized use of intellectual property rights is difficult as the owner may be unable to effectively monitor and evaluate the products being distributed by its competitors, including parties such as unlicensed dispensaries, and the processes used to produce such products. In addition, in any infringement proceeding, some or all trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights or other proprietary know-how, or arrangements or agreements seeking to protect the same for the benefit of an issuer, may be found invalid, unenforceable, anti-competitive or not infringed. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Any or all of these events could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

47

 

In addition, other parties may claim that the Corporation’s products infringe on their proprietary and perhaps patent protected rights. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, legal fees, result in injunctions, temporary restraining orders and/or require the payment of damages. As well, the Corporation may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that the Corporation has infringed on their lawful rights. However, such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to the Corporation or at all. In addition, the Corporation may not be able to obtain or utilize on terms that are favorable to it, or at all, licenses or other rights with respect to intellectual property that it does not own.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks related to information technology systems, including cyber-attacks.

 

An issuer’s operations may depend, in part, on how well it and its suppliers protect networks, equipment, information technology (“IT”) systems and software against damage from a number of threats, including, but not limited to, cable cuts, damage to physical plants, natural disasters, intentional damage and destruction, fire, power loss, hacking, computer viruses, vandalism and theft. Following its qualifying acquisition, the Corporation’s operations may also depend on the timely maintenance, upgrade and replacement of networks, equipment, IT systems and software, as well as pre-emptive expenses to mitigate the risks of failures. Any of these and other events could result in information system failures, delays and/or increase in capital expenses. The failure of information systems or a component of information systems could, depending on the nature of any such failure, adversely impact the Corporation’s reputation and results of operations. The Corporation’s risk and exposure to these matters cannot be fully mitigated because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats. As a result, cyber security and the continued development and enhancement of controls, processes and practices designed to protect systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access may become a priority to ensure the ongoing success and security of the business. As cyber threats continue to evolve, an issuer may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance protective measures or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities.

 

Management of growth may prove to be difficult.

 

The Corporation’s business may be subject to growth-related risks including capacity constraints and pressure on its internal systems and controls. The ability of an issuer to manage growth effectively requires it to continue to implement and improve its operational and financial systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base. The inability of the Corporation to deal with this growth may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

We may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our qualifying acquisition.

 

We may structure our qualifying acquisition to acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business. Even though we may own a majority interest in the target, our shareholders prior to the qualifying acquisition may collectively own a minority interest in the post-qualifying acquisition company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the qualifying acquisition. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, even if we were to acquire a 100% interest in the target, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the target company’s shareholdings than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that we will not be able to maintain control of the target business. In the event that we structure our qualifying acquisition to acquire less than 100% of the equity interest or assets of the target business, specific securities regulatory requirements may apply to the qualifying acquisition, including pursuant to National Policy 41-201 – Income Trusts and Other Indirect Offerings.

 

48

 

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our qualifying acquisition or to fund the operations and/or growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular qualifying acquisition.

 

Although we believe that the net proceeds of the IPO, and the net proceeds of any loans we may incur from our Sponsor, as further described in the IPO Prospectus, will be sufficient to allow us to consummate our qualifying acquisition. However, if the net proceeds of the IPO prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our qualifying acquisition, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares from holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares who elect redemption in connection with our qualifying acquisition, or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our qualifying acquisition, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed qualifying acquisition. Additional financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular qualifying acquisition and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to consummate our qualifying acquisition, we may require such financing to fund the operations and/or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our Sponsor, officers, directors or shareholders are required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our qualifying acquisition.

 

We may only be able to complete one qualifying acquisition with the proceeds of the IPO, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single target business which may have a limited number of products or services.

 

If we complete a qualifying acquisition with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the industry in which we operate. Further, we will not be able to immediately diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several acquisitions or business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, in such case, the prospects for our success may be solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

 

There may be tax consequences to our qualifying acquisition that may adversely affect us.

 

While we expect to undertake any merger or acquisition so as to minimize taxes both to the acquired business and/or assets and us, such qualifying acquisition might not meet the statutory requirements of a tax-deferred rollover for the Corporation or for shareholders. A qualifying acquisition that does not qualify for a tax-deferred rollover could result in the imposition of substantial taxes, and may have other adverse tax consequences to us, the acquired business or assets and/or our shareholders.

 

Holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed qualifying acquisition, which means we may complete our qualifying acquisition even though a majority of our holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares do not support such a transaction.

 

We do not intend to hold a shareholder vote to approve our qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, we may consummate a qualifying acquisition even if holders of a majority of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares do not approve of the qualifying acquisition we consummate.

 

49

 

The opportunity of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to their exercise of the right to redeem their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for cash.

 

Since our board of directors intends to complete a qualifying acquisition without seeking approval from holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not have the right or opportunity to vote on the qualifying acquisition. Accordingly, you are relying on the judgment of our management and board of directors and your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential qualifying acquisition may be limited to exercising the redemption rights attaching to the Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

The ability of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition or optimize our capital structure.

 

At the time we enter into an agreement for our qualifying acquisition, we will not know how many holders of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectation as to the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that will be submitted for redemption. This consideration may limit our ability to complete the most desirable qualifying acquisition available to us or optimize our capital structure.

 

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Cannabis Business (If Applicable)

 

Cannabis businesses may be highly regulated entities and, subject to identifying an appropriate target business or businesses for our qualifying acquisition, we may be subject to significant regulatory risks.

 

Successful execution of a qualifying acquisition and the Corporation’s strategy within the cannabis sector is contingent, in part, upon compliance with regulatory requirements enacted by governmental authorities and obtaining all regulatory approvals, where necessary, for the sale of its products, including maintaining and renewing all applicable licenses. The commercial cannabis industry is still a nascent industry and the Corporation cannot predict the impact of the compliance regime to which it may be subject following completion of a qualifying acquisition in the sector. Similarly, the Corporation cannot predict the time required to secure all appropriate regulatory approvals for any of the products, or the extent of testing and documentation that may be required by governmental authorities. Any delays in obtaining, or failure to obtain regulatory approvals may significantly delay or impact the development of markets, products and sales initiatives and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Corporation. Without limiting the foregoing, failure to comply with the requirements of any underlying licenses or any failure to maintain any underlying licenses would have a material adverse impact on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Corporation. There can be no guarantees that any required licenses for the operation of our business will be extended or renewed in a timely manner, if at all, or that if they are extended or renewed, that the licenses will be extended or renewed on the same or similar terms.

 

If we complete a qualifying acquisition within the cannabis sector, the Corporation will incur ongoing costs and obligations related to regulatory compliance, and such costs may prove to be material. Failure to comply with regulations may result in additional costs for corrective measures, penalties or in restrictions on the Corporation’s operations. In addition, changes in regulations, more vigorous enforcement thereof or other unanticipated events could require extensive changes to the Corporation’s operations, increased compliance costs or give rise to material liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

50

 

The cannabis sector will be subject to a variety of changes in laws, regulations and guidelines, the full effect of which cannot yet be fully determined or assessed.

 

The Corporation may target businesses that are involved in the cannabis industry and/or related sectors which are subject to various laws, regulations and guidelines relating to the manufacture, management, packaging/labelling, advertising, sale, transportation, storage and disposal of cannabis but also including laws and regulations relating to drug, controlled substances, health and safety, the conduct of operations and the protection of the environment. These laws also differ internationally and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Changes to such laws, regulations and guidelines due to matters beyond the control of the Corporation could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

Scientific research related to the benefits of cannabis remains in early stages, is subject to a number of important assumptions and may prove to be inaccurate.

 

Research in Canada, the United States and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids remains in early stages. To the Corporation’s knowledge, there have been relatively few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids.

 

Although the Corporation believes that the articles and reports, and details of research studies and clinical trials that are publicly available reasonably support the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis, future research and clinical trials may prove such statements to be incorrect, or could raise concerns regarding and perceptions relating to cannabis. Future research studies and clinical trials may reach negative conclusions regarding the viability, safety, efficacy, dosing, social acceptance or other facts and perceptions related to medical cannabis, that could materially impact issuers in this sector.

 

Competition in the cannabis industry is intense and includes increased competition by larger and better-financed competitors.

 

The Corporation expects intense competition in the cannabis industry, some of which can be expected to come from companies with long operating histories and significant financial resources and manufacturing and marketing experience. In addition, there is potential that the cannabis industry will undergo consolidation, creating larger companies with financial resources, manufacturing and marketing capabilities, and products that will be greater than those achievable by the Corporation. As a result of this competition, we may be unable to identify a target or after our qualifying acquisition maintain our operations or develop them on terms we consider to be acceptable or at all. Increased competition by larger, better-financed competitors with geographic advantages could materially and adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Negative publicity or consumer perception may affect the success of the cannabis industry.

 

The success of the cannabis industry may be significantly influenced by the public’s perception of cannabis. Both the medical and adult use of cannabis are controversial topics, and there is no guarantee that future scientific research, publicity, regulations, medical opinion and public opinion relating to cannabis will be favourable. The cannabis industry is an early-stage business that is constantly evolving with no guarantee of viability. The market for medical and adult use cannabis is uncertain, and any adverse or negative publicity including regarding various products and their safety, scientific research, limiting regulations, medical opinion and public opinion (whether or not accurate or with merit) relating to the consumption of cannabis, whether in Canada, or internationally, may have a material adverse effect on our opportunities and in the future operational results, consumer base and financial results of any cannabis-related business we acquire. Among other things, such a shift in public opinion could cause jurisdictions in the United States to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical cannabis, thereby limiting the number of new State jurisdictions into which the Corporation could identify potential acquisition opportunities.

 

51

 

Certain events or developments in the cannabis industry more generally may impact the Corporation’s reputation.

 

Damage to an issuer’s reputation can be the result of the actual or perceived occurrence of any number of events, and could include any negative publicity, whether true or not. Cannabis has often been associated with various other narcotics, violence and criminal activities, the risk of which is that the business might attract negative publicity. There is also risk that the action(s) of other participants, companies and service providers in the cannabis industry may negatively affect the reputation of the industry as a whole and thereby negatively impact the reputation of an issuer. The increased usage of social media and other web-based tools used to generate, publish and discuss user-generated content and to connect with other users has made it increasingly easier for individuals and groups to communicate and share opinions and views in regards to an issuer and its activities, whether true or not and the cannabis industry in general, whether true or not. The Corporation does not ultimately have direct control over how it or the cannabis industry is perceived by others. Reputational loss may result in decreased investor confidence, increased challenges in developing and maintaining community relations and an impediment to the Corporation’s overall ability to advance its business strategy and realize on its growth prospects.

 

Third parties with whom an issuer may do business may perceive themselves as being exposed to reputational risk as a result of their relationship with the issuer.

 

The parties with which the Corporation may do business may perceive that they are exposed to reputational risk as a result of the Corporation’s cannabis-related business activities. Failure to establish or maintain business relationships due to reputational risk arising in connection with the nature of the Corporation’s business could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

An issuer may be subject to advertising and promotional risk in the event the issuer cannot effectively implement a successful branding strategy.

 

If we successfully execute a qualifying acquisition with a cannabis-related business/businesses, our future growth and profitability may depend on the effectiveness and efficiency of advertising and promotional costs, including our ability to (i) create brand recognition for any products we may develop or sell; (ii) determine appropriate advertising strategies, messages and media; and (iii) maintain acceptable operating margins on such costs. There can be no assurance that advertising and promotional costs will result in revenues for the Corporation’s business in the future, or will generate awareness for any of the Corporation’s product. In addition, no assurance can be given that we will be able to manage our advertising and promotional costs on a cost-effective basis.

 

In Canada, the Cannabis Act prohibits the promotion of cannabis, cannabis accessories and services related to cannabis, except in very limited circumstances. It also establishes plain packaging and labelling requirements of cannabis and cannabis accessories. The Cannabis Act contains specific prohibitions on several types of promotional activities or packaging or labelling, including in relation to promotion, packaging or labelling: (i) that there are reasonable grounds to believe could be appealing to young persons; (ii) that sets out a testimonial or endorsement; (iii) that sets out the depiction of a person, character or animal, whether real or fictional; (iv) that associates cannabis, the cannabis accessory or service or any of its brand elements; or (v) evokes a positive or negative emotion about or image of, a way of life such as one that includes glamour, recreation, excitement, vitality, risk or daring. Provincial and territorial governments will also regulate the distribution and sale of cannabis in their respective jurisdictions and may impose additional restrictions and regulations that may affect the promotion, sale or marketing of cannabis. The restriction on the use of logos and brand names on cannabis products, and any other restrictions or regulations on the promotion, sale or marketing of cannabis, could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

52

 

The businesses we acquire may be subject to product liability regimes and strict product recall requirements.

 

If we were to acquire a distributor of products designed to be ingested, the Corporation may face the risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if any of its businesses’ products are alleged to have or have caused significant loss or injury. In addition, the sale of cannabis products involves the risk of injury to consumers due to tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from consumption of cannabis products alone or in combination with other medications or substances could occur. An issuer may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that specific cannabis products caused injury or illness, or include inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. A product liability claim or regulatory action against the Corporation could result in increased costs, could adversely affect our reputation with our clients and consumers generally, and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

In addition, manufacturers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall or return of their products for a variety of reasons, including product defects, such as contamination, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labelling disclosure. To the extent any products are recalled due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, we could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall. We may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all. In addition, a product recall may require significant management attention. Moreover, a recall for any of the foregoing reasons could lead to decreased demand and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation. Product recalls may lead to increased scrutiny of operations by applicable regulatory agencies, requiring further management attention and potential legal fees and other expenses.

 

An issuer may not be able to successfully develop new products or find a market for their sale.

 

The cannabis industry is in its early stages of development and the sector participants may seek to introduce new products in the future. In attempting to keep pace with any new market developments, an issuer may need to expend significant amounts of capital in order to successfully develop and generate revenues from new products introduced by it. An issuer may also be required to obtain additional regulatory approvals from Health Canada and any other applicable regulatory authorities, which may take significant amounts of time. An issuer may not be successful in developing effective and safe new products, bringing such products to market in time to be effectively commercialized, or obtaining any required regulatory approvals, which, together with any capital expenditures made in the course of such product development and regulatory approval processes, may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

Insurance risks in the cannabis industry are not insignificant.

 

While the Corporation believes adequate insurance coverage is available in the cannabis industry, such insurance is subject to coverage limits and exclusions and may not be available for all risks and hazards to which an issuer may be exposed in this industry. No assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover the Corporation’s liabilities or will be generally available in the future or, if available, that premiums will be commercially justifiable and may be much higher compared to insurance for businesses in other sectors. If the Corporation were to incur substantial liability and such damages were not covered by insurance or were in excess of policy limits, or if the Corporation were to incur such liability at a time when it is not able to obtain liability insurance, we could be materially adversely affected.

 

There can be also no assurances that an issuer will be able to obtain or maintain product liability insurance on acceptable terms or with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Such insurance is expensive and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. The inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage on reasonable terms or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of any of the Corporation’s potential products.

 

53

 

The Corporation may be subject to transportation risks.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the production, sale and distribution of cannabis products. Due to the perishable nature of such products, the Corporation may depend on fast and efficient third party transportation services to distribute its product. Any prolonged disruption of third party transportation services could have an adverse effect on the Corporation. Rising costs associated with the third party transportation services which may be used to ship products may also adversely impact the business of the Corporation.

 

The Corporation may be vulnerable to rising energy costs.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the production of cannabis products which will consume considerable energy, making the Corporation vulnerable to rising energy costs. Rising or volatile energy costs may adversely impact the business of the Corporation and its ability to operate profitably.

 

The Corporation may be subject to risks inherent in an agricultural business.

 

The Corporation’s business may involve, directly or indirectly, the growing of cannabis, which is an agricultural product. As such, the business may be subject to the risks inherent in the agricultural business, such as insects, plant diseases and similar agricultural risks. Even when grown indoors under climate-controlled conditions monitored by trained personnel, there can be no assurance that natural elements, such as insects and plant diseases, will not have a material adverse effect on the production of cannabis products and on the Corporation.

 

The Corporation may be subject to significant environmental regulations and risks.

 

Participants in the cannabis industry are subject to environmental regulation in the various jurisdictions in which they operate. These regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land reclamation. They also set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner which will require stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessments of proposed projects and a heightened degree of responsibility for companies and their officers, directors and employees. There is no assurance that future changes in environmental regulation, if any, will not adversely affect the Corporation.

 

Government approvals and permits are currently, and may in the future be required in connection with operations in the cannabis sector. To the extent such approvals are required and not obtained, a business may be curtailed or prohibited from producing cannabis or from proceeding with the development of its operations.

 

Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permitting requirements may result in enforcement actions thereunder, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment, or remedial actions. An issuer may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of its operations and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of applicable laws or regulations.

 

While cannabis is legal in many U.S. state jurisdictions, it continues to be a controlled substance under the United States federal Controlled Substances Act.

 

Unlike in Canada, which has federal legislation uniformly governing the cultivation, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis under the Cannabis Regulations and the Cannabis Act, cannabis is largely regulated at the state level in the United States. To the Corporation’s knowledge, there are to date a total of 47 States, plus the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam that have legalized cannabis in some form. Notwithstanding the permissive regulatory environment of medical cannabis at the state level, cannabis continues to be categorized as a controlled substance under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970 (the “CSA”) and as such, violates federal law in the United States, and we do not intend to consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business that we determine is operating in violation of any applicable cannabis-related state, federal and foreign laws.

 

54

 

The United States Congress (“Congress”) has passed appropriations bills each of the last three years that have not appropriated funds for prosecution of cannabis offenses of individuals who are in compliance with State medical cannabis laws. American courts have construed these appropriations bills to prevent the U.S. federal government from prosecuting individuals when those individuals comply with State law. However, because this conduct continues to violate U.S. federal law, American courts have observed that should Congress at any time choose to appropriate funds to fully prosecute the CSA, any individual or business - even those that have fully complied with State law - could be prosecuted for violations of U.S. federal law. And if Congress restores funding, the government will have the authority to prosecute individuals for violations of the law before it lacked funding under the CSA’s five-year statute of limitations.

 

Violations of any U.S. federal laws and regulations could result in significant fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements arising from civil proceedings conducted by either the U.S. federal government or private citizens, or criminal charges, including, but not limited to, disgorgement of profits, cessation of business activities or divestiture. This could have a material adverse effect on an issuer, including its reputation and ability to conduct business, its holding of medical cannabis licenses in the United States, the listing of its securities on various stock exchanges, its financial position, operating results, profitability or liquidity or the market price of its publicly traded securities. In addition, it is difficult to estimate the time or resources that would be needed for the investigation of any such matters or its final resolution because, in part, the time and resources that may be needed are dependent on the nature and extent of any information requested by the applicable authorities involved, and such time or resources could be substantial.

 

The differing regulatory requirements across state jurisdictions may hinder or otherwise prevent the Corporation from achieving economies of scale.

 

Traditional rules of investing may prove to be imperfect in the cannabis industry. For example, while it would be common for investment managers to purchase equity in companies in different States to reach economies of scale and to conduct business across state lines, such an investment thesis may not be feasible in the U.S. cannabis industry because of varying state-by-state legislation. As no two regulated markets in the cannabis industry are exactly the same, doing business across state lines may not be possible or commercially practicable.

 

The approach to the enforcement of cannabis laws may be subject to change or may not proceed as previously outlined.

 

As a result of the conflicting views between State legislatures and the federal government regarding cannabis in the United States, investments in cannabis or cannabis related businesses in the United States are subject to inconsistent legislation and regulation. The response to this inconsistency was addressed in August 2013 when then Deputy Attorney General, James Cole, authored a memorandum (the “Cole Memorandum”) addressed to all United States district attorneys acknowledging that notwithstanding the designation of cannabis as a controlled substance at the federal level in the United States, several States have enacted laws relating to cannabis for medical purposes.

 

The Cole Memorandum outlined certain priorities for the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) relating to the prosecution of cannabis offenses. In particular, the Cole Memorandum noted that in jurisdictions that have enacted laws legalizing cannabis in some form and that have also implemented strong and effective regulatory and enforcement systems to control the cultivation, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis, conduct in compliance with those laws and regulations is less likely to be a priority at the federal level. Notably, however, the DOJ has never provided specific guidelines for what regulatory and enforcement systems it deems sufficient under the Cole Memorandum standard.

 

55

 

In light of limited investigative and prosecutorial resources, the Cole Memorandum concluded that the DOJ should be focused on addressing only the most significant threats related to cannabis. States where medical cannabis had been legalized were not characterized as a high priority. In March 2017, newly appointed Attorney General Jeff Sessions again noted limited federal resources and acknowledged that much of the Cole Memorandum had merit; however, he disagreed that it had been implemented effectively and, on January 4, 2018, U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions authored a memorandum (the “Sessions Memorandum”), which rescinded the Cole Memorandum. The Sessions Memorandum rescinded previous nationwide guidance specific to the prosecutorial authority of United States attorneys relative to cannabis enforcement on the basis that they are unnecessary, given the well- established principles governing federal prosecution that are already in place. Those principals are included in chapter 9.27.000 of the United States Attorneys’ Manual and require federal prosecutors deciding which cases to prosecute to weigh all relevant considerations, including federal law enforcement priorities set by the Attorney General, the seriousness of the crime, the deterrent effect of criminal prosecution, and the cumulative impact of particular crimes on the community.

 

As a result of the Sessions Memorandum, federal prosecutors will now be free to utilize their prosecutorial discretion to decide whether to prosecute cannabis activities despite the existence of state-level laws that may be inconsistent with federal prohibitions. No direction was given to federal prosecutors in the Sessions Memorandum as to the priority they should ascribe to such cannabis activities, and resultantly it is uncertain how actively federal prosecutors will be in relation to such activities. Furthermore, the Sessions Memorandum did not discuss the treatment of medical cannabis by federal prosecutors.

 

Former U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions resigned on November 7, 2018 and was replaced by Matthew Whitaker as interim Attorney General. On February 14, 2019, William Barr was sworn in as Attorney General. It is unclear what position the new Attorney General will take on the enforcement of federal laws with regard to the U.S. cannabis industry. However, in a written response to questions from U.S. Senator Cory Booker made as a nominee, Attorney General Barr stated “I do not intend to go after parties who have complied with state law in reliance on the Cole Memorandum.”

 

Additionally, the Rohrbacher-Farr Amendment (the “Amendment”) has been adopted by Congress in successive budgets since 2015. The Amendment prohibits the DOJ from spending funds appropriated by Congress to enforce the tenets of the CSA against the medical cannabis industry in States that have legalized such activity. This Amendment has historically been passed as an amendment to omnibus appropriations bills, which by their nature expire at the end of a fiscal year or other defined term. The Amendment (now known colloquially as the “Joyce-Leahy Amendment” after its most recent sponsors) was included in the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2019, which was signed by President Donald Trump on February 14, 2019 and funds the departments of the federal government through the fiscal year ending September 30, 2019. In signing the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2019, President Donald Trump issued a signing statement noting that the act “provides that the DOJ may not use any funds to prevent implementation of medical marijuana laws by various states and territories,” and further stating “I will treat this provision consistent with the President’s constitutional responsibility to faithfully execute the laws of the United States.” While the signing statement can fairly be read to mean that the executive branch intends to enforce the Controlled Substances Act and other federal laws prohibiting the sale and possession of medical marijuana, the President did issue a similar signing statement in 2017 and no federal enforcement actions followed.

 

Any such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on an issuer’s business, revenues, operating results and financial condition as well as companies which provide services to such issuers. In the extreme case, such proceedings could ultimately involve the prosecution of key executives of the issuer or the seizure of corporate assets.

 

56

 

Any investments or acquisitions by the Corporation may be subject to applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

 

If the Corporation were to acquire or invest in a cannabis related business, the Corporation may be subject to a variety of applicable laws and regulations domestically, in Canada, and in the United States, the United Kingdom, or elsewhere, that involve money laundering, financial recordkeeping and proceeds of crime, including the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act), as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (United Kingdom), the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act

 

(Canada), as amended and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Criminal Code (Canada) and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by applicable governmental authorities.

 

In the United States, in February 2014, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Treasury Department (“FCEN”) issued a memorandum providing instructions to banks seeking to provide services to cannabis-related businesses (the “FCEN Memorandum”). The FCEN Memorandum states that in some circumstances, it is permissible for banks to provide services to cannabis related businesses without risking prosecution for violation of U.S. federal money laundering laws. It refers to supplementary guidance that Deputy Attorney General James Cole issued to U.S. federal prosecutors relating to the prosecution of U.S. money laundering offenses predicated on cannabis-related violations of the CSA. It is unclear at this time whether the current administration will follow the guidelines of the FCEN Memorandum.

 

In the United Kingdom, in the event that we consummate a qualifying acquisition with a target business whose business, despite being in compliance with local laws, would not be, if operated in the U.K., in compliance with U.K. laws, the sale of their securities of the Corporation or the receipt of dividends therefrom following the consummation of the qualifying acquisition may be in violation of U.K. domestic anti-money laundering legislation.

 

In the event that the Corporation’s investments, or any proceeds thereof, any dividends or distributions therefrom, or any profits or revenues accruing from such investments were found to be in violation of money laundering legislation or otherwise, such transactions may be viewed as proceeds of crime under one or more of the statutes noted above or any other applicable legislation. This could restrict or otherwise jeopardize the ability of the Corporation to declare or pay dividends, effect other distributions or subsequently repatriate such funds back to Canada, among other things.

 

Any investments or acquisitions by the Corporation in the United States may be subject to heightened scrutiny.

 

Any future investments or acquisitions by the Corporation in the United States may become the subject of heightened scrutiny by regulators, stock exchanges and other authorities in Canada. As a result, the Corporation may be subject to significant direct and indirect interaction with public officials. There can be no assurance that this heightened scrutiny will not in turn lead to the imposition of certain restrictions on the Corporation’s ability to invest in the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, U.S. border officials could deny entry into the U.S. to employees of, or investors in companies with cannabis operations in the United States.

 

Since medical cannabis remains illegal under U.S. federal law, those employed at or investing in legal and licensed medical and adult use cannabis companies or providing services to such companies could face detention, denial of entry or lifetime bans from the U.S. for their business associations with U.S. cannabis businesses. Entry happens at the sole discretion of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers on duty, and these officers have wide latitude to ask questions to determine the admissibility of a foreign national. The Government of Canada has started warning travelers on its website that previous use of cannabis, or any substance prohibited by U.S. federal laws, could mean denial of entry to the U.S. In addition, business or financial involvement in the legal cannabis industry in the United States could also be reason enough for U.S. border guards to deny entry. On September 21, 2018, U.S. Customs and Border Protection released a statement outlining its current position with respect to enforcement of the laws of the United States. It stated that U.S. Customs and Border Protection enforcement of United States laws regarding controlled substances has not changed and because cannabis continues to be a controlled substance under United States law, working in or facilitating the proliferation of the legal cannabis industry in States where it is deemed legal may affect admissibility to the U.S. As a result, U.S. Customs and Border Protection has affirmed that, a Canadian citizen working in or facilitating the proliferation of the legal cannabis industry in Canada, coming to the U.S. for reasons unrelated to the cannabis industry, will generally be admissible to the U.S. However, if a traveler is found to be coming to the U.S. for reasons related to the cannabis industry, they may be deemed inadmissible.

 

57

 

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be difficulty accessing the services of banks, which may make it difficult for us to operate our business.

 

Financial transactions involving proceeds generated by cannabis-related conduct can form the basis for prosecution under the federal money laundering statutes, unlicensed money transmitter statute and the Bank Secrecy Act. Previous guidance issued by the FCEN clarifies how financial institutions can provide services to cannabis-related businesses consistent with their obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act. Prior to the DOJ’s announcement in January 2018 of the rescission of the Cole Memorandum and related memoranda, supplemental guidance from the DOJ directed federal prosecutors to consider the federal enforcement priorities enumerated in the Cole Memorandum when determining whether to charge institutions or individuals with any of the financial crimes described above based upon cannabis-related activity. It is unclear what impact the rescission of the Cole Memorandum will have, but federal prosecutors may increase enforcement activities against institutions or individuals that are conducting financial transactions related to cannabis activities. The increased uncertainty surrounding financial transactions related to cannabis activities may also result in financial institutions discontinuing services to the cannabis industry.

 

Consequently, those businesses involved in the regulated medical-use cannabis industry continue to encounter difficulty establishing banking relationships, which may increase over time. The inability to maintain bank accounts would make it difficult for any company to operate its business, increase its operating costs, and pose additional operational, logistical and security challenges and could result in an inability to implement its business plan.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be a restriction on the deduction of certain expenses.

 

Section 280E of the Code generally prohibits businesses from deducting or claiming tax credits with respect to expenses paid or incurred in carrying on any trade or business if such trade or business (or the activities which comprise such trade or business) consists of trafficking in controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedule I and II of the CSA) which is prohibited by U.S. federal law or the law of any State in which such trade or business is conducted. Section 280E currently applies to businesses operating in the cannabis industry, irrespective of whether such businesses that are licensed and operating in accordance with applicable State laws. The application of Code Section 280E generally causes such businesses to pay higher effective U.S. federal tax rates than similar businesses in other industries. The impact of Code Section 280E on the effective tax rate of a cannabis business generally depends on how large the ratio of non-deductible expenses is to the business’ total revenues. The application of Code Section 280E to any business that we may acquire as part of our qualifying acquisition may adversely affect our profitability and, in fact, may cause us to operate at a loss. While recent legislative proposals, if enacted into law, could eliminate or diminish the application of Code Section 280E to cannabis businesses, the enactment of any such law is uncertain.

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be a lack of access to U.S. bankruptcy protections.

 

Because the use of medical cannabis is illegal under federal law, many courts have denied cannabis businesses bankruptcy protections, thus making it very difficult for lenders to recoup their investments in the cannabis industry in the event of a bankruptcy. If a company we acquire as part of a qualifying acquisition were to experience a bankruptcy, there is no guarantee that U.S. federal bankruptcy protections would be available, which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and prospects of such business and on the rights of lenders to and securityholders.

 

58

 

To the extent we acquire cannabis related businesses or assets in the United States in connection with our qualifying acquisition, there may be difficulty with the enforceability of contracts.

 

It is a fundamental principle of law that a contract will not be enforced if it involves a violation of law or public policy. Because cannabis remains illegal in the United States at a federal level, judges in multiple U.S. states have on a number of occasions refused to enforce contracts for the repayment of money when the loan was used in connection with activities that violate federal law, even if there is no violation of State law. There could thus be doubt and uncertainty that any company we acquire as part of a qualifying acquisition will be able to legally enforce contracts it enters into with such companies if necessary, which means there can be no assurance that there will be a remedy for breach of contract, which would have a material adverse effect on the business, revenues, operating results, financial condition and prospects of such entity.

 

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of Canada

 

If we effect our qualifying acquisition with a company located outside of North America, we could be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

 

We may pursue acquisition opportunities in any industry or geographic region. If we effect our qualifying acquisition with a company located or operated outside of Canada, we could be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ home jurisdiction, including any of the following:

 

  rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

 

  complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

 

  laws governing the manner in which future transactions may be effected;

 

  exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

 

  tariffs and trade barriers;

 

  regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

 

  longer payment cycles;

 

  tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to Canada;

 

  currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

 

  rates of inflation;

 

  challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

 

  cultural and language differences;

 

  employment regulations;

 

  crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars; and

 

59

 

  deterioration of political relations with Canada or other governments or sanctions imposed by Canada or other governments.

 

We may also be subject to currency exchange risks in connection with any qualifying acquisition. We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations of the continued business could be compromised.

 

Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted.

 

Managing a business, operations, personnel or assets in another country is challenging and costly. Any management that we may have (whether based abroad or in Canada) may be inexperienced in cross-border business practices and unaware of significant differences in accounting rules, legal regimes and labour practices. Even with a seasoned and experienced management team, the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, personnel and assets can be significant (and much higher than in a purely domestic business) and may negatively impact the Corporation.

 

If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our qualifying acquisition, it may result in a negative impact on our business.

 

Political events in another country may significantly affect our business, assets or operations. Social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, and policy changes or enactments could negatively impact our business in a particular country.

 

Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our ability to seek and enforce legal protections, including with respect to intellectual property and other property rights, or to defend ourselves with regard to legal actions taken against us in a given country, may be difficult or impossible, which could adversely impact us.

 

Rules and regulations in many countries are often ambiguous or open to differing interpretations by responsible individuals and agencies at the municipal, state, provincial, regional and federal levels. The attitudes and actions of such individuals and agencies are often difficult to predict and can be inconsistent. Delay with respect to the enforcement of particular rules and regulations, including those relating to customs, tax, environment and labour, could cause serious disruptions to operations abroad and negatively impact us.

 

After our qualifying acquisition, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions and the tax laws in the country in which we operate.

 

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies and tax laws, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our qualifying acquisition and if we effect our qualifying acquisition, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

 

In the event we acquire a non-Canadian target, or a Canadian target with material non-Canadian operations, some or all of our net income (including gain realized on a sale of the acquired target) may be subject to taxation (including income and withholding taxation) in the target business’ home jurisdiction. The resulting rate of taxation on such income may be materially higher than would have been applicable if such income had been earned by the Corporation in Canada from Canadian operations or assets.

 

60

 

Currency policies may cause a business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

 

In the event we acquire a non-Canadian target, or a Canadian target with material non-Canadian operations, some or all of our revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following the closing of our qualifying acquisition, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the Canadian dollar prior to the closing of our qualifying acquisition, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

 

Risks associated with the contractual right of action.

 

The contractual right of action expected to be provided at the time of a qualifying acquisition could expose the Corporation to one or more actions for rescission or damages, and costs, following a qualifying acquisition if the applicable prospectus contains or is alleged to have contained a misrepresentation. In addition, as the Corporation will indemnify the other parties granting such rights, it could suffer additional expenses. The Corporation may seek to mitigate its exposure through insurance. These contractual rights could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

AUDITORS, TRANSFER AGENT, WARRANT AGENT AND ESCROW AGENT

 

Our auditors are RSM Canada LLP, having an address of 11 King Street West, Suite 700, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 4C7. RSM Canada LLP is independent of the Corporation within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario. Our auditors were appointed on July 23, 2019.

 

TSX Trust Company, at its principal offices in Toronto, Ontario is the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A Restricted Voting Units and Class A Restricted Voting Shares and is the Warrant Agent for our Warrants under the Warrant Agreement.

 

TSX Trust Company, at its principal offices in Toronto, Ontario, is the Escrow Agent.

 

PROMOTER

 

Our Sponsor is considered a promoter of the Corporation within the meaning of applicable securities legislation.

 

As of the date of this AIF, our Sponsor holds, of record and beneficially, 9,000,000 Class B Shares representing 20% of our issued and outstanding shares (including the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and assuming no exercise of our Warrants). In addition, our Sponsor holds 12,000,000 Founder’s Warrants, which constitutes 40% of our issued and outstanding share purchase warrants. Our Sponsor does not own any of our Class A Restricted Voting Shares.

 

We entered into an administrative services agreement on the closing of the IPO pursuant to which we have agreed to pay our Sponsor a total of $10,000 (plus applicable taxes) per month, for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for administrative support and related services. Upon completion of our qualifying acquisition, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

 

61

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

 

Legal Proceedings

 

To the knowledge of the Corporation, there are no material legal proceedings to which the Corporation is a party or to which its property is subject, nor were there any such proceedings during fiscal year 2019, and, to the Corporation’s knowledge, no such proceedings are contemplated.

 

Regulatory Actions

 

We are not aware of any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or securities regulatory authority or other regulatory body against us, nor have we entered into any settlement agreements before a court or with a securities regulatory authority.

 

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

The following are the only material contracts of the Corporation (other than certain agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business):

 

(a) the Underwriting Agreement;

 

(b) the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking;

 

(c) the Make Whole Agreement and Undertaking;

 

(d) the Escrow Agreement; and

 

(e) the Warrant Agreement.

 

Copies of these agreements are available for inspection at our offices, during ordinary business hours and are available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Additional information relating to the Corporation may be found on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. Additional financial information is provided in our audited financial statements and Management’s Discussion & Analysis for the period ended December 31, 2019.

 

62

 

APPENDIX A

 

Charter of the Audit Committee

of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Section 1 PURPOSE

 

The audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) is a committee of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”). The primary function of the Audit Committee is to assist the directors of the Corporation in fulfilling their applicable roles by:

 

(a) recommending to the Board the appointment and compensation of the Corporation’s external auditor;

 

(b) overseeing the work of the external auditor, including the resolution of disagreements between the external auditor and management;

 

(c) pre-approving all non-audit services (or delegating such pre-approval if and to the extent permitted by law) to be provided to the Corporation by the Corporation’s external auditor;

 

(d) satisfying themselves that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Corporation’s public disclosure of financial information, other than those described in (g) below, extracted or derived from its financial statements, including periodically assessing the adequacy of such procedures;

 

(e) establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Corporation of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

(f) reviewing and approving any proposed hiring of current or former partner or employee of the current and former auditor of the Corporation; and

 

(g) reviewing and approving the annual and interim financial statements, related Management Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and other financial information provided by the Corporation to any governmental body or the public.

 

The Audit Committee should primarily fulfill these roles by carrying out the activities enumerated in this Charter. However, it is not the duty of the Audit Committee to prepare financial statements, to plan or conduct internal or external audits, to determine that the financial statements are complete and accurate and are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, to conduct investigations, or to assure compliance with laws and regulations or the Corporation’s internal policies, procedures and controls, as these are the responsibility of management, and in certain cases, the external auditor.

 

Section 2 LIMITATIONS ON AUDIT COMMITTEE’S DUTIES

 

In contributing to the Audit Committee’s discharge of its duties under this Charter, each member of the Audit Committee shall be obliged only to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Nothing in this Charter is intended to be, or may be construed as, imposing on any members of the Audit Committee a standard of care or diligence that is in any way more onerous or extensive than the standard to which the directors are subject.

 

63

 

Members of the Audit Committee are entitled to rely, absent actual knowledge to the contrary, on (i) the integrity of the persons and organizations from whom they receive information; (ii) the accuracy and completeness of the information provided; (iii) representations made by management as to the non-audit services provided to the Corporation by the external auditor; (iv) financial statements of the Corporation represented to them by a member of management or in a written report of the external auditors to present fairly the financial position of the Corporation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and (v) any report of a lawyer, accountant, engineer, appraiser or other person whose profession lends credibility to a statement made by any such person.

 

Section 3 COMPOSITION AND MEETINGS

 

The Audit Committee should be comprised of not less than three directors as determined by the Board, all of whom shall be independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees (“52-110”) of the Canadian Securities Administrators (or exempt therefrom), and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment as a member of the Audit Committee. All members of the Audit Committee should have (or should gain within a reasonable period of time after appointment) a working familiarity with basic finance and accounting practices. At least one member of the Audit Committee should have accounting or related financial management expertise and be considered a financial expert. Each member should be “financially literate” within the meaning of 52-110. The Audit Committee members may enhance their familiarity with finance and accounting by participating in educational programs conducted by the Corporation or an outside consultant.

 

The members of the Audit Committee shall be elected by the Board on an annual basis or until their successors shall be duly appointed. Unless a Chair of the Audit Committee (the “Chair”) is elected by the full Board, the members of the Audit Committee may designate a Chair by majority vote of the full Audit Committee membership.

 

In addition, the Audit Committee members should meet all of the requirements for members of audit committees as defined from time to time under applicable legislation and the rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or traded.

 

The Audit Committee should meet at least four times annually, or more frequently as circumstances require. The Audit Committee should meet within 45 days following the end of the first three financial quarters to review and discuss the unaudited financial results for the preceding quarter and the related MD&A, and should meet within 90 days following the end of the fiscal year end to review and discuss the audited financial results for the preceding quarter and year and the related MD&A.

 

The Audit Committee may ask members of management or others to attend meetings and provide pertinent information as necessary. For purposes of performing their duties, members of the Audit Committee shall have full access to all corporate information and any other information deemed appropriate by them, and shall be permitted to discuss such information and any other matters relating to the financial position of the Corporation with senior employees, officers and the external auditor of the Corporation, and others as they consider appropriate.

 

For greater certainty, management is indirectly accountable to the Audit Committee and is responsible for the timeliness and integrity of the financial reporting and information presented to the Board.

 

In order to foster open communication, the Audit Committee or its Chair should meet at least annually with management and the external auditor in separate sessions to discuss any matters that the Audit Committee or each of these groups believes should be discussed privately. In addition, the Audit Committee or its Chair should meet with management quarterly in connection with the Corporation’s interim financial statements.

 

A quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Audit Committee shall be a majority of the number of members of the Audit Committee or such greater number as the Audit Committee shall by resolution determine.

 

64

 

Meetings of the Audit Committee shall be held from time to time and at such place as any member of the Audit Committee shall determine upon 48 hours’ notice to each of its members. The notice period may be waived by all members of the Audit Committee. Each of the Chair of the Board, the external auditor, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary shall be entitled to request that any member of the Audit Committee call a meeting.

 

This Charter is subject in all respects to the Corporation’s notice of articles and articles from time to time.

 

Section 4 ROLE

 

As part of its function in assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight role (and without limiting the generality of the Audit Committee’s role), the Audit Committee should:

 

(1) Determine any desired agenda items;

 

(2) Review and recommend to the Board changes to this Charter, as considered appropriate from time to time;

 

(3) Review the public disclosure regarding the Audit Committee required by 52-110;

 

(4) Review and seek to ensure that disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting frameworks are operational and functional;

 

(5) Summarize in the Corporation’s annual information form the Audit Committee’s composition and activities, as required; and

 

(6) Submit the minutes of all meetings of the Audit Committee to the Board upon request.

 

Documents / Reports Review

 

(7) Review and recommend to the Board for approval the Corporation’s annual and interim financial statements, including any certification, report, opinion, undertaking or review rendered by the external auditor and the related MD&A, as well as such other financial information of the Corporation provided to the public or any governmental body as the Audit Committee or the Board require.

 

(8) Review other financial information provided to any governmental body or the public as they see fit.

 

(9) Review, recommend and approve any of the Corporation’s press releases that contain financial information.

 

(10) Seek to satisfy itself and ensure that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Corporation’s public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the Corporation’s financial statements and related MD&A and periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures.

 

External Auditor

 

(11) Recommend to the Board the selection of the external auditor, considering independence and effectiveness, and review the fees and other compensation to be paid to the external auditor.

 

(12) Review and seek to ensure that all financial information provided to the public or any governmental body, as required, provides for the fair presentation of the Corporation’s financial condition, financial performance and cash flow.

 

65

 

(13) Instruct the external auditor that its ultimate client is not management and that it is required to report directly to the Audit Committee, and not management.

 

(14) Monitor the relationship between management and the external auditor including reviewing any management letters or other reports of the external auditor and discussing any material differences of opinion between management and the external auditor.

 

(15) Review and discuss, on an annual basis, with the external auditor all significant relationships it has with the Corporation to determine the external auditor’s independence.

 

(16) Pre-approve all non-audit services (or delegate such pre-approval as the Audit Committee may determine and as permitted by applicable Canadian securities laws) to be provided by the external auditor.

 

(17) Review the performance of the external auditor and any proposed discharge of the external auditor when circumstances warrant.

 

(18) Periodically consult with the external auditor out of the presence of management about significant risks or exposures, internal controls and other steps that management has taken to control such risks, and the fullness and accuracy of the financial statements, including the adequacy of internal controls to expose any payments, transactions or procedures that might be deemed illegal or otherwise improper.

 

(19) Communicate directly with the external auditor and arrange for the external auditor to be available to the Audit Committee and the full Board as needed.

 

(20) Review and approve any proposed hiring by the Corporation of current or former partners or employees of the current (and any former) external auditor of the Corporation.

 

Audit Process

 

(21) Review the scope, plan and results of the external auditor’s audit and reviews, including the auditor’s engagement letter, the post-audit management letter, if any, and the form of the audit report. The Audit Committee may authorize the external auditor to perform supplemental reviews, audits or other work as deemed desirable.

 

(22) Following completion of the annual audit and quarterly reviews, review separately with each of management and the external auditor any significant changes to planned procedures, any difficulties encountered during the course of the audit and, if applicable, reviews, including any restrictions on the scope of work or access to required information and the cooperation that the external auditor received during the course of the audit and, if applicable, reviews.

 

(23) Review any significant disagreements among management and the external auditor in connection with the preparation of the financial statements.

 

(24) Where there are significant unsettled issues between management and the external auditor that do not affect the audited financial statements, the Audit Committee shall seek to ensure that there is an agreed course of action leading to the resolution of such matters.

 

Financial Reporting Processes

 

(25) Review the integrity of the financial reporting processes, both internal and external, in consultation with the external auditor as they see fit.

 

66

 

(26) Consider the external auditor’s judgments about the quality, transparency and appropriateness, not just the acceptability, of the Corporation’s accounting principles and financial disclosure practices, as applied in its financial reporting, including the degree of aggressiveness or conservatism of its accounting principles and underlying estimates, and whether those principles are common practices or are minority practices.

 

(27) Review all material balance sheet issues, material contingent obligations (including those associated with material acquisitions or dispositions) and material related party transactions.

 

(28) Review with management and the external auditor the Corporation’s accounting policies and any changes that are proposed to be made thereto, including all critical accounting policies and practices used, any alternative treatments of financial information that have been discussed with management, the ramification of their use and the external auditor’s preferred treatment and any other material communications with management with respect thereto.

 

(29) Review the disclosure and impact of contingencies and the reasonableness of the provisions, reserves and estimates that may have a material impact on financial reporting.

 

(30) If considered appropriate, establish separate systems of reporting to the Audit Committee by each of management and the external auditor.

 

(31) Periodically consider the need for an internal audit function, if not present.

 

Risk Management

 

(32) Review program of risk assessment and steps taken to address significant risks or exposures of all types, including insurance coverage and tax compliance.

 

General

 

(33) With prior Board approval, the Audit Committee may at its discretion retain independent counsel, accountants and other professionals to assist it in the conduct of its activities and to set and pay (as an expense of the Corporation) the compensation for any such advisors.

 

(34) Respond to requests by the Board with respect to the functions and activities that the Board requests the Audit Committee to perform.

 

(35) Periodically review this Charter and, if the Audit Committee deems appropriate, recommend to the Board changes to this Charter.

 

(36) Review the public disclosure regarding the Audit Committee required from time to time by applicable Canadian securities laws, including:

 

(i) the Charter of the Audit Committee;

 

(ii) the composition of the Audit Committee;

 

(iii) the relevant education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee;

 

(iv) the external auditor services and fees; and

 

(v) such other matters as the Corporation is required to disclose concerning the Audit Committee.

 

67

 

(37) Review in advance, and approve, the hiring and appointment of the Corporation’s senior financial executives by the Corporation, if any.

 

(38) Perform any other activities as the Audit Committee deems necessary or appropriate including ensuring all regulatory documents are compiled to meet audit committee reporting obligations under 52-110.

 

Section 5 AUDIT COMMITTEE COMPLAINT PROCEDURES

 

Submitting a Complaint

 

(1) Anyone may submit a complaint regarding conduct by the Corporation or its employees or agents (including its independent auditors) reasonably believed to involve questionable accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters. The Chair should oversee treatment of such complaints.

 

Procedures

 

(2) The Chair will be responsible for the receipt and administration of employee complaints.

 

(3) In order to preserve anonymity when submitting a complaint regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, the employee may submit a complaint confidentially.

 

Investigation

 

(4) The Chair should review and investigate the complaint. Corrective action will be taken when and as warranted in the Chair’s discretion.

 

Confidentiality

 

(5) The identity of the complainant and the details of the investigation should be kept confidential throughout the investigatory process.

 

Records and Report

 

(6) The Chair should maintain a log of complaints, tracking their receipt, investigation, findings and resolution, and should prepare a summary report for the Audit Committee.

 

The Audit Committee is a committee of the Board and is not and shall not be deemed to be an agent of the Corporation’s securityholders for any purpose whatsoever. The Board may, from time to time, permit departures from the terms hereof, either prospectively or retrospectively, and no provision contained herein is intended to give rise to civil liability to securityholders of the Corporation or other liability whatsoever.

 

 

 

68

 

Exhibit 99.47

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

(A SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORPORATION)

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

FROM JULY 8, 2019 (DATE OF INCORPORATION) TO

 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 (EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

1

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

General

 

The following discussion of performance, financial condition and future prospects should be read in conjunction with the financial statements (‘‘Financial Statements’’) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the ‘‘Corporation’’) for the period from inception on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the accompanying notes thereto. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) has been prepared with an effective date of March 24, 2020. The financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared by management and are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The Corporation’s financial information is expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise specified. In addition to reviewing this report, readers are encouraged to read the Corporation’s public information filings on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

 

This document may contain “forward-looking statements” (as defined under applicable securities laws). These statements relate to future events or future performance including comments with respect to the Corporation’s objectives and priorities for fiscal year 2020 and beyond, and strategies or further actions with respect to the Corporation, a Qualifying Acquisition (as defined below), the Corporation’s business operations, financial performance and condition. Such forward-looking statements reflect management’s current beliefs and are based on information currently available to management. In some cases, forward- looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expect”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”, “potential”, “continue”, “target”, “intend”, “could” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and a number of factors could cause actual events or results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, readers should specifically consider various factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. These factors include, but are not limited to, market and general economic conditions and the risks and uncertainties discussed in the section entitled ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in the Corporation’s annual information form dated March 24, 2020. The forward-looking information contained in this MD&A is presented for the purpose of assisting shareholders in understanding business and strategic priorities and objectives as at the periods indicated and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward looking statements contained in this MD&A are not guarantees of future performance and, while forward looking statements are based on certain assumptions that the Corporation considers reasonable, actual events and results could differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward looking statements made by the Corporation. Prospective investors are cautioned to consider these and other factors carefully when making decisions with respect to the Corporation and not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. Circumstances affecting the Corporation may change rapidly. Except as may be expressly required by applicable law, the Corporation does not undertake any obligation to update publicly or revise any such forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In addition, in the Corporation’s prospectus dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”), the Corporation published an estimate of the amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share which it expects in the escrow account as at the end of the Permitted Timeline. The Corporation is no longer able to estimate the amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share which it expects in the escrow account as at the end of the Permitted Timeline as many of the assumptions related to the Corporation’s previous estimate may no longer be accurate due to recent market conditions, the low interest rate environment and the expected uncertainty and volatility going forward. Due to recent rate cuts by central banks introduced as a result of the coronavirus epidemic, yields on instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States, which are instruments that the Corporation intends to invest in, have been significantly reduced as compared to the interest rate on such instruments as at the closing of the Offering (as defined herein). The Corporation is withdrawing all previously disclosed forward-looking guidance relating to the amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share which it expects in the escrow account as at the end of the Permitted Timeline.

 

Nature of Activities

 

The Corporation is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a ‘‘Qualifying Acquisition’’). The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. Our head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL.

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Over-Allotment Option”). On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option (the "Over- Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units have been issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit was comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each whole warrant, a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the Qualifying Acquisition or earlier as further described in the Prospectus.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares will not be listed prior to the Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

2

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option are held by TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the escrow funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the deferred underwriting commission provided in the initial public offering underwriting agreement in an amount equal to $11,700,000 and (ii) the discretionary deferred portion of the underwriting commission to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement. The discretionary deferred portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

Consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to the Qualifying Acquisition.

 

In connection with the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations as further described in the Prospectus. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline of 18 months from the closing of the Offering (or 21 months from the closing of the Offering if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the closing of the Offering but have not completed the Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain ii other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

3

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Selected Annual Information

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Units, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their units for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension Below is selected information from the statement of net loss and comprehensive loss for the period from inception on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019. There is no comparative interim period available as the Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019.

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019

Revenue    
Interest income   $ 2,255,356  
Expenses        
Transaction Costs     20,377,039  
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     4,260,000  
General and administrative     1,036,785  
      25,673,824  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period   $ (23,418,468 )
Basic and diluted net loss per Class B share   $ (3.24 )

  

Results of Operations

 

From inception on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Corporation realized a net loss of approximately $23.4 million. This represents a diluted net loss of $3.24 per Class B share.

 

Interest Income

The funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units totaling $360,000,000 have been held in cash and cash equivalents in escrow with a Canadian chartered bank. During the period from inception on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Corporation earned accrued interest income of $2,255,356 on this balance.

 

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs are directly related to the Offering and consist mainly of legal, accounting, travel and underwriting costs. Transaction costs incurred from commencement of operations on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019 were allocated as follows:

 

    Total  
Underwriter's commission     6,300,000  
Deferred underwriter's commission     13,500,000  
Professional fees (legal, accounting, etc.)     331,492  
Sponsor out-of-pocket expenditures     245,547  
    $ 20,377,039  

 

In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation agreed to pay the underwriters a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $6,300,000, representing $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit to the underwriter upon closing of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining $13,500,000 (representing $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit), $11,700,000 of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriters only upon the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining $1,800,000 of which (or, if a lessor amount, the balance of the non- redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

4

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses include costs incurred relating to assessing, negotiating and conducting due diligence on potential Qualifying Acquisitions, as well as general administrative costs of operating the Corporation. A summary of the general and administrative expenses incurred from inception on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019      
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 191,511  
Professional fees (marketing, recruitment, diligence, etc.)     558,866  
Insurance     88,965  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone, internet etc.)     206,443  
    $ 1,036,785  

 

Selected Quarterly Information

 

          From July 8,  
    For the three     2019 (Date of  
    months ended     Incorporation)  
    December 31,     to September  
    2019     30, 2019  
Revenue   $ 1,632,001       623,355  
Interest income                
Expenses     -          
Transaction costs     20,377,039          
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     4,740,000       (480,000 )
General and administrative     569,997       466,788  
      5,309,997       20,363,827  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period   $ (3,677,996 )     (19,740,472 )
Basic and diluted net loss per Class B share   $ (0.51 )     (3.73 )

 

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Position

 

The escrow balance includes the $360,000,000 funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units and accrued interest totaling $2,255,356. In accordance with the terms of the Offering, all amounts raised through the issuance of the Class A Restricted Voting Units were deposited into the escrow account and can only be released upon certain prescribed conditions being met.

 

The Corporation’s intent is for all or substantially all of the funds held in the escrow account to be used to complete a Qualifying Acquisition, or several Qualifying Acquisitions, which would likely close concurrently. As noted in the Prospectus, the fair market value of any Qualifying Acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of the Corporation’s combined Qualifying Acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange, not be less than 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). If, after redemptions, debt or the Corporation’s capital stock is used as consideration to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining proceeds held in the escrow account may be used to fund general ongoing expenses. Such funds could be used in a variety of ways, including continuing or expanding the post- Qualifying Acquisition entity’s operations, for strategic acquisitions by such new entity, for payment of dividends and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products, or for other purposes.

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation had cash, excluding restricted amounts held in the escrow account, totaling $4,182,004 which is available to fund its ongoing working capital requirements. The Corporation anticipates generating negative cash flows from operating activities on a quarterly basis until a Qualifying Acquisition has been completed and thereafter, cashflow will depend on the nature and success of Qualifying Acquisition. The expenses relating to ongoing operating activities include professional fees, general and administration expenses related to being a public company, and costs associated with identifying and negotiating a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Currently, the Corporation does not expect to raise additional funds to meet its operating expenditures until the consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition. Management expects, but it cannot be assured, that the Corporation will have sufficient funds outside of the escrow account to operate the business.

 

5

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules and other conditions as described in the Prospectus.

 

As of the date of filing the Corporation doesn’t have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and has not guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities or entered into any options on non-financial assets. Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

 

6

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Share Capital

 

As of the date of this MD&A, the Corporation had 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares and 9,000,000 Class B Shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding. In addition, the Corporation had an aggregate of 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprise of 18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to our sponsor.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with our sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation paid $45,161 in respect of these services. The Corporation has further agreed to reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors, officers and consultants of the Corporation which were paid by the affiliate relating to certain activities on the Corporation’s behalf, including identifying and negotiating a Qualifying Acquisition. Amounts due, if any, to the related party are deemed to be non-interest bearing. The outstanding amounts due to related parties as at December 31, 2019 was $35,737.

 

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates

 

For further information about the accounting policies used by the Corporation, please refer to the Corporation’s financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended December 31, 2019.

 

The preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Critical accounting estimates represent estimates made by management that are, by their very nature, uncertain. Management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. A summary of the more significant judgments and estimates made by management in the preparation of its financial information is provided in note 4 to the December 31, 2019 financial statements.

 

Proposed Acquisitions

 

Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

Under their supervision, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have implemented disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting appropriate for the nature of operations of the Corporation. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports it files or submits under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and reported to management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow required disclosures to be made in a timely fashion. Internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s design of its internal controls over financial reporting is based on the principles set out in the “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In accordance with National Instrument 52-109-Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, the Corporation has filed certificates signed by its Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer certifying certain matters with respect to the design of disclosure controls and procedures and the design of internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2019.

 

Managing Risk

 

Except as otherwise disclosed in this MD&A and in the Corporation’s financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2019, there have been no significant changes to the nature and scope of the risks faced by the Corporation as described in the Prospectus, which is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. These business risks should be considered by interested parties when evaluating the Corporation’s performance and its outlook.

 

March 24, 2020

 

7

 

Exhibit 99.48

 

FORM 52-109F1

Certification of Annual Filings

Full Certificate

 

I, Maja Spalevic, Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1.  Review: I have reviewed the AIF, if any, annual financial statements and annual MD&A, including, for greater certainty, all documents and information that are incorporated by reference in the AIF (together, the “annual filings”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) for the financial year ended December 31, 2019.

 

2.  No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, for the period covered by the annual filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual financial statements together with the other financial information included in the annual filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the annual filings.

 

4.   Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5.  Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the financial year end

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the annual filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (COSO Framework) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

6. Evaluation: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have

 

A. evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s DC&P at the financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A our conclusions about the effectiveness of DC&P at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and

 

B. evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s ICFR at the financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A

 

I. our conclusions about the effectiveness of ICFR at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and

 

 

II. NTD: N/A.

 

7.  Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on October 1, 2019 and ended on December 31, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

8.  Reporting to the issuer’s auditors and board of directors or audit committee: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of ICFR, to the issuer’s auditors, and the board of directors or the audit committee of the board of directors any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s ICFR.

 

Date: March 30, 2020

 

(Signed) “Maja Spalevic”

Maja Spalevic

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.49

 

FORM 52-109F1

Certification of Annual Filings

Full Certificate

 

I, Peter Caldini, Chief Executive Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1.  Review: I have reviewed the AIF, if any, annual financial statements and annual MD&A, including, for greater certainty, all documents and information that are incorporated by reference in the AIF (together, the “annual filings”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) for the financial year ended December 31, 2019.

 

2.  No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, for the period covered by the annual filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual financial statements together with the other financial information included in the annual filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the annual filings.

 

4.   Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5.  Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the financial year end

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the annual filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (COSO Framework) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

6. Evaluation: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have

 

A. evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s DC&P at the financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A our conclusions about the effectiveness of DC&P at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and

 

B. evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s ICFR at the financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A
     
I. our conclusions about the effectiveness of ICFR at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and

 

 

II. NTD: N/A

 

7.  Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on October 1, 2019 and ended on December 31, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

8.  Reporting to the issuer’s auditors and board of directors or audit committee: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of ICFR, to the issuer’s auditors, and the board of directors or the audit committee of the board of directors any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s ICFR.

 

Date: March 30, 2020

 

 

(Signed) “Peter Caldini”

Peter Caldini

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.50

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

JULY 8, 2019 (DATE OF INCORPORATION)

 

TO DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

 

To the Shareholders of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Opinion

 

We have audited the financial statements of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., (the "Corporation"), which comprise the statement of financial position as at December 31, 2019 and the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders' deficiency and cash flows for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporations) to December 31, 2019, and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as at December 31, 2019, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the period then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Corporation in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Canada, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Corporation or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Corporation's financial reporting process.

 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

 

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation's internal control.

 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

 

Conclude on the appropriateness of management's use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor's report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor's report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Corporation to cease to continue as a going concern.

 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

 

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

 

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor's report is Mark Jakovcic.

 

 

Chartered Professional Accountants

Licensed Public Accountants

March 24, 2020

Toronto, Ontario

 

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Statement of Financial Position 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

As at December 31, 2019

 

ASSETS        
Current assets   $ 4,182,004  
Cash and cash equivalents        
Prepaid expenses     141,647  
      4,323,651  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     362,255,356  
Total assets   $ 366,579,007  
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY        
         
Current liabilities   $ 176,738  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities        
Due to related party (note 11)     35,737  
      212,475  
Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9)     13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption (note 6)     349,560,000  
Warrant liability (note 7)     26,700,000  
Total liabilities     389,972,475  
Shareholders' deficiency     25,000  
Share capital (note 8)        
Deficit     (23,418,468 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (23,393,468 )
         
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 366,579,007  

 

Subsequent event (Note 14)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

On behalf of the Board:

 

“Mark Harms”, Director  
   
“Robert Berner”, Director  

 

- 1 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019 

 

Revenue   $ 2,255,356  
Interest income        
         
Expenses     20,377,039  
Transaction costs (note 9)        
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities (notes 6 and 7)     4,260,000  
General and administrative (note 10)     1,036,785  
      25,673,824  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period   $ (23,418,468 )
Basic and diluted net loss per Class B share   $ (3.24 )
Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted)     7,231,889  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 2 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Statement of Cash Flows 

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

 

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019 

 

Operating activities   $ (23,418,468 )
Net loss for the period        
Non-cash items included in net loss and other adjustments:     20,377,039  
Transaction costs associated with financing activities        
Interest income accrued on cash held in escrow     (1,449,463 )
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     4,260,000  
Changes in non-cash working capital items:     (141,647 )
Prepaid expenses        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     176,738  
Due to related party     35,737  
Net cash used in operating activities     (160,064 )
         
Investing activities     (360,000,000 )
Investment in restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow        
Interest earned and received on cash held in escrow     (805,893 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (360,805,893 )
         
Financing activities     25,000  
Proceeds from issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 8)        
Proceeds from issuance of Warrants to Founders (note 7)     12,000,000  
Proceeds from issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units (note 6)     360,000,000  
Transaction costs     (6,877,039 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     365,147,961  
         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents during the period     4,182,004  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     -  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 4,182,004  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 3 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Deficiency

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019

 

    Class B Shares              
    Number     Amount     Deficit     Total  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Sponsor in connection with organization of the Corporation (note 8)     1       10       -       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (notes 1 and 8)     10,062,499       24,990       -       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares from Founders (note 8)     (1,062,500 )     -       -       -  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period     -       -       (23,418,468 )     (23,418,468 )
Balance, December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000     $ (23,418,468 )   $ (23,393,468 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 4 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

1.      Organization and nature of operations

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. ( “BCAC” or the “Corporation”) is a special purpose acquisition corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Acquisition”). The Corporation was formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified 18 months from August 15, 2019 (the “Closing Date”) (or 21 months from the Closing Date if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the Closing Date but have not completed a Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period) (the “Permitted Timeline”). The Corporation intends to identify and execute on a Qualifying Acquisition by leveraging its network to find attractive investment opportunities as it seeks to acquire several complementary companies as part of its Qualifying Acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a "land to brand" strategy and global reach.

 

The Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and is domiciled in Canada. The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. The Corporation’s head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL.

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over- allotment option (the "Over- Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units were issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $ 11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or earlier.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares (as defined below) will not be listed prior to a Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm founded by certain of the Corporation’s directors. Concurrent with the Closing Date, the Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Founder’s Warrants”) at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrants for aggregate proceeds of $12,000,000. The Sponsor owns 9,000,000 Class B Shares (also referred to as “Founder’s Shares”), representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares and approximately 20% of the total Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares. The Sponsor’s position in BCAC was acquired for investment purposes. The holder of the Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants have no access to the escrow account prior to or following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition in respect of such securities. If the Corporation fails to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline, the Sponsor will be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it is holding as a result of any purchases pursuant to or following this Offering.

 

- 5 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option (together with any accumulated interest earned and received therein, the “Escrow Funds”) are placed in trust with TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the Closing Date by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Final Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing Date to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement (in an amount equal to $11,700,000) and (ii) the Discretionary Deferred Portion (in an amount equal to $1,800,000) to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In connection with the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

- 6 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, the Corporation will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account.

 

Consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to a Qualifying Acquisition, acceptance by the Toronto Stock Exchange and, where required under applicable law, shareholder approval. If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the permitted timeline, the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share as set out in the Corporation's articles.

 

2.      Basis of presentation

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation as at December 31, 2019 and for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 (the “ Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and with interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee which the Canadian Accounting Standards Board has approved for incorporation into Part 1 of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada Handbook – Accounting, as applicable to the preparation of financial statements. These Financial Statements have been prepared with the assumption that the Corporation will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business rather than through a process of forced liquidation. The Financial Statements do not include adjustments to amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue operations. These Financial Statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on March 24, 2020.

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for the carrying value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and the warrant liability which are measured at fair value at each reporting date. The Corporation’s functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

The Corporation does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying Financial Statements.

 

- 7 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

3.      Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of these Financial Statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on anticipations and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and further periods if the review affects both current and future periods.

 

Financial Instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Corporation becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Corporation has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

i)       Financial assets

 

The Corporation classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

· those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income (OCI) or through profit or loss); and
· those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the Corporation’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or OCI. At present, the Corporation classifies all financial assets as held at amortized cost. Cash, prepaid expenses and short-term investments held in escrow are classified as financial assets.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Corporation measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification. There are three measurement categories under which the Corporation classifies its financial assets:

 

· Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortized cost is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

- 8 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

· Fair value through OCI (FVOCI): Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the debt instruments, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains and losses, interest revenue, and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the debt instrument is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains (losses). Interest income from these debt instruments is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

· Fair value through profit or loss: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on an investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net as revenue in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which it arises.

 

ii)       Financial liabilities

 

A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. The fair value changes to financial liabilities at FVTPL are presented as follows: where the Corporation optionally designates financial liabilities at FVTPL the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of the liability is presented in OCI; and the remaining amount of the change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss. The Corporation does not designate any financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Other non-derivative financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

The Corporation’s financial liabilities consist of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related party and deferred underwriters’ commission, which are classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost. In addition, the Corporation’s financial liabilities also include Class A Restricted Voting Share subject to redemption and warrant liability which are classified and subsequently measured at FVTPL.

 

Impairment

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are subject to the expected credit loss model. While cash and cash equivalents and investments in Treasury Bills are also subject to impairment requirements under IFRS 9, the identified impairment loss was immaterial.

 

Income taxes

 

The Corporation follows the balance sheet liability method to provide for income taxes on all transactions recorded in its financial statements. The balance sheet liability method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined for each temporary difference and for unused tax losses and unused tax credits, as applicable, at rates expected to be in effect when the asset is realized, or the liability is settled.

 

The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in net income or loss in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the assets can be recovered.

 

- 9 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods in order to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred income tax asset could be materially impacted.

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

Basic earnings or loss per share is computed by dividing the net earnings or loss attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, excluding Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. Diluted earnings or loss per share, where applicable, is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for dilutive instruments by applying the treasury stock method.

 

4.      Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Certain financial instruments are recorded in the Corporation’s statement of financial position at values that are representative of or approximate their fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument that is traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to its quoted market price. If the financial instrument does not trade on an active market, the Corporation will use an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the financial instrument. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the financial instrument. Changes in the underlying trading value or estimates may significantly affect the amount of net income or loss for a particular period. Furthermore, the quoted market price or option price of a financial liability may not be equal to the amount that the Corporation may have to pay in settlement of the underlying obligation, should such obligation become immediately payable. The Corporation reviews assumptions relating to financial instruments on an ongoing basis to ensure that the basis for determination of fair value is appropriate.

 

Warrant Valuations

 

Pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering of Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Corporation issued Warrants. The Corporation has also issued the Founders Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the Warrant. To the extent a quoted market value is not available, the Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option- pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the Warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

- 10 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8,   2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

5.       Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow

 

As at December 31, 2019

Investment in 6-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020(i)   $ 179,999,687  
Investment in 3-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020(i)     180,804,931  
Accrued Interest     1,449,463  
Cash     1,275  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow   $ 362,255,356  

 

(i) Upon maturity, the Treasury Bills were reinvested and have a maturity of May 14, 2020.

 

6.      Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption Authorized

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. Following Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. Prior to the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would not be entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would, however, be entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all other matters requiring shareholder approval (including the proposed Qualifying Acquisition, if required under applicable law, and any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a Qualifying Acquisition by way of a press release.

 

Redemption rights

 

If BCAC is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, BCAC will be required to redeem as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law.

 

- 11 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

The redemption rights embedded in the terms of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered by the Corporation to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Corporation has classified its “Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption” as financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption - issued and outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the Offering     35,000,000       350,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     1,000,000       10,000,000  
Adjusted for:                
Allocation of proceeds received pursuant to the Offering and exercise of the over-allotment option attributable to Warrants             (13,500,000 )
Fair value adjustment             3,060,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     36,000,000     $ 349,560,000  

 

The fair value of the Corporation’s Class A restricted voting shares is $349,560,000 as the Class A Restricted Voting Shares bid price on December 31, 2019 was $9.710.

 

7.      Warrant liability

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation had 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to the Sponsor.

 

All Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition. At the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at an exercise price of $11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments.

 

The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share. Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the Closing Date price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period. The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

 

- 12 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Founders’ Warrants

 

At the Closing Date, the Sponsor has agreed pursuant an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Fair value of Warrants

 

As the number of Shares to be issued by the Corporation upon a cashless exercise of the Warrants is variable, the Warrants fail the "fixed-for-fixed" criteria for equity classification and have been classified as derivative liabilities measured at FVTPL. The Corporation applies a market price and an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued.

 

Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrants. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

Warrants - Issued and Outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Warrants issued in connection with:                
Issuance to Founders     12,000,000       12,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to the Offering     17,500,000       13,125,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     500,000       375,000  
Adjusted for:                
Fair value adjustment             1,200,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     30,000,000     $ 26,700,000  

 

As Founder’s warrants are not listed, the Corporation used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of these warrants as at December 31, 2019.

 

8.      Share Capital

 

Class B Shares

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares. The holders of Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of a Qualifying Acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the Permitted Timeline.

  

- 13 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Redemption rights

 

The Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not possess any redemption rights.

 

Restrictions on transfer, assignment or sale of Founders' Shares

 

The Sponsor has agreed pursuant to an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking.

 

The Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible would likely be subject to escrow under the Exchange’s rules following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Founder’s Shares purchased by the Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants purchased by the Sponsor, will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

 

Class B Shares - Issued and Outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares in connection with organization of the Corporation(1)     1       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders     10,062,499       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares to Founders(2)     (1,062,500 )     -  
Balance, December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000  

 

(1) On July 8, 2019, in connection with the organization of the Corporation, the Corporation issued 1 Class B Share in exchange for proceeds of $10, of which 1 Class B Share is owned by the Sponsor.

 

(2) 1,062,500 of Class B Shares issued to Founders were relinquishable without compensation as a result of the over-allotment option was exercised.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Prior to the Closing Date, the Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Proportionate Voting Shares without nominal or par value. Prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Proportionate Voting Shares. On or immediately following the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Class B Shares will be automatically converted on a 100 for 1 basis into new Proportionate Voting Shares of the Corporation as set forth in the notice of articles and articles of Corporation.

 

- 14 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

9.      Transaction costs

 

Transaction costs consisted principally of legal, accounting, underwriting and travel costs incurred through to the date of the statement of financial position that were directly related to the Offering. Transaction costs incurred amounted to $20,377,039 (including $19,800,000 in underwriters’ commission of which $13,500,000 was deferred and payable only upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition). Transaction costs were expensed to the statement of operations. Transaction costs associated with the issuance of Class B shares were insignificant.

 

Transaction costs incurred from Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019 were allocated as follows:

 

    Total  
Underwriter's commission   $ 6,300,000  
Deferred underwriter's commission     13,500,000  
Professional fees (legal, accounting, etc.)     331,492  
Sponsor out-of-pocket expenditures     245,547  
    $ 20,377,039  

 

Underwriter's commission

 

In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation agreed to pay the underwriters a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $6,300,000, representing $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit to the underwriter upon Closing Date of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining $13,500,000 (representing $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit), $11,700,000 of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining $1,800,000 of which (or, if a lessor amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

10.    General and administrative expenses

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019 

Public company filing and listing costs   $ 191,511  
Professional fees (marketing, recruitment, diligence, etc.)     558,866  
Insurance     88,965  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone, internet etc.)     206,443  
    $ 1,036,785  

 

- 15 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

11.    Related party transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation paid $45,161 in respect of these services.

 

The Corporation incurred $ 160,668 for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation by the Corporation's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Directors with respect to a Qualifying Acquisition, of which $35,757 is included in accounts payable as at December 31, 2019.

 

12.    Capital management

 

(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as at December 31, 2019:

 

Shareholders' deficiency   $ (23,393,468 )
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     349,560,000  
Warrant liability     26,700,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019   $ 352,866,532  

 

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation in order to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.

 

(b) Liquidity

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation had $4,182,004 in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.

 

To the extent that the Corporation requires additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.

 

- 16 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

13.    Financial instruments

 

Fair value measurements

 

The following table summarizes those assets and liabilities that are included at their fair values in the Corporation’s statement of financial position as at December 31, 2019, or those assets and liabilities for which fair value is otherwise disclosed in the accompanying notes to the Financial Statements. These assets and liabilities have been categorized into hierarchal levels, according to the significance of the inputs used in determining fair value measurements.

 

    Carrying                    
    value as at     Fair value as at December 31, 2019  
    December 31,                    
    2019     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
      $       $       $       $  
Financial Assets                                
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     362,255,356       362,255,356       -       -  
                                 
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares                                
subject to redemption     349,560,000       349,560,000       -       -  
Warrant liability     26,700,000       13,500,000       -       13,200,000  

 

The Corporation is exposed to financial risks due to the nature of its business and the financial assets and liabilities that it holds. The Corporation’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimize potential adverse effects of the Corporation’s financial performance.

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.

 

Fair value risk

 

Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to fair value risk in respect of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability, which are carried in the Corporation’s Financial Statements at their fair value. A 1% increase in the fair value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and warrant liability would result in approximately $4 million change in its value.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.

 

- 17 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Currency risk

 

Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure to currency risk as the Corporation does not materially transact in any currency other than the United States dollar.

 

14.    Subsequent event

 

Since December 31, 2019, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self- imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments and the impact on the financial results and condition of the Corporation in future periods.

 

- 18 -

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.51

 

FORM 52-109F1R

Certification of Refiled Annual Filings

 Full Certificate

 

This certificate is being filed on the same date that Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) has refiled the annual financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2019.

 

I, Maja Spalevic, Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1.  Review: I have reviewed the AIF, if any, annual financial statements and annual MD&A, including, for greater certainty, all documents and information that are incorporated by reference in the AIF (together, the “annual filings”) of the issuer for the financial year ended December 31, 2019.

 

2.  No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, for the period covered by the annual filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual financial statements together with the other financial information included in the annual filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the annual filings.

 

4. Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the financial year end

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the annual filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (COSO Framework) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

 

 

6. Evaluation: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have

 

A. evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s DC&P at the financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A our conclusions about the effectiveness of DC&P at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and

 

B. evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s ICFR at the financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A

 

I. our conclusions about the effectiveness of ICFR at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and

 

II. N/A.

 

7.  Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on October 1, 2019 and ended on December 31, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

8.  Reporting to the issuer’s auditors and board of directors or audit committee: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of ICFR, to the issuer’s auditors, and the board of directors or the audit committee of the board of directors any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s ICFR.

 

Date: April 15, 2020  
   
(Signed) “Maja Spalevic”  
Maja Spalevic  
Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.52

 

FORM 52-109F1R

Certification of Refiled Annual Filings

Full Certificate

 

This certificate is being filed on the same date that Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) has refiled the annual financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2019.

 

I, Peter Caldini, Chief Executive Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1.  Review: I have reviewed the AIF, if any, annual financial statements and annual MD&A, including, for greater certainty, all documents and information that are incorporated by reference in the AIF (together, the “annual filings”) of the issuer for the financial year ended December 31, 2019.

 

2.  No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, for the period covered by the annual filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual financial statements together with the other financial information included in the annual filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the annual filings.

 

4. Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the financial year end

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the annual filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (COSO Framework) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

 

6. Evaluation: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have

 

A. evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s DC&P at the financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A our conclusions about the effectiveness of DC&P at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and

 

B. evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s ICFR at the financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A

 

I. our conclusions about the effectiveness of ICFR at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and

 

II. N/A.

 

7.  Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on October 1, 2019 and ended on December 31, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

8.  Reporting to the issuer’s auditors and board of directors or audit committee: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of ICFR, to the issuer’s auditors, and the board of directors or the audit committee of the board of directors any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s ICFR.

 

Date: April 15, 2020

 

(Signed) “Peter Caldini”

Peter Caldini

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.53 

 

NOTICE TO READER

 

The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. for July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019, have been refiled. The auditor’s report filed with the original annual financial statements for July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 omitted the “Other Information” section as required by the Canadian Auditing Standard (CAS) 720, The Auditor’s Responsibilities relating to Other Information. No other amendment has been made to any amount, balance or disclosure in the financial statements for July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019.

 

 

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

JULY 8, 2019 (DATE OF INCORPORATION)

 

TO DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

 

To the Shareholders of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Opinion

 

We have audited the financial statements of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., (the "Corporation"), which comprise the statement of financial position as at December 31, 2019 and the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders' deficiency and cash flows for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019, and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as at December 31, 2019, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the period then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Corporation in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Canada, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

Other Information

 

Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Management's Discussion and Analysis.

 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

 

We obtained Management's Discussion and Analysis prior to the date of this auditor's report. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

 

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Corporation or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Corporation's financial reporting process.

 

 

 

 

 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

 

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

 

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation's internal control.

 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

 

Conclude on the appropriateness of management's use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor's report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor's report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Corporation to cease to continue as a going concern.

 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

 

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

 

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor's report is Mark Jakovcic.

 

 

Chartered Professional Accountants

Licensed Public Accountants

March 24, 2020

Toronto, Ontario

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

As at December 31, 2019      

 

ASSETS      
Current assets   $ 4,182,004  
Cash and cash equivalents        
Prepaid expenses     141,647  
      4,323,651  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     362,255,356  
Total assets   $ 366,579,007  
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY        
         
Current liabilities   $ 176,738  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities        
Due to related party (note 11)     35,737  
      212,475  
Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9)     13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption (note 6)     349,560,000  
Warrant liability (note 7)     26,700,000  
Total liabilities     389,972,475  
         
Shareholders' deficiency     25,000  
Share capital (note 8)        
Deficit     (23,418,468 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (23,393,468 )
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 366,579,007  

 

Subsequent event (Note 14)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
On behalf of the Board:
 
“Mark Harms”, Director  
 
“Robert Berner”, Director  

 

- 1 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019        

 

Revenue   $ 2,255,356  
Interest income        
Expenses     20,377,039  
Transaction costs (note 9)        
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities (notes 6 and 7)     4,260,000  
General and administrative (note 10)     1,036,785  
      25,673,824  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period   $ (23,418,468 )
Basic and diluted net loss per Class B share   $ (3.24 )
Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted)     7,231,889  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 2 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Cash Flows

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

 

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019        

 

Operating activities   $ (23,418,468 )
Net loss for the period        
Non-cash items included in net loss and other adjustments:     20,377,039  
Transaction costs associated with financing activities        
Interest income accrued on cash held in escrow     (1,449,463 )
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     4,260,000  
Changes in non-cash working capital items:     (141,647 )
Prepaid expenses        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     176,738  
Due to related party     35,737  
Net cash used in operating activities     (160,064 )
         
Investing activities     (360,000,000 )
Investment in restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow        
Interest earned and received on cash held in escrow     (805,893 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (360,805,893 )
         
Financing activities     25,000  
Proceeds from issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 8)        
Proceeds from issuance of Warrants to Founders (note 7)     12,000,000  
Proceeds from issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units (note 6)     360,000,000  
Transaction costs     (6,877,039 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     365,147,961  
         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents during the period     4,182,004  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     -  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 4,182,004  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 3 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Deficiency

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019

 

    Class B Shares              
    Number     Amount     Deficit     Total  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Sponsor in connection with organization of the Corporation (note 8)     1       10       -       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (notes 1 and 8)     10,062,499       24,990       -       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares from Founders (note 8)     (1,062,500 )     -       -       -  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period     -       -       (23,418,468 )     (23,418,468 )
Balance, December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000     $ (23,418,468 )   $ (23,393,468 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 4 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

1. Organization and nature of operations

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. ( “BCAC” or the “Corporation”) is a special purpose acquisition corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Acquisition”). The Corporation was formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified 18 months from August 15, 2019 (the “Closing Date”) (or 21 months from the Closing Date if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the Closing Date but have not completed a Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period) (the “Permitted Timeline”). The Corporation intends to identify and execute on a Qualifying Acquisition by leveraging its network to find attractive investment opportunities as it seeks to acquire several complementary companies as part of its Qualifying Acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a "land to brand" strategy and global reach.

 

The Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and is domiciled in Canada. The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. The Corporation’s head office is located at 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1K 6TL.

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over- allotment option (the "Over- Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units were issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $ 11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or earlier.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares (as defined below) will not be listed prior to a Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm founded by certain of the Corporation’s directors. Concurrent with the Closing Date, the Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Founder’s Warrants”) at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrants for aggregate proceeds of $12,000,000. The Sponsor owns 9,000,000 Class B Shares (also referred to as “Founder’s Shares”), representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares and approximately 20% of the total Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares. The Sponsor’s position in BCAC was acquired for investment purposes. The holder of the Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants have no access to the escrow account prior to or following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition in respect of such securities. If the Corporation fails to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline, the Sponsor will be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it is holding as a result of any purchases pursuant to or following this Offering.

 

- 5 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option (together with any accumulated interest earned and received therein, the “Escrow Funds”) are placed in trust with TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the Closing Date by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Final Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing Date to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement (in an amount equal to $11,700,000) and (ii) the Discretionary Deferred Portion (in an amount equal to $1,800,000) to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In connection with the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

- 6 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

  

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, the Corporation will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account.

 

Consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to a Qualifying Acquisition, acceptance by the Toronto Stock Exchange and, where required under applicable law, shareholder approval. If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the permitted timeline, the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share as set out in the Corporation's articles.

 

2.       Basis of presentation

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation as at December 31, 2019 and for the period from July 8, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 (the “ Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and with interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee which the Canadian Accounting Standards Board has approved for incorporation into Part 1 of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada Handbook – Accounting, as applicable to the preparation of financial statements. These Financial Statements have been prepared with the assumption that the Corporation will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business rather than through a process of forced liquidation. The Financial Statements do not include adjustments to amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue operations. These Financial Statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on March 24, 2020.

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for the carrying value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and the warrant liability which are measured at fair value at each reporting date. The Corporation’s functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

The Corporation does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying Financial Statements.

 

- 7 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

3.    Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of these Financial Statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on anticipations and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and further periods if the review affects both current and future periods.

 

Financial Instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Corporation becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Corporation has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

i) Financial assets

 

The Corporation classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income (OCI) or through profit or loss); and
those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the Corporation’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or OCI. At present, the Corporation classifies all financial assets as held at amortized cost. Cash, prepaid expenses and short-term investments held in escrow are classified as financial assets.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Corporation measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification. There are three measurement categories under which the Corporation classifies its financial assets:

 

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortized cost is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

- 8 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Fair value through OCI (FVOCI): Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the debt instruments, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains and losses, interest revenue, and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the debt instrument is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains (losses). Interest income from these debt instruments is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

Fair value through profit or loss: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on an investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net as revenue in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which it arises.

 

ii)       Financial liabilities

 

A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. The fair value changes to financial liabilities at FVTPL are presented as follows: where the Corporation optionally designates financial liabilities at FVTPL the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of the liability is presented in OCI; and the remaining amount of the change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss. The Corporation does not designate any financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Other non-derivative financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

The Corporation’s financial liabilities consist of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related party and deferred underwriters’ commission, which are classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost. In addition, the Corporation’s financial liabilities also include Class A Restricted Voting Share subject to redemption and warrant liability which are classified and subsequently measured at FVTPL.

 

Impairment

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are subject to the expected credit loss model. While cash and cash equivalents and investments in Treasury Bills are also subject to impairment requirements under IFRS 9, the identified impairment loss was immaterial.

 

Income taxes

 

The Corporation follows the balance sheet liability method to provide for income taxes on all transactions recorded in its financial statements. The balance sheet liability method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined for each temporary difference and for unused tax losses and unused tax credits, as applicable, at rates expected to be in effect when the asset is realized, or the liability is settled.

 

The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in net income or loss in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the assets can be recovered.

 

- 9 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods in order to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred income tax asset could be materially impacted.

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

Basic earnings or loss per share is computed by dividing the net earnings or loss attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, excluding Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. Diluted earnings or loss per share, where applicable, is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for dilutive instruments by applying the treasury stock method.

 

 

4. Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Certain financial instruments are recorded in the Corporation’s statement of financial position at values that are representative of or approximate their fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument that is traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to its quoted market price. If the financial instrument does not trade on an active market, the Corporation will use an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the financial instrument. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the financial instrument. Changes in the underlying trading value or estimates may significantly affect the amount of net income or loss for a particular period. Furthermore, the quoted market price or option price of a financial liability may not be equal to the amount that the Corporation may have to pay in settlement of the underlying obligation, should such obligation become immediately payable. The Corporation reviews assumptions relating to financial instruments on an ongoing basis to ensure that the basis for determination of fair value is appropriate.

 

Warrant Valuations

 

Pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering of Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Corporation issued Warrants. The Corporation has also issued the Founders Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the Warrant. To the extent a quoted market value is not available, the Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option- pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the Warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

- 10 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

5.  Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow    

 

As at December 31, 2019      
Investment in 6-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020(i)   $ 179,999,687  
Investment in 3-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020(i)     180,804,931  
Accrued Interest     1,449,463  
Cash     1,275  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow   $ 362,255,356  

 

(i) Upon maturity, the Treasury Bills were reinvested and have a maturity of May 14, 2020.

 

6. Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

Authorized

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. Following Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. Prior to the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would not be entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would, however, be entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all other matters requiring shareholder approval (including the proposed Qualifying Acquisition, if required under applicable law, and any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a Qualifying Acquisition by way of a press release.

 

Redemption rights

 

If BCAC is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, BCAC will be required to redeem as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law.

 

- 11 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

The redemption rights embedded in the terms of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered by the Corporation to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Corporation has classified its “Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption” as financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption - issued and outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the Offering     35,000,000       350,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     1,000,000       10,000,000  
Adjusted for:                
Allocation of proceeds received pursuant to the Offering and exercise of the over-allotment option attributable to Warrants             (13,500,000 )
Fair value adjustment             3,060,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     36,000,000     $ 349,560,000  

 

The fair value of the Corporation’s Class A restricted voting shares is $349,560,000 as the Class A Restricted Voting Shares bid price on December 31, 2019 was $9.710.

 

7.   Warrant liability

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation had 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to the Sponsor.

 

All Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition. At the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at an exercise price of $11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments.

 

The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share. Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the Closing Date price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period. The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

 

- 12 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Founders’ Warrants

 

At the Closing Date, the Sponsor has agreed pursuant an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Fair value of Warrants

 

As the number of Shares to be issued by the Corporation upon a cashless exercise of the Warrants is variable, the Warrants fail the "fixed-for-fixed" criteria for equity classification and have been classified as derivative liabilities measured at FVTPL. The Corporation applies a market price and an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued.

 

Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrants. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

Warrants - Issued and Outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Warrants issued in connection with:                
Issuance to Founders     12,000,000       12,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to the Offering     17,500,000       13,125,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     500,000       375,000  
Adjusted for:                
Fair value adjustment             1,200,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     30,000,000     $ 26,700,000  

 

As Founder’s warrants are not listed, the Corporation used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of these warrants as at December 31, 2019.

 

8. Share Capital

 

Class B Shares

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares. The holders of Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of a Qualifying Acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

- 13 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Redemption rights

 

The Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not possess any redemption rights.

 

Restrictions on transfer, assignment or sale of Founders' Shares

 

The Sponsor has agreed pursuant to an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange Agreement and Undertaking.

 

The Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible would likely be subject to escrow under the Exchange’s rules following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Founder’s Shares purchased by the Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants purchased by the Sponsor, will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

 

Class B Shares - Issued and Outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares in connection with organization of the Corporation(1)     1       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders     10,062,499       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares to Founders(2)     (1,062,500 )     -  
Balance, December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000  

 

(1) On July 8, 2019, in connection with the organization of the Corporation, the Corporation issued 1 Class B Share in exchange for proceeds of $10, of which 1 Class B Share is owned by the Sponsor.

 

(2) 1,062,500 of Class B Shares issued to Founders were relinquishable without compensation as a result of the over-allotment option was exercised.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Prior to the Closing Date, the Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Proportionate Voting Shares without nominal or par value. Prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Proportionate Voting Shares. On or immediately following the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Class B Shares will be automatically converted on a 100 for 1 basis into new Proportionate Voting Shares of the Corporation as set forth in the notice of articles and articles of Corporation.

 

- 14 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

9. Transaction costs

 

Transaction costs consisted principally of legal, accounting, underwriting and travel costs incurred through to the date of the statement of financial position that were directly related to the Offering. Transaction costs incurred amounted to $20,377,039 (including $19,800,000 in underwriters’ commission of which $13,500,000 was deferred and payable only upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition). Transaction costs were expensed to the statement of operations. Transaction costs associated with the issuance of Class B shares were insignificant.

 

Transaction costs incurred from Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019 were allocated as follows:

 

    Total  
Underwriter's commission   $ 6,300,000  
Deferred underwriter's commission     13,500,000  
Professional fees (legal, accounting, etc.)     331,492  
Sponsor out-of-pocket expenditures     245,547  
    $ 20,377,039  

 

Underwriter's commission

 

In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation agreed to pay the underwriters a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $6,300,000, representing $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit to the underwriter upon Closing Date of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining $13,500,000 (representing $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit), $11,700,000 of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining $1,800,000 of which (or, if a lessor amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

10. General and administrative expenses

 

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019      
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 191,511  
Professional fees (marketing, recruitment, diligence, etc.)     558,866  
Insurance     88,965  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone, internet etc.)     206,443  
    $ 1,036,785  

 

- 15 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

11. Related party transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation paid $45,161 in respect of these services.

 

The Corporation incurred $ 160,668 for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation by the Corporation's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Directors with respect to a Qualifying Acquisition, of which $35,757 is included in accounts payable as at December 31, 2019.

 

12. Capital management

 

(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as at December 31, 2019:

 

Shareholders' deficiency   $ (23,393,468 )
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     349,560,000  
Warrant liability     26,700,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019   $ 352,866,532  

 

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation in order to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.

 

(b) Liquidity

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation had $4,182,004 in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.

 

To the extent that the Corporation requires additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.

 

- 16 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

13. Financial instruments

 

Fair value measurements

 

The following table summarizes those assets and liabilities that are included at their fair values in the Corporation’s statement of financial position as at December 31, 2019, or those assets and liabilities for which fair value is otherwise disclosed in the accompanying notes to the Financial Statements. These assets and liabilities have been categorized into hierarchal levels, according to the significance of the inputs used in determining fair value measurements.

 

    Carrying                    
    value as at        
    December 31,     Fair value as at December 31, 2019  
    2019     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Financial Assets   $     $                $     $  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     362,255,356       362,255,356       -       -  
                                 
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     349,560,000       349,560,000       -       -  
Warrant liability     26,700,000       13,500,000       -       13,200,000  

 

The Corporation is exposed to financial risks due to the nature of its business and the financial assets and liabilities that it holds. The Corporation’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimize potential adverse effects of the Corporation’s financial performance.

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.

 

Fair value risk

 

Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to fair value risk in respect of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability, which are carried in the Corporation’s Financial Statements at their fair value. A 1% increase in the fair value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and warrant liability would result in approximately $4 million change in its value.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.

 

- 17 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

From July 8, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Currency risk

 

Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure to currency risk as the Corporation does not materially transact in any currency other than the United States dollar.

 

14. Subsequent event

 

Since December 31, 2019, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self- imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments and the impact on the financial results and condition of the Corporation in future periods.

 

- 18 -

 

 

Exhibit 99.54

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. REPORTS

FIRST QUARTER 2020 FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

Toronto, Ontario – May 12, 2020 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (TSX: BC.U, BC.WT.U) (“BCAC”) is reporting its financial results as of March 31, 2020. BCAC’s unaudited interim financial statements have been filed on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) and may be viewed by shareholders and interested parties under BCAC’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Mark Harms

Director

information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.55

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

(A SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORPORATION)

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

MARCH 31, 2020

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

1

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

General

 

The following discussion of performance, financial condition and future prospects should be read in conjunction with the financial statements (‘‘Financial Statements’’) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the ‘‘Corporation’’) for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and the accompanying notes thereto. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) has been prepared with an effective date of May 12, 2020. The financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared by management and are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘‘IFRS’’). The Corporation’s financial information is expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise specified. In addition to reviewing this report, readers are encouraged to read the Corporation’s public information filings on SEDAR

at www.sedar.com.

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

 

This document may contain ‘‘forward-looking statements’’ (as defined under applicable securities laws). These statements relate to future events or future performance including comments with respect to the Corporation’s objectives and priorities for fiscal year 2020 and beyond, and strategies or further actions with respect to the Corporation, a Qualifying Acquisition (as defined below), the Corporation’s business operations, financial performance and condition. Such forward-looking statements reflect management’s current beliefs and are based on information currently available to management. In some cases, forward- looking statements can be identified by terminology such as ‘‘may’’, ‘‘will’’, ‘‘should’’, ‘‘expect’’, ‘‘plan’’, ‘‘anticipate’’, ‘‘believe’’, ‘‘estimate’’, ‘‘predict’’, ‘‘potential’’, ‘‘continue’’, ‘‘target’’, ‘‘intend’’, ‘‘could’’ or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and a number of factors could cause actual events or results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, readers should specifically consider various factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. These factors include, but are not limited to, market and general economic conditions and the risks and uncertainties discussed in the section entitled ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in the Corporation’s annual information form dated March 24, 2020 (the “AIF”). The forward-looking information contained in this MD&A is presented for the purpose of assisting shareholders in understanding business and strategic priorities and objectives as at the periods indicated and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward looking statements contained in this MD&A are not guarantees of future performance and, while forward looking statements are based on certain assumptions that the Corporation considers reasonable, actual events and results could differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward looking statements made by the Corporation. Prospective investors are cautioned to consider these and other factors carefully when making decisions with respect to the Corporation and not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. Circumstances affecting the Corporation may change rapidly. Except as may be expressly required by applicable law, the Corporation does not undertake any obligation to update publicly or revise any such forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In addition, in the Corporation’s prospectus dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”), the Corporation published an estimate of the amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share which it expects in the escrow account as at the end of the Permitted Timeline. The Corporation is no longer able to estimate the amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share which it expects in the escrow account as at the end of the Permitted Timeline as many of the assumptions related to the Corporation’s previous estimate may no longer be accurate due to recent market conditions, the low interest rate environment and the expected uncertainty and volatility going forward. Due to recent rate cuts by central banks introduced as a result of the coronavirus pandemic, yields on instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States, which are instruments that the Corporation intends to invest in, have been significantly reduced as compared to the interest rate on such instruments as at the closing of the Offering (as defined herein). The Corporation has withdrawn all previously disclosed forward-looking guidance relating to the amount per Class A Restricted Voting Share which it expects in the escrow account as at the end of the Permitted Timeline.

 

Nature of Activities

 

The Corporation is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a ‘‘Qualifying Acquisition’’). The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. The Corporation’s head office is located at Third Floor, 115 Park Street, London, United Kingdom, W1K 7AP.

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Over-Allotment Option”). On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option (the "Over- Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units have been issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit was comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each whole warrant, a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the Qualifying Acquisition or earlier as further described in the Prospectus.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B shares will not be listed prior to the Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

2

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option are held by TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the escrow funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds are being held to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the deferred underwriting commission provided in the initial public offering underwriting agreement in an amount equal to $11,700,000 and (ii) the discretionary deferred portion of the underwriting commission to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement. The discretionary deferred portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

Consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to the Qualifying Acquisition.

 

In connection with the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations as further described in the Prospectus. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline of 18 months from the closing of the Offering (or 21 months from the closing of the Offering if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the closing of the Offering but have not completed the Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain ii other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their units for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension

 

3

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Selected Quarterly Information

 

Below is selected information from the statement of net loss and comprehensive loss for the three months ended March 31, 2020. There is no comparative interim period available as the Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019.

 

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

For the three months ended March, 31 2020      
Revenue        
Interest income   $ 1,465,040  
Expenses        
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     (1,620,000 )
General and administrative     556,901  
      (1,063,099 )
Net income before income taxes     2,528,139  
Income taxes        
Current tax expense     250,000  
Net income and comprehensive loss for the period   $ 2,278,139  
Basic and diluted net income per Class B share   $ 0.25  
Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted)     9,000,000  

 

Results of Operations

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Corporation realized a net income of approximately $2.2 million. This represents a diluted net income of $0.25 per Class B share.

 

Interest Income

The funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units totaling $360,000,000 have been held in cash and cash equivalents in escrow with a Canadian chartered bank. During the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Corporation earned accrued interest income of $1,465,040 on this balance.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include costs incurred relating to assessing, negotiating and conducting due diligence on potential Qualifying Acquisitions, as well as general administrative costs of operating the Corporation. A summary of the general and administrative expenses incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2020      
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 55,191  
Professional fees (marketing, diligence, etc.)     304,707  
Insurance     55,350  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone etc.)     141,653  
    $ 556,901  

 

4

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Selected Quarterly Information

 

    For the three     For the three     From July 8,  
    months     months     2019 (Date of  
    ended     ended     Incorporation)to  
    March, 31     December, 31     September, 30  
    2020     2019     2019  
Revenue                        
Interest income   $ 1,465,040       1,632,001       623,355  
                         
Expenses                        
Transaction costs     -       -       20,377,039  
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     (1,620,000 )     4,740,000       (480,000 )
General and administrative     556,901       569,997       466,788  
      (1,063,099 )     5,309,997       20,363,827  
Net income and comprehensive loss for the period before income taxes     2,528,139       (3,677,996 )     (19,740,472 )
                         
Income taxes                        
Current tax expense     250,000       -       -  
                         
Net income and comprehensive loss for the period after income taxes   $ 2,278,139       (3,677,996 )     (19,740,472 )
                         
Basic and diluted net income per Class B share   $ 0.25       (0.51 )     (3.73 )

 

5

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Position

Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
ASSETS                
Current                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,592,508       4,182,004  
Prepaid expenses     124,188       141,647  
    $ 3,716,696       4,323,651  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     363,720,396       362,255,356  
Total assets     367,437,092       366,579,007  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY                
                 
Current                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ 153,841       176,738  
Current tax payable     250,000       -  
Due to related party     8,580       35,737  
      412,421       212,475  
Deferred underwriters' commission     13,500,000       13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     348,840,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability     25,800,000       26,700,000  
Total liabilities     388,552,421       389,972,475  
                 
Shareholders' deficiency                
Share capital     25,000       25,000  
Deficit     (21,140,329 )     (23,418,468 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (21,115,329 )     (23,393,468 )
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 367,437,092       366,579,007  

 

The escrow balance includes the $360,000,000 funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units and accrued interest totaling $3,720,396. In accordance with the terms of the Offering, all amounts raised through the issuance of the Class A Restricted Voting Units were deposited into the escrow account and can only be released upon certain prescribed conditions being met.

 

The Corporation’s intent is for all or substantially all of the funds held in the escrow account to be used to complete a Qualifying Acquisition, or several Qualifying Acquisitions, which would likely close concurrently. As noted in the Prospectus, the fair market value of any Qualifying Acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of the Corporation’s combined Qualifying Acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange, not be less than 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). If, after redemptions, debt or the Corporation’s capital stock is used as consideration to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining proceeds held in the escrow account may be used to fund general ongoing expenses. Such funds could be used in a variety of ways, including continuing or expanding the post-Qualifying Acquisition entity’s operations, for strategic acquisitions by such new entity, for payment of dividends and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products, or for other purposes.

 

6

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

As at March 31, 2020, the Corporation had cash, excluding restricted amounts held in the escrow account, totaling $3,592,508 which is available to fund its ongoing working capital requirements. The Corporation anticipates generating negative cash flows from operating activities on a quarterly basis until a Qualifying Acquisition has been completed, thereafter cashflow will depend on the nature and success of the Qualifying Acquisition. The expenses relating to ongoing operating activities include professional fees, general and administration expenses related to being a public company, and costs associated with identifying and negotiating a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Currently, the Corporation does not expect to raise additional funds to meet its operating expenditures until the consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition. Management expects, but it cannot be assured, that the Corporation will have sufficient funds outside of the escrow account to operate the business.

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules and other conditions as described in the Prospectus.

 

As of the date of filing the Corporation doesn’t have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and has not guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities or entered into any options on non-financial assets. Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

7

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Share Capital

 

As of the date of this MD&A, the Corporation had 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares and 9,000,000 Class B shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding. In addition, the Corporation had an aggregate of 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants which formed part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to our sponsor.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with our sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Corporation paid $30,000 in respect of these services. The Corporation has further agreed to reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor for any out-of- pocket expenses incurred by directors, officers and consultants of the Corporation which were paid by the affiliate relating to certain activities on the Corporation’s behalf, including identifying and negotiating a Qualifying Acquisition. Amounts due, if any, to the related party are deemed to be non-interest bearing. The outstanding amount due to related parties as at March 31, 2020 was $8,580.

 

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates

 

For further information about the accounting policies used by the Corporation, please refer to the Corporation’s financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended March 31, 2020.

 

The preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Critical accounting estimates represent estimates made by management that are, by their very nature, uncertain. Management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. A summary of the more significant judgments and estimates made by management in the preparation of its financial information is provided in note 4 to the March 31, 2020 financial statements.

 

Proposed Acquisitions

 

Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

Under their supervision, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have implemented disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting appropriate for the nature of operations of the Corporation. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports it files or submits under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and reported to management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow required disclosures to be made in a timely fashion. Internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s design of its internal controls over financial reporting is based on the principles set out in the “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In accordance with National Instrument 52-109 - Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, the Corporation has filed certificates signed by its Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer certifying certain matters with respect to the design of disclosure controls and procedures and the design of internal control over financial reporting as at March 31, 2020.

 

Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was designed and operating effectively as at March 31, 2020 and that there were no material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting.

 

There were no changes made in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2020, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Managing Risk

 

Management is currently evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of this MD&A. This MD&A does not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Except as otherwise disclosed in this MD&A and in the Corporation’s financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2020, there have been no significant changes to the nature and scope of the risks faced by the Corporation as described in the AIF, which is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. These business risks should be considered by interested parties when evaluating the Corporation’s performance and its outlook.

 

May 12, 2020

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 99.56

 

FORM 52-109F2

Certification of Interim Filings

Full Certificate

 

I, Maja Spalevic, Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the “interim filings”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) for the interim period ended March 31, 2020.

 

2. No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim

 

filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

 

4. Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the end of the period covered by the interim filings

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the interim filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (COSO

Framework) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

6. Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its interim MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on January 1, 2020 and ended on March 31, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

 

 

Date: May 12, 2020
 
(Signed) “Maja Spalevic”  
Maja Spalevic
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 99.57

 

FORM 52-109F2

Certification of Interim Filings

Full Certificate

 

I, Peter Caldini, Chief Executive Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the “interim filings”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) for the interim period ended March 31, 2020.

 

2. No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim

 

filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

 

4. Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the end of the period covered by the interim filings

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the interim filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (COSO Framework) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

6. Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its interim MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on January 1, 2020 and ended on March 31, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

 

Date: May 12, 2020

 

(Signed) “Peter Caldini”

Peter Caldini

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.58

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

UNAUDITED

 

MARCH 31, 2020

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

Notice To Reader

 

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "Corporation") have been prepared by and are the responsibility of management. The unaudited interim financial statements have not been reviewed by the Corporation's auditors.

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
ASSETS                
Current                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,592,508       4,182,004  
Prepaid expenses     124,188       141,647  
      3,716,696       4,323,651  
                 
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     363,720,396       362,255,356  
Total assets     367,437,092       366,579,007  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY                
                 
Current                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     153,841       176,738  
Current tax payable     250,000       -  
Due to related party (note 11)     8,580       35,737  
      412,421       212,475  
Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9)     13,500,000       13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption (note 6)     348,840,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability (note 7)     25,800,000       26,700,000  
Total liabilities     388,552,421       389,972,475  
                 
Shareholders' deficiency                
Share capital (note 8)     25,000       25,000  
Deficit     (21,140,329 )     (23,418,468 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (21,115,329 )     (23,393,468 )
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 367,437,092       366,579,007  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

On behalf of the Board:  
   
   
“Mark Harms”, Director  
   
“Robert Berner”, Director  

 

- 1 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

For the three months ended March, 31 2020      
Revenue        
Interest income   $ 1,465,040  
         
Expenses        
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities (notes 6 and 7)     (1,620,000 )
General and administrative (note 9)     556,901  
      (1,063,099 )
Net income before income taxes     2,528,139  
         
Income taxes        
Current tax expense     250,000  
Net income after income taxes   $ 2,278,139  
Basic and diluted net income per Class B share   $ 0.25  
Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted)     9,000,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 2 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Cash Flows

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

For the three months ended March, 31 2020      
Operating activities        
Net Income for the period   $ 2,278,139  
Non-cash items included in net loss and other adjustments:        
Interest income accrued on cash held in escrow     (1,465,040 )
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     (1,620,000 )
Changes in non-cash working capital items:        
Prepaid expenses     17,459  
Current tax expense     250,000  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (22,897 )
Due to related party     (27,157 )
Net cash used in operating activities     (589,495 )
         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents during the period     (589,496 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     4,182,004  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 3,592,508  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 3 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Deficiency              

(Expressed in United States Dollars)              

Unaudited              

 

    Class B Shares              
    Number     Amount     Deficit     Total  
From commencement of operations on July 8, 2019     -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Sponsor in connection w ith organization of the Corporation (note 8)     1       10       -       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 1 and note 8)     10,062,499       24,990       -       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares from Founders (note 8)     (1,062,500 )     -       -       -  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period                     (23,418,468 )     (23,418,468 )
Balance, December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000     $ (23,418,468 )   $ (23,393,468 )
Net income after income taxes     -       -       2,278,139       2,278,139  
Balance, March 31, 2020     9,000,000     $ 25,000     $ (21,140,329 )   $ (21,115,329 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 4 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

1. Organization and nature of operations

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. ( “BCAC” or the “Corporation”) is a special purpose acquisition corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Acquisition”). The Corporation was formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified 18 months from August 15, 2019 (the “Closing Date”) (or 21 months from the Closing Date if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the Closing Date but have not completed a Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period) (the “Permitted Timeline”). The Corporation intends to identify and execute on a Qualifying Acquisition by leveraging its network to find attractive investment opportunities as it seeks to acquire several complementary companies as part of its Qualifying Acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a "land to brand" strategy and global reach.

 

The Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and is domiciled in Canada. The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. The Corporation’s head office is located at Third Floor, 115 Park Street, London, United Kingdom, W1K 7AP.

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over- allotment option (the "Over- Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units were issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $ 11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or earlier.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares (as defined below) will not be listed prior to a Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm founded by certain of the Corporation’s directors. Concurrent with the Closing Date, the Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Founder’s Warrants”) at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrants for aggregate proceeds of $12,000,000. The Sponsor owns 9,000,000 Class B Shares (also referred to as “Founder’s Shares”), representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares and approximately 20% of the total Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares. The Sponsor’s position in BCAC was acquired for investment purposes. The holder of the Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants have no access to the escrow account prior to or following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition in respect of such securities. If the Corporation fails to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline, the Sponsor will be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it is holding as a result of any purchases pursuant to or following this Offering.

 

- 5 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

March 31, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option (together with any accumulated interest earned and received therein, the “Escrow Funds”) are placed in trust with TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the Closing Date by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Final Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing Date to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement (in an amount equal to $11,700,000) and (ii) the Discretionary Deferred Portion (in an amount equal to $1,800,000) to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In connection with the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

- 6 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, the Corporation will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account.

 

Consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to a Qualifying Acquisition, acceptance by the Toronto Stock Exchange and, where required under applicable law, shareholder approval. If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the permitted timeline, the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share as set out in the Corporation's articles.

 

2.       Basis of presentation

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation as at March 31, 2020 (the “ Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and with interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee which the Canadian Accounting Standards Board has approved for incorporation into Part 1 of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada Handbook – Accounting, as applicable to the preparation of financial statements. These Financial Statements have been prepared with the assumption that the Corporation will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business rather than through a process of forced liquidation. The Financial Statements do not include adjustments to amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue operations. These Financial Statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on May 12, 2020.

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for the carrying value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and the warrant liability which are measured at fair value at each reporting date. The Corporation’s functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

The Corporation does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying Financial Statements.

 

- 7 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of these Financial Statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on anticipations and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and further periods if the review affects both current and future periods.

 

Financial Instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Corporation becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Corporation has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

i)       Financial assets

 

The Corporation classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

· those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income (OCI) or through profit or loss); and
· those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the Corporation’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or OCI. At present, the Corporation classifies all financial assets as held at amortized cost. Cash, prepaid expenses and short-term investments held in escrow are classified as financial assets.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Corporation measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification. There are three measurement categories under which the Corporation classifies its financial assets:

 

· Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortized cost is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

- 8 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

March 31, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

· Fair value through OCI (FVOCI): Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the debt instruments, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains and losses, interest revenue, and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the debt instrument is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains (losses). Interest income from these debt instruments is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.
   
· Fair value through profit or loss: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on an investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net as revenue in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which it arises.

 

ii)       Financial liabilities

 

A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. The fair value changes to financial liabilities at FVTPL are presented as follows: where the Corporation optionally designates financial liabilities at FVTPL the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of the liability is presented in OCI; and the remaining amount of the change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss. The Corporation does not designate any financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Other non-derivative financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

The Corporation’s financial liabilities consist of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related party and deferred underwriters’ commission, which are classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost. In addition, the Corporation’s financial liabilities also include Class A Restricted Voting Share subject to redemption and warrant liability which are classified and subsequently measured at FVTPL.

 

Impairment

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are subject to the expected credit loss model. While cash and cash equivalents and investments in Treasury Bills are also subject to impairment requirements under IFRS 9, the identified impairment loss was immaterial.

 

Income taxes

 

The Corporation follows the balance sheet liability method to provide for income taxes on all transactions recorded in its financial statements. The balance sheet liability method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined for each temporary difference and for unused tax losses and unused tax credits, as applicable, at rates expected to be in effect when the asset is realized, or the liability is settled.

 

The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in net income or loss in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the assets can be recovered.

 

- 9 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

March 31, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods in order to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred income tax asset could be materially impacted.

 

Provisions for taxes are made using the best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. The Corporation reviews the adequacy of these provisions at the end of the reporting period. However, it is possible that at some future date an additional liability could result from audits by taxing authorities. Where the final outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

Basic earnings or loss per share is computed by dividing the net earnings or loss attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, excluding Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. Diluted earnings or loss per share, where applicable, is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for dilutive instruments by applying the treasury stock method.

 

4. Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Certain financial instruments are recorded in the Corporation’s statement of financial position at values that are representative of or approximate their fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument that is traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to its quoted market price. If the financial instrument does not trade on an active market, the Corporation will use an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the financial instrument. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the financial instrument. Changes in the underlying trading value or estimates may significantly affect the amount of net income or loss for a particular period. Furthermore, the quoted market price or option price of a financial liability may not be equal to the amount that the Corporation may have to pay in settlement of the underlying obligation, should such obligation become immediately payable. The Corporation reviews assumptions relating to financial instruments on an ongoing basis to ensure that the basis for determination of fair value is appropriate.

 

Warrant Valuations

 

Pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering of Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Corporation issued Warrants. The Corporation has also issued the Founders Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the Warrant. To the extent a quoted market value is not available, the Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option- pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the Warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

- 10 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

5. Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow

 

 

    March 31, 2020     December, 31 2019  
Investment in 6-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020             179,999,687  
Investment in 6-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020             180,804,931  
Investment in United States Treasury Bills due May 14, 2020     362,254,967          
Accrued Interest     1,465,039       1,449,463  
Cash     390       1,275  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow   $ 363,720,396       362,255,356  

 

6. Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption Authorized

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. Following Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. Prior to the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would not be entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would, however, be entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all other matters requiring shareholder approval (including the proposed Qualifying Acquisition, if required under applicable law, and any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a Qualifying Acquisition by way of a press release.

 

- 11 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Redemption rights

 

If BCAC is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, BCAC will be required to redeem as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distribution, If any), subject to applicable law.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

The redemption rights embedded in the terms of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered by the Corporation to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Corporation has classified its “Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption” as financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption - issued and outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the Offering     35,000,000       350,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     1,000,000       10,000,000  
Adjusted for:                
Allocation of proceeds received pursuant to the Offering and exercise of the over-allotment option attributable to Warrants             (13,500,000 )
Fair value adjustment             3,060,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     36,000,000       349,560,000  
Fair value adjustment             (720,000 )
Balance, March 31, 2020     36,000,000     $ 348,840,000  

 

The fair value of the Corporation’s Class A restricted voting shares is $348,840,000 as the Class A Restricted Voting Shares bid price on March 31, 2020 was $9.69.

 

- 12 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

7. Warrant liability

 

As at March 31, 2020, the Corporation had 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to the Sponsor.

 

All Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition. At the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at an exercise price of $11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments.

 

The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share. Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the Closing Date price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period. The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Founders’ Warrants

 

At the Closing Date, the Sponsor has agreed pursuant an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Fair value of Warrants

 

As the number of Shares to be issued by the Corporation upon a cashless exercise of the Warrants is variable, the Warrants fail the "fixed-for-fixed" criteria for equity classification and have been classified as derivative liabilities measured at FVTPL. The Corporation applies a market price and an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued.

 

Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrants. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

- 13 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Warrants - Issued and Outstanding   Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Warrants issued in connection with:                
Issuance to Founders     12,000,000       12,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to the Offering     17,500,000       13,125,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     500,000       375,000  
Adjusted for:                
Fair value adjustment             1,200,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     30,000,000       26,700,000  
Fair value adjustment             (900,000 )
Balance, March 31, 2020     30,000,000     $ 25,800,000  

 

As Founder’s warrants are not listed, the Corporation used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of these warrants as at March 31, 2020.

 

8. Share Capital

 

Class B Shares

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares. The holders of Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of a Qualifying Acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

Redemption rights

 

The Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not possess any redemption rights.

 

Restrictions on transfer, assignment or sale of Founders' Shares

 

The Sponsor has agreed pursuant to an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange agreement and Undertaking.

 

- 14 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible would likely be subject to escrow under the Exchange’s rules following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Founder’s Shares purchased by the Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants purchased by the Sponsor, will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

 

Class B Shares - Issued and Outstanding   Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares in connection with organization of the Corporation(1)     1       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders     10,062,499       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares to Founders(2)     (1,062,500 )     -  
Balance, March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000  

 

(1) On July 8, 2019, in connection with the organization of the Corporation, the Corporation issued 1 Class B Share in exchange for proceeds of $10, of which 1 Class B Share is owned by the Sponsor.

(2) 1,062,500 of Class B Shares issued to Founders were relinquishable without compensation as a result of the over-allotment option was exercised.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Prior to the Closing Date, the Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Proportionate Voting Shares without nominal or par value. Prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Proportionate Voting Shares. On or immediately following the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Class B Shares will be automatically converted on a 100 for 1 basis into new Proportionate Voting Shares of the Corporation as set forth in the notice of articles and articles of Corporation.

 

9. Underwriter's commission

 

In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation agreed to pay the underwriters a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $6,300,000, representing $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit to the underwriter upon Closing Date of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining $13,500,000 (representing $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit), $11,700,000 of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining $1,800,000 of which (or, if a lessor amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

- 15 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

10. General and administrative expenses

 

For the three months ended March, 31 2020      
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 55,191  
Professional fees (marketing, diligence, etc.)     304,707  
Insurance     55,350  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone etc.)     141,653  
    $ 556,901  

 

11. Related party transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Corporation paid $30,000 in respect of these services.

 

The Corporation incurred $68,999 for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation by the Corporation's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Directors with respect to a Qualifying Acquisition, of which $8,580 is included in accounts payable as at March 31, 2020.

 

- 16 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

12. Capital management

 

(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as at March 31, 2020:

 

    March 31, 2020     December, 31 2019  
Shareholders' deficiency   $ (21,115,329 )     (23,393,468 )
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     348,840,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability     25,800,000       26,700,000  
    $ 353,524,671       352,866,532  

 

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation in order to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.

 

(b) Liquidity

 

As at March 31, 2020, the Corporation had $3,592,508 in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.

 

To the extent that the Corporation requires additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.

 

- 17 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

13. Financial instruments

 

Fair value measurements

 

The following table summarizes those assets and liabilities that are included at their fair values in the Corporation’s statement of financial position as at March 31, 2020, or those assets and liabilities for which fair value is otherwise disclosed in the accompanying notes to the Financial Statements. These assets and liabilities have been categorized into hierarchal levels, according to the significance of the inputs used in determining fair value measurements.

 

    Carrying                    
    value as at                    
    March 31,     Fair value as at March 31, 2020  
    2020     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    $     $     $     $  
Financial Assets                                
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     363,720,396       363,720,396       -       -  
                                 
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     348,840,000       348,840,000       -       -  
                                 
Warrant liability     25,800,000       5,400,000       -       20,400,000  

 

    Carrying                    
    value as at                    
    December 31,     Fair value as at December 31, 2019  
    2019     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    $     $     $     $  
Financial Assets                                
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     362,255,356       362,255,356       -       -  
                                 
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     349,560,000       349,560,000       -       -  
                                 
Warrant liability     26,700,000       13,500,000       -       13,200,000  

 

The Corporation is exposed to financial risks due to the nature of its business and the financial assets and liabilities that it holds. The Corporation’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimize potential adverse effects of the Corporation’s financial performance.

 

 

- 18 -

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.

 

Fair value risk

 

Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to fair value risk in respect of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability, which are carried in the Corporation’s Financial Statements at their fair value. A 1% increase in the fair value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and warrant liability would result in approximately $4 million change in its value.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.

 

Currency risk

 

Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure to currency risk as the Corporation does not materially transact in any currency other than the United States dollar.

 

14. Global pandemic

 

Since December 31, 2019, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID- 19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments and the impact on the financial results and condition of the Corporation in future periods.

 

- 19 -

 

 

Exhibit 99.59

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

UNAUDITED

 

FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED

 

JUNE 30, 2020

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

 

Notice To Reader

 

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "Corporation") have been prepared by and are the responsibility of management. The unaudited interim financial statements have not been reviewed by the Corporation's auditors.

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

    June 30,     December31,  
    2020     2019  
ASSETS                
Current                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,396,976        4,182,004  
Prepaid expenses     54,925       141,647  
      3,451,901       4,323,651  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     364,029,063       362,255,356  
Total assets     367,480,964       366,579,007  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY                
                 
Current                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     132,434        176,738  
Due to related party (note 11)     472       35,737  
      132,906       212,475  
Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9)     13,500,000       13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption (note 6)     351,720,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability (note 7)     31,260,000       26,700,000  
Total liabilities     396,612,906       389,972,475  
                 
Shareholders' deficiency     25,000          
Share capital (note 8)     25,000          
Deficit     (29,156,942 )     (23,418,468 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (29,131,942 )     (23,393,468 )
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 367,480,964       366,579,007  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
On behalf of the Board:
 
“Mark Harms”, Director  
 
“Robert Berner”, Director  

 

- 1 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

 

 

 

    Three     Six  
    months     months  
    ended     ended  
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2020     2020  
Revenue            
Interest income   $ 702,596       2,167,636  
Expenses                
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities (notes 6 and 7)     8,340,000       6,720,000  
General and administrative (note 9)     235,209       792,111  
      8,575,209       7,512,111  
Net (loss), income before income taxes     (7,872,613 )     (5,344,475 )
                 
Income taxes            
Current tax expense     143,999       393,999  
Net (loss), income after income taxes   $ (8,016,612 )     (5,738,474 )
                 
Basic and diluted net income per Class B share   $ (0.89 )     (0.64 )
Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted)     9,000,000       9,000,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 2 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Cash Flows

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

Six months ended June 30, 2020        
Operating activities        
Net (loss), Income for the period   $ (5,738,474 )
Non-cash items included in net loss and other adjustments:        
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     6,720,000  
Changes in non-cash working capital items:        
Prepaid expenses     86,722  
Current tax expense     393,999  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (44,304 )
Due to related party     (35,265 )
Net cash used in operating activities     1,382,677  
Investing activities        
Interest earned and received on cash held in escrow     (2,167,705 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,167,705 )
Net change in cash and cash equivalents during the period     (785,028 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     4,182,004  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 3,396,976  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

- 3 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Deficiency              
(Expressed in United States Dollars)              
Unaudited              

 

    Class B Shares              
    Number     Amount     Deficit     Total  
From commencement of operations on July 8, 2019     -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Sponsor in connection with organization of the Corporation (note 8)     1       10       -       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 1 and note 8)     10,062,499       24,990       -       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares from Founders (note 8)     (1,062,500 )     -       -       -  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period                     (23,418,468 )     (23,418,468 )
Balance, December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000     $ (23,418,468 )   $ (23,393,468 )
Net (loss), income after income taxes     -       -       (5,738,474 )     (5,738,474 )
Balance, June 30, 2020     9,000,000     $ 25,000     $ (29,156,942 )   $ (29,131,942 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 4 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

1. Organization and nature of operations

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. ( “BCAC” or the “Corporation”) is a special purpose acquisition corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Acquisition”). The Corporation was formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified 18 months from August 15, 2019 (the “Closing Date”) (or 21 months from the Closing Date if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the Closing Date but have not completed a Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period) (the “Permitted Timeline”). The Corporation intends to identify and execute on a Qualifying Acquisition by leveraging its network to find attractive investment opportunities as it seeks to acquire several complementary companies as part of its Qualifying Acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a "land to brand" strategy and global reach.

 

The Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and is domiciled in Canada. The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. The Corporation’s head office is located at Third Floor, 115 Park Street, London, United Kingdom, W1K 7AP.

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option (the "Over-Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units were issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or earlier.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares (as defined below) will not be listed prior to a Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm founded by certain of the Corporation’s directors. Concurrent with the Closing Date, the Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Founder’s Warrants”) at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrants for aggregate proceeds of $12,000,000. The Sponsor owns 9,000,000 Class B Shares (also referred to as “Founder’s Shares”), representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares and approximately 20% of the total Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares. The Sponsor’s position in BCAC was acquired for investment purposes. The holder of the Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants have no access to the escrow account prior to or following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition in respect of such securities. If the Corporation fails to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline, the Sponsor will be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it is holding as a result of any purchases pursuant to or following this Offering.

 

 

- 5 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option (together with any accumulated interest earned and received therein, the “Escrow Funds”) are placed in trust with TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the Closing Date by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Final Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing Date to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement (in an amount equal to $11,700,000) and (ii) the Discretionary Deferred Portion (in an amount equal to $1,800,000) to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In connection with the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

- 6 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, the Corporation will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account.

 

Consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to a Qualifying Acquisition, acceptance by the Toronto Stock Exchange and, where required under applicable law, shareholder approval. If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the permitted timeline, the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share as set out in the Corporation's articles.

 

2.       Basis of presentation

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation as at June 30, 2020 (the “ Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and with interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee which the Canadian Accounting Standards Board has approved for incorporation into Part 1 of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada Handbook – Accounting, as applicable to the preparation of financial statements. These Financial Statements have been prepared with the assumption that the Corporation will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business rather than through a process of forced liquidation. The Financial Statements do not include adjustments to amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue operations. These Financial Statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on July 31, 2020.

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for the carrying value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and the warrant liability which are measured at fair value at each reporting date. The Corporation’s functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

The Corporation does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying Financial Statements.

 

- 7 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

3.       Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of these Financial Statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on anticipations and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and further periods if the review affects both current and future periods.

 

Financial Instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Corporation becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Corporation has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

i)       Financial assets

 

The Corporation classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

· those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income (OCI) or through profit or loss); and
· those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the Corporation’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or OCI. At present, the Corporation classifies all financial assets as held at amortized cost. Cash, prepaid expenses and short-term investments held in escrow are classified as financial assets.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Corporation measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification. There are three measurement categories under which the Corporation classifies its financial assets:

 

· Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortized cost is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

- 8 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

· Fair value through OCI (FVOCI): Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the debt instruments, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains and losses, interest revenue, and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the debt instrument is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains (losses). Interest income from these debt instruments is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

· Fair value through profit or loss: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on an investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net as revenue in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which it arises.

 

ii)       Financial liabilities

 

A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. The fair value changes to financial liabilities at FVTPL are presented as follows: where the Corporation optionally designates financial liabilities at FVTPL the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of the liability is presented in OCI; and the remaining amount of the change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss. The Corporation does not designate any financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Other non-derivative financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

The Corporation’s financial liabilities consist of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related party and deferred underwriters’ commission, which are classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost. In addition, the Corporation’s financial liabilities also include Class A Restricted Voting Share subject to redemption and warrant liability which are classified and subsequently measured at FVTPL.

 

Impairment

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are subject to the expected credit loss model. While cash and cash equivalents and investments in Treasury Bills are also subject to impairment requirements under IFRS 9, the identified impairment loss was immaterial.

 

Income taxes

 

The Corporation follows the balance sheet liability method to provide for income taxes on all transactions recorded in its financial statements. The balance sheet liability method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined for each temporary difference and for unused tax losses and unused tax credits, as applicable, at rates expected to be in effect when the asset is realized, or the liability is settled.

 

The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in net income or loss in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the assets can be recovered.

 

- 9 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods in order to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred income tax asset could be materially impacted.

 

Provisions for taxes are made using the best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. The Corporation reviews the adequacy of these provisions at the end of the reporting period. However, it is possible that at some future date an additional liability could result from audits by taxing authorities. Where the final outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

Basic earnings or loss per share is computed by dividing the net earnings or loss attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, excluding Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. Diluted earnings or loss per share, where applicable, is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for dilutive instruments by applying the treasury stock method.

 

4.       Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Certain financial instruments are recorded in the Corporation’s statement of financial position at values that are representative of or approximate their fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument that is traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to its quoted market price. If the financial instrument does not trade on an active market, the Corporation will use an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the financial instrument. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the financial instrument. Changes in the underlying trading value or estimates may significantly affect the amount of net income or loss for a particular period. Furthermore, the quoted market price or option price of a financial liability may not be equal to the amount that the Corporation may have to pay in settlement of the underlying obligation, should such obligation become immediately payable. The Corporation reviews assumptions relating to financial instruments on an ongoing basis to ensure that the basis for determination of fair value is appropriate.

 

Warrant Valuations

 

Pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering of Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Corporation issued Warrants. The Corporation has also issued the Founders Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the Warrant. To the extent a quoted market value is not available, the Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option- pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the Warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

- 10 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

 

5. Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow

 

    June 30, 2020     December, 31 2019  
Investment in 6-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020             179,999,687  
Investment in 3-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020             180,804,931  
Investment in United States Treasury Bills due Aug 13, 2020     362,255,356          
Redeem Partial (Tax Payment)     (393,954 )        
Accrued Interest     2,167,636       1,449,463  
Cash     25       1,275  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow   $ 364,029,063       362,255,356  

 

6. Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

Authorized

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. Following Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. Prior to the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would not be entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would, however, be entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all other matters requiring shareholder approval (including the proposed Qualifying Acquisition, if required under applicable law, and any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a Qualifying Acquisition by way of a press release.

 

- 11 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Redemption rights

 

If BCAC is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, BCAC will be required to redeem as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distribution, If any), subject to applicable law.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

The redemption rights embedded in the terms of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered by the Corporation to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Corporation has classified its “Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption” as financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption - issued and outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the Offering     35,000,000       350,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     1,000,000       10,000,000  
Adjusted for:                
Allocation of proceeds received pursuant to the Offering and exercise                
of the over-allotment option attributable to Warrants             (13,500,000 )
Fair value adjustment             3,060,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     36,000,000       349,560,000  
Fair value adjustment             2,160,000  
Balance, June 30, 2020     36,000,000     $ 351,720,000  

 

The fair value of the Corporation’s Class A restricted voting shares is $351,720,000 as the Class A Restricted Voting Shares bid price on June 30, 2020 was $9.77.

 

- 12 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

7. Warrant liability

 

As at June 30, 2020, the Corporation had 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to the Sponsor.

 

All Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition. At the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at an exercise price of $11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments.

 

The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share. Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the Closing Date price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period. The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Founders’ Warrants

 

At the Closing Date, the Sponsor has agreed pursuant an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Fair value of Warrants

 

As the number of Shares to be issued by the Corporation upon a cashless exercise of the Warrants is variable, the Warrants fail the "fixed-for-fixed" criteria for equity classification and have been classified as derivative liabilities measured at FVTPL. The Corporation applies a market price and an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued.

 

Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrants. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

- 13 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Warrants - Issued and Outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Warrants issued in connection with:                
Issuance to Founders     12,000,000       12,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to the Offering     17,500,000       13,125,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     500,000       375,000  
Adjusted for:                
Fair value adjustment             1,200,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     30,000,000       26,700,000  
Fair value adjustment             4,560,000  
Balance, June 30, 2020     30,000,000     $ 31,260,000  

 

As Founder’s warrants are not listed, the Corporation used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of these warrants as at June 30, 2020.

 

8.   Share Capital

 

Class B Shares

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares. The holders of Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of a Qualifying Acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

Redemption rights

 

The Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not possess any redemption rights.

 

Restrictions on transfer, assignment or sale of Founders' Shares

 

The Sponsor has agreed pursuant to an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange agreement and Undertaking.

 

- 14 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible would likely be subject to escrow under the Exchange’s rules following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Founder’s Shares purchased by the Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants purchased by the Sponsor, will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

 

Class B Shares - Issued and Outstanding 

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares in connection with organization of the Corporation(1)     1       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders     10,062,499       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares to Founders(2)     (1,062,500 )     -  
Balance, June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000  

 

(1) On July 8, 2019, in connection with the organization of the Corporation, the Corporation issued 1 Class B Share in exchange for proceeds of $10, of which 1 Class B Share is owned by the Sponsor.

 

(2) 1,062,500 of Class B Shares issued to Founders were relinquishable without compensation as a result of the over-allotment option was exercised.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Prior to the Closing Date, the Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Proportionate Voting Shares without nominal or par value. Prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Proportionate Voting Shares. On or immediately following the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Class B Shares will be automatically converted on a 100 for 1 basis into new Proportionate Voting Shares of the Corporation as set forth in the notice of articles and articles of Corporation.

 

9.       Underwriter's commission

 

In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation agreed to pay the underwriters a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $6,300,000, representing $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit to the underwriter upon Closing Date of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining $13,500,000 (representing $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit), $11,700,000 of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining $1,800,000 of which (or, if a lessor amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

- 15 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

10.  General and administrative expenses

 

Six months ended June, 30 2020      
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 69,912  
Professional fees (marketing, diligence, legal etc.)     364,884  
Insurance     110,700  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone etc.)     246,615  
    $ 792,111  
Three months ended June, 30 2020        
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 14,721  
Professional fees (marketing, diligence, legal etc.)     60,177  
Insurance     55,350  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone etc.)     104,962  
    $ 235,210  

 

11.  Related party transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension for administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Corporation paid $60,000 in respect of these services.

 

On 14 April 2020, the Corporation has also agreed to pay at cost, additional overhead of Bespoke Capital Partners LLC (the entity that indirectly controls the Sponsor) including the cost for two employees, until the end of the year. At 30 June 2020, a total of $71,817 had been paid for these services.

 

The Corporation incurred $76,921 for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation by the Corporation's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Directors with respect to activities in pursuant of a Qualifying Acquisition, of which $472 is included in accounts payable as at June 30, 2020.

 

- 16 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

12.  Capital management

 

(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as at June 30, 2020:

 

Capital management

 

    June 30, 2020     December, 31 2019  
Shareholders' deficiency   $ (29,131,942 )     (23,393,468 )
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     351,720,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability     31,260,000       26,700,000  
    $ 353,848,058       352,866,532  

 

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation in order to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.

 

(b) Liquidity

 

As at June 30, 2020, the Corporation had $3,396,976 in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.

 

To the extent that the Corporation requires additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.

 

- 17 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

13. Financial instruments

 

Fair value measurements

 

The following table summarizes those assets and liabilities that are included at their fair values in the Corporation’s statement of financial position as at June 30, 2020, or those assets and liabilities for which fair value is otherwise disclosed in the accompanying notes to the Financial Statements. These assets and liabilities have been categorized into hierarchal levels, according to the significance of the inputs used in determining fair value measurements.

 

    Carrying                    
    value as at      
    June 30,     Fair value as at June 30, 2020  
    2020     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    $       $       $       $  
Financial Assets                                
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     362,255,356       362,255,356       -       -  
                                 
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     351,720,000       351,720,000       -       -  
Warrant liability     31,260,000       9,540,000       -       21,720,000  

 

 

    Carrying                    
    value as at      
    December 31,     Fair value as at December 31, 2019  
    2019     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    $       $       $       $  
Financial Assets                                
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     362,255,356       362,255,356       -       -  
                                 
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     349,560,000       349,560,000       -       -  
Warrant liability     26,700,000       13,500,000       -       13,200,000  

 

The Corporation is exposed to financial risks due to the nature of its business and the financial assets and liabilities that it holds. The Corporation’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimize potential adverse effects of the Corporation’s financial performance.

 

- 18 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.

 

Fair value risk

 

Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to fair value risk in respect of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability, which are carried in the Corporation’s Financial Statements at their fair value. A 1% increase in the fair value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and warrant liability would result in approximately $4 million change in its value.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.

 

Currency risk

 

Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure to currency risk as the Corporation does not materially transact in any currency other than the United States dollar.

 

14. Global pandemic

 

Since December 31, 2019, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments and the impact on the financial results and condition of the Corporation in future periods.

 

- 19 -

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.60

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

(A SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORPORATION)

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

JUNE 30, 2020

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

1

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

General

 

The following discussion of performance, financial condition and future prospects should be read in conjunction with the financial statements (‘‘Financial Statements’’) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the ‘‘Corporation’’) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 and the accompanying notes thereto. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (‘‘MD&A ) has been prepared with an effective date of July 31 2020. The financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared by management and are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘‘IFRS’’). The Corporation’s financial information is expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise specified. In addition to reviewing this report, readers are encouraged to read the Corporation’s public information filings on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

This document may contain ‘‘forward-looking statements’’ (as defined under applicable securities laws). These statements relate to future events or future performance including comments with respect to the Corporation’s objectives and priorities for fiscal year 2020 and beyond, and strategies or further actions with respect to the Corporation, a Qualifying Acquisition (as defined below), the Corporation’s business operations, financial performance and condition. Such forward-looking statements reflect management’s current beliefs and are based on information currently available to management. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as ‘‘may’’, ‘‘will’’, ‘‘should’’, ‘‘expect’’, ‘‘plan’’, ‘‘anticipate’’, ‘‘believe’’, ‘‘estimate’’, ‘‘predict’’, ‘‘potential’’, ‘‘continue’’, ‘‘target’’, ‘‘intend’’, ‘‘could’’ or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and a number of factors could cause actual events or results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, readers should specifically consider various factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. These factors include, but are not limited to, market and general economic conditions and the risks and uncertainties discussed in the section entitled ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in the Corporation’s annual information form dated March 24, 2020 (the “AIF”). The forward-looking information contained in this MD&A is presented for the purpose of assisting shareholders in understanding business and strategic priorities and objectives as at the periods indicated and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward looking statements contained in this MD&A are not guarantees of future performance and, while forward looking statements are based on certain assumptions that the Corporation considers reasonable, actual events and results could differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward looking statements made by the Corporation. Prospective investors are cautioned to consider these and other factors carefully when making decisions with respect to the Corporation and not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. Circumstances affecting the Corporation may change rapidly. Except as may be expressly required by applicable law, the Corporation does not undertake any obligation to update publicly or revise any such forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Nature of Activities

 

The Corporation is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a ‘‘Qualifying Acquisition’’). The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. The Corporation’s head office is located at Third Floor, 115 Park Street, London, United Kingdom, W1K 7AP.

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (the “Over-Allotment Option”). On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option (the "Over-Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units have been issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit was comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each whole warrant, a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the Qualifying Acquisition or earlier as further described in the Prospectus.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B shares will not be listed prior to the Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 from the Offering and the Over-Allotment Option are held by TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the escrow funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Prospectus by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

2

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

The escrowed funds are being held to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the (i) the Underwriters the portion of the deferred underwriting commission provided in the initial public offering underwriting agreement in an amount equal to $11,700,000 and (ii) the discretionary deferred portion of the underwriting commission to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement. The discretionary deferred portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

Consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to the Qualifying Acquisition.

 

In connection with the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations as further described in the Prospectus. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline of 18 months from the closing of the Offering (or 21 months from the closing of the Offering if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the closing of the Offering but have not completed the Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain ii other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their units for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension

 

3

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Selected Quarterly Information

 

Below is selected information from the statement of net loss and comprehensive loss for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020. There is no comparative interim period available as the Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019.

 

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

 

    Three        
    months     Six months  
    ended June     ended June  
    30, 2020     30, 2020  
Revenue                
Interest income   $ 702,596       2,167,636  
                 
Expenses                
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities (notes 6 and 7)     8,340,000       6,720,000  
General and administrative (note 9)     235,209       792,111  
      8,575,209       7,512,111  
Net (loss), income before income taxes     (7,872,613 )     (5,344,475 )
                 
Income taxes                
Current tax expense     143,999       393,999  
Net (loss), income after income taxes   $ (8,016,612 )     (5,738,474 )
                 
Basic and diluted net income per Class B share   $ (0.89 )     (0.64 )
Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted)     9,000,000       9,000,000  

 

Results of Operations

 

For the three months ended June 30,2020, the Corporation realized a net loss of approximately $8m. This represents a diluted net loss of $0.89 per Class B share. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Corporation realized a net loss of approximately $5.7 million. This represents a diluted net loss of $0.64 per Class B share.

 

Interest Income

 

The funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units totaling $360,000,000 have been held in cash and cash equivalents in escrow with a Canadian chartered bank. During the three months ended June 30, 2020, the Corporation earned accrued interest income of $702,596. During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Corporation earned accrued interest income of $2,167,636.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses include costs incurred relating to assessing, negotiating and conducting due diligence on potential Qualifying Acquisitions, as well as general administrative costs of operating the Corporation. A summary of the general and administrative expenses incurred during the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 are as follows:

 

4

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Six months ended June, 30 2020      
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 69,912  
Professional fees (marketing, diligence, legal etc.)     364,884  
Insurance     110,700  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone etc.)     246,615  
    $ 792,111  

 

Three months ended June, 30 2020      
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 14,721  
Professional fees (marketing, diligence, legal etc.)     60,177  
Insurance     55,350  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone etc.)     104,962  
    $ 235,210  

 

Selected Quarterly Information

 

    For the     For the     For the        
    three     three     three     From July 8,  
    months     months     months     2019 (Date of  
    ended June     ended     ended     Incorporation)  
    30,     March 31,     December     to September  
    2020     2020     31, 2019     30, 2019  
Revenue                                
Interest income   $ 702,596       1,465,040       1,632,001       623,355  
                                 
Expenses                                
Transaction costs     -       -       -       20,377,039  
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     8,340,000       (1,620,000 )     4,740,000       (480,000 )
General and administrative     235,209       556,901       569,997       466,788  
      8,575,209       (1,063,099 )     5,309,997       20,363,827  
Net (loss), income before income taxes     (7,872,614 )     2,528,139       (3,677,996 )     (19,740,472 )
                                 
Income taxes                                
Current tax expense     143,999       250,000       -       -  
                                 
Net (loss), income and comprehensive loss for the period   $ (8,016,613 )     2,278,139       (3,677,996 )     (19,740,472 )
Basic and diluted net (loss), income per Class B share   $ (0.64 )     0.25       (0.51 )     (3.73 )

 

5

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

    June 30,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
ASSETS                
                 
Current                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,396,976       4,182,004  
Prepaid expenses     54,925       141,647  
      3,451,901       4,323,651  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     364,029,063       362,255,356  
Total assets     367,480,964       366,579,007  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY                
                 
Current                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     132,434       176,738  
Due to related party (note 11)     472       35,737  
      132,906       212,475  
Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9)     13,500,000       13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption (note 6)     351,720,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability (note 7)     31,260,000       26,700,000  
Total liabilities     396,612,906       389,972,475  
                 
Shareholders' deficiency                
Share capital (note 8)     25,000       25,000  
Deficit     (29,156,942 )     (23,418,468 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (29,131,942 )     (23,393,468 )
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 367,480,964       366,579,007  

 

The escrow balance includes the $360,000,000 funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units and accrued interest totaling $4,029,063. In accordance with the terms of the Offering, all amounts raised through the issuance of the Class A Restricted Voting Units were deposited into the escrow account and can only be released upon certain prescribed conditions being met.

 

The Corporation’s intent is for all or substantially all of the funds held in the escrow account to be used to complete a Qualifying Acquisition, or several Qualifying Acquisitions, which would likely close concurrently. As noted in the Prospectus, the fair market value of any Qualifying Acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of the Corporation’s combined Qualifying Acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange, not be less than 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). If, after redemptions, debt or the Corporation’s capital stock is used as consideration to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining proceeds held in the escrow account may be used to fund general ongoing expenses. Such funds could be used in a variety of ways, including continuing or expanding the post-Qualifying Acquisition entity’s operations, for strategic acquisitions by such new entity, for payment of dividends and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products, or for other purposes.

 

As at June 30, 2020, the Corporation had cash, excluding restricted amounts held in the escrow account, totaling $3,396,976 which is available to fund its ongoing working capital requirements. The Corporation anticipates generating negative cash flows from operating activities on a quarterly basis until a Qualifying Acquisition has been completed, thereafter cashflow will depend on the nature and success of the Qualifying Acquisition. The expenses relating to ongoing operating activities include professional fees, general and administration expenses related to being a public company, and costs associated with identifying and negotiating a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

6

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Currently, the Corporation does not expect to raise additional funds to meet its operating expenditures until the consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition. Management expects, but it cannot be assured, that the Corporation will have sufficient funds outside of the escrow account to operate the business.

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules and other conditions as described in the Prospectus.

 

As of the date of filing the Corporation doesn’t have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and has not guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities or entered into any options on non-financial assets. Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

7

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Share Capital

 

As of the date of this MD&A, the Corporation had 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares and 9,000,000 Class B shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding. In addition, the Corporation had an aggregate of 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants which formed part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to our sponsor.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Corporation paid $60,000 in respect of these services.

 

On 14 April 2020, the Corporation has also agreed to pay at cost, additional overhead of Bespoke Capital Partners LLC (the entity that indirectly controls the Sponsor) including the cost for two employees, until the end of the year. At 30 June 2020, a total of $71,817 had been paid for these services.

 

The Corporation incurred $76,921 for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation by the Corporation's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Directors with respect to a Qualifying Acquisition, of which $472 is included in accounts payable as at June 30, 2020.

 

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates

 

For further information about the accounting policies used by the Corporation, please refer to the Corporation’s financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended June 30, 2020.

 

The preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Critical accounting estimates represent estimates made by management that are, by their very nature, uncertain. Management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. A summary of the more significant judgments and estimates made by management in the preparation of its financial information is provided in note 4 to the June 30, 2020 financial statements.

 

Proposed Acquisitions

 

Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

Under their supervision, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have implemented disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting appropriate for the nature of operations of the Corporation. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports it files or submits under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and reported to management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow required disclosures to be made in a timely fashion. Internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s design of its internal controls over financial reporting is based on the principles set out in the “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In accordance with National Instrument 52-109 - Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, the Corporation has filed certificates signed by its Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer certifying certain matters with respect to the design of disclosure controls and procedures and the design of internal control over financial reporting as at June 30, 2020.

 

Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was designed and operating effectively as at June 30, 2020 and that there were no material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting.

 

There were no changes made in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended June 30, 2020, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Managing Risk

 

Management is currently evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of this MD&A. This MD&A does not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Except as otherwise disclosed in this MD&A and in the Corporation’s financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2020, there have been no significant changes to the nature and scope of the risks faced by the Corporation as described in the AIF, which is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. These business risks should be considered by interested parties when evaluating the Corporation’s performance and its outlook. July 31, 2020

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 99.61

 

FORM 52-109F2

Certification of Interim Filings

Full Certificate

 

I, Maja Spalevic, Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the “interim filings”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) for the interim period ended June 30, 2020.

 

2.  No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

 

4.   Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the end of the period covered by the interim filings

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the interim filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

6. Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its interim MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on April 1, 2020 and ended on June 30, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

 

Date: August 4, 2020

 

(signed) “Maja Spalevic

Maja Spalevic

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.62

 

FORM 52-109F2

Certification of Interim Filings

Full Certificate

 

I, Peter Caldini, Chief Executive Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the “interim filings”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) for the interim period ended June 30, 2020.

 

2.  No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

 

4.   Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the end of the period covered by the interim filings

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the interim filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

6. Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its interim MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on April 1, 2020 and ended on June 30, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

 

Date: August 4, 2020

 

(signed) “Peter Caldini

Peter Caldini

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.63

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED

STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. REPORTS

SECOND QUARTER 2020 FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

Toronto, Ontario – August 4, 2020 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (TSX: BC.U, BC.WT.U) (“BCAC”) is reporting its financial for the interim period ending June 30, 2020. BCAC’s unaudited interim financial statements have been filed on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) and may be viewed by shareholders and interested parties under BCAC’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.
Mark Harms

Director
information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.64

 

FORM 62-103F3

REQUIRED DISCLOSURE BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR UNDER PART 4

 

State if the report is filed to amend information disclosed in an earlier report. Indicate the date of the report that is being amended.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 1 – SECURITY AND REPORTING ISSUER

 

1.1 State the designation of securities to which this report relates and the name and address of the head office of the issuer of the securities.

 

Class A Restricted Voting Shares (“Shares”) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Issuer”), 20 Balderton Street, 8th Floor, London, W1K 6T1.

 

1.2 State the name of the market in which the transaction or other occurrence that triggered the requirement to file this report took place.

 

Toronto Stock Exchange.

 

ITEM 2 – IDENTITY OF THE ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR

 

2.1 State the name and address of the eligible institutional investor.

 

Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. (“Polar”)

401 Bay Street, Suite 1900

Toronto, Ontario

M5H 2Y4

 

2.2 State the date of the transaction or other occurrence that triggered the requirement to file this report and briefly describe the transaction or other occurrence.

 

The requirement to file this report was triggered on July 2, 2020, when Polar, on behalf of client accounts over which it has discretionary trading authority, acquired 450,100 Shares of the Issuer.

 

2.3 State the name of any joint actors.

 

Not applicable.

 

2.4 State that the eligible institutional investor is eligible to file reports under Part 4 in respect of the reporting issuer.

 

Polar is eligible to file reports under Part 4 of National Instrument 62-103 in respect of the Shares of the Issuer.

 

 

 

 

ITEM 3 – INTEREST IN SECURITIES OF THE REPORTING ISSUER

 

3.1 State the designation and the net increase or decrease in the number or principal amount of securities, and in the eligible institutional investor’s securityholding percentage in the class of securities, since the last report filed by the eligible institutional investor under Part 4 or the early warning requirements.

 

Polar has not previously filed a report in respect of the Shares.

 

3.2 State the designation and number or principal amount of securities and the eligible institutional investor’s securityholding percentage in the class of securities at the end of the month for which the report is made.

 

As at July 31, 2020, Polar, on behalf of client accounts over which it has discretionary trading authority, exercised control or direction over 4,177,734 Shares of the Issuer, representing approximately 11.60% of the issued and outstanding Shares.

 

The foregoing percentage was calculated based on 36,000,000 Shares issued and outstanding as at June 30, 2020 pursuant to the information set out in the Issuer’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis dated June 30, 2020.

 

3.3 If the transaction involved a securities lending arrangement, state that fact.

 

Not applicable.

 

3.4 State the designation and number or principal amount of securities and the percentage of outstanding securities of the class of securities to which this report relates and over which

 

(a) the eligible institutional investor, either alone or together with any joint actors, has ownership and control,

 

Not applicable.

 

(b) the eligible institutional investor, either alone or together with any joint actors, has ownership but control is held by persons or companies other than the eligible institutional investor or any joint actor

 

Not applicable.

 

(c) the eligible institutional investor, either alone or together with any joint actors, has exclusive or shared control but does not have ownership.

 

Polar exercises control or direction, but not ownership, over all of the Shares referred to in item 3.2 above on behalf of client accounts over which it has discretionary trading authority. Polar, on behalf of itself, specifically disclaims any beneficial ownership.

 

 

 

 

3.5 If the eligible institutional investor or any of its joint actors has an interest in, or right or obligation associated with, a related financial instrument involving a security of the class of securities in respect of which disclosure is required under this item, describe the material terms of the related financial instrument and its impact on the eligible institutional investor’s securityholdings.

 

Polar, on behalf of client accounts over which it has discretionary trading authority, also exercises control or direction over 539,982 warrants of the Issuer (the “Warrants”). Each Warrant is exercisable for one Class A Restricted Voting Share. Each Warrant will become exercisable at a price of US$11.50 commencing 65 days after the completion of the Issuer’s qualifying acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares will have been automatically converted into common shares of the Issuer, each Warrant will be exercisable for one common share. The Warrants will expire five years after completion of the Issuer’s qualifying acquisition.

 

3.6 If the eligible institutional investor or any of its joint actors is a party to a securities lending arrangement involving a security of the class of securities in respect of which disclosure is required under this item, describe the material terms of the arrangement including the duration of the arrangement, the number or principal amount of securities involved and any right to recall the securities or identical securities that have been transferred or lent under the arrangement. State if the securities lending arrangement is subject to the exception provided in section 5.7 of NI 62-104.

 

Not applicable.

 

3.7 If the eligible institutional investor or any of its joint actors is a party to an agreement, arrangement or understanding that has the effect of altering, directly or indirectly, the eligible institutional investor’s economic exposure to the security of the class of securities to which this report relates, describe the material terms of the agreement, arrangement or understanding.

 

See item 3.5 above for a description of the Warrants over which Polar, on behalf of client accounts over which it has discretionary trading authority, exercises control or direction.

 

ITEM 4 – PURPOSE OF THE TRANSACTION

 

State the purpose or purposes of the eligible institutional investor and any joint actors for the acquisition or disposition of securities of the reporting issuer.

 

The Shares were acquired in the ordinary course of business, for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of exercising control or direction over the Issuer.

 

Describe any plans or future intentions which the eligible institutional investor and any joint actors may have which relate to or would result in any of the following:

 

(a) the acquisition of additional securities of the reporting issuer, or the disposition of securities of the reporting issuer;

 

Polar may from time to time, on its own behalf or on behalf of client accounts, acquire additional securities of the Issuer, dispose of some or all of the currently held or additional securities of the Issuer or may continue to hold the securities of the Issuer.

 

(b) a sale or transfer of a material amount of the assets of the reporting issuer or any of its subsidiaries;

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

(c) a change in the board of directors or management of the reporting issuer, including any plans or intentions to change the number or term of directors or to fill any existing vacancy on the board;

 

Not applicable.

 

(d) a material change in the present capitalization or dividend policy of the reporting issuer;

 

Not applicable.

 

(e) a material change in the reporting issuer’s business or corporate structure;

 

Not applicable.

 

(f) a change in the reporting issuer’s charter, bylaws or similar instruments or another action which might impede the acquisition of control of the reporting issuer by any person;

 

Not applicable.

 

(g) a class of securities of the reporting issuer being delisted from, or ceasing to be authorized to be quoted on, a marketplace;

 

Not applicable.

 

(h) the issuer ceasing to be a reporting issuer in any jurisdiction of Canada;

 

Not applicable.

 

(i) a solicitation of proxies from securityholders;

 

Not applicable.

 

(j) an action similar to any of those enumerated above.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5 – AGREEMENTS, ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS OR UNDERSTANDINGS WITH RESPECT TO SECURITIES OF THE REPORTING ISSUER

 

Describe the material terms of any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings between the eligible institutional investor and a joint actor and among those persons and any person with respect to any securities of the reporting issuer, including but not limited to the transfer or the voting of any of the securities, finder’s fees, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, guarantees of profits, division of profits or loss, or the giving or withholding of proxies. Include such information for any of the securities that are pledged or otherwise subject to a contingency, the occurrence of which would give another person voting power or investment power over such securities, except that disclosure of standard default and similar provisions contained in loan agreements need not be included.

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

ITEM 6 – CHANGE IN MATERIAL FACT

 

If applicable, describe any change in a material fact set out in a previous report filed by the eligible institutional investor under the early warning requirements or Part 4 in respect of the reporting issuer’s securities.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 7 - CERTIFICATION

 

I, as the eligible institutional investor, certify, or I, as the agent filing the report on behalf of the eligible institutional investor, certify to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that the statements made in this report are true and complete in every respect.

 

DATED at Toronto, Ontario this 10th day of August, 2020.

 

POLAR ASSET MANAGEMENT PARTNERS INC.

 

  By: /S/ Greg Lemaich
  Name: Greg Lemaich
  Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.65

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

(A SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORPORATION)

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

1

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

General

 

The following discussion of performance, financial condition and future prospects should be read in conjunction with the financial statements (‘‘Financial Statements’’) of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the ‘‘Corporation’’) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the accompanying notes thereto. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (‘‘MD&A ) has been prepared with an effective date of November 10, 2020. The Financial Statements of the Corporation have been prepared by management and are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘‘IFRS’’). The Corporation’s financial information is expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise specified. In addition to reviewing this report, readers are encouraged to read the Corporation’s public information filings on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

 

This document may contain ‘‘forward-looking statements’’ (as defined under applicable securities laws). These statements relate to future events or future performance including comments with respect to the Corporation’s objectives and priorities for fiscal year 2020 and beyond, and strategies or further actions with respect to the Corporation, a Qualifying Acquisition (as defined below), the Corporation’s business operations, financial performance and condition. Such forward-looking statements reflect management’s current beliefs and are based on information currently available to management. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as ‘‘may’’, ‘‘will’’, ‘‘should’’, ‘‘expect’’, ‘‘plan’’, ‘‘anticipate’’, ‘‘believe’’, ‘‘estimate’’, ‘‘predict’’, ‘‘potential’’, ‘‘continue’’, ‘‘target’’, ‘‘intend’’, ‘‘could’’ or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and a number of factors could cause actual events or results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, readers should specifically consider various factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. These factors include, but are not limited to, market and general economic conditions and the risks and uncertainties discussed in the section entitled ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in the Corporation’s annual information form dated March 24, 2020 (the “AIF”). The forward-looking information contained in this MD&A is presented for the purpose of assisting shareholders in understanding business and strategic priorities and objectives as at the periods indicated and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward looking statements contained in this MD&A are not guarantees of future performance and, while forward looking statements are based on certain assumptions that the Corporation considers reasonable, actual events and results could differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward looking statements made by the Corporation. Prospective investors are cautioned to consider these and other factors carefully when making decisions with respect to the Corporation and not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. Circumstances affecting the Corporation may change rapidly. Except as may be expressly required by applicable law, the Corporation does not undertake any obligation to update publicly or revise any such forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Nature of Activities

 

The Corporation is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a ‘‘Qualifying Acquisition’’). The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. The Corporation’s head office is located at Third Floor, 115 Park Street, London, United Kingdom, W1K 7AP.

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A restricted voting units (the “Class A Restricted Voting Units”) at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option (the "Over-Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units have been issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit was comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each whole warrant, a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of the Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the closing date of the Qualifying Acquisition or earlier as further described in the Corporation’s final long form prospectus dated August 8, 2019 (the “Prospectus”).

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the Warrants on September 24th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B shares (the “Class B Shares”) will not be listed prior to the Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 relating to the Class A Restricted Voting Units are held by TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the escrow funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the closing by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Prospectus) by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

2

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

The escrowed funds are being held to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay (i) the underwriters the portion of the deferred underwriting commission provided in the initial public offering underwriting agreement in an amount equal to $11,700,000 and (ii) the discretionary deferred portion of the underwriting commission to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement. The discretionary deferred portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

Consummation of the Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to the Qualifying Acquisition.

 

In connection with the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations as further described in the Prospectus. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline of 18 months from the closing of the Offering (or 21 months from the closing of the Offering if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the closing of the Offering but has not completed the Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension

 

3

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Selected Quarterly Information

 

Below is selected information from the statement of net loss and comprehensive loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

    Three     Nine months  
    months ended     ended  
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2020     2020  
Revenue                
Interest income   $ 64,709       2,232,345  
Expenses                
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     600,000       7,320,000  
General and administrative     664,966       1,457,076  
      1,264,966       8,777,076  
Net (loss), income before income taxes     (1,200,257 )     (6,544,731 )
                 
Income taxes                
Current tax expense (credit)     (199,992 )     194,007  
Net (loss), income after income taxes   $ (1,000,265 )     (6,738,738 )
                 
Basic and diluted net income per Class B share   $ (0.11 )     (0.75 )
Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted)     9,000,000       9,000,000  

 

Results of Operations

 

For the three months ended September 30, 2020, the Corporation realized a net loss of approximately $1million. This represents a diluted net loss of $0.11 per Class B Share. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Corporation realized a net loss of approximately $6.7 million. This represents a diluted net loss of $0.75 per Class B Share.

 

Interest Income

 

The funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units totaling $360,000,000 have been held in cash and cash equivalents in escrow with a Canadian chartered bank. During the three months ended September 30, 2020, the Corporation earned accrued interest income of $64,709. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Corporation earned accrued interest income of $2,232,345. The interest income decreased in the current quarter primarily as a result of low interest rates. The current cash is invested in U.S treasure bills with 1-month terms of investment.

 

4

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses include costs incurred relating to assessing, negotiating and conducting due diligence on potential Qualifying Acquisitions, as well as general administrative costs of operating the Corporation. A summary of the general and administrative expenses incurred during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 are as follows:

 

    Three months ended     Nine months ended  
    September 30, 2020     September 30, 2020  
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 111,959       181,871  
Professional fees (marketing, diligence, legal, etc.)     350,968       715,851  
Insurance     62,326       173,026  
General office expenses (travel, service agreement, phone etc.)     139,714       386,329  
    $ 664,966       1,457,076  

 

Income Taxes

 

The current tax expense decreased for the current quarter primarily as a result of the reduced interest income. Year to date, we are assuming to have net loss for tax purposes and no tax provision.

 

                            From July 8,  
    For the three months ended     For the three months ended     For the three months ended     For the three months ended     2019 (Date of
Incorporation) to
 
    September 30,     June 30,     March 31,     December 31,     September 30,  
    2020     2020     2020     2019     2019  
Revenue                                        
Interest income   $ 64,709       702,596       1,465,040       1,632,001       623,355  
                                         
Expenses                                        
Transaction costs     -       -       -       -       20,377,039  
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     600,000       8,340,000       (1,620,000 )     4,740,000       (480,000 )
General and administrative     664,966       235,209       556,901       569,997       466,788  
                                         
      1,264,966       8,575,209       (1,063,099 )     5,309,997       20,363,827  
Net (loss) income before income taxes     (1,200,257 )     (7,872,614 )     2,528,139       (3,677,996 )     (19,740,472 )
                                         
Income taxes                                        
Current tax expense (credit)     (199,992 )     143,999       250,000       -       -  
                                         
Net (loss) income and comprehensive loss for the period   $ (1,000,265 )     (8,016,613 )     2,278,139       (3,677,996 )     (19,740,472 )
Basic and diluted net income per Class B share   $ (0.11 )     (0.64 )     0.25       (0.51 )     (3.73 )

 

5

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
ASSETS                
Current                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,673,285       4,182,004  
Current tax receivable     300,033       -  
Prepaid expenses     223,060       141,647  
      3,196,378       4,323,651  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     363,993,680       362,255,356  
Total assets     367,190,058       366,579,007  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY                
Current                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     241,256       176,738  
Due to related party (note 11)     1,008       35,737  
      242,264       212,475  
Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9)     13,500,000       13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption (note 6)     352,080,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability (note 7)     31,500,000       26,700,000  
Total liabilities     397,322,264       389,972,475  
Shareholders' deficiency                
Share capital (note 8)     25,000       25,000  
Deficit     (30,157,206 )     (23,418,468 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (30,132,206 )     (23,393,468 )
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 367,190,058       366,579,007  

 

The escrow balance includes the $360,000,000 funds raised relating to Class A Restricted Voting Units and accrued interest totaling $3,993,680. In accordance with the terms of the Offering, all amounts raised through the issuance of the Class A Restricted Voting Units were deposited into the escrow account and can only be released upon certain prescribed conditions being met.

 

The Corporation’s intent is for all or substantially all of the funds held in the escrow account to be used to complete a Qualifying Acquisition, or several Qualifying Acquisitions, which would likely close concurrently. As noted in the Prospectus, the fair market value of any Qualifying Acquisition (or the aggregate fair market value of the Corporation’s combined Qualifying Acquisitions, if there is more than one) must, unless exemptive relief is obtained from the Exchange, not be less than 80% of the assets held in the escrow account at the time the agreement is entered into (excluding the deferred underwriting commission and applicable taxes payable on interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account). If, after redemptions, debt or the Corporation’s capital stock is used as consideration to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining proceeds held in the escrow account may be used to fund general ongoing expenses. Such funds could be used in a variety of ways, including continuing or expanding the post-Qualifying Acquisition entity’s operations, for strategic acquisitions by such new entity, for payment of dividends and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products, or for other purposes.

 

As at September 30, 2020, the Corporation had cash, excluding restricted amounts held in the escrow account, totaling $2,673,285 which is available to fund its ongoing working capital requirements. The Corporation anticipates generating negative cash flows from operating activities on a quarterly basis until a Qualifying Acquisition has been completed and, thereafter cashflow will depend on the nature and success of the Qualifying Acquisition. The expenses relating to ongoing operating activities include professional fees, general and administration expenses

 

6

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

related to being a public company, and costs associated with identifying and negotiating a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Currently, the Corporation does not expect to raise additional funds to meet its operating expenditures until the consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition. Management expects, but it cannot be assured, that the Corporation will have sufficient funds outside of the escrow account to operate the business.

 

To the extent that we require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with our Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the closing of the Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules and other conditions as described in the Prospectus.

 

As of the date of filing the Corporation does not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and has not guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities or entered into any options on non-financial assets. Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

7

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Share Capital

 

As of the date of this MD&A, the Corporation had 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares and 9,000,000 Class B Shares issued and outstanding. In addition, the Corporation had an aggregate of 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants which formed part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to our sponsor.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with our sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Corporation paid $90,000 in respect of these services.

 

On April 14, 2020, the Corporation also agreed to pay at cost, additional overhead of Bespoke Capital Partners LLC (the entity that indirectly controls our sponsor), until the end of the year. To September 30, 2020, a total of $172,347 had been paid in respect of these services.

 

To September 30, 2020 the Corporation incurred $82,494 for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation by the Corporation's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Directors with respect to activities in pursuit of a Qualifying Acquisition, of which $1,008.23 is included in accounts payable as at September 30, 2020.

 

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates

 

For further information about the accounting policies used by the Corporation, please refer to the Corporation’s Financial Statements and notes thereto for the period ended September 30, 2020.

 

The preparation of the Corporation’s Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Critical accounting estimates represent estimates made by management that are, by their very nature, uncertain. Management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. A summary of the more significant judgments and estimates made by management in the preparation of its financial information is provided in note 4 to the September 30, 2020 Financial Statements.

 

Proposed Acquisitions

 

Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

Under their supervision, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have implemented disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting appropriate for the nature of operations of the Corporation. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports it files or submits under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and reported to management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow required disclosures to be made in a timely fashion. Internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s design of its internal controls over financial reporting is based on the principles set out in the “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In accordance with National Instrument 52-109 - Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, the Corporation has filed certificates signed by its Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer certifying certain matters with respect to the design of disclosure controls and procedures and the design of internal control over financial reporting as at September 30, 2020.

 

Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was designed and operating effectively as at September 30, 2020 and that there were no material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting.

 

There were no changes made in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended September 30, 2020, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

8

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Managing Risk

 

Except as otherwise disclosed in this MD&A and in the Financial Statements, there have been no significant changes to the nature and scope of the risks faced by the Corporation as described in the AIF, which is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. These business risks should be considered by interested parties when evaluating the Corporation’s performance and its outlook.

 

Since December 31, 2019, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. It is uncertain what impact this volatility and weakness will have on the Corporation’s securities held at fair value and short term investments. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of this MD&A.

 

November 10, 2020

 

9

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.66

 

FORM 52-109F2

 

Certification of Interim Filings

Full Certificate

 

I, Maja Spalevic, Chief Financial Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the “interim filings”) of

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) for the interim period ended September 30, 2020.

 

2. No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

 

4. Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the end of the period covered by the interim filings

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the interim filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

6. Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its interim MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on July 1, 2020 and ended on September 30, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

 

 

 

Date: November 13, 2020

 

(signed) “Maja Spalevic  

Maja Spalevic

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.67

 

FORM 52-109F2

 

Certification of Interim Filings

Full Certificate

 

I, Peter Caldini, Chief Executive Officer of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp., certify the following:

 

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the “interim filings”) of

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “issuer”) for the interim period ended September 30, 2020.

 

2. No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

 

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

 

4. Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

 

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the end of the period covered by the interim filings

 

A. designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

 

I. material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the interim filings are being prepared; and

 

II. information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

 

B. designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

 

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on the principles set out in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

5.2 ICFR – material weakness relating to design: N/A.

 

5.3 Limitation on scope of design: N/A.

 

6. Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its interim MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on July 1, 2020 and ended on September 30, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

 

 

 

 

Date: November 13, 2020

 

(signed) “Peter Caldini  

Peter Caldini

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.68

 

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

UNAUDITED

 

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS

 

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

 

(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)

 

 

Notice To Reader

 

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "Corporation") have been prepared by and are the responsibility of management. The unaudited interim financial statements have not been reviewed by the Corporation's auditors.

 

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Financial Position

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars) 

Unaudited

 

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
ASSETS                
Current                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,673,285       4,182,004  
Current tax receivable     300,033       -  
Prepaid expenses     223,060       141,647  
      3,196,378       4,323,651  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow (note 5)     363,993,680       362,255,356  
Total assets     367,190,058       366,579,007  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY                
Current                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     241,256       176,738  
Due to related party (note 11)     1,008       35,737  
      242,264       212,475  
Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9)     13,500,000       13,500,000  
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption (note 6)     352,080,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability (note 7)     31,500,000       26,700,000  
Total liabilities     397,322,264       389,972,475  
Shareholders' deficiency                
Share capital (note 8)     25,000       25,000  
Deficit     (30,157,206 )     (23,418,468 )
Total shareholders' deficiency     (30,132,206 )     (23,393,468 )
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency   $ 367,190,058       366,579,007  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

On behalf of the Board:

  

            “Mark Harms”, Director  
   
            “Robert Berner”, Director  

 

- 1 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

    Three     From July 8,           From July 8,  
    months     2019 (Date of     Nine months     2019 (Date of  
    ended     Incorporation)     ended     Incorporation)  
    September     to September     September     to September  
    30, 2020     30, 2019     30, 2020     30, 2019  
Revenue                        
Interest income   $ 64,709       623,355       2,232,345       623,355  
Expenses                                
Transaction costs (note 9)     -       20,377,039       -       20,377,039  
Net unrealized loss on changes in the fair value of financial     600,000               7,320,000          
liabilities (notes 6 and 7)             (480,000 )             (480,000 )
General and administrative (note 9)     664,966       466,788       1,457,076       466,788  
      1,264,966       20,363,827       8,777,076       20,363,827  

Net (loss), income before income taxes

 

    (1,200,257 )     (19,740,472 )     (6,544,731 )     (19,740,472 )
Income taxes                                
Current tax expense (credit)     (199,992 )     -       194,007       -  

Net (loss), income after income taxes

 

  $ (1,100,265 )     (19,740,472 )     (6,738,738 )     (19,740,472 )
Basic and diluted net income per Class B share   $ (0.11 )     (3.73 )     (0.75 )     (3.73 )

Weighted average number of Class B Shares

outstanding (basic and diluted)

    9,000,000       5,295,387       9,000,000       5,295,387  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 2 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Cash Flows

(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)

Unaudited

 

          From July 8, 2019  
    Nine months     (Date of  
    ended     Incorporation) to  
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2020     2019  
Operating activities                
Net (loss), Income for the period   $ (6,738,738 )     (19,740,472 )
Non-cash items included in net loss and other adjustments:     -          
Transaction costs associated with financing activities             20,377,039  
Interest income accrued on cash held in escrow     -       (623,355 )
Net unrealized (gain) on changes in the fair value of financial liabilities     7,320,000       (480,000 )
Changes in non-cash working capital items:     (81,413 )        
Prepaid expenses             (191,143 )
Current tax expense     194,007       -  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     64,518       119,260  
Due to related party     (34,729 )     28,602  
Net cash provided by operating activities     723,645       (510,069 )
Investing activities                
Investment in restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     -       (360,000,000 )
Interest earned and received on cash held in escrow     (2,232,364 )        
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,232,364 )     (360,000,000 )
Financing activities                
Proceeds from issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 8)     -       25,000  
Proceeds from issuance of Warrants to Founders (note 7)     -       12,000,000  
Proceeds from issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units (note 6)     -       360,000,000  
Transaction costs (note 9)     -       (6,877,039 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     -       365,147,961  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents during the period     (1,508,719 )     4,637,892  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     4,182,004       -  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 2,673,285       4,637,892  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

  

- 3 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Deficiency                        
(Expressed in United States Dollars)                        
Unaudited                        
    Class B Shares              
    Number     Amount     Deficit     Total  
From commencement of operations on July 8, 2019     -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Sponsor in connection w ith                                
organization of the Corporation (note 8)     1       10       -       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 1 and note 8)     10,062,499       24,990       -       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares from Founders (note 8)     (1,062,500 )     -       -       -  
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period     -       -       (19,740,472 )     (19,740,472 )
Balance, September 30, 2019     9,000,000       25,000       (19,740,472 )     (19,715,472 )
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period     -       -       (3,677,995 )     (3,677,995 )
Balance, December 31, 2019     9,000,000       25,000       (23,418,468 )     (23,393,468 )
Net loss and comprehensive income after income taxes     -       -       (6,738,738 )     (6,738,738 )
Balance, September 30, 2020     9,000,000     $ 25,000     $ (30,157,206 )   $ (30,132,206 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

- 4 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

September 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

1. Organization and nature of operations

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. ( “BCAC” or the “Corporation”) is a special purpose acquisition corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Acquisition”). The Corporation was formed for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses within a specified 18 months from August 15, 2019 (the “Closing Date”) (or 21 months from the Closing Date if the Corporation has executed a definitive agreement for a Qualifying Acquisition within 18 months from the Closing Date but have not completed a Qualifying Acquisition within such 18-month period) (the “Permitted Timeline”). The Corporation intends to identify and execute on a Qualifying Acquisition by leveraging its network to find attractive investment opportunities as it seeks to acquire several complementary companies as part of its Qualifying Acquisition to form a leading vertically integrated international cannabis company, with a "land to brand" strategy and global reach.

 

The Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and is domiciled in Canada. The registered office of the Corporation is located at 595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600, Three Bentall Centre, Vancouver, BC, V7X 1L3, Canada. The Corporation’s head office is located at Third Floor, 115 Park Street, London, United Kingdom, W1K 7AP.

 

On August 15, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 35,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. On September 13, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option (the "Over-Allotment Option") to purchase an additional 1,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. As a result of the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, an aggregate of 36,000,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units were issued.

 

Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit is comprised of a Class A restricted voting share (a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) and one-half of a share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share for a purchase price of $11.50, commencing sixty-five (65) days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition and will expire on the day that is five years after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or earlier.

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Units commenced trading on August 15, 2019 on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BC.V”. and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and the

 

Warrants on September 2 4th, 2019, under the symbols “BC.U” and “BC.WT.U”, respectively. The Class B Shares (as defined below) will not be listed prior to a Qualifying Acquisition. Prior to any Qualifying Acquisition, the Class A Restricted Voting Shares may only be redeemed upon certain events. Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemable for a pro-rata portion of the amount then held in the escrow account, net of taxes payable and other prescribed amounts.

 

The sponsor of BCAC is Bespoke Sponsor Capital LP (the “Sponsor”). The Sponsor is indirectly controlled by Bespoke Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm founded by certain of the Corporation’s directors. Concurrent with the Closing Date, the Sponsor purchased 12,000,000 Warrants (the “Founder’s Warrants”) at an offering price of $1.00 per Founder’s Warrants for aggregate proceeds of $12,000,000. The Sponsor owns 9,000,000 Class B Shares (also referred to as “Founder’s Shares”), representing a 100% interest in the Class B Shares and approximately 20% of the total Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares. The Sponsor’s position in BCAC was acquired for investment purposes. The holder of the Founder’s Shares and Founder’s Warrants have no access to the escrow account prior to or following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition in respect of such securities. If the Corporation fails to complete a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline or seek an extension to the Permitted Timeline, the Sponsor will be entitled to redeem any Class A Restricted Voting Shares it is holding as a result of any purchases pursuant to or following this Offering.

 

- 5 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

September 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The proceeds of $360,000,000 relating to the Class A Restricted Voting Units (together with any accumulated interest earned and received therein, the “Escrow Funds”) are placed in trust with TSX Trust Company, as “Escrow Agent”, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law, none of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account will be released from the Escrow Account until the earliest of: (i) the Closing Date by the Corporation of a Qualifying Acquisition within the “Permitted Timeline”; (ii) a redemption (on the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition or on an extension of the Permitted Timeline, each as provided in the Final Prospectus) by holders of, or an automatic redemption of, Class A Restricted Voting Shares; (iii) a Winding-Up. Proceeds held in the escrow account may also be used to satisfy the requirement of the Corporation to pay taxes on the interest or certain other amounts earned on the escrowed funds and for payment of certain expenses.

 

The escrowed funds will be held following the Closing Date to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Acquisition or an extension to the Permitted Timeline, or in the event a Qualifying Acquisition does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund the Qualifying Acquisition with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commission, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned thereon, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay (i) the Underwriters the portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission provided in the Underwriting Agreement (in an amount equal to $11,700,000) and (ii) the Discretionary Deferred Portion (in an amount equal to $1,800,000) to such person(s) as is designated by the Corporation, all in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. The Discretionary Deferred Portion will be payable only at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, and only upon completion of its Qualifying Acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In connection with the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be provided with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit deadline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, and (ii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will not be permitted to redeem more than an aggregate of 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding.

 

If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The Underwriters will have no right to the deferred underwriting commission held in the escrow account in such circumstances.

 

- 6 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

September 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Such Permitted Timeline, however, could be extended to up to 36 months with shareholder approval of only the holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, by ordinary resolution, with approval by the Corporation’s board of directors. If such approvals are obtained, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, irrespective of whether such holders voted for or against, or did not vote on, the extension of the Permitted Timeline, would be permitted to deposit all or a portion of their shares for redemption prior to the second business day before the shareholders’ meeting in respect of the extension. Upon the requisite approval of the extension of the Permitted Timeline, and subject to applicable law, the Corporation will be required to redeem such Class A Restricted Voting Shares so deposited at an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the escrow account at the time of the meeting in respect of the extension, including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) actual and expected expenses directly related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. For greater certainty, such amount will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission per Class A Restricted Voting Share held in the escrow account.

 

Consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition will require approval by a majority of the Corporation's directors unrelated to a Qualifying Acquisition, acceptance by the Toronto Stock Exchange and, where required under applicable law, shareholder approval. If the Corporation is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the permitted timeline, the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares for an amount per share as set out in the Corporation's articles.

 

2.       Basis of presentation

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation as at September 30, 2020 (the “ Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and with interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee which the Canadian Accounting Standards Board has approved for incorporation into Part 1 of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada Handbook – Accounting, as applicable to the preparation of financial statements. These Financial Statements have been prepared with the assumption that the Corporation will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business rather than through a process of forced liquidation. The Financial Statements do not include adjustments to amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue operations. These Financial Statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on 10 November 2020.

 

These Financial Statements of the Corporation have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for the carrying value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and the warrant liability which are measured at fair value at each reporting date. The Corporation’s functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

The Corporation does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying Financial Statements.

 

- 7 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

3.        Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of these Financial Statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on anticipations and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and further periods if the review affects both current and future periods.

 

Financial Instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Corporation becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Corporation has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

i)       Financial assets

 

The Corporation classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

· those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income (OCI) or through profit or loss); and

· those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the Corporation’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or OCI. At present, the Corporation classifies all financial assets as held at amortized cost. Cash, prepaid expenses and short-term investments held in escrow are classified as financial assets.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Corporation measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification. There are three measurement categories under which the Corporation classifies its financial assets:

 

· Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortized cost is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

- 8 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

September 30, 2020

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

· Fair value through OCI (FVOCI): Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the debt instruments, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains and losses, interest revenue, and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the debt instrument is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains (losses). Interest income from these debt instruments is included as finance income using the effective interest rate method.

 

· Fair value through profit or loss: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on an investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net as revenue in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which it arises.

 

ii)       Financial liabilities

 

A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. The fair value changes to financial liabilities at FVTPL are presented as follows: where the Corporation optionally designates financial liabilities at FVTPL the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of the liability is presented in OCI; and the remaining amount of the change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss. The Corporation does not designate any financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Other non-derivative financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

The Corporation’s financial liabilities consist of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related party and deferred underwriters’ commission, which are classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost. In addition, the Corporation’s financial liabilities also include Class A Restricted Voting Share subject to redemption and warrant liability which are classified and subsequently measured at FVTPL.

 

Impairment

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are subject to the expected credit loss model. While cash and cash equivalents and investments in Treasury Bills are also subject to impairment requirements under IFRS 9, the identified impairment loss was immaterial.

 

Income taxes

 

The Corporation follows the balance sheet liability method to provide for income taxes on all transactions recorded in its financial statements. The balance sheet liability method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined for each temporary difference and for unused tax losses and unused tax credits, as applicable, at rates expected to be in effect when the asset is realized, or the liability is settled.

 

The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in net income or loss in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the assets can be recovered.

 

- 9 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

September 30, 2020

 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods in order to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred income tax asset could be materially impacted.

 

Provisions for taxes are made using the best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. The Corporation reviews the adequacy of these provisions at the end of the reporting period. However, it is possible that at some future date an additional liability could result from audits by taxing authorities. Where the final outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

Basic earnings or loss per share is computed by dividing the net earnings or loss attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, excluding Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. Diluted earnings or loss per share, where applicable, is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for dilutive instruments by applying the treasury stock method.

 

4.         Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Certain financial instruments are recorded in the Corporation’s statement of financial position at values that are representative of or approximate their fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument that is traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to its quoted market price. If the financial instrument does not trade on an active market, the Corporation will use an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the financial instrument. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the financial instrument. Changes in the underlying trading value or estimates may significantly affect the amount of net income or loss for a particular period. Furthermore, the quoted market price or option price of a financial liability may not be equal to the amount that the Corporation may have to pay in settlement of the underlying obligation, should such obligation become immediately payable. The Corporation reviews assumptions relating to financial instruments on an ongoing basis to ensure that the basis for determination of fair value is appropriate.

 

Warrant Valuations

 

Pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering of Class A Restricted Voting Units, the Corporation issued Warrants. The Corporation has also issued the Founders Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the Warrant. To the extent a quoted market value is not available, the Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option- pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the Warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

- 10 -

 

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

5. Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow

 

    September 30, 2020     December, 31 2019  
Investment in 6-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020     -       179,999,687  
Investment in 3-month United States Treasury Bills due February 20, 2020     -       180,804,931  
Investment in United States Treasury Bills due October 6, 2020     362,253,430       -  
Redeem Partial (Tax Payment)     (494,020 )     -  
Accrued Interest     2,232,345       1,449,463  
Cash     1,925       1,275  
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow   $ 363,993,680       362,255,356  

 

Upon maturity, the Treasury Bills were reinvested and have a maturity of October 6, 2020.

 

6. Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

Authorized

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. Following Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The Class A Restricted Voting Shares may be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. Prior to the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would not be entitled to vote at (or receive notice of or meeting materials in connection with) meetings held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares would, however, be entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all other matters requiring shareholder approval (including the proposed Qualifying Acquisition, if required under applicable law, and any proposed extension to the Permitted Timeline) other than the election and/or removal of directors and auditors prior to Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. In lieu of holding an annual meeting prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation is required to provide an annual update on the status of identifying and securing a Qualifying Acquisition by way of a press release.

 

11 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Redemption rights

 

If BCAC is unable to consummate a Qualifying Acquisition within the Permitted Timeline, BCAC will be required to redeem as promptly as reasonably possible, on an automatic redemption date specified by the Corporation (such date to be within 10 days following the last day of the Permitted Timeline), each of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares, for an amount per share, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion (per Class A Restricted Voting Share) of: (A) the escrow funds available in the escrow account including any interest and other amounts earned thereon, less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the escrow account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation (including under Part VI.1 of the Tax Act) arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned from the proceeds in the escrow account to pay actual and expected Winding-Up expenses and certain other related costs, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation. Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished (including the right to receive further liquidation distribution, If any), subject to applicable law.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption

 

The redemption rights embedded in the terms of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered by the Corporation to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Corporation has classified its “Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption” as financial liabilities at FVTPL.

 

Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption - issued and outstanding

 

    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the Offering     35,000,000       350,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the                
over-allotment option     1,000,000       10,000,000  
Adjusted for:                
Allocation of proceeds received pursuant to the Offering and exercise                
of the over-allotment option attributable to Warrants             (13,500,000 )
Fair value adjustment             3,060,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     36,000,000       349,560,000  
Fair value adjustment             2,520,000  
Balance, September 30, 2020     36,000,000     $ 352,080,000  

 

The fair value of the Corporation’s Class A restricted voting shares is $352,080,000 as the Class A Restricted Voting Shares bid price on September 30, 2020 was $9.78.

 

12 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

7. Warrant liability

 

As at September 30, 2020, the Corporation had 30,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 18,000,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units and 12,000,000 Founders’ Warrants issued to the Sponsor.

 

All Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition. At the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share at an exercise price of $11.50, subject to anti-dilution adjustments.

 

The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, at which time, as the remaining Class A Restricted Voting Shares would have been automatically converted into Common Shares, each whole Warrant would be exercisable for one Common Share. Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founder’s Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their dealings in such securities) by providing 30 days’ notice, if and only if, the Closing Date price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per Common Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, Extraordinary Dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period. The exercise price and number of shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Founders’ Warrants

 

At the Closing Date, the Sponsor has agreed pursuant an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange.

 

Fair value of Warrants

 

As the number of Shares to be issued by the Corporation upon a cashless exercise of the Warrants is variable, the Warrants fail the "fixed-for-fixed" criteria for equity classification and have been classified as derivative liabilities measured at FVTPL. The Corporation applies a market price and an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued.

 

Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrants, including the possibility of consummating a Qualifying Acquisition during the permitted Timeline. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.

 

13 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 
Warrants - Issued and Outstanding            
    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Warrants issued in connection with:                
Issuance to Founders     12,000,000       12,000,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to the Offering     17,500,000       13,125,000  
Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to exercise of the over-allotment option     500,000       375,000  
Adjusted for:                
Fair value adjustment             1,200,000  
Balance, December 31, 2019     30,000,000       26,700,000  
Fair value adjustment             4,800,000  
Balance, September 30, 2020     30,000,000     $ 31,500,000  

As Founder’s warrants are not listed, the Corporation used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of these warrants as at September 30, 2020.

 

8. Share Capital

 

Class B Shares

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares. The holders of Class B Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of the Class B Shares are entitled to vote on and receive notice of meetings on all matters requiring shareholder approval (including approval of a Qualifying Acquisition if otherwise required under applicable law) other than the extension to the Permitted Timeline.

 

Redemption rights

 

The Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not have any access to, or benefit from, the proceeds in the escrow account, and the Class B Shares (or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are convertible) will not possess any redemption rights.

 

Restrictions on transfer, assignment or sale of Founders' Shares

 

The Sponsor has agreed pursuant to an Exchange Agreement and Undertaking not to transfer any of its Founder’s Shares or Founder’s Warrants until after the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, in each case other than transfers required due to the structuring of a Qualifying Acquisition or unless otherwise permitted by the Exchange. Any Class A Restricted Voting Shares purchased by our Sponsor would not be subject to the restrictions set out in the Exchange agreement and Undertaking.

 

14 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The Sponsor’s Post-Qualifying Acquisition Shares or the Proportionate Voting Shares into which the Founder’s Shares are convertible would likely be subject to escrow under the Exchange’s rules following the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Founder’s Shares purchased by the Sponsor and the Founder’s Warrants purchased by the Sponsor, will not be subject to forfeiture based on performance.

 
Class B Shares - Issued and Outstanding            
    Number     Amount  
From Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019     -     $ -  
Issuance of Class B Shares in connection with organization of the                
Corporation(1)     1       10  
Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders     10,062,499       24,990  
Forfeiture of Class B Shares to Founders(2)     (1,062,500 )     -  
Balance, September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019     9,000,000     $ 25,000  

 
(1) On July 8, 2019, in connection with the organization of the Corporation, the Corporation issued 1 Class B Share in exchange for proceeds of $10, of which 1 Class B Share is owned by the Sponsor.

 

(2) 1,062,500 of Class B Shares issued to Founders were relinquishable without compensation as a result of the over-allotment option was exercised.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Prior to the Closing Date, the Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Proportionate Voting Shares without nominal or par value. Prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation will not issue any Proportionate Voting Shares. On or immediately following the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the Class B Shares will be automatically converted on a 100 for 1 basis into new Proportionate Voting Shares of the Corporation as set forth in the notice of articles and articles of Corporation.

 

9. Underwriter's commission

 

In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation agreed to pay the underwriters a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $6,300,000, representing $0.175 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit to the underwriter upon Closing Date of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition, the remaining $13,500,000 (representing $0.375 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit), $ 11,700,000 of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining $1,800,000 of which (or, if a lesser amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) at the Corporation’s sole discretion, in whole or in part, as the Corporation sees fit, for payment to parties of the Corporation’s choosing.

 

15 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars) 

 

Transaction costs

 

Transaction costs consisted principally of legal, accounting, underwriting and travel costs incurred through to the date of the statement of financial position that were directly related to the Offering. Transaction costs incurred amounted to $20,377,039 (including $19,800,000 in underwriters’ commission of which $13,500,000 was deferred and payable only upon completion of a Qualifying Acquisition). Transaction costs were expensed to the statement of operations. Transaction costs associated with the issuance of Class B shares were insignificant.

 

Transaction costs incurred from Date of Incorporation on July 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019 were allocated as follows:

 

    Total  
Underwriter's commission   $ 6,300,000  
Deferred underwriter's commission     13,500,000  
Professional fees (legal, accounting, etc.)     331,492  
Sponsor out-of-pocket expenditures     245,547  
    $ 20,377,039  

 

10. General and administrative expenses            

 

          From July 8,           From July 8,  
    Three months     2019 (Date of     Nine months     2019 (Date of  
    ended     Incorporation) to     ended     Incorporation) to  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     September 30,  
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
Public company filing and listing costs   $ 111,959       170,686       181,871       170,686  
Professional fees (marketing, recruitment, diligence, etc.)     350,968       194,148       715,851       194,148  
Insurance     62,326       33,614       173,026       33,614  
General office expenses (travel, service, agreement, phone etc.)     139,713       68,340       386,329       68,340  
    $ 664,966       466,788       1,457,076       466,788  

 

11. Related party transactions

 

The Corporation has entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension for administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Corporation paid $90,000 in respect of these services.

 

On April 14,l 2020, the Corporation has also agreed to pay at cost, additional overhead of Bespoke Capital Partners LLC (the entity that indirectly controls the Sponsor), until the end of the year. To September 30, 2020, a total of $172,347 had been paid in respect of these services.

 

The Corporation incurred $82,494 for out-of-pocket expenses paid on behalf of the Corporation by the Corporation's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Directors with respect to activities in pursuit of a Qualifying Acquisition, of which $1,008.23 is included in accounts payable as at September 30, 2020.

 

16 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars) 

 

12. Capital management

 

(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as at September 30, 2020:

 

Capital management   September 30, 2020     December, 31 2019  
Shareholders' deficiency   $ (30,132,206 )     (23,393,468 )
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     352,080,000       349,560,000  
Warrant liability     31,500,000       26,700,000  
    $ 353,447,794       352,866,532  

 

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation in order to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.

 

(b) Liquidity

 

As at September 30, 2020, the Corporation had $ 2,673,285 in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.

 

To the extent that the Corporation requires additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with a Qualifying Acquisition, the Corporation may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, which loans must be on reasonable commercial terms. The lender under the loans would not have recourse against the funds held in the escrow account, and thus the loans will not reduce the value thereof. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds. Such loans may be repayable in cash or be convertible into shares and/or Warrants, however no such repayment or conversion shall occur prior to the Closing Date of a Qualifying Acquisition. The Corporation will not obtain any other form of debt financing except: (i) in the ordinary course for short term trade, accounts payable and general ongoing expenses; or (ii) contemporaneous with, or after, the completion of a Qualifying Acquisition.

 

Otherwise, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.

 

17 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

13. Financial instruments Fair value measurements

 

The following table summarizes those assets and liabilities that are included at their fair values in the Corporation’s statement of financial position as at September 30, 2020, or those assets and liabilities for which fair value is otherwise disclosed in the accompanying notes to the Financial Statements. These assets and liabilities have been categorized into hierarchal levels, according to the significance of the inputs used in determining fair value measurements.

 

    Carrying                    
    value as at        
    September 30,     Fair value as at September 30, 2020  
    2020     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    $     $     $     $  
Financial Assets                                
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     363,993,680       363,993,680       -       -  
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     352,080,000       352,080,000       -       -  
Warrant liability     31,500,000       9,900,000       -       21,600,000  

 
    Carrying                    
    value as at        
    December 31,     Fair value as at December 31, 2019  
    2019     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    $     $     $     $  
Financial Assets                                
Restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow     362,255,356       362,255,356       -       -  
Financial Liabilities                                
Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption     349,560,000       349,560,000          -       -  
Warrant liability     26,700,000       13,500,000       -       13,200,000  

 

18 -

 

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. 

Notes to Financial Statements 

September 30, 2020 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The Corporation is exposed to financial risks due to the nature of its business and the financial assets and liabilities that it holds. The Corporation’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimize potential adverse effects of the Corporation’s financial performance.

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.

 

Fair value risk

 

Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to fair value risk in respect of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption and warrant liability, which are carried in the Corporation’s Financial Statements at their fair value. A 1% increase in the fair value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares and warrant liability would result in approximately $4 million change in its value.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.

 

Currency risk

 

Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure to currency risk as the Corporation does not materially transact in any currency other than the United States dollar.

 

14. Global pandemic

 

Since December 31, 2019, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self- imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the governments and central bank interventions. Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of this interim financial statements.

 

19 -

 

 

Exhibit 99.69

 

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED

STATES

 

BESPOKE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. REPORTS

THIRD QUARTER 2020 FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

Toronto, Ontario – November 13, 2020 – Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (TSX: BC.U, BC.WT.U) (“BCAC”) is reporting its financial results for the interim period ending September 30, 2020. BCAC’s unaudited interim financial statements have been filed on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) and may be viewed by shareholders and interested parties under BCAC’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

About Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of effecting, directly or indirectly, a qualifying acquisition within a specified period of time.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:

 

Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp.
Mark Harms

Director
information@bespokecp.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.70

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form 40-F of Bespoke Capital Acquisition Corp. (the "Corporation") of:

 

(a) our amended report dated March 24, 2020, with respect to the financial statements of the Corporation as at December 31, 2019; and

 

(b) our report dated August 6, 2019, with respect to the financial statements of the Corporation as at July 9, 2019 included in the Corporation’s final long form prospectus dated August 8, 2019;

 

each as included in the Registration Statement dated November 27, 2020.

 

/s/ RSM Canada LLP  
RSM Canada LLP

 

 

Toronto, Canada

November 27, 2020